diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'doc/translations/nb.po')
| -rw-r--r-- | doc/translations/nb.po | 69345 |
1 files changed, 69345 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/doc/translations/nb.po b/doc/translations/nb.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0e6b60e4d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/translations/nb.po @@ -0,0 +1,69345 @@ +# LANGUAGE translation of the Godot Engine class reference. +# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur. +# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md). +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code. +# +# slasken06 <ask.skivdal@gmail.com>, 2021. +# Daniel Skogly <daniel@klungo.no>, 2021. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Godot Engine class reference\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://github.com/godotengine/godot\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-03 13:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel Skogly <daniel@klungo.no>\n" +"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/godot-" +"engine/godot-class-reference/nb_NO/>\n" +"Language: nb_NO\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.9-dev\n" + +#: doc/tools/make_rst.py +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Beskrivelse" + +#: doc/tools/make_rst.py +msgid "Tutorials" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/tools/make_rst.py +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "Egenskaper" + +#: doc/tools/make_rst.py +msgid "Methods" +msgstr "Metoder" + +#: doc/tools/make_rst.py +msgid "Theme Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/tools/make_rst.py +msgid "Signals" +msgstr "Signaler" + +#: doc/tools/make_rst.py +msgid "Enumerations" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/tools/make_rst.py +msgid "Constants" +msgstr "Konstanter" + +#: doc/tools/make_rst.py +msgid "Property Descriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/tools/make_rst.py +msgid "Method Descriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:4 +msgid "Built-in GDScript functions." +msgstr "Innebygde GDScript-funksjoner." + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:7 +msgid "" +"List of core built-in GDScript functions. Math functions and other " +"utilities. Everything else is provided by objects. (Keywords: builtin, built " +"in, global functions.)" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Returns a color constructed from integer red, green, blue, and alpha " +"channels. Each channel should have 8 bits of information ranging from 0 to " +"255.\n" +"[code]r8[/code] red channel\n" +"[code]g8[/code] green channel\n" +"[code]b8[/code] blue channel\n" +"[code]a8[/code] alpha channel\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"red = Color8(255, 0, 0)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" +"Returnerer en farge konstruert fra heltall rødt-, grønt-, blått- og " +"alfakanaler. Hver kanal skal ha 8 bits med informasjon fra 0 til 255.\n" +"[code]r8[/code] rød kanal\n" +"[code]g8[/code] grønn kanal\n" +"[code]b8[/code] blå kanal\n" +"[code]a8[/code] alfakanal\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"red = Color8(255, 0, 0)\n" +"[/codeblock]" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Returns a color according to the standardized [code]name[/code] with " +"[code]alpha[/code] ranging from 0 to 1.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"red = ColorN(\"red\", 1)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Supported color names are the same as the constants defined in [Color]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Returns the absolute value of parameter [code]s[/code] (i.e. positive " +"value).\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"a = abs(-1) # a is 1\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Returns the arc cosine of [code]s[/code] in radians. Use to get the angle of " +"cosine [code]s[/code]. [code]s[/code] must be between [code]-1.0[/code] and " +"[code]1.0[/code] (inclusive), otherwise, [method acos] will return [constant " +"NAN].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# c is 0.523599 or 30 degrees if converted with rad2deg(s)\n" +"c = acos(0.866025)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Returns the arc sine of [code]s[/code] in radians. Use to get the angle of " +"sine [code]s[/code]. [code]s[/code] must be between [code]-1.0[/code] and " +"[code]1.0[/code] (inclusive), otherwise, [method asin] will return [constant " +"NAN].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# s is 0.523599 or 30 degrees if converted with rad2deg(s)\n" +"s = asin(0.5)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:78 +msgid "" +"Asserts that the [code]condition[/code] is [code]true[/code]. If the " +"[code]condition[/code] is [code]false[/code], an error is generated. When " +"running from the editor, the running project will also be paused until you " +"resume it. This can be used as a stronger form of [method push_error] for " +"reporting errors to project developers or add-on users.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] For performance reasons, the code inside [method assert] is " +"only executed in debug builds or when running the project from the editor. " +"Don't include code that has side effects in an [method assert] call. " +"Otherwise, the project will behave differently when exported in release " +"mode.\n" +"The optional [code]message[/code] argument, if given, is shown in addition " +"to the generic \"Assertion failed\" message. You can use this to provide " +"additional details about why the assertion failed.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Imagine we always want speed to be between 0 and 20.\n" +"var speed = -10\n" +"assert(speed < 20) # True, the program will continue\n" +"assert(speed >= 0) # False, the program will stop\n" +"assert(speed >= 0 and speed < 20) # You can also combine the two conditional " +"statements in one check\n" +"assert(speed < 20, \"speed = %f, but the speed limit is 20\" % speed) # Show " +"a message with clarifying details\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:95 +msgid "" +"Returns the arc tangent of [code]s[/code] in radians. Use it to get the " +"angle from an angle's tangent in trigonometry: [code]atan(tan(angle)) == " +"angle[/code].\n" +"The method cannot know in which quadrant the angle should fall. See [method " +"atan2] if you have both [code]y[/code] and [code]x[/code].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"a = atan(0.5) # a is 0.463648\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:107 +msgid "" +"Returns the arc tangent of [code]y/x[/code] in radians. Use to get the angle " +"of tangent [code]y/x[/code]. To compute the value, the method takes into " +"account the sign of both arguments in order to determine the quadrant.\n" +"Important note: The Y coordinate comes first, by convention.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"a = atan2(0, -1) # a is 3.141593\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:119 +msgid "" +"Decodes a byte array back to a value. When [code]allow_objects[/code] is " +"[code]true[/code] decoding objects is allowed.\n" +"[b]WARNING:[/b] Deserialized object can contain code which gets executed. Do " +"not use this option if the serialized object comes from untrusted sources to " +"avoid potential security threats (remote code execution)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:128 +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:145 +msgid "" +"Converts a 2D point expressed in the cartesian coordinate system (X and Y " +"axis) to the polar coordinate system (a distance from the origin and an " +"angle)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:135 +msgid "" +"Rounds [code]s[/code] upward (towards positive infinity), returning the " +"smallest whole number that is not less than [code]s[/code].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"a = ceil(1.45) # a is 2.0\n" +"a = ceil(1.001) # a is 2.0\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"See also [method floor], [method round], [method stepify], and [int]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:147 +msgid "" +"Returns a character as a String of the given Unicode code point (which is " +"compatible with ASCII code).\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"a = char(65) # a is \"A\"\n" +"a = char(65 + 32) # a is \"a\"\n" +"a = char(8364) # a is \"€\"\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"This is the inverse of [method ord]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:162 +msgid "" +"Clamps [code]value[/code] and returns a value not less than [code]min[/code] " +"and not more than [code]max[/code].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"a = clamp(1000, 1, 20) # a is 20\n" +"a = clamp(-10, 1, 20) # a is 1\n" +"a = clamp(15, 1, 20) # a is 15\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:175 +msgid "" +"Converts from a type to another in the best way possible. The [code]type[/" +"code] parameter uses the [enum Variant.Type] values.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"a = Vector2(1, 0)\n" +"# Prints 1\n" +"print(a.length())\n" +"a = convert(a, TYPE_STRING)\n" +"# Prints 6 as \"(1, 0)\" is 6 characters\n" +"print(a.length())\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:190 +msgid "" +"Returns the cosine of angle [code]s[/code] in radians.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"a = cos(TAU) # a is 1.0\n" +"a = cos(PI) # a is -1.0\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:201 +msgid "" +"Returns the hyperbolic cosine of [code]s[/code] in radians.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"print(cosh(1)) # Prints 1.543081\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:211 +msgid "Converts from decibels to linear energy (audio)." +msgstr "Konverterer fra desibel til lineær energi (lyd)." + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:218 +msgid "Deprecated alias for [method step_decimals]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:227 +msgid "" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]dectime[/code] has been deprecated and will be removed in " +"Godot 4.0, please use [method move_toward] instead.\n" +"Returns the result of [code]value[/code] decreased by [code]step[/code] * " +"[code]amount[/code].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"a = dectime(60, 10, 0.1)) # a is 59.0\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:238 +msgid "" +"Converts an angle expressed in degrees to radians.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"r = deg2rad(180) # r is 3.141593\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:248 +msgid "" +"Converts a dictionary (previously created with [method inst2dict]) back to " +"an instance. Useful for deserializing." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Returns an \"eased\" value of [code]x[/code] based on an easing function " +"defined with [code]curve[/code]. This easing function is based on an " +"exponent. The [code]curve[/code] can be any floating-point number, with " +"specific values leading to the following behaviors:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"- Lower than -1.0 (exclusive): Ease in-out\n" +"- 1.0: Linear\n" +"- Between -1.0 and 0.0 (exclusive): Ease out-in\n" +"- 0.0: Constant\n" +"- Between 0.0 to 1.0 (exclusive): Ease in\n" +"- 1.0: Linear\n" +"- Greater than 1.0 (exclusive): Ease out\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/3.4/img/" +"ease_cheatsheet.png]ease() curve values cheatsheet[/url]\n" +"See also [method smoothstep]. If you need to perform more advanced " +"transitions, use [Tween] or [AnimationPlayer]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:274 +msgid "" +"The natural exponential function. It raises the mathematical constant [b]e[/" +"b] to the power of [code]s[/code] and returns it.\n" +"[b]e[/b] has an approximate value of 2.71828, and can be obtained with " +"[code]exp(1)[/code].\n" +"For exponents to other bases use the method [method pow].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"a = exp(2) # Approximately 7.39\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:286 +msgid "" +"Rounds [code]s[/code] downward (towards negative infinity), returning the " +"largest whole number that is not more than [code]s[/code].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"a = floor(2.45) # a is 2.0\n" +"a = floor(2.99) # a is 2.0\n" +"a = floor(-2.99) # a is -3.0\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"See also [method ceil], [method round], [method stepify], and [int].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method returns a float. If you need an integer and " +"[code]s[/code] is a non-negative number, you can use [code]int(s)[/code] " +"directly." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:301 +msgid "" +"Returns the floating-point remainder of [code]a/b[/code], keeping the sign " +"of [code]a[/code].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"r = fmod(7, 5.5) # r is 1.5\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"For the integer remainder operation, use the % operator." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:313 +msgid "" +"Returns the floating-point modulus of [code]a/b[/code] that wraps equally in " +"positive and negative.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"for i in 7:\n" +" var x = 0.5 * i - 1.5\n" +" print(\"%4.1f %4.1f %4.1f\" % [x, fmod(x, 1.5), fposmod(x, 1.5)])\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Produces:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"-1.5 -0.0 0.0\n" +"-1.0 -1.0 0.5\n" +"-0.5 -0.5 1.0\n" +" 0.0 0.0 0.0\n" +" 0.5 0.5 0.5\n" +" 1.0 1.0 1.0\n" +" 1.5 0.0 0.0\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:336 +msgid "" +"Returns a reference to the specified function [code]funcname[/code] in the " +"[code]instance[/code] node. As functions aren't first-class objects in " +"GDscript, use [code]funcref[/code] to store a [FuncRef] in a variable and " +"call it later.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func foo():\n" +" return(\"bar\")\n" +"\n" +"a = funcref(self, \"foo\")\n" +"print(a.call_func()) # Prints bar\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:349 +msgid "" +"Returns an array of dictionaries representing the current call stack.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" foo()\n" +"\n" +"func foo():\n" +" bar()\n" +"\n" +"func bar():\n" +" print(get_stack())\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"would print\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"[{function:bar, line:12, source:res://script.gd}, {function:foo, line:9, " +"source:res://script.gd}, {function:_ready, line:6, source:res://script.gd}]\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:370 +msgid "" +"Returns the integer hash of the variable passed.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"print(hash(\"a\")) # Prints 177670\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:380 +msgid "" +"Returns the passed instance converted to a dictionary (useful for " +"serializing).\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var foo = \"bar\"\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" var d = inst2dict(self)\n" +" print(d.keys())\n" +" print(d.values())\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Prints out:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"[@subpath, @path, foo]\n" +"[, res://test.gd, bar]\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:399 +msgid "" +"Returns the Object that corresponds to [code]instance_id[/code]. All Objects " +"have a unique instance ID.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var foo = \"bar\"\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" var id = get_instance_id()\n" +" var inst = instance_from_id(id)\n" +" print(inst.foo) # Prints bar\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:415 +msgid "" +"Returns a normalized value considering the given range. This is the opposite " +"of [method lerp].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var middle = lerp(20, 30, 0.75)\n" +"# `middle` is now 27.5.\n" +"# Now, we pretend to have forgotten the original ratio and want to get it " +"back.\n" +"var ratio = inverse_lerp(20, 30, 27.5)\n" +"# `ratio` is now 0.75.\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:430 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]a[/code] and [code]b[/code] are " +"approximately equal to each other.\n" +"Here, approximately equal means that [code]a[/code] and [code]b[/code] are " +"within a small internal epsilon of each other, which scales with the " +"magnitude of the numbers.\n" +"Infinity values of the same sign are considered equal." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:439 +msgid "" +"Returns whether [code]s[/code] is an infinity value (either positive " +"infinity or negative infinity)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:446 +msgid "" +"Returns whether [code]instance[/code] is a valid object (e.g. has not been " +"deleted from memory)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:453 +msgid "" +"Returns whether [code]s[/code] is a NaN (\"Not a Number\" or invalid) value." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:460 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]s[/code] is zero or almost zero.\n" +"This method is faster than using [method is_equal_approx] with one value as " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:468 +msgid "" +"Returns length of Variant [code]var[/code]. Length is the character count of " +"String, element count of Array, size of Dictionary, etc.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Generates a fatal error if Variant can not provide a length.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"a = [1, 2, 3, 4]\n" +"len(a) # Returns 4\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:482 +msgid "" +"Linearly interpolates between two values by a normalized value. This is the " +"opposite of [method inverse_lerp].\n" +"If the [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code] arguments are of type [int] or " +"[float], the return value is a [float].\n" +"If both are of the same vector type ([Vector2], [Vector3] or [Color]), the " +"return value will be of the same type ([code]lerp[/code] then calls the " +"vector type's [code]linear_interpolate[/code] method).\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"lerp(0, 4, 0.75) # Returns 3.0\n" +"lerp(Vector2(1, 5), Vector2(3, 2), 0.5) # Returns Vector2(2, 3.5)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:497 +msgid "" +"Linearly interpolates between two angles (in radians) by a normalized " +"value.\n" +"Similar to [method lerp], but interpolates correctly when the angles wrap " +"around [constant @GDScript.TAU].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"extends Sprite\n" +"var elapsed = 0.0\n" +"func _process(delta):\n" +" var min_angle = deg2rad(0.0)\n" +" var max_angle = deg2rad(90.0)\n" +" rotation = lerp_angle(min_angle, max_angle, elapsed)\n" +" elapsed += delta\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:514 +msgid "" +"Converts from linear energy to decibels (audio). This can be used to " +"implement volume sliders that behave as expected (since volume isn't " +"linear). Example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# \"Slider\" refers to a node that inherits Range such as HSlider or " +"VSlider.\n" +"# Its range must be configured to go from 0 to 1.\n" +"# Change the bus name if you'd like to change the volume of a specific bus " +"only.\n" +"AudioServer.set_bus_volume_db(AudioServer.get_bus_index(\"Master\"), " +"linear2db($Slider.value))\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:527 +msgid "" +"Loads a resource from the filesystem located at [code]path[/code]. The " +"resource is loaded on the method call (unless it's referenced already " +"elsewhere, e.g. in another script or in the scene), which might cause slight " +"delay, especially when loading scenes. To avoid unnecessary delays when " +"loading something multiple times, either store the resource in a variable or " +"use [method preload].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Resource paths can be obtained by right-clicking on a resource " +"in the FileSystem dock and choosing \"Copy Path\" or by dragging the file " +"from the FileSystem dock into the script.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Load a scene called main located in the root of the project directory and " +"cache it in a variable.\n" +"var main = load(\"res://main.tscn\") # main will contain a PackedScene " +"resource.\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Important:[/b] The path must be absolute, a local path will just return " +"[code]null[/code].\n" +"This method is a simplified version of [method ResourceLoader.load], which " +"can be used for more advanced scenarios." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:541 +msgid "" +"Natural logarithm. The amount of time needed to reach a certain level of " +"continuous growth.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This is not the same as the \"log\" function on most " +"calculators, which uses a base 10 logarithm.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"log(10) # Returns 2.302585\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The logarithm of [code]0[/code] returns [code]-inf[/code], " +"while negative values return [code]-nan[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:554 +msgid "" +"Returns the maximum of two values.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"max(1, 2) # Returns 2\n" +"max(-3.99, -4) # Returns -3.99\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:566 +msgid "" +"Returns the minimum of two values.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"min(1, 2) # Returns 1\n" +"min(-3.99, -4) # Returns -4\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:579 +msgid "" +"Moves [code]from[/code] toward [code]to[/code] by the [code]delta[/code] " +"value.\n" +"Use a negative [code]delta[/code] value to move away.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"move_toward(5, 10, 4) # Returns 9\n" +"move_toward(10, 5, 4) # Returns 6\n" +"move_toward(10, 5, -1.5) # Returns 11.5\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:592 +msgid "" +"Returns the nearest equal or larger power of 2 for integer [code]value[/" +"code].\n" +"In other words, returns the smallest value [code]a[/code] where [code]a = " +"pow(2, n)[/code] such that [code]value <= a[/code] for some non-negative " +"integer [code]n[/code].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"nearest_po2(3) # Returns 4\n" +"nearest_po2(4) # Returns 4\n" +"nearest_po2(5) # Returns 8\n" +"\n" +"nearest_po2(0) # Returns 0 (this may not be what you expect)\n" +"nearest_po2(-1) # Returns 0 (this may not be what you expect)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]WARNING:[/b] Due to the way it is implemented, this function returns " +"[code]0[/code] rather than [code]1[/code] for non-positive values of " +"[code]value[/code] (in reality, 1 is the smallest integer power of 2)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:609 +msgid "" +"Returns an integer representing the Unicode code point of the given Unicode " +"character [code]char[/code].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"a = ord(\"A\") # a is 65\n" +"a = ord(\"a\") # a is 97\n" +"a = ord(\"€\") # a is 8364\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"This is the inverse of [method char]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:622 +msgid "" +"Parse JSON text to a Variant. (Use [method typeof] to check if the Variant's " +"type is what you expect.)\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The JSON specification does not define integer or float types, " +"but only a [i]number[/i] type. Therefore, parsing a JSON text will convert " +"all numerical values to [float] types.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] JSON objects do not preserve key order like Godot dictionaries, " +"thus, you should not rely on keys being in a certain order if a dictionary " +"is constructed from JSON. In contrast, JSON arrays retain the order of their " +"elements:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var p = JSON.parse('[\"hello\", \"world\", \"!\"]')\n" +"if typeof(p.result) == TYPE_ARRAY:\n" +" print(p.result[0]) # Prints \"hello\"\n" +"else:\n" +" push_error(\"Unexpected results.\")\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"See also [JSON] for an alternative way to parse JSON text." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:640 +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:142 +msgid "" +"Converts a 2D point expressed in the polar coordinate system (a distance " +"from the origin [code]r[/code] and an angle [code]th[/code]) to the " +"cartesian coordinate system (X and Y axis)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:648 +msgid "" +"Returns the integer modulus of [code]a/b[/code] that wraps equally in " +"positive and negative.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"for i in range(-3, 4):\n" +" print(\"%2d %2d %2d\" % [i, i % 3, posmod(i, 3)])\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Produces:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"-3 0 0\n" +"-2 -2 1\n" +"-1 -1 2\n" +" 0 0 0\n" +" 1 1 1\n" +" 2 2 2\n" +" 3 0 0\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:670 +msgid "" +"Returns the result of [code]base[/code] raised to the power of [code]exp[/" +"code].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"pow(2, 5) # Returns 32.0\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:680 +msgid "" +"Returns a [Resource] from the filesystem located at [code]path[/code]. The " +"resource is loaded during script parsing, i.e. is loaded with the script and " +"[method preload] effectively acts as a reference to that resource. Note that " +"the method requires a constant path. If you want to load a resource from a " +"dynamic/variable path, use [method load].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Resource paths can be obtained by right clicking on a resource " +"in the Assets Panel and choosing \"Copy Path\" or by dragging the file from " +"the FileSystem dock into the script.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Instance a scene.\n" +"var diamond = preload(\"res://diamond.tscn\").instance()\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:691 +msgid "" +"Converts one or more arguments of any type to string in the best way " +"possible and prints them to the console.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"a = [1, 2, 3]\n" +"print(\"a\", \"=\", a) # Prints a=[1, 2, 3]\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Consider using [method push_error] and [method push_warning] to " +"print error and warning messages instead of [method print]. This " +"distinguishes them from print messages used for debugging purposes, while " +"also displaying a stack trace when an error or warning is printed." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:702 +msgid "Like [method print], but prints only when used in debug mode." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:708 +msgid "" +"Prints a stack track at code location, only works when running with debugger " +"turned on.\n" +"Output in the console would look something like this:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"Frame 0 - res://test.gd:16 in function '_process'\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:718 +msgid "" +"Prints one or more arguments to strings in the best way possible to standard " +"error line.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"printerr(\"prints to stderr\")\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:727 +msgid "" +"Prints one or more arguments to strings in the best way possible to console. " +"No newline is added at the end.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"printraw(\"A\")\n" +"printraw(\"B\")\n" +"# Prints AB\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Due to limitations with Godot's built-in console, this only " +"prints to the terminal. If you need to print in the editor, use another " +"method, such as [method print]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:739 +msgid "" +"Prints one or more arguments to the console with a space between each " +"argument.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"prints(\"A\", \"B\", \"C\") # Prints A B C\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:748 +msgid "" +"Prints one or more arguments to the console with a tab between each " +"argument.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"printt(\"A\", \"B\", \"C\") # Prints A B C\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:758 +msgid "" +"Pushes an error message to Godot's built-in debugger and to the OS " +"terminal.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"push_error(\"test error\") # Prints \"test error\" to debugger and terminal " +"as error call\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Errors printed this way will not pause project execution. To " +"print an error message and pause project execution in debug builds, use " +"[code]assert(false, \"test error\")[/code] instead." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:769 +msgid "" +"Pushes a warning message to Godot's built-in debugger and to the OS " +"terminal.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"push_warning(\"test warning\") # Prints \"test warning\" to debugger and " +"terminal as warning call\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:779 +msgid "" +"Converts an angle expressed in radians to degrees.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"rad2deg(0.523599) # Returns 30.0\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:790 +msgid "" +"Random range, any floating point value between [code]from[/code] and " +"[code]to[/code].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"prints(rand_range(0, 1), rand_range(0, 1)) # Prints e.g. 0.135591 0.405263\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:800 +msgid "" +"Random from seed: pass a [code]seed[/code], and an array with both number " +"and new seed is returned. \"Seed\" here refers to the internal state of the " +"pseudo random number generator. The internal state of the current " +"implementation is 64 bits." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:806 +msgid "" +"Returns a random floating point value on the interval [code][0, 1][/code].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"randf() # Returns e.g. 0.375671\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:815 +msgid "" +"Returns a random unsigned 32-bit integer. Use remainder to obtain a random " +"value in the interval [code][0, N - 1][/code] (where N is smaller than " +"2^32).\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"randi() # Returns random integer between 0 and 2^32 - 1\n" +"randi() % 20 # Returns random integer between 0 and 19\n" +"randi() % 100 # Returns random integer between 0 and 99\n" +"randi() % 100 + 1 # Returns random integer between 1 and 100\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:827 +msgid "" +"Randomizes the seed (or the internal state) of the random number generator. " +"Current implementation reseeds using a number based on time.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" randomize()\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:837 +msgid "" +"Returns an array with the given range. Range can be 1 argument [code]N[/" +"code] (0 to [code]N[/code] - 1), two arguments ([code]initial[/code], " +"[code]final - 1[/code]) or three arguments ([code]initial[/code], " +"[code]final - 1[/code], [code]increment[/code]). Returns an empty array if " +"the range isn't valid (e.g. [code]range(2, 5, -1)[/code] or [code]range(5, " +"5, 1)[/code]).\n" +"Returns an array with the given range. [code]range()[/code] can have 1 " +"argument N ([code]0[/code] to [code]N - 1[/code]), two arguments " +"([code]initial[/code], [code]final - 1[/code]) or three arguments " +"([code]initial[/code], [code]final - 1[/code], [code]increment[/code]). " +"[code]increment[/code] can be negative. If [code]increment[/code] is " +"negative, [code]final - 1[/code] will become [code]final + 1[/code]. Also, " +"the initial value must be greater than the final value for the loop to run.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"print(range(4))\n" +"print(range(2, 5))\n" +"print(range(0, 6, 2))\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Output:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"[0, 1, 2, 3]\n" +"[2, 3, 4]\n" +"[0, 2, 4]\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"To iterate over an [Array] backwards, use:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var array = [3, 6, 9]\n" +"var i := array.size() - 1\n" +"while i >= 0:\n" +" print(array[i])\n" +" i -= 1\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Output:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"9\n" +"6\n" +"3\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:874 +msgid "" +"Maps a [code]value[/code] from range [code][istart, istop][/code] to [code]" +"[ostart, ostop][/code].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"range_lerp(75, 0, 100, -1, 1) # Returns 0.5\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:884 +msgid "" +"Rounds [code]s[/code] to the nearest whole number, with halfway cases " +"rounded away from zero.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"a = round(2.49) # a is 2.0\n" +"a = round(2.5) # a is 3.0\n" +"a = round(2.51) # a is 3.0\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"See also [method floor], [method ceil], [method stepify], and [int]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:897 +msgid "" +"Sets seed for the random number generator.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"my_seed = \"Godot Rocks\"\n" +"seed(my_seed.hash())\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:908 +msgid "" +"Returns the sign of [code]s[/code]: -1 or 1. Returns 0 if [code]s[/code] is " +"0.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"sign(-6) # Returns -1\n" +"sign(0) # Returns 0\n" +"sign(6) # Returns 1\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:920 +msgid "" +"Returns the sine of angle [code]s[/code] in radians.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"sin(0.523599) # Returns 0.5\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:930 +msgid "" +"Returns the hyperbolic sine of [code]s[/code].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"a = log(2.0) # Returns 0.693147\n" +"sinh(a) # Returns 0.75\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:943 +msgid "" +"Returns the result of smoothly interpolating the value of [code]s[/code] " +"between [code]0[/code] and [code]1[/code], based on the where [code]s[/code] " +"lies with respect to the edges [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code].\n" +"The return value is [code]0[/code] if [code]s <= from[/code], and [code]1[/" +"code] if [code]s >= to[/code]. If [code]s[/code] lies between [code]from[/" +"code] and [code]to[/code], the returned value follows an S-shaped curve that " +"maps [code]s[/code] between [code]0[/code] and [code]1[/code].\n" +"This S-shaped curve is the cubic Hermite interpolator, given by [code]f(y) = " +"3*y^2 - 2*y^3[/code] where [code]y = (x-from) / (to-from)[/code].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"smoothstep(0, 2, -5.0) # Returns 0.0\n" +"smoothstep(0, 2, 0.5) # Returns 0.15625\n" +"smoothstep(0, 2, 1.0) # Returns 0.5\n" +"smoothstep(0, 2, 2.0) # Returns 1.0\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Compared to [method ease] with a curve value of [code]-1.6521[/code], " +"[method smoothstep] returns the smoothest possible curve with no sudden " +"changes in the derivative. If you need to perform more advanced transitions, " +"use [Tween] or [AnimationPlayer].\n" +"[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/3.4/img/" +"smoothstep_ease_comparison.png]Comparison between smoothstep() and ease(x, " +"-1.6521) return values[/url]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:960 +msgid "" +"Returns the square root of [code]s[/code], where [code]s[/code] is a non-" +"negative number.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"sqrt(9) # Returns 3\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Negative values of [code]s[/code] return NaN. If you need " +"negative inputs, use [code]System.Numerics.Complex[/code] in C#." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:971 +msgid "" +"Returns the position of the first non-zero digit, after the decimal point. " +"Note that the maximum return value is 10, which is a design decision in the " +"implementation.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"n = step_decimals(5) # n is 0\n" +"n = step_decimals(1.0005) # n is 4\n" +"n = step_decimals(0.000000005) # n is 9\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:984 +msgid "" +"Snaps float value [code]s[/code] to a given [code]step[/code]. This can also " +"be used to round a floating point number to an arbitrary number of " +"decimals.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"stepify(100, 32) # Returns 96.0\n" +"stepify(3.14159, 0.01) # Returns 3.14\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"See also [method ceil], [method floor], [method round], and [int]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:995 +msgid "" +"Converts one or more arguments of any type to string in the best way " +"possible.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var a = [10, 20, 30]\n" +"var b = str(a);\n" +"len(a) # Returns 3\n" +"len(b) # Returns 12\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1008 +msgid "" +"Converts a formatted string that was returned by [method var2str] to the " +"original value.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"a = '{ \"a\": 1, \"b\": 2 }'\n" +"b = str2var(a)\n" +"print(b[\"a\"]) # Prints 1\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1020 +msgid "" +"Returns the tangent of angle [code]s[/code] in radians.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"tan(deg2rad(45)) # Returns 1\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1030 +msgid "" +"Returns the hyperbolic tangent of [code]s[/code].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"a = log(2.0) # a is 0.693147\n" +"b = tanh(a) # b is 0.6\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1041 +msgid "" +"Converts a [Variant] [code]var[/code] to JSON text and return the result. " +"Useful for serializing data to store or send over the network.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Both numbers below are integers.\n" +"a = { \"a\": 1, \"b\": 2 }\n" +"b = to_json(a)\n" +"print(b) # {\"a\":1, \"b\":2}\n" +"# Both numbers above are floats, even if they display without any decimal " +"places.\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The JSON specification does not define integer or float types, " +"but only a [i]number[/i] type. Therefore, converting a [Variant] to JSON " +"text will convert all numerical values to [float] types.\n" +"See also [JSON] for an alternative way to convert a [Variant] to JSON text." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1057 +msgid "" +"Returns whether the given class exists in [ClassDB].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"type_exists(\"Sprite\") # Returns true\n" +"type_exists(\"Variant\") # Returns false\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1068 +msgid "" +"Returns the internal type of the given Variant object, using the [enum " +"Variant.Type] values.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"p = parse_json('[\"a\", \"b\", \"c\"]')\n" +"if typeof(p) == TYPE_ARRAY:\n" +" print(p[0]) # Prints a\n" +"else:\n" +" print(\"unexpected results\")\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1082 +msgid "" +"Checks that [code]json[/code] is valid JSON data. Returns an empty string if " +"valid, or an error message otherwise.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"j = to_json([1, 2, 3])\n" +"v = validate_json(j)\n" +"if not v:\n" +" print(\"Valid JSON.\")\n" +"else:\n" +" push_error(\"Invalid JSON: \" + v)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1098 +msgid "" +"Encodes a variable value to a byte array. When [code]full_objects[/code] is " +"[code]true[/code] encoding objects is allowed (and can potentially include " +"code)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1105 +msgid "" +"Converts a Variant [code]var[/code] to a formatted string that can later be " +"parsed using [method str2var].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"a = { \"a\": 1, \"b\": 2 }\n" +"print(var2str(a))\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"prints\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"{\n" +"\"a\": 1,\n" +"\"b\": 2\n" +"}\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1123 +msgid "" +"Returns a weak reference to an object.\n" +"A weak reference to an object is not enough to keep the object alive: when " +"the only remaining references to a referent are weak references, garbage " +"collection is free to destroy the referent and reuse its memory for " +"something else. However, until the object is actually destroyed the weak " +"reference may return the object even if there are no strong references to it." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1133 +msgid "" +"Wraps float [code]value[/code] between [code]min[/code] and [code]max[/" +"code].\n" +"Usable for creating loop-alike behavior or infinite surfaces.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Infinite loop between 5.0 and 9.9\n" +"value = wrapf(value + 0.1, 5.0, 10.0)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Infinite rotation (in radians)\n" +"angle = wrapf(angle + 0.1, 0.0, TAU)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Infinite rotation (in radians)\n" +"angle = wrapf(angle + 0.1, -PI, PI)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If [code]min[/code] is [code]0[/code], this is equivalent to " +"[method fposmod], so prefer using that instead.\n" +"[code]wrapf[/code] is more flexible than using the [method fposmod] approach " +"by giving the user control over the minimum value." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1157 +msgid "" +"Wraps integer [code]value[/code] between [code]min[/code] and [code]max[/" +"code].\n" +"Usable for creating loop-alike behavior or infinite surfaces.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Infinite loop between 5 and 9\n" +"frame = wrapi(frame + 1, 5, 10)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# result is -2\n" +"var result = wrapi(-6, -5, -1)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If [code]min[/code] is [code]0[/code], this is equivalent to " +"[method posmod], so prefer using that instead.\n" +"[code]wrapi[/code] is more flexible than using the [method posmod] approach " +"by giving the user control over the minimum value." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1176 +msgid "" +"Stops the function execution and returns the current suspended state to the " +"calling function.\n" +"From the caller, call [method GDScriptFunctionState.resume] on the state to " +"resume execution. This invalidates the state. Within the resumed function, " +"[code]yield()[/code] returns whatever was passed to the [code]resume()[/" +"code] function call.\n" +"If passed an object and a signal, the execution is resumed when the object " +"emits the given signal. In this case, [code]yield()[/code] returns the " +"argument passed to [code]emit_signal()[/code] if the signal takes only one " +"argument, or an array containing all the arguments passed to " +"[code]emit_signal()[/code] if the signal takes multiple arguments.\n" +"You can also use [code]yield[/code] to wait for a function to finish:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" yield(countdown(), \"completed\") # waiting for the countdown() function " +"to complete\n" +" print('Ready')\n" +"\n" +"func countdown():\n" +" yield(get_tree(), \"idle_frame\") # returns a GDScriptFunctionState " +"object to _ready()\n" +" print(3)\n" +" yield(get_tree().create_timer(1.0), \"timeout\")\n" +" print(2)\n" +" yield(get_tree().create_timer(1.0), \"timeout\")\n" +" print(1)\n" +" yield(get_tree().create_timer(1.0), \"timeout\")\n" +"\n" +"# prints:\n" +"# 3\n" +"# 2\n" +"# 1\n" +"# Ready\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"When yielding on a function, the [code]completed[/code] signal will be " +"emitted automatically when the function returns. It can, therefore, be used " +"as the [code]signal[/code] parameter of the [code]yield[/code] method to " +"resume.\n" +"In order to yield on a function, the resulting function should also return a " +"[code]GDScriptFunctionState[/code]. Notice [code]yield(get_tree(), " +"\"idle_frame\")[/code] from the above example." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1207 +msgid "" +"Constant that represents how many times the diameter of a circle fits around " +"its perimeter. This is equivalent to [code]TAU / 2[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1210 +msgid "" +"The circle constant, the circumference of the unit circle in radians. This " +"is equivalent to [code]PI * 2[/code], or 360 degrees in rotations." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1213 +msgid "" +"Positive floating-point infinity. This is the result of floating-point " +"division when the divisor is [code]0.0[/code]. For negative infinity, use " +"[code]-INF[/code]. Dividing by [code]-0.0[/code] will result in negative " +"infinity if the numerator is positive, so dividing by [code]0.0[/code] is " +"not the same as dividing by [code]-0.0[/code] (despite [code]0.0 == -0.0[/" +"code] returning [code]true[/code]).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Numeric infinity is only a concept with floating-point numbers, " +"and has no equivalent for integers. Dividing an integer number by [code]0[/" +"code] will not result in [constant INF] and will result in a run-time error " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1217 +msgid "" +"\"Not a Number\", an invalid floating-point value. [constant NAN] has " +"special properties, including that it is not equal to itself ([code]NAN == " +"NAN[/code] returns [code]false[/code]). It is output by some invalid " +"operations, such as dividing floating-point [code]0.0[/code] by [code]0.0[/" +"code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] \"Not a Number\" is only a concept with floating-point numbers, " +"and has no equivalent for integers. Dividing an integer [code]0[/code] by " +"[code]0[/code] will not result in [constant NAN] and will result in a run-" +"time error instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:4 +msgid "Global scope constants and variables." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Global scope constants and variables. This is all that resides in the " +"globals, constants regarding error codes, scancodes, property hints, etc.\n" +"Singletons are also documented here, since they can be accessed from " +"anywhere." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:16 +msgid "The [ARVRServer] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:19 +msgid "The [AudioServer] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:22 +msgid "The [CameraServer] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:25 +msgid "The [ClassDB] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:28 +msgid "The [Engine] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:31 +msgid "The [Geometry] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:34 +msgid "The [IP] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:37 +msgid "The [Input] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:40 +msgid "The [InputMap] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:43 +msgid "The [JSON] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:46 +msgid "" +"The [JavaClassWrapper] singleton.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Only implemented on Android." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:50 +msgid "" +"The [JavaScript] singleton.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Only implemented on HTML5." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:54 +msgid "The [Marshalls] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:57 +msgid "The [EditorNavigationMeshGenerator] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:60 +msgid "The [OS] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:63 +msgid "The [Performance] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:66 +msgid "The [Physics2DServer] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:69 +msgid "The [PhysicsServer] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:72 +msgid "The [ProjectSettings] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:75 +msgid "The [ResourceLoader] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:78 +msgid "The [ResourceSaver] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:81 +msgid "The [TranslationServer] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:84 +msgid "The [VisualScriptEditor] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:87 +msgid "The [VisualServer] singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:92 +msgid "Left margin, usually used for [Control] or [StyleBox]-derived classes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:95 +msgid "Top margin, usually used for [Control] or [StyleBox]-derived classes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:98 +msgid "Right margin, usually used for [Control] or [StyleBox]-derived classes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:101 +msgid "" +"Bottom margin, usually used for [Control] or [StyleBox]-derived classes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:104 +msgid "Top-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:107 +msgid "Top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:110 +msgid "Bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:113 +msgid "Bottom-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:116 +msgid "" +"General vertical alignment, usually used for [Separator], [ScrollBar], " +"[Slider], etc." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:119 +msgid "" +"General horizontal alignment, usually used for [Separator], [ScrollBar], " +"[Slider], etc." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:122 +msgid "Horizontal left alignment, usually for text-derived classes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:125 +msgid "Horizontal center alignment, usually for text-derived classes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:128 +msgid "Horizontal right alignment, usually for text-derived classes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:131 +msgid "Vertical top alignment, usually for text-derived classes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:134 +msgid "Vertical center alignment, usually for text-derived classes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:137 +msgid "Vertical bottom alignment, usually for text-derived classes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:140 +msgid "Scancodes with this bit applied are non-printable." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:143 +msgid "Escape key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:146 +msgid "Tab key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:149 +msgid "Shift+Tab key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:152 +msgid "Backspace key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:155 +msgid "Return key (on the main keyboard)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:158 +msgid "Enter key on the numeric keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:161 +msgid "Insert key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:164 +msgid "Delete key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:167 +msgid "Pause key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:170 +msgid "Print Screen key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:173 +msgid "System Request key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:176 +msgid "Clear key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:179 +msgid "Home key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:182 +msgid "End key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:185 +msgid "Left arrow key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:188 +msgid "Up arrow key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:191 +msgid "Right arrow key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:194 +msgid "Down arrow key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:197 +msgid "Page Up key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:200 +msgid "Page Down key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:203 +msgid "Shift key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:206 +msgid "Control key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:209 +msgid "Meta key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:212 +msgid "Alt key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:215 +msgid "Caps Lock key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:218 +msgid "Num Lock key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:221 +msgid "Scroll Lock key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:224 +msgid "F1 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:227 +msgid "F2 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:230 +msgid "F3 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:233 +msgid "F4 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:236 +msgid "F5 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:239 +msgid "F6 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:242 +msgid "F7 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:245 +msgid "F8 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:248 +msgid "F9 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:251 +msgid "F10 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:254 +msgid "F11 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:257 +msgid "F12 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:260 +msgid "F13 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:263 +msgid "F14 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:266 +msgid "F15 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:269 +msgid "F16 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:272 +msgid "Multiply (*) key on the numeric keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:275 +msgid "Divide (/) key on the numeric keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:278 +msgid "Subtract (-) key on the numeric keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:281 +msgid "Period (.) key on the numeric keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:284 +msgid "Add (+) key on the numeric keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:287 +msgid "Number 0 on the numeric keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:290 +msgid "Number 1 on the numeric keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:293 +msgid "Number 2 on the numeric keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:296 +msgid "Number 3 on the numeric keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:299 +msgid "Number 4 on the numeric keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:302 +msgid "Number 5 on the numeric keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:305 +msgid "Number 6 on the numeric keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:308 +msgid "Number 7 on the numeric keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:311 +msgid "Number 8 on the numeric keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:314 +msgid "Number 9 on the numeric keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:317 +msgid "Left Super key (Windows key)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:320 +msgid "Right Super key (Windows key)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:323 +msgid "Context menu key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:326 +msgid "Left Hyper key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:329 +msgid "Right Hyper key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:332 +msgid "Help key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:335 +msgid "Left Direction key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:338 +msgid "Right Direction key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:341 +msgid "" +"Media back key. Not to be confused with the Back button on an Android device." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:344 +msgid "Media forward key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:347 doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:380 +msgid "Media stop key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:350 +msgid "Media refresh key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:353 +msgid "Volume down key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:356 +msgid "Mute volume key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:359 +msgid "Volume up key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:362 +msgid "Bass Boost key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:365 +msgid "Bass up key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:368 +msgid "Bass down key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:371 +msgid "Treble up key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:374 +msgid "Treble down key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:377 +msgid "Media play key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:383 +msgid "Previous song key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:386 +msgid "Next song key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:389 +msgid "Media record key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:392 +msgid "Home page key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:395 +msgid "Favorites key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:398 +msgid "Search key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:401 +msgid "Standby key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:404 +msgid "Open URL / Launch Browser key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:407 +msgid "Launch Mail key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:410 +msgid "Launch Media key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:413 +msgid "Launch Shortcut 0 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:416 +msgid "Launch Shortcut 1 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:419 +msgid "Launch Shortcut 2 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:422 +msgid "Launch Shortcut 3 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:425 +msgid "Launch Shortcut 4 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:428 +msgid "Launch Shortcut 5 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:431 +msgid "Launch Shortcut 6 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:434 +msgid "Launch Shortcut 7 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:437 +msgid "Launch Shortcut 8 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:440 +msgid "Launch Shortcut 9 key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:443 +msgid "Launch Shortcut A key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:446 +msgid "Launch Shortcut B key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:449 +msgid "Launch Shortcut C key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:452 +msgid "Launch Shortcut D key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:455 +msgid "Launch Shortcut E key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:458 +msgid "Launch Shortcut F key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:461 +msgid "Unknown key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:464 +msgid "Space key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:467 +msgid "! key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:470 +msgid "\" key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:473 +msgid "# key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:476 +msgid "$ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:479 +msgid "% key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:482 +msgid "& key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:485 +msgid "' key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:488 +msgid "( key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:491 +msgid ") key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:494 +msgid "* key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:497 +msgid "+ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:500 +msgid ", key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:503 +msgid "- key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:506 +msgid ". key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:509 +msgid "/ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:512 +msgid "Number 0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:515 +msgid "Number 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:518 +msgid "Number 2." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:521 +msgid "Number 3." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:524 +msgid "Number 4." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:527 +msgid "Number 5." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:530 +msgid "Number 6." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:533 +msgid "Number 7." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:536 +msgid "Number 8." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:539 +msgid "Number 9." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:542 +msgid ": key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:545 +msgid "; key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:548 +msgid "< key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:551 +msgid "= key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:554 +msgid "> key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:557 +msgid "? key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:560 +msgid "@ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:563 +msgid "A key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:566 +msgid "B key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:569 +msgid "C key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:572 +msgid "D key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:575 +msgid "E key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:578 +msgid "F key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:581 +msgid "G key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:584 +msgid "H key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:587 +msgid "I key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:590 +msgid "J key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:593 +msgid "K key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:596 +msgid "L key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:599 +msgid "M key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:602 +msgid "N key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:605 +msgid "O key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:608 +msgid "P key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:611 +msgid "Q key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:614 +msgid "R key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:617 +msgid "S key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:620 +msgid "T key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:623 +msgid "U key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:626 +msgid "V key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:629 +msgid "W key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:632 +msgid "X key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:635 +msgid "Y key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:638 +msgid "Z key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:641 +msgid "[ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:644 +msgid "\\ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:647 +msgid "] key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:650 +msgid "^ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:653 +msgid "_ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:656 +msgid "` key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:659 +msgid "{ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:662 +msgid "| key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:665 +msgid "} key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:668 +msgid "~ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:671 +msgid "Non-breakable space key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:674 +msgid "¡ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:677 +msgid "¢ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:680 +msgid "£ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:683 +msgid "¤ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:686 +msgid "¥ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:689 +msgid "¦ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:692 +msgid "§ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:695 +msgid "¨ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:698 +msgid "© key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:701 +msgid "ª key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:704 +msgid "« key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:707 +msgid "¬ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:710 +msgid "Soft hyphen key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:713 +msgid "® key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:716 +msgid "¯ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:719 +msgid "° key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:722 +msgid "± key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:725 +msgid "² key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:728 +msgid "³ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:731 +msgid "´ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:734 +msgid "µ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:737 +msgid "¶ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:740 +msgid "· key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:743 +msgid "¸ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:746 +msgid "¹ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:749 +msgid "º key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:752 +msgid "» key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:755 +msgid "¼ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:758 +msgid "½ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:761 +msgid "¾ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:764 +msgid "¿ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:767 +msgid "À key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:770 +msgid "Á key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:773 +msgid "Â key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:776 +msgid "Ã key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:779 +msgid "Ä key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:782 +msgid "Å key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:785 +msgid "Æ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:788 +msgid "Ç key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:791 +msgid "È key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:794 +msgid "É key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:797 +msgid "Ê key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:800 +msgid "Ë key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:803 +msgid "Ì key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:806 +msgid "Í key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:809 +msgid "Î key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:812 +msgid "Ï key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:815 +msgid "Ð key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:818 +msgid "Ñ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:821 +msgid "Ò key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:824 +msgid "Ó key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:827 +msgid "Ô key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:830 +msgid "Õ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:833 +msgid "Ö key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:836 +msgid "× key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:839 +msgid "Ø key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:842 +msgid "Ù key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:845 +msgid "Ú key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:848 +msgid "Û key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:851 +msgid "Ü key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:854 +msgid "Ý key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:857 +msgid "Þ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:860 +msgid "ß key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:863 +msgid "÷ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:866 +msgid "ÿ key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:869 +msgid "Key Code mask." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:872 +msgid "Modifier key mask." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:875 +msgid "Shift key mask." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:878 +msgid "Alt key mask." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:881 +msgid "Meta key mask." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:884 +msgid "Ctrl key mask." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:887 +msgid "" +"Command key mask. On macOS, this is equivalent to [constant KEY_MASK_META]. " +"On other platforms, this is equivalent to [constant KEY_MASK_CTRL]. This " +"mask should be preferred to [constant KEY_MASK_META] or [constant " +"KEY_MASK_CTRL] for system shortcuts as it handles all platforms correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:890 +msgid "Keypad key mask." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:893 +msgid "Group Switch key mask." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:896 +msgid "Left mouse button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:899 +msgid "Right mouse button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:902 +msgid "Middle mouse button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:905 +msgid "Extra mouse button 1 (only present on some mice)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:908 +msgid "Extra mouse button 2 (only present on some mice)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:911 +msgid "Mouse wheel up." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:914 +msgid "Mouse wheel down." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:917 +msgid "Mouse wheel left button (only present on some mice)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:920 +msgid "Mouse wheel right button (only present on some mice)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:923 +msgid "Left mouse button mask." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:926 +msgid "Right mouse button mask." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:929 +msgid "Middle mouse button mask." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:932 +msgid "Extra mouse button 1 mask." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:935 +msgid "Extra mouse button 2 mask." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:938 +msgid "Invalid button or axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:941 +msgid "Gamepad button 0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:944 +msgid "Gamepad button 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:947 +msgid "Gamepad button 2." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:950 +msgid "Gamepad button 3." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:953 +msgid "Gamepad button 4." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:956 +msgid "Gamepad button 5." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:959 +msgid "Gamepad button 6." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:962 +msgid "Gamepad button 7." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:965 +msgid "Gamepad button 8." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:968 +msgid "Gamepad button 9." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:971 +msgid "Gamepad button 10." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:974 +msgid "Gamepad button 11." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:977 +msgid "Gamepad button 12." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:980 +msgid "Gamepad button 13." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:983 +msgid "Gamepad button 14." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:986 +msgid "Gamepad button 15." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:989 +msgid "Gamepad button 16." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:992 +msgid "Gamepad button 17." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:995 +msgid "Gamepad button 18." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:998 +msgid "Gamepad button 19." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1001 +msgid "Gamepad button 20." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1004 +msgid "Gamepad button 21." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1007 +msgid "Gamepad button 22." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1010 +msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1013 +msgid "DualShock circle button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1016 +msgid "DualShock X button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1019 +msgid "DualShock square button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1022 +msgid "DualShock triangle button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1025 +msgid "Xbox controller B button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1028 +msgid "Xbox controller A button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1031 +msgid "Xbox controller X button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1034 +msgid "Xbox controller Y button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1037 +msgid "Nintendo controller A button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1040 +msgid "Nintendo controller B button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1043 +msgid "Nintendo controller X button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1046 +msgid "Nintendo controller Y button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1049 +msgid "Grip (side) buttons on a VR controller." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1052 +msgid "Push down on the touchpad or main joystick on a VR controller." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1055 +msgid "Trigger on a VR controller." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1058 +msgid "" +"A button on the right Oculus Touch controller, X button on the left " +"controller (also when used in OpenVR)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1061 +msgid "" +"B button on the right Oculus Touch controller, Y button on the left " +"controller (also when used in OpenVR)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1064 +msgid "Menu button on either Oculus Touch controller." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1067 +msgid "Menu button in OpenVR (Except when Oculus Touch controllers are used)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1070 +msgid "Gamepad button Select." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1073 +msgid "Gamepad button Start." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1076 +msgid "Gamepad DPad up." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1079 +msgid "Gamepad DPad down." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1082 +msgid "Gamepad DPad left." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1085 +msgid "Gamepad DPad right." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1088 +msgid "Gamepad SDL guide button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1091 +msgid "Gamepad SDL miscellaneous button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1094 +msgid "Gamepad SDL paddle 1 button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1097 +msgid "Gamepad SDL paddle 2 button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1100 +msgid "Gamepad SDL paddle 3 button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1103 +msgid "Gamepad SDL paddle 4 button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1106 +msgid "Gamepad SDL touchpad button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1109 +msgid "Gamepad left Shoulder button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1112 +msgid "Gamepad left trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1115 +msgid "Gamepad left stick click." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1118 +msgid "Gamepad right Shoulder button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1121 +msgid "Gamepad right trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1124 +msgid "Gamepad right stick click." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1127 doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1160 +msgid "Gamepad left stick horizontal axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1130 doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1163 +msgid "Gamepad left stick vertical axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1133 doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1166 +msgid "Gamepad right stick horizontal axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1136 doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1169 +msgid "Gamepad right stick vertical axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1139 +msgid "Generic gamepad axis 4." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1142 +msgid "Generic gamepad axis 5." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1145 +msgid "Gamepad left trigger analog axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1148 +msgid "Gamepad right trigger analog axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1151 +msgid "Generic gamepad axis 8." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1154 +msgid "Generic gamepad axis 9." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1157 +msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick axes supported." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1172 +msgid "Gamepad left analog trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1175 +msgid "Gamepad right analog trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1178 +msgid "VR Controller analog trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1181 +msgid "VR Controller analog grip (side buttons)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1184 +msgid "" +"OpenVR touchpad X axis (Joystick axis on Oculus Touch and Windows MR " +"controllers)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1187 +msgid "" +"OpenVR touchpad Y axis (Joystick axis on Oculus Touch and Windows MR " +"controllers)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1190 +msgid "MIDI note OFF message." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1193 +msgid "MIDI note ON message." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1196 +msgid "MIDI aftertouch message." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1199 +msgid "MIDI control change message." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1202 +msgid "MIDI program change message." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1205 +msgid "MIDI channel pressure message." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1208 +msgid "MIDI pitch bend message." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1211 +msgid "" +"Methods that return [enum Error] return [constant OK] when no error " +"occurred. Note that many functions don't return an error code but will print " +"error messages to standard output.\n" +"Since [constant OK] has value 0, and all other failure codes are positive " +"integers, it can also be used in boolean checks, e.g.:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var err = method_that_returns_error()\n" +"if err != OK:\n" +" print(\"Failure!\")\n" +"# Or, equivalent:\n" +"if err:\n" +" print(\"Still failing!\")\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1223 +msgid "Generic error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1226 +msgid "Unavailable error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1229 +msgid "Unconfigured error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1232 +msgid "Unauthorized error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1235 +msgid "Parameter range error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1238 +msgid "Out of memory (OOM) error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1241 +msgid "File: Not found error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1244 +msgid "File: Bad drive error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1247 +msgid "File: Bad path error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1250 +msgid "File: No permission error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1253 +msgid "File: Already in use error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1256 +msgid "File: Can't open error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1259 +msgid "File: Can't write error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1262 +msgid "File: Can't read error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1265 +msgid "File: Unrecognized error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1268 +msgid "File: Corrupt error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1271 +msgid "File: Missing dependencies error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1274 +msgid "File: End of file (EOF) error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1277 +msgid "Can't open error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1280 +msgid "Can't create error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1283 +msgid "Query failed error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1286 +msgid "Already in use error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1289 +msgid "Locked error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1292 +msgid "Timeout error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1295 +msgid "Can't connect error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1298 +msgid "Can't resolve error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1301 +msgid "Connection error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1304 +msgid "Can't acquire resource error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1307 +msgid "Can't fork process error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1310 +msgid "Invalid data error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1313 +msgid "Invalid parameter error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1316 +msgid "Already exists error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1319 +msgid "Does not exist error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1322 +msgid "Database: Read error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1325 +msgid "Database: Write error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1328 +msgid "Compilation failed error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1331 +msgid "Method not found error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1334 +msgid "Linking failed error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1337 +msgid "Script failed error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1340 +msgid "Cycling link (import cycle) error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1343 +msgid "Invalid declaration error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1346 +msgid "Duplicate symbol error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1349 +msgid "Parse error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1352 +msgid "Busy error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1355 +msgid "Skip error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1358 +msgid "Help error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1361 +msgid "Bug error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1364 +msgid "" +"Printer on fire error. (This is an easter egg, no engine methods return this " +"error code.)" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1367 +msgid "No hint for the edited property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1370 +msgid "" +"Hints that an integer or float property should be within a range specified " +"via the hint string [code]\"min,max\"[/code] or [code]\"min,max,step\"[/" +"code]. The hint string can optionally include [code]\"or_greater\"[/code] " +"and/or [code]\"or_lesser\"[/code] to allow manual input going respectively " +"above the max or below the min values. Example: [code]\"-360,360,1," +"or_greater,or_lesser\"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1373 +msgid "" +"Hints that a float property should be within an exponential range specified " +"via the hint string [code]\"min,max\"[/code] or [code]\"min,max,step\"[/" +"code]. The hint string can optionally include [code]\"or_greater\"[/code] " +"and/or [code]\"or_lesser\"[/code] to allow manual input going respectively " +"above the max or below the min values. Example: [code]\"0.01,100,0.01," +"or_greater\"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1376 +msgid "" +"Hints that an integer, float or string property is an enumerated value to " +"pick in a list specified via a hint string such as [code]\"Hello,Something," +"Else\"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1379 +msgid "" +"Hints that a float property should be edited via an exponential easing " +"function. The hint string can include [code]\"attenuation\"[/code] to flip " +"the curve horizontally and/or [code]\"inout\"[/code] to also include in/out " +"easing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1382 doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1385 +msgid "Deprecated hint, unused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1388 +msgid "" +"Hints that an integer property is a bitmask with named bit flags. For " +"example, to allow toggling bits 0, 1, 2 and 4, the hint could be something " +"like [code]\"Bit0,Bit1,Bit2,,Bit4\"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1391 +msgid "" +"Hints that an integer property is a bitmask using the optionally named 2D " +"render layers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1394 +msgid "" +"Hints that an integer property is a bitmask using the optionally named 2D " +"physics layers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1397 +msgid "" +"Hints that an integer property is a bitmask using the optionally named 3D " +"render layers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1400 +msgid "" +"Hints that an integer property is a bitmask using the optionally named 3D " +"physics layers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1403 +msgid "" +"Hints that a string property is a path to a file. Editing it will show a " +"file dialog for picking the path. The hint string can be a set of filters " +"with wildcards like [code]\"*.png,*.jpg\"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1406 +msgid "" +"Hints that a string property is a path to a directory. Editing it will show " +"a file dialog for picking the path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1409 +msgid "" +"Hints that a string property is an absolute path to a file outside the " +"project folder. Editing it will show a file dialog for picking the path. The " +"hint string can be a set of filters with wildcards like [code]\"*.png,*.jpg" +"\"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1412 +msgid "" +"Hints that a string property is an absolute path to a directory outside the " +"project folder. Editing it will show a file dialog for picking the path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1415 +msgid "" +"Hints that a property is an instance of a [Resource]-derived type, " +"optionally specified via the hint string (e.g. [code]\"Texture\"[/code]). " +"Editing it will show a popup menu of valid resource types to instantiate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1418 +msgid "" +"Hints that a string property is text with line breaks. Editing it will show " +"a text input field where line breaks can be typed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1421 +msgid "" +"Hints that a string property should have a placeholder text visible on its " +"input field, whenever the property is empty. The hint string is the " +"placeholder text to use." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1424 +msgid "" +"Hints that a color property should be edited without changing its alpha " +"component, i.e. only R, G and B channels are edited." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1427 +msgid "Hints that an image is compressed using lossy compression." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1430 +msgid "Hints that an image is compressed using lossless compression." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1433 +msgid "The property is serialized and saved in the scene file (default)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1436 +msgid "The property is shown in the editor inspector (default)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1439 doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1442 +msgid "Deprecated usage flag, unused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1445 +msgid "The property can be checked in the editor inspector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1448 +msgid "The property is checked in the editor inspector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1451 +msgid "The property is a translatable string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1454 +msgid "Used to group properties together in the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1457 +msgid "Used to categorize properties together in the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1460 +msgid "The property does not save its state in [PackedScene]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1463 +msgid "Editing the property prompts the user for restarting the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1466 +msgid "" +"The property is a script variable which should be serialized and saved in " +"the scene file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1469 +msgid "Default usage (storage, editor and network)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1472 +msgid "" +"Default usage for translatable strings (storage, editor, network and " +"internationalized)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1475 +msgid "" +"Default usage but without showing the property in the editor (storage, " +"network)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1478 +msgid "Flag for a normal method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1481 +msgid "Flag for an editor method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1484 doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1490 +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1496 +msgid "Deprecated method flag, unused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1487 +msgid "Flag for a constant method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1493 +msgid "Flag for a virtual method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1499 +msgid "Default method flags." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1502 +msgid "Variable is [code]null[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1505 +msgid "Variable is of type [bool]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1508 +msgid "Variable is of type [int]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1511 +msgid "Variable is of type [float] (real)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1514 +msgid "Variable is of type [String]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1517 +msgid "Variable is of type [Vector2]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1520 +msgid "Variable is of type [Rect2]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1523 +msgid "Variable is of type [Vector3]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1526 +msgid "Variable is of type [Transform2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1529 +msgid "Variable is of type [Plane]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1532 +msgid "Variable is of type [Quat]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1535 +msgid "Variable is of type [AABB]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1538 +msgid "Variable is of type [Basis]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1541 +msgid "Variable is of type [Transform]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1544 +msgid "Variable is of type [Color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1547 +msgid "Variable is of type [NodePath]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1550 +msgid "Variable is of type [RID]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1553 +msgid "Variable is of type [Object]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1556 +msgid "Variable is of type [Dictionary]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1559 +msgid "Variable is of type [Array]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1562 +msgid "Variable is of type [PoolByteArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1565 +msgid "Variable is of type [PoolIntArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1568 +msgid "Variable is of type [PoolRealArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1571 +msgid "Variable is of type [PoolStringArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1574 +msgid "Variable is of type [PoolVector2Array]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1577 +msgid "Variable is of type [PoolVector3Array]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1580 +msgid "Variable is of type [PoolColorArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1583 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Variant.Type] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1586 +msgid "Equality operator ([code]==[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1589 +msgid "Inequality operator ([code]!=[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1592 +msgid "Less than operator ([code]<[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1595 +msgid "Less than or equal operator ([code]<=[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1598 +msgid "Greater than operator ([code]>[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1601 +msgid "Greater than or equal operator ([code]>=[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1604 +msgid "Addition operator ([code]+[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1607 +msgid "Subtraction operator ([code]-[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1610 +msgid "Multiplication operator ([code]*[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1613 +msgid "Division operator ([code]/[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1616 +msgid "Unary negation operator ([code]-[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1619 +msgid "Unary plus operator ([code]+[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1622 +msgid "Remainder/modulo operator ([code]%[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1625 +msgid "String concatenation operator ([code]+[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1628 +msgid "Left shift operator ([code]<<[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1631 +msgid "Right shift operator ([code]>>[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1634 +msgid "Bitwise AND operator ([code]&[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1637 +msgid "Bitwise OR operator ([code]|[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1640 +msgid "Bitwise XOR operator ([code]^[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1643 +msgid "Bitwise NOT operator ([code]~[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1646 +msgid "Logical AND operator ([code]and[/code] or [code]&&[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1649 +msgid "Logical OR operator ([code]or[/code] or [code]||[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1652 +msgid "Logical XOR operator (not implemented in GDScript)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1655 +msgid "Logical NOT operator ([code]not[/code] or [code]![/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1658 +msgid "Logical IN operator ([code]in[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1661 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Variant.Operator] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:4 +msgid "Axis-Aligned Bounding Box." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[AABB] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is " +"typically used for fast overlap tests.\n" +"It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is " +"[Rect2].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses " +"integer coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:12 doc/classes/Basis.xml:13 doc/classes/Plane.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:12 doc/classes/Transform.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:11 doc/classes/Vector2.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:11 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/math/index.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:13 doc/classes/Rect2.xml:13 doc/classes/Vector2.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:12 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/math/vector_math.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:14 doc/classes/Rect2.xml:14 doc/classes/Vector2.xml:13 +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:13 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/math/vectors_advanced.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:22 +msgid "Constructs an [AABB] from a position and size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Returns an AABB with equivalent position and size, modified so that the most-" +"negative corner is the origin and the size is positive." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this [AABB] completely encloses another one." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:42 +msgid "Returns this [AABB] expanded to include a given point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:48 +msgid "Returns the volume of the [AABB]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:55 +msgid "Gets the position of the 8 endpoints of the [AABB] in space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:61 +msgid "Returns the normalized longest axis of the [AABB]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Returns the index of the longest axis of the [AABB] (according to " +"[Vector3]'s [code]AXIS_*[/code] constants)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:73 +msgid "Returns the scalar length of the longest axis of the [AABB]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:79 +msgid "Returns the normalized shortest axis of the [AABB]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:85 +msgid "" +"Returns the index of the shortest axis of the [AABB] (according to " +"[Vector3]::AXIS* enum)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:91 +msgid "Returns the scalar length of the shortest axis of the [AABB]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:98 +msgid "" +"Returns the support point in a given direction. This is useful for collision " +"detection algorithms." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:105 +msgid "" +"Returns a copy of the [AABB] grown a given amount of units towards all the " +"sides." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:111 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] is flat or empty." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:117 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:124 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] contains a point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:131 +msgid "" +"Returns the intersection between two [AABB]. An empty AABB (size 0,0,0) is " +"returned on failure." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:138 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] overlaps with another." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:145 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] is on both sides of a plane." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:153 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] intersects the line segment between " +"[code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:160 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this [AABB] and [code]aabb[/code] are " +"approximately equal, by calling [method @GDScript.is_equal_approx] on each " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:167 +msgid "" +"Returns a larger [AABB] that contains both this [AABB] and [code]with[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:173 doc/classes/Rect2.xml:132 +msgid "" +"Ending corner. This is calculated as [code]position + size[/code]. Setting " +"this value will change the size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:176 doc/classes/Rect2.xml:135 +msgid "Beginning corner. Typically has values lower than [member end]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:179 doc/classes/Rect2.xml:138 +msgid "" +"Size from [member position] to [member end]. Typically, all components are " +"positive.\n" +"If the size is negative, you can use [method abs] to fix it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:4 +msgid "Base dialog for user notification." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This dialog is useful for small notifications to the user about an event. It " +"can only be accepted or closed, with the same result." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Adds a button with label [code]text[/code] and a custom [code]action[/code] " +"to the dialog and returns the created button. [code]action[/code] will be " +"passed to the [signal custom_action] signal when pressed.\n" +"If [code]true[/code], [code]right[/code] will place the button to the right " +"of any sibling buttons.\n" +"You can use [method remove_button] method to remove a button created with " +"this method from the dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Adds a button with label [code]name[/code] and a cancel action to the dialog " +"and returns the created button.\n" +"You can use [method remove_button] method to remove a button created with " +"this method from the dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Returns the label used for built-in text.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it " +"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their " +"[member CanvasItem.visible] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Returns the OK [Button] instance.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it " +"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their " +"[member CanvasItem.visible] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Registers a [LineEdit] in the dialog. When the enter key is pressed, the " +"dialog will be accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Removes the [code]button[/code] from the dialog. Does NOT free the " +"[code]button[/code]. The [code]button[/code] must be a [Button] added with " +"[method add_button] or [method add_cancel] method. After removal, pressing " +"the [code]button[/code] will no longer emit this dialog's [signal " +"custom_action] signal or cancel this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:62 +msgid "Sets autowrapping for the text in the dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:65 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the dialog is hidden when the OK button is pressed. " +"You can set it to [code]false[/code] if you want to do e.g. input validation " +"when receiving the [signal confirmed] signal, and handle hiding the dialog " +"in your own logic.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Some nodes derived from this class can have a different default " +"value, and potentially their own built-in logic overriding this setting. For " +"example [FileDialog] defaults to [code]false[/code], and has its own input " +"validation code that is called when you press OK, which eventually hides the " +"dialog if the input is valid. As such, this property can't be used in " +"[FileDialog] to disable hiding the dialog when pressing OK." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:69 +msgid "The text displayed by the dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:76 +msgid "Emitted when the dialog is accepted, i.e. the OK button is pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:82 +msgid "Emitted when a custom button is pressed. See [method add_button]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:4 +msgid "Interface to low level AES encryption features." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This class provides access to AES encryption/decryption of raw data. Both " +"AES-ECB and AES-CBC mode are supported.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"extends Node\n" +"\n" +"var aes = AESContext.new()\n" +"\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" var key = \"My secret key!!!\" # Key must be either 16 or 32 bytes.\n" +" var data = \"My secret text!!\" # Data size must be multiple of 16 " +"bytes, apply padding if needed.\n" +" # Encrypt ECB\n" +" aes.start(AESContext.MODE_ECB_ENCRYPT, key.to_utf8())\n" +" var encrypted = aes.update(data.to_utf8())\n" +" aes.finish()\n" +" # Decrypt ECB\n" +" aes.start(AESContext.MODE_ECB_DECRYPT, key.to_utf8())\n" +" var decrypted = aes.update(encrypted)\n" +" aes.finish()\n" +" # Check ECB\n" +" assert(decrypted == data.to_utf8())\n" +"\n" +" var iv = \"My secret iv!!!!\" # IV must be of exactly 16 bytes.\n" +" # Encrypt CBC\n" +" aes.start(AESContext.MODE_CBC_ENCRYPT, key.to_utf8(), iv.to_utf8())\n" +" encrypted = aes.update(data.to_utf8())\n" +" aes.finish()\n" +" # Decrypt CBC\n" +" aes.start(AESContext.MODE_CBC_DECRYPT, key.to_utf8(), iv.to_utf8())\n" +" decrypted = aes.update(encrypted)\n" +" aes.finish()\n" +" # Check CBC\n" +" assert(decrypted == data.to_utf8())\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:46 +msgid "Close this AES context so it can be started again. See [method start]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Get the current IV state for this context (IV gets updated when calling " +"[method update]). You normally don't need this function.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This function only makes sense when the context is started with " +"[constant MODE_CBC_ENCRYPT] or [constant MODE_CBC_DECRYPT]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Start the AES context in the given [code]mode[/code]. A [code]key[/code] of " +"either 16 or 32 bytes must always be provided, while an [code]iv[/code] " +"(initialization vector) of exactly 16 bytes, is only needed when [code]mode[/" +"code] is either [constant MODE_CBC_ENCRYPT] or [constant MODE_CBC_DECRYPT]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:69 +msgid "" +"Run the desired operation for this AES context. Will return a " +"[PoolByteArray] containing the result of encrypting (or decrypting) the " +"given [code]src[/code]. See [method start] for mode of operation.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The size of [code]src[/code] must be a multiple of 16. Apply " +"some padding if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:76 +msgid "AES electronic codebook encryption mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:79 +msgid "AES electronic codebook decryption mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:82 +msgid "AES cipher blocker chaining encryption mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:85 +msgid "AES cipher blocker chaining decryption mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:88 +msgid "Maximum value for the mode enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:4 +msgid "Sprite node that can use multiple textures for animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Animations are created using a [SpriteFrames] resource, which can be " +"configured in the editor via the SpriteFrames panel.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional " +"[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, " +"having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/" +"code] will make it so the [code]run[/code] animation uses the normal map." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:11 doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:13 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/2d/2d_sprite_animation.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:12 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:12 doc/classes/Button.xml:24 +#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:12 doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/ColorRect.xml:10 doc/classes/Input.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:12 doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:12 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:15 +#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:11 doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml:12 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/515" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:18 doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:16 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if an animation is currently being played." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Plays the animation named [code]anim[/code]. If no [code]anim[/code] is " +"provided, the current animation is played. If [code]backwards[/code] is " +"[code]true[/code], the animation will be played in reverse." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:32 doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:29 +msgid "Stops the current animation (does not reset the frame counter)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:38 doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:35 +msgid "" +"The current animation from the [code]frames[/code] resource. If this value " +"changes, the [code]frame[/code] counter is reset." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:41 doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:48 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], texture will be centered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:44 doc/classes/Sprite.xml:39 +#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:54 doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:21 +#: doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:20 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], texture is flipped horizontally." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:47 doc/classes/Sprite.xml:42 +#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:57 doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:24 +#: doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:23 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], texture is flipped vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:50 doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:38 +msgid "The displayed animation frame's index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:53 doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:41 +msgid "The [SpriteFrames] resource containing the animation(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:56 doc/classes/Sprite.xml:58 +#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:63 +msgid "The texture's drawing offset." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:59 doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:44 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the [member animation] is currently playing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:62 +msgid "The animation speed is multiplied by this value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:68 doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the animation is finished (when it plays the last frame). If " +"the animation is looping, this signal is emitted every time the last frame " +"is drawn." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:73 doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:55 +msgid "Emitted when [member frame] changed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:4 +msgid "" +"2D sprite node in 3D world, that can use multiple 2D textures for animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Animations are created using a [SpriteFrames] resource, which can be " +"configured in the editor via the SpriteFrames panel." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Plays the animation named [code]anim[/code]. If no [code]anim[/code] is " +"provided, the current animation is played." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:4 +msgid "Proxy texture for simple frame-based animations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[AnimatedTexture] is a resource format for frame-based animations, where " +"multiple textures can be chained automatically with a predefined delay for " +"each frame. Unlike [AnimationPlayer] or [AnimatedSprite], it isn't a [Node], " +"but has the advantage of being usable anywhere a [Texture] resource can be " +"used, e.g. in a [TileSet].\n" +"The playback of the animation is controlled by the [member fps] property as " +"well as each frame's optional delay (see [method set_frame_delay]). The " +"animation loops, i.e. it will restart at frame 0 automatically after playing " +"the last frame.\n" +"[AnimatedTexture] currently requires all frame textures to have the same " +"size, otherwise the bigger ones will be cropped to match the smallest one.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] AnimatedTexture doesn't support using [AtlasTexture]s. Each " +"frame needs to be a separate [Texture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:19 +msgid "Returns the given frame's delay value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:26 +msgid "Returns the given frame's [Texture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Sets an additional delay (in seconds) between this frame and the next one, " +"that will be added to the time interval defined by [member fps]. By default, " +"frames have no delay defined. If a delay value is defined, the final time " +"interval between this frame and the next will be [code]1.0 / fps + delay[/" +"code].\n" +"For example, for an animation with 3 frames, 2 FPS and a frame delay on the " +"second frame of 1.2, the resulting playback will be:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"Frame 0: 0.5 s (1 / fps)\n" +"Frame 1: 1.7 s (1 / fps + 1.2)\n" +"Frame 2: 0.5 s (1 / fps)\n" +"Total duration: 2.7 s\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Assigns a [Texture] to the given frame. Frame IDs start at 0, so the first " +"frame has ID 0, and the last frame of the animation has ID [member frames] - " +"1.\n" +"You can define any number of textures up to [constant MAX_FRAMES], but keep " +"in mind that only frames from 0 to [member frames] - 1 will be part of the " +"animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:56 +msgid "Sets the currently visible frame of the texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:60 +msgid "" +"Animation speed in frames per second. This value defines the default time " +"interval between two frames of the animation, and thus the overall duration " +"of the animation loop based on the [member frames] property. A value of 0 " +"means no predefined number of frames per second, the animation will play " +"according to each frame's frame delay (see [method set_frame_delay]).\n" +"For example, an animation with 8 frames, no frame delay and a [code]fps[/" +"code] value of 2 will run for 4 seconds, with each frame lasting 0.5 seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Number of frames to use in the animation. While you can create the frames " +"independently with [method set_frame_texture], you need to set this value " +"for the animation to take new frames into account. The maximum number of " +"frames is [constant MAX_FRAMES]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:67 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the animation will only play once and will not loop " +"back to the first frame after reaching the end. Note that reaching the end " +"will not set [member pause] to [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:70 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the animation will pause where it currently is (i.e. " +"at [member current_frame]). The animation will continue from where it was " +"paused when changing this property to [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:75 +msgid "" +"The maximum number of frames supported by [AnimatedTexture]. If you need " +"more frames in your animation, use [AnimationPlayer] or [AnimatedSprite]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:4 +msgid "Contains data used to animate everything in the engine." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:7 +msgid "" +"An Animation resource contains data used to animate everything in the " +"engine. Animations are divided into tracks, and each track must be linked to " +"a node. The state of that node can be changed through time, by adding timed " +"keys (events) to the track.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# This creates an animation that makes the node \"Enemy\" move to the right " +"by\n" +"# 100 pixels in 0.5 seconds.\n" +"var animation = Animation.new()\n" +"var track_index = animation.add_track(Animation.TYPE_VALUE)\n" +"animation.track_set_path(track_index, \"Enemy:position:x\")\n" +"animation.track_insert_key(track_index, 0.0, 0)\n" +"animation.track_insert_key(track_index, 0.5, 100)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Animations are just data containers, and must be added to nodes such as an " +"[AnimationPlayer] or [AnimationTreePlayer] to be played back. Animation " +"tracks have different types, each with its own set of dedicated methods. " +"Check [enum TrackType] to see available types." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:20 doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:12 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/animation/index.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:28 +msgid "Adds a track to the Animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Returns the animation name at the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code]. " +"The [code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of an Animation Track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Inserts a key with value [code]animation[/code] at the given [code]time[/" +"code] (in seconds). The [code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of an " +"Animation Track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Sets the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code] to value [code]animation[/" +"code]. The [code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of an Animation Track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Returns the end offset of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code]. The " +"[code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of an Audio Track.\n" +"End offset is the number of seconds cut off at the ending of the audio " +"stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:71 +msgid "" +"Returns the start offset of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code]. The " +"[code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of an Audio Track.\n" +"Start offset is the number of seconds cut off at the beginning of the audio " +"stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:80 +msgid "" +"Returns the audio stream of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code]. The " +"[code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of an Audio Track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:91 +msgid "" +"Inserts an Audio Track key at the given [code]time[/code] in seconds. The " +"[code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of an Audio Track.\n" +"[code]stream[/code] is the [AudioStream] resource to play. " +"[code]start_offset[/code] is the number of seconds cut off at the beginning " +"of the audio stream, while [code]end_offset[/code] is at the ending." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:101 +msgid "" +"Sets the end offset of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code] to value " +"[code]offset[/code]. The [code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of an " +"Audio Track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:110 +msgid "" +"Sets the start offset of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code] to value " +"[code]offset[/code]. The [code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of an " +"Audio Track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:119 +msgid "" +"Sets the stream of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code] to value " +"[code]stream[/code]. The [code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of an " +"Audio Track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:127 +msgid "" +"Returns the in handle of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code]. The " +"[code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of a Bezier Track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:135 +msgid "" +"Returns the out handle of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code]. The " +"[code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of a Bezier Track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:143 +msgid "" +"Returns the value of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code]. The " +"[code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of a Bezier Track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:154 +msgid "" +"Inserts a Bezier Track key at the given [code]time[/code] in seconds. The " +"[code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of a Bezier Track.\n" +"[code]in_handle[/code] is the left-side weight of the added Bezier curve " +"point, [code]out_handle[/code] is the right-side one, while [code]value[/" +"code] is the actual value at this point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:163 +msgid "" +"Returns the interpolated value at the given [code]time[/code] (in seconds). " +"The [code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of a Bezier Track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:172 +msgid "" +"Sets the in handle of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code] to value " +"[code]in_handle[/code]. The [code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of a " +"Bezier Track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:181 +msgid "" +"Sets the out handle of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code] to value " +"[code]out_handle[/code]. The [code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of a " +"Bezier Track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:190 +msgid "" +"Sets the value of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code] to the given " +"value. The [code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of a Bezier Track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:196 +msgid "Clear the animation (clear all tracks and reset all)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:204 +msgid "" +"Adds a new track that is a copy of the given track from [code]to_animation[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:211 +msgid "" +"Returns the index of the specified track. If the track is not found, return " +"-1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:217 +msgid "Returns the amount of tracks in the animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:226 +msgid "" +"Returns all the key indices of a method track, given a position and delta " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:234 +msgid "Returns the method name of a method track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Returns the arguments values to be called on a method track for a given key " +"in a given track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:249 +msgid "Removes a track by specifying the track index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:258 +msgid "" +"Finds the key index by time in a given track. Optionally, only find it if " +"the exact time is given." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:265 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the track at [code]idx[/code] wraps the " +"interpolation loop. New tracks wrap the interpolation loop by default." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:272 +msgid "Returns the interpolation type of a given track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:279 +msgid "Returns the amount of keys in a given track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:287 +msgid "Returns the time at which the key is located." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:295 +msgid "" +"Returns the transition curve (easing) for a specific key (see the built-in " +"math function [method @GDScript.ease])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:303 +msgid "Returns the value of a given key in a given track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:310 +msgid "" +"Gets the path of a track. For more information on the path format, see " +"[method track_set_path]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:317 +msgid "Gets the type of a track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:327 +msgid "Insert a generic key in a given track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:334 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the track at index [code]idx[/code] is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:341 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given track is imported. Else, return " +"[code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:348 +msgid "Moves a track down." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:356 +msgid "" +"Changes the index position of track [code]idx[/code] to the one defined in " +"[code]to_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:363 +msgid "Moves a track up." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:371 +msgid "Removes a key by index in a given track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:379 +msgid "Removes a key by position (seconds) in a given track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:387 +msgid "Enables/disables the given track. Tracks are enabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:395 +msgid "Sets the given track as imported or not." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:403 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the track at [code]idx[/code] wraps the interpolation " +"loop." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:411 +msgid "Sets the interpolation type of a given track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:420 +msgid "Sets the time of an existing key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:429 +msgid "" +"Sets the transition curve (easing) for a specific key (see the built-in math " +"function [method @GDScript.ease])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:438 +msgid "Sets the value of an existing key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:446 +msgid "" +"Sets the path of a track. Paths must be valid scene-tree paths to a node and " +"must be specified starting from the parent node of the node that will " +"reproduce the animation. Tracks that control properties or bones must append " +"their name after the path, separated by [code]\":\"[/code].\n" +"For example, [code]\"character/skeleton:ankle\"[/code] or [code]\"character/" +"mesh:transform/local\"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:455 +msgid "" +"Swaps the track [code]idx[/code]'s index position with the track " +"[code]with_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:466 +msgid "Insert a transform key for a transform track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:474 +msgid "" +"Returns the interpolated value of a transform track at a given time (in " +"seconds). An array consisting of 3 elements: position ([Vector3]), rotation " +"([Quat]) and scale ([Vector3])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:483 +msgid "" +"Returns all the key indices of a value track, given a position and delta " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:490 +msgid "Returns the update mode of a value track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:498 +msgid "" +"Returns the interpolated value at the given time (in seconds). The " +"[code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of a value track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:506 +msgid "Sets the update mode (see [enum UpdateMode]) of a value track." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:512 +msgid "" +"The total length of the animation (in seconds).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Length is not delimited by the last key, as this one may be " +"before or after the end to ensure correct interpolation and looping." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:516 +msgid "" +"A flag indicating that the animation must loop. This is used for correct " +"interpolation of animation cycles, and for hinting the player that it must " +"restart the animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:519 +msgid "The animation step value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:525 +msgid "" +"Emitted when there's a change in the list of tracks, e.g. tracks are added, " +"moved or have changed paths." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:531 +msgid "" +"Value tracks set values in node properties, but only those which can be " +"Interpolated." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:534 +msgid "" +"Transform tracks are used to change node local transforms or skeleton pose " +"bones. Transitions are interpolated." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:537 +msgid "Method tracks call functions with given arguments per key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:540 +msgid "" +"Bezier tracks are used to interpolate a value using custom curves. They can " +"also be used to animate sub-properties of vectors and colors (e.g. alpha " +"value of a [Color])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:543 +msgid "" +"Audio tracks are used to play an audio stream with either type of " +"[AudioStreamPlayer]. The stream can be trimmed and previewed in the " +"animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:546 +msgid "Animation tracks play animations in other [AnimationPlayer] nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:549 +msgid "No interpolation (nearest value)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:552 +msgid "Linear interpolation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:555 +msgid "Cubic interpolation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:558 +msgid "Update between keyframes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:561 +msgid "Update at the keyframes and hold the value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:564 +msgid "Update at the keyframes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:567 +msgid "" +"Same as linear interpolation, but also interpolates from the current value " +"(i.e. dynamically at runtime) if the first key isn't at 0 seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:4 +msgid "Base resource for [AnimationTree] nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Base resource for [AnimationTree] nodes. In general, it's not used directly, " +"but you can create custom ones with custom blending formulas.\n" +"Inherit this when creating nodes mainly for use in [AnimationNodeBlendTree], " +"otherwise [AnimationRootNode] should be used instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:11 doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd2.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd3.xml:14 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAnimation.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend2.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend3.xml:14 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:13 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOneShot.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOutput.xml:9 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:15 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml:15 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:8 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeScale.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeSeek.xml:21 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml:10 doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:12 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/animation/animation_tree.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Adds an input to the node. This is only useful for nodes created for use in " +"an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Blend an animation by [code]blend[/code] amount (name must be valid in the " +"linked [AnimationPlayer]). A [code]time[/code] and [code]delta[/code] may be " +"passed, as well as whether [code]seek[/code] happened." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Blend an input. This is only useful for nodes created for an " +"[AnimationNodeBlendTree]. The [code]time[/code] parameter is a relative " +"delta, unless [code]seek[/code] is [code]true[/code], in which case it is " +"absolute. A filter mode may be optionally passed (see [enum FilterAction] " +"for options)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Blend another animation node (in case this node contains children animation " +"nodes). This function is only useful if you inherit from [AnimationRootNode] " +"instead, else editors will not display your node for addition." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:60 +msgid "Gets the text caption for this node (used by some editors)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Gets a child node by index (used by editors inheriting from " +"[AnimationRootNode])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Gets all children nodes in order as a [code]name: node[/code] dictionary. " +"Only useful when inheriting [AnimationRootNode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:79 +msgid "" +"Amount of inputs in this node, only useful for nodes that go into " +"[AnimationNodeBlendTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:86 +msgid "Gets the name of an input by index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Gets the value of a parameter. Parameters are custom local memory used for " +"your nodes, given a resource can be reused in multiple trees." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:100 +msgid "" +"Gets the default value of a parameter. Parameters are custom local memory " +"used for your nodes, given a resource can be reused in multiple trees." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:106 +msgid "" +"Gets the property information for parameter. Parameters are custom local " +"memory used for your nodes, given a resource can be reused in multiple " +"trees. Format is similar to [method Object.get_property_list]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:112 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] whether you want the blend tree editor to display " +"filter editing on this node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:119 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] whether a given path is filtered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:127 +msgid "" +"User-defined callback called when a custom node is processed. The " +"[code]time[/code] parameter is a relative delta, unless [code]seek[/code] is " +"[code]true[/code], in which case it is absolute.\n" +"Here, call the [method blend_input], [method blend_node] or [method " +"blend_animation] functions. You can also use [method get_parameter] and " +"[method set_parameter] to modify local memory.\n" +"This function should return the time left for the current animation to " +"finish (if unsure, pass the value from the main blend being called)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:136 +msgid "Removes an input, call this only when inactive." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:144 +msgid "Adds or removes a path for the filter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:152 +msgid "" +"Sets a custom parameter. These are used as local storage, because resources " +"can be reused across the tree or scenes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:158 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], filtering is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:164 +msgid "Called when the node was removed from the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:169 +msgid "" +"Emitted by nodes that inherit from this class and that have an internal tree " +"when one of their nodes changes. The nodes that emit this signal are " +"[AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D], [AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D], " +"[AnimationNodeStateMachine], and [AnimationNodeBlendTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:175 +msgid "Do not use filtering." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:178 +msgid "Paths matching the filter will be allowed to pass." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:181 +msgid "Paths matching the filter will be discarded." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:184 +msgid "Paths matching the filter will be blended (by the blend value)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd2.xml:4 +msgid "Blends two animations additively inside of an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd2.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A resource to add to an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]. Blends two animations " +"additively based on an amount value in the [code][0.0, 1.0][/code] range." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd2.xml:16 doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd3.xml:21 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend2.xml:18 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend3.xml:20 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], sets the [code]optimization[/code] to [code]false[/" +"code] when calling [method AnimationNode.blend_input], forcing the blended " +"animations to update every frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd3.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Blends two of three animations additively inside of an " +"[AnimationNodeBlendTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd3.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A resource to add to an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]. Blends two animations " +"together additively out of three based on a value in the [code][-1.0, 1.0][/" +"code] range.\n" +"This node has three inputs:\n" +"- The base animation to add to\n" +"- A -add animation to blend with when the blend amount is in the [code]" +"[-1.0, 0.0][/code] range.\n" +"- A +add animation to blend with when the blend amount is in the [code][0.0, " +"1.0][/code] range" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd3.xml:15 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAnimation.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend2.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:13 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOneShot.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOutput.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:14 doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:11 doc/classes/Camera.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml:13 doc/classes/CylinderShape.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:19 doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:14 +#: doc/classes/GIProbeData.xml:8 doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:16 +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:11 doc/classes/Material.xml:11 doc/classes/Mesh.xml:13 +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:13 doc/classes/Particles.xml:14 +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:13 doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:13 +#: doc/classes/SpotLight.xml:12 doc/classes/StaticBody.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml:15 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/678" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAnimation.xml:4 +msgid "Input animation to use in an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAnimation.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A resource to add to an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]. Only features one output " +"set using the [member animation] property. Use it as an input for " +"[AnimationNode] that blend animations together." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAnimation.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend2.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOutput.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeScale.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml:11 doc/classes/Area.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:17 doc/classes/BoxShape.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml:12 modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:15 +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:14 doc/classes/Mesh.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:12 doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:14 doc/classes/Transform.xml:15 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/125" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAnimation.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Animation to use as an output. It is one of the animations provided by " +"[member AnimationTree.anim_player]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend2.xml:4 +msgid "Blends two animations linearly inside of an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend2.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A resource to add to an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]. Blends two animations " +"linearly based on an amount value in the [code][0.0, 1.0][/code] range." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend3.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Blends two of three animations linearly inside of an " +"[AnimationNodeBlendTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend3.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A resource to add to an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]. Blends two animations " +"together linearly out of three based on a value in the [code][-1.0, 1.0][/" +"code] range.\n" +"This node has three inputs:\n" +"- The base animation\n" +"- A -blend animation to blend with when the blend amount is in the [code]" +"[-1.0, 0.0][/code] range.\n" +"- A +blend animation to blend with when the blend amount is in the [code]" +"[0.0, 1.0][/code] range" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Blends linearly between two of any number of [AnimationNode] of any type " +"placed on a virtual axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A resource to add to an [AnimationNodeBlendTree].\n" +"This is a virtual axis on which you can add any type of [AnimationNode] " +"using [method add_blend_point].\n" +"Outputs the linear blend of the two [AnimationNode]s closest to the node's " +"current value.\n" +"You can set the extents of the axis using the [member min_space] and [member " +"max_space]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:22 +msgid "" +"Adds a new point that represents a [code]node[/code] on the virtual axis at " +"a given position set by [code]pos[/code]. You can insert it at a specific " +"index using the [code]at_index[/code] argument. If you use the default value " +"for [code]at_index[/code], the point is inserted at the end of the blend " +"points array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:28 +msgid "Returns the number of points on the blend axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Returns the [AnimationNode] referenced by the point at index [code]point[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:42 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:52 +msgid "Returns the position of the point at index [code]point[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:49 +msgid "Removes the point at index [code]point[/code] from the blend axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:57 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:88 +msgid "" +"Changes the [AnimationNode] referenced by the point at index [code]point[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:65 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Updates the position of the point at index [code]point[/code] on the blend " +"axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:71 +msgid "" +"The blend space's axis's upper limit for the points' position. See [method " +"add_blend_point]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:74 +msgid "" +"The blend space's axis's lower limit for the points' position. See [method " +"add_blend_point]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:77 +msgid "Position increment to snap to when moving a point on the axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:80 +msgid "Label of the virtual axis of the blend space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Blends linearly between three [AnimationNode] of any type placed in a 2D " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A resource to add to an [AnimationNodeBlendTree].\n" +"This node allows you to blend linearly between three animations using a " +"[Vector2] weight.\n" +"You can add vertices to the blend space with [method add_blend_point] and " +"automatically triangulate it by setting [member auto_triangles] to " +"[code]true[/code]. Otherwise, use [method add_triangle] and [method " +"remove_triangle] to create up the blend space by hand." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:22 +msgid "" +"Adds a new point that represents a [code]node[/code] at the position set by " +"[code]pos[/code]. You can insert it at a specific index using the " +"[code]at_index[/code] argument. If you use the default value for " +"[code]at_index[/code], the point is inserted at the end of the blend points " +"array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Creates a new triangle using three points [code]x[/code], [code]y[/code], " +"and [code]z[/code]. Triangles can overlap. You can insert the triangle at a " +"specific index using the [code]at_index[/code] argument. If you use the " +"default value for [code]at_index[/code], the point is inserted at the end of " +"the blend points array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:38 +msgid "Returns the number of points in the blend space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Returns the [AnimationRootNode] referenced by the point at index " +"[code]point[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:58 +msgid "Returns the number of triangles in the blend space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Returns the position of the point at index [code]point[/code] in the " +"triangle of index [code]triangle[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:73 +msgid "Removes the point at index [code]point[/code] from the blend space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:80 +msgid "" +"Removes the triangle at index [code]triangle[/code] from the blend space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:102 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the blend space is triangulated automatically. The " +"mesh updates every time you add or remove points with [method " +"add_blend_point] and [method remove_blend_point]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:105 +msgid "" +"Controls the interpolation between animations. See [enum BlendMode] " +"constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:108 +msgid "" +"The blend space's X and Y axes' upper limit for the points' position. See " +"[method add_blend_point]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:111 +msgid "" +"The blend space's X and Y axes' lower limit for the points' position. See " +"[method add_blend_point]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:114 +msgid "Position increment to snap to when moving a point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:117 +msgid "Name of the blend space's X axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:120 +msgid "Name of the blend space's Y axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:126 +msgid "" +"Emitted every time the blend space's triangles are created, removed, or when " +"one of their vertices changes position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:132 +msgid "The interpolation between animations is linear." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:135 +msgid "" +"The blend space plays the animation of the node the blending position is " +"closest to. Useful for frame-by-frame 2D animations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:138 +msgid "" +"Similar to [constant BLEND_MODE_DISCRETE], but starts the new animation at " +"the last animation's playback position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:4 +msgid "[AnimationTree] node resource that contains many blend type nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This node may contain a sub-tree of any other blend type nodes, such as mix, " +"blend2, blend3, one shot, etc. This is one of the most commonly used roots." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Adds an [AnimationNode] at the given [code]position[/code]. The [code]name[/" +"code] is used to identify the created sub-node later." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Connects the output of an [AnimationNode] as input for another " +"[AnimationNode], at the input port specified by [code]input_index[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:36 +msgid "Disconnects the node connected to the specified input." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:43 +msgid "Returns the sub-node with the specified [code]name[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Returns the position of the sub-node with the specified [code]name[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if a sub-node with specified [code]name[/code] " +"exists." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:64 +msgid "Removes a sub-node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:72 +msgid "Changes the name of a sub-node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:80 +msgid "Modifies the position of a sub-node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:86 +msgid "The global offset of all sub-nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:91 +msgid "The connection was successful." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:94 +msgid "The input node is [code]null[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:97 +msgid "The specified input port is out of range." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:100 +msgid "The output node is [code]null[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:103 +msgid "Input and output nodes are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:106 +msgid "The specified connection already exists." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOneShot.xml:4 +msgid "Plays an animation once in [AnimationNodeBlendTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOneShot.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A resource to add to an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]. This node will execute a " +"sub-animation and return once it finishes. Blend times for fading in and out " +"can be customized, as well as filters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOneShot.xml:28 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the sub-animation will restart automatically after " +"finishing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOneShot.xml:31 +msgid "The delay after which the automatic restart is triggered, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOneShot.xml:34 +msgid "" +"If [member autorestart] is [code]true[/code], a random additional delay (in " +"seconds) between 0 and this value will be added to [member " +"autorestart_delay]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOutput.xml:4 +msgid "Generic output node to be added to [AnimationNodeBlendTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:4 +msgid "State machine for control of animations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Contains multiple nodes representing animation states, connected in a graph. " +"Node transitions can be configured to happen automatically or via code, " +"using a shortest-path algorithm. Retrieve the " +"[AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback] object from the [AnimationTree] node to " +"control it programmatically.\n" +"[b]Example:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var state_machine = $AnimationTree.get(\"parameters/playback\")\n" +"state_machine.travel(\"some_state\")\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Adds a new node to the graph. The [code]position[/code] is used for display " +"in the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:33 +msgid "Adds a transition between the given nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:39 +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:72 +msgid "Returns the graph's end node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:45 +msgid "Returns the draw offset of the graph. Used for display in the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:52 +msgid "Returns the animation node with the given name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:59 +msgid "Returns the given animation node's name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:66 +msgid "Returns the given node's coordinates. Used for display in the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:79 +msgid "Returns the given transition." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:85 +msgid "Returns the number of connections in the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:92 +msgid "Returns the given transition's start node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:99 +msgid "Returns the given transition's end node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:106 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the graph contains the given node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:114 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a transition between the given nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:121 +msgid "Deletes the given node from the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:129 +msgid "Deletes the transition between the two specified nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:136 +msgid "Deletes the given transition by index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:144 +msgid "Renames the given node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:152 +msgid "Replaces the node and keeps its transitions unchanged." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:159 +msgid "Sets the given node as the graph end point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:166 +msgid "Sets the draw offset of the graph. Used for display in the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:174 +msgid "Sets the node's coordinates. Used for display in the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:181 +msgid "Sets the given node as the graph start point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml:4 +msgid "Playback control for [AnimationNodeStateMachine]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Allows control of [AnimationTree] state machines created with " +"[AnimationNodeStateMachine]. Retrieve with [code]$AnimationTree." +"get(\"parameters/playback\")[/code].\n" +"[b]Example:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var state_machine = $AnimationTree.get(\"parameters/playback\")\n" +"state_machine.travel(\"some_state\")\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml:26 +msgid "Returns the currently playing animation state." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml:32 +msgid "Returns the playback position within the current animation state." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Returns the current travel path as computed internally by the A* algorithm." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml:44 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if an animation is playing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml:51 +msgid "Starts playing the given animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml:57 +msgid "Stops the currently playing animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Transitions from the current state to another one, following the shortest " +"path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:14 +msgid "" +"Turn on auto advance when this condition is set. The provided name will " +"become a boolean parameter on the [AnimationTree] that can be controlled " +"from code (see [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/animation/" +"animation_tree.html#controlling-from-code][/url]). For example, if [member " +"AnimationTree.tree_root] is an [AnimationNodeStateMachine] and [member " +"advance_condition] is set to [code]\"idle\"[/code]:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"$animation_tree[\"parameters/conditions/idle\"] = is_on_floor and " +"(linear_velocity.x == 0)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on the transition automatically when this state is reached. This works " +"best with [constant SWITCH_MODE_AT_END]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Don't use this transition during [method AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback." +"travel] or [member auto_advance]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Lower priority transitions are preferred when travelling through the tree " +"via [method AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.travel] or [member " +"auto_advance]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:29 +msgid "The transition type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:32 +msgid "The time to cross-fade between this state and the next." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:38 +msgid "Emitted when [member advance_condition] is changed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Switch to the next state immediately. The current state will end and blend " +"into the beginning of the new one." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Switch to the next state immediately, but will seek the new state to the " +"playback position of the old state." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Wait for the current state playback to end, then switch to the beginning of " +"the next state animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeScale.xml:4 +msgid "A time-scaling animation node to be used with [AnimationTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeScale.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Allows scaling the speed of the animation (or reversing it) in any children " +"nodes. Setting it to 0 will pause the animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeSeek.xml:4 +msgid "A time-seeking animation node to be used with [AnimationTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeSeek.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This node can be used to cause a seek command to happen to any sub-children " +"of the animation graph. Use this node type to play an [Animation] from the " +"start or a certain playback position inside the [AnimationNodeBlendTree]. " +"After setting the time and changing the animation playback, the seek node " +"automatically goes into sleep mode on the next process frame by setting its " +"[code]seek_position[/code] value to [code]-1.0[/code].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Play child animation from the start.\n" +"animation_tree.set(\"parameters/Seek/seek_position\", 0.0)\n" +"# Alternative syntax (same result as above).\n" +"animation_tree[\"parameters/Seek/seek_position\"] = 0.0\n" +"\n" +"# Play child animation from 12 second timestamp.\n" +"animation_tree.set(\"parameters/Seek/seek_position\", 12.0)\n" +"# Alternative syntax (same result as above).\n" +"animation_tree[\"parameters/Seek/seek_position\"] = 12.0\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml:4 +msgid "A generic animation transition node for [AnimationTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Simple state machine for cases which don't require a more advanced " +"[AnimationNodeStateMachine]. Animations can be connected to the inputs and " +"transition times can be specified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml:44 +msgid "The number of available input ports for this node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Cross-fading time (in seconds) between each animation connected to the " +"inputs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:4 +msgid "Container and player of [Animation] resources." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"An animation player is used for general-purpose playback of [Animation] " +"resources. It contains a dictionary of animations (referenced by name) and " +"custom blend times between their transitions. Additionally, animations can " +"be played and blended in different channels.\n" +"[AnimationPlayer] is more suited than [Tween] for animations where you know " +"the final values in advance. For example, fading a screen in and out is more " +"easily done with an [AnimationPlayer] node thanks to the animation tools " +"provided by the editor. That particular example can also be implemented with " +"a [Tween] node, but it requires doing everything by code.\n" +"Updating the target properties of animations occurs at process time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:22 +msgid "" +"Adds [code]animation[/code] to the player accessible with the key " +"[code]name[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Shifts position in the animation timeline and immediately updates the " +"animation. [code]delta[/code] is the time in seconds to shift. Events " +"between the current frame and [code]delta[/code] are handled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:36 +msgid "Returns the name of the next animation in the queue." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Triggers the [code]anim_to[/code] animation when the [code]anim_from[/code] " +"animation completes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:50 +msgid "" +"[AnimationPlayer] caches animated nodes. It may not notice if a node " +"disappears; [method clear_caches] forces it to update the cache again." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:56 +msgid "Clears all queued, unplayed animations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:63 +msgid "" +"Returns the name of [code]animation[/code] or an empty string if not found." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:70 +msgid "" +"Returns the [Animation] with key [code]name[/code] or [code]null[/code] if " +"not found." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:76 +msgid "Returns the list of stored animation names." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:84 +msgid "" +"Gets the blend time (in seconds) between two animations, referenced by their " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:90 +msgid "" +"Gets the actual playing speed of current animation or 0 if not playing. This " +"speed is the [member playback_speed] property multiplied by " +"[code]custom_speed[/code] argument specified when calling the [method play] " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Returns a list of the animation names that are currently queued to play." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:103 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AnimationPlayer] stores an [Animation] " +"with key [code]name[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:109 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if playing an animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:119 +msgid "" +"Plays the animation with key [code]name[/code]. Custom blend times and speed " +"can be set. If [code]custom_speed[/code] is negative and [code]from_end[/" +"code] is [code]true[/code], the animation will play backwards (which is " +"equivalent to calling [method play_backwards]).\n" +"The [AnimationPlayer] keeps track of its current or last played animation " +"with [member assigned_animation]. If this method is called with that same " +"animation [code]name[/code], or with no [code]name[/code] parameter, the " +"assigned animation will resume playing if it was paused, or restart if it " +"was stopped (see [method stop] for both pause and stop). If the animation " +"was already playing, it will keep playing.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The animation will be updated the next time the " +"[AnimationPlayer] is processed. If other variables are updated at the same " +"time this is called, they may be updated too early. To perform the update " +"immediately, call [code]advance(0)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:129 +msgid "" +"Plays the animation with key [code]name[/code] in reverse.\n" +"This method is a shorthand for [method play] with [code]custom_speed = -1.0[/" +"code] and [code]from_end = true[/code], so see its description for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:137 +msgid "" +"Queues an animation for playback once the current one is done.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If a looped animation is currently playing, the queued " +"animation will never play unless the looped animation is stopped somehow." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:145 +msgid "Removes the animation with key [code]name[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:153 +msgid "" +"Renames an existing animation with key [code]name[/code] to [code]newname[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:161 +msgid "" +"Seeks the animation to the [code]seconds[/code] point in time (in seconds). " +"If [code]update[/code] is [code]true[/code], the animation updates too, " +"otherwise it updates at process time. Events between the current frame and " +"[code]seconds[/code] are skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:170 +msgid "" +"Specifies a blend time (in seconds) between two animations, referenced by " +"their names." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:177 +msgid "" +"Stops or pauses the currently playing animation. If [code]reset[/code] is " +"[code]true[/code], the animation position is reset to [code]0[/code] and the " +"playback speed is reset to [code]1.0[/code].\n" +"If [code]reset[/code] is [code]false[/code], the [member " +"current_animation_position] will be kept and calling [method play] or " +"[method play_backwards] without arguments or with the same animation name as " +"[member assigned_animation] will resume the animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:184 +msgid "" +"If playing, the current animation; otherwise, the animation last played. " +"When set, would change the animation, but would not play it unless currently " +"playing. See also [member current_animation]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:187 +msgid "The name of the animation to play when the scene loads." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:190 +msgid "" +"The name of the currently playing animation. If no animation is playing, the " +"property's value is an empty string. Changing this value does not restart " +"the animation. See [method play] for more information on playing " +"animations.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] While this property appears in the inspector, it's not meant to " +"be edited, and it's not saved in the scene. This property is mainly used to " +"get the currently playing animation, and internally for animation playback " +"tracks. For more information, see [Animation]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:194 +msgid "The length (in seconds) of the currently being played animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:197 +msgid "The position (in seconds) of the currently playing animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:200 +msgid "The call mode to use for Call Method tracks." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:203 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], updates animations in response to process-related " +"notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:206 +msgid "" +"The default time in which to blend animations. Ranges from 0 to 4096 with " +"0.01 precision." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:209 +msgid "The process notification in which to update animations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:212 +msgid "" +"The speed scaling ratio. For instance, if this value is 1, then the " +"animation plays at normal speed. If it's 0.5, then it plays at half speed. " +"If it's 2, then it plays at double speed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:215 +msgid "" +"This is used by the editor. If set to [code]true[/code], the scene will be " +"saved with the effects of the reset animation applied (as if it had been " +"seeked to time 0), then reverted after saving.\n" +"In other words, the saved scene file will contain the \"default pose\", as " +"defined by the reset animation, if any, with the editor keeping the values " +"that the nodes had before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:219 +msgid "The node from which node path references will travel." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:227 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a queued animation plays after the previous animation was " +"finished. See [method queue].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The signal is not emitted when the animation is changed via " +"[method play] or from [AnimationTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:234 +msgid "Notifies when an animation finished playing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:240 +msgid "Notifies when an animation starts playing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:245 +msgid "" +"Notifies when the caches have been cleared, either automatically, or " +"manually via [method clear_caches]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:251 doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:505 +msgid "" +"Process animation during the physics process. This is especially useful when " +"animating physics bodies." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:254 doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:508 +msgid "Process animation during the idle process." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:257 +msgid "" +"Do not process animation. Use [method advance] to process the animation " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:260 +msgid "" +"Batch method calls during the animation process, then do the calls after " +"events are processed. This avoids bugs involving deleting nodes or modifying " +"the AnimationPlayer while playing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:263 +msgid "Make method calls immediately when reached in the animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:4 +msgid "" +"A node to be used for advanced animation transitions in an [AnimationPlayer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A node to be used for advanced animation transitions in an " +"[AnimationPlayer].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When linked with an [AnimationPlayer], several properties and " +"methods of the corresponding [AnimationPlayer] will not function as " +"expected. Playback and transitions should be handled using only the " +"[AnimationTree] and its constituent [AnimationNode](s). The " +"[AnimationPlayer] node should be used solely for adding, deleting, and " +"editing animations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:19 +msgid "Manually advance the animations by the specified time (in seconds)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Retrieve the motion of the [member root_motion_track] as a [Transform] that " +"can be used elsewhere. If [member root_motion_track] is not a path to a " +"track of type [constant Animation.TYPE_TRANSFORM], returns an identity " +"transformation. See also [member root_motion_track] and [RootMotionView]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:38 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the [AnimationTree] will be processing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:41 +msgid "The path to the [AnimationPlayer] used for animating." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:44 +msgid "" +"The process mode of this [AnimationTree]. See [enum AnimationProcessMode] " +"for available modes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:47 +msgid "" +"The path to the Animation track used for root motion. Paths must be valid " +"scene-tree paths to a node, and must be specified starting from the parent " +"node of the node that will reproduce the animation. To specify a track that " +"controls properties or bones, append its name after the path, separated by " +"[code]\":\"[/code]. For example, [code]\"character/skeleton:ankle\"[/code] " +"or [code]\"character/mesh:transform/local\"[/code].\n" +"If the track has type [constant Animation.TYPE_TRANSFORM], the " +"transformation will be cancelled visually, and the animation will appear to " +"stay in place. See also [method get_root_motion_transform] and " +"[RootMotionView]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:51 +msgid "The root animation node of this [AnimationTree]. See [AnimationNode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:56 +msgid "" +"The animations will progress during the physics frame (i.e. [method Node." +"_physics_process])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:59 +msgid "" +"The animations will progress during the idle frame (i.e. [method Node." +"_process])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:62 +msgid "The animations will only progress manually (see [method advance])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:4 +msgid "" +"[i]Deprecated.[/i] Animation player that uses a node graph for blending " +"animations. Superseded by [AnimationTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[i]Deprecated.[/i] A node graph tool for blending multiple animations bound " +"to an [AnimationPlayer]. Especially useful for animating characters or other " +"skeleton-based rigs. It can combine several animations to form a desired " +"pose.\n" +"It takes [Animation]s from an [AnimationPlayer] node and mixes them " +"depending on the graph.\n" +"See [AnimationTree] for a more full-featured replacement of this node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:20 +msgid "Adds a [code]type[/code] node to the graph with name [code]id[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Shifts position in the animation timeline. [code]delta[/code] is the time in " +"seconds to shift. Events between the current frame and [code]delta[/code] " +"are handled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Returns the [AnimationPlayer]'s [Animation] bound to the " +"[AnimationTreePlayer]'s animation node with name [code]id[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Returns the name of the [member master_player]'s [Animation] bound to this " +"animation node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Returns the absolute playback timestamp of the animation node with name " +"[code]id[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Binds a new [Animation] from the [member master_player] to the " +"[AnimationTreePlayer]'s animation node with name [code]id[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:65 +msgid "" +"If [code]enable[/code] is [code]true[/code], the animation node with ID " +"[code]id[/code] turns off the track modifying the property at [code]path[/" +"code]. The modified node's children continue to animate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Binds the [Animation] named [code]source[/code] from [member master_player] " +"to the animation node [code]id[/code]. Recalculates caches." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:82 +msgid "" +"Returns whether node [code]id[/code] and [code]dst_id[/code] are connected " +"at the specified slot." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:89 +msgid "Returns the blend amount of a Blend2 node given its name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:97 +msgid "" +"Sets the blend amount of a Blend2 node given its name and value.\n" +"A Blend2 node blends two animations (A and B) with the amount between 0 and " +"1.\n" +"At 0, output is input A. Towards 1, the influence of A gets lessened, the " +"influence of B gets raised. At 1, output is input B." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:108 +msgid "" +"If [code]enable[/code] is [code]true[/code], the Blend2 node with name " +"[code]id[/code] turns off the track modifying the property at [code]path[/" +"code]. The modified node's children continue to animate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:115 +msgid "Returns the blend amount of a Blend3 node given its name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:123 +msgid "" +"Sets the blend amount of a Blend3 node given its name and value.\n" +"A Blend3 Node blends three animations (A, B-, B+) with the amount between -1 " +"and 1.\n" +"At -1, output is input B-. From -1 to 0, the influence of B- gets lessened, " +"the influence of A gets raised and the influence of B+ is 0. At 0, output is " +"input A. From 0 to 1, the influence of A gets lessened, the influence of B+ " +"gets raised and the influence of B+ is 0. At 1, output is input B+." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:132 +msgid "Returns the blend amount of a Blend4 node given its name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:140 +msgid "" +"Sets the blend amount of a Blend4 node given its name and value.\n" +"A Blend4 Node blends two pairs of animations.\n" +"The two pairs are blended like Blend2 and then added together." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:151 +msgid "" +"Connects node [code]id[/code] to [code]dst_id[/code] at the specified input " +"slot." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:159 +msgid "" +"Disconnects nodes connected to [code]id[/code] at the specified input slot." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:165 +msgid "Returns a [PoolStringArray] containing the name of all nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:172 +msgid "Returns the mix amount of a Mix node given its name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:180 +msgid "" +"Sets the mix amount of a Mix node given its name and value.\n" +"A Mix node adds input b to input a by the amount given by ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:188 +msgid "Check if a node exists (by name)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:195 +msgid "" +"Returns the input count for a given node. Different types of nodes have " +"different amount of inputs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:203 +msgid "Returns the input source for a given node input." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:210 +msgid "Returns position of a node in the graph given its name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:217 +msgid "Gets the node type, will return from [enum NodeType] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:225 +msgid "Renames a node in the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:233 +msgid "Sets the position of a node in the graph given its name and position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:240 +msgid "Returns the autostart delay of a OneShot node given its name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:247 +msgid "Returns the autostart random delay of a OneShot node given its name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:254 +msgid "Returns the fade in time of a OneShot node given its name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:261 +msgid "Returns the fade out time of a OneShot node given its name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:268 +msgid "Returns whether a OneShot node will auto restart given its name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:275 +msgid "Returns whether a OneShot node is active given its name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:283 +msgid "" +"Sets the autorestart property of a OneShot node given its name and value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:291 +msgid "" +"Sets the autorestart delay of a OneShot node given its name and value in " +"seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:299 +msgid "" +"Sets the autorestart random delay of a OneShot node given its name and value " +"in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:307 +msgid "" +"Sets the fade in time of a OneShot node given its name and value in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:315 +msgid "" +"Sets the fade out time of a OneShot node given its name and value in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:324 +msgid "" +"If [code]enable[/code] is [code]true[/code], the OneShot node with ID " +"[code]id[/code] turns off the track modifying the property at [code]path[/" +"code]. The modified node's children continue to animate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:331 +msgid "Starts a OneShot node given its name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:338 +msgid "Stops the OneShot node with name [code]id[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:344 +msgid "" +"Manually recalculates the cache of track information generated from " +"animation nodes. Needed when external sources modify the animation nodes' " +"state." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:351 +msgid "Removes the animation node with name [code]id[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:357 +msgid "Resets this [AnimationTreePlayer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:364 +msgid "" +"Returns the time scale value of the TimeScale node with name [code]id[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:372 +msgid "" +"Sets the time scale of the TimeScale node with name [code]id[/code] to " +"[code]scale[/code].\n" +"The TimeScale node is used to speed [Animation]s up if the scale is above 1 " +"or slow them down if it is below 1.\n" +"If applied after a blend or mix, affects all input animations to that blend " +"or mix." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:382 +msgid "" +"Sets the time seek value of the TimeSeek node with name [code]id[/code] to " +"[code]seconds[/code].\n" +"This functions as a seek in the [Animation] or the blend or mix of " +"[Animation]s input in it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:391 +msgid "" +"Deletes the input at [code]input_idx[/code] for the transition node with " +"name [code]id[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:398 +msgid "" +"Returns the index of the currently evaluated input for the transition node " +"with name [code]id[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:405 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of inputs for the transition node with name [code]id[/" +"code]. You can add inputs by right-clicking on the transition node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:412 +msgid "" +"Returns the cross fade time for the transition node with name [code]id[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:420 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the input at [code]input_idx[/code] on the " +"transition node with name [code]id[/code] is set to automatically advance to " +"the next input upon completion." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:428 +msgid "" +"The transition node with name [code]id[/code] sets its current input at " +"[code]input_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:437 +msgid "" +"The transition node with name [code]id[/code] advances to its next input " +"automatically when the input at [code]input_idx[/code] completes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:445 +msgid "" +"Resizes the number of inputs available for the transition node with name " +"[code]id[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:453 +msgid "" +"The transition node with name [code]id[/code] sets its cross fade time to " +"[code]time_sec[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:459 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the [AnimationTreePlayer] is able to play animations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:462 +msgid "" +"The node from which to relatively access other nodes.\n" +"It accesses the bones, so it should point to the same node the " +"[AnimationPlayer] would point its Root Node at." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:466 +msgid "" +"The path to the [AnimationPlayer] from which this [AnimationTreePlayer] " +"binds animations to animation nodes.\n" +"Once set, [Animation] nodes can be added to the [AnimationTreePlayer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:470 +msgid "The thread in which to update animations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:475 +msgid "Output node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:478 +msgid "Animation node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:481 +msgid "OneShot node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:484 +msgid "Mix node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:487 +msgid "Blend2 node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:490 +msgid "Blend3 node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:493 +msgid "Blend4 node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:496 +msgid "TimeScale node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:499 +msgid "TimeSeek node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:502 +msgid "Transition node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:4 +msgid "3D area for detection and physics and audio influence." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:7 +msgid "" +"3D area that detects [CollisionObject] nodes overlapping, entering, or " +"exiting. Can also alter or override local physics parameters (gravity, " +"damping) and route audio to custom audio buses." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:11 doc/classes/QuadMesh.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:17 doc/classes/ViewportTexture.xml:11 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/127" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Returns a list of intersecting [Area]s. The overlapping area's [member " +"CollisionObject.collision_layer] must be part of this area's [member " +"CollisionObject.collision_mask] in order to be detected.\n" +"For performance reasons (collisions are all processed at the same time) this " +"list is modified once during the physics step, not immediately after objects " +"are moved. Consider using signals instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Returns a list of intersecting [PhysicsBody]s. The overlapping body's " +"[member CollisionObject.collision_layer] must be part of this area's [member " +"CollisionObject.collision_mask] in order to be detected.\n" +"For performance reasons (collisions are all processed at the same time) this " +"list is modified once during the physics step, not immediately after objects " +"are moved. Consider using signals instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:32 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the given area overlaps the Area.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The result of this test is not immediate after moving objects. " +"For performance, list of overlaps is updated once per frame and before the " +"physics step. Consider using signals instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:40 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the given physics body overlaps the Area.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The result of this test is not immediate after moving objects. " +"For performance, list of overlaps is updated once per frame and before the " +"physics step. Consider using signals instead.\n" +"The [code]body[/code] argument can either be a [PhysicsBody] or a [GridMap] " +"instance (while GridMaps are not physics body themselves, they register " +"their tiles with collision shapes as a virtual physics body)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:48 +msgid "" +"The rate at which objects stop spinning in this area. Represents the angular " +"velocity lost per second.\n" +"See [member ProjectSettings.physics/3d/default_angular_damp] for more " +"details about damping." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:52 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:54 +msgid "The name of the area's audio bus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:55 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:57 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the area's audio bus overrides the default audio bus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:58 +msgid "" +"The area's gravity intensity (in meters per second squared). This value " +"multiplies the gravity vector. This is useful to alter the force of gravity " +"without altering its direction." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:61 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:63 +msgid "" +"The falloff factor for point gravity. The greater the value, the faster " +"gravity decreases with distance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:64 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:66 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], gravity is calculated from a point (set via [member " +"gravity_vec]). See also [member space_override]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:67 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:69 +msgid "" +"The area's gravity vector (not normalized). If gravity is a point (see " +"[member gravity_point]), this will be the point of attraction." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:70 +msgid "" +"The rate at which objects stop moving in this area. Represents the linear " +"velocity lost per second.\n" +"See [member ProjectSettings.physics/3d/default_linear_damp] for more details " +"about damping." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:74 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:76 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], other monitoring areas can detect this area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:77 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:79 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the area detects bodies or areas entering and exiting " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:80 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:82 +msgid "The area's priority. Higher priority areas are processed first." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:83 +msgid "" +"The degree to which this area applies reverb to its associated audio. Ranges " +"from [code]0[/code] to [code]1[/code] with [code]0.1[/code] precision." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:86 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the area applies reverb to its associated audio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:89 +msgid "The reverb bus name to use for this area's associated audio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:92 +msgid "" +"The degree to which this area's reverb is a uniform effect. Ranges from " +"[code]0[/code] to [code]1[/code] with [code]0.1[/code] precision." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:95 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:85 +msgid "" +"Override mode for gravity and damping calculations within this area. See " +"[enum SpaceOverride] for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Emitted when another Area enters this Area. Requires [member monitoring] to " +"be set to [code]true[/code].\n" +"[code]area[/code] the other Area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:109 +msgid "" +"Emitted when another Area exits this Area. Requires [member monitoring] to " +"be set to [code]true[/code].\n" +"[code]area[/code] the other Area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:119 doc/classes/Area.xml:132 +msgid "" +"Emitted when one of another Area's [Shape]s enters one of this Area's " +"[Shape]s. Requires [member monitoring] to be set to [code]true[/code].\n" +"[code]area_rid[/code] the [RID] of the other Area's [CollisionObject] used " +"by the [PhysicsServer].\n" +"[code]area[/code] the other Area.\n" +"[code]area_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape] of the other Area " +"used by the [PhysicsServer]. Get the [CollisionShape] node with [code]area." +"shape_owner_get_owner(area_shape_index)[/code].\n" +"[code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape] of this Area used by " +"the [PhysicsServer]. Get the [CollisionShape] node with [code]self." +"shape_owner_get_owner(local_shape_index)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:142 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a [PhysicsBody] or [GridMap] enters this Area. Requires [member " +"monitoring] to be set to [code]true[/code]. [GridMap]s are detected if the " +"[MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape]s.\n" +"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other " +"[PhysicsBody] or [GridMap]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:149 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a [PhysicsBody] or [GridMap] exits this Area. Requires [member " +"monitoring] to be set to [code]true[/code]. [GridMap]s are detected if the " +"[MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape]s.\n" +"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other " +"[PhysicsBody] or [GridMap]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:159 doc/classes/Area.xml:172 +msgid "" +"Emitted when one of a [PhysicsBody] or [GridMap]'s [Shape]s enters one of " +"this Area's [Shape]s. Requires [member monitoring] to be set to [code]true[/" +"code]. [GridMap]s are detected if the [MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape]s.\n" +"[code]body_rid[/code] the [RID] of the [PhysicsBody] or [MeshLibrary]'s " +"[CollisionObject] used by the [PhysicsServer].\n" +"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the [PhysicsBody] " +"or [GridMap].\n" +"[code]body_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape] of the [PhysicsBody] " +"or [GridMap] used by the [PhysicsServer]. Get the [CollisionShape] node with " +"[code]body.shape_owner_get_owner(body_shape_index)[/code].\n" +"[code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape] of this Area used by " +"the [PhysicsServer]. Get the [CollisionShape] node with [code]self." +"shape_owner_get_owner(local_shape_index)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:182 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:172 +msgid "This area does not affect gravity/damping." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:185 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:175 +msgid "" +"This area adds its gravity/damping values to whatever has been calculated so " +"far (in [member priority] order)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:188 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:178 +msgid "" +"This area adds its gravity/damping values to whatever has been calculated so " +"far (in [member priority] order), ignoring any lower priority areas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:191 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:181 +msgid "" +"This area replaces any gravity/damping, even the defaults, ignoring any " +"lower priority areas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area.xml:194 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:184 +msgid "" +"This area replaces any gravity/damping calculated so far (in [member " +"priority] order), but keeps calculating the rest of the areas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:4 +msgid "2D area for detection and physics and audio influence." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"2D area that detects [CollisionObject2D] nodes overlapping, entering, or " +"exiting. Can also alter or override local physics parameters (gravity, " +"damping) and route audio to a custom audio bus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:10 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/using_area_2d.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:12 doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/RectangleShape2D.xml:10 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/121" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:13 doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:15 doc/classes/TileMap.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:12 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/120" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Returns a list of intersecting [Area2D]s. The overlapping area's [member " +"CollisionObject2D.collision_layer] must be part of this area's [member " +"CollisionObject2D.collision_mask] in order to be detected.\n" +"For performance reasons (collisions are all processed at the same time) this " +"list is modified once during the physics step, not immediately after objects " +"are moved. Consider using signals instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Returns a list of intersecting [PhysicsBody2D]s. The overlapping body's " +"[member CollisionObject2D.collision_layer] must be part of this area's " +"[member CollisionObject2D.collision_mask] in order to be detected.\n" +"For performance reasons (collisions are all processed at the same time) this " +"list is modified once during the physics step, not immediately after objects " +"are moved. Consider using signals instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:34 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the given area overlaps the Area2D.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The result of this test is not immediate after moving objects. " +"For performance, the list of overlaps is updated once per frame and before " +"the physics step. Consider using signals instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:42 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the given physics body overlaps the Area2D.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The result of this test is not immediate after moving objects. " +"For performance, list of overlaps is updated once per frame and before the " +"physics step. Consider using signals instead.\n" +"The [code]body[/code] argument can either be a [PhysicsBody2D] or a " +"[TileMap] instance (while TileMaps are not physics bodies themselves, they " +"register their tiles with collision shapes as a virtual physics body)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:50 +msgid "" +"The rate at which objects stop spinning in this area. Represents the angular " +"velocity lost per second.\n" +"See [member ProjectSettings.physics/2d/default_angular_damp] for more " +"details about damping." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:60 +msgid "" +"The area's gravity intensity (in pixels per second squared). This value " +"multiplies the gravity vector. This is useful to alter the force of gravity " +"without altering its direction." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:72 +msgid "" +"The rate at which objects stop moving in this area. Represents the linear " +"velocity lost per second.\n" +"See [member ProjectSettings.physics/2d/default_linear_damp] for more details " +"about damping." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:92 +msgid "" +"Emitted when another Area2D enters this Area2D. Requires [member monitoring] " +"to be set to [code]true[/code].\n" +"[code]area[/code] the other Area2D." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:99 +msgid "" +"Emitted when another Area2D exits this Area2D. Requires [member monitoring] " +"to be set to [code]true[/code].\n" +"[code]area[/code] the other Area2D." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:109 +msgid "" +"Emitted when one of another Area2D's [Shape2D]s enters one of this Area2D's " +"[Shape2D]s. Requires [member monitoring] to be set to [code]true[/code].\n" +"[code]area_rid[/code] the [RID] of the other Area2D's [CollisionObject2D] " +"used by the [Physics2DServer].\n" +"[code]area[/code] the other Area2D.\n" +"[code]area_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of the other Area2D " +"used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node with " +"[code]area.shape_owner_get_owner(area_shape_index)[/code].\n" +"[code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of this Area2D " +"used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node with " +"[code]self.shape_owner_get_owner(local_shape_index)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:122 +msgid "" +"Emitted when one of another Area2D's [Shape2D]s exits one of this Area2D's " +"[Shape2D]s. Requires [member monitoring] to be set to [code]true[/code].\n" +"[code]area_rid[/code] the [RID] of the other Area2D's [CollisionObject2D] " +"used by the [Physics2DServer].\n" +"[code]area[/code] the other Area2D.\n" +"[code]area_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of the other Area2D " +"used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node with " +"[code]area.shape_owner_get_owner(area_shape_index)[/code].\n" +"[code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of this Area2D " +"used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node with " +"[code]self.shape_owner_get_owner(local_shape_index)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:132 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] enters this Area2D. Requires " +"[member monitoring] to be set to [code]true[/code]. [TileMap]s are detected " +"if the [TileSet] has Collision [Shape2D]s.\n" +"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other " +"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:139 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] exits this Area2D. Requires " +"[member monitoring] to be set to [code]true[/code]. [TileMap]s are detected " +"if the [TileSet] has Collision [Shape2D]s.\n" +"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other " +"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:149 +msgid "" +"Emitted when one of a [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]'s [Shape2D]s enters one " +"of this Area2D's [Shape2D]s. Requires [member monitoring] to be set to " +"[code]true[/code]. [TileMap]s are detected if the [TileSet] has Collision " +"[Shape2D]s.\n" +"[code]body_rid[/code] the [RID] of the [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileSet]'s " +"[CollisionObject2D] used by the [Physics2DServer].\n" +"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the " +"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap].\n" +"[code]body_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of the " +"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the " +"[CollisionShape2D] node with [code]body." +"shape_owner_get_owner(body_shape_index)[/code].\n" +"[code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of this Area2D " +"used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node with " +"[code]self.shape_owner_get_owner(local_shape_index)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:162 +msgid "" +"Emitted when one of a [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]'s [Shape2D]s exits one of " +"this Area2D's [Shape2D]s. Requires [member monitoring] to be set to " +"[code]true[/code]. [TileMap]s are detected if the [TileSet] has Collision " +"[Shape2D]s.\n" +"[code]body_rid[/code] the [RID] of the [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileSet]'s " +"[CollisionObject2D] used by the [Physics2DServer].\n" +"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the " +"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap].\n" +"[code]body_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of the " +"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the " +"[CollisionShape2D] node with [code]body." +"shape_owner_get_owner(body_shape_index)[/code].\n" +"[code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of this Area2D " +"used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node with " +"[code]self.shape_owner_get_owner(local_shape_index)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:4 +msgid "A generic array datatype." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A generic array that can contain several elements of any type, accessible by " +"a numerical index starting at 0. Negative indices can be used to count from " +"the back, like in Python (-1 is the last element, -2 is the second to last, " +"etc.).\n" +"[b]Example:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var array = [\"One\", 2, 3, \"Four\"]\n" +"print(array[0]) # One.\n" +"print(array[2]) # 3.\n" +"print(array[-1]) # Four.\n" +"array[2] = \"Three\"\n" +"print(array[-2]) # Three.\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Arrays can be concatenated using the [code]+[/code] operator:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var array1 = [\"One\", 2]\n" +"var array2 = [3, \"Four\"]\n" +"print(array1 + array2) # [\"One\", 2, 3, \"Four\"]\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Concatenating with the [code]+=[/code] operator will create a " +"new array, which has a cost. If you want to append another array to an " +"existing array, [method append_array] is more efficient.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Arrays are always passed by reference. To get a copy of an " +"array that can be modified independently of the original array, use [method " +"duplicate].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When declaring an array with [code]const[/code], the array " +"itself can still be mutated by defining the values at individual indices or " +"pushing/removing elements. Using [code]const[/code] will only prevent " +"assigning the constant with another value after it was initialized." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:34 +msgid "Constructs an array from a [PoolColorArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:41 +msgid "Constructs an array from a [PoolVector3Array]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:48 +msgid "Constructs an array from a [PoolVector2Array]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:55 +msgid "Constructs an array from a [PoolStringArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:62 +msgid "Constructs an array from a [PoolRealArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:69 +msgid "Constructs an array from a [PoolIntArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:76 +msgid "Constructs an array from a [PoolByteArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:82 doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:23 +#: doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:23 doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:24 +#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:24 doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:24 +#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:24 doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Appends an element at the end of the array (alias of [method push_back])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:88 +msgid "" +"Appends another array at the end of this array.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var array1 = [1, 2, 3]\n" +"var array2 = [4, 5, 6]\n" +"array1.append_array(array2)\n" +"print(array1) # Prints [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6].\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:100 +msgid "" +"Returns the last element of the array. Prints an error and returns " +"[code]null[/code] if the array is empty.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Calling this function is not the same as writing [code]array[-1]" +"[/code]. If the array is empty, accessing by index will pause project " +"execution when running from the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:109 +msgid "" +"Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains " +"sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary " +"search. Optionally, a [code]before[/code] specifier can be passed. If " +"[code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of " +"the value in the array.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Calling [method bsearch] on an unsorted array results in " +"unexpected behavior." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:120 +msgid "" +"Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains " +"sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary " +"search and a custom comparison method declared in the [code]obj[/code]. " +"Optionally, a [code]before[/code] specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/" +"code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in " +"the array. The custom method receives two arguments (an element from the " +"array and the value searched for) and must return [code]true[/code] if the " +"first argument is less than the second, and return [code]false[/code] " +"otherwise.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func cardinal_to_algebraic(a):\n" +" match a:\n" +" \"one\":\n" +" return 1\n" +" \"two\":\n" +" return 2\n" +" \"three\":\n" +" return 3\n" +" \"four\":\n" +" return 4\n" +" _:\n" +" return 0\n" +"\n" +"func compare(a, b):\n" +" return cardinal_to_algebraic(a) < cardinal_to_algebraic(b)\n" +"\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" var a = [\"one\", \"two\", \"three\", \"four\"]\n" +" # `compare` is defined in this object, so we use `self` as the `obj` " +"parameter.\n" +" print(a.bsearch_custom(\"three\", self, \"compare\", true)) # Expected " +"value is 2.\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Calling [method bsearch_custom] on an unsorted array results in " +"unexpected behavior." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:148 +msgid "" +"Clears the array. This is equivalent to using [method resize] with a size of " +"[code]0[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:155 +msgid "Returns the number of times an element is in the array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:162 +msgid "" +"Returns a copy of the array.\n" +"If [code]deep[/code] is [code]true[/code], a deep copy is performed: all " +"nested arrays and dictionaries are duplicated and will not be shared with " +"the original array. If [code]false[/code], a shallow copy is made and " +"references to the original nested arrays and dictionaries are kept, so that " +"modifying a sub-array or dictionary in the copy will also impact those " +"referenced in the source array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:169 doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:61 +#: doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:35 doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:36 +#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:36 doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:36 +#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:36 doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:35 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the array is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:175 +msgid "" +"Removes the first occurrence of a value from the array. To remove an element " +"by index, use [method remove] instead.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method acts in-place and doesn't return a value.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] On large arrays, this method will be slower if the removed " +"element is close to the beginning of the array (index 0). This is because " +"all elements placed after the removed element have to be reindexed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:185 +msgid "" +"Searches the array for a value and returns its index or [code]-1[/code] if " +"not found. Optionally, the initial search index can be passed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:192 +msgid "" +"Searches the array in reverse order for a value and returns its index or " +"[code]-1[/code] if not found." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:198 +msgid "" +"Returns the first element of the array. Prints an error and returns " +"[code]null[/code] if the array is empty.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Calling this function is not the same as writing [code]array[0]" +"[/code]. If the array is empty, accessing by index will pause project " +"execution when running from the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:206 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains the given value.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"[\"inside\", 7].has(\"inside\") # True\n" +"[\"inside\", 7].has(\"outside\") # False\n" +"[\"inside\", 7].has(7) # True\n" +"[\"inside\", 7].has(\"7\") # False\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This is equivalent to using the [code]in[/code] operator as " +"follows:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Will evaluate to `true`.\n" +"if 2 in [2, 4, 6, 8]:\n" +" pass\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:224 +msgid "" +"Returns a hashed integer value representing the array and its contents.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Arrays with equal contents can still produce different hashes. " +"Only the exact same arrays will produce the same hashed integer value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:232 +msgid "" +"Inserts a new element at a given position in the array. The position must be " +"valid, or at the end of the array ([code]pos == size()[/code]).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method acts in-place and doesn't return a value.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] On large arrays, this method will be slower if the inserted " +"element is close to the beginning of the array (index 0). This is because " +"all elements placed after the newly inserted element have to be reindexed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:239 doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:96 +#: doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:48 doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:49 +#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:49 doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:49 +#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:49 doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:48 +msgid "Reverses the order of the elements in the array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:245 +msgid "" +"Returns the maximum value contained in the array if all elements are of " +"comparable types. If the elements can't be compared, [code]null[/code] is " +"returned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:251 +msgid "" +"Returns the minimum value contained in the array if all elements are of " +"comparable types. If the elements can't be compared, [code]null[/code] is " +"returned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:258 +msgid "" +"Removes and returns the element of the array at index [code]position[/code]. " +"If negative, [code]position[/code] is considered relative to the end of the " +"array. Leaves the array untouched and returns [code]null[/code] if the array " +"is empty or if it's accessed out of bounds. An error message is printed when " +"the array is accessed out of bounds, but not when the array is empty.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] On large arrays, this method can be slower than [method " +"pop_back] as it will reindex the array's elements that are located after the " +"removed element. The larger the array and the lower the index of the removed " +"element, the slower [method pop_at] will be." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:265 +msgid "" +"Removes and returns the last element of the array. Returns [code]null[/code] " +"if the array is empty, without printing an error message. See also [method " +"pop_front]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:271 +msgid "" +"Removes and returns the first element of the array. Returns [code]null[/" +"code] if the array is empty, without printing an error message. See also " +"[method pop_back].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] On large arrays, this method is much slower than [method " +"pop_back] as it will reindex all the array's elements every time it's " +"called. The larger the array, the slower [method pop_front] will be." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:278 +msgid "" +"Appends an element at the end of the array. See also [method push_front]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:284 +msgid "" +"Adds an element at the beginning of the array. See also [method push_back].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] On large arrays, this method is much slower than [method " +"push_back] as it will reindex all the array's elements every time it's " +"called. The larger the array, the slower [method push_front] will be." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:291 +msgid "" +"Removes an element from the array by index. If the index does not exist in " +"the array, nothing happens. To remove an element by searching for its value, " +"use [method erase] instead.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method acts in-place and doesn't return a value.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] On large arrays, this method will be slower if the removed " +"element is close to the beginning of the array (index 0). This is because " +"all elements placed after the removed element have to be reindexed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:299 +msgid "" +"Resizes the array to contain a different number of elements. If the array " +"size is smaller, elements are cleared, if bigger, new elements are " +"[code]null[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:307 +msgid "" +"Searches the array in reverse order. Optionally, a start search index can be " +"passed. If negative, the start index is considered relative to the end of " +"the array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:312 +msgid "" +"Shuffles the array such that the items will have a random order. This method " +"uses the global random number generator common to methods such as [method " +"@GDScript.randi]. Call [method @GDScript.randomize] to ensure that a new " +"seed will be used each time if you want non-reproducible shuffling." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:318 +msgid "Returns the number of elements in the array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:328 +msgid "" +"Duplicates the subset described in the function and returns it in an array, " +"deeply copying the array if [code]deep[/code] is [code]true[/code]. Lower " +"and upper index are inclusive, with the [code]step[/code] describing the " +"change between indices while slicing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:333 +msgid "" +"Sorts the array.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Strings are sorted in alphabetical order (as opposed to natural " +"order). This may lead to unexpected behavior when sorting an array of " +"strings ending with a sequence of numbers. Consider the following example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var strings = [\"string1\", \"string2\", \"string10\", \"string11\"]\n" +"strings.sort()\n" +"print(strings) # Prints [string1, string10, string11, string2]\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Array.xml:346 +msgid "" +"Sorts the array using a custom method. The arguments are an object that " +"holds the method and the name of such method. The custom method receives two " +"arguments (a pair of elements from the array) and must return either " +"[code]true[/code] or [code]false[/code].\n" +"For two elements [code]a[/code] and [code]b[/code], if the given method " +"returns [code]true[/code], element [code]b[/code] will be after element " +"[code]a[/code] in the array.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] You cannot randomize the return value as the heapsort algorithm " +"expects a deterministic result. Doing so will result in unexpected " +"behavior.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"class MyCustomSorter:\n" +" static func sort_ascending(a, b):\n" +" if a[0] < b[0]:\n" +" return true\n" +" return false\n" +"\n" +"var my_items = [[5, \"Potato\"], [9, \"Rice\"], [4, \"Tomato\"]]\n" +"my_items.sort_custom(MyCustomSorter, \"sort_ascending\")\n" +"print(my_items) # Prints [[4, Tomato], [5, Potato], [9, Rice]].\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:4 +msgid "" +"[Mesh] type that provides utility for constructing a surface from arrays." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The [ArrayMesh] is used to construct a [Mesh] by specifying the attributes " +"as arrays.\n" +"The most basic example is the creation of a single triangle:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var vertices = PoolVector3Array()\n" +"vertices.push_back(Vector3(0, 1, 0))\n" +"vertices.push_back(Vector3(1, 0, 0))\n" +"vertices.push_back(Vector3(0, 0, 1))\n" +"# Initialize the ArrayMesh.\n" +"var arr_mesh = ArrayMesh.new()\n" +"var arrays = []\n" +"arrays.resize(ArrayMesh.ARRAY_MAX)\n" +"arrays[ArrayMesh.ARRAY_VERTEX] = vertices\n" +"# Create the Mesh.\n" +"arr_mesh.add_surface_from_arrays(Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES, arrays)\n" +"var m = MeshInstance.new()\n" +"m.mesh = arr_mesh\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"The [MeshInstance] is ready to be added to the [SceneTree] to be shown.\n" +"See also [ImmediateGeometry], [MeshDataTool] and [SurfaceTool] for " +"procedural geometry generation.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Godot uses clockwise [url=https://learnopengl.com/Advanced-" +"OpenGL/Face-culling]winding order[/url] for front faces of triangle " +"primitive modes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:29 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/content/procedural_geometry/" +"arraymesh.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Adds name for a blend shape that will be added with [method " +"add_surface_from_arrays]. Must be called before surface is added." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:46 +msgid "" +"Creates a new surface.\n" +"Surfaces are created to be rendered using a [code]primitive[/code], which " +"may be any of the types defined in [enum Mesh.PrimitiveType]. (As a note, " +"when using indices, it is recommended to only use points, lines, or " +"triangles.) [method Mesh.get_surface_count] will become the [code]surf_idx[/" +"code] for this new surface.\n" +"The [code]arrays[/code] argument is an array of arrays. See [enum ArrayType] " +"for the values used in this array. For example, [code]arrays[0][/code] is " +"the array of vertices. That first vertex sub-array is always required; the " +"others are optional. Adding an index array puts this function into \"index " +"mode\" where the vertex and other arrays become the sources of data and the " +"index array defines the vertex order. All sub-arrays must have the same " +"length as the vertex array or be empty, except for [constant ARRAY_INDEX] if " +"it is used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:54 +msgid "Removes all blend shapes from this [ArrayMesh]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:60 +msgid "Removes all surfaces from this [ArrayMesh]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:66 +msgid "Returns the number of blend shapes that the [ArrayMesh] holds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:73 +msgid "Returns the name of the blend shape at this index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:81 +msgid "" +"Will perform a UV unwrap on the [ArrayMesh] to prepare the mesh for " +"lightmapping." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:87 +msgid "Will regenerate normal maps for the [ArrayMesh]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:101 +msgid "" +"Returns the index of the first surface with this name held within this " +"[ArrayMesh]. If none are found, -1 is returned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:108 +msgid "" +"Returns the length in indices of the index array in the requested surface " +"(see [method add_surface_from_arrays])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:115 +msgid "" +"Returns the length in vertices of the vertex array in the requested surface " +"(see [method add_surface_from_arrays])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:122 +msgid "" +"Returns the format mask of the requested surface (see [method " +"add_surface_from_arrays])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:129 +msgid "Gets the name assigned to this surface." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:136 +msgid "" +"Returns the primitive type of the requested surface (see [method " +"add_surface_from_arrays])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:143 +msgid "" +"Removes a surface at position [code]surf_idx[/code], shifting greater " +"surfaces one [code]surf_idx[/code] slot down." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:151 +msgid "Sets a name for a given surface." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:160 +msgid "" +"Updates a specified region of mesh arrays on the GPU.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] Only use if you know what you are doing. You can easily " +"cause crashes by calling this function with improper arguments." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:167 +msgid "Sets the blend shape mode to one of [enum Mesh.BlendShapeMode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:170 doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Overrides the [AABB] with one defined by user for use with frustum culling. " +"Especially useful to avoid unexpected culling when using a shader to offset " +"vertices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:175 +msgid "Default value used for index_array_len when no indices are present." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:178 +msgid "Amount of weights/bone indices per vertex (always 4)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:181 +msgid "[PoolVector3Array], [PoolVector2Array], or [Array] of vertex positions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:184 +msgid "[PoolVector3Array] of vertex normals." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:187 +msgid "" +"[PoolRealArray] of vertex tangents. Each element in groups of 4 floats, " +"first 3 floats determine the tangent, and the last the binormal direction as " +"-1 or 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:190 +msgid "[PoolColorArray] of vertex colors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:193 +msgid "[PoolVector2Array] for UV coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:196 +msgid "[PoolVector2Array] for second UV coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:199 +msgid "" +"[PoolRealArray] or [PoolIntArray] of bone indices. Each element in groups of " +"4 floats." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:202 +msgid "[PoolRealArray] of bone weights. Each element in groups of 4 floats." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:205 +msgid "" +"[PoolIntArray] of integers used as indices referencing vertices, colors, " +"normals, tangents, and textures. All of those arrays must have the same " +"number of elements as the vertex array. No index can be beyond the vertex " +"array size. When this index array is present, it puts the function into " +"\"index mode,\" where the index selects the *i*'th vertex, normal, tangent, " +"color, UV, etc. This means if you want to have different normals or colors " +"along an edge, you have to duplicate the vertices.\n" +"For triangles, the index array is interpreted as triples, referring to the " +"vertices of each triangle. For lines, the index array is in pairs indicating " +"the start and end of each line." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:209 doc/classes/Mesh.xml:225 +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3270 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum ArrayType] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:212 +msgid "Array format will include vertices (mandatory)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:215 +msgid "Array format will include normals." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:218 +msgid "Array format will include tangents." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:221 +msgid "Array format will include a color array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:224 +msgid "Array format will include UVs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:227 +msgid "Array format will include another set of UVs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:230 +msgid "Array format will include bone indices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:233 +msgid "Array format will include bone weights." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:236 +msgid "Index array will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml:4 +msgid "An anchor point in AR space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The [ARVRAnchor] point is a spatial node that maps a real world location " +"identified by the AR platform to a position within the game world. For " +"example, as long as plane detection in ARKit is on, ARKit will identify and " +"update the position of planes (tables, floors, etc) and create anchors for " +"them.\n" +"This node is mapped to one of the anchors through its unique ID. When you " +"receive a signal that a new anchor is available, you should add this node to " +"your scene for that anchor. You can predefine nodes and set the ID; the " +"nodes will simply remain on 0,0,0 until a plane is recognized.\n" +"Keep in mind that, as long as plane detection is enabled, the size, placing " +"and orientation of an anchor will be updated as the detection logic learns " +"more about the real world out there especially if only part of the surface " +"is in view." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml:17 +msgid "Returns the name given to this anchor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the anchor is being tracked and [code]false[/" +"code] if no anchor with this ID is currently known." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml:29 +msgid "" +"If provided by the [ARVRInterface], this returns a mesh object for the " +"anchor. For an anchor, this can be a shape related to the object being " +"tracked or it can be a mesh that provides topology related to the anchor and " +"can be used to create shadows/reflections on surfaces or for generating " +"collision shapes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Returns a plane aligned with our anchor; handy for intersection testing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Returns the estimated size of the plane that was detected. Say when the " +"anchor relates to a table in the real world, this is the estimated size of " +"the surface of that table." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml:47 +msgid "" +"The anchor's ID. You can set this before the anchor itself exists. The first " +"anchor gets an ID of [code]1[/code], the second an ID of [code]2[/code], " +"etc. When anchors get removed, the engine can then assign the corresponding " +"ID to new anchors. The most common situation where anchors \"disappear\" is " +"when the AR server identifies that two anchors represent different parts of " +"the same plane and merges them." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the mesh associated with the anchor changes or when one becomes " +"available. This is especially important for topology that is constantly " +"being [code]mesh_updated[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRCamera.xml:4 +msgid "" +"A camera node with a few overrules for AR/VR applied, such as location " +"tracking." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRCamera.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This is a helper spatial node for our camera; note that, if stereoscopic " +"rendering is applicable (VR-HMD), most of the camera properties are ignored, " +"as the HMD information overrides them. The only properties that can be " +"trusted are the near and far planes.\n" +"The position and orientation of this node is automatically updated by the " +"ARVR Server to represent the location of the HMD if such tracking is " +"available and can thus be used by game logic. Note that, in contrast to the " +"ARVR Controller, the render thread has access to the most up-to-date " +"tracking data of the HMD and the location of the ARVRCamera can lag a few " +"milliseconds behind what is used for rendering as a result." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRCamera.xml:11 doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:11 doc/classes/ARVROrigin.xml:13 +#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:12 doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:10 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/vr/index.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:4 +msgid "A spatial node representing a spatially-tracked controller." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This is a helper spatial node that is linked to the tracking of controllers. " +"It also offers several handy passthroughs to the state of buttons and such " +"on the controllers.\n" +"Controllers are linked by their ID. You can create controller nodes before " +"the controllers are available. If your game always uses two controllers (one " +"for each hand), you can predefine the controllers with ID 1 and 2; they will " +"become active as soon as the controllers are identified. If you expect " +"additional controllers to be used, you should react to the signals and add " +"ARVRController nodes to your scene.\n" +"The position of the controller node is automatically updated by the " +"[ARVRServer]. This makes this node ideal to add child nodes to visualize the " +"controller." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:18 +msgid "" +"If active, returns the name of the associated controller if provided by the " +"AR/VR SDK used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Returns the hand holding this controller, if known. See [enum " +"ARVRPositionalTracker.TrackerHand]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the bound controller is active. ARVR systems " +"attempt to track active controllers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Returns the value of the given axis for things like triggers, touchpads, " +"etc. that are embedded into the controller." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:43 +msgid "" +"Returns the ID of the joystick object bound to this. Every controller " +"tracked by the [ARVRServer] that has buttons and axis will also be " +"registered as a joystick within Godot. This means that all the normal " +"joystick tracking and input mapping will work for buttons and axis found on " +"the AR/VR controllers. This ID is purely offered as information so you can " +"link up the controller with its joystick entry." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:49 +msgid "" +"If provided by the [ARVRInterface], this returns a mesh associated with the " +"controller. This can be used to visualize the controller." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the button at index [code]button[/code] is " +"pressed. See [enum JoystickList], in particular the [code]JOY_VR_*[/code] " +"constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:62 +msgid "" +"The controller's ID.\n" +"A controller ID of 0 is unbound and will always result in an inactive node. " +"Controller ID 1 is reserved for the first controller that identifies itself " +"as the left-hand controller and ID 2 is reserved for the first controller " +"that identifies itself as the right-hand controller.\n" +"For any other controller that the [ARVRServer] detects, we continue with " +"controller ID 3.\n" +"When a controller is turned off, its slot is freed. This ensures controllers " +"will keep the same ID even when controllers with lower IDs are turned off." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:68 +msgid "" +"The degree to which the controller vibrates. Ranges from [code]0.0[/code] to " +"[code]1.0[/code] with precision [code].01[/code]. If changed, updates " +"[member ARVRPositionalTracker.rumble] accordingly.\n" +"This is a useful property to animate if you want the controller to vibrate " +"for a limited duration." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:76 +msgid "Emitted when a button on this controller is pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:82 +msgid "Emitted when a button on this controller is released." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:88 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the mesh associated with the controller changes or when one " +"becomes available. Generally speaking this will be a static mesh after " +"becoming available." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for an AR/VR interface implementation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This class needs to be implemented to make an AR or VR platform available to " +"Godot and these should be implemented as C++ modules or GDNative modules " +"(note that for GDNative the subclass ARVRScriptInterface should be used). " +"Part of the interface is exposed to GDScript so you can detect, enable and " +"configure an AR or VR platform.\n" +"Interfaces should be written in such a way that simply enabling them will " +"give us a working setup. You can query the available interfaces through " +"[ARVRServer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:17 +msgid "" +"If this is an AR interface that requires displaying a camera feed as the " +"background, this method returns the feed ID in the [CameraServer] for this " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Returns a combination of [enum Capabilities] flags providing information " +"about the capabilities of this interface." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:29 +msgid "Returns the name of this interface (OpenVR, OpenHMD, ARKit, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Returns the resolution at which we should render our intermediate results " +"before things like lens distortion are applied by the VR platform." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:41 +msgid "" +"If supported, returns the status of our tracking. This will allow you to " +"provide feedback to the user whether there are issues with positional " +"tracking." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Call this to initialize this interface. The first interface that is " +"initialized is identified as the primary interface and it will be used for " +"rendering output.\n" +"After initializing the interface you want to use you then need to enable the " +"AR/VR mode of a viewport and rendering should commence.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] You must enable the AR/VR mode on the main viewport for any " +"device that uses the main output of Godot, such as for mobile VR.\n" +"If you do this for a platform that handles its own output (such as OpenVR) " +"Godot will show just one eye without distortion on screen. Alternatively, " +"you can add a separate viewport node to your scene and enable AR/VR on that " +"viewport. It will be used to output to the HMD, leaving you free to do " +"anything you like in the main window, such as using a separate camera as a " +"spectator camera or rendering something completely different.\n" +"While currently not used, you can activate additional interfaces. You may " +"wish to do this if you want to track controllers from other platforms. " +"However, at this point in time only one interface can render to an HMD." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the current output of this interface is in " +"stereo." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:63 +msgid "Turns the interface off." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:69 +msgid "On an AR interface, [code]true[/code] if anchor detection is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:72 +msgid "[code]true[/code] if this interface been initialized." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:75 +msgid "[code]true[/code] if this is the primary interface." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:80 +msgid "No ARVR capabilities." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:83 +msgid "" +"This interface can work with normal rendering output (non-HMD based AR)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:86 +msgid "This interface supports stereoscopic rendering." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:89 +msgid "This interface supports AR (video background and real world tracking)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:92 +msgid "" +"This interface outputs to an external device. If the main viewport is used, " +"the on screen output is an unmodified buffer of either the left or right eye " +"(stretched if the viewport size is not changed to the same aspect ratio of " +"[method get_render_targetsize]). Using a separate viewport node frees up the " +"main viewport for other purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:95 +msgid "" +"Mono output, this is mostly used internally when retrieving positioning " +"information for our camera node or when stereo scopic rendering is not " +"supported." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:98 +msgid "" +"Left eye output, this is mostly used internally when rendering the image for " +"the left eye and obtaining positioning and projection information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:101 +msgid "" +"Right eye output, this is mostly used internally when rendering the image " +"for the right eye and obtaining positioning and projection information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:104 +msgid "Tracking is behaving as expected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:107 +msgid "" +"Tracking is hindered by excessive motion (the player is moving faster than " +"tracking can keep up)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:110 +msgid "" +"Tracking is hindered by insufficient features, it's too dark (for camera-" +"based tracking), player is blocked, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:113 +msgid "" +"We don't know the status of the tracking or this interface does not provide " +"feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:116 +msgid "" +"Tracking is not functional (camera not plugged in or obscured, lighthouses " +"turned off, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/ARVRInterfaceGDNative.xml:4 +msgid "GDNative wrapper for an ARVR interface." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/ARVRInterfaceGDNative.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This is a wrapper class for GDNative implementations of the ARVR interface. " +"To use a GDNative ARVR interface, simply instantiate this object and set " +"your GDNative library containing the ARVR interface implementation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVROrigin.xml:4 +msgid "The origin point in AR/VR." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVROrigin.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This is a special node within the AR/VR system that maps the physical " +"location of the center of our tracking space to the virtual location within " +"our game world.\n" +"There should be only one of these nodes in your scene and you must have one. " +"All the ARVRCamera, ARVRController and ARVRAnchor nodes should be direct " +"children of this node for spatial tracking to work correctly.\n" +"It is the position of this node that you update when your character needs to " +"move through your game world while we're not moving in the real world. " +"Movement in the real world is always in relation to this origin point.\n" +"For example, if your character is driving a car, the ARVROrigin node should " +"be a child node of this car. Or, if you're implementing a teleport system to " +"move your character, you should change the position of this node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVROrigin.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Allows you to adjust the scale to your game's units. Most AR/VR platforms " +"assume a scale of 1 game world unit = 1 real world meter.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is a passthrough to the [ARVRServer] itself." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:4 +msgid "A tracked object." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:7 +msgid "" +"An instance of this object represents a device that is tracked, such as a " +"controller or anchor point. HMDs aren't represented here as they are handled " +"internally.\n" +"As controllers are turned on and the AR/VR interface detects them, instances " +"of this object are automatically added to this list of active tracking " +"objects accessible through the [ARVRServer].\n" +"The [ARVRController] and [ARVRAnchor] both consume objects of this type and " +"should be used in your project. The positional trackers are just under-the-" +"hood objects that make this all work. These are mostly exposed so that " +"GDNative-based interfaces can interact with them." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Returns the hand holding this tracker, if known. See [enum TrackerHand] " +"constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:24 +msgid "" +"If this is a controller that is being tracked, the controller will also be " +"represented by a joystick entry with this ID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Returns the mesh related to a controller or anchor point if one is available." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:36 +msgid "Returns the controller or anchor point's name if available." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:42 +msgid "Returns the controller's orientation matrix." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:48 +msgid "Returns the world-space controller position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Returns the internal tracker ID. This uniquely identifies the tracker per " +"tracker type and matches the ID you need to specify for nodes such as the " +"[ARVRController] and [ARVRAnchor] nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:60 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if this device tracks orientation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:66 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if this device tracks position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:73 +msgid "Returns the transform combining this device's orientation and position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:79 +msgid "Returns the tracker's type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:85 +msgid "" +"The degree to which the tracker rumbles. Ranges from [code]0.0[/code] to " +"[code]1.0[/code] with precision [code].01[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:90 +msgid "The hand this tracker is held in is unknown or not applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:93 +msgid "This tracker is the left hand controller." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:96 +msgid "This tracker is the right hand controller." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:4 +msgid "Server for AR and VR features." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The AR/VR server is the heart of our Advanced and Virtual Reality solution " +"and handles all the processing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:17 +msgid "Registers an [ARVRInterface] object." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Registers a new [ARVRPositionalTracker] that tracks a spatial location in " +"real space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:32 +msgid "" +"This is an important function to understand correctly. AR and VR platforms " +"all handle positioning slightly differently.\n" +"For platforms that do not offer spatial tracking, our origin point (0,0,0) " +"is the location of our HMD, but you have little control over the direction " +"the player is facing in the real world.\n" +"For platforms that do offer spatial tracking, our origin point depends very " +"much on the system. For OpenVR, our origin point is usually the center of " +"the tracking space, on the ground. For other platforms, it's often the " +"location of the tracking camera.\n" +"This method allows you to center your tracker on the location of the HMD. It " +"will take the current location of the HMD and use that to adjust all your " +"tracking data; in essence, realigning the real world to your player's " +"current position in the game world.\n" +"For this method to produce usable results, tracking information must be " +"available. This often takes a few frames after starting your game.\n" +"You should call this method after a few seconds have passed. For instance, " +"when the user requests a realignment of the display holding a designated " +"button on a controller for a short period of time, or when implementing a " +"teleport mechanism." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Clears our current primary interface if it is set to the provided interface." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Finds an interface by its name. For instance, if your project uses " +"capabilities of an AR/VR platform, you can find the interface for that " +"platform by name and initialize it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:57 +msgid "Returns the primary interface's transformation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Returns the interface registered at a given index in our list of interfaces." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:70 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of interfaces currently registered with the AR/VR server. " +"If your project supports multiple AR/VR platforms, you can look through the " +"available interface, and either present the user with a selection or simply " +"try to initialize each interface and use the first one that returns " +"[code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:76 +msgid "" +"Returns a list of available interfaces the ID and name of each interface." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:82 +msgid "" +"Returns the absolute timestamp (in μs) of the last [ARVRServer] commit of " +"the AR/VR eyes to [VisualServer]. The value comes from an internal call to " +"[method OS.get_ticks_usec]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:88 +msgid "" +"Returns the duration (in μs) of the last frame. This is computed as the " +"difference between [method get_last_commit_usec] and [method " +"get_last_process_usec] when committing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:94 +msgid "" +"Returns the absolute timestamp (in μs) of the last [ARVRServer] process " +"callback. The value comes from an internal call to [method OS." +"get_ticks_usec]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:100 +msgid "" +"Returns the reference frame transform. Mostly used internally and exposed " +"for GDNative build interfaces." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:107 +msgid "Returns the positional tracker at the given ID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:113 +msgid "Returns the number of trackers currently registered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:120 +msgid "Removes this interface." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:127 +msgid "Removes this positional tracker." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:133 +msgid "The primary [ARVRInterface] currently bound to the [ARVRServer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:136 +msgid "" +"Allows you to adjust the scale to your game's units. Most AR/VR platforms " +"assume a scale of 1 game world unit = 1 real world meter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:143 +msgid "Emitted when a new interface has been added." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:149 +msgid "Emitted when an interface is removed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:157 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a new tracker has been added. If you don't use a fixed number " +"of controllers or if you're using [ARVRAnchor]s for an AR solution, it is " +"important to react to this signal to add the appropriate [ARVRController] or " +"[ARVRAnchor] nodes related to this new tracker." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:165 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a tracker is removed. You should remove any [ARVRController] or " +"[ARVRAnchor] points if applicable. This is not mandatory, the nodes simply " +"become inactive and will be made active again when a new tracker becomes " +"available (i.e. a new controller is switched on that takes the place of the " +"previous one)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:171 +msgid "The tracker tracks the location of a controller." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:174 +msgid "The tracker tracks the location of a base station." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:177 +msgid "The tracker tracks the location and size of an AR anchor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:180 +msgid "Used internally to filter trackers of any known type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:183 +msgid "Used internally if we haven't set the tracker type yet." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:186 +msgid "Used internally to select all trackers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:189 +msgid "" +"Fully reset the orientation of the HMD. Regardless of what direction the " +"user is looking to in the real world. The user will look dead ahead in the " +"virtual world." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:192 +msgid "" +"Resets the orientation but keeps the tilt of the device. So if we're looking " +"down, we keep looking down but heading will be reset." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:195 +msgid "" +"Does not reset the orientation of the HMD, only the position of the player " +"gets centered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:4 +msgid "Container that preserves its child controls' aspect ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Arranges child controls in a way to preserve their aspect ratio " +"automatically whenever the container is resized. Solves the problem where " +"the container size is dynamic and the contents' size needs to adjust " +"accordingly without losing proportions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:15 +msgid "Specifies the horizontal relative position of child controls." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:18 +msgid "Specifies the vertical relative position of child controls." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:21 +msgid "" +"The aspect ratio to enforce on child controls. This is the width divided by " +"the height. The ratio depends on the [member stretch_mode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:24 +msgid "The stretch mode used to align child controls." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The height of child controls is automatically adjusted based on the width of " +"the container." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:32 +msgid "" +"The width of child controls is automatically adjusted based on the height of " +"the container." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:35 +msgid "" +"The bounding rectangle of child controls is automatically adjusted to fit " +"inside the container while keeping the aspect ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The width and height of child controls is automatically adjusted to make " +"their bounding rectangle cover the entire area of the container while " +"keeping the aspect ratio.\n" +"When the bounding rectangle of child controls exceed the container's size " +"and [member Control.rect_clip_content] is enabled, this allows to show only " +"the container's area restricted by its own bounding rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:42 +msgid "" +"Aligns child controls with the beginning (left or top) of the container." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:45 +msgid "Aligns child controls with the center of the container." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:48 +msgid "Aligns child controls with the end (right or bottom) of the container." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:4 +msgid "" +"An implementation of A* to find the shortest paths among connected points in " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A* (A star) is a computer algorithm that is widely used in pathfinding and " +"graph traversal, the process of plotting short paths among vertices " +"(points), passing through a given set of edges (segments). It enjoys " +"widespread use due to its performance and accuracy. Godot's A* " +"implementation uses points in three-dimensional space and Euclidean " +"distances by default.\n" +"You must add points manually with [method add_point] and create segments " +"manually with [method connect_points]. Then you can test if there is a path " +"between two points with the [method are_points_connected] function, get a " +"path containing indices by [method get_id_path], or one containing actual " +"coordinates with [method get_point_path].\n" +"It is also possible to use non-Euclidean distances. To do so, create a class " +"that extends [code]AStar[/code] and override methods [method _compute_cost] " +"and [method _estimate_cost]. Both take two indices and return a length, as " +"is shown in the following example.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"class MyAStar:\n" +" extends AStar\n" +"\n" +" func _compute_cost(u, v):\n" +" return abs(u - v)\n" +"\n" +" func _estimate_cost(u, v):\n" +" return min(0, abs(u - v) - 1)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[method _estimate_cost] should return a lower bound of the distance, i.e. " +"[code]_estimate_cost(u, v) <= _compute_cost(u, v)[/code]. This serves as a " +"hint to the algorithm because the custom [code]_compute_cost[/code] might be " +"computation-heavy. If this is not the case, make [method _estimate_cost] " +"return the same value as [method _compute_cost] to provide the algorithm " +"with the most accurate information.\n" +"If the default [method _estimate_cost] and [method _compute_cost] methods " +"are used, or if the supplied [method _estimate_cost] method returns a lower " +"bound of the cost, then the paths returned by A* will be the lowest-cost " +"paths. Here, the cost of a path equals the sum of the [method _compute_cost] " +"results of all segments in the path multiplied by the [code]weight_scale[/" +"code]s of the endpoints of the respective segments. If the default methods " +"are used and the [code]weight_scale[/code]s of all points are set to " +"[code]1.0[/code], then this equals the sum of Euclidean distances of all " +"segments in the path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Called when computing the cost between two connected points.\n" +"Note that this function is hidden in the default [code]AStar[/code] class." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Called when estimating the cost between a point and the path's ending " +"point.\n" +"Note that this function is hidden in the default [code]AStar[/code] class." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Adds a new point at the given position with the given identifier. The " +"[code]id[/code] must be 0 or larger, and the [code]weight_scale[/code] must " +"be 1 or larger.\n" +"The [code]weight_scale[/code] is multiplied by the result of [method " +"_compute_cost] when determining the overall cost of traveling across a " +"segment from a neighboring point to this point. Thus, all else being equal, " +"the algorithm prefers points with lower [code]weight_scale[/code]s to form a " +"path.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var astar = AStar.new()\n" +"astar.add_point(1, Vector3(1, 0, 0), 4) # Adds the point (1, 0, 0) with " +"weight_scale 4 and id 1\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"If there already exists a point for the given [code]id[/code], its position " +"and weight scale are updated to the given values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Returns whether the two given points are directly connected by a segment. If " +"[code]bidirectional[/code] is [code]false[/code], returns whether movement " +"from [code]id[/code] to [code]to_id[/code] is possible through this segment." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:71 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:56 +msgid "Clears all the points and segments." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:80 +msgid "" +"Creates a segment between the given points. If [code]bidirectional[/code] is " +"[code]false[/code], only movement from [code]id[/code] to [code]to_id[/code] " +"is allowed, not the reverse direction.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var astar = AStar.new()\n" +"astar.add_point(1, Vector3(1, 1, 0))\n" +"astar.add_point(2, Vector3(0, 5, 0))\n" +"astar.connect_points(1, 2, false)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:95 +msgid "" +"Deletes the segment between the given points. If [code]bidirectional[/code] " +"is [code]false[/code], only movement from [code]id[/code] to [code]to_id[/" +"code] is prevented, and a unidirectional segment possibly remains." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:101 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:85 +msgid "Returns the next available point ID with no point associated to it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:109 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Returns the ID of the closest point to [code]to_position[/code], optionally " +"taking disabled points into account. Returns [code]-1[/code] if there are no " +"points in the points pool.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If several points are the closest to [code]to_position[/code], " +"the one with the smallest ID will be returned, ensuring a deterministic " +"result." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:117 +msgid "" +"Returns the closest position to [code]to_position[/code] that resides inside " +"a segment between two connected points.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var astar = AStar.new()\n" +"astar.add_point(1, Vector3(0, 0, 0))\n" +"astar.add_point(2, Vector3(0, 5, 0))\n" +"astar.connect_points(1, 2)\n" +"var res = astar.get_closest_position_in_segment(Vector3(3, 3, 0)) # Returns " +"(0, 3, 0)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"The result is in the segment that goes from [code]y = 0[/code] to [code]y = " +"5[/code]. It's the closest position in the segment to the given point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:133 +msgid "" +"Returns an array with the IDs of the points that form the path found by " +"AStar between the given points. The array is ordered from the starting point " +"to the ending point of the path.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var astar = AStar.new()\n" +"astar.add_point(1, Vector3(0, 0, 0))\n" +"astar.add_point(2, Vector3(0, 1, 0), 1) # Default weight is 1\n" +"astar.add_point(3, Vector3(1, 1, 0))\n" +"astar.add_point(4, Vector3(2, 0, 0))\n" +"\n" +"astar.connect_points(1, 2, false)\n" +"astar.connect_points(2, 3, false)\n" +"astar.connect_points(4, 3, false)\n" +"astar.connect_points(1, 4, false)\n" +"\n" +"var res = astar.get_id_path(1, 3) # Returns [1, 2, 3]\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"If you change the 2nd point's weight to 3, then the result will be [code][1, " +"4, 3][/code] instead, because now even though the distance is longer, it's " +"\"easier\" to get through point 4 than through point 2." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:154 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:138 +msgid "" +"Returns the capacity of the structure backing the points, useful in " +"conjunction with [code]reserve_space[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:161 +msgid "" +"Returns an array with the IDs of the points that form the connection with " +"the given point.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var astar = AStar.new()\n" +"astar.add_point(1, Vector3(0, 0, 0))\n" +"astar.add_point(2, Vector3(0, 1, 0))\n" +"astar.add_point(3, Vector3(1, 1, 0))\n" +"astar.add_point(4, Vector3(2, 0, 0))\n" +"\n" +"astar.connect_points(1, 2, true)\n" +"astar.connect_points(1, 3, true)\n" +"\n" +"var neighbors = astar.get_point_connections(1) # Returns [2, 3]\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:179 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:163 +msgid "Returns the number of points currently in the points pool." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:187 +msgid "" +"Returns an array with the points that are in the path found by AStar between " +"the given points. The array is ordered from the starting point to the ending " +"point of the path.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is not thread-safe. If called from a [Thread], it " +"will return an empty [PoolVector3Array] and will print an error message." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:195 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:179 +msgid "" +"Returns the position of the point associated with the given [code]id[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:202 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:186 +msgid "" +"Returns the weight scale of the point associated with the given [code]id[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:208 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:192 +msgid "Returns an array of all points." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:215 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:199 +msgid "" +"Returns whether a point associated with the given [code]id[/code] exists." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:222 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:206 +msgid "" +"Returns whether a point is disabled or not for pathfinding. By default, all " +"points are enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:229 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:213 +msgid "" +"Removes the point associated with the given [code]id[/code] from the points " +"pool." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:236 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:220 +msgid "" +"Reserves space internally for [code]num_nodes[/code] points, useful if " +"you're adding a known large number of points at once, for a grid for " +"instance. New capacity must be greater or equals to old capacity." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:244 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:228 +msgid "" +"Disables or enables the specified point for pathfinding. Useful for making a " +"temporary obstacle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:252 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:236 +msgid "" +"Sets the [code]position[/code] for the point with the given [code]id[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:260 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:244 +msgid "" +"Sets the [code]weight_scale[/code] for the point with the given [code]id[/" +"code]. The [code]weight_scale[/code] is multiplied by the result of [method " +"_compute_cost] when determining the overall cost of traveling across a " +"segment from a neighboring point to this point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:4 +msgid "AStar class representation that uses 2D vectors as edges." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This is a wrapper for the [AStar] class which uses 2D vectors instead of 3D " +"vectors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Called when computing the cost between two connected points.\n" +"Note that this function is hidden in the default [code]AStar2D[/code] class." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Called when estimating the cost between a point and the path's ending " +"point.\n" +"Note that this function is hidden in the default [code]AStar2D[/code] class." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Adds a new point at the given position with the given identifier. The " +"[code]id[/code] must be 0 or larger, and the [code]weight_scale[/code] must " +"be 1 or larger.\n" +"The [code]weight_scale[/code] is multiplied by the result of [method " +"_compute_cost] when determining the overall cost of traveling across a " +"segment from a neighboring point to this point. Thus, all else being equal, " +"the algorithm prefers points with lower [code]weight_scale[/code]s to form a " +"path.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var astar = AStar2D.new()\n" +"astar.add_point(1, Vector2(1, 0), 4) # Adds the point (1, 0) with " +"weight_scale 4 and id 1\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"If there already exists a point for the given [code]id[/code], its position " +"and weight scale are updated to the given values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:50 +msgid "Returns whether there is a connection/segment between the given points." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Creates a segment between the given points. If [code]bidirectional[/code] is " +"[code]false[/code], only movement from [code]id[/code] to [code]to_id[/code] " +"is allowed, not the reverse direction.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var astar = AStar2D.new()\n" +"astar.add_point(1, Vector2(1, 1))\n" +"astar.add_point(2, Vector2(0, 5))\n" +"astar.connect_points(1, 2, false)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:79 +msgid "Deletes the segment between the given points." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:101 +msgid "" +"Returns the closest position to [code]to_position[/code] that resides inside " +"a segment between two connected points.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var astar = AStar2D.new()\n" +"astar.add_point(1, Vector2(0, 0))\n" +"astar.add_point(2, Vector2(0, 5))\n" +"astar.connect_points(1, 2)\n" +"var res = astar.get_closest_position_in_segment(Vector2(3, 3)) # Returns (0, " +"3)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"The result is in the segment that goes from [code]y = 0[/code] to [code]y = " +"5[/code]. It's the closest position in the segment to the given point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:117 +msgid "" +"Returns an array with the IDs of the points that form the path found by " +"AStar2D between the given points. The array is ordered from the starting " +"point to the ending point of the path.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var astar = AStar2D.new()\n" +"astar.add_point(1, Vector2(0, 0))\n" +"astar.add_point(2, Vector2(0, 1), 1) # Default weight is 1\n" +"astar.add_point(3, Vector2(1, 1))\n" +"astar.add_point(4, Vector2(2, 0))\n" +"\n" +"astar.connect_points(1, 2, false)\n" +"astar.connect_points(2, 3, false)\n" +"astar.connect_points(4, 3, false)\n" +"astar.connect_points(1, 4, false)\n" +"\n" +"var res = astar.get_id_path(1, 3) # Returns [1, 2, 3]\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"If you change the 2nd point's weight to 3, then the result will be [code][1, " +"4, 3][/code] instead, because now even though the distance is longer, it's " +"\"easier\" to get through point 4 than through point 2." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:145 +msgid "" +"Returns an array with the IDs of the points that form the connection with " +"the given point.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var astar = AStar2D.new()\n" +"astar.add_point(1, Vector2(0, 0))\n" +"astar.add_point(2, Vector2(0, 1))\n" +"astar.add_point(3, Vector2(1, 1))\n" +"astar.add_point(4, Vector2(2, 0))\n" +"\n" +"astar.connect_points(1, 2, true)\n" +"astar.connect_points(1, 3, true)\n" +"\n" +"var neighbors = astar.get_point_connections(1) # Returns [2, 3]\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:171 +msgid "" +"Returns an array with the points that are in the path found by AStar2D " +"between the given points. The array is ordered from the starting point to " +"the ending point of the path.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is not thread-safe. If called from a [Thread], it " +"will return an empty [PoolVector2Array] and will print an error message." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AtlasTexture.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Crops out one part of a texture, such as a texture from a texture atlas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AtlasTexture.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[Texture] resource that crops out one part of the [member atlas] texture, " +"defined by [member region]. The main use case is cropping out textures from " +"a texture atlas, which is a big texture file that packs multiple smaller " +"textures. Consists of a [Texture] for the [member atlas], a [member region] " +"that defines the area of [member atlas] to use, and a [member margin] that " +"defines the border width.\n" +"[AtlasTexture] cannot be used in an [AnimatedTexture], cannot be tiled in " +"nodes such as [TextureRect], and does not work properly if used inside of " +"other [AtlasTexture] resources. Multiple [AtlasTexture] resources can be " +"used to crop multiple textures from the atlas. Using a texture atlas helps " +"to optimize video memory costs and render calls compared to using multiple " +"small files.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] AtlasTextures don't support repetition. The [constant Texture." +"FLAG_REPEAT] and [constant Texture.FLAG_MIRRORED_REPEAT] flags are ignored " +"when using an AtlasTexture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AtlasTexture.xml:17 +msgid "The texture that contains the atlas. Can be any [Texture] subtype." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AtlasTexture.xml:20 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], clips the area outside of the region to avoid bleeding " +"of the surrounding texture pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AtlasTexture.xml:24 +msgid "" +"The margin around the region. The [Rect2]'s [member Rect2.size] parameter " +"(\"w\" and \"h\" in the editor) resizes the texture so it fits within the " +"margin." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AtlasTexture.xml:27 +msgid "The AtlasTexture's used region." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioBusLayout.xml:4 +msgid "Stores information about the audio buses." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioBusLayout.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Stores position, muting, solo, bypass, effects, effect position, volume, and " +"the connections between buses. See [AudioServer] for usage." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffect.xml:4 +msgid "Audio effect for audio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffect.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Base resource for audio bus. Applies an audio effect on the bus that the " +"resource is applied on." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffect.xml:10 doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:12 doc/classes/AudioStream.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:15 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/527" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectAmplify.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Adds an amplifying audio effect to an audio bus.\n" +"Increases or decreases the volume of the selected audio bus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectAmplify.xml:8 +msgid "Increases or decreases the volume being routed through the audio bus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectAmplify.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Amount of amplification in decibels. Positive values make the sound louder, " +"negative values make it quieter. Value can range from -80 to 24." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectBandLimitFilter.xml:4 +msgid "Adds a band limit filter to the audio bus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectBandLimitFilter.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Limits the frequencies in a range around the [member AudioEffectFilter." +"cutoff_hz] and allows frequencies outside of this range to pass." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectBandPassFilter.xml:4 +msgid "Adds a band pass filter to the audio bus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectBandPassFilter.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Attenuates the frequencies inside of a range around the [member " +"AudioEffectFilter.cutoff_hz] and cuts frequencies outside of this band." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml:4 +msgid "Captures audio from an audio bus in real-time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml:7 +msgid "" +"AudioEffectCapture is an AudioEffect which copies all audio frames from the " +"attached audio effect bus into its internal ring buffer.\n" +"Application code should consume these audio frames from this ring buffer " +"using [method get_buffer] and process it as needed, for example to capture " +"data from a microphone, implement application defined effects, or to " +"transmit audio over the network." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if at least [code]frames[/code] audio frames are " +"available to read in the internal ring buffer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml:23 +msgid "Clears the internal ring buffer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Gets the next [code]frames[/code] audio samples from the internal ring " +"buffer.\n" +"Returns a [PoolVector2Array] containing exactly [code]frames[/code] audio " +"samples if available, or an empty [PoolVector2Array] if insufficient data " +"was available." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml:37 +msgid "Returns the total size of the internal ring buffer in frames." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml:43 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of audio frames discarded from the audio bus due to full " +"buffer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of frames available to read using [method get_buffer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml:55 +msgid "Returns the number of audio frames inserted from the audio bus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Length of the internal ring buffer, in seconds. Setting the buffer length " +"will have no effect if already initialized." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:4 +msgid "Adds a chorus audio effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Adds a chorus audio effect. The effect applies a filter with voices to " +"duplicate the audio source and manipulate it through the filter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:93 +msgid "The effect's raw signal." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:96 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:114 +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:132 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:150 +msgid "The voice's cutoff frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:99 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:117 +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:135 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:153 +msgid "The voice's signal delay." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:102 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:120 +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:138 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:156 +msgid "The voice filter's depth." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:105 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:123 +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:141 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:159 +msgid "The voice's volume." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:108 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:126 +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:144 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:162 +msgid "The voice's pan level." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:111 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:129 +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:147 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:165 +msgid "The voice's filter rate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:168 +msgid "The amount of voices in the effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:171 +msgid "The effect's processed signal." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Adds a compressor audio effect to an audio bus.\n" +"Reduces sounds that exceed a certain threshold level, smooths out the " +"dynamics and increases the overall volume." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml:8 +msgid "" +"Dynamic range compressor reduces the level of the sound when the amplitude " +"goes over a certain threshold in Decibels. One of the main uses of a " +"compressor is to increase the dynamic range by clipping as little as " +"possible (when sound goes over 0dB).\n" +"Compressor has many uses in the mix:\n" +"- In the Master bus to compress the whole output (although an " +"[AudioEffectLimiter] is probably better).\n" +"- In voice channels to ensure they sound as balanced as possible.\n" +"- Sidechained. This can reduce the sound level sidechained with another " +"audio bus for threshold detection. This technique is common in video game " +"mixing to the level of music and SFX while voices are being heard.\n" +"- Accentuates transients by using a wider attack, making effects sound more " +"punchy." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Compressor's reaction time when the signal exceeds the threshold, in " +"microseconds. Value can range from 20 to 2000." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml:24 +msgid "Gain applied to the output signal." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Balance between original signal and effect signal. Value can range from 0 " +"(totally dry) to 1 (totally wet)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Amount of compression applied to the audio once it passes the threshold " +"level. The higher the ratio, the more the loud parts of the audio will be " +"compressed. Value can range from 1 to 48." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Compressor's delay time to stop reducing the signal after the signal level " +"falls below the threshold, in milliseconds. Value can range from 20 to 2000." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml:36 +msgid "Reduce the sound level using another audio bus for threshold detection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml:39 +msgid "" +"The level above which compression is applied to the audio. Value can range " +"from -60 to 0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Adds a delay audio effect to an audio bus. Plays input signal back after a " +"period of time.\n" +"Two tap delay and feedback options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:8 +msgid "" +"Plays input signal back after a period of time. The delayed signal may be " +"played back multiple times to create the sound of a repeating, decaying " +"echo. Delay effects range from a subtle echo effect to a pronounced blending " +"of previous sounds with new sounds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Output percent of original sound. At 0, only delayed sounds are output. " +"Value can range from 0 to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:19 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], feedback is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:22 +msgid "Feedback delay time in milliseconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:25 doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:37 +msgid "Sound level for [code]tap1[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Low-pass filter for feedback, in Hz. Frequencies below this value are " +"filtered out of the source signal." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:31 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], [code]tap1[/code] will be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:34 +msgid "[code]tap1[/code] delay time in milliseconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Pan position for [code]tap1[/code]. Value can range from -1 (fully left) to " +"1 (fully right)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:43 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], [code]tap2[/code] will be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:46 +msgid "[b]Tap2[/b] delay time in milliseconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:49 +msgid "Sound level for [code]tap2[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Pan position for [code]tap2[/code]. Value can range from -1 (fully left) to " +"1 (fully right)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Adds a distortion audio effect to an Audio bus.\n" +"Modify the sound to make it distorted." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:8 +msgid "" +"Different types are available: clip, tan, lo-fi (bit crushing), overdrive, " +"or waveshape.\n" +"By distorting the waveform the frequency content change, which will often " +"make the sound \"crunchy\" or \"abrasive\". For games, it can simulate sound " +"coming from some saturated device or speaker very efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectFilter.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectHighShelfFilter.xml:9 +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectLowShelfFilter.xml:9 doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:10 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/audio/audio_buses.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:18 +msgid "Distortion power. Value can range from 0 to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:21 +msgid "" +"High-pass filter, in Hz. Frequencies higher than this value will not be " +"affected by the distortion. Value can range from 1 to 20000." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:24 +msgid "Distortion type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Increases or decreases the volume after the effect. Value can range from -80 " +"to 24." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Increases or decreases the volume before the effect. Value can range from " +"-60 to 60." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Digital distortion effect which cuts off peaks at the top and bottom of the " +"waveform." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Low-resolution digital distortion effect. You can use it to emulate the " +"sound of early digital audio devices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:43 +msgid "" +"Emulates the warm distortion produced by a field effect transistor, which is " +"commonly used in solid-state musical instrument amplifiers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:46 +msgid "" +"Waveshaper distortions are used mainly by electronic musicians to achieve an " +"extra-abrasive sound." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Base class for audio equalizers. Gives you control over frequencies.\n" +"Use it to create a custom equalizer if [AudioEffectEQ6], [AudioEffectEQ10] " +"or [AudioEffectEQ21] don't fit your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ.xml:8 +msgid "" +"AudioEffectEQ gives you control over frequencies. Use it to compensate for " +"existing deficiencies in audio. AudioEffectEQs are useful on the Master bus " +"to completely master a mix and give it more character. They are also useful " +"when a game is run on a mobile device, to adjust the mix to that kind of " +"speakers (it can be added but disabled when headphones are plugged)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ.xml:16 +msgid "Returns the number of bands of the equalizer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ.xml:23 +msgid "Returns the band's gain at the specified index, in dB." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ.xml:31 +msgid "Sets band's gain at the specified index, in dB." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ10.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Adds a 10-band equalizer audio effect to an Audio bus. Gives you control " +"over frequencies from 31 Hz to 16000 Hz.\n" +"Each frequency can be modulated between -60/+24 dB." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ10.xml:8 +msgid "" +"Frequency bands:\n" +"Band 1: 31 Hz\n" +"Band 2: 62 Hz\n" +"Band 3: 125 Hz\n" +"Band 4: 250 Hz\n" +"Band 5: 500 Hz\n" +"Band 6: 1000 Hz\n" +"Band 7: 2000 Hz\n" +"Band 8: 4000 Hz\n" +"Band 9: 8000 Hz\n" +"Band 10: 16000 Hz\n" +"See also [AudioEffectEQ], [AudioEffectEQ6], [AudioEffectEQ21]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ21.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Adds a 21-band equalizer audio effect to an Audio bus. Gives you control " +"over frequencies from 22 Hz to 22000 Hz.\n" +"Each frequency can be modulated between -60/+24 dB." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ21.xml:8 +msgid "" +"Frequency bands:\n" +"Band 1: 22 Hz\n" +"Band 2: 32 Hz\n" +"Band 3: 44 Hz\n" +"Band 4: 63 Hz\n" +"Band 5: 90 Hz\n" +"Band 6: 125 Hz\n" +"Band 7: 175 Hz\n" +"Band 8: 250 Hz\n" +"Band 9: 350 Hz\n" +"Band 10: 500 Hz\n" +"Band 11: 700 Hz\n" +"Band 12: 1000 Hz\n" +"Band 13: 1400 Hz\n" +"Band 14: 2000 Hz\n" +"Band 15: 2800 Hz\n" +"Band 16: 4000 Hz\n" +"Band 17: 5600 Hz\n" +"Band 18: 8000 Hz\n" +"Band 19: 11000 Hz\n" +"Band 20: 16000 Hz\n" +"Band 21: 22000 Hz\n" +"See also [AudioEffectEQ], [AudioEffectEQ6], [AudioEffectEQ10]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ6.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Adds a 6-band equalizer audio effect to an Audio bus. Gives you control over " +"frequencies from 32 Hz to 10000 Hz.\n" +"Each frequency can be modulated between -60/+24 dB." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ6.xml:8 +msgid "" +"Frequency bands:\n" +"Band 1: 32 Hz\n" +"Band 2: 100 Hz\n" +"Band 3: 320 Hz\n" +"Band 4: 1000 Hz\n" +"Band 5: 3200 Hz\n" +"Band 6: 10000 Hz\n" +"See also [AudioEffectEQ], [AudioEffectEQ10], [AudioEffectEQ21]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectFilter.xml:4 +msgid "Adds a filter to the audio bus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectFilter.xml:7 +msgid "Allows frequencies other than the [member cutoff_hz] to pass." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectFilter.xml:16 +msgid "Threshold frequency for the filter, in Hz." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectFilter.xml:21 +msgid "Gain amount of the frequencies after the filter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectFilter.xml:24 +msgid "Amount of boost in the frequency range near the cutoff frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectHighPassFilter.xml:4 +msgid "Adds a high-pass filter to the Audio Bus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectHighPassFilter.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Cuts frequencies lower than the [member AudioEffectFilter.cutoff_hz] and " +"allows higher frequencies to pass." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectHighShelfFilter.xml:4 +msgid "Reduces all frequencies above the [member AudioEffectFilter.cutoff_hz]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectLimiter.xml:4 +msgid "Adds a soft-clip limiter audio effect to an Audio bus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectLimiter.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A limiter is similar to a compressor, but it's less flexible and designed to " +"disallow sound going over a given dB threshold. Adding one in the Master bus " +"is always recommended to reduce the effects of clipping.\n" +"Soft clipping starts to reduce the peaks a little below the threshold level " +"and progressively increases its effect as the input level increases such " +"that the threshold is never exceeded." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectLimiter.xml:16 +msgid "" +"The waveform's maximum allowed value, in decibels. Value can range from -20 " +"to -0.1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectLimiter.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Applies a gain to the limited waves, in decibels. Value can range from 0 to " +"6." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectLimiter.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Threshold from which the limiter begins to be active, in decibels. Value can " +"range from -30 to 0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectLowPassFilter.xml:4 +msgid "Adds a low-pass filter to the Audio bus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectLowPassFilter.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Cuts frequencies higher than the [member AudioEffectFilter.cutoff_hz] and " +"allows lower frequencies to pass." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectLowShelfFilter.xml:4 +msgid "Reduces all frequencies below the [member AudioEffectFilter.cutoff_hz]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectNotchFilter.xml:4 +msgid "Adds a notch filter to the Audio bus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectNotchFilter.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Attenuates frequencies in a narrow band around the [member AudioEffectFilter." +"cutoff_hz] and cuts frequencies outside of this range." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPanner.xml:4 +msgid "Adds a panner audio effect to an Audio bus. Pans sound left or right." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPanner.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Determines how much of an audio signal is sent to the left and right buses." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPanner.xml:15 +msgid "Pan position. Value can range from -1 (fully left) to 1 (fully right)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPhaser.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Adds a phaser audio effect to an Audio bus.\n" +"Combines the original signal with a copy that is slightly out of phase with " +"the original." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPhaser.xml:8 +msgid "" +"Combines phase-shifted signals with the original signal. The movement of the " +"phase-shifted signals is controlled using a low-frequency oscillator." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPhaser.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Governs how high the filter frequencies sweep. Low value will primarily " +"affect bass frequencies. High value can sweep high into the treble. Value " +"can range from 0.1 to 4." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPhaser.xml:19 +msgid "Output percent of modified sound. Value can range from 0.1 to 0.9." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPhaser.xml:22 +msgid "" +"Determines the maximum frequency affected by the LFO modulations, in Hz. " +"Value can range from 10 to 10000." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPhaser.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Determines the minimum frequency affected by the LFO modulations, in Hz. " +"Value can range from 10 to 10000." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPhaser.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Adjusts the rate in Hz at which the effect sweeps up and down across the " +"frequency range." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Adds a pitch-shifting audio effect to an Audio bus.\n" +"Raises or lowers the pitch of original sound." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:8 +msgid "" +"Allows modulation of pitch independently of tempo. All frequencies can be " +"increased/decreased with minimal effect on transients." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:16 +msgid "" +"The size of the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Fast_Fourier_transform]Fast Fourier transform[/url] buffer. Higher values " +"smooth out the effect over time, but have greater latency. The effects of " +"this higher latency are especially noticeable on sounds that have sudden " +"amplitude changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:19 +msgid "" +"The oversampling factor to use. Higher values result in better quality, but " +"are more demanding on the CPU and may cause audio cracking if the CPU can't " +"keep up." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:22 +msgid "" +"The pitch scale to use. [code]1.0[/code] is the default pitch and plays " +"sounds unaltered. [member pitch_scale] can range from [code]0.0[/code] " +"(infinitely low pitch, inaudible) to [code]16[/code] (16 times higher than " +"the initial pitch)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:27 +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Use a buffer of 256 samples for the Fast Fourier transform. Lowest latency, " +"but least stable over time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:30 +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Use a buffer of 512 samples for the Fast Fourier transform. Low latency, but " +"less stable over time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:33 +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Use a buffer of 1024 samples for the Fast Fourier transform. This is a " +"compromise between latency and stability over time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:36 +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Use a buffer of 2048 samples for the Fast Fourier transform. High latency, " +"but stable over time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:39 +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Use a buffer of 4096 samples for the Fast Fourier transform. Highest " +"latency, but most stable over time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:42 +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:43 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml:4 +msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the " +"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or " +"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, " +"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml:10 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/audio/" +"recording_with_microphone.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml:17 +msgid "Returns the recorded sample." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml:23 +msgid "Returns whether the recording is active or not." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the sound will be recorded. Note that restarting the " +"recording will remove the previously recorded sample." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Specifies the format in which the sample will be recorded. See [enum " +"AudioStreamSample.Format] for available formats." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Adds a reverberation audio effect to an Audio bus.\n" +"Simulates the sound of acoustic environments such as rooms, concert halls, " +"caverns, or an open spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:8 +msgid "" +"Simulates rooms of different sizes. Its parameters can be adjusted to " +"simulate the sound of a specific room." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Defines how reflective the imaginary room's walls are. Value can range from " +"0 to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Output percent of original sound. At 0, only modified sound is outputted. " +"Value can range from 0 to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:23 +msgid "" +"High-pass filter passes signals with a frequency higher than a certain " +"cutoff frequency and attenuates signals with frequencies lower than the " +"cutoff frequency. Value can range from 0 to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:26 +msgid "Output percent of predelay. Value can range from 0 to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Time between the original signal and the early reflections of the reverb " +"signal, in milliseconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Dimensions of simulated room. Bigger means more echoes. Value can range from " +"0 to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Widens or narrows the stereo image of the reverb tail. 1 means fully widens. " +"Value can range from 0 to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Output percent of modified sound. At 0, only original sound is outputted. " +"Value can range from 0 to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:4 +msgid "Audio effect that can be used for real-time audio visualizations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This audio effect does not affect sound output, but can be used for real-" +"time audio visualizations.\n" +"See also [AudioStreamGenerator] for procedurally generating sounds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:11 +msgid "Audio Spectrum Demo" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGenerator.xml:13 +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml:11 +msgid "Godot 3.2 will get new audio features" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:18 +msgid "" +"The length of the buffer to keep (in seconds). Higher values keep data " +"around for longer, but require more memory." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:21 +msgid "" +"The size of the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Fast_Fourier_transform]Fast Fourier transform[/url] buffer. Higher values " +"smooth out the spectrum analysis over time, but have greater latency. The " +"effects of this higher latency are especially noticeable with sudden " +"amplitude changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzerInstance.xml:21 +msgid "Use the average value as magnitude." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzerInstance.xml:24 +msgid "Use the maximum value as magnitude." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:4 +msgid "Server interface for low-level audio access." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[AudioServer] is a low-level server interface for audio access. It is in " +"charge of creating sample data (playable audio) as well as its playback via " +"a voice interface." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:11 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:13 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/525" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:13 doc/classes/AudioStream.xml:13 +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:16 doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:17 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/528" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:20 +msgid "Adds a bus at [code]at_position[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Adds an [AudioEffect] effect to the bus [code]bus_idx[/code] at " +"[code]at_position[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Name of the current device for audio input (see [method " +"capture_get_device_list])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:41 +msgid "Returns the names of all audio input devices detected on the system." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:48 +msgid "Sets which audio input device is used for audio capture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:54 +msgid "Generates an [AudioBusLayout] using the available buses and effects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Returns the amount of channels of the bus at index [code]bus_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:69 +msgid "" +"Returns the [AudioEffect] at position [code]effect_idx[/code] in bus " +"[code]bus_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:76 +msgid "Returns the number of effects on the bus at [code]bus_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:85 +msgid "" +"Returns the [AudioEffectInstance] assigned to the given bus and effect " +"indices (and optionally channel)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:92 +msgid "Returns the index of the bus with the name [code]bus_name[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:99 +msgid "Returns the name of the bus with the index [code]bus_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:107 +msgid "" +"Returns the peak volume of the left speaker at bus index [code]bus_idx[/" +"code] and channel index [code]channel[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:115 +msgid "" +"Returns the peak volume of the right speaker at bus index [code]bus_idx[/" +"code] and channel index [code]channel[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:122 +msgid "" +"Returns the name of the bus that the bus at index [code]bus_idx[/code] sends " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:129 +msgid "Returns the volume of the bus at index [code]bus_idx[/code] in dB." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:135 +msgid "Returns the names of all audio devices detected on the system." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:141 +msgid "Returns the sample rate at the output of the [AudioServer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:147 +msgid "Returns the audio driver's output latency." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:153 +msgid "Returns the speaker configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:159 +msgid "Returns the relative time since the last mix occurred." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:165 +msgid "Returns the relative time until the next mix occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:172 doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:232 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the bus at index [code]bus_idx[/code] is bypassing " +"effects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:180 doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:241 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the effect at index [code]effect_idx[/code] on the bus " +"at index [code]bus_idx[/code] is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:187 doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:256 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the bus at index [code]bus_idx[/code] is muted." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:194 doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:280 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the bus at index [code]bus_idx[/code] is in solo mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:200 +msgid "" +"Locks the audio driver's main loop.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Remember to unlock it afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:209 +msgid "" +"Moves the bus from index [code]index[/code] to index [code]to_index[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:216 +msgid "Removes the bus at index [code]index[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:224 +msgid "" +"Removes the effect at index [code]effect_idx[/code] from the bus at index " +"[code]bus_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:248 +msgid "Overwrites the currently used [AudioBusLayout]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:264 +msgid "" +"Sets the name of the bus at index [code]bus_idx[/code] to [code]name[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"Connects the output of the bus at [code]bus_idx[/code] to the bus named " +"[code]send[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:288 +msgid "" +"Sets the volume of the bus at index [code]bus_idx[/code] to [code]volume_db[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:297 +msgid "Swaps the position of two effects in bus [code]bus_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:303 +msgid "" +"Unlocks the audio driver's main loop. (After locking it, you should always " +"unlock it.)" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:309 +msgid "Number of available audio buses." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:312 +msgid "" +"Name of the current device for audio output (see [method get_device_list])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:315 +msgid "" +"Scales the rate at which audio is played (i.e. setting it to [code]0.5[/" +"code] will make the audio be played twice as fast)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:321 +msgid "Emitted when the [AudioBusLayout] changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:327 +msgid "Two or fewer speakers were detected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:330 +msgid "A 3.1 channel surround setup was detected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:333 +msgid "A 5.1 channel surround setup was detected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:336 +msgid "A 7.1 channel surround setup was detected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStream.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for audio streams." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStream.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Base class for audio streams. Audio streams are used for sound effects and " +"music playback, and support WAV (via [AudioStreamSample]) and OGG (via " +"[AudioStreamOGGVorbis]) file formats." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStream.xml:10 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:13 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/audio/audio_streams.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStream.xml:11 doc/classes/AudioStreamGenerator.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayback.xml:10 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:14 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/526" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStream.xml:19 +msgid "Returns the length of the audio stream in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGenerator.xml:4 +msgid "Audio stream that generates sounds procedurally." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGenerator.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This audio stream does not play back sounds, but expects a script to " +"generate audio data for it instead. See also " +"[AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback].\n" +"See also [AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer] for performing real-time audio " +"spectrum analysis.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Due to performance constraints, this class is best used from C# " +"or from a compiled language via GDNative. If you still want to use this " +"class from GDScript, consider using a lower [member mix_rate] such as 11,025 " +"Hz or 22,050 Hz." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGenerator.xml:19 +msgid "" +"The length of the buffer to generate (in seconds). Lower values result in " +"less latency, but require the script to generate audio data faster, " +"resulting in increased CPU usage and more risk for audio cracking if the CPU " +"can't keep up." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGenerator.xml:22 +msgid "" +"The sample rate to use (in Hz). Higher values are more demanding for the CPU " +"to generate, but result in better quality.\n" +"In games, common sample rates in use are [code]11025[/code], [code]16000[/" +"code], [code]22050[/code], [code]32000[/code], [code]44100[/code], and " +"[code]48000[/code].\n" +"According to the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nyquist" +"%E2%80%93Shannon_sampling_theorem]Nyquist-Shannon sampling theorem[/url], " +"there is no quality difference to human hearing when going past 40,000 Hz " +"(since most humans can only hear up to ~20,000 Hz, often less). If you are " +"generating lower-pitched sounds such as voices, lower sample rates such as " +"[code]32000[/code] or [code]22050[/code] may be usable with no loss in " +"quality." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml:4 +msgid "Plays back audio generated using [AudioStreamGenerator]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This class is meant to be used with [AudioStreamGenerator] to play back the " +"generated audio in real-time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if a buffer of the size [code]amount[/code] can be " +"pushed to the audio sample data buffer without overflowing it, [code]false[/" +"code] otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml:24 +msgid "Clears the audio sample data buffer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of audio data frames left to play. If this returned " +"number reaches [code]0[/code], the audio will stop playing until frames are " +"added again. Therefore, make sure your script can always generate and push " +"new audio frames fast enough to avoid audio cracking." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml:42 +msgid "" +"Pushes several audio data frames to the buffer. This is usually more " +"efficient than [method push_frame] in C# and compiled languages via " +"GDNative, but [method push_buffer] may be [i]less[/i] efficient in GDScript." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Pushes a single audio data frame to the buffer. This is usually less " +"efficient than [method push_buffer] in C# and compiled languages via " +"GDNative, but [method push_frame] may be [i]more[/i] efficient in GDScript." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/minimp3/doc_classes/AudioStreamMP3.xml:4 +#: modules/minimp3/doc_classes/AudioStreamMP3.xml:7 +msgid "MP3 audio stream driver." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/minimp3/doc_classes/AudioStreamMP3.xml:15 +#: modules/stb_vorbis/doc_classes/AudioStreamOGGVorbis.xml:15 +msgid "Contains the audio data in bytes." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/minimp3/doc_classes/AudioStreamMP3.xml:18 +#: modules/stb_vorbis/doc_classes/AudioStreamOGGVorbis.xml:18 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the stream will automatically loop when it reaches the " +"end." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/minimp3/doc_classes/AudioStreamMP3.xml:21 +#: modules/stb_vorbis/doc_classes/AudioStreamOGGVorbis.xml:21 +msgid "Time in seconds at which the stream starts after being looped." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/stb_vorbis/doc_classes/AudioStreamOGGVorbis.xml:4 +#: modules/stb_vorbis/doc_classes/AudioStreamOGGVorbis.xml:7 +msgid "OGG Vorbis audio stream driver." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayback.xml:4 +msgid "Meta class for playing back audio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayback.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Can play, loop, pause a scroll through audio. See [AudioStream] and " +"[AudioStreamOGGVorbis] for usage." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:4 +msgid "Plays back audio non-positionally." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Plays an audio stream non-positionally.\n" +"To play audio positionally, use [AudioStreamPlayer2D] or " +"[AudioStreamPlayer3D] instead of [AudioStreamPlayer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:22 +msgid "Returns the position in the [AudioStream] in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Returns the [AudioStreamPlayback] object associated with this " +"[AudioStreamPlayer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:35 +msgid "Plays the audio from the given [code]from_position[/code], in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:42 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:38 +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:39 +msgid "Sets the position from which audio will be played, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:48 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:44 +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:45 +msgid "Stops the audio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:54 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:56 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], audio plays when added to scene tree." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:57 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:59 +msgid "Bus on which this audio is playing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If the audio configuration has more than two speakers, this sets the target " +"channels. See [enum MixTarget] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:63 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:65 +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:91 +msgid "" +"The pitch and the tempo of the audio, as a multiplier of the audio sample's " +"sample rate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:66 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:68 +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:94 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], audio is playing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:69 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:71 +msgid "The [AudioStream] object to be played." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:72 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:74 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the playback is paused. You can resume it by setting " +"[code]stream_paused[/code] to [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:75 +msgid "Volume of sound, in dB." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:81 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:83 +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:112 +msgid "Emitted when the audio stops playing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:87 +msgid "The audio will be played only on the first channel." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:90 +msgid "The audio will be played on all surround channels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:93 +msgid "" +"The audio will be played on the second channel, which is usually the center." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:4 +msgid "Plays positional sound in 2D space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Plays audio that dampens with distance from screen center.\n" +"See also [AudioStreamPlayer] to play a sound non-positionally.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Hiding an [AudioStreamPlayer2D] node does not disable its audio " +"output. To temporarily disable an [AudioStreamPlayer2D]'s audio output, set " +"[member volume_db] to a very low value like [code]-100[/code] (which isn't " +"audible to human hearing)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:18 +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:19 +msgid "Returns the position in the [AudioStream]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Returns the [AudioStreamPlayback] object associated with this " +"[AudioStreamPlayer2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:31 +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Plays the audio from the given position [code]from_position[/code], in " +"seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:50 +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:51 +msgid "Areas in which this sound plays." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:53 +msgid "Dampens audio over distance with this as an exponent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:62 +msgid "Maximum distance from which audio is still hearable." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:77 +msgid "Base volume without dampening." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:4 +msgid "Plays positional sound in 3D space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Plays a sound effect with directed sound effects, dampens with distance if " +"needed, generates effect of hearable position in space. For greater realism, " +"a low-pass filter is automatically applied to distant sounds. This can be " +"disabled by setting [member attenuation_filter_cutoff_hz] to [code]20500[/" +"code].\n" +"By default, audio is heard from the camera position. This can be changed by " +"adding a [Listener] node to the scene and enabling it by calling [method " +"Listener.make_current] on it.\n" +"See also [AudioStreamPlayer] to play a sound non-positionally.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Hiding an [AudioStreamPlayer3D] node does not disable its audio " +"output. To temporarily disable an [AudioStreamPlayer3D]'s audio output, set " +"[member unit_db] to a very low value like [code]-100[/code] (which isn't " +"audible to human hearing)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Returns the [AudioStreamPlayback] object associated with this " +"[AudioStreamPlayer3D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Dampens audio using a low-pass filter above this frequency, in Hz. To " +"disable the dampening effect entirely, set this to [code]20500[/code] as " +"this frequency is above the human hearing limit." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:57 +msgid "Amount how much the filter affects the loudness, in decibels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:60 +msgid "" +"Decides if audio should get quieter with distance linearly, quadratically, " +"logarithmically, or not be affected by distance, effectively disabling " +"attenuation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:63 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], audio plays when the AudioStreamPlayer3D node is added " +"to scene tree." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:66 +msgid "The bus on which this audio is playing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:69 +msgid "" +"Decides in which step the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Doppler_effect]Doppler effect[/url] should be calculated.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Only effective if the current [Camera]'s [member Camera." +"doppler_tracking] property is set to a value other than [constant Camera." +"DOPPLER_TRACKING_DISABLED]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:73 +msgid "The angle in which the audio reaches cameras undampened." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:76 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the audio should be dampened according to the " +"direction of the sound." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:79 +msgid "" +"Dampens audio if camera is outside of [member emission_angle_degrees] and " +"[member emission_angle_enabled] is set by this factor, in decibels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:82 +msgid "Sets the absolute maximum of the soundlevel, in decibels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:85 +msgid "" +"Sets the distance from which the [member out_of_range_mode] takes effect. " +"Has no effect if set to 0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:88 +msgid "" +"Decides if audio should pause when source is outside of [member " +"max_distance] range." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:97 +msgid "The [AudioStream] resource to be played." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:100 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the playback is paused. You can resume it by setting " +"[member stream_paused] to [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:103 +msgid "The base sound level unaffected by dampening, in decibels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:106 +msgid "" +"The factor for the attenuation effect. Higher values make the sound audible " +"over a larger distance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:118 +msgid "Linear dampening of loudness according to distance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:121 +msgid "Squared dampening of loudness according to distance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:124 +msgid "Logarithmic dampening of loudness according to distance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:127 +msgid "" +"No dampening of loudness according to distance. The sound will still be " +"heard positionally, unlike an [AudioStreamPlayer]. [constant " +"ATTENUATION_DISABLED] can be combined with a [member max_distance] value " +"greater than [code]0.0[/code] to achieve linear attenuation clamped to a " +"sphere of a defined size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:130 +msgid "" +"Mix this audio in, even when it's out of range. This increases CPU usage, " +"but keeps the sound playing at the correct position if the camera leaves and " +"enters the [AudioStreamPlayer3D]'s [member max_distance] radius." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:133 +msgid "" +"Pause this audio when it gets out of range. This decreases CPU usage, but " +"will cause the sound to restart if the camera leaves and enters the " +"[AudioStreamPlayer3D]'s [member max_distance] radius." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:136 +msgid "Disables doppler tracking." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:139 +msgid "Executes doppler tracking in idle step (every rendered frame)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:142 +msgid "" +"Executes doppler tracking in physics step (every simulated physics frame)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamRandomPitch.xml:4 +msgid "Plays audio with random pitch shifting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamRandomPitch.xml:7 +msgid "Randomly varies pitch on each start." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamRandomPitch.xml:15 +msgid "The current [AudioStream]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamRandomPitch.xml:18 +msgid "The intensity of random pitch variation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:4 +msgid "Stores audio data loaded from WAV files." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:7 +msgid "" +"AudioStreamSample stores sound samples loaded from WAV files. To play the " +"stored sound, use an [AudioStreamPlayer] (for non-positional audio) or " +"[AudioStreamPlayer2D]/[AudioStreamPlayer3D] (for positional audio). The " +"sound can be looped.\n" +"This class can also be used to store dynamically-generated PCM audio data. " +"See also [AudioStreamGenerator] for procedural audio generation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Saves the AudioStreamSample as a WAV file to [code]path[/code]. Samples with " +"IMA ADPCM format can't be saved.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] A [code].wav[/code] extension is automatically appended to " +"[code]path[/code] if it is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Contains the audio data in bytes.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property expects signed PCM8 data. To convert unsigned " +"PCM8 to signed PCM8, subtract 128 from each byte." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:28 +msgid "Audio format. See [enum Format] constants for values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:31 +msgid "" +"The loop start point (in number of samples, relative to the beginning of the " +"sample). This information will be imported automatically from the WAV file " +"if present." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:34 +msgid "" +"The loop end point (in number of samples, relative to the beginning of the " +"sample). This information will be imported automatically from the WAV file " +"if present." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:37 +msgid "" +"The loop mode. This information will be imported automatically from the WAV " +"file if present. See [enum LoopMode] constants for values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:40 +msgid "" +"The sample rate for mixing this audio. Higher values require more storage " +"space, but result in better quality.\n" +"In games, common sample rates in use are [code]11025[/code], [code]16000[/" +"code], [code]22050[/code], [code]32000[/code], [code]44100[/code], and " +"[code]48000[/code].\n" +"According to the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nyquist" +"%E2%80%93Shannon_sampling_theorem]Nyquist-Shannon sampling theorem[/url], " +"there is no quality difference to human hearing when going past 40,000 Hz " +"(since most humans can only hear up to ~20,000 Hz, often less). If you are " +"using lower-pitched sounds such as voices, lower sample rates such as " +"[code]32000[/code] or [code]22050[/code] may be usable with no loss in " +"quality." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:45 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], audio is stereo." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:50 +msgid "8-bit audio codec." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:53 +msgid "16-bit audio codec." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:56 +msgid "Audio is compressed using IMA ADPCM." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:59 +msgid "Audio does not loop." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Audio loops the data between [member loop_begin] and [member loop_end], " +"playing forward only." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Audio loops the data between [member loop_begin] and [member loop_end], " +"playing back and forth." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Audio loops the data between [member loop_begin] and [member loop_end], " +"playing backward only." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Copies a region of the screen (or the whole screen) to a buffer so it can be " +"accessed in your shader scripts through the " +"[code]texture(SCREEN_TEXTURE, ...)[/code] function." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Node for back-buffering the currently-displayed screen. The region defined " +"in the BackBufferCopy node is buffered with the content of the screen it " +"covers, or the entire screen according to the copy mode set. Use the " +"[code]texture(SCREEN_TEXTURE, ...)[/code] function in your shader scripts to " +"access the buffer.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Since this node inherits from [Node2D] (and not [Control]), " +"anchors and margins won't apply to child [Control]-derived nodes. This can " +"be problematic when resizing the window. To avoid this, add [Control]-" +"derived nodes as [i]siblings[/i] to the BackBufferCopy node instead of " +"adding them as children." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml:16 +msgid "Buffer mode. See [enum CopyMode] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml:19 +msgid "" +"The area covered by the BackBufferCopy. Only used if [member copy_mode] is " +"[constant COPY_MODE_RECT]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Disables the buffering mode. This means the BackBufferCopy node will " +"directly use the portion of screen it covers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml:27 +msgid "BackBufferCopy buffers a rectangular region." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml:30 +msgid "BackBufferCopy buffers the entire screen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:4 +msgid "Prerendered indirect light map for a scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Baked lightmaps are an alternative workflow for adding indirect (or baked) " +"lighting to a scene. Unlike the [GIProbe] approach, baked lightmaps work " +"fine on low-end PCs and mobile devices as they consume almost no resources " +"in run-time.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Due to how lightmaps work, most properties only have a visible " +"effect once lightmaps are baked again." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:11 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/baked_lightmaps.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Bakes the lightmap, scanning from the given [code]from_node[/code] root and " +"saves the resulting [BakedLightmapData] in [code]data_save_path[/code]. If " +"no root node is provided, parent of this node will be used as root instead. " +"If no save path is provided it will try to match the path from the current " +"[member light_data]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:25 +msgid "" +"When enabled, the lightmapper will merge the textures for all meshes into a " +"single large layered texture. Not supported in GLES2." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Maximum size of each lightmap layer, only used when [member atlas_generate] " +"is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Raycasting bias used during baking to avoid floating point precision issues." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:34 +msgid "" +"The energy multiplier for each bounce. Higher values will make indirect " +"lighting brighter. A value of [code]1.0[/code] represents physically " +"accurate behavior, but higher values can be used to make indirect lighting " +"propagate more visibly when using a low number of bounces. This can be used " +"to speed up bake times by lowering the number of [member bounces] then " +"increasing [member bounce_indirect_energy]. Unlike [member BakedLightmapData." +"energy], this property does not affect direct lighting emitted by light " +"nodes, emissive materials and the environment.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [member bounce_indirect_energy] only has an effect if [member " +"bounces] is set to a value greater than or equal to [code]1[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Number of light bounces that are taken into account during baking. See also " +"[member bounce_indirect_energy]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:41 +msgid "Grid size used for real-time capture information on dynamic objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:44 +msgid "" +"When enabled, an octree containing the scene's lighting information will be " +"computed. This octree will then be used to light dynamic objects in the " +"scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Bias value to reduce the amount of light proagation in the captured octree." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:50 +msgid "Bake quality of the capture data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:53 +msgid "" +"If a baked mesh doesn't have a UV2 size hint, this value will be used to " +"roughly compute a suitable lightmap size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:56 +msgid "" +"The environment color when [member environment_mode] is set to [constant " +"ENVIRONMENT_MODE_CUSTOM_COLOR]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:59 +msgid "" +"The energy scaling factor when when [member environment_mode] is set to " +"[constant ENVIRONMENT_MODE_CUSTOM_COLOR] or [constant " +"ENVIRONMENT_MODE_CUSTOM_SKY]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:62 +msgid "" +"The [Sky] resource to use when [member environment_mode] is set o [constant " +"ENVIRONMENT_MODE_CUSTOM_SKY]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:65 +msgid "The rotation of the baked custom sky." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Minimum ambient light for all the lightmap texels. This doesn't take into " +"account any occlusion from the scene's geometry, it simply ensures a minimum " +"amount of light on all the lightmap texels. Can be used for artistic control " +"on shadow color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:71 +msgid "Decides which environment to use during baking." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Size of the baked lightmap. Only meshes inside this region will be included " +"in the baked lightmap, also used as the bounds of the captured region for " +"dynamic lighting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Deprecated, in previous versions it determined the location where lightmaps " +"were be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:80 +msgid "The calculated light data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:83 +msgid "" +"Determines the amount of samples per texel used in indrect light baking. The " +"amount of samples for each quality level can be configured in the project " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:86 +msgid "" +"Store full color values in the lightmap textures. When disabled, lightmap " +"textures will store a single brightness channel. Can be disabled to reduce " +"disk usage if the scene contains only white lights or you don't mind losing " +"color information in indirect lighting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:89 +msgid "" +"When enabled, a lightmap denoiser will be used to reduce the noise inherent " +"to Monte Carlo based global illumination." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:92 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], stores the lightmap textures in a high dynamic range " +"format (EXR). If [code]false[/code], stores the lightmap texture in a low " +"dynamic range PNG image. This can be set to [code]false[/code] to reduce " +"disk usage, but light values over 1.0 will be clamped and you may see " +"banding caused by the reduced precision.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Setting [member use_hdr] to [code]true[/code] will decrease " +"lightmap banding even when using the GLES2 backend or if [member " +"ProjectSettings.rendering/quality/depth/hdr] is [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:98 +msgid "The lowest bake quality mode. Fastest to calculate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:101 +msgid "The default bake quality mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:104 +msgid "A higher bake quality mode. Takes longer to calculate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:107 +msgid "The highest bake quality mode. Takes the longest to calculate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:110 +msgid "Baking was successful." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:113 +msgid "" +"Returns if no viable save path is found. This can happen where an [member " +"image_path] is not specified or when the save location is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:116 doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:622 +msgid "Currently unused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:119 +msgid "Returns when the baker cannot save per-mesh textures to file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:122 +msgid "The size of the generated lightmaps is too large." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:125 +msgid "Some mesh contains UV2 values outside the [code][0,1][/code] range." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:128 +msgid "Returns if user cancels baking." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:131 +msgid "" +"Returns if lightmapper can't be created. Unless you are using a custom " +"lightmapper, please report this as bug." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:134 +msgid "" +"There is no root node to start baking from. Either provide [code]from_node[/" +"code] argument or attach this node to a parent that should be used as root." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:137 +msgid "No environment is used during baking." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:140 +msgid "The baked environment is automatically picked from the current scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:143 +msgid "A custom sky is used as environment during baking." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:146 +msgid "A custom solid color is used as environment during baking." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmapData.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Global energy multiplier for baked and dynamic capture objects. This can be " +"changed at run-time without having to bake lightmaps again.\n" +"To adjust only the energy of indirect lighting (without affecting direct " +"lighting or emissive materials), adjust [member BakedLightmap." +"bounce_indirect_energy] and bake lightmaps again." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BakedLightmapData.xml:60 +msgid "" +"Controls whether dynamic capture objects receive environment lighting or not." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for different kinds of buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:7 +msgid "" +"BaseButton is the abstract base class for buttons, so it shouldn't be used " +"directly (it doesn't display anything). Other types of buttons inherit from " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:15 +msgid "" +"Called when the button is pressed. If you need to know the button's pressed " +"state (and [member toggle_mode] is active), use [method _toggled] instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:22 +msgid "" +"Called when the button is toggled (only if [member toggle_mode] is active)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Returns the visual state used to draw the button. This is useful mainly when " +"implementing your own draw code by either overriding _draw() or connecting " +"to \"draw\" signal. The visual state of the button is defined by the [enum " +"DrawMode] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the mouse has entered the button and has not " +"left it yet." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Changes the [member pressed] state of the button, without emitting [signal " +"toggled]. Use when you just want to change the state of the button without " +"sending the pressed event (e.g. when initializing scene). Only works if " +"[member toggle_mode] is [code]true[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method doesn't unpress other buttons in its button [member " +"group]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Determines when the button is considered clicked, one of the [enum " +"ActionMode] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Binary mask to choose which mouse buttons this button will respond to.\n" +"To allow both left-click and right-click, use [code]BUTTON_MASK_LEFT | " +"BUTTON_MASK_RIGHT[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the button is in disabled state and can't be clicked " +"or toggled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:58 +msgid "" +"[i]Deprecated.[/i] This property has been deprecated due to redundancy and " +"will be removed in Godot 4.0. This property no longer has any effect when " +"set. Please use [member Control.focus_mode] instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:62 +msgid "[ButtonGroup] associated to the button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:65 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the button stays pressed when moving the cursor " +"outside the button while pressing it.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property only affects the button's visual appearance. " +"Signals will be emitted at the same moment regardless of this property's " +"value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:69 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the button's state is pressed. Means the button is " +"pressed down or toggled (if [member toggle_mode] is active). Only works if " +"[member toggle_mode] is [code]true[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Setting [member pressed] will result in [signal toggled] to be " +"emitted. If you want to change the pressed state without emitting that " +"signal, use [method set_pressed_no_signal]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:73 +msgid "[ShortCut] associated to the button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:76 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the button will add information about its shortcut in " +"the tooltip." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:79 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the button is in toggle mode. Makes the button flip " +"state between pressed and unpressed each time its area is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:85 +msgid "Emitted when the button starts being held down." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:90 +msgid "Emitted when the button stops being held down." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:95 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the button is toggled or pressed. This is on [signal " +"button_down] if [member action_mode] is [constant ACTION_MODE_BUTTON_PRESS] " +"and on [signal button_up] otherwise.\n" +"If you need to know the button's pressed state (and [member toggle_mode] is " +"active), use [signal toggled] instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the button was just toggled between pressed and normal states " +"(only if [member toggle_mode] is active). The new state is contained in the " +"[code]button_pressed[/code] argument." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:108 +msgid "" +"The normal state (i.e. not pressed, not hovered, not toggled and enabled) of " +"buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:111 +msgid "The state of buttons are pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:114 +msgid "The state of buttons are hovered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:117 +msgid "The state of buttons are disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:120 +msgid "The state of buttons are both hovered and pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:123 +msgid "Require just a press to consider the button clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:126 +msgid "" +"Require a press and a subsequent release before considering the button " +"clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:4 +msgid "3×3 matrix datatype." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:7 +msgid "" +"3×3 matrix used for 3D rotation and scale. Almost always used as an " +"orthogonal basis for a Transform.\n" +"Contains 3 vector fields X, Y and Z as its columns, which are typically " +"interpreted as the local basis vectors of a transformation. For such use, it " +"is composed of a scaling and a rotation matrix, in that order (M = R.S).\n" +"Can also be accessed as array of 3D vectors. These vectors are normally " +"orthogonal to each other, but are not necessarily normalized (due to " +"scaling).\n" +"For more information, read the \"Matrices and transforms\" documentation " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:14 doc/classes/Transform.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:12 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/math/matrices_and_transforms." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:15 doc/classes/Transform.xml:13 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/using_transforms.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:16 doc/classes/Line2D.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:14 doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:13 +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:15 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:15 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/584" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:18 doc/classes/CylinderShape.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:88 doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:18 +#: doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml:10 doc/classes/File.xml:29 +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:12 doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:13 +#: doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml:12 doc/classes/InputEventMouseMotion.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:15 doc/classes/RayCast.xml:15 +#: doc/classes/StaticBody.xml:13 doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:22 +#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:12 doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:13 doc/classes/VBoxContainer.xml:10 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/676" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:19 doc/classes/Line2D.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:16 doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:14 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/583" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:26 +msgid "Constructs a pure rotation basis matrix from the given quaternion." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Constructs a pure rotation basis matrix from the given Euler angles (in the " +"YXZ convention: when *composing*, first Y, then X, and Z last), given in the " +"vector format as (X angle, Y angle, Z angle).\n" +"Consider using the [Quat] constructor instead, which uses a quaternion " +"instead of Euler angles." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:42 +msgid "" +"Constructs a pure rotation basis matrix, rotated around the given " +"[code]axis[/code] by [code]phi[/code], in radians. The axis must be a " +"normalized vector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:51 +msgid "Constructs a basis matrix from 3 axis vectors (matrix columns)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Returns the determinant of the basis matrix. If the basis is uniformly " +"scaled, its determinant is the square of the scale.\n" +"A negative determinant means the basis has a negative scale. A zero " +"determinant means the basis isn't invertible, and is usually considered " +"invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Returns the basis's rotation in the form of Euler angles (in the YXZ " +"convention: when decomposing, first Z, then X, and Y last). The returned " +"vector contains the rotation angles in the format (X angle, Y angle, Z " +"angle).\n" +"Consider using the [method get_rotation_quat] method instead, which returns " +"a [Quat] quaternion instead of Euler angles." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:71 +msgid "" +"This function considers a discretization of rotations into 24 points on unit " +"sphere, lying along the vectors (x,y,z) with each component being either -1, " +"0, or 1, and returns the index of the point best representing the " +"orientation of the object. It is mainly used by the [GridMap] editor. For " +"further details, refer to the Godot source code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Returns the basis's rotation in the form of a quaternion. See [method " +"get_euler] if you need Euler angles, but keep in mind quaternions should " +"generally be preferred to Euler angles." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:83 +msgid "" +"Assuming that the matrix is the combination of a rotation and scaling, " +"return the absolute value of scaling factors along each axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:89 +msgid "Returns the inverse of the matrix." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:97 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this basis and [code]b[/code] are approximately " +"equal, by calling [code]is_equal_approx[/code] on each component.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] For complicated reasons, the epsilon argument is always " +"discarded. Don't use the epsilon argument, it does nothing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:104 +msgid "" +"Returns the orthonormalized version of the matrix (useful to call from time " +"to time to avoid rounding error for orthogonal matrices). This performs a " +"Gram-Schmidt orthonormalization on the basis of the matrix." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:112 +msgid "" +"Introduce an additional rotation around the given axis by phi (radians). The " +"axis must be a normalized vector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:119 +msgid "" +"Introduce an additional scaling specified by the given 3D scaling factor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:127 +msgid "" +"Assuming that the matrix is a proper rotation matrix, slerp performs a " +"spherical-linear interpolation with another rotation matrix." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:134 +msgid "Transposed dot product with the X axis of the matrix." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:141 +msgid "Transposed dot product with the Y axis of the matrix." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:148 +msgid "Transposed dot product with the Z axis of the matrix." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:154 +msgid "Returns the transposed version of the matrix." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:161 +msgid "Returns a vector transformed (multiplied) by the matrix." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:168 +msgid "" +"Returns a vector transformed (multiplied) by the transposed basis matrix.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This results in a multiplication by the inverse of the matrix " +"only if it represents a rotation-reflection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:175 doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:150 +msgid "" +"The basis matrix's X vector (column 0). Equivalent to array index [code]0[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:178 doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:153 +msgid "" +"The basis matrix's Y vector (column 1). Equivalent to array index [code]1[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:181 +msgid "" +"The basis matrix's Z vector (column 2). Equivalent to array index [code]2[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:186 +msgid "" +"The identity basis, with no rotation or scaling applied.\n" +"This is identical to calling [code]Basis()[/code] without any parameters. " +"This constant can be used to make your code clearer, and for consistency " +"with C#." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:190 +msgid "" +"The basis that will flip something along the X axis when used in a " +"transformation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:193 +msgid "" +"The basis that will flip something along the Y axis when used in a " +"transformation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:196 +msgid "" +"The basis that will flip something along the Z axis when used in a " +"transformation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitMap.xml:4 +msgid "Boolean matrix." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitMap.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A two-dimensional array of boolean values, can be used to efficiently store " +"a binary matrix (every matrix element takes only one bit) and query the " +"values using natural cartesian coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitMap.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Creates a bitmap with the specified size, filled with [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitMap.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Creates a bitmap that matches the given image dimensions, every element of " +"the bitmap is set to [code]false[/code] if the alpha value of the image at " +"that position is equal to [code]threshold[/code] or less, and [code]true[/" +"code] in other case." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitMap.xml:31 +msgid "Returns bitmap's value at the specified position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitMap.xml:37 +msgid "Returns bitmap's dimensions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitMap.xml:43 +msgid "" +"Returns the amount of bitmap elements that are set to [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitMap.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Applies morphological dilation to the bitmap. The first argument is the " +"dilation amount, Rect2 is the area where the dilation will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitMap.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Sets the bitmap's element at the specified position, to the specified value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitMap.xml:74 +msgid "Sets a rectangular portion of the bitmap to the specified value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Renders text using fonts under the [url=https://www.angelcode.com/products/" +"bmfont/]BMFont[/url] format.\n" +"Handles files with the [code].fnt[/code] extension." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:8 +msgid "" +"Renders text using [code]*.fnt[/code] fonts containing texture atlases. " +"Supports distance fields. For using vector font files like TTF directly, see " +"[DynamicFont]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Adds a character to the font, where [code]character[/code] is the Unicode " +"value, [code]texture[/code] is the texture index, [code]rect[/code] is the " +"region in the texture (in pixels!), [code]align[/code] is the (optional) " +"alignment for the character and [code]advance[/code] is the (optional) " +"advance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Adds a kerning pair to the [BitmapFont] as a difference. Kerning pairs are " +"special cases where a typeface advance is determined by the next character." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:37 +msgid "Adds a texture to the [BitmapFont]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:43 +msgid "Clears all the font data and settings." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Creates a BitmapFont from the [code]*.fnt[/code] file at [code]path[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:58 +msgid "Returns a kerning pair as a difference." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:65 +msgid "Returns the font atlas texture at index [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:71 +msgid "Returns the number of textures in the BitmapFont atlas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:77 +msgid "Ascent (number of pixels above the baseline)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:80 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], distance field hint is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:83 +msgid "The fallback font." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:86 +msgid "Total font height (ascent plus descent) in pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Bone2D.xml:4 +msgid "Joint used with [Skeleton2D] to control and animate other nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Bone2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Use a hierarchy of [code]Bone2D[/code] bound to a [Skeleton2D] to control, " +"and animate other [Node2D] nodes.\n" +"You can use [code]Bone2D[/code] and [code]Skeleton2D[/code] nodes to animate " +"2D meshes created with the Polygon 2D UV editor.\n" +"Each bone has a [member rest] transform that you can reset to with [method " +"apply_rest]. These rest poses are relative to the bone's parent.\n" +"If in the editor, you can set the rest pose of an entire skeleton using a " +"menu option, from the code, you need to iterate over the bones to set their " +"individual rest poses." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Bone2D.xml:18 +msgid "Stores the node's current transforms in [member rest]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Bone2D.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Returns the node's index as part of the entire skeleton. See [Skeleton2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Bone2D.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Returns the node's [member rest] [code]Transform2D[/code] if it doesn't have " +"a parent, or its rest pose relative to its parent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Bone2D.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Length of the bone's representation drawn in the editor's viewport in pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Bone2D.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Rest transform of the bone. You can reset the node's transforms to this " +"value using [method apply_rest]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BoneAttachment.xml:4 +msgid "A node that will attach to a bone." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BoneAttachment.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This node must be the child of a [Skeleton] node. You can then select a bone " +"for this node to attach to. The BoneAttachment node will copy the transform " +"of the selected bone." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BoneAttachment.xml:15 +msgid "The name of the attached bone." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/bool.xml:4 +msgid "Boolean built-in type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/bool.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Boolean is a built-in type. There are two boolean values: [code]true[/code] " +"and [code]false[/code]. You can think of it as a switch with on or off (1 or " +"0) setting. Booleans are used in programming for logic in condition " +"statements, like [code]if[/code] statements.\n" +"Booleans can be directly used in [code]if[/code] statements. The code below " +"demonstrates this on the [code]if can_shoot:[/code] line. You don't need to " +"use [code]== true[/code], you only need [code]if can_shoot:[/code]. " +"Similarly, use [code]if not can_shoot:[/code] rather than [code]== false[/" +"code].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var can_shoot = true\n" +"\n" +"func shoot():\n" +" if can_shoot:\n" +" pass # Perform shooting actions here.\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"The following code will only create a bullet if both conditions are met: " +"action \"shoot\" is pressed and if [code]can_shoot[/code] is [code]true[/" +"code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]Input.is_action_pressed(\"shoot\")[/code] is also a " +"boolean that is [code]true[/code] when \"shoot\" is pressed and [code]false[/" +"code] when \"shoot\" isn't pressed.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var can_shoot = true\n" +"\n" +"func shoot():\n" +" if can_shoot and Input.is_action_pressed(\"shoot\"):\n" +" create_bullet()\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"The following code will set [code]can_shoot[/code] to [code]false[/code] and " +"start a timer. This will prevent player from shooting until the timer runs " +"out. Next [code]can_shoot[/code] will be set to [code]true[/code] again " +"allowing player to shoot once again.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var can_shoot = true\n" +"onready var cool_down = $CoolDownTimer\n" +"\n" +"func shoot():\n" +" if can_shoot and Input.is_action_pressed(\"shoot\"):\n" +" create_bullet()\n" +" can_shoot = false\n" +" cool_down.start()\n" +"\n" +"func _on_CoolDownTimer_timeout():\n" +" can_shoot = true\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/bool.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Cast an [int] value to a boolean value, this method will return [code]false[/" +"code] if [code]0[/code] is passed in, and [code]true[/code] for all other " +"ints." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/bool.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Cast a [float] value to a boolean value, this method will return " +"[code]false[/code] if [code]0.0[/code] is passed in, and [code]true[/code] " +"for all other floats." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/bool.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Cast a [String] value to a boolean value, this method will return " +"[code]false[/code] if [code]\"\"[/code] is passed in, and [code]true[/code] " +"for all non-empty strings.\n" +"Examples: [code]bool(\"False\")[/code] returns [code]true[/code], " +"[code]bool(\"\")[/code] returns [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for box containers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Arranges child controls vertically or horizontally, and rearranges the " +"controls automatically when their minimum size changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Adds a control to the box as a spacer. If [code]true[/code], [code]begin[/" +"code] will insert the spacer control in front of other children." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml:22 +msgid "" +"The alignment of the container's children (must be one of [constant " +"ALIGN_BEGIN], [constant ALIGN_CENTER] or [constant ALIGN_END])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml:28 +msgid "Aligns children with the beginning of the container." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml:31 +msgid "Aligns children with the center of the container." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml:34 +msgid "Aligns children with the end of the container." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BoxShape.xml:4 +msgid "Box shape resource." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BoxShape.xml:7 +msgid "3D box shape that can be a child of a [PhysicsBody] or [Area]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BoxShape.xml:10 doc/classes/CapsuleShape.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape.xml:11 doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/CylinderShape.xml:11 doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:13 +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:16 doc/classes/SphereShape.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/StaticBody.xml:11 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/675" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BoxShape.xml:11 doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml:11 +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:16 doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:13 +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:11 doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:10 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/126" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/BoxShape.xml:18 +msgid "" +"The box's half extents. The width, height and depth of this shape is twice " +"the half extents." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:4 +msgid "Standard themed Button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Button is the standard themed button. It can contain text and an icon, and " +"will display them according to the current [Theme].\n" +"[b]Example of creating a button and assigning an action when pressed by code:" +"[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" var button = Button.new()\n" +" button.text = \"Click me\"\n" +" button.connect(\"pressed\", self, \"_button_pressed\")\n" +" add_child(button)\n" +"\n" +"func _button_pressed():\n" +" print(\"Hello world!\")\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Buttons (like all Control nodes) can also be created in the editor, but some " +"situations may require creating them from code.\n" +"See also [BaseButton] which contains common properties and methods " +"associated with this node.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Buttons do not interpret touch input and therefore don't " +"support multitouch, since mouse emulation can only press one button at a " +"given time. Use [TouchScreenButton] for buttons that trigger gameplay " +"movement or actions, as [TouchScreenButton] supports multitouch." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:25 doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:89 +#: doc/classes/GridContainer.xml:12 doc/classes/OS.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:11 doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:15 +#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:11 doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:17 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/677" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Text alignment policy for the button's text, use one of the [enum TextAlign] " +"constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:34 +msgid "" +"When this property is enabled, text that is too large to fit the button is " +"clipped, when disabled the Button will always be wide enough to hold the " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:37 +msgid "" +"When enabled, the button's icon will expand/shrink to fit the button's size " +"while keeping its aspect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:40 +msgid "Flat buttons don't display decoration." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:43 +msgid "" +"Button's icon, if text is present the icon will be placed before the text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:46 doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:18 +msgid "The button's text that will be displayed inside the button's area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:51 +msgid "Align the text to the left." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:54 +msgid "Align the text to the center." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:57 +msgid "Align the text to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:62 +msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [Button] is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:65 +msgid "" +"[StyleBox] used when the [Button] is focused. It is displayed over the " +"current [StyleBox], so using [StyleBoxEmpty] will just disable the focus " +"visual effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:68 +msgid "[Font] of the [Button]'s text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:71 +msgid "Default text [Color] of the [Button]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:74 +msgid "Text [Color] used when the [Button] is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Text [Color] used when the [Button] is focused. Only replaces the normal " +"text color of the button. Disabled, hovered, and pressed states take " +"precedence over this color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:80 +msgid "Text [Color] used when the [Button] is being hovered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:83 +msgid "Text [Color] used when the [Button] is being pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:86 +msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [Button] is being hovered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:89 +msgid "The horizontal space between [Button]'s icon and text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:92 +msgid "Default [StyleBox] for the [Button]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Button.xml:95 +msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [Button] is being pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ButtonGroup.xml:4 +msgid "Group of Buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ButtonGroup.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Group of [Button]. All direct and indirect children buttons become radios. " +"Only one allows being pressed.\n" +"[member BaseButton.toggle_mode] should be [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ButtonGroup.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Returns an [Array] of [Button]s who have this as their [ButtonGroup] (see " +"[member BaseButton.group])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ButtonGroup.xml:22 +msgid "Returns the current pressed button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ButtonGroup.xml:33 +msgid "Emitted when one of the buttons of the group is pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:4 +msgid "Camera node, displays from a point of view." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Camera is a special node that displays what is visible from its current " +"location. Cameras register themselves in the nearest [Viewport] node (when " +"ascending the tree). Only one camera can be active per viewport. If no " +"viewport is available ascending the tree, the camera will register in the " +"global viewport. In other words, a camera just provides 3D display " +"capabilities to a [Viewport], and, without one, a scene registered in that " +"[Viewport] (or higher viewports) can't be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:17 +msgid "" +"If this is the current camera, remove it from being current. If " +"[code]enable_next[/code] is [code]true[/code], request to make the next " +"camera current, if any." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:23 +msgid "Returns the camera's RID from the [VisualServer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Returns the transform of the camera plus the vertical ([member v_offset]) " +"and horizontal ([member h_offset]) offsets; and any other adjustments made " +"to the position and orientation of the camera by subclassed cameras such as " +"[ClippedCamera], [InterpolatedCamera] and [ARVRCamera]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given [code]layer[/code] in the [member " +"cull_mask] is enabled, [code]false[/code] otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:42 +msgid "" +"Returns the camera's frustum planes in world space units as an array of " +"[Plane]s in the following order: near, far, left, top, right, bottom. Not to " +"be confused with [member frustum_offset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given position is behind the camera.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] A position which returns [code]false[/code] may still be " +"outside the camera's field of view." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Makes this camera the current camera for the [Viewport] (see class " +"description). If the camera node is outside the scene tree, it will attempt " +"to become current once it's added." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:63 +msgid "" +"Returns a normal vector from the screen point location directed along the " +"camera. Orthogonal cameras are normalized. Perspective cameras account for " +"perspective, screen width/height, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:71 +msgid "" +"Returns the 3D point in world space that maps to the given 2D coordinate in " +"the [Viewport] rectangle on a plane that is the given [code]z_depth[/code] " +"distance into the scene away from the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:78 +msgid "" +"Returns a normal vector in world space, that is the result of projecting a " +"point on the [Viewport] rectangle by the camera projection. This is useful " +"for casting rays in the form of (origin, normal) for object intersection or " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:85 +msgid "" +"Returns a 3D position in world space, that is the result of projecting a " +"point on the [Viewport] rectangle by the camera projection. This is useful " +"for casting rays in the form of (origin, normal) for object intersection or " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Enables or disables the given [code]layer[/code] in the [member cull_mask]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:103 +msgid "" +"Sets the camera projection to frustum mode (see [constant " +"PROJECTION_FRUSTUM]), by specifying a [code]size[/code], an [code]offset[/" +"code], and the [code]z_near[/code] and [code]z_far[/code] clip planes in " +"world space units." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:112 +msgid "" +"Sets the camera projection to orthogonal mode (see [constant " +"PROJECTION_ORTHOGONAL]), by specifying a [code]size[/code], and the " +"[code]z_near[/code] and [code]z_far[/code] clip planes in world space units. " +"(As a hint, 2D games often use this projection, with values specified in " +"pixels.)" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:121 +msgid "" +"Sets the camera projection to perspective mode (see [constant " +"PROJECTION_PERSPECTIVE]), by specifying a [code]fov[/code] (field of view) " +"angle in degrees, and the [code]z_near[/code] and [code]z_far[/code] clip " +"planes in world space units." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:128 +msgid "" +"Returns the 2D coordinate in the [Viewport] rectangle that maps to the given " +"3D point in world space.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When using this to position GUI elements over a 3D viewport, " +"use [method is_position_behind] to prevent them from appearing if the 3D " +"point is behind the camera:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# This code block is part of a script that inherits from Spatial.\n" +"# `control` is a reference to a node inheriting from Control.\n" +"control.visible = not get_viewport().get_camera()." +"is_position_behind(global_transform.origin)\n" +"control.rect_position = get_viewport().get_camera()." +"unproject_position(global_transform.origin)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:141 +msgid "" +"The culling mask that describes which 3D render layers are rendered by this " +"camera." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:144 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the ancestor [Viewport] is currently using this camera." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:147 +msgid "" +"If not [constant DOPPLER_TRACKING_DISABLED], this camera will simulate the " +"[url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Doppler_effect]Doppler effect[/url] for " +"objects changed in particular [code]_process[/code] methods. The Doppler " +"effect is only simulated for [AudioStreamPlayer3D] nodes that have [member " +"AudioStreamPlayer3D.doppler_tracking] set to a value other than [constant " +"AudioStreamPlayer3D.DOPPLER_TRACKING_DISABLED].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] To toggle the Doppler effect preview in the editor, use the " +"Perspective menu in the top-left corner of the 3D viewport and toggle " +"[b]Enable Doppler[/b]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:151 +msgid "The [Environment] to use for this camera." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:154 +msgid "" +"The distance to the far culling boundary for this camera relative to its " +"local Z axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:157 +msgid "" +"The camera's field of view angle (in degrees). Only applicable in " +"perspective mode. Since [member keep_aspect] locks one axis, [code]fov[/" +"code] sets the other axis' field of view angle.\n" +"For reference, the default vertical field of view value ([code]70.0[/code]) " +"is equivalent to a horizontal FOV of:\n" +"- ~86.07 degrees in a 4:3 viewport\n" +"- ~96.50 degrees in a 16:10 viewport\n" +"- ~102.45 degrees in a 16:9 viewport\n" +"- ~117.06 degrees in a 21:9 viewport" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:165 +msgid "" +"The camera's frustum offset. This can be changed from the default to create " +"\"tilted frustum\" effects such as [url=https://zdoom.org/wiki/Y-shearing]Y-" +"shearing[/url]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:168 +msgid "The horizontal (X) offset of the camera viewport." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:171 +msgid "" +"The axis to lock during [member fov]/[member size] adjustments. Can be " +"either [constant KEEP_WIDTH] or [constant KEEP_HEIGHT]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:174 +msgid "" +"The distance to the near culling boundary for this camera relative to its " +"local Z axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:177 +msgid "" +"The camera's projection mode. In [constant PROJECTION_PERSPECTIVE] mode, " +"objects' Z distance from the camera's local space scales their perceived " +"size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:180 +msgid "" +"The camera's size measured as 1/2 the width or height. Only applicable in " +"orthogonal mode. Since [member keep_aspect] locks on axis, [code]size[/code] " +"sets the other axis' size length." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:183 +msgid "The vertical (Y) offset of the camera viewport." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:188 +msgid "" +"Perspective projection. Objects on the screen becomes smaller when they are " +"far away." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:191 +msgid "" +"Orthogonal projection, also known as orthographic projection. Objects remain " +"the same size on the screen no matter how far away they are." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:194 +msgid "" +"Frustum projection. This mode allows adjusting [member frustum_offset] to " +"create \"tilted frustum\" effects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:197 +msgid "" +"Preserves the horizontal aspect ratio; also known as Vert- scaling. This is " +"usually the best option for projects running in portrait mode, as taller " +"aspect ratios will benefit from a wider vertical FOV." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:200 +msgid "" +"Preserves the vertical aspect ratio; also known as Hor+ scaling. This is " +"usually the best option for projects running in landscape mode, as wider " +"aspect ratios will automatically benefit from a wider horizontal FOV." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Disables [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Doppler_effect]Doppler effect[/" +"url] simulation (default)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:206 +msgid "" +"Simulate [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Doppler_effect]Doppler effect[/" +"url] by tracking positions of objects that are changed in [code]_process[/" +"code]. Changes in the relative velocity of this camera compared to those " +"objects affect how Audio is perceived (changing the Audio's [code]pitch " +"shift[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:209 +msgid "" +"Simulate [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Doppler_effect]Doppler effect[/" +"url] by tracking positions of objects that are changed in " +"[code]_physics_process[/code]. Changes in the relative velocity of this " +"camera compared to those objects affect how Audio is perceived (changing the " +"Audio's [code]pitch shift[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:4 +msgid "Camera node for 2D scenes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Camera node for 2D scenes. It forces the screen (current layer) to scroll " +"following this node. This makes it easier (and faster) to program scrollable " +"scenes than manually changing the position of [CanvasItem]-based nodes.\n" +"This node is intended to be a simple helper to get things going quickly, but " +"more functionality may be desired to change how the camera works. To make " +"your own custom camera node, inherit it from [Node2D] and change the " +"transform of the canvas by setting [member Viewport.canvas_transform] in " +"[Viewport] (you can obtain the current [Viewport] by using [method Node." +"get_viewport]).\n" +"Note that the [Camera2D] node's [code]position[/code] doesn't represent the " +"actual position of the screen, which may differ due to applied smoothing or " +"limits. You can use [method get_camera_screen_center] to get the real " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:13 doc/classes/TileMap.xml:13 +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:13 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/112" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:14 doc/classes/Environment.xml:18 +#: doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml:14 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/110" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:20 +msgid "Aligns the camera to the tracked node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Removes any [Camera2D] from the ancestor [Viewport]'s internal currently-" +"assigned camera." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:32 +msgid "Forces the camera to update scroll immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:38 +msgid "Returns the camera position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Returns the location of the [Camera2D]'s screen-center, relative to the " +"origin." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Returns the specified margin. See also [member drag_margin_bottom], [member " +"drag_margin_top], [member drag_margin_left], and [member drag_margin_right]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Returns the specified camera limit. See also [member limit_bottom], [member " +"limit_top], [member limit_left], and [member limit_right]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Make this the current 2D camera for the scene (viewport and layer), in case " +"there are many cameras in the scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:70 +msgid "" +"Sets the camera's position immediately to its current smoothing " +"destination.\n" +"This has no effect if smoothing is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:79 +msgid "" +"Sets the specified margin. See also [member drag_margin_bottom], [member " +"drag_margin_top], [member drag_margin_left], and [member drag_margin_right]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:87 +msgid "" +"Sets the specified camera limit. See also [member limit_bottom], [member " +"limit_top], [member limit_left], and [member limit_right]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:93 +msgid "The Camera2D's anchor point. See [enum AnchorMode] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:96 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the camera is the active camera for the current scene. " +"Only one camera can be current, so setting a different camera [code]current[/" +"code] will disable this one." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:99 +msgid "" +"The custom [Viewport] node attached to the [Camera2D]. If [code]null[/code] " +"or not a [Viewport], uses the default viewport instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Bottom margin needed to drag the camera. A value of [code]1[/code] makes the " +"camera move only when reaching the edge of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:105 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the camera only moves when reaching the horizontal " +"drag margins. If [code]false[/code], the camera moves horizontally " +"regardless of margins." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:108 +msgid "" +"Left margin needed to drag the camera. A value of [code]1[/code] makes the " +"camera move only when reaching the edge of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:111 +msgid "" +"Right margin needed to drag the camera. A value of [code]1[/code] makes the " +"camera move only when reaching the edge of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:114 +msgid "" +"Top margin needed to drag the camera. A value of [code]1[/code] makes the " +"camera move only when reaching the edge of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:117 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the camera only moves when reaching the vertical drag " +"margins. If [code]false[/code], the camera moves vertically regardless of " +"margins." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:120 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], draws the camera's drag margin rectangle in the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:123 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], draws the camera's limits rectangle in the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:126 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], draws the camera's screen rectangle in the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:129 +msgid "" +"Bottom scroll limit in pixels. The camera stops moving when reaching this " +"value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:132 +msgid "" +"Left scroll limit in pixels. The camera stops moving when reaching this " +"value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:135 +msgid "" +"Right scroll limit in pixels. The camera stops moving when reaching this " +"value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:138 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the camera smoothly stops when reaches its limits.\n" +"This has no effect if smoothing is disabled.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] To immediately update the camera's position to be within limits " +"without smoothing, even with this setting enabled, invoke [method " +"reset_smoothing]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:143 +msgid "" +"Top scroll limit in pixels. The camera stops moving when reaching this value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:146 +msgid "" +"The camera's offset, useful for looking around or camera shake animations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:149 +msgid "" +"The horizontal offset of the camera, relative to the drag margins.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Offset H is used only to force offset relative to margins. It's " +"not updated in any way if drag margins are enabled and can be used to set " +"initial offset." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:153 +msgid "" +"The vertical offset of the camera, relative to the drag margins.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Used the same as [member offset_h]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:157 +msgid "The camera's process callback. See [enum Camera2DProcessMode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:160 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the camera rotates with the target." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:163 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the camera smoothly moves towards the target at " +"[member smoothing_speed]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:166 +msgid "" +"Speed in pixels per second of the camera's smoothing effect when [member " +"smoothing_enabled] is [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:169 +msgid "" +"The camera's zoom relative to the viewport. Values larger than " +"[code]Vector2(1, 1)[/code] zoom out and smaller values zoom in. For an " +"example, use [code]Vector2(0.5, 0.5)[/code] for a 2× zoom-in, and " +"[code]Vector2(4, 4)[/code] for a 4× zoom-out." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:174 +msgid "" +"The camera's position is fixed so that the top-left corner is always at the " +"origin." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:177 +msgid "" +"The camera's position takes into account vertical/horizontal offsets and the " +"screen size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:180 doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:89 +msgid "The camera updates with the [code]_physics_process[/code] callback." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:183 doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:92 +msgid "The camera updates with the [code]_process[/code] callback." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:4 +msgid "" +"A camera feed gives you access to a single physical camera attached to your " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A camera feed gives you access to a single physical camera attached to your " +"device. When enabled, Godot will start capturing frames from the camera " +"which can then be used.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Many cameras will return YCbCr images which are split into two " +"textures and need to be combined in a shader. Godot does this automatically " +"for you if you set the environment to show the camera image in the " +"background." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:16 +msgid "Returns the unique ID for this feed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:22 +msgid "Returns the camera's name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:28 +msgid "Returns the position of camera on the device." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:34 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the feed is active." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:37 +msgid "The transform applied to the camera's image." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:42 +msgid "No image set for the feed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:45 +msgid "Feed supplies RGB images." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:48 +msgid "Feed supplies YCbCr images that need to be converted to RGB." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Feed supplies separate Y and CbCr images that need to be combined and " +"converted to RGB." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:54 +msgid "Unspecified position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:57 +msgid "Camera is mounted at the front of the device." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:60 +msgid "Camera is mounted at the back of the device." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:4 +msgid "Server keeping track of different cameras accessible in Godot." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The [CameraServer] keeps track of different cameras accessible in Godot. " +"These are external cameras such as webcams or the cameras on your phone.\n" +"It is notably used to provide AR modules with a video feed from the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:17 +msgid "Adds a camera feed to the camera server." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:23 +msgid "Returns an array of [CameraFeed]s." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:30 +msgid "Returns the [CameraFeed] with this id." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:36 +msgid "Returns the number of [CameraFeed]s registered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:43 +msgid "Removes a [CameraFeed]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:51 +msgid "Emitted when a [CameraFeed] is added (e.g. webcam is plugged in)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:57 +msgid "Emitted when a [CameraFeed] is removed (e.g. webcam is unplugged)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:63 +msgid "The RGBA camera image." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:66 +msgid "The YCbCr camera image." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:69 +msgid "The Y component camera image." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:72 +msgid "The CbCr component camera image." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraTexture.xml:4 +msgid "Texture provided by a [CameraFeed]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraTexture.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This texture gives access to the camera texture provided by a [CameraFeed].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Many cameras supply YCbCr images which need to be converted in " +"a shader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraTexture.xml:16 +msgid "The ID of the [CameraFeed] for which we want to display the image." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraTexture.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Convenience property that gives access to the active property of the " +"[CameraFeed]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CameraTexture.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Which image within the [CameraFeed] we want access to, important if the " +"camera image is split in a Y and CbCr component." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:4 +msgid "Base class of anything 2D." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Base class of anything 2D. Canvas items are laid out in a tree; children " +"inherit and extend their parent's transform. [CanvasItem] is extended by " +"[Control] for anything GUI-related, and by [Node2D] for anything related to " +"the 2D engine.\n" +"Any [CanvasItem] can draw. For this, [method update] must be called, then " +"[constant NOTIFICATION_DRAW] will be received on idle time to request " +"redraw. Because of this, canvas items don't need to be redrawn on every " +"frame, improving the performance significantly. Several functions for " +"drawing on the [CanvasItem] are provided (see [code]draw_*[/code] " +"functions). However, they can only be used inside the [method Object." +"_notification], signal or [method _draw] virtual functions.\n" +"Canvas items are drawn in tree order. By default, children are on top of " +"their parents so a root [CanvasItem] will be drawn behind everything. This " +"behavior can be changed on a per-item basis.\n" +"A [CanvasItem] can also be hidden, which will also hide its children. It " +"provides many ways to change parameters such as modulation (for itself and " +"its children) and self modulation (only for itself), as well as its blend " +"mode.\n" +"Ultimately, a transform notification can be requested, which will notify the " +"node that its global position changed in case the parent tree changed.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Unless otherwise specified, all methods that have angle " +"parameters must have angles specified as [i]radians[/i]. To convert degrees " +"to radians, use [method @GDScript.deg2rad]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:15 doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:11 doc/classes/Viewport.xml:15 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/2d/2d_transforms.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:16 doc/classes/Control.xml:18 +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:10 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/2d/custom_drawing_in_2d.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Overridable function called by the engine (if defined) to draw the canvas " +"item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Draws an arc between the given angles. The larger the value of " +"[code]point_count[/code], the smoother the curve." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Draws a string character using a custom font. Returns the advance, depending " +"on the character width and kerning with an optional next character." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:57 +msgid "Draws a colored circle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:69 +msgid "Draws a colored polygon of any amount of points, convex or concave." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:80 +msgid "" +"Draws a line from a 2D point to another, with a given color and width. It " +"can be optionally antialiased." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:91 +msgid "" +"Draws a [Mesh] in 2D, using the provided texture. See [MeshInstance2D] for " +"related documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:101 +msgid "" +"Draws multiple, parallel lines with a uniform [code]color[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]width[/code] and [code]antialiased[/code] are currently " +"not implemented and have no effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:112 +msgid "" +"Draws multiple, parallel lines with a uniform [code]width[/code] and segment-" +"by-segment coloring. Colors assigned to line segments match by index between " +"[code]points[/code] and [code]colors[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]width[/code] and [code]antialiased[/code] are currently " +"not implemented and have no effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:122 +msgid "" +"Draws a [MultiMesh] in 2D with the provided texture. See " +"[MultiMeshInstance2D] for related documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:134 +msgid "Draws a polygon of any amount of points, convex or concave." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:144 +msgid "" +"Draws interconnected line segments with a uniform [code]color[/code] and " +"[code]width[/code] and optional antialiasing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:154 +msgid "" +"Draws interconnected line segments with a uniform [code]width[/code], " +"segment-by-segment coloring, and optional antialiasing. Colors assigned to " +"line segments match by index between [code]points[/code] and [code]colors[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:166 +msgid "" +"Draws a custom primitive. 1 point for a point, 2 points for a line, 3 points " +"for a triangle and 4 points for a quad." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:177 +msgid "" +"Draws a rectangle. If [code]filled[/code] is [code]true[/code], the " +"rectangle will be filled with the [code]color[/code] specified. If " +"[code]filled[/code] is [code]false[/code], the rectangle will be drawn as a " +"stroke with the [code]color[/code] and [code]width[/code] specified. If " +"[code]antialiased[/code] is [code]true[/code], the lines will be " +"antialiased.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]width[/code] and [code]antialiased[/code] are only " +"effective if [code]filled[/code] is [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:187 +msgid "" +"Sets a custom transform for drawing via components. Anything drawn " +"afterwards will be transformed by this." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:194 +msgid "" +"Sets a custom transform for drawing via matrix. Anything drawn afterwards " +"will be transformed by this." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:205 +msgid "" +"Draws [code]text[/code] using the specified [code]font[/code] at the " +"[code]position[/code] (bottom-left corner using the baseline of the font). " +"The text will have its color multiplied by [code]modulate[/code]. If " +"[code]clip_w[/code] is greater than or equal to 0, the text will be clipped " +"if it exceeds the specified width.\n" +"[b]Example using the default project font:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# If using this method in a script that redraws constantly, move the\n" +"# `default_font` declaration to a member variable assigned in `_ready()`\n" +"# so the Control is only created once.\n" +"var default_font = Control.new().get_font(\"font\")\n" +"draw_string(default_font, Vector2(64, 64), \"Hello world\")\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"See also [method Font.draw]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:222 +msgid "Draws a styled rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:232 +msgid "Draws a texture at a given position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:244 +msgid "" +"Draws a textured rectangle at a given position, optionally modulated by a " +"color. If [code]transpose[/code] is [code]true[/code], the texture will have " +"its X and Y coordinates swapped." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:257 +msgid "" +"Draws a textured rectangle region at a given position, optionally modulated " +"by a color. If [code]transpose[/code] is [code]true[/code], the texture will " +"have its X and Y coordinates swapped." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:263 doc/classes/Spatial.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Forces the transform to update. Transform changes in physics are not instant " +"for performance reasons. Transforms are accumulated and then set. Use this " +"if you need an up-to-date transform when doing physics operations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:269 +msgid "Returns the [RID] of the [World2D] canvas where this item is in." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:275 +msgid "Returns the canvas item RID used by [VisualServer] for this item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:281 +msgid "Returns the transform matrix of this item's canvas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:287 +msgid "Returns the global position of the mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:293 +msgid "Returns the global transform matrix of this item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:299 +msgid "" +"Returns the global transform matrix of this item in relation to the canvas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:305 +msgid "Returns the mouse position relative to this item's position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:311 +msgid "Returns the transform matrix of this item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:317 +msgid "Returns the viewport's boundaries as a [Rect2]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:323 +msgid "Returns this item's transform in relation to the viewport." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:329 +msgid "Returns the [World2D] where this item is in." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:335 +msgid "Hide the [CanvasItem] if it's currently visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:341 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if local transform notifications are communicated " +"to children." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:347 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the node is set as top-level. See [method " +"set_as_toplevel]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:353 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if global transform notifications are communicated " +"to children." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:359 doc/classes/Spatial.xml:89 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the node is present in the [SceneTree], its " +"[member visible] property is [code]true[/code] and all its antecedents are " +"also visible. If any antecedent is hidden, this node will not be visible in " +"the scene tree." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:366 +msgid "Assigns [code]screen_point[/code] as this node's new local transform." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:373 +msgid "" +"Transformations issued by [code]event[/code]'s inputs are applied in local " +"space instead of global space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:380 +msgid "" +"If [code]enable[/code] is [code]true[/code], the node won't inherit its " +"transform from parent canvas items." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:387 +msgid "" +"If [code]enable[/code] is [code]true[/code], children will be updated with " +"local transform data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:394 +msgid "" +"If [code]enable[/code] is [code]true[/code], children will be updated with " +"global transform data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:400 +msgid "" +"Show the [CanvasItem] if it's currently hidden. For controls that inherit " +"[Popup], the correct way to make them visible is to call one of the multiple " +"[code]popup*()[/code] functions instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:406 +msgid "" +"Queue the [CanvasItem] for update. [constant NOTIFICATION_DRAW] will be " +"called on idle time to request redraw." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:412 +msgid "" +"The rendering layers in which this [CanvasItem] responds to [Light2D] nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:415 +msgid "The material applied to textures on this [CanvasItem]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:418 +msgid "The color applied to textures on this [CanvasItem]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:421 +msgid "" +"The color applied to textures on this [CanvasItem]. This is not inherited by " +"children [CanvasItem]s." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:424 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the object draws behind its parent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:427 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the object draws on top of its parent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:430 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the parent [CanvasItem]'s [member material] property " +"is used as this one's material." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:433 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], this [CanvasItem] is drawn. The node is only visible " +"if all of its antecedents are visible as well (in other words, [method " +"is_visible_in_tree] must return [code]true[/code]).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] For controls that inherit [Popup], the correct way to make them " +"visible is to call one of the multiple [code]popup*()[/code] functions " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:440 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the [CanvasItem] must redraw. This can only be connected " +"realtime, as deferred will not allow drawing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:445 +msgid "Emitted when becoming hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:450 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the item's [Rect2] boundaries (position or size) have changed, " +"or when an action is taking place that may have impacted these boundaries (e." +"g. changing [member Sprite.texture])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:455 +msgid "Emitted when the visibility (hidden/visible) changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:461 doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Mix blending mode. Colors are assumed to be independent of the alpha " +"(opacity) value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:464 doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:42 +msgid "Additive blending mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:467 doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:45 +msgid "Subtractive blending mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:470 doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:48 +msgid "Multiplicative blending mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:473 doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Mix blending mode. Colors are assumed to be premultiplied by the alpha " +"(opacity) value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:476 +msgid "" +"Disables blending mode. Colors including alpha are written as-is. Only " +"applicable for render targets with a transparent background. No lighting " +"will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:479 +msgid "" +"The [CanvasItem]'s transform has changed. This notification is only received " +"if enabled by [method set_notify_transform] or [method " +"set_notify_local_transform]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:482 +msgid "The [CanvasItem] is requested to draw." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:485 +msgid "The [CanvasItem]'s visibility has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:488 +msgid "The [CanvasItem] has entered the canvas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:491 +msgid "The [CanvasItem] has exited the canvas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:4 +msgid "A material for [CanvasItem]s." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[CanvasItemMaterial]s provide a means of modifying the textures associated " +"with a CanvasItem. They specialize in describing blend and lighting " +"behaviors for textures. Use a [ShaderMaterial] to more fully customize a " +"material's interactions with a [CanvasItem]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:15 +msgid "" +"The manner in which a material's rendering is applied to underlying textures." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:18 +msgid "The manner in which material reacts to lighting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:21 +msgid "" +"The number of columns in the spritesheet assigned as [Texture] for a " +"[Particles2D] or [CPUParticles2D].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property is only used and visible in the editor if [member " +"particles_animation] is [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:25 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the particles animation will loop.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property is only used and visible in the editor if [member " +"particles_animation] is [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The number of rows in the spritesheet assigned as [Texture] for a " +"[Particles2D] or [CPUParticles2D].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property is only used and visible in the editor if [member " +"particles_animation] is [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:33 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enable spritesheet-based animation features when " +"assigned to [Particles2D] and [CPUParticles2D] nodes. The [member " +"ParticlesMaterial.anim_speed] or [member CPUParticles2D.anim_speed] should " +"also be set to a positive value for the animation to play.\n" +"This property (and other [code]particles_anim_*[/code] properties that " +"depend on it) has no effect on other types of nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Render the material using both light and non-light sensitive material " +"properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:57 +msgid "Render the material as if there were no light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:60 +msgid "Render the material as if there were only light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:4 +msgid "Canvas drawing layer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Canvas drawing layer. [CanvasItem] nodes that are direct or indirect " +"children of a [CanvasLayer] will be drawn in that layer. The layer is a " +"numeric index that defines the draw order. The default 2D scene renders with " +"index 0, so a [CanvasLayer] with index -1 will be drawn below, and one with " +"index 1 will be drawn above. This is very useful for HUDs (in layer 1+ or " +"above), or backgrounds (in layer -1 or below)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:11 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/2d/canvas_layers.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:18 +msgid "Returns the RID of the canvas used by this layer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:24 +msgid "" +"The custom [Viewport] node assigned to the [CanvasLayer]. If [code]null[/" +"code], uses the default viewport instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Sets the layer to follow the viewport in order to simulate a pseudo 3D " +"effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Scales the layer when using [member follow_viewport_enable]. Layers moving " +"into the foreground should have increasing scales, while layers moving into " +"the background should have decreasing scales." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:33 +msgid "Layer index for draw order. Lower values are drawn first." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:36 +msgid "The layer's base offset." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:39 +msgid "The layer's rotation in radians." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:42 +msgid "The layer's rotation in degrees." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:45 +msgid "The layer's scale." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:48 +msgid "The layer's transform." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasModulate.xml:4 +msgid "Tint the entire canvas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasModulate.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[CanvasModulate] tints the canvas elements using its assigned [member color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CanvasModulate.xml:15 +msgid "The tint color to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CapsuleMesh.xml:4 doc/classes/CapsuleMesh.xml:7 +msgid "Class representing a capsule-shaped [PrimitiveMesh]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CapsuleMesh.xml:15 +msgid "" +"Height of the middle cylindrical part of the capsule (without the " +"hemispherical ends).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The capsule's total height is equal to [member mid_height] + 2 " +"* [member radius]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CapsuleMesh.xml:19 +msgid "Number of radial segments on the capsule mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CapsuleMesh.xml:22 +msgid "Radius of the capsule mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CapsuleMesh.xml:25 +msgid "Number of rings along the height of the capsule." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CapsuleShape.xml:4 doc/classes/CapsuleShape.xml:7 +msgid "Capsule shape for collisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CapsuleShape.xml:16 doc/classes/CapsuleShape2D.xml:15 +msgid "The capsule's height." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CapsuleShape.xml:19 doc/classes/CapsuleShape2D.xml:18 +msgid "The capsule's radius." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CapsuleShape2D.xml:4 doc/classes/CapsuleShape2D.xml:7 +msgid "Capsule shape for 2D collisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CenterContainer.xml:4 +msgid "Keeps children controls centered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CenterContainer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"CenterContainer keeps children controls centered. This container keeps all " +"children to their minimum size, in the center." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CenterContainer.xml:15 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], centers children relative to the [CenterContainer]'s " +"top left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Controls how an individual character will be displayed in a [RichTextEffect]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:7 +msgid "" +"By setting various properties on this object, you can control how individual " +"characters will be displayed in a [RichTextEffect]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:10 doc/classes/RichTextEffect.xml:16 +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:15 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/gui/bbcode_in_richtextlabel." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:11 doc/classes/RichTextEffect.xml:17 +msgid "" +"https://github.com/Eoin-ONeill-Yokai/Godot-Rich-Text-Effect-Test-Project" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:17 doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:45 +msgid "" +"The index of the current character (starting from 0). Setting this property " +"won't affect drawing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:20 +msgid "" +"The Unicode codepoint the character will use. This only affects non-" +"whitespace characters. [method @GDScript.ord] can be useful here. For " +"example, the following will replace all characters with asterisks:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# `char_fx` is the CharFXTransform parameter from `_process_custom_fx()`.\n" +"# See the RichTextEffect documentation for details.\n" +"char_fx.character = ord(\"*\")\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:28 +msgid "The color the character will be drawn with." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:31 +msgid "" +"The time elapsed since the [RichTextLabel] was added to the scene tree (in " +"seconds). Time stops when the [RichTextLabel] is paused (see [member Node." +"pause_mode]). Resets when the text in the [RichTextLabel] is changed.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Time still passes while the [RichTextLabel] is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Contains the arguments passed in the opening BBCode tag. By default, " +"arguments are strings; if their contents match a type such as [bool], [int] " +"or [float], they will be converted automatically. Color codes in the form " +"[code]#rrggbb[/code] or [code]#rgb[/code] will be converted to an opaque " +"[Color]. String arguments may not contain spaces, even if they're quoted. If " +"present, quotes will also be present in the final string.\n" +"For example, the opening BBCode tag [code][example foo=hello bar=true baz=42 " +"color=#ffffff][/code] will map to the following [Dictionary]:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"{\"foo\": \"hello\", \"bar\": true, \"baz\": 42, \"color\": Color(1, 1, 1, " +"1)}\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:42 +msgid "The position offset the character will be drawn with (in pixels)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:48 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the character will be drawn. If [code]false[/code], " +"the character will be hidden. Characters around hidden characters will " +"reflow to take the space of hidden characters. If this is not desired, set " +"their [member color] to [code]Color(1, 1, 1, 0)[/code] instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:4 +msgid "Binary choice user interface widget. See also [CheckButton]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A checkbox allows the user to make a binary choice (choosing only one of two " +"possible options). It's similar to [CheckButton] in functionality, but it " +"has a different appearance. To follow established UX patterns, it's " +"recommended to use CheckBox when toggling it has [b]no[/b] immediate effect " +"on something. For instance, it should be used when toggling it will only do " +"something once a confirmation button is pressed.\n" +"See also [BaseButton] which contains common properties and methods " +"associated with this node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:22 +msgid "The vertical offset used when rendering the check icons (in pixels)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:25 +msgid "The check icon to display when the [CheckBox] is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:28 +msgid "The check icon to display when the [CheckBox] is checked and disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:31 +msgid "" +"The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckBox] is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:34 +msgid "" +"The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckBox] is focused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:37 +msgid "The [Font] to use for the [CheckBox] text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:40 +msgid "The [CheckBox] text's font color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:43 +msgid "The [CheckBox] text's font color when it's disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:46 +msgid "" +"The [CheckBox] text's font color when it's focused. Only replaces the normal " +"text color of the checkbox. Disabled, hovered, and pressed states take " +"precedence over this color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:49 +msgid "The [CheckBox] text's font color when it's hovered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:52 +msgid "The [CheckBox] text's font color when it's hovered and pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:55 +msgid "The [CheckBox] text's font color when it's pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:58 +msgid "" +"The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckBox] is hovered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:61 +msgid "" +"The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckBox] is hovered and " +"pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:64 +msgid "The separation between the check icon and the text (in pixels)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:67 doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:61 +msgid "The [StyleBox] to display as a background." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:70 +msgid "" +"The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckBox] is pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:73 +msgid "" +"If the [CheckBox] is configured as a radio button, the icon to display when " +"the [CheckBox] is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:78 +msgid "" +"If the [CheckBox] is configured as a radio button, the icon to display when " +"the [CheckBox] is unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:83 +msgid "The check icon to display when the [CheckBox] is unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:86 +msgid "" +"The check icon to display when the [CheckBox] is unchecked and disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:4 +msgid "Checkable button. See also [CheckBox]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:7 +msgid "" +"CheckButton is a toggle button displayed as a check field. It's similar to " +"[CheckBox] in functionality, but it has a different appearance. To follow " +"established UX patterns, it's recommended to use CheckButton when toggling " +"it has an [b]immediate[/b] effect on something. For instance, it should be " +"used if toggling it enables/disables a setting without requiring the user to " +"press a confirmation button.\n" +"See also [BaseButton] which contains common properties and methods " +"associated with this node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:22 +msgid "The vertical offset used when rendering the toggle icons (in pixels)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:25 +msgid "" +"The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckButton] is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckButton] is focused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:31 +msgid "The [Font] to use for the [CheckButton] text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:34 +msgid "The [CheckButton] text's font color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:37 +msgid "The [CheckButton] text's font color when it's disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:40 +msgid "" +"The [CheckButton] text's font color when it's focused. Only replaces the " +"normal text color of the button. Disabled, hovered, and pressed states take " +"precedence over this color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:43 +msgid "The [CheckButton] text's font color when it's hovered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:46 +msgid "The [CheckButton] text's font color when it's hovered and pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:49 +msgid "The [CheckButton] text's font color when it's pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:52 +msgid "" +"The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckButton] is hovered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckButton] is hovered " +"and pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:58 +msgid "The separation between the toggle icon and the text (in pixels)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:64 +msgid "The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:67 +msgid "The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is unchecked and disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:70 +msgid "The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:73 +msgid "The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is checked and disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:76 +msgid "" +"The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckButton] is pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CircleShape2D.xml:4 +msgid "Circular shape for 2D collisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CircleShape2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Circular shape for 2D collisions. This shape is useful for modeling balls or " +"small characters and its collision detection with everything else is very " +"fast." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CircleShape2D.xml:15 +msgid "The circle's radius." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:4 +msgid "Class information repository." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:7 +msgid "Provides access to metadata stored for every available class." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if you can instance objects from the specified " +"[code]class[/code], [code]false[/code] in other case." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:23 +msgid "Returns whether the specified [code]class[/code] is available or not." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Returns a category associated with the class for use in documentation and " +"the Asset Library. Debug mode required." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Returns an array with all the keys in [code]enum[/code] of [code]class[/" +"code] or its ancestry." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Returns an array with all the enums of [code]class[/code] or its ancestry." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Returns the value of the integer constant [code]name[/code] of [code]class[/" +"code] or its ancestry. Always returns 0 when the constant could not be found." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Returns which enum the integer constant [code]name[/code] of [code]class[/" +"code] or its ancestry belongs to." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Returns an array with the names all the integer constants of [code]class[/" +"code] or its ancestry." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:80 +msgid "" +"Returns an array with all the methods of [code]class[/code] or its ancestry " +"if [code]no_inheritance[/code] is [code]false[/code]. Every element of the " +"array is a [Dictionary] with the following keys: [code]args[/code], " +"[code]default_args[/code], [code]flags[/code], [code]id[/code], [code]name[/" +"code], [code]return: (class_name, hint, hint_string, name, type, usage)[/" +"code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] In exported release builds the debug info is not available, so " +"the returned dictionaries will contain only method names." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:89 +msgid "" +"Returns the value of [code]property[/code] of [code]class[/code] or its " +"ancestry." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:97 +msgid "" +"Returns an array with all the properties of [code]class[/code] or its " +"ancestry if [code]no_inheritance[/code] is [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:105 +msgid "" +"Returns the [code]signal[/code] data of [code]class[/code] or its ancestry. " +"The returned value is a [Dictionary] with the following keys: [code]args[/" +"code], [code]default_args[/code], [code]flags[/code], [code]id[/code], " +"[code]name[/code], [code]return: (class_name, hint, hint_string, name, type, " +"usage)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:113 +msgid "" +"Returns an array with all the signals of [code]class[/code] or its ancestry " +"if [code]no_inheritance[/code] is [code]false[/code]. Every element of the " +"array is a [Dictionary] as described in [method class_get_signal]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:122 +msgid "" +"Returns whether [code]class[/code] or its ancestry has an enum called " +"[code]name[/code] or not." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:130 +msgid "" +"Returns whether [code]class[/code] or its ancestry has an integer constant " +"called [code]name[/code] or not." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:139 +msgid "" +"Returns whether [code]class[/code] (or its ancestry if [code]no_inheritance[/" +"code] is [code]false[/code]) has a method called [code]method[/code] or not." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:147 +msgid "" +"Returns whether [code]class[/code] or its ancestry has a signal called " +"[code]signal[/code] or not." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:156 +msgid "" +"Sets [code]property[/code] value of [code]class[/code] to [code]value[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:162 +msgid "Returns the names of all the classes available." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:169 +msgid "" +"Returns the names of all the classes that directly or indirectly inherit " +"from [code]class[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:176 +msgid "Returns the parent class of [code]class[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:183 +msgid "Creates an instance of [code]class[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:190 +msgid "Returns whether this [code]class[/code] is enabled or not." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:198 +msgid "" +"Returns whether [code]inherits[/code] is an ancestor of [code]class[/code] " +"or not." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:4 +msgid "A [Camera] that includes collision." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This node extends [Camera] to add collisions with [Area] and/or " +"[PhysicsBody] nodes. The camera cannot move through colliding objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Adds a collision exception so the camera does not collide with the specified " +"node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Adds a collision exception so the camera does not collide with the specified " +"[RID]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:29 +msgid "Removes all collision exceptions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:35 +msgid "Returns the distance the camera has been offset due to a collision." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:42 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified bit index is on.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Bit indices range from 0-19." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:50 +msgid "Removes a collision exception with the specified node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:57 +msgid "Removes a collision exception with the specified [RID]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Sets the specified bit index to the [code]value[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Bit indices range from 0-19." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:72 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the camera stops on contact with [Area]s." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:75 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the camera stops on contact with [PhysicsBody]s." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:78 +msgid "" +"The camera's collision mask. Only objects in at least one collision layer " +"matching the mask will be detected. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/" +"en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-" +"masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:81 +msgid "" +"The camera's collision margin. The camera can't get closer than this " +"distance to a colliding object." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:84 +msgid "The camera's process callback. See [enum ProcessMode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:4 +msgid "Base node for collision objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:7 +msgid "" +"CollisionObject is the base class for physics objects. It can hold any " +"number of collision [Shape]s. Each shape must be assigned to a [i]shape " +"owner[/i]. The CollisionObject can have any number of shape owners. Shape " +"owners are not nodes and do not appear in the editor, but are accessible " +"through code using the [code]shape_owner_*[/code] methods." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Receives unhandled [InputEvent]s. [code]position[/code] is the location in " +"world space of the mouse pointer on the surface of the shape with index " +"[code]shape_idx[/code] and [code]normal[/code] is the normal vector of the " +"surface at that point. Connect to the [signal input_event] signal to easily " +"pick up these events." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:27 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Creates a new shape owner for the given object. Returns [code]owner_id[/" +"code] of the new owner for future reference." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:34 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Returns whether or not the specified [code]bit[/code] of the [member " +"collision_layer] is set." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:41 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Returns whether or not the specified [code]bit[/code] of the [member " +"collision_mask] is set." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:47 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:45 +msgid "Returns the object's [RID]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:53 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Returns an [Array] of [code]owner_id[/code] identifiers. You can use these " +"ids in other methods that take [code]owner_id[/code] as an argument." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:60 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:65 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the shape owner and its shapes are disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:67 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:79 +msgid "Removes the given shape owner." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:75 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:87 +msgid "" +"If [code]value[/code] is [code]true[/code], sets the specified [code]bit[/" +"code] in the the [member collision_layer].\n" +"If [code]value[/code] is [code]false[/code], clears the specified [code]bit[/" +"code] in the the [member collision_layer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:84 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:96 +msgid "" +"If [code]value[/code] is [code]true[/code], sets the specified [code]bit[/" +"code] in the the [member collision_mask].\n" +"If [code]value[/code] is [code]false[/code], clears the specified [code]bit[/" +"code] in the the [member collision_mask]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:92 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:104 +msgid "Returns the [code]owner_id[/code] of the given shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:100 +msgid "Adds a [Shape] to the shape owner." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:107 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:119 +msgid "Removes all shapes from the shape owner." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:114 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:126 +msgid "Returns the parent object of the given shape owner." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:122 +msgid "Returns the [Shape] with the given id from the given shape owner." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:129 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:141 +msgid "Returns the number of shapes the given shape owner contains." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:137 +msgid "" +"Returns the child index of the [Shape] with the given id from the given " +"shape owner." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:144 +msgid "Returns the shape owner's [Transform]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:152 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:164 +msgid "Removes a shape from the given shape owner." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:160 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:172 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], disables the given shape owner." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:168 +msgid "Sets the [Transform] of the given shape owner." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:174 +msgid "" +"The physics layers this CollisionObject3D is in. Collision objects can exist " +"in one or more of 32 different layers. See also [member collision_mask].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that " +"object B scans, or object B is in any layers that object A scans. See " +"[url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/" +"physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and " +"masks[/url] in the documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:178 +msgid "" +"The physics layers this CollisionObject3D scans. Collision objects can scan " +"one or more of 32 different layers. See also [member collision_layer].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that " +"object B scans, or object B is in any layers that object A scans. See " +"[url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/" +"physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and " +"masks[/url] in the documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:182 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the [CollisionObject] will continue to receive input " +"events as the mouse is dragged across its shapes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:185 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the [CollisionObject]'s shapes will respond to " +"[RayCast]s." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:196 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the object receives an unhandled [InputEvent]. [code]position[/" +"code] is the location in world space of the mouse pointer on the surface of " +"the shape with index [code]shape_idx[/code] and [code]normal[/code] is the " +"normal vector of the surface at that point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:201 +msgid "Emitted when the mouse pointer enters any of this object's shapes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:206 +msgid "Emitted when the mouse pointer exits all this object's shapes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:4 +msgid "Base node for 2D collision objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"CollisionObject2D is the base class for 2D physics objects. It can hold any " +"number of 2D collision [Shape2D]s. Each shape must be assigned to a [i]shape " +"owner[/i]. The CollisionObject2D can have any number of shape owners. Shape " +"owners are not nodes and do not appear in the editor, but are accessible " +"through code using the [code]shape_owner_*[/code] methods." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Accepts unhandled [InputEvent]s. Requires [member input_pickable] to be " +"[code]true[/code]. [code]shape_idx[/code] is the child index of the clicked " +"[Shape2D]. Connect to the [code]input_event[/code] signal to easily pick up " +"these events." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Returns the [code]one_way_collision_margin[/code] of the shape owner " +"identified by given [code]owner_id[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if collisions for the shape owner originating from " +"this [CollisionObject2D] will not be reported to collided with " +"[CollisionObject2D]s." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:112 +msgid "Adds a [Shape2D] to the shape owner." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:134 +msgid "Returns the [Shape2D] with the given id from the given shape owner." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:149 +msgid "" +"Returns the child index of the [Shape2D] with the given id from the given " +"shape owner." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:156 +msgid "Returns the shape owner's [Transform2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:180 +msgid "" +"If [code]enable[/code] is [code]true[/code], collisions for the shape owner " +"originating from this [CollisionObject2D] will not be reported to collided " +"with [CollisionObject2D]s." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:188 +msgid "" +"Sets the [code]one_way_collision_margin[/code] of the shape owner identified " +"by given [code]owner_id[/code] to [code]margin[/code] pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:196 +msgid "Sets the [Transform2D] of the given shape owner." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:202 +msgid "" +"The physics layers this CollisionObject2D is in. Collision objects can exist " +"in one or more of 32 different layers. See also [member collision_mask].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that " +"object B scans, or object B is in any layers that object A scans. See " +"[url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/" +"physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and " +"masks[/url] in the documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:206 +msgid "" +"The physics layers this CollisionObject2D scans. Collision objects can scan " +"one or more of 32 different layers. See also [member collision_layer].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that " +"object B scans, or object B is in any layers that object A scans. See " +"[url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/" +"physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and " +"masks[/url] in the documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:210 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], this object is pickable. A pickable object can detect " +"the mouse pointer entering/leaving, and if the mouse is inside it, report " +"input events. Requires at least one [code]collision_layer[/code] bit to be " +"set." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:219 +msgid "" +"Emitted when an input event occurs. Requires [member input_pickable] to be " +"[code]true[/code] and at least one [code]collision_layer[/code] bit to be " +"set. See [method _input_event] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:224 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the mouse pointer enters any of this object's shapes. Requires " +"[member input_pickable] to be [code]true[/code] and at least one " +"[code]collision_layer[/code] bit to be set." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:229 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the mouse pointer exits all this object's shapes. Requires " +"[member input_pickable] to be [code]true[/code] and at least one " +"[code]collision_layer[/code] bit to be set." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon.xml:4 +msgid "Editor-only class for defining a collision polygon in 3D space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Allows editing a collision polygon's vertices on a selected plane. Can also " +"set a depth perpendicular to that plane. This class is only available in the " +"editor. It will not appear in the scene tree at run-time. Creates a [Shape] " +"for gameplay. Properties modified during gameplay will have no effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon.xml:15 +msgid "" +"Length that the resulting collision extends in either direction " +"perpendicular to its polygon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon.xml:18 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], no collision will be produced." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon.xml:21 +msgid "" +"The collision margin for the generated [Shape]. See [member Shape.margin] " +"for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Array of vertices which define the polygon.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The returned value is a copy of the original. Methods which " +"mutate the size or properties of the return value will not impact the " +"original polygon. To change properties of the polygon, assign it to a " +"temporary variable and make changes before reassigning the [code]polygon[/" +"code] member." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml:4 +msgid "Defines a 2D collision polygon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Provides a 2D collision polygon to a [CollisionObject2D] parent. Polygons " +"can be drawn in the editor or specified by a list of vertices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml:15 +msgid "Collision build mode. Use one of the [enum BuildMode] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml:18 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], no collisions will be detected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml:21 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], only edges that face up, relative to " +"[CollisionPolygon2D]'s rotation, will collide with other objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml:24 +msgid "" +"The margin used for one-way collision (in pixels). Higher values will make " +"the shape thicker, and work better for colliders that enter the polygon at a " +"high velocity." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The polygon's list of vertices. The final point will be connected to the " +"first. The returned value is a clone of the [PoolVector2Array], not a " +"reference." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml:32 +msgid "Collisions will include the polygon and its contained area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml:35 +msgid "Collisions will only include the polygon edges." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml:4 +msgid "Node that represents collision shape data in 3D space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Editor facility for creating and editing collision shapes in 3D space. You " +"can use this node to represent all sorts of collision shapes, for example, " +"add this to an [Area] to give it a detection shape, or add it to a " +"[PhysicsBody] to create a solid object. [b]IMPORTANT[/b]: this is an Editor-" +"only helper to create shapes, use [method CollisionObject." +"shape_owner_get_shape] to get the actual shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml:10 doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml:10 doc/classes/PhysicsBody.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml:10 doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml:10 doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:14 +#: doc/classes/Shape.xml:10 doc/classes/Shape2D.xml:10 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Sets the collision shape's shape to the addition of all its convexed " +"[MeshInstance] siblings geometry." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml:26 +msgid "" +"If this method exists within a script it will be called whenever the shape " +"resource has been modified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml:32 +msgid "A disabled collision shape has no effect in the world." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml:35 doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml:28 +msgid "The actual shape owned by this collision shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml:4 +msgid "Node that represents collision shape data in 2D space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Editor facility for creating and editing collision shapes in 2D space. You " +"can use this node to represent all sorts of collision shapes, for example, " +"add this to an [Area2D] to give it a detection shape, or add it to a " +"[PhysicsBody2D] to create a solid object. [b]IMPORTANT[/b]: this is an " +"Editor-only helper to create shapes, use [method CollisionObject2D." +"shape_owner_get_shape] to get the actual shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml:13 doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:14 +#: doc/classes/RectangleShape2D.xml:11 doc/classes/TileMap.xml:17 +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:17 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/113" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml:19 +msgid "" +"A disabled collision shape has no effect in the world. This property should " +"be changed with [method Object.set_deferred]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml:22 +msgid "" +"Sets whether this collision shape should only detect collision on one side " +"(top or bottom)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml:25 +msgid "" +"The margin used for one-way collision (in pixels). Higher values will make " +"the shape thicker, and work better for colliders that enter the shape at a " +"high velocity." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:4 +msgid "Color in RGBA format using floats on the range of 0 to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A color represented by red, green, blue, and alpha (RGBA) components. The " +"alpha component is often used for transparency. Values are in floating-point " +"and usually range from 0 to 1. Some properties (such as CanvasItem.modulate) " +"may accept values greater than 1 (overbright or HDR colors).\n" +"You can also create a color from standardized color names by using [method " +"@GDScript.ColorN] or directly using the color constants defined here. The " +"standardized color set is based on the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"X11_color_names]X11 color names[/url].\n" +"If you want to supply values in a range of 0 to 255, you should use [method " +"@GDScript.Color8].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] In a boolean context, a Color will evaluate to [code]false[/" +"code] if it's equal to [code]Color(0, 0, 0, 1)[/code] (opaque black). " +"Otherwise, a Color will always evaluate to [code]true[/code].\n" +"[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/" +"color_constants.png]Color constants cheatsheet[/url]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:14 doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:13 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/517" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:15 doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:11 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/146" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:16 doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:12 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/133" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Constructs a color from an HTML hexadecimal color string in ARGB or RGB " +"format. See also [method @GDScript.ColorN].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Each of the following creates the same color RGBA(178, 217, 10, 255).\n" +"var c1 = Color(\"#ffb2d90a\") # ARGB format with \"#\".\n" +"var c2 = Color(\"ffb2d90a\") # ARGB format.\n" +"var c3 = Color(\"#b2d90a\") # RGB format with \"#\".\n" +"var c4 = Color(\"b2d90a\") # RGB format.\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Constructs a color from a 32-bit integer in RGBA format (each byte " +"represents a color channel).\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var c = Color(274) # Similar to Color(0.0, 0.0, 0.004, 0.07)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Constructs a color from RGB values, typically between 0 and 1. Alpha will be " +"1.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var color = Color(0.2, 1.0, 0.7) # Similar to Color8(51, 255, 178, 255)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Constructs a color from RGBA values, typically between 0 and 1.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var color = Color(0.2, 1.0, 0.7, 0.8) # Similar to Color8(51, 255, 178, " +"204)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Returns a new color resulting from blending this color over another. If the " +"color is opaque, the result is also opaque. The second color may have a " +"range of alpha values.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var bg = Color(0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.5) # Green with alpha of 50%\n" +"var fg = Color(1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.5) # Red with alpha of 50%\n" +"var blended_color = bg.blend(fg) # Brown with alpha of 75%\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:83 +msgid "" +"Returns the most contrasting color.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var c = Color(0.3, 0.4, 0.9)\n" +"var contrasted_color = c.contrasted() # Equivalent to RGBA(204, 229, 102, " +"255)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:94 +msgid "" +"Returns a new color resulting from making this color darker by the specified " +"percentage (ratio from 0 to 1).\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var green = Color(0.0, 1.0, 0.0)\n" +"var darkgreen = green.darkened(0.2) # 20% darker than regular green\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:108 +msgid "" +"Constructs a color from an HSV profile. [code]h[/code], [code]s[/code], and " +"[code]v[/code] are values between 0 and 1.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var c = Color.from_hsv(0.58, 0.5, 0.79, 0.8) # Equivalent to HSV(210, 50, " +"79, 0.8) or Color8(100, 151, 201, 0.8)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:117 +msgid "" +"Returns the color's grayscale representation.\n" +"The gray value is calculated as [code](r + g + b) / 3[/code].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var c = Color(0.2, 0.45, 0.82)\n" +"var gray = c.gray() # A value of 0.466667\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:128 +msgid "" +"Returns the inverted color [code](1 - r, 1 - g, 1 - b, a)[/code].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var color = Color(0.3, 0.4, 0.9)\n" +"var inverted_color = color.inverted() # Equivalent to Color(0.7, 0.6, 0.1)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:139 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this color and [code]color[/code] are " +"approximately equal, by running [method @GDScript.is_equal_approx] on each " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:146 +msgid "" +"Returns a new color resulting from making this color lighter by the " +"specified percentage (ratio from 0 to 1).\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var green = Color(0.0, 1.0, 0.0)\n" +"var lightgreen = green.lightened(0.2) # 20% lighter than regular green\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:158 +msgid "" +"Returns the linear interpolation with another color. The interpolation " +"factor [code]weight[/code] is between 0 and 1.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var c1 = Color(1.0, 0.0, 0.0)\n" +"var c2 = Color(0.0, 1.0, 0.0)\n" +"var li_c = c1.linear_interpolate(c2, 0.5) # Equivalent to Color(0.5, 0.5, " +"0.0)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:169 +msgid "" +"Returns the color converted to a 32-bit integer in ABGR format (each byte " +"represents a color channel). ABGR is the reversed version of the default " +"format.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var color = Color(1, 0.5, 0.2)\n" +"print(color.to_abgr32()) # Prints 4281565439\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:179 +msgid "" +"Returns the color converted to a 64-bit integer in ABGR format (each word " +"represents a color channel). ABGR is the reversed version of the default " +"format.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var color = Color(1, 0.5, 0.2)\n" +"print(color.to_abgr64()) # Prints -225178692812801\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:189 +msgid "" +"Returns the color converted to a 32-bit integer in ARGB format (each byte " +"represents a color channel). ARGB is more compatible with DirectX.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var color = Color(1, 0.5, 0.2)\n" +"print(color.to_argb32()) # Prints 4294934323\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:199 +msgid "" +"Returns the color converted to a 64-bit integer in ARGB format (each word " +"represents a color channel). ARGB is more compatible with DirectX.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var color = Color(1, 0.5, 0.2)\n" +"print(color.to_argb64()) # Prints -2147470541\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:210 +msgid "" +"Returns the color's HTML hexadecimal color string in ARGB format (ex: " +"[code]ff34f822[/code]).\n" +"Setting [code]with_alpha[/code] to [code]false[/code] excludes alpha from " +"the hexadecimal string.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var c = Color(1, 1, 1, 0.5)\n" +"var s1 = c.to_html() # Returns \"7fffffff\"\n" +"var s2 = c.to_html(false) # Returns \"ffffff\"\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:222 +msgid "" +"Returns the color converted to a 32-bit integer in RGBA format (each byte " +"represents a color channel). RGBA is Godot's default format.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var color = Color(1, 0.5, 0.2)\n" +"print(color.to_rgba32()) # Prints 4286526463\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:232 +msgid "" +"Returns the color converted to a 64-bit integer in RGBA format (each word " +"represents a color channel). RGBA is Godot's default format.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var color = Color(1, 0.5, 0.2)\n" +"print(color.to_rgba64()) # Prints -140736629309441\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:242 +msgid "" +"The color's alpha (transparency) component, typically on the range of 0 to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:245 +msgid "Wrapper for [member a] that uses the range 0 to 255 instead of 0 to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:248 +msgid "The color's blue component, typically on the range of 0 to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:251 +msgid "Wrapper for [member b] that uses the range 0 to 255 instead of 0 to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:254 +msgid "The color's green component, typically on the range of 0 to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:257 +msgid "Wrapper for [member g] that uses the range 0 to 255 instead of 0 to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:260 +msgid "The HSV hue of this color, on the range 0 to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:263 +msgid "The color's red component, typically on the range of 0 to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:266 +msgid "Wrapper for [member r] that uses the range 0 to 255 instead of 0 to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:269 +msgid "The HSV saturation of this color, on the range 0 to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:272 +msgid "The HSV value (brightness) of this color, on the range 0 to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:277 +msgid "Alice blue color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:280 +msgid "Antique white color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:283 +msgid "Aqua color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:286 +msgid "Aquamarine color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:289 +msgid "Azure color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:292 +msgid "Beige color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:295 +msgid "Bisque color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:298 +msgid "Black color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:301 +msgid "Blanche almond color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:304 +msgid "Blue color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:307 +msgid "Blue violet color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:310 +msgid "Brown color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:313 +msgid "Burly wood color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:316 +msgid "Cadet blue color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:319 +msgid "Chartreuse color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:322 +msgid "Chocolate color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:325 +msgid "Coral color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:328 +msgid "Cornflower color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:331 +msgid "Corn silk color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:334 +msgid "Crimson color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:337 +msgid "Cyan color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:340 +msgid "Dark blue color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:343 +msgid "Dark cyan color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:346 +msgid "Dark goldenrod color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:349 +msgid "Dark gray color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:352 +msgid "Dark green color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:355 +msgid "Dark khaki color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:358 +msgid "Dark magenta color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:361 +msgid "Dark olive green color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:364 +msgid "Dark orange color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:367 +msgid "Dark orchid color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:370 +msgid "Dark red color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:373 +msgid "Dark salmon color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:376 +msgid "Dark sea green color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:379 +msgid "Dark slate blue color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:382 +msgid "Dark slate gray color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:385 +msgid "Dark turquoise color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:388 +msgid "Dark violet color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:391 +msgid "Deep pink color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:394 +msgid "Deep sky blue color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:397 +msgid "Dim gray color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:400 +msgid "Dodger blue color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:403 +msgid "Firebrick color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:406 +msgid "Floral white color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:409 +msgid "Forest green color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:412 +msgid "Fuchsia color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:415 +msgid "Gainsboro color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:418 +msgid "Ghost white color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:421 +msgid "Gold color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:424 +msgid "Goldenrod color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:427 +msgid "Gray color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:430 +msgid "Green color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:433 +msgid "Green yellow color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:436 +msgid "Honeydew color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:439 +msgid "Hot pink color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:442 +msgid "Indian red color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:445 +msgid "Indigo color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:448 +msgid "Ivory color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:451 +msgid "Khaki color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:454 +msgid "Lavender color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:457 +msgid "Lavender blush color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:460 +msgid "Lawn green color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:463 +msgid "Lemon chiffon color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:466 +msgid "Light blue color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:469 +msgid "Light coral color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:472 +msgid "Light cyan color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:475 +msgid "Light goldenrod color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:478 +msgid "Light gray color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:481 +msgid "Light green color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:484 +msgid "Light pink color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:487 +msgid "Light salmon color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:490 +msgid "Light sea green color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:493 +msgid "Light sky blue color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:496 +msgid "Light slate gray color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:499 +msgid "Light steel blue color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:502 +msgid "Light yellow color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:505 +msgid "Lime color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:508 +msgid "Lime green color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:511 +msgid "Linen color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:514 +msgid "Magenta color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:517 +msgid "Maroon color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:520 +msgid "Medium aquamarine color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:523 +msgid "Medium blue color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:526 +msgid "Medium orchid color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:529 +msgid "Medium purple color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:532 +msgid "Medium sea green color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:535 +msgid "Medium slate blue color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:538 +msgid "Medium spring green color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:541 +msgid "Medium turquoise color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:544 +msgid "Medium violet red color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:547 +msgid "Midnight blue color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:550 +msgid "Mint cream color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:553 +msgid "Misty rose color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:556 +msgid "Moccasin color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:559 +msgid "Navajo white color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:562 +msgid "Navy blue color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:565 +msgid "Old lace color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:568 +msgid "Olive color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:571 +msgid "Olive drab color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:574 +msgid "Orange color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:577 +msgid "Orange red color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:580 +msgid "Orchid color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:583 +msgid "Pale goldenrod color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:586 +msgid "Pale green color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:589 +msgid "Pale turquoise color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:592 +msgid "Pale violet red color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:595 +msgid "Papaya whip color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:598 +msgid "Peach puff color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:601 +msgid "Peru color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:604 +msgid "Pink color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:607 +msgid "Plum color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:610 +msgid "Powder blue color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:613 +msgid "Purple color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:616 +msgid "Rebecca purple color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:619 +msgid "Red color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:622 +msgid "Rosy brown color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:625 +msgid "Royal blue color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:628 +msgid "Saddle brown color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:631 +msgid "Salmon color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:634 +msgid "Sandy brown color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:637 +msgid "Sea green color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:640 +msgid "Seashell color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:643 +msgid "Sienna color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:646 +msgid "Silver color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:649 +msgid "Sky blue color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:652 +msgid "Slate blue color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:655 +msgid "Slate gray color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:658 +msgid "Snow color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:661 +msgid "Spring green color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:664 +msgid "Steel blue color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:667 +msgid "Tan color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:670 +msgid "Teal color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:673 +msgid "Thistle color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:676 +msgid "Tomato color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:679 +msgid "Transparent color (white with no alpha)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:682 +msgid "Turquoise color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:685 +msgid "Violet color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:688 +msgid "Web gray color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:691 +msgid "Web green color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:694 +msgid "Web maroon color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:697 +msgid "Web purple color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:700 +msgid "Wheat color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:703 +msgid "White color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:706 +msgid "White smoke color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:709 +msgid "Yellow color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Color.xml:712 +msgid "Yellow green color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:4 +msgid "Color picker control." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Displays a color picker widget. Useful for selecting a color from an RGB/" +"RGBA colorspace.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This control is the color picker widget itself. You can use a " +"[ColorPickerButton] instead if you need a button that brings up a " +"[ColorPicker] in a pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Adds the given color to a list of color presets. The presets are displayed " +"in the color picker and the user will be able to select them.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The presets list is only for [i]this[/i] color picker." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Removes the given color from the list of color presets of this color picker." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:32 +msgid "Returns the list of colors in the presets of the color picker." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:38 doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:33 +msgid "The currently selected color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:41 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the color will apply only after the user releases the " +"mouse button, otherwise it will apply immediately even in mouse motion event " +"(which can cause performance issues)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:44 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], shows an alpha channel slider (transparency)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], allows editing the color with Hue/Saturation/Value " +"sliders.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Cannot be enabled if raw mode is on." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:51 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the \"add preset\" button is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:54 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], saved color presets are visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:57 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], allows the color R, G, B component values to go beyond " +"1.0, which can be used for certain special operations that require it (like " +"tinting without darkening or rendering sprites in HDR).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Cannot be enabled if HSV mode is on." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:65 +msgid "Emitted when the color is changed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:71 +msgid "Emitted when a preset is added." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:77 +msgid "Emitted when a preset is removed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:85 +msgid "The icon for the \"Add Preset\" button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:88 +msgid "Custom texture for the hue selection slider on the right." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:93 +msgid "The width of the hue selection slider." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:98 +msgid "The margin around the [ColorPicker]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:101 +msgid "" +"The indicator used to signalize that the color value is outside the 0-1 " +"range." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:106 +msgid "The icon for the screen color picker button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:109 +msgid "The height of the saturation-value selection box." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:112 +msgid "The width of the saturation-value selection box." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:4 +msgid "Button that pops out a [ColorPicker]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Encapsulates a [ColorPicker] making it accessible by pressing a button. " +"Pressing the button will toggle the [ColorPicker] visibility.\n" +"See also [BaseButton] which contains common properties and methods " +"associated with this node.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] By default, the button may not be wide enough for the color " +"preview swatch to be visible. Make sure to set [member Control." +"rect_min_size] to a big enough value to give the button enough space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Returns the [ColorPicker] that this node toggles.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it " +"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their " +"[member CanvasItem.visible] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Returns the control's [PopupPanel] which allows you to connect to popup " +"signals. This allows you to handle events when the ColorPicker is shown or " +"hidden.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it " +"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their " +"[member CanvasItem.visible] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:36 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the alpha channel in the displayed [ColorPicker] will " +"be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:44 +msgid "Emitted when the color changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the [ColorPicker] is created (the button is pressed for the " +"first time)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:54 +msgid "Emitted when the [ColorPicker] is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:62 +msgid "The background of the color preview rect on the button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:65 +msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [ColorPickerButton] is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:68 +msgid "" +"[StyleBox] used when the [ColorPickerButton] is focused. It is displayed " +"over the current [StyleBox], so using [StyleBoxEmpty] will just disable the " +"focus visual effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:71 +msgid "[Font] of the [ColorPickerButton]'s text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:74 +msgid "Default text [Color] of the [ColorPickerButton]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:77 +msgid "Text [Color] used when the [ColorPickerButton] is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:80 +msgid "" +"Text [Color] used when the [ColorPickerButton] is focused. Only replaces the " +"normal text color of the button. Disabled, hovered, and pressed states take " +"precedence over this color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:83 +msgid "Text [Color] used when the [ColorPickerButton] is being hovered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:86 +msgid "Text [Color] used when the [ColorPickerButton] is being pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:89 +msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [ColorPickerButton] is being hovered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:92 +msgid "The horizontal space between [ColorPickerButton]'s icon and text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:95 +msgid "Default [StyleBox] for the [ColorPickerButton]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:98 +msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [ColorPickerButton] is being pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorRect.xml:4 +msgid "Colored rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorRect.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Displays a rectangle filled with a solid [member color]. If you need to " +"display the border alone, consider using [ReferenceRect] instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ColorRect.xml:16 +msgid "" +"The fill color.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"$ColorRect.color = Color(1, 0, 0, 1) # Set ColorRect's color to red.\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape.xml:4 +msgid "Concave polygon shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Concave polygon shape resource, which can be set into a [PhysicsBody] or " +"area. This shape is created by feeding a list of triangles.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When used for collision, [ConcavePolygonShape] is intended to " +"work with static [PhysicsBody] nodes like [StaticBody] and will not work " +"with [KinematicBody] or [RigidBody] with a mode other than Static." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape.xml:17 +msgid "Returns the faces (an array of triangles)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape.xml:24 +msgid "Sets the faces (an array of triangles)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape2D.xml:4 +msgid "Concave polygon 2D shape resource for physics." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Concave polygon 2D shape resource for physics. It is made out of segments " +"and is optimal for complex polygonal concave collisions. However, it is not " +"advised to use for [RigidBody2D] nodes. A CollisionPolygon2D in convex " +"decomposition mode (solids) or several convex objects are advised for that " +"instead. Otherwise, a concave polygon 2D shape is better for static " +"collisions.\n" +"The main difference between a [ConvexPolygonShape2D] and a " +"[ConcavePolygonShape2D] is that a concave polygon assumes it is concave and " +"uses a more complex method of collision detection, and a convex one forces " +"itself to be convex in order to speed up collision detection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape2D.xml:16 +msgid "" +"The array of points that make up the [ConcavePolygonShape2D]'s line segments." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:4 +msgid "A twist joint between two 3D PhysicsBodies." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The joint can rotate the bodies across an axis defined by the local x-axes " +"of the [Joint].\n" +"The twist axis is initiated as the X axis of the [Joint].\n" +"Once the Bodies swing, the twist axis is calculated as the middle of the x-" +"axes of the Joint in the local space of the two Bodies. See also " +"[Generic6DOFJoint]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:30 doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:62 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1076 +msgid "" +"The speed with which the swing or twist will take place.\n" +"The higher, the faster." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:34 doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:69 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1083 +msgid "" +"Defines, how fast the swing- and twist-speed-difference on both sides gets " +"synced." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:37 doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:66 +msgid "" +"The ease with which the joint starts to twist. If it's too low, it takes " +"more force to start twisting the joint." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:40 doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:52 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1066 +msgid "" +"Swing is rotation from side to side, around the axis perpendicular to the " +"twist axis.\n" +"The swing span defines, how much rotation will not get corrected along the " +"swing axis.\n" +"Could be defined as looseness in the [ConeTwistJoint].\n" +"If below 0.05, this behavior is locked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:46 doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:58 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1072 +msgid "" +"Twist is the rotation around the twist axis, this value defined how far the " +"joint can twist.\n" +"Twist is locked if below 0.05." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:72 doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:384 +#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:99 doc/classes/Light.xml:124 +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:165 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Param] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:4 +msgid "Helper class to handle INI-style files." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This helper class can be used to store [Variant] values on the filesystem " +"using INI-style formatting. The stored values are identified by a section " +"and a key:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"[section]\n" +"some_key=42\n" +"string_example=\"Hello World!\"\n" +"a_vector=Vector3( 1, 0, 2 )\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"The stored data can be saved to or parsed from a file, though ConfigFile " +"objects can also be used directly without accessing the filesystem.\n" +"The following example shows how to create a simple [ConfigFile] and save it " +"on disk:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Create new ConfigFile object.\n" +"var config = ConfigFile.new()\n" +"\n" +"# Store some values.\n" +"config.set_value(\"Player1\", \"player_name\", \"Steve\")\n" +"config.set_value(\"Player1\", \"best_score\", 10)\n" +"config.set_value(\"Player2\", \"player_name\", \"V3geta\")\n" +"config.set_value(\"Player2\", \"best_score\", 9001)\n" +"\n" +"# Save it to a file (overwrite if already exists).\n" +"config.save(\"user://scores.cfg\")\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"This example shows how the above file could be loaded:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var score_data = {}\n" +"var config = ConfigFile.new()\n" +"\n" +"# Load data from a file.\n" +"var err = config.load(\"user://scores.cfg\")\n" +"\n" +"# If the file didn't load, ignore it.\n" +"if err != OK:\n" +" return\n" +"\n" +"# Iterate over all sections.\n" +"for player in config.get_sections():\n" +" # Fetch the data for each section.\n" +" var player_name = config.get_value(player, \"player_name\")\n" +" var player_score = config.get_value(player, \"best_score\")\n" +" score_data[player_name] = player_score\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Any operation that mutates the ConfigFile such as [method set_value], " +"[method clear], or [method erase_section], only changes what is loaded in " +"memory. If you want to write the change to a file, you have to save the " +"changes with [method save], [method save_encrypted], or [method " +"save_encrypted_pass].\n" +"Keep in mind that section and property names can't contain spaces. Anything " +"after a space will be ignored on save and on load.\n" +"ConfigFiles can also contain manually written comment lines starting with a " +"semicolon ([code];[/code]). Those lines will be ignored when parsing the " +"file. Note that comments will be lost when saving the ConfigFile. This can " +"still be useful for dedicated server configuration files, which are " +"typically never overwritten without explicit user action.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The file extension given to a ConfigFile does not have any " +"impact on its formatting or behavior. By convention, the [code].cfg[/code] " +"extension is used here, but any other extension such as [code].ini[/code] is " +"also valid. Since neither [code].cfg[/code] nor [code].ini[/code] are " +"standardized, Godot's ConfigFile formatting may differ from files written by " +"other programs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:59 +msgid "Removes the entire contents of the config." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Deletes the specified section along with all the key-value pairs inside. " +"Raises an error if the section does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Deletes the specified key in a section. Raises an error if either the " +"section or the key do not exist." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:81 +msgid "" +"Returns an array of all defined key identifiers in the specified section. " +"Raises an error and returns an empty array if the section does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:87 +msgid "Returns an array of all defined section identifiers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Returns the current value for the specified section and key. If either the " +"section or the key do not exist, the method returns the fallback " +"[code]default[/code] value. If [code]default[/code] is not specified or set " +"to [code]null[/code], an error is also raised." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:103 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified section exists." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:111 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified section-key pair exists." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:118 +msgid "" +"Loads the config file specified as a parameter. The file's contents are " +"parsed and loaded in the [ConfigFile] object which the method was called " +"on.\n" +"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:127 +msgid "" +"Loads the encrypted config file specified as a parameter, using the provided " +"[code]key[/code] to decrypt it. The file's contents are parsed and loaded in " +"the [ConfigFile] object which the method was called on.\n" +"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:136 +msgid "" +"Loads the encrypted config file specified as a parameter, using the provided " +"[code]password[/code] to decrypt it. The file's contents are parsed and " +"loaded in the [ConfigFile] object which the method was called on.\n" +"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:144 +msgid "" +"Parses the passed string as the contents of a config file. The string is " +"parsed and loaded in the ConfigFile object which the method was called on.\n" +"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:152 +msgid "" +"Saves the contents of the [ConfigFile] object to the file specified as a " +"parameter. The output file uses an INI-style structure.\n" +"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:161 +msgid "" +"Saves the contents of the [ConfigFile] object to the AES-256 encrypted file " +"specified as a parameter, using the provided [code]key[/code] to encrypt it. " +"The output file uses an INI-style structure.\n" +"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:170 +msgid "" +"Saves the contents of the [ConfigFile] object to the AES-256 encrypted file " +"specified as a parameter, using the provided [code]password[/code] to " +"encrypt it. The output file uses an INI-style structure.\n" +"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:180 +msgid "" +"Assigns a value to the specified key of the specified section. If either the " +"section or the key do not exist, they are created. Passing a [code]null[/" +"code] value deletes the specified key if it exists, and deletes the section " +"if it ends up empty once the key has been removed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConfirmationDialog.xml:4 +msgid "Dialog for confirmation of actions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConfirmationDialog.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Dialog for confirmation of actions. This dialog inherits from " +"[AcceptDialog], but has by default an OK and Cancel button (in host OS " +"order).\n" +"To get cancel action, you can use:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"get_cancel().connect(\"pressed\", self, \"cancelled\")\n" +"[/codeblock]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConfirmationDialog.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Returns the cancel button.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it " +"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their " +"[member CanvasItem.visible] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Container.xml:4 +msgid "Base node for containers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Container.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Base node for containers. A [Container] contains other controls and " +"automatically arranges them in a certain way.\n" +"A Control can inherit this to create custom container classes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Container.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Fit a child control in a given rect. This is mainly a helper for creating " +"custom container classes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Container.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Queue resort of the contained children. This is called automatically anyway, " +"but can be called upon request." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Container.xml:31 +msgid "Emitted when sorting the children is needed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Container.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Notification for when sorting the children, it must be obeyed immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:4 +msgid "" +"All user interface nodes inherit from Control. A control's anchors and " +"margins adapt its position and size relative to its parent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Base class for all UI-related nodes. [Control] features a bounding rectangle " +"that defines its extents, an anchor position relative to its parent control " +"or the current viewport, and margins that represent an offset to the anchor. " +"The margins update automatically when the node, any of its parents, or the " +"screen size change.\n" +"For more information on Godot's UI system, anchors, margins, and containers, " +"see the related tutorials in the manual. To build flexible UIs, you'll need " +"a mix of UI elements that inherit from [Control] and [Container] nodes.\n" +"[b]User Interface nodes and input[/b]\n" +"Godot sends input events to the scene's root node first, by calling [method " +"Node._input]. [method Node._input] forwards the event down the node tree to " +"the nodes under the mouse cursor, or on keyboard focus. To do so, it calls " +"[method MainLoop._input_event]. Call [method accept_event] so no other node " +"receives the event. Once you accept an input, it becomes handled so [method " +"Node._unhandled_input] will not process it.\n" +"Only one [Control] node can be in keyboard focus. Only the node in focus " +"will receive keyboard events. To get the focus, call [method grab_focus]. " +"[Control] nodes lose focus when another node grabs it, or if you hide the " +"node in focus.\n" +"Sets [member mouse_filter] to [constant MOUSE_FILTER_IGNORE] to tell a " +"[Control] node to ignore mouse or touch events. You'll need it if you place " +"an icon on top of a button.\n" +"[Theme] resources change the Control's appearance. If you change the [Theme] " +"on a [Control] node, it affects all of its children. To override some of the " +"theme's parameters, call one of the [code]add_*_override[/code] methods, " +"like [method add_font_override]. You can override the theme with the " +"inspector.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Theme items are [i]not[/i] [Object] properties. This means you " +"can't access their values using [method Object.get] and [method Object.set]. " +"Instead, use [method get_color], [method get_constant], [method get_font], " +"[method get_icon], [method get_stylebox], and the [code]add_*_override[/" +"code] methods provided by this class." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:17 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/gui/index.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:19 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/gui/control_node_gallery.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:20 +msgid "https://github.com/godotengine/godot-demo-projects/tree/master/gui" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Virtual method to be implemented by the user. Returns whether [method " +"_gui_input] should not be called for children controls outside this " +"control's rectangle. Input will be clipped to the Rect of this [Control]. " +"Similar to [member rect_clip_content], but doesn't affect visibility.\n" +"If not overridden, defaults to [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Virtual method to be implemented by the user. Returns the minimum size for " +"this control. Alternative to [member rect_min_size] for controlling minimum " +"size via code. The actual minimum size will be the max value of these two " +"(in each axis separately).\n" +"If not overridden, defaults to [constant Vector2.ZERO]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Virtual method to be implemented by the user. Use this method to process and " +"accept inputs on UI elements. See [method accept_event].\n" +"Example: clicking a control.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func _gui_input(event):\n" +" if event is InputEventMouseButton:\n" +" if event.button_index == BUTTON_LEFT and event.pressed:\n" +" print(\"I've been clicked D:\")\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"The event won't trigger if:\n" +"* clicking outside the control (see [method has_point]);\n" +"* control has [member mouse_filter] set to [constant MOUSE_FILTER_IGNORE];\n" +"* control is obstructed by another [Control] on top of it, which doesn't " +"have [member mouse_filter] set to [constant MOUSE_FILTER_IGNORE];\n" +"* control's parent has [member mouse_filter] set to [constant " +"MOUSE_FILTER_STOP] or has accepted the event;\n" +"* it happens outside the parent's rectangle and the parent has either " +"[member rect_clip_content] or [method _clips_input] enabled.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Event position is relative to the control origin." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Virtual method to be implemented by the user. Returns a [Control] node that " +"should be used as a tooltip instead of the default one. The [code]for_text[/" +"code] includes the contents of the [member hint_tooltip] property.\n" +"The returned node must be of type [Control] or Control-derived. It can have " +"child nodes of any type. It is freed when the tooltip disappears, so make " +"sure you always provide a new instance (if you want to use a pre-existing " +"node from your scene tree, you can duplicate it and pass the duplicated " +"instance). When [code]null[/code] or a non-Control node is returned, the " +"default tooltip will be used instead.\n" +"The returned node will be added as child to a [PopupPanel], so you should " +"only provide the contents of that panel. That [PopupPanel] can be themed " +"using [method Theme.set_stylebox] for the type [code]\"TooltipPanel\"[/code] " +"(see [member hint_tooltip] for an example).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The tooltip is shrunk to minimal size. If you want to ensure " +"it's fully visible, you might want to set its [member rect_min_size] to some " +"non-zero value.\n" +"Example of usage with a custom-constructed node:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func _make_custom_tooltip(for_text):\n" +" var label = Label.new()\n" +" label.text = for_text\n" +" return label\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Example of usage with a custom scene instance:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func _make_custom_tooltip(for_text):\n" +" var tooltip = preload(\"res://SomeTooltipScene.tscn\").instance()\n" +" tooltip.get_node(\"Label\").text = for_text\n" +" return tooltip\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:85 +msgid "" +"Marks an input event as handled. Once you accept an input event, it stops " +"propagating, even to nodes listening to [method Node._unhandled_input] or " +"[method Node._unhandled_key_input]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/" +"code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for " +"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with " +"the corresponding default value.\n" +"See also [method get_color].\n" +"[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a " +"custom value.\n" +"$MyLabel.add_color_override(\"font_color\", Color(1, 0.5, 0))\n" +"# Reset the font color of the child label.\n" +"$MyLabel.add_color_override(\"font_color\", get_color(\"font_color\", \"Label" +"\"))\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:109 +msgid "" +"Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/" +"code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for " +"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with " +"the corresponding default value.\n" +"See also [method get_constant]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:118 +msgid "" +"Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/" +"code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for " +"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] " +"value.\n" +"See also [method get_font]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:127 +msgid "" +"Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/" +"code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for " +"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] " +"value.\n" +"See also [method get_icon]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:136 +msgid "" +"Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/" +"code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for " +"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] " +"value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:144 +msgid "" +"Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified " +"[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching " +"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a " +"[code]null[/code] value.\n" +"See also [method get_stylebox].\n" +"[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# The snippet below assumes the child node MyButton has a StyleBoxFlat " +"assigned.\n" +"# Resources are shared across instances, so we need to duplicate it\n" +"# to avoid modifying the appearance of all other buttons.\n" +"var new_stylebox_normal = $MyButton.get_stylebox(\"normal\").duplicate()\n" +"new_stylebox_normal.border_width_top = 3\n" +"new_stylebox_normal.border_color = Color(0, 1, 0.5)\n" +"$MyButton.add_stylebox_override(\"normal\", new_stylebox_normal)\n" +"# Remove the stylebox override.\n" +"$MyButton.add_stylebox_override(\"normal\", null)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:165 +msgid "" +"Godot calls this method to test if [code]data[/code] from a control's " +"[method get_drag_data] can be dropped at [code]position[/code]. " +"[code]position[/code] is local to this control.\n" +"This method should only be used to test the data. Process the data in " +"[method drop_data].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func can_drop_data(position, data):\n" +" # Check position if it is relevant to you\n" +" # Otherwise, just check data\n" +" return typeof(data) == TYPE_DICTIONARY and data.has(\"expected\")\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:180 +msgid "" +"Godot calls this method to pass you the [code]data[/code] from a control's " +"[method get_drag_data] result. Godot first calls [method can_drop_data] to " +"test if [code]data[/code] is allowed to drop at [code]position[/code] where " +"[code]position[/code] is local to this control.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func can_drop_data(position, data):\n" +" return typeof(data) == TYPE_DICTIONARY and data.has(\"color\")\n" +"\n" +"func drop_data(position, data):\n" +" color = data[\"color\"]\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:193 +msgid "" +"Finds the next (below in the tree) [Control] that can receive the focus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:199 +msgid "" +"Finds the previous (above in the tree) [Control] that can receive the focus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:207 +msgid "" +"Forces drag and bypasses [method get_drag_data] and [method " +"set_drag_preview] by passing [code]data[/code] and [code]preview[/code]. " +"Drag will start even if the mouse is neither over nor pressed on this " +"control.\n" +"The methods [method can_drop_data] and [method drop_data] must be " +"implemented on controls that want to receive drop data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:215 +msgid "" +"Returns the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum " +"Margin] enum. A getter method for [member anchor_bottom], [member " +"anchor_left], [member anchor_right] and [member anchor_top]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:221 +msgid "" +"Returns [member margin_left] and [member margin_top]. See also [member " +"rect_position]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:229 +msgid "" +"Returns a [Color] from the first matching [Theme] in the tree if that " +"[Theme] has a color item with the specified [code]name[/code] and " +"[code]theme_type[/code]. If [code]theme_type[/code] is omitted the class " +"name of the current control is used as the type. If the type is a class name " +"its parent classes are also checked, in order of inheritance.\n" +"For the current control its local overrides are considered first (see " +"[method add_color_override]), then its assigned [member theme]. After the " +"current control, each parent control and its assigned [member theme] are " +"considered; controls without a [member theme] assigned are skipped. If no " +"matching [Theme] is found in the tree, a custom project [Theme] (see [member " +"ProjectSettings.gui/theme/custom]) and the default [Theme] are used.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" # Get the font color defined for the current Control's class, if it " +"exists.\n" +" modulate = get_color(\"font_color\")\n" +" # Get the font color defined for the Button class.\n" +" modulate = get_color(\"font_color\", \"Button\")\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:243 +msgid "" +"Returns combined minimum size from [member rect_min_size] and [method " +"get_minimum_size]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:251 +msgid "" +"Returns a constant from the first matching [Theme] in the tree if that " +"[Theme] has a constant item with the specified [code]name[/code] and " +"[code]theme_type[/code].\n" +"See [method get_color] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:259 +msgid "" +"Returns the mouse cursor shape the control displays on mouse hover. See " +"[enum CursorShape]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:266 +msgid "" +"Godot calls this method to get data that can be dragged and dropped onto " +"controls that expect drop data. Returns [code]null[/code] if there is no " +"data to drag. Controls that want to receive drop data should implement " +"[method can_drop_data] and [method drop_data]. [code]position[/code] is " +"local to this control. Drag may be forced with [method force_drag].\n" +"A preview that will follow the mouse that should represent the data can be " +"set with [method set_drag_preview]. A good time to set the preview is in " +"this method.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func get_drag_data(position):\n" +" var mydata = make_data()\n" +" set_drag_preview(make_preview(mydata))\n" +" return mydata\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:279 +msgid "Returns [member margin_right] and [member margin_bottom]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:286 +msgid "" +"Returns the focus neighbour identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from " +"[enum Margin] enum. A getter method for [member focus_neighbour_bottom], " +"[member focus_neighbour_left], [member focus_neighbour_right] and [member " +"focus_neighbour_top]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:292 +msgid "" +"Returns the control that has the keyboard focus or [code]null[/code] if none." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:300 +msgid "" +"Returns a [Font] from the first matching [Theme] in the tree if that [Theme] " +"has a font item with the specified [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/" +"code].\n" +"See [method get_color] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:307 +msgid "" +"Returns the position and size of the control relative to the top-left corner " +"of the screen. See [member rect_position] and [member rect_size]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:315 +msgid "" +"Returns an icon from the first matching [Theme] in the tree if that [Theme] " +"has an icon item with the specified [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/" +"code].\n" +"See [method get_color] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:323 +msgid "" +"Returns the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum " +"Margin] enum. A getter method for [member margin_bottom], [member " +"margin_left], [member margin_right] and [member margin_top]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:329 +msgid "Returns the minimum size for this control. See [member rect_min_size]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:335 +msgid "Returns the width/height occupied in the parent control." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:341 +msgid "Returns the parent control node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:347 +msgid "" +"Returns the position and size of the control relative to the top-left corner " +"of the parent Control. See [member rect_position] and [member rect_size]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:353 +msgid "Returns the rotation (in radians)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:361 +msgid "" +"Returns a [StyleBox] from the first matching [Theme] in the tree if that " +"[Theme] has a stylebox item with the specified [code]name[/code] and " +"[code]theme_type[/code].\n" +"See [method get_color] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:368 +msgid "" +"Returns the default font from the first matching [Theme] in the tree if that " +"[Theme] has a valid [member Theme.default_font] value.\n" +"See [method get_color] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:376 +msgid "" +"Returns the tooltip, which will appear when the cursor is resting over this " +"control. See [member hint_tooltip]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:382 +msgid "" +"Creates an [InputEventMouseButton] that attempts to click the control. If " +"the event is received, the control acquires focus.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func _process(delta):\n" +" grab_click_focus() #when clicking another Control node, this node will " +"be clicked instead\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:392 +msgid "" +"Steal the focus from another control and become the focused control (see " +"[member focus_mode])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:400 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a matching [Theme] in the tree that " +"has a color item with the specified [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/" +"code].\n" +"See [method get_color] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:408 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a local override for a theme [Color] " +"with the specified [code]name[/code] in this [Control] node.\n" +"See [method add_color_override]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:417 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a matching [Theme] in the tree that " +"has a constant item with the specified [code]name[/code] and " +"[code]theme_type[/code].\n" +"See [method get_color] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:425 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a local override for a theme constant " +"with the specified [code]name[/code] in this [Control] node.\n" +"See [method add_constant_override]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:432 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this is the current focused control. See " +"[member focus_mode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:440 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a matching [Theme] in the tree that " +"has a font item with the specified [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/" +"code].\n" +"See [method get_color] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:448 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a local override for a theme [Font] " +"with the specified [code]name[/code] in this [Control] node.\n" +"See [method add_font_override]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:457 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a matching [Theme] in the tree that " +"has an icon item with the specified [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/" +"code].\n" +"See [method get_color] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:465 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a local override for a theme icon with " +"the specified [code]name[/code] in this [Control] node.\n" +"See [method add_icon_override]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:473 +msgid "" +"Virtual method to be implemented by the user. Returns whether the given " +"[code]point[/code] is inside this control.\n" +"If not overridden, default behavior is checking if the point is within " +"control's Rect.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If you want to check if a point is inside the control, you can " +"use [code]get_rect().has_point(point)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:482 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a local override for a theme shader " +"with the specified [code]name[/code] in this [Control] node.\n" +"See [method add_shader_override]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:491 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a matching [Theme] in the tree that " +"has a stylebox item with the specified [code]name[/code] and " +"[code]theme_type[/code].\n" +"See [method get_color] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:499 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a local override for a theme " +"[StyleBox] with the specified [code]name[/code] in this [Control] node.\n" +"See [method add_stylebox_override]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:506 +msgid "" +"Invalidates the size cache in this node and in parent nodes up to toplevel. " +"Intended to be used with [method get_minimum_size] when the return value is " +"changed. Setting [member rect_min_size] directly calls this method " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:512 +msgid "" +"Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:522 +msgid "" +"Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum " +"Margin] enum to value [code]anchor[/code]. A setter method for [member " +"anchor_bottom], [member anchor_left], [member anchor_right] and [member " +"anchor_top].\n" +"If [code]keep_margin[/code] is [code]true[/code], margins aren't updated " +"after this operation.\n" +"If [code]push_opposite_anchor[/code] is [code]true[/code] and the opposite " +"anchor overlaps this anchor, the opposite one will have its value " +"overridden. For example, when setting left anchor to 1 and the right anchor " +"has value of 0.5, the right anchor will also get value of 1. If " +"[code]push_opposite_anchor[/code] was [code]false[/code], the left anchor " +"would get value 0.5." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:534 +msgid "" +"Works the same as [method set_anchor], but instead of [code]keep_margin[/" +"code] argument and automatic update of margin, it allows to set the margin " +"offset yourself (see [method set_margin])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:543 +msgid "" +"Sets both anchor preset and margin preset. See [method set_anchors_preset] " +"and [method set_margins_preset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:551 +msgid "" +"Sets the anchors to a [code]preset[/code] from [enum Control.LayoutPreset] " +"enum. This is the code equivalent to using the Layout menu in the 2D " +"editor.\n" +"If [code]keep_margins[/code] is [code]true[/code], control's position will " +"also be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:559 +msgid "" +"Sets [member margin_left] and [member margin_top] at the same time. " +"Equivalent of changing [member rect_position]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:566 +msgid "" +"Forwards the handling of this control's drag and drop to [code]target[/code] " +"control.\n" +"Forwarding can be implemented in the target control similar to the methods " +"[method get_drag_data], [method can_drop_data], and [method drop_data] but " +"with two differences:\n" +"1. The function name must be suffixed with [b]_fw[/b]\n" +"2. The function must take an extra argument that is the control doing the " +"forwarding\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# ThisControl.gd\n" +"extends Control\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" set_drag_forwarding(target_control)\n" +"\n" +"# TargetControl.gd\n" +"extends Control\n" +"func can_drop_data_fw(position, data, from_control):\n" +" return true\n" +"\n" +"func drop_data_fw(position, data, from_control):\n" +" my_handle_data(data)\n" +"\n" +"func get_drag_data_fw(position, from_control):\n" +" set_drag_preview(my_preview)\n" +" return my_data()\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:594 +msgid "" +"Shows the given control at the mouse pointer. A good time to call this " +"method is in [method get_drag_data]. The control must not be in the scene " +"tree. You should not free the control, and you should not keep a reference " +"to the control beyond the duration of the drag. It will be deleted " +"automatically after the drag has ended.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"export (Color, RGBA) var color = Color(1, 0, 0, 1)\n" +"\n" +"func get_drag_data(position):\n" +" # Use a control that is not in the tree\n" +" var cpb = ColorPickerButton.new()\n" +" cpb.color = color\n" +" cpb.rect_size = Vector2(50, 50)\n" +" set_drag_preview(cpb)\n" +" return color\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:612 +msgid "Sets [member margin_right] and [member margin_bottom] at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:620 +msgid "" +"Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum " +"Margin] enum to [Control] at [code]neighbor[/code] node path. A setter " +"method for [member focus_neighbour_bottom], [member focus_neighbour_left], " +"[member focus_neighbour_right] and [member focus_neighbour_top]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:628 +msgid "" +"Sets the [member rect_global_position] to given [code]position[/code].\n" +"If [code]keep_margins[/code] is [code]true[/code], control's anchors will be " +"updated instead of margins." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:637 +msgid "" +"Sets the margin identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum " +"Margin] enum to given [code]offset[/code]. A setter method for [member " +"margin_bottom], [member margin_left], [member margin_right] and [member " +"margin_top]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:646 +msgid "" +"Sets the margins to a [code]preset[/code] from [enum Control.LayoutPreset] " +"enum. This is the code equivalent to using the Layout menu in the 2D " +"editor.\n" +"Use parameter [code]resize_mode[/code] with constants from [enum Control." +"LayoutPresetMode] to better determine the resulting size of the [Control]. " +"Constant size will be ignored if used with presets that change size, e.g. " +"[code]PRESET_LEFT_WIDE[/code].\n" +"Use parameter [code]margin[/code] to determine the gap between the [Control] " +"and the edges." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:656 +msgid "" +"Sets the [member rect_position] to given [code]position[/code].\n" +"If [code]keep_margins[/code] is [code]true[/code], control's anchors will be " +"updated instead of margins." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:664 +msgid "Sets the rotation (in radians)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:672 +msgid "" +"Sets the size (see [member rect_size]).\n" +"If [code]keep_margins[/code] is [code]true[/code], control's anchors will be " +"updated instead of margins." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:680 +msgid "" +"Displays a control as modal. Control must be a subwindow. Modal controls " +"capture the input signals until closed or the area outside them is accessed. " +"When a modal control loses focus, or the ESC key is pressed, they " +"automatically hide. Modal controls are used extensively for popup dialogs " +"and menus.\n" +"If [code]exclusive[/code] is [code]true[/code], other controls will not " +"receive input and clicking outside this control will not close it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:688 +msgid "" +"Moves the mouse cursor to [code]to_position[/code], relative to [member " +"rect_position] of this [Control]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:694 +msgid "" +"Anchors the bottom edge of the node to the origin, the center, or the end of " +"its parent control. It changes how the bottom margin updates when the node " +"moves or changes size. You can use one of the [enum Anchor] constants for " +"convenience." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:697 +msgid "" +"Anchors the left edge of the node to the origin, the center or the end of " +"its parent control. It changes how the left margin updates when the node " +"moves or changes size. You can use one of the [enum Anchor] constants for " +"convenience." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:700 +msgid "" +"Anchors the right edge of the node to the origin, the center or the end of " +"its parent control. It changes how the right margin updates when the node " +"moves or changes size. You can use one of the [enum Anchor] constants for " +"convenience." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:703 +msgid "" +"Anchors the top edge of the node to the origin, the center or the end of its " +"parent control. It changes how the top margin updates when the node moves or " +"changes size. You can use one of the [enum Anchor] constants for convenience." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:706 +msgid "" +"The focus access mode for the control (None, Click or All). Only one Control " +"can be focused at the same time, and it will receive keyboard signals." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:709 +msgid "" +"Tells Godot which node it should give keyboard focus to if the user presses " +"the down arrow on the keyboard or down on a gamepad by default. You can " +"change the key by editing the [code]ui_down[/code] input action. The node " +"must be a [Control]. If this property is not set, Godot will give focus to " +"the closest [Control] to the bottom of this one." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:712 +msgid "" +"Tells Godot which node it should give keyboard focus to if the user presses " +"the left arrow on the keyboard or left on a gamepad by default. You can " +"change the key by editing the [code]ui_left[/code] input action. The node " +"must be a [Control]. If this property is not set, Godot will give focus to " +"the closest [Control] to the left of this one." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:715 +msgid "" +"Tells Godot which node it should give keyboard focus to if the user presses " +"the right arrow on the keyboard or right on a gamepad by default. You can " +"change the key by editing the [code]ui_right[/code] input action. The node " +"must be a [Control]. If this property is not set, Godot will give focus to " +"the closest [Control] to the bottom of this one." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:718 +msgid "" +"Tells Godot which node it should give keyboard focus to if the user presses " +"the top arrow on the keyboard or top on a gamepad by default. You can change " +"the key by editing the [code]ui_top[/code] input action. The node must be a " +"[Control]. If this property is not set, Godot will give focus to the closest " +"[Control] to the bottom of this one." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:721 +msgid "" +"Tells Godot which node it should give keyboard focus to if the user presses " +"Tab on a keyboard by default. You can change the key by editing the " +"[code]ui_focus_next[/code] input action.\n" +"If this property is not set, Godot will select a \"best guess\" based on " +"surrounding nodes in the scene tree." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:725 +msgid "" +"Tells Godot which node it should give keyboard focus to if the user presses " +"Shift+Tab on a keyboard by default. You can change the key by editing the " +"[code]ui_focus_prev[/code] input action.\n" +"If this property is not set, Godot will select a \"best guess\" based on " +"surrounding nodes in the scene tree." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:729 +msgid "" +"Controls the direction on the horizontal axis in which the control should " +"grow if its horizontal minimum size is changed to be greater than its " +"current size, as the control always has to be at least the minimum size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:732 +msgid "" +"Controls the direction on the vertical axis in which the control should grow " +"if its vertical minimum size is changed to be greater than its current size, " +"as the control always has to be at least the minimum size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:735 +msgid "" +"Changes the tooltip text. The tooltip appears when the user's mouse cursor " +"stays idle over this control for a few moments, provided that the [member " +"mouse_filter] property is not [constant MOUSE_FILTER_IGNORE]. You can change " +"the time required for the tooltip to appear with [code]gui/timers/" +"tooltip_delay_sec[/code] option in Project Settings.\n" +"The tooltip popup will use either a default implementation, or a custom one " +"that you can provide by overriding [method _make_custom_tooltip]. The " +"default tooltip includes a [PopupPanel] and [Label] whose theme properties " +"can be customized using [Theme] methods with the [code]\"TooltipPanel\"[/" +"code] and [code]\"TooltipLabel\"[/code] respectively. For example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var style_box = StyleBoxFlat.new()\n" +"style_box.set_bg_color(Color(1, 1, 0))\n" +"style_box.set_border_width_all(2)\n" +"# We assume here that the `theme` property has been assigned a custom Theme " +"beforehand.\n" +"theme.set_stylebox(\"panel\", \"TooltipPanel\", style_box)\n" +"theme.set_color(\"font_color\", \"TooltipLabel\", Color(0, 1, 1))\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:747 +msgid "" +"Enables whether input should propagate when you close the control as modal.\n" +"If [code]false[/code], stops event handling at the viewport input event " +"handling. The viewport first hides the modal and after marks the input as " +"handled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:751 +msgid "" +"Distance between the node's bottom edge and its parent control, based on " +"[member anchor_bottom].\n" +"Margins are often controlled by one or multiple parent [Container] nodes, so " +"you should not modify them manually if your node is a direct child of a " +"[Container]. Margins update automatically when you move or resize the node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:755 +msgid "" +"Distance between the node's left edge and its parent control, based on " +"[member anchor_left].\n" +"Margins are often controlled by one or multiple parent [Container] nodes, so " +"you should not modify them manually if your node is a direct child of a " +"[Container]. Margins update automatically when you move or resize the node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:759 +msgid "" +"Distance between the node's right edge and its parent control, based on " +"[member anchor_right].\n" +"Margins are often controlled by one or multiple parent [Container] nodes, so " +"you should not modify them manually if your node is a direct child of a " +"[Container]. Margins update automatically when you move or resize the node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:763 +msgid "" +"Distance between the node's top edge and its parent control, based on " +"[member anchor_top].\n" +"Margins are often controlled by one or multiple parent [Container] nodes, so " +"you should not modify them manually if your node is a direct child of a " +"[Container]. Margins update automatically when you move or resize the node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:767 +msgid "" +"The default cursor shape for this control. Useful for Godot plugins and " +"applications or games that use the system's mouse cursors.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] On Linux, shapes may vary depending on the cursor theme of the " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:771 +msgid "" +"Controls whether the control will be able to receive mouse button input " +"events through [method _gui_input] and how these events should be handled. " +"Also controls whether the control can receive the [signal mouse_entered], " +"and [signal mouse_exited] signals. See the constants to learn what each does." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:774 +msgid "" +"Enables whether rendering of [CanvasItem] based children should be clipped " +"to this control's rectangle. If [code]true[/code], parts of a child which " +"would be visibly outside of this control's rectangle will not be rendered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:777 +msgid "" +"The node's global position, relative to the world (usually to the top-left " +"corner of the window)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:780 +msgid "" +"The minimum size of the node's bounding rectangle. If you set it to a value " +"greater than (0, 0), the node's bounding rectangle will always have at least " +"this size, even if its content is smaller. If it's set to (0, 0), the node " +"sizes automatically to fit its content, be it a texture or child nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:783 +msgid "" +"By default, the node's pivot is its top-left corner. When you change its " +"[member rect_scale], it will scale around this pivot. Set this property to " +"[member rect_size] / 2 to center the pivot in the node's rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:786 +msgid "" +"The node's position, relative to its parent. It corresponds to the " +"rectangle's top-left corner. The property is not affected by [member " +"rect_pivot_offset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:789 +msgid "" +"The node's rotation around its pivot, in degrees. See [member " +"rect_pivot_offset] to change the pivot's position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:792 +msgid "" +"The node's scale, relative to its [member rect_size]. Change this property " +"to scale the node around its [member rect_pivot_offset]. The Control's " +"[member hint_tooltip] will also scale according to this value.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property is mainly intended to be used for animation " +"purposes. Text inside the Control will look pixelated or blurry when the " +"Control is scaled. To support multiple resolutions in your project, use an " +"appropriate viewport stretch mode as described in the [url=https://docs." +"godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/viewports/multiple_resolutions." +"html]documentation[/url] instead of scaling Controls individually.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If the Control node is a child of a [Container] node, the scale " +"will be reset to [code]Vector2(1, 1)[/code] when the scene is instanced. To " +"set the Control's scale when it's instanced, wait for one frame using " +"[code]yield(get_tree(), \"idle_frame\")[/code] then set its [member " +"rect_scale] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:797 +msgid "" +"The size of the node's bounding rectangle, in pixels. [Container] nodes " +"update this property automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:800 +msgid "" +"Tells the parent [Container] nodes how they should resize and place the node " +"on the X axis. Use one of the [enum SizeFlags] constants to change the " +"flags. See the constants to learn what each does." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:803 +msgid "" +"If the node and at least one of its neighbours uses the [constant " +"SIZE_EXPAND] size flag, the parent [Container] will let it take more or less " +"space depending on this property. If this node has a stretch ratio of 2 and " +"its neighbour a ratio of 1, this node will take two thirds of the available " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:806 +msgid "" +"Tells the parent [Container] nodes how they should resize and place the node " +"on the Y axis. Use one of the [enum SizeFlags] constants to change the " +"flags. See the constants to learn what each does." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:809 +msgid "" +"Changing this property replaces the current [Theme] resource this node and " +"all its [Control] children use." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:815 +msgid "Emitted when the node gains keyboard focus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:820 +msgid "Emitted when the node loses keyboard focus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:826 +msgid "Emitted when the node receives an [InputEvent]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:831 +msgid "Emitted when the node's minimum size changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:836 +msgid "Emitted when a modal [Control] is closed. See [method show_modal]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:841 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the mouse enters the control's [code]Rect[/code] area, provided " +"its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_entered] will not be emitted if the mouse enters " +"a child [Control] node before entering the parent's [code]Rect[/code] area, " +"at least until the mouse is moved to reach the parent's [code]Rect[/code] " +"area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:847 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the mouse leaves the control's [code]Rect[/code] area, provided " +"its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a " +"child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's " +"[code]Rect[/code] area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:853 +msgid "Emitted when the control changes size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:858 +msgid "" +"Emitted when one of the size flags changes. See [member " +"size_flags_horizontal] and [member size_flags_vertical]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:864 +msgid "The node cannot grab focus. Use with [member focus_mode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:867 +msgid "" +"The node can only grab focus on mouse clicks. Use with [member focus_mode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:870 +msgid "" +"The node can grab focus on mouse click or using the arrows and the Tab keys " +"on the keyboard. Use with [member focus_mode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:873 +msgid "" +"Sent when the node changes size. Use [member rect_size] to get the new size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:876 +msgid "Sent when the mouse pointer enters the node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:879 +msgid "Sent when the mouse pointer exits the node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:882 +msgid "Sent when the node grabs focus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:885 +msgid "Sent when the node loses focus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:888 +msgid "" +"Sent when the node's [member theme] changes, right before Godot redraws the " +"control. Happens when you call one of the [code]add_*_override[/code] " +"methods." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:891 +msgid "Sent when an open modal dialog closes. See [method show_modal]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:894 +msgid "" +"Sent when this node is inside a [ScrollContainer] which has begun being " +"scrolled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:897 +msgid "" +"Sent when this node is inside a [ScrollContainer] which has stopped being " +"scrolled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:900 +msgid "" +"Show the system's arrow mouse cursor when the user hovers the node. Use with " +"[member mouse_default_cursor_shape]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:903 +msgid "" +"Show the system's I-beam mouse cursor when the user hovers the node. The I-" +"beam pointer has a shape similar to \"I\". It tells the user they can " +"highlight or insert text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:906 +msgid "" +"Show the system's pointing hand mouse cursor when the user hovers the node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:909 +msgid "Show the system's cross mouse cursor when the user hovers the node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:912 +msgid "" +"Show the system's wait mouse cursor, often an hourglass, when the user " +"hovers the node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:915 +msgid "" +"Show the system's busy mouse cursor when the user hovers the node. Often an " +"hourglass." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:918 +msgid "" +"Show the system's drag mouse cursor, often a closed fist or a cross symbol, " +"when the user hovers the node. It tells the user they're currently dragging " +"an item, like a node in the Scene dock." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:921 +msgid "" +"Show the system's drop mouse cursor when the user hovers the node. It can be " +"an open hand. It tells the user they can drop an item they're currently " +"grabbing, like a node in the Scene dock." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:924 +msgid "" +"Show the system's forbidden mouse cursor when the user hovers the node. " +"Often a crossed circle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:927 +msgid "" +"Show the system's vertical resize mouse cursor when the user hovers the " +"node. A double-headed vertical arrow. It tells the user they can resize the " +"window or the panel vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:930 +msgid "" +"Show the system's horizontal resize mouse cursor when the user hovers the " +"node. A double-headed horizontal arrow. It tells the user they can resize " +"the window or the panel horizontally." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:933 +msgid "" +"Show the system's window resize mouse cursor when the user hovers the node. " +"The cursor is a double-headed arrow that goes from the bottom left to the " +"top right. It tells the user they can resize the window or the panel both " +"horizontally and vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:936 +msgid "" +"Show the system's window resize mouse cursor when the user hovers the node. " +"The cursor is a double-headed arrow that goes from the top left to the " +"bottom right, the opposite of [constant CURSOR_BDIAGSIZE]. It tells the user " +"they can resize the window or the panel both horizontally and vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:939 +msgid "" +"Show the system's move mouse cursor when the user hovers the node. It shows " +"2 double-headed arrows at a 90 degree angle. It tells the user they can move " +"a UI element freely." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:942 +msgid "" +"Show the system's vertical split mouse cursor when the user hovers the node. " +"On Windows, it's the same as [constant CURSOR_VSIZE]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:945 +msgid "" +"Show the system's horizontal split mouse cursor when the user hovers the " +"node. On Windows, it's the same as [constant CURSOR_HSIZE]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:948 +msgid "" +"Show the system's help mouse cursor when the user hovers the node, a " +"question mark." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:951 +msgid "" +"Snap all 4 anchors to the top-left of the parent control's bounds. Use with " +"[method set_anchors_preset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:954 +msgid "" +"Snap all 4 anchors to the top-right of the parent control's bounds. Use with " +"[method set_anchors_preset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:957 +msgid "" +"Snap all 4 anchors to the bottom-left of the parent control's bounds. Use " +"with [method set_anchors_preset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:960 +msgid "" +"Snap all 4 anchors to the bottom-right of the parent control's bounds. Use " +"with [method set_anchors_preset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:963 +msgid "" +"Snap all 4 anchors to the center of the left edge of the parent control's " +"bounds. Use with [method set_anchors_preset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:966 +msgid "" +"Snap all 4 anchors to the center of the top edge of the parent control's " +"bounds. Use with [method set_anchors_preset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:969 +msgid "" +"Snap all 4 anchors to the center of the right edge of the parent control's " +"bounds. Use with [method set_anchors_preset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:972 +msgid "" +"Snap all 4 anchors to the center of the bottom edge of the parent control's " +"bounds. Use with [method set_anchors_preset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:975 +msgid "" +"Snap all 4 anchors to the center of the parent control's bounds. Use with " +"[method set_anchors_preset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:978 +msgid "" +"Snap all 4 anchors to the left edge of the parent control. The left margin " +"becomes relative to the left edge and the top margin relative to the top " +"left corner of the node's parent. Use with [method set_anchors_preset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:981 +msgid "" +"Snap all 4 anchors to the top edge of the parent control. The left margin " +"becomes relative to the top left corner, the top margin relative to the top " +"edge, and the right margin relative to the top right corner of the node's " +"parent. Use with [method set_anchors_preset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:984 +msgid "" +"Snap all 4 anchors to the right edge of the parent control. The right margin " +"becomes relative to the right edge and the top margin relative to the top " +"right corner of the node's parent. Use with [method set_anchors_preset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:987 +msgid "" +"Snap all 4 anchors to the bottom edge of the parent control. The left margin " +"becomes relative to the bottom left corner, the bottom margin relative to " +"the bottom edge, and the right margin relative to the bottom right corner of " +"the node's parent. Use with [method set_anchors_preset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:990 +msgid "" +"Snap all 4 anchors to a vertical line that cuts the parent control in half. " +"Use with [method set_anchors_preset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:993 +msgid "" +"Snap all 4 anchors to a horizontal line that cuts the parent control in " +"half. Use with [method set_anchors_preset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:996 +msgid "" +"Snap all 4 anchors to the respective corners of the parent control. Set all " +"4 margins to 0 after you applied this preset and the [Control] will fit its " +"parent control. This is equivalent to the \"Full Rect\" layout option in the " +"editor. Use with [method set_anchors_preset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:999 +msgid "The control will be resized to its minimum size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1002 +msgid "The control's width will not change." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1005 +msgid "The control's height will not change." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1008 +msgid "The control's size will not change." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1011 +msgid "" +"Tells the parent [Container] to expand the bounds of this node to fill all " +"the available space without pushing any other node. Use with [member " +"size_flags_horizontal] and [member size_flags_vertical]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1014 +msgid "" +"Tells the parent [Container] to let this node take all the available space " +"on the axis you flag. If multiple neighboring nodes are set to expand, " +"they'll share the space based on their stretch ratio. See [member " +"size_flags_stretch_ratio]. Use with [member size_flags_horizontal] and " +"[member size_flags_vertical]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1017 +msgid "" +"Sets the node's size flags to both fill and expand. See the 2 constants " +"above for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1020 +msgid "" +"Tells the parent [Container] to center the node in itself. It centers the " +"control based on its bounding box, so it doesn't work with the fill or " +"expand size flags. Use with [member size_flags_horizontal] and [member " +"size_flags_vertical]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1023 +msgid "" +"Tells the parent [Container] to align the node with its end, either the " +"bottom or the right edge. It doesn't work with the fill or expand size " +"flags. Use with [member size_flags_horizontal] and [member " +"size_flags_vertical]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1026 +msgid "" +"The control will receive mouse button input events through [method " +"_gui_input] if clicked on. And the control will receive the [signal " +"mouse_entered] and [signal mouse_exited] signals. These events are " +"automatically marked as handled, and they will not propagate further to " +"other controls. This also results in blocking signals in other controls." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1029 +msgid "" +"The control will receive mouse button input events through [method " +"_gui_input] if clicked on. And the control will receive the [signal " +"mouse_entered] and [signal mouse_exited] signals. If this control does not " +"handle the event, the parent control (if any) will be considered, and so on " +"until there is no more parent control to potentially handle it. This also " +"allows signals to fire in other controls. Even if no control handled it at " +"all, the event will still be handled automatically, so unhandled input will " +"not be fired." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1032 +msgid "" +"The control will not receive mouse button input events through [method " +"_gui_input]. The control will also not receive the [signal mouse_entered] " +"nor [signal mouse_exited] signals. This will not block other controls from " +"receiving these events or firing the signals. Ignored events will not be " +"handled automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1035 +msgid "" +"The control will grow to the left or top to make up if its minimum size is " +"changed to be greater than its current size on the respective axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1038 +msgid "" +"The control will grow to the right or bottom to make up if its minimum size " +"is changed to be greater than its current size on the respective axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1041 +msgid "" +"The control will grow in both directions equally to make up if its minimum " +"size is changed to be greater than its current size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1044 +msgid "" +"Snaps one of the 4 anchor's sides to the origin of the node's [code]Rect[/" +"code], in the top left. Use it with one of the [code]anchor_*[/code] member " +"variables, like [member anchor_left]. To change all 4 anchors at once, use " +"[method set_anchors_preset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1047 +msgid "" +"Snaps one of the 4 anchor's sides to the end of the node's [code]Rect[/" +"code], in the bottom right. Use it with one of the [code]anchor_*[/code] " +"member variables, like [member anchor_left]. To change all 4 anchors at " +"once, use [method set_anchors_preset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape.xml:4 +msgid "Convex polygon shape for 3D physics." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Convex polygon shape resource, which can be added to a [PhysicsBody] or area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape.xml:16 +msgid "The list of 3D points forming the convex polygon shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape2D.xml:4 +msgid "Convex polygon shape for 2D physics." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Convex polygon shape for 2D physics. A convex polygon, whatever its shape, " +"is internally decomposed into as many convex polygons as needed to ensure " +"all collision checks against it are always done on convex polygons (which " +"are faster to check).\n" +"The main difference between a [ConvexPolygonShape2D] and a " +"[ConcavePolygonShape2D] is that a concave polygon assumes it is concave and " +"uses a more complex method of collision detection, and a convex one forces " +"itself to be convex in order to speed up collision detection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape2D.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Based on the set of points provided, this creates and assigns the [member " +"points] property using the convex hull algorithm. Removing all unneeded " +"points. See [method Geometry.convex_hull_2d] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape2D.xml:23 +msgid "" +"The polygon's list of vertices. Can be in either clockwise or " +"counterclockwise order." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:4 +msgid "CPU-based 3D particle emitter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:7 +msgid "" +"CPU-based 3D particle node used to create a variety of particle systems and " +"effects.\n" +"See also [Particles], which provides the same functionality with hardware " +"acceleration, but may not run on older devices.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Particles], the visibility rect is generated on-the-fly " +"and doesn't need to be configured by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Sets this node's properties to match a given [Particles] node with an " +"assigned [ParticlesMaterial]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:25 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:26 +msgid "Returns the base value of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:32 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:33 +msgid "Returns the [Curve] of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:39 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Returns the randomness factor of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:46 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Returns the enabled state of the given flag (see [enum Flags] for options)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:52 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:53 +msgid "Restarts the particle emitter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:60 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:61 +msgid "Sets the base value of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:68 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:69 +msgid "Sets the [Curve] of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:76 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Sets the randomness factor of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:84 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:85 +msgid "Enables or disables the given flag (see [enum Flags] for options)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:90 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:91 +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:47 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:33 +msgid "" +"The number of particles emitted in one emission cycle (corresponding to the " +"[member lifetime]).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Changing [member amount] will reset the particle emission, " +"therefore removing all particles that were already emitted before changing " +"[member amount]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:94 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:95 +msgid "Initial rotation applied to each particle, in degrees." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:97 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:98 +msgid "Each particle's rotation will be animated along this [Curve]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:100 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:101 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:84 +msgid "Rotation randomness ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:103 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:104 +msgid "" +"Initial angular velocity applied to each particle. Sets the speed of " +"rotation of the particle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:106 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:107 +msgid "Each particle's angular velocity will vary along this [Curve]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:109 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:110 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:94 +msgid "Angular velocity randomness ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:112 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:113 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:97 +msgid "Particle animation offset." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:115 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:116 +msgid "Each particle's animation offset will vary along this [Curve]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:118 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:119 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:103 +msgid "Animation offset randomness ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:121 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:122 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:106 +msgid "Particle animation speed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:124 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:125 +msgid "Each particle's animation speed will vary along this [Curve]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:127 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:128 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:112 +msgid "Animation speed randomness ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:130 +msgid "" +"Each particle's initial color. To have particle display color in a " +"[SpatialMaterial] make sure to set [member SpatialMaterial." +"vertex_color_use_as_albedo] to [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:133 doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:118 +msgid "" +"Each particle's color will vary along this [GradientTexture] over its " +"lifetime (multiplied with [member color])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:136 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:137 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:121 +msgid "The rate at which particles lose velocity." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:139 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:140 +msgid "Damping will vary along this [Curve]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:142 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:143 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:127 +msgid "Damping randomness ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:145 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:146 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:130 +msgid "Unit vector specifying the particles' emission direction." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:148 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:149 +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:51 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:37 +msgid "Particle draw order. Uses [enum DrawOrder] values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:151 +msgid "" +"The rectangle's extents if [member emission_shape] is set to [constant " +"EMISSION_SHAPE_BOX]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:154 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:152 +msgid "" +"Sets the [Color]s to modulate particles by when using [constant " +"EMISSION_SHAPE_POINTS] or [constant EMISSION_SHAPE_DIRECTED_POINTS]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:157 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:155 +msgid "" +"Sets the direction the particles will be emitted in when using [constant " +"EMISSION_SHAPE_DIRECTED_POINTS]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:160 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:158 +msgid "" +"Sets the initial positions to spawn particles when using [constant " +"EMISSION_SHAPE_POINTS] or [constant EMISSION_SHAPE_DIRECTED_POINTS]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:163 +msgid "" +"The axis for the ring shaped emitter when using [constant " +"EMISSION_SHAPE_RING]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:166 +msgid "" +"The height for the ring shaped emitter when using [constant " +"EMISSION_SHAPE_RING]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:169 +msgid "" +"The inner radius for the ring shaped emitter when using [constant " +"EMISSION_SHAPE_RING]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:172 +msgid "" +"The radius for the ring shaped emitter when using [constant " +"EMISSION_SHAPE_RING]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:175 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:164 +msgid "" +"Particles will be emitted inside this region. See [enum EmissionShape] for " +"possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:178 +msgid "" +"The sphere's radius if [enum EmissionShape] is set to [constant " +"EMISSION_SHAPE_SPHERE]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:181 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:170 +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:69 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:40 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], particles are being emitted." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:184 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:173 +#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:43 +msgid "" +"How rapidly particles in an emission cycle are emitted. If greater than " +"[code]0[/code], there will be a gap in emissions before the next cycle " +"begins." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:187 +msgid "" +"The particle system's frame rate is fixed to a value. For instance, changing " +"the value to 2 will make the particles render at 2 frames per second. Note " +"this does not slow down the particle system itself." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:190 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:179 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:166 +msgid "Align Y axis of particle with the direction of its velocity." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:193 doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:169 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], particles will not move on the z axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:196 doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:172 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], particles rotate around Y axis by [member angle]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:199 +msgid "" +"Amount of [member spread] in Y/Z plane. A value of [code]1[/code] restricts " +"particles to X/Z plane." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:202 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:182 +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:78 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:49 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], results in fractional delta calculation which has a " +"smoother particles display effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:205 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:185 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:178 +msgid "Gravity applied to every particle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:208 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:188 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:181 +msgid "Initial hue variation applied to each particle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:211 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:191 +msgid "Each particle's hue will vary along this [Curve]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:214 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:194 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:187 +msgid "Hue variation randomness ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:217 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:197 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:190 +msgid "" +"Initial velocity magnitude for each particle. Direction comes from [member " +"spread] and the node's orientation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:220 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:200 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:193 +msgid "Initial velocity randomness ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:223 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:203 +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:81 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:52 +msgid "The amount of time each particle will exist (in seconds)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:226 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:206 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:196 +msgid "Particle lifetime randomness ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:229 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:209 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:199 +msgid "" +"Linear acceleration applied to each particle in the direction of motion." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:232 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:212 +msgid "Each particle's linear acceleration will vary along this [Curve]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:235 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:215 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:205 +msgid "Linear acceleration randomness ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:238 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:218 +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:84 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], particles use the parent node's coordinate space. If " +"[code]false[/code], they use global coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:241 +msgid "" +"The [Mesh] used for each particle. If [code]null[/code], particles will be " +"spheres." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:244 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:225 +#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:62 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], only one emission cycle occurs. If set [code]true[/" +"code] during a cycle, emission will stop at the cycle's end." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:247 +msgid "" +"Orbital velocity applied to each particle. Makes the particles circle around " +"origin in the local XY plane. Specified in number of full rotations around " +"origin per second.\n" +"This property is only available when [member flag_disable_z] is [code]true[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:251 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:231 +msgid "Each particle's orbital velocity will vary along this [Curve]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:254 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:234 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:215 +msgid "Orbital velocity randomness ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:257 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:237 +#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:65 +msgid "Particle system starts as if it had already run for this many seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:260 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:240 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:218 +msgid "" +"Radial acceleration applied to each particle. Makes particle accelerate away " +"from origin." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:263 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:243 +msgid "Each particle's radial acceleration will vary along this [Curve]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:266 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:246 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:224 +msgid "Radial acceleration randomness ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:269 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:249 +#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:71 +msgid "Emission lifetime randomness ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:272 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:252 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:227 +msgid "Initial scale applied to each particle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:275 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:255 +msgid "Each particle's scale will vary along this [Curve]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:278 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:258 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:233 +msgid "Scale randomness ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:281 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:261 +#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Particle system's running speed scaling ratio. A value of [code]0[/code] can " +"be used to pause the particles." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:284 +msgid "" +"Each particle's initial direction range from [code]+spread[/code] to [code]-" +"spread[/code] degrees. Applied to X/Z plane and Y/Z planes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:287 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:267 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:239 +msgid "" +"Tangential acceleration applied to each particle. Tangential acceleration is " +"perpendicular to the particle's velocity giving the particles a swirling " +"motion." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:290 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:270 +msgid "Each particle's tangential acceleration will vary along this [Curve]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:293 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:273 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:245 +msgid "Tangential acceleration randomness ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:298 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:281 +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:109 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:86 +msgid "Particles are drawn in the order emitted." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:301 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:284 +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:112 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:89 +msgid "Particles are drawn in order of remaining lifetime." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:304 doc/classes/Particles.xml:115 +msgid "Particles are drawn in order of depth." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:307 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:287 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_curve] to set initial velocity properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:310 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:290 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_curve] to set angular velocity properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:313 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:293 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_curve] to set orbital velocity properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:316 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:296 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_curve] to set linear acceleration properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:319 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:299 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_curve] to set radial acceleration properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:322 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:302 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_curve] to set tangential acceleration properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:325 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:305 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_curve] to set damping properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:328 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:308 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_curve] to set angle properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:331 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:311 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_curve] to set scale properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:334 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:314 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_curve] to set hue variation properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:337 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:317 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_curve] to set animation speed properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:340 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:320 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_curve] to set animation offset properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:343 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:323 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:295 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Parameter] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:346 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:326 +msgid "Use with [method set_particle_flag] to set [member flag_align_y]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:349 +msgid "Use with [method set_particle_flag] to set [member flag_rotate_y]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:352 +msgid "Use with [method set_particle_flag] to set [member flag_disable_z]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:355 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:335 +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:109 doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:307 +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:564 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Flags] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:358 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:338 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:310 +msgid "All particles will be emitted from a single point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:361 doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:313 +msgid "Particles will be emitted in the volume of a sphere." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:364 doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:316 +msgid "Particles will be emitted in the volume of a box." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:367 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:347 +msgid "" +"Particles will be emitted at a position chosen randomly among [member " +"emission_points]. Particle color will be modulated by [member " +"emission_colors]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:370 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:350 +msgid "" +"Particles will be emitted at a position chosen randomly among [member " +"emission_points]. Particle velocity and rotation will be set based on " +"[member emission_normals]. Particle color will be modulated by [member " +"emission_colors]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:373 doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:325 +msgid "Particles will be emitted in a ring or cylinder." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:376 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:353 +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:328 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum EmissionShape] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:4 +msgid "CPU-based 2D particle emitter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"CPU-based 2D particle node used to create a variety of particle systems and " +"effects.\n" +"See also [Particles2D], which provides the same functionality with hardware " +"acceleration, but may not run on older devices.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Particles2D], the visibility rect is generated on-the-" +"fly and doesn't need to be configured by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:12 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:14 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/2d/particle_systems_2d.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Sets this node's properties to match a given [Particles2D] node with an " +"assigned [ParticlesMaterial]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:131 +msgid "" +"Each particle's initial color. If [member texture] is defined, it will be " +"multiplied by this color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:134 +msgid "" +"Each particle's color will vary along this [Gradient] (multiplied with " +"[member color])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:161 +msgid "" +"The rectangle's extents if [member emission_shape] is set to [constant " +"EMISSION_SHAPE_RECTANGLE]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:167 +msgid "" +"The sphere's radius if [member emission_shape] is set to [constant " +"EMISSION_SHAPE_SPHERE]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:176 doc/classes/Particles.xml:75 +#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:46 +msgid "" +"The particle system's frame rate is fixed to a value. For instance, changing " +"the value to 2 will make the particles render at 2 frames per second. Note " +"this does not slow down the simulation of the particle system itself." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:221 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Normal map to be used for the [member texture] property.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. " +"See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/" +"Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for " +"a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:228 +msgid "" +"Orbital velocity applied to each particle. Makes the particles circle around " +"origin. Specified in number of full rotations around origin per second." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:264 doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:236 +msgid "" +"Each particle's initial direction range from [code]+spread[/code] to [code]-" +"spread[/code] degrees." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:276 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:77 +msgid "Particle texture. If [code]null[/code], particles will be squares." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:329 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:332 +msgid "Present for consistency with 3D particle nodes, not used in 2D." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:341 +msgid "" +"Particles will be emitted on the surface of a sphere flattened to two " +"dimensions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:344 +msgid "Particles will be emitted in the area of a rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:4 +msgid "Access to advanced cryptographic functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The Crypto class allows you to access some more advanced cryptographic " +"functionalities in Godot.\n" +"For now, this includes generating cryptographically secure random bytes, RSA " +"keys and self-signed X509 certificates generation, asymmetric key encryption/" +"decryption, and signing/verification.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"extends Node\n" +"\n" +"var crypto = Crypto.new()\n" +"var key = CryptoKey.new()\n" +"var cert = X509Certificate.new()\n" +"\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" # Generate new RSA key.\n" +" key = crypto.generate_rsa(4096)\n" +" # Generate new self-signed certificate with the given key.\n" +" cert = crypto.generate_self_signed_certificate(key, \"CN=mydomain.com," +"O=My Game Company,C=IT\")\n" +" # Save key and certificate in the user folder.\n" +" key.save(\"user://generated.key\")\n" +" cert.save(\"user://generated.crt\")\n" +" # Encryption\n" +" var data = \"Some data\"\n" +" var encrypted = crypto.encrypt(key, data.to_utf8())\n" +" # Decryption\n" +" var decrypted = crypto.decrypt(key, encrypted)\n" +" # Signing\n" +" var signature = crypto.sign(HashingContext.HASH_SHA256, data." +"sha256_buffer(), key)\n" +" # Verifying\n" +" var verified = crypto.verify(HashingContext.HASH_SHA256, data." +"sha256_buffer(), signature, key)\n" +" # Checks\n" +" assert(verified)\n" +" assert(data.to_utf8() == decrypted)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Not available in HTML5 exports." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Compares two [PoolByteArray]s for equality without leaking timing " +"information in order to prevent timing attacks.\n" +"See [url=https://paragonie.com/blog/2015/11/preventing-timing-attacks-on-" +"string-comparison-with-double-hmac-strategy]this blog post[/url] for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Decrypt the given [code]ciphertext[/code] with the provided private " +"[code]key[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The maximum size of accepted ciphertext is limited by the key " +"size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Encrypt the given [code]plaintext[/code] with the provided public [code]key[/" +"code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The maximum size of accepted plaintext is limited by the key " +"size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Generates a [PoolByteArray] of cryptographically secure random bytes with " +"given [code]size[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:80 +msgid "" +"Generates an RSA [CryptoKey] that can be used for creating self-signed " +"certificates and passed to [method StreamPeerSSL.accept_stream]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:90 +msgid "" +"Generates a self-signed [X509Certificate] from the given [CryptoKey] and " +"[code]issuer_name[/code]. The certificate validity will be defined by " +"[code]not_before[/code] and [code]not_after[/code] (first valid date and " +"last valid date). The [code]issuer_name[/code] must contain at least \"CN=" +"\" (common name, i.e. the domain name), \"O=\" (organization, i.e. your " +"company name), \"C=\" (country, i.e. 2 lettered ISO-3166 code of the country " +"the organization is based in).\n" +"A small example to generate an RSA key and a X509 self-signed certificate.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var crypto = Crypto.new()\n" +"# Generate 4096 bits RSA key.\n" +"var key = crypto.generate_rsa(4096)\n" +"# Generate self-signed certificate using the given key.\n" +"var cert = crypto.generate_self_signed_certificate(key, \"CN=example.com,O=A " +"Game Company,C=IT\")\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:107 +msgid "" +"Generates an [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HMAC]HMAC[/url] digest of " +"[code]msg[/code] using [code]key[/code]. The [code]hash_type[/code] " +"parameter is the hashing algorithm that is used for the inner and outer " +"hashes.\n" +"Currently, only [constant HashingContext.HASH_SHA256] and [constant " +"HashingContext.HASH_SHA1] are supported." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:117 +msgid "" +"Sign a given [code]hash[/code] of type [code]hash_type[/code] with the " +"provided private [code]key[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:127 +msgid "" +"Verify that a given [code]signature[/code] for [code]hash[/code] of type " +"[code]hash_type[/code] against the provided public [code]key[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml:4 +msgid "A cryptographic key (RSA)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The CryptoKey class represents a cryptographic key. Keys can be loaded and " +"saved like any other [Resource].\n" +"They can be used to generate a self-signed [X509Certificate] via [method " +"Crypto.generate_self_signed_certificate] and as private key in [method " +"StreamPeerSSL.accept_stream] along with the appropriate certificate.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Not available in HTML5 exports." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Return [code]true[/code] if this CryptoKey only has the public part, and not " +"the private one." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Loads a key from [code]path[/code]. If [code]public_only[/code] is " +"[code]true[/code], only the public key will be loaded.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]path[/code] should be a \"*.pub\" file if " +"[code]public_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], a \"*.key\" file otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Loads a key from the given [code]string[/code]. If [code]public_only[/code] " +"is [code]true[/code], only the public key will be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml:42 +msgid "" +"Saves a key to the given [code]path[/code]. If [code]public_only[/code] is " +"[code]true[/code], only the public key will be saved.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]path[/code] should be a \"*.pub\" file if " +"[code]public_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], a \"*.key\" file otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Returns a string containing the key in PEM format. If [code]public_only[/" +"code] is [code]true[/code], only the public key will be included." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGBox.xml:4 +msgid "A CSG Box shape." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGBox.xml:7 +msgid "This node allows you to create a box for use with the CSG system." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGBox.xml:15 +msgid "Depth of the box measured from the center of the box." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGBox.xml:18 +msgid "Height of the box measured from the center of the box." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGBox.xml:21 +msgid "The material used to render the box." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGBox.xml:24 +msgid "Width of the box measured from the center of the box." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGCombiner.xml:4 +msgid "A CSG node that allows you to combine other CSG modifiers." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGCombiner.xml:7 +msgid "" +"For complex arrangements of shapes, it is sometimes needed to add structure " +"to your CSG nodes. The CSGCombiner node allows you to create this structure. " +"The node encapsulates the result of the CSG operations of its children. In " +"this way, it is possible to do operations on one set of shapes that are " +"children of one CSGCombiner node, and a set of separate operations on a " +"second set of shapes that are children of a second CSGCombiner node, and " +"then do an operation that takes the two end results as its input to create " +"the final shape." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGCylinder.xml:4 +msgid "A CSG Cylinder shape." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGCylinder.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This node allows you to create a cylinder (or cone) for use with the CSG " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGCylinder.xml:15 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code] a cone is created, the [member radius] will only apply " +"to one side." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGCylinder.xml:18 +msgid "The height of the cylinder." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGCylinder.xml:21 +msgid "The material used to render the cylinder." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGCylinder.xml:24 +msgid "The radius of the cylinder." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGCylinder.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The number of sides of the cylinder, the higher this number the more detail " +"there will be in the cylinder." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGCylinder.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code] the normals of the cylinder are set to give a smooth " +"effect making the cylinder seem rounded. If [code]false[/code] the cylinder " +"will have a flat shaded look." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGMesh.xml:4 +msgid "A CSG Mesh shape that uses a mesh resource." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGMesh.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This CSG node allows you to use any mesh resource as a CSG shape, provided " +"it is closed, does not self-intersect, does not contain internal faces and " +"has no edges that connect to more then two faces." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGMesh.xml:15 +msgid "The [Material] used in drawing the CSG shape." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGMesh.xml:18 +msgid "" +"The [Mesh] resource to use as a CSG shape.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When using an [ArrayMesh], avoid meshes with vertex normals " +"unless a flat shader is required. By default, CSGMesh will ignore the mesh's " +"vertex normals and use a smooth shader calculated using the faces' normals. " +"If a flat shader is required, ensure that all faces' vertex normals are " +"parallel." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:4 +msgid "Extrudes a 2D polygon shape to create a 3D mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:7 +msgid "" +"An array of 2D points is extruded to quickly and easily create a variety of " +"3D meshes." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:15 +msgid "" +"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_DEPTH], the depth of the extrusion." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Material to use for the resulting mesh. The UV maps the top half of the " +"material to the extruded shape (U along the the length of the extrusions and " +"V around the outline of the [member polygon]), the bottom-left quarter to " +"the front end face, and the bottom-right quarter to the back end face." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:21 +msgid "The [member mode] used to extrude the [member polygon]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:24 +msgid "" +"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_PATH], by default, the top half of the " +"[member material] is stretched along the entire length of the extruded " +"shape. If [code]false[/code] the top half of the material is repeated every " +"step of the extrusion." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:27 +msgid "" +"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_PATH], the path interval or ratio of " +"path points to extrusions." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:30 +msgid "" +"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_PATH], this will determine if the " +"interval should be by distance ([constant PATH_INTERVAL_DISTANCE]) or " +"subdivision fractions ([constant PATH_INTERVAL_SUBDIVIDE])." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:33 +msgid "" +"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_PATH], if [code]true[/code] the ends of " +"the path are joined, by adding an extrusion between the last and first " +"points of the path." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:36 +msgid "" +"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_PATH], if [code]true[/code] the " +"[Transform] of the [CSGPolygon] is used as the starting point for the " +"extrusions, not the [Transform] of the [member path_node]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:39 +msgid "" +"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_PATH], the location of the [Path] " +"object used to extrude the [member polygon]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:42 +msgid "" +"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_PATH], the [enum PathRotation] method " +"used to rotate the [member polygon] as it is extruded." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:45 +msgid "" +"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_PATH], extrusions that are less than " +"this angle, will be merged together to reduce polygon count." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:48 +msgid "" +"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_PATH], this is the distance along the " +"path, in meters, the texture coordinates will tile. When set to 0, texture " +"coordinates will match geometry exactly with no tiling." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:51 +msgid "The point array that defines the 2D polygon that is extruded." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:54 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], applies smooth shading to the extrusions." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:57 +msgid "" +"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_SPIN], the total number of degrees the " +"[member polygon] is rotated when extruding." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:60 +msgid "" +"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_SPIN], the number of extrusions made." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:65 +msgid "The [member polygon] shape is extruded along the negative Z axis." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:68 +msgid "" +"The [member polygon] shape is extruded by rotating it around the Y axis." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:71 +msgid "" +"The [member polygon] shape is extruded along the [Path] specified in [member " +"path_node]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:74 +msgid "" +"The [member polygon] shape is not rotated.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Requires the path's Z coordinates to continually decrease to " +"ensure viable shapes." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:78 +msgid "" +"The [member polygon] shape is rotated along the path, but it is not rotated " +"around the path axis.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Requires the path's Z coordinates to continually decrease to " +"ensure viable shapes." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:82 +msgid "" +"The [member polygon] shape follows the path and its rotations around the " +"path axis." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:85 +msgid "" +"When [member mode] is set to [constant MODE_PATH], [member path_interval] " +"will determine the distance, in meters, each interval of the path will " +"extrude." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:88 +msgid "" +"When [member mode] is set to [constant MODE_PATH], [member path_interval] " +"will subdivide the polygons along the path." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPrimitive.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for CSG primitives." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPrimitive.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Parent class for various CSG primitives. It contains code and functionality " +"that is common between them. It cannot be used directly. Instead use one of " +"the various classes that inherit from it." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPrimitive.xml:15 +msgid "Invert the faces of the mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:4 +msgid "The CSG base class." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This is the CSG base class that provides CSG operation support to the " +"various CSG nodes in Godot." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:16 +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:23 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:60 +#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:30 doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:37 +msgid "Returns an individual bit on the collision mask." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Returns an [Array] with two elements, the first is the [Transform] of this " +"node and the second is the root [Mesh] of this node. Only works when this " +"node is the root shape." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this is a root shape and is thus the object " +"that is rendered." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:43 doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Sets individual bits on the layer mask. Use this if you only need to change " +"one layer's value." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:51 doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Sets individual bits on the collision mask. Use this if you only need to " +"change one layer's value." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Calculate tangents for the CSG shape which allows the use of normal maps. " +"This is only applied on the root shape, this setting is ignored on any child." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:60 +msgid "" +"The physics layers this area is in.\n" +"Collidable objects can exist in any of 32 different layers. These layers " +"work like a tagging system, and are not visual. A collidable can use these " +"layers to select with which objects it can collide, using the collision_mask " +"property.\n" +"A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that object B " +"scans, or object B is in any layer scanned by object A. See [url=https://" +"docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction." +"html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the " +"documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:65 +msgid "" +"The physics layers this CSG shape scans for collisions. See [url=https://" +"docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction." +"html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the " +"documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:68 +msgid "" +"The operation that is performed on this shape. This is ignored for the first " +"CSG child node as the operation is between this node and the previous child " +"of this nodes parent." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:71 +msgid "" +"Snap makes the mesh snap to a given distance so that the faces of two meshes " +"can be perfectly aligned. A lower value results in greater precision but may " +"be harder to adjust." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Adds a collision shape to the physics engine for our CSG shape. This will " +"always act like a static body. Note that the collision shape is still active " +"even if the CSG shape itself is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:79 +msgid "" +"Geometry of both primitives is merged, intersecting geometry is removed." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:82 +msgid "Only intersecting geometry remains, the rest is removed." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:85 +msgid "" +"The second shape is subtracted from the first, leaving a dent with its shape." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGSphere.xml:4 +msgid "A CSG Sphere shape." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGSphere.xml:7 +msgid "This node allows you to create a sphere for use with the CSG system." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGSphere.xml:15 +msgid "The material used to render the sphere." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGSphere.xml:18 +msgid "Number of vertical slices for the sphere." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGSphere.xml:21 +msgid "Radius of the sphere." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGSphere.xml:24 +msgid "Number of horizontal slices for the sphere." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGSphere.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code] the normals of the sphere are set to give a smooth " +"effect making the sphere seem rounded. If [code]false[/code] the sphere will " +"have a flat shaded look." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGTorus.xml:4 +msgid "A CSG Torus shape." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGTorus.xml:7 +msgid "This node allows you to create a torus for use with the CSG system." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGTorus.xml:15 +msgid "The inner radius of the torus." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGTorus.xml:18 +msgid "The material used to render the torus." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGTorus.xml:21 +msgid "The outer radius of the torus." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGTorus.xml:24 +msgid "The number of edges each ring of the torus is constructed of." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGTorus.xml:27 +msgid "The number of slices the torus is constructed of." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGTorus.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code] the normals of the torus are set to give a smooth " +"effect making the torus seem rounded. If [code]false[/code] the torus will " +"have a flat shaded look." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mono/doc_classes/CSharpScript.xml:4 +msgid "" +"A script implemented in the C# programming language (Mono-enabled builds " +"only)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mono/doc_classes/CSharpScript.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This class represents a C# script. It is the C# equivalent of the [GDScript] " +"class and is only available in Mono-enabled Godot builds.\n" +"See also [GodotSharp]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mono/doc_classes/CSharpScript.xml:11 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/scripting/c_sharp/index." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mono/doc_classes/CSharpScript.xml:18 +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/PluginScript.xml:13 +msgid "Returns a new instance of the script." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:4 +msgid "A CubeMap is a 6-sided 3D texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A 6-sided 3D texture typically used for faking reflections. It can be used " +"to make an object look as if it's reflecting its surroundings. This usually " +"delivers much better performance than other reflection methods." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:15 +msgid "Returns the [CubeMap]'s height." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:22 +msgid "" +"Returns an [Image] for a side of the [CubeMap] using one of the [enum Side] " +"constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:28 +msgid "Returns the [CubeMap]'s width." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Sets an [Image] for a side of the [CubeMap] using one of the [enum Side] " +"constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:42 +msgid "" +"The render flags for the [CubeMap]. See the [enum Flags] constants for " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:45 +msgid "" +"The lossy storage quality of the [CubeMap] if the storage mode is set to " +"[constant STORAGE_COMPRESS_LOSSY]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:48 +msgid "The [CubeMap]'s storage mode. See [enum Storage] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:53 +msgid "Store the [CubeMap] without any compression." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:56 +msgid "Store the [CubeMap] with strong compression that reduces image quality." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Store the [CubeMap] with moderate compression that doesn't reduce image " +"quality." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:62 +msgid "Identifier for the left face of the [CubeMap]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:65 +msgid "Identifier for the right face of the [CubeMap]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:68 +msgid "Identifier for the bottom face of the [CubeMap]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:71 +msgid "Identifier for the top face of the [CubeMap]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:74 +msgid "Identifier for the front face of the [CubeMap]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:77 +msgid "Identifier for the back face of the [CubeMap]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:80 +msgid "Generate mipmaps, to enable smooth zooming out of the texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:83 +msgid "Repeat (instead of clamp to edge)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:86 +msgid "Turn on magnifying filter, to enable smooth zooming in of the texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:89 +msgid "Default flags. Generate mipmaps, repeat, and filter are enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMesh.xml:4 +msgid "Generate an axis-aligned cuboid [PrimitiveMesh]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMesh.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Generate an axis-aligned cuboid [PrimitiveMesh].\n" +"The cube's UV layout is arranged in a 3×2 layout that allows texturing each " +"face individually. To apply the same texture on all faces, change the " +"material's UV property to [code]Vector3(3, 2, 1)[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When using a large textured [CubeMesh] (e.g. as a floor), you " +"may stumble upon UV jittering issues depending on the camera angle. To solve " +"this, increase [member subdivide_depth], [member subdivide_height] and " +"[member subdivide_width] until you no longer notice UV jittering." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMesh.xml:17 +msgid "Size of the cuboid mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMesh.xml:20 +msgid "Number of extra edge loops inserted along the Z axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMesh.xml:23 +msgid "Number of extra edge loops inserted along the Y axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CubeMesh.xml:26 +msgid "Number of extra edge loops inserted along the X axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CullInstance.xml:4 +msgid "Parent of all nodes that can be culled by the Portal system." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CullInstance.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Provides common functionality to nodes that can be culled by the [Portal] " +"system.\n" +"[code]Static[/code] and [code]Dynamic[/code] objects are the most " +"efficiently managed objects in the system, but there are some caveats. They " +"are expected to be present initially when [Room]s are converted using the " +"[RoomManager] [code]rooms_convert[/code] function, and their lifetime should " +"be the same as the game level (i.e. present until you call " +"[code]rooms_clear[/code] on the [RoomManager]. Although you shouldn't " +"create / delete these objects during gameplay, you can manage their " +"visibility with the standard [code]hide[/code] and [code]show[/code] " +"commands.\n" +"[code]Roaming[/code] objects on the other hand, require extra processing to " +"keep track of which [Room] they are within. This enables them to be culled " +"effectively, wherever they are.\n" +"[code]Global[/code] objects are not culled by the portal system, and use " +"view frustum culling only.\n" +"Objects that are not [code]Static[/code] or [code]Dynamic[/code] can be " +"freely created and deleted during the lifetime of the game level." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CullInstance.xml:19 +msgid "" +"When set to [code]0[/code], [CullInstance]s will be autoplaced in the [Room] " +"with the highest priority.\n" +"When set to a value other than [code]0[/code], the system will attempt to " +"autoplace in a [Room] with the [code]autoplace_priority[/code], if it is " +"present.\n" +"This can be used to control autoplacement of building exteriors in an outer " +"[RoomGroup]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CullInstance.xml:24 +msgid "" +"When a manual bound has not been explicitly specified for a [Room], the " +"convex hull bound will be estimated from the geometry of the objects within " +"the room. This setting determines whether the geometry of an object is " +"included in this estimate of the room bound.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This setting is only relevant when the object is set to " +"[code]PORTAL_MODE_STATIC[/code] or [code]PORTAL_MODE_DYNAMIC[/code], and for " +"[Portal]s." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CullInstance.xml:28 +msgid "" +"When using [Room]s and [Portal]s, this specifies how the [CullInstance] is " +"processed in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CullInstance.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Use for instances within [Room]s that will [b]not move[/b] - e.g. walls, " +"floors.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If you attempt to delete a [code]PORTAL_MODE_STATIC[/code] " +"instance while the room graph is loaded (converted), it will unload the room " +"graph and deactivate portal culling. This is because the [b]room graph[/b] " +"data has been invalidated. You will need to reconvert the rooms using the " +"[RoomManager] to activate the system again." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CullInstance.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Use for instances within rooms that will move but [b]not change room[/b] - e." +"g. moving platforms.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If you attempt to delete a [code]PORTAL_MODE_DYNAMIC[/code] " +"instance while the room graph is loaded (converted), it will unload the room " +"graph and deactivate portal culling. This is because the [b]room graph[/b] " +"data has been invalidated. You will need to reconvert the rooms using the " +"[RoomManager] to activate the system again." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CullInstance.xml:41 +msgid "Use for instances that will move [b]between[/b] [Room]s - e.g. players." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CullInstance.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Use for instances that will be frustum culled only - e.g. first person " +"weapon, debug." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CullInstance.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Use for instances that will not be shown at all - e.g. [b]manual room " +"bounds[/b] (specified by prefix [i]'Bound_'[/i])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:4 +msgid "A mathematic curve." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A curve that can be saved and re-used for other objects. By default, it " +"ranges between [code]0[/code] and [code]1[/code] on the Y axis and positions " +"points relative to the [code]0.5[/code] Y position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Adds a point to the curve. For each side, if the [code]*_mode[/code] is " +"[constant TANGENT_LINEAR], the [code]*_tangent[/code] angle (in degrees) " +"uses the slope of the curve halfway to the adjacent point. Allows custom " +"assignments to the [code]*_tangent[/code] angle if [code]*_mode[/code] is " +"set to [constant TANGENT_FREE]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:26 +msgid "Recomputes the baked cache of points for the curve." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Removes points that are closer than [code]CMP_EPSILON[/code] (0.00001) units " +"to their neighbor on the curve." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:38 doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:27 +#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:27 +msgid "Removes all points from the curve." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:44 doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:61 +#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:74 +msgid "Returns the number of points describing the curve." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Returns the left [enum TangentMode] for the point at [code]index[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Returns the left tangent angle (in degrees) for the point at [code]index[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:65 +msgid "Returns the curve coordinates for the point at [code]index[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Returns the right [enum TangentMode] for the point at [code]index[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:79 +msgid "" +"Returns the right tangent angle (in degrees) for the point at [code]index[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:86 +msgid "" +"Returns the Y value for the point that would exist at the X position " +"[code]offset[/code] along the curve." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Returns the Y value for the point that would exist at the X position " +"[code]offset[/code] along the curve using the baked cache. Bakes the curve's " +"points if not already baked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:100 +msgid "Removes the point at [code]index[/code] from the curve." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:108 +msgid "" +"Sets the left [enum TangentMode] for the point at [code]index[/code] to " +"[code]mode[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:116 +msgid "" +"Sets the left tangent angle for the point at [code]index[/code] to " +"[code]tangent[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:124 +msgid "Sets the offset from [code]0.5[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:132 +msgid "" +"Sets the right [enum TangentMode] for the point at [code]index[/code] to " +"[code]mode[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:140 +msgid "" +"Sets the right tangent angle for the point at [code]index[/code] to " +"[code]tangent[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:148 +msgid "" +"Assigns the vertical position [code]y[/code] to the point at [code]index[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:154 +msgid "The number of points to include in the baked (i.e. cached) curve data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:157 +msgid "The maximum value the curve can reach." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:160 +msgid "The minimum value the curve can reach." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:166 +msgid "Emitted when [member max_value] or [member min_value] is changed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:172 +msgid "The tangent on this side of the point is user-defined." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:175 +msgid "" +"The curve calculates the tangent on this side of the point as the slope " +"halfway towards the adjacent point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:178 +msgid "The total number of available tangent modes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:4 +msgid "Describes a Bézier curve in 2D space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This class describes a Bézier curve in 2D space. It is mainly used to give a " +"shape to a [Path2D], but can be manually sampled for other purposes.\n" +"It keeps a cache of precalculated points along the curve, to speed up " +"further calculations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:20 doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Adds a point to a curve at [code]position[/code], with control points " +"[code]in[/code] and [code]out[/code].\n" +"If [code]at_position[/code] is given, the point is inserted before the point " +"number [code]at_position[/code], moving that point (and every point after) " +"after the inserted point. If [code]at_position[/code] is not given, or is an " +"illegal value ([code]at_position <0[/code] or [code]at_position >= [method " +"get_point_count][/code]), the point will be appended at the end of the point " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:33 doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Returns the total length of the curve, based on the cached points. Given " +"enough density (see [member bake_interval]), it should be approximate enough." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:39 +msgid "Returns the cache of points as a [PoolVector2Array]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:46 +msgid "" +"Returns the closest offset to [code]to_point[/code]. This offset is meant to " +"be used in [method interpolate_baked].\n" +"[code]to_point[/code] must be in this curve's local space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:54 doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Returns the closest baked point (in curve's local space) to [code]to_point[/" +"code].\n" +"[code]to_point[/code] must be in this curve's local space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Returns the position of the control point leading to the vertex [code]idx[/" +"code]. The returned position is relative to the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If " +"the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console, and " +"returns [code](0, 0)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:75 +msgid "" +"Returns the position of the control point leading out of the vertex " +"[code]idx[/code]. The returned position is relative to the vertex [code]idx[/" +"code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the " +"console, and returns [code](0, 0)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:82 +msgid "" +"Returns the position of the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of " +"bounds, the function sends an error to the console, and returns [code](0, 0)" +"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:90 +msgid "" +"Returns the position between the vertex [code]idx[/code] and the vertex " +"[code]idx + 1[/code], where [code]t[/code] controls if the point is the " +"first vertex ([code]t = 0.0[/code]), the last vertex ([code]t = 1.0[/code]), " +"or in between. Values of [code]t[/code] outside the range ([code]0.0 >= t " +"<=1[/code]) give strange, but predictable results.\n" +"If [code]idx[/code] is out of bounds it is truncated to the first or last " +"vertex, and [code]t[/code] is ignored. If the curve has no points, the " +"function sends an error to the console, and returns [code](0, 0)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:99 +msgid "" +"Returns a point within the curve at position [code]offset[/code], where " +"[code]offset[/code] is measured as a pixel distance along the curve.\n" +"To do that, it finds the two cached points where the [code]offset[/code] " +"lies between, then interpolates the values. This interpolation is cubic if " +"[code]cubic[/code] is set to [code]true[/code], or linear if set to " +"[code]false[/code].\n" +"Cubic interpolation tends to follow the curves better, but linear is faster " +"(and often, precise enough)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:108 doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:138 +msgid "" +"Returns the position at the vertex [code]fofs[/code]. It calls [method " +"interpolate] using the integer part of [code]fofs[/code] as [code]idx[/" +"code], and its fractional part as [code]t[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:115 doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:145 +msgid "" +"Deletes the point [code]idx[/code] from the curve. Sends an error to the " +"console if [code]idx[/code] is out of bounds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:123 doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:153 +msgid "" +"Sets the position of the control point leading to the vertex [code]idx[/" +"code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the " +"console. The position is relative to the vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:131 doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:161 +msgid "" +"Sets the position of the control point leading out of the vertex [code]idx[/" +"code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the " +"console. The position is relative to the vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:139 doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:169 +msgid "" +"Sets the position for the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of " +"bounds, the function sends an error to the console." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:147 doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:186 +msgid "" +"Returns a list of points along the curve, with a curvature controlled point " +"density. That is, the curvier parts will have more points than the " +"straighter parts.\n" +"This approximation makes straight segments between each point, then " +"subdivides those segments until the resulting shape is similar enough.\n" +"[code]max_stages[/code] controls how many subdivisions a curve segment may " +"face before it is considered approximate enough. Each subdivision splits the " +"segment in half, so the default 5 stages may mean up to 32 subdivisions per " +"curve segment. Increase with care!\n" +"[code]tolerance_degrees[/code] controls how many degrees the midpoint of a " +"segment may deviate from the real curve, before the segment has to be " +"subdivided." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:156 +msgid "" +"The distance in pixels between two adjacent cached points. Changing it " +"forces the cache to be recomputed the next time the [method " +"get_baked_points] or [method get_baked_length] function is called. The " +"smaller the distance, the more points in the cache and the more memory it " +"will consume, so use with care." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:4 +msgid "Describes a Bézier curve in 3D space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This class describes a Bézier curve in 3D space. It is mainly used to give a " +"shape to a [Path], but can be manually sampled for other purposes.\n" +"It keeps a cache of precalculated points along the curve, to speed up " +"further calculations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:39 +msgid "Returns the cache of points as a [PoolVector3Array]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:45 +msgid "Returns the cache of tilts as a [PoolRealArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Returns the cache of up vectors as a [PoolVector3Array].\n" +"If [member up_vector_enabled] is [code]false[/code], the cache will be empty." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Returns the closest offset to [code]to_point[/code]. This offset is meant to " +"be used in [method interpolate_baked] or [method " +"interpolate_baked_up_vector].\n" +"[code]to_point[/code] must be in this curve's local space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:81 +msgid "" +"Returns the position of the control point leading to the vertex [code]idx[/" +"code]. The returned position is relative to the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If " +"the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console, and " +"returns [code](0, 0, 0)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:88 +msgid "" +"Returns the position of the control point leading out of the vertex " +"[code]idx[/code]. The returned position is relative to the vertex [code]idx[/" +"code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the " +"console, and returns [code](0, 0, 0)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:95 +msgid "" +"Returns the position of the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of " +"bounds, the function sends an error to the console, and returns [code](0, 0, " +"0)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Returns the tilt angle in radians for the point [code]idx[/code]. If the " +"index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console, and " +"returns [code]0[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:110 +msgid "" +"Returns the position between the vertex [code]idx[/code] and the vertex " +"[code]idx + 1[/code], where [code]t[/code] controls if the point is the " +"first vertex ([code]t = 0.0[/code]), the last vertex ([code]t = 1.0[/code]), " +"or in between. Values of [code]t[/code] outside the range ([code]0.0 >= t " +"<=1[/code]) give strange, but predictable results.\n" +"If [code]idx[/code] is out of bounds it is truncated to the first or last " +"vertex, and [code]t[/code] is ignored. If the curve has no points, the " +"function sends an error to the console, and returns [code](0, 0, 0)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:119 +msgid "" +"Returns a point within the curve at position [code]offset[/code], where " +"[code]offset[/code] is measured as a distance in 3D units along the curve.\n" +"To do that, it finds the two cached points where the [code]offset[/code] " +"lies between, then interpolates the values. This interpolation is cubic if " +"[code]cubic[/code] is set to [code]true[/code], or linear if set to " +"[code]false[/code].\n" +"Cubic interpolation tends to follow the curves better, but linear is faster " +"(and often, precise enough)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:129 +msgid "" +"Returns an up vector within the curve at position [code]offset[/code], where " +"[code]offset[/code] is measured as a distance in 3D units along the curve.\n" +"To do that, it finds the two cached up vectors where the [code]offset[/code] " +"lies between, then interpolates the values. If [code]apply_tilt[/code] is " +"[code]true[/code], an interpolated tilt is applied to the interpolated up " +"vector.\n" +"If the curve has no up vectors, the function sends an error to the console, " +"and returns [code](0, 1, 0)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:177 +msgid "" +"Sets the tilt angle in radians for the point [code]idx[/code]. If the index " +"is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console.\n" +"The tilt controls the rotation along the look-at axis an object traveling " +"the path would have. In the case of a curve controlling a [PathFollow], this " +"tilt is an offset over the natural tilt the [PathFollow] calculates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:195 +msgid "" +"The distance in meters between two adjacent cached points. Changing it " +"forces the cache to be recomputed the next time the [method " +"get_baked_points] or [method get_baked_length] function is called. The " +"smaller the distance, the more points in the cache and the more memory it " +"will consume, so use with care." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:198 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the curve will bake up vectors used for orientation. " +"This is used when [member PathFollow.rotation_mode] is set to [constant " +"PathFollow.ROTATION_ORIENTED]. Changing it forces the cache to be recomputed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CurveTexture.xml:4 +msgid "A texture that shows a curve." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CurveTexture.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Renders a given [Curve] provided to it. Simplifies the task of drawing " +"curves and/or saving them as image files." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CurveTexture.xml:15 +msgid "The [code]curve[/code] rendered onto the texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CurveTexture.xml:18 +msgid "The width of the texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CylinderMesh.xml:4 +msgid "Class representing a cylindrical [PrimitiveMesh]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CylinderMesh.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Class representing a cylindrical [PrimitiveMesh]. This class can be used to " +"create cones by setting either the [member top_radius] or [member " +"bottom_radius] properties to [code]0.0[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CylinderMesh.xml:15 +msgid "" +"Bottom radius of the cylinder. If set to [code]0.0[/code], the bottom faces " +"will not be generated, resulting in a conic shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CylinderMesh.xml:18 +msgid "Full height of the cylinder." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CylinderMesh.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Number of radial segments on the cylinder. Higher values result in a more " +"detailed cylinder/cone at the cost of performance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CylinderMesh.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Number of edge rings along the height of the cylinder. Changing [member " +"rings] does not have any visual impact unless a shader or procedural mesh " +"tool is used to alter the vertex data. Higher values result in more " +"subdivisions, which can be used to create smoother-looking effects with " +"shaders or procedural mesh tools (at the cost of performance). When not " +"altering the vertex data using a shader or procedural mesh tool, [member " +"rings] should be kept to its default value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CylinderMesh.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Top radius of the cylinder. If set to [code]0.0[/code], the top faces will " +"not be generated, resulting in a conic shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CylinderShape.xml:4 doc/classes/CylinderShape.xml:7 +msgid "Cylinder shape for collisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CylinderShape.xml:18 +msgid "The cylinder's height." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/CylinderShape.xml:21 +msgid "The cylinder's radius." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DampedSpringJoint2D.xml:4 +msgid "Damped spring constraint for 2D physics." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DampedSpringJoint2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Damped spring constraint for 2D physics. This resembles a spring joint that " +"always wants to go back to a given length." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DampedSpringJoint2D.xml:15 +msgid "" +"The spring joint's damping ratio. A value between [code]0[/code] and " +"[code]1[/code]. When the two bodies move into different directions the " +"system tries to align them to the spring axis again. A high [code]damping[/" +"code] value forces the attached bodies to align faster." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DampedSpringJoint2D.xml:18 +msgid "" +"The spring joint's maximum length. The two attached bodies cannot stretch it " +"past this value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DampedSpringJoint2D.xml:21 +msgid "" +"When the bodies attached to the spring joint move they stretch or squash it. " +"The joint always tries to resize towards this length." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DampedSpringJoint2D.xml:24 +msgid "" +"The higher the value, the less the bodies attached to the joint will deform " +"it. The joint applies an opposing force to the bodies, the product of the " +"stiffness multiplied by the size difference from its resting length." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:4 +msgid "Dictionary type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Dictionary type. Associative container which contains values referenced by " +"unique keys. Dictionaries are composed of pairs of keys (which must be " +"unique) and values. Dictionaries will preserve the insertion order when " +"adding elements, even though this may not be reflected when printing the " +"dictionary. In other programming languages, this data structure is sometimes " +"referred to as a hash map or associative array.\n" +"You can define a dictionary by placing a comma-separated list of [code]key: " +"value[/code] pairs in curly braces [code]{}[/code].\n" +"Erasing elements while iterating over them [b]is not supported[/b] and will " +"result in undefined behavior.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Dictionaries are always passed by reference. To get a copy of a " +"dictionary which can be modified independently of the original dictionary, " +"use [method duplicate].\n" +"Creating a dictionary:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var my_dict = {} # Creates an empty dictionary.\n" +"\n" +"var dict_variable_key = \"Another key name\"\n" +"var dict_variable_value = \"value2\"\n" +"var another_dict = {\n" +" \"Some key name\": \"value1\",\n" +" dict_variable_key: dict_variable_value,\n" +"}\n" +"\n" +"var points_dict = {\"White\": 50, \"Yellow\": 75, \"Orange\": 100}\n" +"\n" +"# Alternative Lua-style syntax.\n" +"# Doesn't require quotes around keys, but only string constants can be used " +"as key names.\n" +"# Additionally, key names must start with a letter or an underscore.\n" +"# Here, `some_key` is a string literal, not a variable!\n" +"another_dict = {\n" +" some_key = 42,\n" +"}\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"You can access a dictionary's values by referencing the appropriate key. In " +"the above example, [code]points_dict[\"White\"][/code] will return [code]50[/" +"code]. You can also write [code]points_dict.White[/code], which is " +"equivalent. However, you'll have to use the bracket syntax if the key you're " +"accessing the dictionary with isn't a fixed string (such as a number or " +"variable).\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"export(string, \"White\", \"Yellow\", \"Orange\") var my_color\n" +"var points_dict = {\"White\": 50, \"Yellow\": 75, \"Orange\": 100}\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" # We can't use dot syntax here as `my_color` is a variable.\n" +" var points = points_dict[my_color]\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"In the above code, [code]points[/code] will be assigned the value that is " +"paired with the appropriate color selected in [code]my_color[/code].\n" +"Dictionaries can contain more complex data:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"my_dict = {\"First Array\": [1, 2, 3, 4]} # Assigns an Array to a String " +"key.\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"To add a key to an existing dictionary, access it like an existing key and " +"assign to it:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var points_dict = {\"White\": 50, \"Yellow\": 75, \"Orange\": 100}\n" +"points_dict[\"Blue\"] = 150 # Add \"Blue\" as a key and assign 150 as its " +"value.\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Finally, dictionaries can contain different types of keys and values in the " +"same dictionary:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# This is a valid dictionary.\n" +"# To access the string \"Nested value\" below, use `my_dict.sub_dict." +"sub_key` or `my_dict[\"sub_dict\"][\"sub_key\"]`.\n" +"# Indexing styles can be mixed and matched depending on your needs.\n" +"var my_dict = {\n" +" \"String Key\": 5,\n" +" 4: [1, 2, 3],\n" +" 7: \"Hello\",\n" +" \"sub_dict\": {\"sub_key\": \"Nested value\"},\n" +"}\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Array]s, you can't compare dictionaries directly:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"array1 = [1, 2, 3]\n" +"array2 = [1, 2, 3]\n" +"\n" +"func compare_arrays():\n" +" print(array1 == array2) # Will print true.\n" +"\n" +"var dict1 = {\"a\": 1, \"b\": 2, \"c\": 3}\n" +"var dict2 = {\"a\": 1, \"b\": 2, \"c\": 3}\n" +"\n" +"func compare_dictionaries():\n" +" print(dict1 == dict2) # Will NOT print true.\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"You need to first calculate the dictionary's hash with [method hash] before " +"you can compare them:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var dict1 = {\"a\": 1, \"b\": 2, \"c\": 3}\n" +"var dict2 = {\"a\": 1, \"b\": 2, \"c\": 3}\n" +"\n" +"func compare_dictionaries():\n" +" print(dict1.hash() == dict2.hash()) # Will print true.\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When declaring a dictionary with [code]const[/code], the " +"dictionary itself can still be mutated by defining the values of individual " +"keys. Using [code]const[/code] will only prevent assigning the constant with " +"another value after it was initialized." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:87 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/scripting/gdscript/" +"gdscript_basics.html#dictionary" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:94 +msgid "Clear the dictionary, removing all key/value pairs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:101 +msgid "" +"Creates a copy of the dictionary, and returns it. The [code]deep[/code] " +"parameter causes inner dictionaries and arrays to be copied recursively, but " +"does not apply to objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:107 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the dictionary is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:114 +msgid "" +"Erase a dictionary key/value pair by key. Returns [code]true[/code] if the " +"given key was present in the dictionary, [code]false[/code] otherwise.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Don't erase elements while iterating over the dictionary. You " +"can iterate over the [method keys] array instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:123 +msgid "" +"Returns the current value for the specified key in the [Dictionary]. If the " +"key does not exist, the method returns the value of the optional default " +"argument, or [code]null[/code] if it is omitted." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:130 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the dictionary has a given key.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This is equivalent to using the [code]in[/code] operator as " +"follows:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Will evaluate to `true`.\n" +"if \"godot\" in {\"godot\": \"engine\"}:\n" +" pass\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"This method (like the [code]in[/code] operator) will evaluate to [code]true[/" +"code] as long as the key exists, even if the associated value is [code]null[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:144 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the dictionary has all the keys in the given " +"array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:150 +msgid "" +"Returns a hashed integer value representing the dictionary contents. This " +"can be used to compare dictionaries by value:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var dict1 = {0: 10}\n" +"var dict2 = {0: 10}\n" +"# The line below prints `true`, whereas it would have printed `false` if " +"both variables were compared directly.\n" +"print(dict1.hash() == dict2.hash())\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Dictionaries with the same keys/values but in a different order " +"will have a different hash." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:163 +msgid "Returns the list of keys in the [Dictionary]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:169 +msgid "Returns the number of keys in the dictionary." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:175 +msgid "Returns the list of values in the [Dictionary]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:4 +msgid "Directional light from a distance, as from the Sun." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A directional light is a type of [Light] node that models an infinite number " +"of parallel rays covering the entire scene. It is used for lights with " +"strong intensity that are located far away from the scene to model sunlight " +"or moonlight. The worldspace location of the DirectionalLight transform " +"(origin) is ignored. Only the basis is used to determine light direction." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:10 doc/classes/Light.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:11 doc/classes/SpotLight.xml:11 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/lights_and_shadows.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Amount of extra bias for shadow splits that are far away. If self-shadowing " +"occurs only on the splits far away, increasing this value can fix them." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:19 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], shadow detail is sacrificed in exchange for smoother " +"transitions between splits." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:22 +msgid "" +"Optimizes shadow rendering for detail versus movement. See [enum " +"ShadowDepthRange]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:25 +msgid "The maximum distance for shadow splits." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:28 +msgid "The light's shadow rendering algorithm. See [enum ShadowMode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Can be used to fix special cases of self shadowing when objects are " +"perpendicular to the light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:34 +msgid "" +"The distance from camera to shadow split 1. Relative to [member " +"directional_shadow_max_distance]. Only used when [member " +"directional_shadow_mode] is [code]SHADOW_PARALLEL_2_SPLITS[/code] or " +"[code]SHADOW_PARALLEL_4_SPLITS[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:37 +msgid "" +"The distance from shadow split 1 to split 2. Relative to [member " +"directional_shadow_max_distance]. Only used when [member " +"directional_shadow_mode] is [code]SHADOW_PARALLEL_2_SPLITS[/code] or " +"[code]SHADOW_PARALLEL_4_SPLITS[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:40 +msgid "" +"The distance from shadow split 2 to split 3. Relative to [member " +"directional_shadow_max_distance]. Only used when [member " +"directional_shadow_mode] is [code]SHADOW_PARALLEL_4_SPLITS[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:46 +msgid "" +"Renders the entire scene's shadow map from an orthogonal point of view. This " +"is the fastest directional shadow mode. May result in blurrier shadows on " +"close objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Splits the view frustum in 2 areas, each with its own shadow map. This " +"shadow mode is a compromise between [constant SHADOW_ORTHOGONAL] and " +"[constant SHADOW_PARALLEL_4_SPLITS] in terms of performance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Splits the view frustum in 4 areas, each with its own shadow map. This is " +"the slowest directional shadow mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Keeps the shadow stable when the camera moves, at the cost of lower " +"effective shadow resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Tries to achieve maximum shadow resolution. May result in saw effect on " +"shadow edges. This mode typically works best in games where the camera will " +"often move at high speeds, such as most racing games." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:4 +msgid "Type used to handle the filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Directory type. It is used to manage directories and their content (not " +"restricted to the project folder).\n" +"When creating a new [Directory], its default opened directory will be " +"[code]res://[/code]. This may change in the future, so it is advised to " +"always use [method open] to initialize your [Directory] where you want to " +"operate, with explicit error checking.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Many resources types are imported (e.g. textures or sound " +"files), and their source asset will not be included in the exported game, as " +"only the imported version is used. Use [ResourceLoader] to access imported " +"resources.\n" +"Here is an example on how to iterate through the files of a directory:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func dir_contents(path):\n" +" var dir = Directory.new()\n" +" if dir.open(path) == OK:\n" +" dir.list_dir_begin()\n" +" var file_name = dir.get_next()\n" +" while file_name != \"\":\n" +" if dir.current_is_dir():\n" +" print(\"Found directory: \" + file_name)\n" +" else:\n" +" print(\"Found file: \" + file_name)\n" +" file_name = dir.get_next()\n" +" else:\n" +" print(\"An error occurred when trying to access the path.\")\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:28 doc/classes/File.xml:28 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/step_by_step/filesystem." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Changes the currently opened directory to the one passed as an argument. The " +"argument can be relative to the current directory (e.g. [code]newdir[/code] " +"or [code]../newdir[/code]), or an absolute path (e.g. [code]/tmp/newdir[/" +"code] or [code]res://somedir/newdir[/code]).\n" +"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Copies the [code]from[/code] file to the [code]to[/code] destination. Both " +"arguments should be paths to files, either relative or absolute. If the " +"destination file exists and is not access-protected, it will be " +"overwritten.\n" +"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Returns whether the current item processed with the last [method get_next] " +"call is a directory ([code].[/code] and [code]..[/code] are considered " +"directories)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Returns whether the target directory exists. The argument can be relative to " +"the current directory, or an absolute path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Returns whether the target file exists. The argument can be relative to the " +"current directory, or an absolute path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:71 +msgid "" +"Returns the absolute path to the currently opened directory (e.g. " +"[code]res://folder[/code] or [code]C:\\tmp\\folder[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Returns the currently opened directory's drive index. See [method get_drive] " +"to convert returned index to the name of the drive." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:84 +msgid "" +"On Windows, returns the name of the drive (partition) passed as an argument " +"(e.g. [code]C:[/code]). On other platforms, or if the requested drive does " +"not exist, the method returns an empty String." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:90 +msgid "" +"On Windows, returns the number of drives (partitions) mounted on the current " +"filesystem. On other platforms, the method returns 0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Returns the next element (file or directory) in the current directory " +"(including [code].[/code] and [code]..[/code], unless " +"[code]skip_navigational[/code] was given to [method list_dir_begin]).\n" +"The name of the file or directory is returned (and not its full path). Once " +"the stream has been fully processed, the method returns an empty String and " +"closes the stream automatically (i.e. [method list_dir_end] would not be " +"mandatory in such a case)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:103 +msgid "" +"On UNIX desktop systems, returns the available space on the current " +"directory's disk. On other platforms, this information is not available and " +"the method returns 0 or -1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:111 +msgid "" +"Initializes the stream used to list all files and directories using the " +"[method get_next] function, closing the currently opened stream if needed. " +"Once the stream has been processed, it should typically be closed with " +"[method list_dir_end].\n" +"If [code]skip_navigational[/code] is [code]true[/code], [code].[/code] and " +"[code]..[/code] are filtered out.\n" +"If [code]skip_hidden[/code] is [code]true[/code], hidden files are filtered " +"out." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:119 +msgid "" +"Closes the current stream opened with [method list_dir_begin] (whether it " +"has been fully processed with [method get_next] does not matter)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:126 +msgid "" +"Creates a directory. The argument can be relative to the current directory, " +"or an absolute path. The target directory should be placed in an already " +"existing directory (to create the full path recursively, see [method " +"make_dir_recursive]).\n" +"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:134 +msgid "" +"Creates a target directory and all necessary intermediate directories in its " +"path, by calling [method make_dir] recursively. The argument can be relative " +"to the current directory, or an absolute path.\n" +"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:142 +msgid "" +"Opens an existing directory of the filesystem. The [code]path[/code] " +"argument can be within the project tree ([code]res://folder[/code]), the " +"user directory ([code]user://folder[/code]) or an absolute path of the user " +"filesystem (e.g. [code]/tmp/folder[/code] or [code]C:\\tmp\\folder[/code]).\n" +"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:150 +msgid "" +"Deletes the target file or an empty directory. The argument can be relative " +"to the current directory, or an absolute path. If the target directory is " +"not empty, the operation will fail.\n" +"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:159 +msgid "" +"Renames (move) the [code]from[/code] file or directory to the [code]to[/" +"code] destination. Both arguments should be paths to files or directories, " +"either relative or absolute. If the destination file or directory exists and " +"is not access-protected, it will be overwritten.\n" +"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DTLSServer.xml:4 +msgid "Helper class to implement a DTLS server." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DTLSServer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This class is used to store the state of a DTLS server. Upon [method setup] " +"it converts connected [PacketPeerUDP] to [PacketPeerDTLS] accepting them via " +"[method take_connection] as DTLS clients. Under the hood, this class is used " +"to store the DTLS state and cookies of the server. The reason of why the " +"state and cookies are needed is outside of the scope of this documentation.\n" +"Below a small example of how to use it:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# server.gd\n" +"extends Node\n" +"\n" +"var dtls := DTLSServer.new()\n" +"var server := UDPServer.new()\n" +"var peers = []\n" +"\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" server.listen(4242)\n" +" var key = load(\"key.key\") # Your private key.\n" +" var cert = load(\"cert.crt\") # Your X509 certificate.\n" +" dtls.setup(key, cert)\n" +"\n" +"func _process(delta):\n" +" while server.is_connection_available():\n" +" var peer : PacketPeerUDP = server.take_connection()\n" +" var dtls_peer : PacketPeerDTLS = dtls.take_connection(peer)\n" +" if dtls_peer.get_status() != PacketPeerDTLS.STATUS_HANDSHAKING:\n" +" continue # It is normal that 50% of the connections fails due to " +"cookie exchange.\n" +" print(\"Peer connected!\")\n" +" peers.append(dtls_peer)\n" +" for p in peers:\n" +" p.poll() # Must poll to update the state.\n" +" if p.get_status() == PacketPeerDTLS.STATUS_CONNECTED:\n" +" while p.get_available_packet_count() > 0:\n" +" print(\"Received message from client: %s\" % p.get_packet()." +"get_string_from_utf8())\n" +" p.put_packet(\"Hello DTLS client\".to_utf8())\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# client.gd\n" +"extends Node\n" +"\n" +"var dtls := PacketPeerDTLS.new()\n" +"var udp := PacketPeerUDP.new()\n" +"var connected = false\n" +"\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" udp.connect_to_host(\"127.0.0.1\", 4242)\n" +" dtls.connect_to_peer(udp, false) # Use true in production for " +"certificate validation!\n" +"\n" +"func _process(delta):\n" +" dtls.poll()\n" +" if dtls.get_status() == PacketPeerDTLS.STATUS_CONNECTED:\n" +" if !connected:\n" +" # Try to contact server\n" +" dtls.put_packet(\"The answer is... 42!\".to_utf8())\n" +" while dtls.get_available_packet_count() > 0:\n" +" print(\"Connected: %s\" % dtls.get_packet()." +"get_string_from_utf8())\n" +" connected = true\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DTLSServer.xml:70 +msgid "" +"Setup the DTLS server to use the given [code]private_key[/code] and provide " +"the given [code]certificate[/code] to clients. You can pass the optional " +"[code]chain[/code] parameter to provide additional CA chain information " +"along with the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DTLSServer.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Try to initiate the DTLS handshake with the given [code]udp_peer[/code] " +"which must be already connected (see [method PacketPeerUDP." +"connect_to_host]).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] You must check that the state of the return PacketPeerUDP is " +"[constant PacketPeerDTLS.STATUS_HANDSHAKING], as it is normal that 50% of " +"the new connections will be invalid due to cookie exchange." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:4 +msgid "DynamicFont renders vector font files at runtime." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:7 +msgid "" +"DynamicFont renders vector font files dynamically at runtime instead of " +"using a prerendered texture atlas like [BitmapFont]. This trades the faster " +"loading time of [BitmapFont]s for the ability to change font parameters like " +"size and spacing during runtime. [DynamicFontData] is used for referencing " +"the font file paths. DynamicFont also supports defining one or more fallback " +"fonts, which will be used when displaying a character not supported by the " +"main font.\n" +"DynamicFont uses the [url=https://www.freetype.org/]FreeType[/url] library " +"for rasterization. Supported formats are TrueType ([code].ttf[/code]), " +"OpenType ([code].otf[/code]) and Web Open Font Format 1 ([code].woff[/" +"code]). Web Open Font Format 2 ([code].woff2[/code]) is [i]not[/i] " +"supported.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var dynamic_font = DynamicFont.new()\n" +"dynamic_font.font_data = load(\"res://BarlowCondensed-Bold.ttf\")\n" +"dynamic_font.size = 64\n" +"$\"Label\".set(\"custom_fonts/font\", dynamic_font)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] DynamicFont doesn't support features such as kerning, right-to-" +"left typesetting, ligatures, text shaping, variable fonts and optional font " +"features yet. If you wish to \"bake\" an optional font feature into a TTF " +"font file, you can use [url=https://fontforge.org/]FontForge[/url] to do so. " +"In FontForge, use [b]File > Generate Fonts[/b], click [b]Options[/b], choose " +"the desired features then generate the font." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:25 +msgid "Adds a fallback font." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Returns a string containing all the characters available in the main and all " +"the fallback fonts.\n" +"If a given character is included in more than one font, it appears only once " +"in the returned string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:39 +msgid "Returns the fallback font at index [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:45 +msgid "Returns the number of fallback fonts." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Returns the spacing for the given [code]type[/code] (see [enum SpacingType])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:59 +msgid "Removes the fallback font at index [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:67 +msgid "Sets the fallback font at index [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:75 +msgid "" +"Sets the spacing for [code]type[/code] (see [enum SpacingType]) to " +"[code]value[/code] in pixels (not relative to the font size)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:81 +msgid "Extra spacing at the bottom in pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:84 +msgid "" +"Extra spacing for each character in pixels.\n" +"This can be a negative number to make the distance between characters " +"smaller." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:88 +msgid "" +"Extra spacing for the space character (in addition to [member " +"extra_spacing_char]) in pixels.\n" +"This can be a negative number to make the distance between words smaller." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:92 +msgid "Extra spacing at the top in pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:95 +msgid "The font data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:98 +msgid "" +"The font outline's color.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] It's recommended to leave this at the default value so that you " +"can adjust it in individual controls. For example, if the outline is made " +"black here, it won't be possible to change its color using a Label's font " +"outline modulate theme item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:102 +msgid "The font outline's thickness in pixels (not relative to the font size)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:105 +msgid "The font size in pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:108 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], filtering is used. This makes the font blurry instead " +"of pixelated when scaling it if font oversampling is disabled or " +"ineffective. It's recommended to enable this when using the font in a " +"control whose size changes over time, unless a pixel art aesthetic is " +"desired." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:111 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], mipmapping is used. This improves the font's " +"appearance when downscaling it if font oversampling is disabled or " +"ineffective." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:116 +msgid "Spacing at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:119 +msgid "Spacing at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:122 +msgid "Spacing for each character." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:125 +msgid "Spacing for the space character." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml:4 +msgid "Used with [DynamicFont] to describe the location of a font file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Used with [DynamicFont] to describe the location of a vector font file for " +"dynamic rendering at runtime." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml:16 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the font is rendered with anti-aliasing. This property " +"applies both to the main font and its outline (if it has one)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml:19 +msgid "The path to the vector font file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml:22 +msgid "The font hinting mode used by FreeType. See [enum Hinting] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml:27 +msgid "Disables font hinting (smoother but less crisp)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml:30 +msgid "Use the light font hinting mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml:33 +msgid "Use the default font hinting mode (crisper but less smooth)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:4 +msgid "A script that is executed when exporting the project." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Editor export plugins are automatically activated whenever the user exports " +"the project. Their most common use is to determine what files are being " +"included in the exported project. For each plugin, [method _export_begin] is " +"called at the beginning of the export process and then [method _export_file] " +"is called for each exported file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Virtual method to be overridden by the user. It is called when the export " +"starts and provides all information about the export. [code]features[/code] " +"is the list of features for the export, [code]is_debug[/code] is [code]true[/" +"code] for debug builds, [code]path[/code] is the target path for the " +"exported project. [code]flags[/code] is only used when running a runnable " +"profile, e.g. when using native run on Android." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Virtual method to be overridden by the user. Called when the export is " +"finished." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Virtual method to be overridden by the user. Called for each exported file, " +"providing arguments that can be used to identify the file. [code]path[/code] " +"is the path of the file, [code]type[/code] is the [Resource] represented by " +"the file (e.g. [PackedScene]) and [code]features[/code] is the list of " +"features for the export.\n" +"Calling [method skip] inside this callback will make the file not included " +"in the export." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Adds a custom file to be exported. [code]path[/code] is the virtual path " +"that can be used to load the file, [code]file[/code] is the binary data of " +"the file. If [code]remap[/code] is [code]true[/code], file will not be " +"exported, but instead remapped to the given [code]path[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Adds an iOS bundle file from the given [code]path[/code] to the exported " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Adds a C++ code to the iOS export. The final code is created from the code " +"appended by each active export plugin." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Adds a dynamic library (*.dylib, *.framework) to Linking Phase in iOS's " +"Xcode project and embeds it into resulting binary.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] For static libraries (*.a) works in same way as [method " +"add_ios_framework].\n" +"This method should not be used for System libraries as they are already " +"present on the device." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Adds a static library (*.a) or dynamic library (*.dylib, *.framework) to " +"Linking Phase in iOS's Xcode project." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:81 +msgid "Adds linker flags for the iOS export." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:88 +msgid "Adds content for iOS Property List files." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:95 +msgid "Adds a static lib from the given [code]path[/code] to the iOS project." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:103 +msgid "" +"Adds a shared object with the given [code]tags[/code] and destination " +"[code]path[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:109 +msgid "" +"To be called inside [method _export_file]. Skips the current file, so it's " +"not included in the export." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:4 +msgid "" +"An editor feature profile which can be used to disable specific features." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:7 +msgid "" +"An editor feature profile can be used to disable specific features of the " +"Godot editor. When disabled, the features won't appear in the editor, which " +"makes the editor less cluttered. This is useful in education settings to " +"reduce confusion or when working in a team. For example, artists and level " +"designers could use a feature profile that disables the script editor to " +"avoid accidentally making changes to files they aren't supposed to edit.\n" +"To manage editor feature profiles visually, use [b]Editor > Manage Feature " +"Profiles...[/b] at the top of the editor window." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:17 +msgid "Returns the specified [code]feature[/code]'s human-readable name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the class specified by [code]class_name[/code] " +"is disabled. When disabled, the class won't appear in the Create New Node " +"dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if editing for the class specified by " +"[code]class_name[/code] is disabled. When disabled, the class will still " +"appear in the Create New Node dialog but the inspector will be read-only " +"when selecting a node that extends the class." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]property[/code] is disabled in the class " +"specified by [code]class_name[/code]. When a property is disabled, it won't " +"appear in the inspector when selecting a node that extends the class " +"specified by [code]class_name[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:46 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the [code]feature[/code] is disabled. When a " +"feature is disabled, it will disappear from the editor entirely." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:53 +msgid "" +"Loads an editor feature profile from a file. The file must follow the JSON " +"format obtained by using the feature profile manager's [b]Export[/b] button " +"or the [method save_to_file] method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:60 +msgid "" +"Saves the editor feature profile to a file in JSON format. It can then be " +"imported using the feature profile manager's [b]Import[/b] button or the " +"[method load_from_file] button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:68 +msgid "" +"If [code]disable[/code] is [code]true[/code], disables the class specified " +"by [code]class_name[/code]. When disabled, the class won't appear in the " +"Create New Node dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:76 +msgid "" +"If [code]disable[/code] is [code]true[/code], disables editing for the class " +"specified by [code]class_name[/code]. When disabled, the class will still " +"appear in the Create New Node dialog but the inspector will be read-only " +"when selecting a node that extends the class." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:85 +msgid "" +"If [code]disable[/code] is [code]true[/code], disables editing for " +"[code]property[/code] in the class specified by [code]class_name[/code]. " +"When a property is disabled, it won't appear in the inspector when selecting " +"a node that extends the class specified by [code]class_name[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:93 +msgid "" +"If [code]disable[/code] is [code]true[/code], disables the editor feature " +"specified in [code]feature[/code]. When a feature is disabled, it will " +"disappear from the editor entirely." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:99 +msgid "" +"The 3D editor. If this feature is disabled, the 3D editor won't display but " +"3D nodes will still display in the Create New Node dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:102 +msgid "" +"The Script tab, which contains the script editor and class reference " +"browser. If this feature is disabled, the Script tab won't display." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:105 +msgid "" +"The AssetLib tab. If this feature is disabled, the AssetLib tab won't " +"display." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:108 +msgid "" +"Scene tree editing. If this feature is disabled, the Scene tree dock will " +"still be visible but will be read-only." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:111 +msgid "" +"The Node dock. If this feature is disabled, signals and groups won't be " +"visible and modifiable from the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:114 +msgid "" +"The FileSystem dock. If this feature is disabled, the FileSystem dock won't " +"be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:117 +msgid "" +"The Import dock. If this feature is disabled, the Import dock won't be " +"visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:120 doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:471 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Feature] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:4 +msgid "A modified version of [FileDialog] used by the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:15 +msgid "" +"Adds a comma-delimited file extension filter option to the " +"[EditorFileDialog] with an optional semi-colon-delimited label.\n" +"For example, [code]\"*.tscn, *.scn; Scenes\"[/code] results in filter text " +"\"Scenes (*.tscn, *.scn)\"." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:22 +msgid "Removes all filters except for \"All Files (*)\"." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Returns the [code]VBoxContainer[/code] used to display the file system.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it " +"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their " +"[member CanvasItem.visible] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Notify the [EditorFileDialog] that its view of the data is no longer " +"accurate. Updates the view contents on next view update." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:41 +msgid "" +"The location from which the user may select a file, including [code]res://[/" +"code], [code]user://[/code], and the local file system." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:44 +msgid "The currently occupied directory." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:47 +msgid "The currently selected file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:50 +msgid "The file system path in the address bar." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:54 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the [EditorFileDialog] will not warn the user before " +"overwriting files." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:57 +msgid "" +"The view format in which the [EditorFileDialog] displays resources to the " +"user." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:60 +msgid "" +"The purpose of the [EditorFileDialog], which defines the allowed behaviors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:64 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], hidden files and directories will be visible in the " +"[EditorFileDialog]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:72 +msgid "Emitted when a directory is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:78 +msgid "Emitted when a file is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:84 +msgid "Emitted when multiple files are selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:90 +msgid "" +"The [EditorFileDialog] can select only one file. Accepting the window will " +"open the file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:93 +msgid "" +"The [EditorFileDialog] can select multiple files. Accepting the window will " +"open all files." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:96 +msgid "" +"The [EditorFileDialog] can select only one directory. Accepting the window " +"will open the directory." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:99 +msgid "" +"The [EditorFileDialog] can select a file or directory. Accepting the window " +"will open it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:102 +msgid "" +"The [EditorFileDialog] can select only one file. Accepting the window will " +"save the file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:105 +msgid "" +"The [EditorFileDialog] can only view [code]res://[/code] directory contents." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:108 +msgid "" +"The [EditorFileDialog] can only view [code]user://[/code] directory contents." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:111 +msgid "The [EditorFileDialog] can view the entire local file system." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:114 +msgid "The [EditorFileDialog] displays resources as thumbnails." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:117 +msgid "The [EditorFileDialog] displays resources as a list of filenames." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:4 +msgid "Resource filesystem, as the editor sees it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This object holds information of all resources in the filesystem, their " +"types, etc.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This class shouldn't be instantiated directly. Instead, access " +"the singleton using [method EditorInterface.get_resource_filesystem]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Returns the resource type of the file, given the full path. This returns a " +"string such as [code]\"Resource\"[/code] or [code]\"GDScript\"[/code], " +"[i]not[/i] a file extension such as [code]\".gd\"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:23 +msgid "Gets the root directory object." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:30 +msgid "Returns a view into the filesystem at [code]path[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:36 +msgid "Returns the scan progress for 0 to 1 if the FS is being scanned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:42 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] of the filesystem is being scanned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:48 +msgid "Scan the filesystem for changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:54 +msgid "Check if the source of any imported resource changed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Update a file information. Call this if an external program (not Godot) " +"modified the file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:67 +msgid "Scans the script files and updates the list of custom class names." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:74 +msgid "Emitted if the filesystem changed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:80 +msgid "Emitted if a resource is reimported." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:86 +msgid "" +"Emitted if at least one resource is reloaded when the filesystem is scanned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:92 +msgid "Emitted if the source of any imported file changed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:4 +msgid "A directory for the resource filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:7 +msgid "A more generalized, low-level variation of the directory concept." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Returns the index of the directory with name [code]name[/code] or [code]-1[/" +"code] if not found." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Returns the index of the file with name [code]name[/code] or [code]-1[/code] " +"if not found." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:30 +msgid "Returns the name of the file at index [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:36 +msgid "Returns the number of files in this directory." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:43 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the file at index [code]idx[/code] imported " +"properly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:50 +msgid "Returns the path to the file at index [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Returns the base class of the script class defined in the file at index " +"[code]idx[/code]. If the file doesn't define a script class using the " +"[code]class_name[/code] syntax, this will return an empty string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Returns the name of the script class defined in the file at index [code]idx[/" +"code]. If the file doesn't define a script class using the [code]class_name[/" +"code] syntax, this will return an empty string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:71 +msgid "" +"Returns the resource type of the file at index [code]idx[/code]. This " +"returns a string such as [code]\"Resource\"[/code] or [code]\"GDScript\"[/" +"code], [i]not[/i] a file extension such as [code]\".gd\"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:77 +msgid "Returns the name of this directory." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:83 +msgid "" +"Returns the parent directory for this directory or [code]null[/code] if " +"called on a directory at [code]res://[/code] or [code]user://[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:89 +msgid "Returns the path to this directory." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:96 +msgid "Returns the subdirectory at index [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:102 +msgid "Returns the number of subdirectories in this directory." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Registers a custom resource importer in the editor. Use the class to parse " +"any file and import it as a new resource type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:7 +msgid "" +"EditorImportPlugins provide a way to extend the editor's resource import " +"functionality. Use them to import resources from custom files or to provide " +"alternatives to the editor's existing importers. Register your " +"[EditorPlugin] with [method EditorPlugin.add_import_plugin].\n" +"EditorImportPlugins work by associating with specific file extensions and a " +"resource type. See [method get_recognized_extensions] and [method " +"get_resource_type]. They may optionally specify some import presets that " +"affect the import process. EditorImportPlugins are responsible for creating " +"the resources and saving them in the [code].import[/code] directory (see " +"[member ProjectSettings.application/config/" +"use_hidden_project_data_directory]).\n" +"Below is an example EditorImportPlugin that imports a [Mesh] from a file " +"with the extension \".special\" or \".spec\":\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"tool\n" +"extends EditorImportPlugin\n" +"\n" +"func get_importer_name():\n" +" return \"my.special.plugin\"\n" +"\n" +"func get_visible_name():\n" +" return \"Special Mesh\"\n" +"\n" +"func get_recognized_extensions():\n" +" return [\"special\", \"spec\"]\n" +"\n" +"func get_save_extension():\n" +" return \"mesh\"\n" +"\n" +"func get_resource_type():\n" +" return \"Mesh\"\n" +"\n" +"func get_preset_count():\n" +" return 1\n" +"\n" +"func get_preset_name(i):\n" +" return \"Default\"\n" +"\n" +"func get_import_options(i):\n" +" return [{\"name\": \"my_option\", \"default_value\": false}]\n" +"\n" +"func import(source_file, save_path, options, platform_variants, gen_files):\n" +" var file = File.new()\n" +" if file.open(source_file, File.READ) != OK:\n" +" return FAILED\n" +"\n" +" var mesh = Mesh.new()\n" +" # Fill the Mesh with data read in \"file\", left as an exercise to the " +"reader\n" +"\n" +" var filename = save_path + \".\" + get_save_extension()\n" +" return ResourceSaver.save(filename, mesh)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:51 doc/classes/ResourceImporter.xml:10 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/plugins/editor/import_plugins." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Gets the options and default values for the preset at this index. Returns an " +"Array of Dictionaries with the following keys: [code]name[/code], " +"[code]default_value[/code], [code]property_hint[/code] (optional), " +"[code]hint_string[/code] (optional), [code]usage[/code] (optional)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Gets the order of this importer to be run when importing resources. " +"Importers with [i]lower[/i] import orders will be called first, and higher " +"values will be called later. Use this to ensure the importer runs after the " +"dependencies are already imported. The default import order is [code]0[/" +"code] unless overridden by a specific importer. See [enum ResourceImporter." +"ImportOrder] for some predefined values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:70 +msgid "Gets the unique name of the importer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:78 +msgid "" +"This method can be overridden to hide specific import options if conditions " +"are met. This is mainly useful for hiding options that depend on others if " +"one of them is disabled. For example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func get_option_visibility(option, options):\n" +" # Only show the lossy quality setting if the compression mode is set to " +"\"Lossy\".\n" +" if option == \"compress/lossy_quality\" and options.has(\"compress/mode" +"\"):\n" +" return int(options[\"compress/mode\"]) == COMPRESS_LOSSY\n" +"\n" +" return true\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Return [code]true[/code] to make all options always visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Gets the number of initial presets defined by the plugin. Use [method " +"get_import_options] to get the default options for the preset and [method " +"get_preset_name] to get the name of the preset." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:100 +msgid "Gets the name of the options preset at this index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:106 +msgid "" +"Gets the priority of this plugin for the recognized extension. Higher " +"priority plugins will be preferred. The default priority is [code]1.0[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:112 +msgid "" +"Gets the list of file extensions to associate with this loader (case-" +"insensitive). e.g. [code][\"obj\"][/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:118 +msgid "" +"Gets the Godot resource type associated with this loader. e.g. [code]\"Mesh" +"\"[/code] or [code]\"Animation\"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:124 +msgid "" +"Gets the extension used to save this resource in the [code].import[/code] " +"directory (see [member ProjectSettings.application/config/" +"use_hidden_project_data_directory])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:130 +msgid "" +"Gets the name to display in the import window. You should choose this name " +"as a continuation to \"Import as\", e.g. \"Import as Special Mesh\"." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:141 +msgid "" +"Imports [code]source_file[/code] into [code]save_path[/code] with the import " +"[code]options[/code] specified. The [code]platform_variants[/code] and " +"[code]gen_files[/code] arrays will be modified by this function.\n" +"This method must be overridden to do the actual importing work. See this " +"class' description for an example of overriding this method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml:4 +msgid "A tab used to edit properties of the selected node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The editor inspector is by default located on the right-hand side of the " +"editor. It's used to edit the properties of the selected node. For example, " +"you can select a node such as [Sprite] then edit its transform through the " +"inspector tool. The editor inspector is an essential tool in the game " +"development workflow.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This class shouldn't be instantiated directly. Instead, access " +"the singleton using [method EditorInterface.get_inspector]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Refreshes the inspector.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] To save on CPU resources, calling this method will do nothing " +"if the time specified in [code]docks/property_editor/auto_refresh_interval[/" +"code] editor setting hasn't passed yet since this method was last called. " +"(By default, this interval is set to 0.3 seconds.)" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the Edit button of an [Object] has been pressed in the " +"inspector. This is mainly used in the remote scene tree inspector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml:34 +msgid "Emitted when a property is edited in the inspector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a property is keyed in the inspector. Properties can be keyed " +"by clicking the \"key\" icon next to a property when the Animation panel is " +"toggled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml:46 +msgid "Emitted when a property is selected in the inspector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml:53 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a boolean property is toggled in the inspector.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This signal is never emitted if the internal [code]autoclear[/" +"code] property enabled. Since this property is always enabled in the editor " +"inspector, this signal is never emitted by the editor itself." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml:61 +msgid "Emitted when a resource is selected in the inspector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a property that requires a restart to be applied is edited in " +"the inspector. This is only used in the Project Settings and Editor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:4 +msgid "Plugin for adding custom property editors on inspector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:7 +msgid "" +"These plugins allow adding custom property editors to [EditorInspector].\n" +"Plugins are registered via [method EditorPlugin.add_inspector_plugin].\n" +"When an object is edited, the [method can_handle] function is called and " +"must return [code]true[/code] if the object type is supported.\n" +"If supported, the function [method parse_begin] will be called, allowing to " +"place custom controls at the beginning of the class.\n" +"Subsequently, the [method parse_category] and [method parse_property] are " +"called for every category and property. They offer the ability to add custom " +"controls to the inspector too.\n" +"Finally, [method parse_end] will be called.\n" +"On each of these calls, the \"add\" functions can be called." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:16 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/plugins/editor/" +"inspector_plugins.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:23 +msgid "Adds a custom control, which is not necessarily a property editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Adds a property editor for an individual property. The [code]editor[/code] " +"control must extend [EditorProperty]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Adds an editor that allows modifying multiple properties. The [code]editor[/" +"code] control must extend [EditorProperty]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:47 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if this object can be handled by this plugin." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:54 +msgid "Called to allow adding controls at the beginning of the list." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:62 +msgid "Called to allow adding controls at the beginning of the category." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:68 +msgid "Called to allow adding controls at the end of the list." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:80 +msgid "" +"Called to allow adding property specific editors to the inspector. Usually " +"these inherit [EditorProperty]. Returning [code]true[/code] removes the " +"built-in editor for this property, otherwise allows to insert a custom " +"editor before the built-in one." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:4 +msgid "Godot editor's interface." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:7 +msgid "" +"EditorInterface gives you control over Godot editor's window. It allows " +"customizing the window, saving and (re-)loading scenes, rendering mesh " +"previews, inspecting and editing resources and objects, and provides access " +"to [EditorSettings], [EditorFileSystem], [EditorResourcePreview], " +"[ScriptEditor], the editor viewport, and information about scenes.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This class shouldn't be instantiated directly. Instead, access " +"the singleton using [method EditorPlugin.get_editor_interface]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Edits the given [Node]. The node will be also selected if it's inside the " +"scene tree." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:24 +msgid "Edits the given [Resource]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Returns the main container of Godot editor's window. For example, you can " +"use it to retrieve the size of the container and place your controls " +"accordingly.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] Removing and freeing this node will render the editor " +"useless and may cause a crash." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:37 +msgid "Returns the current path being viewed in the [FileSystemDock]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:43 +msgid "Returns the edited (current) scene's root [Node]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Returns the actual scale of the editor UI ([code]1.0[/code] being 100% " +"scale). This can be used to adjust position and dimensions of the UI added " +"by plugins.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This value is set via the [code]interface/editor/display_scale[/" +"code] and [code]interface/editor/custom_display_scale[/code] editor " +"settings. Editor must be restarted for changes to be properly applied." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:56 +msgid "Returns the editor's [EditorSettings] instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Returns the main editor control. Use this as a parent for main screens.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This returns the main editor control containing the whole " +"editor, not the 2D or 3D viewports specifically.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] Removing and freeing this node will render a part of the " +"editor useless and may cause a crash." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:70 +msgid "" +"Returns the editor's [FileSystemDock] instance.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] Removing and freeing this node will render a part of the " +"editor useless and may cause a crash." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Returns the editor's [EditorInspector] instance.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] Removing and freeing this node will render a part of the " +"editor useless and may cause a crash." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:84 +msgid "Returns an [Array] with the file paths of the currently opened scenes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:90 +msgid "" +"Returns the name of the scene that is being played. If no scene is currently " +"being played, returns an empty string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:96 +msgid "Returns the editor's [EditorFileSystem] instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:102 +msgid "Returns the editor's [EditorResourcePreview] instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:108 +msgid "" +"Returns the editor's [ScriptEditor] instance.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] Removing and freeing this node will render a part of the " +"editor useless and may cause a crash." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:115 +msgid "" +"Returns the path of the directory currently selected in the " +"[FileSystemDock]. If a file is selected, its base directory will be returned " +"using [method String.get_base_dir] instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:121 +msgid "Returns the editor's [EditorSelection] instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:130 +msgid "" +"Shows the given property on the given [code]object[/code] in the editor's " +"Inspector dock. If [code]inspector_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], plugins " +"will not attempt to edit [code]object[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:136 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if a scene is currently being played, [code]false[/" +"code] otherwise. Paused scenes are considered as being played." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:143 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified [code]plugin[/code] is enabled. " +"The plugin name is the same as its directory name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:151 +msgid "" +"Returns mesh previews rendered at the given size as an [Array] of [Texture]s." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:158 +msgid "Opens the scene at the given path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:164 +msgid "Plays the currently active scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:171 +msgid "Plays the scene specified by its filepath." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:177 +msgid "Plays the main scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:184 +msgid "Reloads the scene at the given path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:190 +msgid "" +"Saves the scene. Returns either [code]OK[/code] or [code]ERR_CANT_CREATE[/" +"code] (see [@GlobalScope] constants)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:198 +msgid "Saves the scene as a file at [code]path[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:205 +msgid "" +"Selects the file, with the path provided by [code]file[/code], in the " +"FileSystem dock." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:212 +msgid "" +"Sets the editor's current main screen to the one specified in [code]name[/" +"code]. [code]name[/code] must match the text of the tab in question exactly " +"([code]2D[/code], [code]3D[/code], [code]Script[/code], [code]AssetLib[/" +"code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:220 +msgid "" +"Sets the enabled status of a plugin. The plugin name is the same as its " +"directory name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:226 +msgid "Stops the scene that is currently playing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:232 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables distraction-free mode which hides side docks " +"to increase the space available for the main view." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:4 +msgid "Used by the editor to extend its functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Plugins are used by the editor to extend functionality. The most common " +"types of plugins are those which edit a given node or resource type, import " +"plugins and export plugins. See also [EditorScript] to add functions to the " +"editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:10 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/plugins/editor/index.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Adds a script at [code]path[/code] to the Autoload list as [code]name[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Adds a control to the bottom panel (together with Output, Debug, Animation, " +"etc). Returns a reference to the button added. It's up to you to hide/show " +"the button when needed. When your plugin is deactivated, make sure to remove " +"your custom control with [method remove_control_from_bottom_panel] and free " +"it with [method Node.queue_free]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Adds a custom control to a container (see [enum CustomControlContainer]). " +"There are many locations where custom controls can be added in the editor " +"UI.\n" +"Please remember that you have to manage the visibility of your custom " +"controls yourself (and likely hide it after adding it).\n" +"When your plugin is deactivated, make sure to remove your custom control " +"with [method remove_control_from_container] and free it with [method Node." +"queue_free]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Adds the control to a specific dock slot (see [enum DockSlot] for options).\n" +"If the dock is repositioned and as long as the plugin is active, the editor " +"will save the dock position on further sessions.\n" +"When your plugin is deactivated, make sure to remove your custom control " +"with [method remove_control_from_docks] and free it with [method Node." +"queue_free]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Adds a custom type, which will appear in the list of nodes or resources. An " +"icon can be optionally passed.\n" +"When given node or resource is selected, the base type will be instanced " +"(ie, \"Spatial\", \"Control\", \"Resource\"), then the script will be loaded " +"and set to this object.\n" +"You can use the virtual method [method handles] to check if your custom " +"object is being edited by checking the script or using the [code]is[/code] " +"keyword.\n" +"During run-time, this will be a simple object with a script so this function " +"does not need to be called then." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Registers a new [EditorExportPlugin]. Export plugins are used to perform " +"tasks when the project is being exported.\n" +"See [method add_inspector_plugin] for an example of how to register a plugin." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Registers a new [EditorImportPlugin]. Import plugins are used to import " +"custom and unsupported assets as a custom [Resource] type.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If you want to import custom 3D asset formats use [method " +"add_scene_import_plugin] instead.\n" +"See [method add_inspector_plugin] for an example of how to register a plugin." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:83 +msgid "" +"Registers a new [EditorInspectorPlugin]. Inspector plugins are used to " +"extend [EditorInspector] and provide custom configuration tools for your " +"object's properties.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Always use [method remove_inspector_plugin] to remove the " +"registered [EditorInspectorPlugin] when your [EditorPlugin] is disabled to " +"prevent leaks and an unexpected behavior.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"const MyInspectorPlugin = preload(\"res://addons/your_addon/path/to/your/" +"script.gd\")\n" +"var inspector_plugin = MyInspectorPlugin.new()\n" +"\n" +"func _enter_tree():\n" +" add_inspector_plugin(inspector_plugin)\n" +"\n" +"func _exit_tree():\n" +" remove_inspector_plugin(inspector_plugin)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:101 +msgid "" +"Registers a new [EditorSceneImporter]. Scene importers are used to import " +"custom 3D asset formats as scenes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:108 +msgid "" +"Registers a new [EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin]. Gizmo plugins are used to add " +"custom gizmos to the 3D preview viewport for a [Spatial].\n" +"See [method add_inspector_plugin] for an example of how to register a plugin." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:119 +msgid "" +"Adds a custom menu item to [b]Project > Tools[/b] as [code]name[/code] that " +"calls [code]callback[/code] on an instance of [code]handler[/code] with a " +"parameter [code]ud[/code] when user activates it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:127 +msgid "" +"Adds a custom submenu under [b]Project > Tools >[/b] [code]name[/code]. " +"[code]submenu[/code] should be an object of class [PopupMenu]. This submenu " +"should be cleaned up using [code]remove_tool_menu_item(name)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:133 +msgid "" +"This method is called when the editor is about to save the project, switch " +"to another tab, etc. It asks the plugin to apply any pending state changes " +"to ensure consistency.\n" +"This is used, for example, in shader editors to let the plugin know that it " +"must apply the shader code being written by the user to the object." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:140 +msgid "" +"This method is called when the editor is about to run the project. The " +"plugin can then perform required operations before the project runs.\n" +"This method must return a boolean. If this method returns [code]false[/" +"code], the project will not run. The run is aborted immediately, so this " +"also prevents all other plugins' [method build] methods from running." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:147 +msgid "" +"Clear all the state and reset the object being edited to zero. This ensures " +"your plugin does not keep editing a currently existing node, or a node from " +"the wrong scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:153 +msgid "" +"Called by the engine when the user disables the [EditorPlugin] in the Plugin " +"tab of the project settings window." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:160 +msgid "" +"This function is used for plugins that edit specific object types (nodes or " +"resources). It requests the editor to edit the given object." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:166 +msgid "" +"Called by the engine when the user enables the [EditorPlugin] in the Plugin " +"tab of the project settings window." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:173 +msgid "" +"Called by the engine when the 2D editor's viewport is updated. Use the " +"[code]overlay[/code] [Control] for drawing. You can update the viewport " +"manually by calling [method update_overlays].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func forward_canvas_draw_over_viewport(overlay):\n" +" # Draw a circle at cursor position.\n" +" overlay.draw_circle(overlay.get_local_mouse_position(), 64, Color." +"white)\n" +"\n" +"func forward_canvas_gui_input(event):\n" +" if event is InputEventMouseMotion:\n" +" # Redraw viewport when cursor is moved.\n" +" update_overlays()\n" +" return true\n" +" return false\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:192 +msgid "" +"This method is the same as [method forward_canvas_draw_over_viewport], " +"except it draws on top of everything. Useful when you need an extra layer " +"that shows over anything else.\n" +"You need to enable calling of this method by using [method " +"set_force_draw_over_forwarding_enabled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:200 +msgid "" +"Called when there is a root node in the current edited scene, [method " +"handles] is implemented and an [InputEvent] happens in the 2D viewport. " +"Intercepts the [InputEvent], if [code]return true[/code] [EditorPlugin] " +"consumes the [code]event[/code], otherwise forwards [code]event[/code] to " +"other Editor classes. Example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Prevents the InputEvent to reach other Editor classes\n" +"func forward_canvas_gui_input(event):\n" +" var forward = true\n" +" return forward\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Must [code]return false[/code] in order to forward the [InputEvent] to other " +"Editor classes. Example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Consumes InputEventMouseMotion and forwards other InputEvent types\n" +"func forward_canvas_gui_input(event):\n" +" var forward = false\n" +" if event is InputEventMouseMotion:\n" +" forward = true\n" +" return forward\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:222 +msgid "" +"Called by the engine when the 3D editor's viewport is updated. Use the " +"[code]overlay[/code] [Control] for drawing. You can update the viewport " +"manually by calling [method update_overlays].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func forward_spatial_draw_over_viewport(overlay):\n" +" # Draw a circle at cursor position.\n" +" overlay.draw_circle(overlay.get_local_mouse_position(), 64)\n" +"\n" +"func forward_spatial_gui_input(camera, event):\n" +" if event is InputEventMouseMotion:\n" +" # Redraw viewport when cursor is moved.\n" +" update_overlays()\n" +" return true\n" +" return false\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:241 +msgid "" +"This method is the same as [method forward_spatial_draw_over_viewport], " +"except it draws on top of everything. Useful when you need an extra layer " +"that shows over anything else.\n" +"You need to enable calling of this method by using [method " +"set_force_draw_over_forwarding_enabled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:250 +msgid "" +"Called when there is a root node in the current edited scene, [method " +"handles] is implemented and an [InputEvent] happens in the 3D viewport. " +"Intercepts the [InputEvent], if [code]return true[/code] [EditorPlugin] " +"consumes the [code]event[/code], otherwise forwards [code]event[/code] to " +"other Editor classes. Example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Prevents the InputEvent to reach other Editor classes\n" +"func forward_spatial_gui_input(camera, event):\n" +" var forward = true\n" +" return forward\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Must [code]return false[/code] in order to forward the [InputEvent] to other " +"Editor classes. Example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Consumes InputEventMouseMotion and forwards other InputEvent types\n" +"func forward_spatial_gui_input(camera, event):\n" +" var forward = false\n" +" if event is InputEventMouseMotion:\n" +" forward = true\n" +" return forward\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:271 +msgid "" +"This is for editors that edit script-based objects. You can return a list of " +"breakpoints in the format ([code]script:line[/code]), for example: " +"[code]res://path_to_script.gd:25[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:277 +msgid "" +"Returns the [EditorInterface] object that gives you control over Godot " +"editor's window and its functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:283 +msgid "" +"Override this method in your plugin to return a [Texture] in order to give " +"it an icon.\n" +"For main screen plugins, this appears at the top of the screen, to the right " +"of the \"2D\", \"3D\", \"Script\", and \"AssetLib\" buttons.\n" +"Ideally, the plugin icon should be white with a transparent background and " +"16x16 pixels in size.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func get_plugin_icon():\n" +" # You can use a custom icon:\n" +" return preload(\"res://addons/my_plugin/my_plugin_icon.svg\")\n" +" # Or use a built-in icon:\n" +" return get_editor_interface().get_base_control().get_icon(\"Node\", " +"\"EditorIcons\")\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:298 +msgid "" +"Override this method in your plugin to provide the name of the plugin when " +"displayed in the Godot editor.\n" +"For main screen plugins, this appears at the top of the screen, to the right " +"of the \"2D\", \"3D\", \"Script\", and \"AssetLib\" buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:305 +msgid "" +"Gets the Editor's dialogue used for making scripts.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Users can configure it before use.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] Removing and freeing this node will render a part of the " +"editor useless and may cause a crash." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:313 +msgid "" +"Gets the state of your plugin editor. This is used when saving the scene (so " +"state is kept when opening it again) and for switching tabs (so state can be " +"restored when the tab returns)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:319 +msgid "" +"Gets the undo/redo object. Most actions in the editor can be undoable, so " +"use this object to make sure this happens when it's worth it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:326 +msgid "" +"Gets the GUI layout of the plugin. This is used to save the project's editor " +"layout when [method queue_save_layout] is called or the editor layout was " +"changed(For example changing the position of a dock)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:333 +msgid "" +"Implement this function if your plugin edits a specific type of object " +"(Resource or Node). If you return [code]true[/code], then you will get the " +"functions [method edit] and [method make_visible] called when the editor " +"requests them. If you have declared the methods [method " +"forward_canvas_gui_input] and [method forward_spatial_gui_input] these will " +"be called too." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:339 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this is a main screen editor plugin (it goes in " +"the workspace selector together with [b]2D[/b], [b]3D[/b], [b]Script[/b] and " +"[b]AssetLib[/b])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:345 +msgid "Minimizes the bottom panel." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:352 +msgid "Makes a specific item in the bottom panel visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:359 +msgid "" +"This function will be called when the editor is requested to become visible. " +"It is used for plugins that edit a specific object type.\n" +"Remember that you have to manage the visibility of all your editor controls " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:366 +msgid "Queue save the project's editor layout." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:373 +msgid "Removes an Autoload [code]name[/code] from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:380 +msgid "" +"Removes the control from the bottom panel. You have to manually [method Node." +"queue_free] the control." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:388 +msgid "" +"Removes the control from the specified container. You have to manually " +"[method Node.queue_free] the control." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:395 +msgid "" +"Removes the control from the dock. You have to manually [method Node." +"queue_free] the control." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:402 +msgid "Removes a custom type added by [method add_custom_type]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:409 +msgid "Removes an export plugin registered by [method add_export_plugin]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:416 +msgid "Removes an import plugin registered by [method add_import_plugin]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:423 +msgid "Removes an inspector plugin registered by [method add_import_plugin]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:430 +msgid "" +"Removes a scene importer registered by [method add_scene_import_plugin]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:437 +msgid "Removes a gizmo plugin registered by [method add_spatial_gizmo_plugin]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:444 +msgid "Removes a menu [code]name[/code] from [b]Project > Tools[/b]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:450 +msgid "" +"This method is called after the editor saves the project or when it's " +"closed. It asks the plugin to save edited external scenes/resources." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:456 +msgid "" +"Enables calling of [method forward_canvas_force_draw_over_viewport] for the " +"2D editor and [method forward_spatial_force_draw_over_viewport] for the 3D " +"editor when their viewports are updated. You need to call this method only " +"once and it will work permanently for this plugin." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:462 +msgid "" +"Use this method if you always want to receive inputs from 3D view screen " +"inside [method forward_spatial_gui_input]. It might be especially usable if " +"your plugin will want to use raycast in the scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:469 +msgid "Restore the state saved by [method get_state]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:476 +msgid "Restore the plugin GUI layout saved by [method get_window_layout]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:482 +msgid "" +"Updates the overlays of the 2D and 3D editor viewport. Causes methods " +"[method forward_canvas_draw_over_viewport], [method " +"forward_canvas_force_draw_over_viewport], [method " +"forward_spatial_draw_over_viewport] and [method " +"forward_spatial_force_draw_over_viewport] to be called." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:490 +msgid "" +"Emitted when user changes the workspace ([b]2D[/b], [b]3D[/b], [b]Script[/" +"b], [b]AssetLib[/b]). Also works with custom screens defined by plugins." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:501 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the scene is changed in the editor. The argument will return " +"the root node of the scene that has just become active. If this scene is new " +"and empty, the argument will be [code]null[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:507 +msgid "" +"Emitted when user closes a scene. The argument is file path to a closed " +"scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:553 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DockSlot] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:4 +msgid "Custom control to edit properties for adding into the inspector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This control allows property editing for one or multiple properties into " +"[EditorInspector]. It is added via [EditorInspectorPlugin]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:16 +msgid "" +"If any of the controls added can gain keyboard focus, add it here. This " +"ensures that focus will be restored if the inspector is refreshed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:26 +msgid "" +"If one or several properties have changed, this must be called. [code]field[/" +"code] is used in case your editor can modify fields separately (as an " +"example, Vector3.x). The [code]changing[/code] argument avoids the editor " +"requesting this property to be refreshed (leave as [code]false[/code] if " +"unsure)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:32 +msgid "Gets the edited object." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Gets the edited property. If your editor is for a single property (added via " +"[method EditorInspectorPlugin.parse_property]), then this will return the " +"property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:44 +msgid "Must be implemented to provide a custom tooltip to the property editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Puts the [code]editor[/code] control below the property label. The control " +"must be previously added using [method Node.add_child]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:57 +msgid "When this virtual function is called, you must update your editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:63 +msgid "" +"Used by the inspector, set to [code]true[/code] when the property is " +"checkable." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Used by the inspector, set to [code]true[/code] when the property is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:69 +msgid "" +"Used by the inspector, set to [code]true[/code] when the property is drawn " +"with the editor theme's warning color. This is used for editable children's " +"properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Used by the inspector, set to [code]true[/code] when the property can add " +"keys for animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:75 +msgid "Set this property to change the label (if you want to show one)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:78 +msgid "" +"Used by the inspector, set to [code]true[/code] when the property is read-" +"only." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:86 +msgid "" +"Emit it if you want multiple properties modified at the same time. Do not " +"use if added via [method EditorInspectorPlugin.parse_property]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:93 +msgid "Used by sub-inspectors. Emit it if what was selected was an Object ID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:100 +msgid "" +"Do not emit this manually, use the [method emit_changed] method instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:107 +msgid "Emitted when a property was checked. Used internally." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:113 +msgid "" +"Emit it if you want to add this value as an animation key (check for keying " +"being enabled first)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:120 +msgid "Emit it if you want to key a property with a single value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:127 +msgid "" +"If you want a sub-resource to be edited, emit this signal with the resource." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:134 +msgid "Emitted when selected. Used internally." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:4 +msgid "Godot editor's control for selecting [Resource] type properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This [Control] node is used in the editor's Inspector dock to allow editing " +"of [Resource] type properties. It provides options for creating, loading, " +"saving and converting resources. Can be used with [EditorInspectorPlugin] to " +"recreate the same behavior.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This [Control] does not include any editor for the resource, as " +"editing is controlled by the Inspector dock itself or sub-Inspectors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Returns a list of all allowed types and subtypes corresponding to the " +"[member base_type]. If the [member base_type] is empty, an empty list is " +"returned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:46 +msgid "" +"This virtual method can be implemented to handle context menu items not " +"handled by default. See [method set_create_options]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:53 +msgid "" +"This virtual method is called when updating the context menu of " +"[EditorResourcePicker]. Implement this method to override the \"New ...\" " +"items with your own options. [code]menu_node[/code] is a reference to the " +"[PopupMenu] node.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Implement [method handle_menu_selected] to handle these custom " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Sets the toggle mode state for the main button. Works only if [member " +"toggle_mode] is set to [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:67 +msgid "" +"The base type of allowed resource types. Can be a comma-separated list of " +"several options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:70 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the value can be selected and edited." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:73 +msgid "The edited resource value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:76 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the main button with the resource preview works in the " +"toggle mode. Use [method set_toggle_pressed] to manually set the state." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:83 +msgid "Emitted when the value of the edited resource was changed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:90 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the resource value was set and user clicked to edit it. When " +"[code]edit[/code] is [code]true[/code], the signal was caused by the context " +"menu \"Edit\" option." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml:4 +msgid "Helper to generate previews of resources or files." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This object is used to generate previews for resources of files.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This class shouldn't be instantiated directly. Instead, access " +"the singleton using [method EditorInterface.get_resource_previewer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml:17 +msgid "Create an own, custom preview generator." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Check if the resource changed, if so, it will be invalidated and the " +"corresponding signal emitted." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Queue the [code]resource[/code] being edited for preview. Once the preview " +"is ready, the [code]receiver[/code]'s [code]receiver_func[/code] will be " +"called. The [code]receiver_func[/code] must take the following four " +"arguments: [String] path, [Texture] preview, [Texture] thumbnail_preview, " +"[Variant] userdata. [code]userdata[/code] can be anything, and will be " +"returned when [code]receiver_func[/code] is called.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If it was not possible to create the preview the " +"[code]receiver_func[/code] will still be called, but the preview will be " +"null." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Queue a resource file located at [code]path[/code] for preview. Once the " +"preview is ready, the [code]receiver[/code]'s [code]receiver_func[/code] " +"will be called. The [code]receiver_func[/code] must take the following four " +"arguments: [String] path, [Texture] preview, [Texture] thumbnail_preview, " +"[Variant] userdata. [code]userdata[/code] can be anything, and will be " +"returned when [code]receiver_func[/code] is called.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If it was not possible to create the preview the " +"[code]receiver_func[/code] will still be called, but the preview will be " +"null." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml:53 +msgid "Removes a custom preview generator." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Emitted if a preview was invalidated (changed). [code]path[/code] " +"corresponds to the path of the preview." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml:4 +msgid "Custom generator of previews." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Custom code to generate previews. Please check [code]file_dialog/" +"thumbnail_size[/code] in [EditorSettings] to find out the right size to do " +"previews at." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml:15 +msgid "" +"If this function returns [code]true[/code], the generator will call [method " +"generate] or [method generate_from_path] for small previews as well.\n" +"By default, it returns [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Generate a preview from a given resource with the specified size. This must " +"always be implemented.\n" +"Returning an empty texture is an OK way to fail and let another generator " +"take care.\n" +"Care must be taken because this function is always called from a thread (not " +"the main thread)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Generate a preview directly from a path with the specified size. " +"Implementing this is optional, as default code will load and call [method " +"generate].\n" +"Returning an empty texture is an OK way to fail and let another generator " +"take care.\n" +"Care must be taken because this function is always called from a thread (not " +"the main thread)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml:42 +msgid "" +"If this function returns [code]true[/code], the generator will automatically " +"generate the small previews from the normal preview texture generated by the " +"methods [method generate] or [method generate_from_path].\n" +"By default, it returns [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if your generator supports the resource of type " +"[code]type[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSceneImporter.xml:4 +msgid "Imports scenes from third-parties' 3D files." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/fbx/doc_classes/EditorSceneImporterFBX.xml:4 +msgid "FBX 3D asset importer." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/fbx/doc_classes/EditorSceneImporterFBX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This is an FBX 3D asset importer with full support for most FBX features.\n" +"If exporting a FBX scene from Autodesk Maya, use these FBX export settings:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"- Smoothing Groups\n" +"- Smooth Mesh\n" +"- Triangluate (for meshes with blend shapes)\n" +"- Bake Animation\n" +"- Resample All\n" +"- Deformed Models\n" +"- Skins\n" +"- Blend Shapes\n" +"- Curve Filters\n" +"- Constant Key Reducer\n" +"- Auto Tangents Only\n" +"- *Do not check* Constraints (as it will break the file)\n" +"- Can check Embed Media (embeds textures into the exported FBX file)\n" +" - Note that when importing embedded media, the texture and mesh will be a " +"single immutable file.\n" +" - You will have to re-export then re-import the FBX if the texture has " +"changed.\n" +"- Units: Centimeters\n" +"- Up Axis: Y\n" +"- Binary format in FBX 2017\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml:4 +msgid "Post-processes scenes after import." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Imported scenes can be automatically modified right after import by setting " +"their [b]Custom Script[/b] Import property to a [code]tool[/code] script " +"that inherits from this class.\n" +"The [method post_import] callback receives the imported scene's root node " +"and returns the modified version of the scene. Usage example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"tool # Needed so it runs in editor\n" +"extends EditorScenePostImport\n" +"\n" +"# This sample changes all node names\n" +"\n" +"# Called right after the scene is imported and gets the root node\n" +"func post_import(scene):\n" +" # Change all node names to \"modified_[oldnodename]\"\n" +" iterate(scene)\n" +" return scene # Remember to return the imported scene\n" +"\n" +"func iterate(node):\n" +" if node != null:\n" +" node.name = \"modified_\" + node.name\n" +" for child in node.get_children():\n" +" iterate(child)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml:29 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/workflow/assets/" +"importing_scenes.html#custom-script" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Returns the source file path which got imported (e.g. [code]res://scene.dae[/" +"code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml:41 +msgid "Returns the resource folder the imported scene file is located in." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Called after the scene was imported. This method must return the modified " +"version of the scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorScript.xml:4 +msgid "Base script that can be used to add extension functions to the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorScript.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Scripts extending this class and implementing its [method _run] method can " +"be executed from the Script Editor's [b]File > Run[/b] menu option (or by " +"pressing [code]Ctrl+Shift+X[/code]) while the editor is running. This is " +"useful for adding custom in-editor functionality to Godot. For more complex " +"additions, consider using [EditorPlugin]s instead.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Extending scripts need to have [code]tool[/code] mode enabled.\n" +"[b]Example script:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"tool\n" +"extends EditorScript\n" +"\n" +"func _run():\n" +" print(\"Hello from the Godot Editor!\")\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The script is run in the Editor context, which means the output " +"is visible in the console window started with the Editor (stdout) instead of " +"the usual Godot [b]Output[/b] dock." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorScript.xml:25 +msgid "This method is executed by the Editor when [b]File > Run[/b] is used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorScript.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Adds [code]node[/code] as a child of the root node in the editor context.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] The implementation of this method is currently disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorScript.xml:39 +msgid "Returns the [EditorInterface] singleton instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorScript.xml:45 +msgid "Returns the Editor's currently active scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorScriptPicker.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Godot editor's control for selecting the [code]script[/code] property of a " +"[Node]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorScriptPicker.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Similar to [EditorResourcePicker] this [Control] node is used in the " +"editor's Inspector dock, but only to edit the [code]script[/code] property " +"of a [Node]. Default options for creating new resources of all possible " +"subtypes are replaced with dedicated buttons that open the \"Attach Node " +"Script\" dialog. Can be used with [EditorInspectorPlugin] to recreate the " +"same behavior.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] You must set the [member script_owner] for the custom context " +"menu items to work." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorScriptPicker.xml:16 +msgid "The owner [Node] of the script property that holds the edited resource." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml:4 +msgid "Manages the SceneTree selection in the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This object manages the SceneTree selection in the editor.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This class shouldn't be instantiated directly. Instead, access " +"the singleton using [method EditorInterface.get_selection]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Adds a node to the selection.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The newly selected node will not be automatically edited in the " +"inspector. If you want to edit a node, use [method EditorInterface." +"edit_node]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml:24 +msgid "Clear the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml:30 +msgid "Gets the list of selected nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Gets the list of selected nodes, optimized for transform operations (i.e. " +"moving them, rotating, etc). This list avoids situations where a node is " +"selected and also child/grandchild." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml:43 +msgid "Removes a node from the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml:50 +msgid "Emitted when the selection changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:4 +msgid "Object that holds the project-independent editor settings." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Object that holds the project-independent editor settings. These settings " +"are generally visible in the [b]Editor > Editor Settings[/b] menu.\n" +"Property names use slash delimiters to distinguish sections. Setting values " +"can be of any [Variant] type. It's recommended to use [code]snake_case[/" +"code] for editor settings to be consistent with the Godot editor itself.\n" +"Accessing the settings can be done using the following methods, such as:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# `settings.set(\"some/property\", value)` also works as this class " +"overrides `_set()` internally.\n" +"settings.set_setting(\"some/property\",value)\n" +"\n" +"# `settings.get(\"some/property\", value)` also works as this class " +"overrides `_get()` internally.\n" +"settings.get_setting(\"some/property\")\n" +"\n" +"var list_of_settings = settings.get_property_list()\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This class shouldn't be instantiated directly. Instead, access " +"the singleton using [method EditorInterface.get_editor_settings]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Adds a custom property info to a property. The dictionary must contain:\n" +"- [code]name[/code]: [String] (the name of the property)\n" +"- [code]type[/code]: [int] (see [enum Variant.Type])\n" +"- optionally [code]hint[/code]: [int] (see [enum PropertyHint]) and " +"[code]hint_string[/code]: [String]\n" +"[b]Example:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"editor_settings.set(\"category/property_name\", 0)\n" +"\n" +"var property_info = {\n" +" \"name\": \"category/property_name\",\n" +" \"type\": TYPE_INT,\n" +" \"hint\": PROPERTY_HINT_ENUM,\n" +" \"hint_string\": \"one,two,three\"\n" +"}\n" +"\n" +"editor_settings.add_property_info(property_info)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:51 +msgid "Erases the setting whose name is specified by [code]property[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:57 +msgid "Returns the list of favorite files and directories for this project." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Returns project-specific metadata for the [code]section[/code] and " +"[code]key[/code] specified. If the metadata doesn't exist, [code]default[/" +"code] will be returned instead. See also [method set_project_metadata]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Returns the project-specific settings path. Projects all have a unique " +"subdirectory inside the settings path where project-specific settings are " +"saved." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:78 +msgid "" +"Returns the list of recently visited folders in the file dialog for this " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:85 +msgid "" +"Returns the value of the setting specified by [code]name[/code]. This is " +"equivalent to using [method Object.get] on the EditorSettings instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:91 +msgid "" +"Gets the global settings path for the engine. Inside this path, you can find " +"some standard paths such as:\n" +"[code]settings/tmp[/code] - Used for temporary storage of files\n" +"[code]settings/templates[/code] - Where export templates are located" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:100 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the setting specified by [code]name[/code] " +"exists, [code]false[/code] otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:107 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the setting specified by [code]name[/code] can " +"have its value reverted to the default value, [code]false[/code] otherwise. " +"When this method returns [code]true[/code], a Revert button will display " +"next to the setting in the Editor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:114 +msgid "" +"Returns the default value of the setting specified by [code]name[/code]. " +"This is the value that would be applied when clicking the Revert button in " +"the Editor Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:121 +msgid "Sets the list of favorite files and directories for this project." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:130 +msgid "" +"Sets the initial value of the setting specified by [code]name[/code] to " +"[code]value[/code]. This is used to provide a value for the Revert button in " +"the Editor Settings. If [code]update_current[/code] is true, the current " +"value of the setting will be set to [code]value[/code] as well." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:139 +msgid "" +"Sets project-specific metadata with the [code]section[/code], [code]key[/" +"code] and [code]data[/code] specified. This metadata is stored outside the " +"project folder and therefore won't be checked into version control. See also " +"[method get_project_metadata]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:146 +msgid "" +"Sets the list of recently visited folders in the file dialog for this " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:154 +msgid "" +"Sets the [code]value[/code] of the setting specified by [code]name[/code]. " +"This is equivalent to using [method Object.set] on the EditorSettings " +"instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:161 +msgid "Emitted after any editor setting has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:167 +msgid "" +"Emitted after any editor setting has changed. It's used by various editor " +"plugins to update their visuals on theme changes or logic on configuration " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:4 +msgid "Custom gizmo for editing Spatial objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Custom gizmo that is used for providing custom visualization and editing " +"(handles) for 3D Spatial objects. See [EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin] for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Adds the specified [code]segments[/code] to the gizmo's collision shape for " +"picking. Call this function during [method redraw]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Adds collision triangles to the gizmo for picking. A [TriangleMesh] can be " +"generated from a regular [Mesh] too. Call this function during [method " +"redraw]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Adds a list of handles (points) which can be used to deform the object being " +"edited.\n" +"There are virtual functions which will be called upon editing of these " +"handles. Call this function during [method redraw]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Adds lines to the gizmo (as sets of 2 points), with a given material. The " +"lines are used for visualizing the gizmo. Call this function during [method " +"redraw]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Adds a mesh to the gizmo with the specified [code]billboard[/code] state, " +"[code]skeleton[/code] and [code]material[/code]. If [code]billboard[/code] " +"is [code]true[/code], the mesh will rotate to always face the camera. Call " +"this function during [method redraw]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:63 +msgid "" +"Adds an unscaled billboard for visualization. Call this function during " +"[method redraw]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:69 +msgid "" +"Removes everything in the gizmo including meshes, collisions and handles." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:78 +msgid "" +"Commit a handle being edited (handles must have been previously added by " +"[method add_handles]).\n" +"If the [code]cancel[/code] parameter is [code]true[/code], an option to " +"restore the edited value to the original is provided." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:86 +msgid "" +"Gets the name of an edited handle (handles must have been previously added " +"by [method add_handles]).\n" +"Handles can be named for reference to the user when editing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:94 +msgid "" +"Gets actual value of a handle. This value can be anything and used for " +"eventually undoing the motion when calling [method commit_handle]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:100 +msgid "" +"Returns the [EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin] that owns this gizmo. It's useful to " +"retrieve materials using [method EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.get_material]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:106 +msgid "Returns the Spatial node associated with this gizmo." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:113 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the handle at index [code]index[/code] is " +"highlighted by being hovered with the mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:119 +msgid "" +"This function is called when the [Spatial] this gizmo refers to changes (the " +"[method Spatial.update_gizmo] is called)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:128 +msgid "" +"This function is used when the user drags a gizmo handle (previously added " +"with [method add_handles]) in screen coordinates.\n" +"The [Camera] is also provided so screen coordinates can be converted to " +"raycasts." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:136 +msgid "" +"Sets the gizmo's hidden state. If [code]true[/code], the gizmo will be " +"hidden. If [code]false[/code], it will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:143 +msgid "" +"Sets the reference [Spatial] node for the gizmo. [code]node[/code] must " +"inherit from [Spatial]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:4 +msgid "Used by the editor to define Spatial gizmo types." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:7 +msgid "" +"EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin allows you to define a new type of Gizmo. There are " +"two main ways to do so: extending [EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin] for the simpler " +"gizmos, or creating a new [EditorSpatialGizmo] type. See the tutorial in the " +"documentation for more info." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:10 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/plugins/editor/spatial_gizmos." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Adds a new material to the internal material list for the plugin. It can " +"then be accessed with [method get_material]. Should not be overridden." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Override this method to define whether the gizmo can be hidden or not. " +"Returns [code]true[/code] if not overridden." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Override this method to commit gizmo handles. Called for this plugin's " +"active gizmos." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Override this method to return a custom [EditorSpatialGizmo] for the spatial " +"nodes of your choice, return [code]null[/code] for the rest of nodes. See " +"also [method has_gizmo]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Creates a handle material with its variants (selected and/or editable) and " +"adds them to the internal material list. They can then be accessed with " +"[method get_material] and used in [method EditorSpatialGizmo.add_handles]. " +"Should not be overridden.\n" +"You can optionally provide a texture to use instead of the default icon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Creates an icon material with its variants (selected and/or editable) and " +"adds them to the internal material list. They can then be accessed with " +"[method get_material] and used in [method EditorSpatialGizmo." +"add_unscaled_billboard]. Should not be overridden." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Creates an unshaded material with its variants (selected and/or editable) " +"and adds them to the internal material list. They can then be accessed with " +"[method get_material] and used in [method EditorSpatialGizmo.add_mesh] and " +"[method EditorSpatialGizmo.add_lines]. Should not be overridden." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:80 +msgid "" +"Override this method to provide gizmo's handle names. Called for this " +"plugin's active gizmos." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:88 +msgid "" +"Gets actual value of a handle from gizmo. Called for this plugin's active " +"gizmos." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Gets material from the internal list of materials. If an " +"[EditorSpatialGizmo] is provided, it will try to get the corresponding " +"variant (selected and/or editable)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Override this method to provide the name that will appear in the gizmo " +"visibility menu." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:108 +msgid "" +"Override this method to set the gizmo's priority. Higher values correspond " +"to higher priority. If a gizmo with higher priority conflicts with another " +"gizmo, only the gizmo with higher priority will be used.\n" +"All built-in editor gizmos return a priority of [code]-1[/code]. If not " +"overridden, this method will return [code]0[/code], which means custom " +"gizmos will automatically override built-in gizmos." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:116 +msgid "" +"Override this method to define which Spatial nodes have a gizmo from this " +"plugin. Whenever a [Spatial] node is added to a scene this method is called, " +"if it returns [code]true[/code] the node gets a generic [EditorSpatialGizmo] " +"assigned and is added to this plugin's list of active gizmos." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:124 +msgid "" +"Gets whether a handle is highlighted or not. Called for this plugin's active " +"gizmos." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:130 +msgid "" +"Override this method to define whether a Spatial with this gizmo should be " +"selectable even when the gizmo is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:137 +msgid "" +"Callback to redraw the provided gizmo. Called for this plugin's active " +"gizmos." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:147 +msgid "" +"Update the value of a handle after it has been updated. Called for this " +"plugin's active gizmos." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpinSlider.xml:4 +msgid "Godot editor's control for editing numeric values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorSpinSlider.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This [Control] node is used in the editor's Inspector dock to allow editing " +"of numeric values. Can be used with [EditorInspectorPlugin] to recreate the " +"same behavior." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local " +"VCS in use." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The " +"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially " +"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS " +"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of " +"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of " +"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions " +"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without " +"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the " +"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from " +"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] " +"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which " +"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n" +"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n" +"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n" +"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/" +"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/" +"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content " +"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n" +"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new " +"line number of the line content.\n" +"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of " +"lines in the line content.\n" +"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old " +"line number of the line content.\n" +"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the " +"first contextual line content." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change " +"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file " +"has experienced.\n" +"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected " +"file is:\n" +"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n" +"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n" +"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n" +"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n" +"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:48 +msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an " +"empty string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the " +"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if " +"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns " +"[code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function " +"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else " +"returns [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:79 +msgid "" +"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns " +"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:86 +msgid "" +"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface." +"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is " +"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. " +"Argument should contain the absolute path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml:4 +msgid "Holds a reference to an [Object]'s instance ID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Utility class which holds a reference to the internal identifier of an " +"[Object] instance, as given by [method Object.get_instance_id]. This ID can " +"then be used to retrieve the object instance with [method @GDScript." +"instance_from_id].\n" +"This class is used internally by the editor inspector and script debugger, " +"but can also be used in plugins to pass and display objects as their IDs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml:16 +msgid "" +"The [Object] identifier stored in this [EncodedObjectAsID] instance. The " +"object instance can be retrieved with [method @GDScript.instance_from_id]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:4 +msgid "Access to engine properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The [Engine] singleton allows you to query and modify the project's run-time " +"parameters, such as frames per second, time scale, and others." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:15 +msgid "" +"Returns engine author information in a Dictionary.\n" +"[code]lead_developers[/code] - Array of Strings, lead developer names\n" +"[code]founders[/code] - Array of Strings, founder names\n" +"[code]project_managers[/code] - Array of Strings, project manager names\n" +"[code]developers[/code] - Array of Strings, developer names" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Returns an Array of copyright information Dictionaries.\n" +"[code]name[/code] - String, component name\n" +"[code]parts[/code] - Array of Dictionaries {[code]files[/code], " +"[code]copyright[/code], [code]license[/code]} describing subsections of the " +"component" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Returns a Dictionary of Arrays of donor names.\n" +"{[code]platinum_sponsors[/code], [code]gold_sponsors[/code], " +"[code]silver_sponsors[/code], [code]bronze_sponsors[/code], " +"[code]mini_sponsors[/code], [code]gold_donors[/code], [code]silver_donors[/" +"code], [code]bronze_donors[/code]}" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Returns the total number of frames drawn. On headless platforms, or if the " +"render loop is disabled with [code]--disable-render-loop[/code] via command " +"line, [method get_frames_drawn] always returns [code]0[/code]. See [method " +"get_idle_frames]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:46 +msgid "Returns the frames per second of the running game." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Returns the total number of frames passed since engine initialization which " +"is advanced on each [b]idle frame[/b], regardless of whether the render loop " +"is enabled. See also [method get_frames_drawn] and [method " +"get_physics_frames].\n" +"[method get_idle_frames] can be used to run expensive logic less often " +"without relying on a [Timer]:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func _process(_delta):\n" +" if Engine.get_idle_frames() % 2 == 0:\n" +" pass # Run expensive logic only once every 2 idle (render) frames " +"here.\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Returns Dictionary of licenses used by Godot and included third party " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:70 +msgid "Returns Godot license text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:76 +msgid "Returns the main loop object (see [MainLoop] and [SceneTree])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:82 +msgid "" +"Returns the total number of frames passed since engine initialization which " +"is advanced on each [b]physics frame[/b]. See also [method " +"get_idle_frames].\n" +"[method get_physics_frames] can be used to run expensive logic less often " +"without relying on a [Timer]:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func _physics_process(_delta):\n" +" if Engine.get_physics_frames() % 2 == 0:\n" +" pass # Run expensive logic only once every 2 physics frames here.\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:94 +msgid "" +"Returns the fraction through the current physics tick we are at the time of " +"rendering the frame. This can be used to implement fixed timestep " +"interpolation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:101 +msgid "" +"Returns a global singleton with given [code]name[/code]. Often used for " +"plugins, e.g. [code]GodotPayment[/code] on Android." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:107 +msgid "" +"Returns the current engine version information in a Dictionary.\n" +"[code]major[/code] - Holds the major version number as an int\n" +"[code]minor[/code] - Holds the minor version number as an int\n" +"[code]patch[/code] - Holds the patch version number as an int\n" +"[code]hex[/code] - Holds the full version number encoded as a " +"hexadecimal int with one byte (2 places) per number (see example below)\n" +"[code]status[/code] - Holds the status (e.g. \"beta\", \"rc1\", " +"\"rc2\", ... \"stable\") as a String\n" +"[code]build[/code] - Holds the build name (e.g. \"custom_build\") as a " +"String\n" +"[code]hash[/code] - Holds the full Git commit hash as a String\n" +"[code]year[/code] - Holds the year the version was released in as an " +"int\n" +"[code]string[/code] - [code]major[/code] + [code]minor[/code] + " +"[code]patch[/code] + [code]status[/code] + [code]build[/code] in a single " +"String\n" +"The [code]hex[/code] value is encoded as follows, from left to right: one " +"byte for the major, one byte for the minor, one byte for the patch version. " +"For example, \"3.1.12\" would be [code]0x03010C[/code]. [b]Note:[/b] It's " +"still an int internally, and printing it will give you its decimal " +"representation, which is not particularly meaningful. Use hexadecimal " +"literals for easy version comparisons from code:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"if Engine.get_version_info().hex >= 0x030200:\n" +" # Do things specific to version 3.2 or later\n" +"else:\n" +" # Do things specific to versions before 3.2\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:130 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if a singleton with given [code]name[/code] exists " +"in global scope." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:136 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the game is inside the fixed process and " +"physics phase of the game loop." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:142 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the script is currently running inside the editor. " +"This is useful for [code]tool[/code] scripts to conditionally draw editor " +"helpers, or prevent accidentally running \"game\" code that would affect the " +"scene state while in the editor:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"if Engine.editor_hint:\n" +" draw_gizmos()\n" +"else:\n" +" simulate_physics()\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/misc/" +"running_code_in_the_editor.html]Running code in the editor[/url] in the " +"documentation for more information.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] To detect whether the script is run from an editor [i]build[/i] " +"(e.g. when pressing [code]F5[/code]), use [method OS.has_feature] with the " +"[code]\"editor\"[/code] argument instead. [code]OS.has_feature(\"editor\")[/" +"code] will evaluate to [code]true[/code] both when the code is running in " +"the editor and when running the project from the editor, but it will " +"evaluate to [code]false[/code] when the code is run from an exported project." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:153 +msgid "" +"The number of fixed iterations per second. This controls how often physics " +"simulation and [method Node._physics_process] methods are run. This value " +"should generally always be set to [code]60[/code] or above, as Godot doesn't " +"interpolate the physics step. As a result, values lower than [code]60[/code] " +"will look stuttery. This value can be increased to make input more reactive " +"or work around tunneling issues, but keep in mind doing so will increase CPU " +"usage." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:156 +msgid "" +"Controls how much physics ticks are synchronized with real time. For 0 or " +"less, the ticks are synchronized. Such values are recommended for network " +"games, where clock synchronization matters. Higher values cause higher " +"deviation of the in-game clock and real clock but smooth out framerate " +"jitters. The default value of 0.5 should be fine for most; values above 2 " +"could cause the game to react to dropped frames with a noticeable delay and " +"are not recommended.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] For best results, when using a custom physics interpolation " +"solution, the physics jitter fix should be disabled by setting [member " +"physics_jitter_fix] to [code]0[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:160 +msgid "" +"If [code]false[/code], stops printing error and warning messages to the " +"console and editor Output log. This can be used to hide error and warning " +"messages during unit test suite runs. This property is equivalent to the " +"[member ProjectSettings.application/run/disable_stderr] project setting.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] If you set this to [code]false[/code] anywhere in the " +"project, important error messages may be hidden even if they are emitted " +"from other scripts. If this is set to [code]false[/code] in a [code]@tool[/" +"code] script, this will also impact the editor itself. Do [i]not[/i] report " +"bugs before ensuring error messages are enabled (as they are by default).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property does not impact the editor's Errors tab when " +"running a project from the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:165 +msgid "" +"The desired frames per second. If the hardware cannot keep up, this setting " +"may not be respected. A value of 0 means no limit." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:168 +msgid "" +"Controls how fast or slow the in-game clock ticks versus the real life one. " +"It defaults to 1.0. A value of 2.0 means the game moves twice as fast as " +"real life, whilst a value of 0.5 means the game moves at half the regular " +"speed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Resource for environment nodes (like [WorldEnvironment]) that define " +"multiple rendering options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Resource for environment nodes (like [WorldEnvironment]) that define " +"multiple environment operations (such as background [Sky] or [Color], " +"ambient light, fog, depth-of-field...). These parameters affect the final " +"render of the scene. The order of these operations is:\n" +"- Depth of Field Blur\n" +"- Glow\n" +"- Tonemap (Auto Exposure)\n" +"- Adjustments\n" +"These effects will only apply when the [Viewport]'s intended usage is \"3D\" " +"or \"3D Without Effects\". This can be configured for the root Viewport with " +"[member ProjectSettings.rendering/quality/intended_usage/" +"framebuffer_allocation], or for specific Viewports via the [member Viewport." +"usage] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:15 doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml:12 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/" +"environment_and_post_processing.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:16 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/high_dynamic_range.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:17 doc/classes/Material.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:10 doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml:13 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/123" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the glow level [code]idx[/code] is specified, " +"[code]false[/code] otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Enables or disables the glow level at index [code]idx[/code]. Each level " +"relies on the previous level. This means that enabling higher glow levels " +"will slow down the glow effect rendering, even if previous levels aren't " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:40 +msgid "" +"The global brightness value of the rendered scene. Effective only if " +"[code]adjustment_enabled[/code] is [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:43 +msgid "" +"Applies the provided [Texture] resource to affect the global color aspect of " +"the rendered scene. Effective only if [code]adjustment_enabled[/code] is " +"[code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:46 +msgid "" +"The global contrast value of the rendered scene (default value is 1). " +"Effective only if [code]adjustment_enabled[/code] is [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:49 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables the [code]adjustment_*[/code] properties " +"provided by this resource. If [code]false[/code], modifications to the " +"[code]adjustment_*[/code] properties will have no effect on the rendered " +"scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:52 +msgid "" +"The global color saturation value of the rendered scene (default value is " +"1). Effective only if [code]adjustment_enabled[/code] is [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:55 +msgid "The ambient light's [Color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:58 +msgid "" +"The ambient light's energy. The higher the value, the stronger the light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Defines the amount of light that the sky brings on the scene. A value of 0 " +"means that the sky's light emission has no effect on the scene illumination, " +"thus all ambient illumination is provided by the ambient light. On the " +"contrary, a value of 1 means that all the light that affects the scene is " +"provided by the sky, thus the ambient light parameter has no effect on the " +"scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:64 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables the tonemapping auto exposure mode of the " +"scene renderer. If [code]true[/code], the renderer will automatically " +"determine the exposure setting to adapt to the scene's illumination and the " +"observed light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:67 +msgid "The maximum luminance value for the auto exposure." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:70 +msgid "The minimum luminance value for the auto exposure." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:73 +msgid "" +"The scale of the auto exposure effect. Affects the intensity of auto " +"exposure." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:76 +msgid "" +"The speed of the auto exposure effect. Affects the time needed for the " +"camera to perform auto exposure." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:79 +msgid "The ID of the camera feed to show in the background." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:82 +msgid "" +"The maximum layer ID to display. Only effective when using the [constant " +"BG_CANVAS] background mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:85 +msgid "" +"The [Color] displayed for clear areas of the scene. Only effective when " +"using the [constant BG_COLOR] or [constant BG_COLOR_SKY] background modes)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:88 +msgid "The power of the light emitted by the background." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:91 +msgid "The background mode. See [enum BGMode] for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:94 +msgid "The [Sky] resource defined as background." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:97 +msgid "The [Sky] resource's custom field of view." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:100 +msgid "The [Sky] resource's rotation expressed as a [Basis]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:103 +msgid "The [Sky] resource's rotation expressed as Euler angles in radians." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:106 +msgid "The [Sky] resource's rotation expressed as Euler angles in degrees." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:109 +msgid "The amount of far blur for the depth-of-field effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:112 +msgid "" +"The distance from the camera where the far blur effect affects the rendering." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:115 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], enables the depth-of-field far blur effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:118 +msgid "" +"The depth-of-field far blur's quality. Higher values can mitigate the " +"visible banding effect seen at higher strengths, but are much slower." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:121 +msgid "The length of the transition between the no-blur area and far blur." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:124 +msgid "The amount of near blur for the depth-of-field effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:127 +msgid "" +"Distance from the camera where the near blur effect affects the rendering." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:130 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], enables the depth-of-field near blur effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:133 +msgid "" +"The depth-of-field near blur's quality. Higher values can mitigate the " +"visible banding effect seen at higher strengths, but are much slower." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:136 +msgid "The length of the transition between the near blur and no-blur area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:139 +msgid "The fog's [Color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:142 +msgid "The fog's depth starting distance from the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:145 +msgid "" +"The fog depth's intensity curve. A number of presets are available in the " +"[b]Inspector[/b] by right-clicking the curve." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:148 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the depth fog effect is enabled. When enabled, fog " +"will appear in the distance (relative to the camera)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:151 +msgid "" +"The fog's depth end distance from the camera. If this value is set to 0, it " +"will be equal to the current camera's [member Camera.far] value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:154 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], fog effects are enabled. [member fog_height_enabled] " +"and/or [member fog_depth_enabled] must be set to [code]true[/code] to " +"actually display fog." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:157 +msgid "" +"The height fog's intensity. A number of presets are available in the " +"[b]Inspector[/b] by right-clicking the curve." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:160 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the height fog effect is enabled. When enabled, fog " +"will appear in a defined height range, regardless of the distance from the " +"camera. This can be used to simulate \"deep water\" effects with a lower " +"performance cost compared to a dedicated shader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:163 +msgid "" +"The Y coordinate where the height fog will be the most intense. If this " +"value is greater than [member fog_height_min], fog will be displayed from " +"bottom to top. Otherwise, it will be displayed from top to bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:166 +msgid "" +"The Y coordinate where the height fog will be the least intense. If this " +"value is greater than [member fog_height_max], fog will be displayed from " +"top to bottom. Otherwise, it will be displayed from bottom to top." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:169 +msgid "" +"The intensity of the depth fog color transition when looking towards the " +"sun. The sun's direction is determined automatically using the " +"DirectionalLight node in the scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:172 +msgid "The depth fog's [Color] when looking towards the sun." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:175 +msgid "" +"The intensity of the fog light transmittance effect. Amount of light that " +"the fog transmits." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:178 +msgid "" +"Enables fog's light transmission effect. If [code]true[/code], light will be " +"more visible in the fog to simulate light scattering as in real life." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:181 +msgid "" +"Smooths out the blockiness created by sampling higher levels, at the cost of " +"performance.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When using the GLES2 renderer, this is only available if the " +"GPU supports the [code]GL_EXT_gpu_shader4[/code] extension." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:185 +msgid "The glow blending mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:188 +msgid "" +"The bloom's intensity. If set to a value higher than [code]0[/code], this " +"will make glow visible in areas darker than the [member glow_hdr_threshold]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:191 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the glow effect is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:194 +msgid "" +"The higher threshold of the HDR glow. Areas brighter than this threshold " +"will be clamped for the purposes of the glow effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:197 +msgid "The bleed scale of the HDR glow." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:200 +msgid "" +"The lower threshold of the HDR glow. When using the GLES2 renderer (which " +"doesn't support HDR), this needs to be below [code]1.0[/code] for glow to be " +"visible. A value of [code]0.9[/code] works well in this case." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Takes more samples during downsample pass of glow. This ensures that single " +"pixels are captured by glow which makes the glow look smoother and more " +"stable during movement. However, it is very expensive and makes the glow " +"post process take twice as long." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:206 +msgid "" +"The glow intensity. When using the GLES2 renderer, this should be increased " +"to 1.5 to compensate for the lack of HDR rendering." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:209 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the 1st level of glow is enabled. This is the most " +"\"local\" level (least blurry)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:212 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the 2th level of glow is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:215 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the 3th level of glow is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:218 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the 4th level of glow is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:221 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the 5th level of glow is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:224 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the 6th level of glow is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:227 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the 7th level of glow is enabled. This is the most " +"\"global\" level (blurriest)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:230 +msgid "" +"The glow strength. When using the GLES2 renderer, this should be increased " +"to 1.3 to compensate for the lack of HDR rendering." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:233 +msgid "The depth tolerance for screen-space reflections." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:236 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], screen-space reflections are enabled. Screen-space " +"reflections are more accurate than reflections from [GIProbe]s or " +"[ReflectionProbe]s, but are slower and can't reflect surfaces occluded by " +"others." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:239 +msgid "" +"The fade-in distance for screen-space reflections. Affects the area from the " +"reflected material to the screen-space reflection)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:242 +msgid "" +"The fade-out distance for screen-space reflections. Affects the area from " +"the screen-space reflection to the \"global\" reflection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:245 +msgid "" +"The maximum number of steps for screen-space reflections. Higher values are " +"slower." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:248 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], screen-space reflections will take the material " +"roughness into account." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:251 +msgid "" +"The screen-space ambient occlusion intensity on materials that have an AO " +"texture defined. Values higher than [code]0[/code] will make the SSAO effect " +"visible in areas darkened by AO textures." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:254 +msgid "" +"The screen-space ambient occlusion bias. This should be kept high enough to " +"prevent \"smooth\" curves from being affected by ambient occlusion." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:257 +msgid "" +"The screen-space ambient occlusion blur quality. See [enum SSAOBlur] for " +"possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:260 +msgid "The screen-space ambient occlusion color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:263 +msgid "The screen-space ambient occlusion edge sharpness." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:266 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the screen-space ambient occlusion effect is enabled. " +"This darkens objects' corners and cavities to simulate ambient light not " +"reaching the entire object as in real life. This works well for small, " +"dynamic objects, but baked lighting or ambient occlusion textures will do a " +"better job at displaying ambient occlusion on large static objects. This is " +"a costly effect and should be disabled first when running into performance " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:269 +msgid "" +"The primary screen-space ambient occlusion intensity. See also [member " +"ssao_radius]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:272 +msgid "" +"The secondary screen-space ambient occlusion intensity. See also [member " +"ssao_radius2]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:275 +msgid "" +"The screen-space ambient occlusion intensity in direct light. In real life, " +"ambient occlusion only applies to indirect light, which means its effects " +"can't be seen in direct light. Values higher than [code]0[/code] will make " +"the SSAO effect visible in direct light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:278 +msgid "" +"The screen-space ambient occlusion quality. Higher qualities will make " +"better use of small objects for ambient occlusion, but are slower." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:281 +msgid "The primary screen-space ambient occlusion radius." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:284 +msgid "" +"The secondary screen-space ambient occlusion radius. If set to a value " +"higher than [code]0[/code], enables the secondary screen-space ambient " +"occlusion effect which can be used to improve the effect's appearance (at " +"the cost of performance)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:287 +msgid "The default exposure used for tonemapping." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:290 +msgid "" +"The tonemapping mode to use. Tonemapping is the process that \"converts\" " +"HDR values to be suitable for rendering on a LDR display. (Godot doesn't " +"support rendering on HDR displays yet.)" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:293 +msgid "" +"The white reference value for tonemapping. Only effective if the [member " +"tonemap_mode] isn't set to [constant TONE_MAPPER_LINEAR]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:298 +msgid "" +"Keeps on screen every pixel drawn in the background. This is the fastest " +"background mode, but it can only be safely used in fully-interior scenes (no " +"visible sky or sky reflections). If enabled in a scene where the background " +"is visible, \"ghost trail\" artifacts will be visible when moving the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:301 +msgid "" +"Clears the background using the clear color defined in [member " +"ProjectSettings.rendering/environment/default_clear_color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:304 +msgid "Clears the background using a custom clear color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:307 +msgid "Displays a user-defined sky in the background." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:310 +msgid "" +"Clears the background using a custom clear color and allows defining a sky " +"for shading and reflection. This mode is slightly faster than [constant " +"BG_SKY] and should be preferred in scenes where reflections can be visible, " +"but the sky itself never is (e.g. top-down camera)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:313 +msgid "Displays a [CanvasLayer] in the background." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:316 +msgid "Displays a camera feed in the background." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:319 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum BGMode] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:322 +msgid "" +"Additive glow blending mode. Mostly used for particles, glows (bloom), lens " +"flare, bright sources." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:325 +msgid "" +"Screen glow blending mode. Increases brightness, used frequently with bloom." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:328 +msgid "" +"Soft light glow blending mode. Modifies contrast, exposes shadows and " +"highlights (vivid bloom)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:331 +msgid "" +"Replace glow blending mode. Replaces all pixels' color by the glow value. " +"This can be used to simulate a full-screen blur effect by tweaking the glow " +"parameters to match the original image's brightness." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:334 +msgid "" +"Linear tonemapper operator. Reads the linear data and passes it on " +"unmodified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:337 +msgid "" +"Reinhardt tonemapper operator. Performs a variation on rendered pixels' " +"colors by this formula: [code]color = color / (1 + color)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:340 +msgid "Filmic tonemapper operator." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:343 +msgid "" +"Academy Color Encoding System tonemapper operator. Performs an aproximation " +"of the ACES tonemapping curve." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:346 +msgid "" +"High quality Academy Color Encoding System tonemapper operator that matches " +"the industry standard. Performs a more physically accurate curve fit which " +"better simulates how light works in the real world. The color of lights and " +"emissive materials will become lighter as the emissive energy increases, and " +"will eventually become white if the light is bright enough to saturate the " +"camera sensor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:349 +msgid "Low depth-of-field blur quality (fastest)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:352 +msgid "Medium depth-of-field blur quality." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:355 +msgid "High depth-of-field blur quality (slowest)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:358 +msgid "No blur for the screen-space ambient occlusion effect (fastest)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:361 +msgid "1×1 blur for the screen-space ambient occlusion effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:364 +msgid "2×2 blur for the screen-space ambient occlusion effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:367 +msgid "3×3 blur for the screen-space ambient occlusion effect (slowest)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:370 +msgid "Low quality for the screen-space ambient occlusion effect (fastest)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:373 +msgid "Low quality for the screen-space ambient occlusion effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:376 +msgid "Low quality for the screen-space ambient occlusion effect (slowest)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Expression.xml:4 +msgid "A class that stores an expression you can execute." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Expression.xml:7 +msgid "" +"An expression can be made of any arithmetic operation, built-in math " +"function call, method call of a passed instance, or built-in type " +"construction call.\n" +"An example expression text using the built-in math functions could be " +"[code]sqrt(pow(3,2) + pow(4,2))[/code].\n" +"In the following example we use a [LineEdit] node to write our expression " +"and show the result.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"onready var expression = Expression.new()\n" +"\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" $LineEdit.connect(\"text_entered\", self, \"_on_text_entered\")\n" +"\n" +"func _on_text_entered(command):\n" +" var error = expression.parse(command, [])\n" +" if error != OK:\n" +" print(expression.get_error_text())\n" +" return\n" +" var result = expression.execute([], null, true)\n" +" if not expression.has_execute_failed():\n" +" $LineEdit.text = str(result)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Expression.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Executes the expression that was previously parsed by [method parse] and " +"returns the result. Before you use the returned object, you should check if " +"the method failed by calling [method has_execute_failed].\n" +"If you defined input variables in [method parse], you can specify their " +"values in the inputs array, in the same order." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Expression.xml:42 +msgid "Returns the error text if [method parse] has failed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Expression.xml:48 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if [method execute] has failed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Expression.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Parses the expression and returns an [enum Error] code.\n" +"You can optionally specify names of variables that may appear in the " +"expression with [code]input_names[/code], so that you can bind them when it " +"gets executed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ExternalTexture.xml:4 +msgid "Enable OpenGL ES external texture extension." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ExternalTexture.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Enable support for the OpenGL ES external texture extension as defined by " +"[url=https://www.khronos.org/registry/OpenGL/extensions/OES/" +"OES_EGL_image_external.txt]OES_EGL_image_external[/url].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This is only supported for Android platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ExternalTexture.xml:16 +msgid "Returns the external texture name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ExternalTexture.xml:23 +msgid "External texture size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:4 +msgid "Type to handle file reading and writing operations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:7 +msgid "" +"File type. This is used to permanently store data into the user device's " +"file system and to read from it. This can be used to store game save data or " +"player configuration files, for example.\n" +"Here's a sample on how to write and read from a file:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func save(content):\n" +" var file = File.new()\n" +" file.open(\"user://save_game.dat\", File.WRITE)\n" +" file.store_string(content)\n" +" file.close()\n" +"\n" +"func load():\n" +" var file = File.new()\n" +" file.open(\"user://save_game.dat\", File.READ)\n" +" var content = file.get_as_text()\n" +" file.close()\n" +" return content\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"In the example above, the file will be saved in the user data folder as " +"specified in the [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/io/" +"data_paths.html]Data paths[/url] documentation.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] To access project resources once exported, it is recommended to " +"use [ResourceLoader] instead of the [File] API, as some files are converted " +"to engine-specific formats and their original source files might not be " +"present in the exported PCK package.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Files are automatically closed only if the process exits " +"\"normally\" (such as by clicking the window manager's close button or " +"pressing [b]Alt + F4[/b]). If you stop the project execution by pressing " +"[b]F8[/b] while the project is running, the file won't be closed as the game " +"process will be killed. You can work around this by calling [method flush] " +"at regular intervals." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Closes the currently opened file and prevents subsequent read/write " +"operations. Use [method flush] to persist the data to disk without closing " +"the file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the file cursor has already read past the end " +"of the file.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]eof_reached() == false[/code] cannot be used to check " +"whether there is more data available. To loop while there is more data " +"available, use:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"while file.get_position() < file.get_len():\n" +" # Read data\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:53 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the file exists in the given path.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Many resources types are imported (e.g. textures or sound " +"files), and their source asset will not be included in the exported game, as " +"only the imported version is used. See [method ResourceLoader.exists] for an " +"alternative approach that takes resource remapping into account." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:60 +msgid "" +"Writes the file's buffer to disk. Flushing is automatically performed when " +"the file is closed. This means you don't need to call [method flush] " +"manually before closing a file using [method close]. Still, calling [method " +"flush] can be used to ensure the data is safe even if the project crashes " +"instead of being closed gracefully.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Only call [method flush] when you actually need it. Otherwise, " +"it will decrease performance due to constant disk writes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Returns the next 16 bits from the file as an integer. See [method store_16] " +"for details on what values can be stored and retrieved this way." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Returns the next 32 bits from the file as an integer. See [method store_32] " +"for details on what values can be stored and retrieved this way." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:79 +msgid "" +"Returns the next 64 bits from the file as an integer. See [method store_64] " +"for details on what values can be stored and retrieved this way." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:85 +msgid "" +"Returns the next 8 bits from the file as an integer. See [method store_8] " +"for details on what values can be stored and retrieved this way." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:91 +msgid "" +"Returns the whole file as a [String].\n" +"Text is interpreted as being UTF-8 encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:99 +msgid "Returns next [code]len[/code] bytes of the file as a [PoolByteArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:106 +msgid "" +"Returns the next value of the file in CSV (Comma-Separated Values) format. " +"You can pass a different delimiter [code]delim[/code] to use other than the " +"default [code]\",\"[/code] (comma). This delimiter must be one-character " +"long, and cannot be a double quotation mark.\n" +"Text is interpreted as being UTF-8 encoded. Text values must be enclosed in " +"double quotes if they include the delimiter character. Double quotes within " +"a text value can be escaped by doubling their occurrence.\n" +"For example, the following CSV lines are valid and will be properly parsed " +"as two strings each:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"Alice,\"Hello, Bob!\"\n" +"Bob,Alice! What a surprise!\n" +"Alice,\"I thought you'd reply with \"\"Hello, world\"\".\"\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Note how the second line can omit the enclosing quotes as it does not " +"include the delimiter. However it [i]could[/i] very well use quotes, it was " +"only written without for demonstration purposes. The third line must use " +"[code]\"\"[/code] for each quotation mark that needs to be interpreted as " +"such instead of the end of a text value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:120 +msgid "Returns the next 64 bits from the file as a floating-point number." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:126 +msgid "" +"Returns the last error that happened when trying to perform operations. " +"Compare with the [code]ERR_FILE_*[/code] constants from [enum Error]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:132 +msgid "Returns the next 32 bits from the file as a floating-point number." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:138 +msgid "Returns the size of the file in bytes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:144 +msgid "" +"Returns the next line of the file as a [String].\n" +"Text is interpreted as being UTF-8 encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:152 +msgid "" +"Returns an MD5 String representing the file at the given path or an empty " +"[String] on failure." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:159 +msgid "" +"Returns the last time the [code]file[/code] was modified in unix timestamp " +"format or returns a [String] \"ERROR IN [code]file[/code]\". This unix " +"timestamp can be converted to datetime by using [method OS." +"get_datetime_from_unix_time]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:165 +msgid "" +"Returns a [String] saved in Pascal format from the file.\n" +"Text is interpreted as being UTF-8 encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:172 +msgid "Returns the path as a [String] for the current open file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:178 +msgid "Returns the absolute path as a [String] for the current open file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:184 +msgid "Returns the file cursor's position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:190 +msgid "Returns the next bits from the file as a floating-point number." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:197 +msgid "" +"Returns a SHA-256 [String] representing the file at the given path or an " +"empty [String] on failure." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:204 +msgid "" +"Returns the next [Variant] value from the file. If [code]allow_objects[/" +"code] is [code]true[/code], decoding objects is allowed.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] Deserialized objects can contain code which gets executed. " +"Do not use this option if the serialized object comes from untrusted sources " +"to avoid potential security threats such as remote code execution." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:211 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the file is currently opened." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:219 +msgid "Opens the file for writing or reading, depending on the flags." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:228 +msgid "" +"Opens a compressed file for reading or writing.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [method open_compressed] can only read files that were saved by " +"Godot, not third-party compression formats. See [url=https://github.com/" +"godotengine/godot/issues/28999]GitHub issue #28999[/url] for a workaround." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:238 +msgid "" +"Opens an encrypted file in write or read mode. You need to pass a binary key " +"to encrypt/decrypt it.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The provided key must be 32 bytes long." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:248 +msgid "" +"Opens an encrypted file in write or read mode. You need to pass a password " +"to encrypt/decrypt it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:255 +msgid "" +"Changes the file reading/writing cursor to the specified position (in bytes " +"from the beginning of the file)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:262 +msgid "" +"Changes the file reading/writing cursor to the specified position (in bytes " +"from the end of the file).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This is an offset, so you should use negative numbers or the " +"cursor will be at the end of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:270 +msgid "" +"Stores an integer as 16 bits in the file.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The [code]value[/code] should lie in the interval [code][0, " +"2^16 - 1][/code]. Any other value will overflow and wrap around.\n" +"To store a signed integer, use [method store_64] or store a signed integer " +"from the interval [code][-2^15, 2^15 - 1][/code] (i.e. keeping one bit for " +"the signedness) and compute its sign manually when reading. For example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"const MAX_15B = 1 << 15\n" +"const MAX_16B = 1 << 16\n" +"\n" +"func unsigned16_to_signed(unsigned):\n" +" return (unsigned + MAX_15B) % MAX_16B - MAX_15B\n" +"\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" var f = File.new()\n" +" f.open(\"user://file.dat\", File.WRITE_READ)\n" +" f.store_16(-42) # This wraps around and stores 65494 (2^16 - 42).\n" +" f.store_16(121) # In bounds, will store 121.\n" +" f.seek(0) # Go back to start to read the stored value.\n" +" var read1 = f.get_16() # 65494\n" +" var read2 = f.get_16() # 121\n" +" var converted1 = unsigned16_to_signed(read1) # -42\n" +" var converted2 = unsigned16_to_signed(read2) # 121\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:297 +msgid "" +"Stores an integer as 32 bits in the file.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The [code]value[/code] should lie in the interval [code][0, " +"2^32 - 1][/code]. Any other value will overflow and wrap around.\n" +"To store a signed integer, use [method store_64], or convert it manually " +"(see [method store_16] for an example)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:306 +msgid "" +"Stores an integer as 64 bits in the file.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The [code]value[/code] must lie in the interval [code][-2^63, " +"2^63 - 1][/code] (i.e. be a valid [int] value)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:314 +msgid "" +"Stores an integer as 8 bits in the file.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The [code]value[/code] should lie in the interval [code][0, 255]" +"[/code]. Any other value will overflow and wrap around.\n" +"To store a signed integer, use [method store_64], or convert it manually " +"(see [method store_16] for an example)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:323 +msgid "Stores the given array of bytes in the file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:331 +msgid "" +"Store the given [PoolStringArray] in the file as a line formatted in the CSV " +"(Comma-Separated Values) format. You can pass a different delimiter " +"[code]delim[/code] to use other than the default [code]\",\"[/code] (comma). " +"This delimiter must be one-character long.\n" +"Text will be encoded as UTF-8." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:339 +msgid "Stores a floating-point number as 64 bits in the file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:346 +msgid "Stores a floating-point number as 32 bits in the file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:353 +msgid "" +"Appends [code]line[/code] to the file followed by a line return character " +"([code]\\n[/code]), encoding the text as UTF-8." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:360 +msgid "" +"Stores the given [String] as a line in the file in Pascal format (i.e. also " +"store the length of the string).\n" +"Text will be encoded as UTF-8." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:368 +msgid "Stores a floating-point number in the file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:375 +msgid "" +"Appends [code]string[/code] to the file without a line return, encoding the " +"text as UTF-8." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:383 +msgid "" +"Stores any Variant value in the file. If [code]full_objects[/code] is " +"[code]true[/code], encoding objects is allowed (and can potentially include " +"code).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Not all properties are included. Only properties that are " +"configured with the [constant PROPERTY_USAGE_STORAGE] flag set will be " +"serialized. You can add a new usage flag to a property by overriding the " +"[method Object._get_property_list] method in your class. You can also check " +"how property usage is configured by calling [method Object." +"_get_property_list]. See [enum PropertyUsageFlags] for the possible usage " +"flags." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:390 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the file is read with big-endian [url=https://en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Endianness]endianness[/url]. If [code]false[/code], the " +"file is read with little-endian endianness. If in doubt, leave this to " +"[code]false[/code] as most files are written with little-endian endianness.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [member endian_swap] is only about the file format, not the CPU " +"type. The CPU endianness doesn't affect the default endianness for files " +"written.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This is always reset to [code]false[/code] whenever you open " +"the file. Therefore, you must set [member endian_swap] [i]after[/i] opening " +"the file, not before." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:397 +msgid "" +"Opens the file for read operations. The cursor is positioned at the " +"beginning of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:400 +msgid "" +"Opens the file for write operations. The file is created if it does not " +"exist, and truncated if it does." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:403 +msgid "" +"Opens the file for read and write operations. Does not truncate the file. " +"The cursor is positioned at the beginning of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:406 +msgid "" +"Opens the file for read and write operations. The file is created if it does " +"not exist, and truncated if it does. The cursor is positioned at the " +"beginning of the file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:409 +msgid "Uses the [url=http://fastlz.org/]FastLZ[/url] compression method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:412 +msgid "" +"Uses the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DEFLATE]DEFLATE[/url] " +"compression method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:415 +msgid "" +"Uses the [url=https://facebook.github.io/zstd/]Zstandard[/url] compression " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/File.xml:418 +msgid "Uses the [url=https://www.gzip.org/]gzip[/url] compression method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:4 +msgid "Dialog for selecting files or directories in the filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:7 +msgid "" +"FileDialog is a preset dialog used to choose files and directories in the " +"filesystem. It supports filter masks. The FileDialog automatically sets its " +"window title according to the [member mode]. If you want to use a custom " +"title, disable this by setting [member mode_overrides_title] to [code]false[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be " +"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, " +"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:22 +msgid "Clear all the added filters in the dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:28 +msgid "Clear currently selected items in the dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Returns the LineEdit for the selected file.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it " +"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their " +"[member CanvasItem.visible] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Returns the vertical box container of the dialog, custom controls can be " +"added to it.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it " +"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their " +"[member CanvasItem.visible] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:48 +msgid "Invalidate and update the current dialog content list." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:54 +msgid "" +"The file system access scope. See enum [code]Access[/code] constants.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] Currently, in sandboxed environments such as HTML5 builds or " +"sandboxed macOS apps, FileDialog cannot access the host file system. See " +"[url=https://github.com/godotengine/godot-proposals/issues/1123]godot-" +"proposals#1123[/url]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:58 +msgid "The current working directory of the file dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:61 +msgid "The currently selected file of the file dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:64 +msgid "The currently selected file path of the file dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:68 +msgid "" +"The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/" +"code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*." +"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:71 +msgid "" +"The dialog's open or save mode, which affects the selection behavior. See " +"enum [code]Mode[/code] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:74 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], changing the [code]Mode[/code] property will set the " +"window title accordingly (e.g. setting mode to [constant MODE_OPEN_FILE] " +"will change the window title to \"Open a File\")." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:77 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the dialog will show hidden files." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:85 +msgid "Emitted when the user selects a directory." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:91 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the user selects a file by double-clicking it or pressing the " +"[b]OK[/b] button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:97 +msgid "Emitted when the user selects multiple files." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:103 +msgid "The dialog allows selecting one, and only one file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:106 +msgid "The dialog allows selecting multiple files." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:109 +msgid "" +"The dialog only allows selecting a directory, disallowing the selection of " +"any file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:112 +msgid "The dialog allows selecting one file or directory." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:115 +msgid "The dialog will warn when a file exists." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:118 +msgid "" +"The dialog only allows accessing files under the [Resource] path " +"([code]res://[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:121 +msgid "" +"The dialog only allows accessing files under user data path ([code]user://[/" +"code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:124 +msgid "The dialog allows accessing files on the whole file system." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:129 +msgid "Custom icon for files." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:132 +msgid "The color modulation applied to the file icon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:135 +msgid "" +"The color tint for disabled files (when the [FileDialog] is used in open " +"folder mode)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:138 +msgid "Custom icon for folders." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:141 +msgid "The color modulation applied to the folder icon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:144 +msgid "Custom icon for the parent folder arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:147 +msgid "Custom icon for the reload button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:150 +msgid "Custom icon for the toggle hidden button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/float.xml:4 +msgid "Float built-in type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/float.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The [float] built-in type is a 64-bit double-precision floating-point " +"number, equivalent to [code]double[/code] in C++. This type has 14 reliable " +"decimal digits of precision. The [float] type can be stored in [Variant], " +"which is the generic type used by the engine. The maximum value of [float] " +"is approximately [code]1.79769e308[/code], and the minimum is approximately " +"[code]-1.79769e308[/code].\n" +"Most methods and properties in the engine use 32-bit single-precision " +"floating-point numbers instead, equivalent to [code]float[/code] in C++, " +"which have 6 reliable decimal digits of precision. For data structures such " +"as [Vector2] and [Vector3], Godot uses 32-bit floating-point numbers.\n" +"Math done using the [float] type is not guaranteed to be exact or " +"deterministic, and will often result in small errors. You should usually use " +"the [method @GDScript.is_equal_approx] and [method @GDScript.is_zero_approx] " +"methods instead of [code]==[/code] to compare [float] values for equality." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/float.xml:12 +msgid "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Double-precision_floating-point_format" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/float.xml:13 +msgid "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Single-precision_floating-point_format" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/float.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Cast a [bool] value to a floating-point value, [code]float(true)[/code] will " +"be equal to 1.0 and [code]float(false)[/code] will be equal to 0.0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/float.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Cast an [int] value to a floating-point value, [code]float(1)[/code] will be " +"equal to 1.0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/float.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Cast a [String] value to a floating-point value. This method accepts float " +"value strings like [code]\"1.23\"[/code] and exponential notation strings " +"for its parameter so calling [code]float(\"1e3\")[/code] will return 1000.0 " +"and calling [code]float(\"1e-3\")[/code] will return 0.001. Calling this " +"method with an invalid float string will return 0. This method stops parsing " +"at the first invalid character and will return the parsed result so far, so " +"calling [code]float(\"1a3\")[/code] will return 1 while calling " +"[code]float(\"1e3a2\")[/code] will return 1000.0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Font.xml:4 +msgid "Internationalized font and text drawing support." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Font.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Font contains a Unicode-compatible character set, as well as the ability to " +"draw it with variable width, ascent, descent and kerning. For creating fonts " +"from TTF files (or other font formats), see the editor support for fonts.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If a [DynamicFont] doesn't contain a character used in a " +"string, the character in question will be replaced with codepoint " +"[code]0xfffd[/code] if it's available in the [DynamicFont]. If this " +"replacement character isn't available in the DynamicFont, the character will " +"be hidden without displaying any replacement character in the string.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If a [BitmapFont] doesn't contain a character used in a string, " +"the character in question will be hidden without displaying any replacement " +"character in the string.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Unicode characters after [code]0xffff[/code] (such as most " +"emoji) are [i]not[/i] supported on Windows. They will display as unknown " +"characters instead. This will be resolved in Godot 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Font.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Draw [code]string[/code] into a canvas item using the font at a given " +"position, with [code]modulate[/code] color, and optionally clipping the " +"width. [code]position[/code] specifies the baseline, not the top. To draw " +"from the top, [i]ascent[/i] must be added to the Y axis.\n" +"See also [method CanvasItem.draw_string]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Font.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Draw character [code]char[/code] into a canvas item using the font at a " +"given position, with [code]modulate[/code] color, and optionally kerning if " +"[code]next[/code] is passed. clipping the width. [code]position[/code] " +"specifies the baseline, not the top. To draw from the top, [i]ascent[/i] " +"must be added to the Y axis. The width used by the character is returned, " +"making this function useful for drawing strings character by character." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Font.xml:43 +msgid "Returns the font ascent (number of pixels above the baseline)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Font.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Returns the size of a character, optionally taking kerning into account if " +"the next character is provided. Note that the height returned is the font " +"height (see [method get_height]) and has no relation to the glyph height." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Font.xml:57 +msgid "Returns the font descent (number of pixels below the baseline)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Font.xml:63 +msgid "Returns the total font height (ascent plus descent) in pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Font.xml:70 +msgid "" +"Returns the size of a string, taking kerning and advance into account. Note " +"that the height returned is the font height (see [method get_height]) and " +"has no relation to the string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Font.xml:78 +msgid "" +"Returns the size that the string would have with word wrapping enabled with " +"a fixed [code]width[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Font.xml:84 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the font has an outline." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Font.xml:95 +msgid "" +"After editing a font (changing size, ascent, char rects, etc.). Call this " +"function to propagate changes to controls that might use it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FuncRef.xml:4 +msgid "Reference to a function in an object." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FuncRef.xml:7 +msgid "" +"In GDScript, functions are not [i]first-class objects[/i]. This means it is " +"impossible to store them directly as variables, return them from another " +"function, or pass them as arguments.\n" +"However, by creating a [FuncRef] using the [method @GDScript.funcref] " +"function, a reference to a function in a given object can be created, passed " +"around and called." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FuncRef.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Calls the referenced function previously set in [member function] or [method " +"@GDScript.funcref]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FuncRef.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Calls the referenced function previously set in [member function] or [method " +"@GDScript.funcref]. Contrarily to [method call_func], this method does not " +"support a variable number of arguments but expects all parameters to be " +"passed via a single [Array]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FuncRef.xml:29 +msgid "Returns whether the object still exists and has the function assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FuncRef.xml:36 +msgid "" +"The object containing the referenced function. This object must be of a type " +"actually inheriting from [Object], not a built-in type such as [int], " +"[Vector2] or [Dictionary]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/FuncRef.xml:42 +msgid "The name of the referenced function." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:4 +msgid "" +"An external library containing functions or script classes to use in Godot." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A GDNative library can implement [NativeScript]s, global functions to call " +"with the [GDNative] class, or low-level engine extensions through interfaces " +"such as [ARVRInterfaceGDNative]. The library must be compiled for each " +"platform and architecture that the project will run on." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:10 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/plugins/gdnative/gdnative-c-" +"example.html" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:11 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/plugins/gdnative/gdnative-cpp-" +"example.html" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Returns paths to all dependency libraries for the current platform and " +"architecture." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Returns the path to the dynamic library file for the current platform and " +"architecture." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:29 +msgid "" +"This resource in INI-style [ConfigFile] format, as in [code].gdnlib[/code] " +"files." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:32 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], Godot loads only one copy of the library and each " +"script that references the library will share static data like static or " +"global variables.\n" +"If [code]false[/code], Godot loads a separate copy of the library into " +"memory for each script that references it." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:36 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the editor will temporarily unload the library " +"whenever the user switches away from the editor window, allowing the user to " +"recompile the library without restarting Godot.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If the library defines tool scripts that run inside the editor, " +"[code]reloadable[/code] must be [code]false[/code]. Otherwise, the editor " +"will attempt to unload the tool scripts while they're in use and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:40 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], Godot loads the library at startup rather than the " +"first time a script uses the library, calling [code]{prefix}" +"gdnative_singleton[/code] after initializing the library (where [code]" +"{prefix}[/code] is the value of [member symbol_prefix]). The library remains " +"loaded as long as Godot is running.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] A singleton library cannot be [member reloadable]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:44 +msgid "" +"The prefix this library's entry point functions begin with. For example, a " +"GDNativeLibrary would declare its [code]gdnative_init[/code] function as " +"[code]godot_gdnative_init[/code] by default.\n" +"On platforms that require statically linking libraries (currently only iOS), " +"each library must have a different [code]symbol_prefix[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/GDScript.xml:4 +msgid "A script implemented in the GDScript programming language." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/GDScript.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A script implemented in the GDScript programming language. The script " +"extends the functionality of all objects that instance it.\n" +"[method new] creates a new instance of the script. [method Object." +"set_script] extends an existing object, if that object's class matches one " +"of the script's base classes." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/GDScript.xml:11 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/scripting/gdscript/index." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/GDScript.xml:17 +msgid "Returns byte code for the script source code." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/GDScript.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Returns a new instance of the script.\n" +"For example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var MyClass = load(\"myclass.gd\")\n" +"var instance = MyClass.new()\n" +"assert(instance.get_script() == MyClass)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/GDScriptFunctionState.xml:4 +msgid "State of a function call after yielding." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/GDScriptFunctionState.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Calling [method @GDScript.yield] within a function will cause that function " +"to yield and return its current state as an object of this type. The yielded " +"function call can then be resumed later by calling [method resume] on this " +"state object." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/GDScriptFunctionState.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Check whether the function call may be resumed. This is not the case if the " +"function state was already resumed.\n" +"If [code]extended_check[/code] is enabled, it also checks if the associated " +"script and object still exist. The extended check is done in debug mode as " +"part of [method GDScriptFunctionState.resume], but you can use this if you " +"know you may be trying to resume without knowing for sure the object and/or " +"script have survived up to that point." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/GDScriptFunctionState.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Resume execution of the yielded function call.\n" +"If handed an argument, return the argument from the [method @GDScript.yield] " +"call in the yielded function call. You can pass e.g. an [Array] to hand " +"multiple arguments.\n" +"This function returns what the resumed function call returns, possibly " +"another function state if yielded again." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:4 +msgid "" +"The generic 6-degrees-of-freedom joint can implement a variety of joint " +"types by locking certain axes' rotation or translation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The first 3 DOF axes are linear axes, which represent translation of Bodies, " +"and the latter 3 DOF axes represent the angular motion. Each axis can be " +"either locked, or limited." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:93 +msgid "" +"The amount of rotational damping across the X axis.\n" +"The lower, the longer an impulse from one side takes to travel to the other " +"side." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:97 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], rotation across the X axis is limited." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:100 +msgid "" +"When rotating across the X axis, this error tolerance factor defines how " +"much the correction gets slowed down. The lower, the slower." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:103 +msgid "" +"The maximum amount of force that can occur, when rotating around the X axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:106 +msgid "" +"The minimum rotation in negative direction to break loose and rotate around " +"the X axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:109 +msgid "" +"The amount of rotational restitution across the X axis. The lower, the more " +"restitution occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:112 +msgid "The speed of all rotations across the X axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:115 +msgid "" +"The minimum rotation in positive direction to break loose and rotate around " +"the X axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:118 +msgid "" +"The amount of rotational damping across the Y axis. The lower, the more " +"dampening occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:121 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], rotation across the Y axis is limited." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:124 +msgid "" +"When rotating across the Y axis, this error tolerance factor defines how " +"much the correction gets slowed down. The lower, the slower." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:127 +msgid "" +"The maximum amount of force that can occur, when rotating around the Y axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:130 +msgid "" +"The minimum rotation in negative direction to break loose and rotate around " +"the Y axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:133 +msgid "" +"The amount of rotational restitution across the Y axis. The lower, the more " +"restitution occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:136 +msgid "The speed of all rotations across the Y axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:139 +msgid "" +"The minimum rotation in positive direction to break loose and rotate around " +"the Y axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:142 +msgid "" +"The amount of rotational damping across the Z axis. The lower, the more " +"dampening occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:145 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], rotation across the Z axis is limited." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:148 +msgid "" +"When rotating across the Z axis, this error tolerance factor defines how " +"much the correction gets slowed down. The lower, the slower." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:151 +msgid "" +"The maximum amount of force that can occur, when rotating around the Z axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:154 +msgid "" +"The minimum rotation in negative direction to break loose and rotate around " +"the Z axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:157 +msgid "" +"The amount of rotational restitution across the Z axis. The lower, the more " +"restitution occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:160 +msgid "The speed of all rotations across the Z axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:163 +msgid "" +"The minimum rotation in positive direction to break loose and rotate around " +"the Z axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:166 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], a rotating motor at the X axis is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:169 +msgid "Maximum acceleration for the motor at the X axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:172 +msgid "Target speed for the motor at the X axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:175 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], a rotating motor at the Y axis is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:178 +msgid "Maximum acceleration for the motor at the Y axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:181 +msgid "Target speed for the motor at the Y axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:184 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], a rotating motor at the Z axis is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:187 +msgid "Maximum acceleration for the motor at the Z axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:190 +msgid "Target speed for the motor at the Z axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:217 +msgid "The amount of damping that happens at the X motion." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:220 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the linear motion across the X axis is limited." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:223 +msgid "The minimum difference between the pivot points' X axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:226 +msgid "" +"The amount of restitution on the X axis movement. The lower, the more " +"momentum gets lost." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:229 +msgid "" +"A factor applied to the movement across the X axis. The lower, the slower " +"the movement." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:232 +msgid "The maximum difference between the pivot points' X axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:235 +msgid "The amount of damping that happens at the Y motion." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:238 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the linear motion across the Y axis is limited." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:241 +msgid "The minimum difference between the pivot points' Y axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:244 +msgid "" +"The amount of restitution on the Y axis movement. The lower, the more " +"momentum gets lost." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:247 +msgid "" +"A factor applied to the movement across the Y axis. The lower, the slower " +"the movement." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:250 +msgid "The maximum difference between the pivot points' Y axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:253 +msgid "The amount of damping that happens at the Z motion." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:256 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the linear motion across the Z axis is limited." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:259 +msgid "The minimum difference between the pivot points' Z axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:262 +msgid "" +"The amount of restitution on the Z axis movement. The lower, the more " +"momentum gets lost." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:265 +msgid "" +"A factor applied to the movement across the Z axis. The lower, the slower " +"the movement." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:268 +msgid "The maximum difference between the pivot points' Z axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:271 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], then there is a linear motor on the X axis. It will " +"attempt to reach the target velocity while staying within the force limits." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:274 +msgid "" +"The maximum force the linear motor can apply on the X axis while trying to " +"reach the target velocity." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:277 +msgid "The speed that the linear motor will attempt to reach on the X axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:280 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], then there is a linear motor on the Y axis. It will " +"attempt to reach the target velocity while staying within the force limits." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:283 +msgid "" +"The maximum force the linear motor can apply on the Y axis while trying to " +"reach the target velocity." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:286 +msgid "The speed that the linear motor will attempt to reach on the Y axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:289 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], then there is a linear motor on the Z axis. It will " +"attempt to reach the target velocity while staying within the force limits." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:292 +msgid "" +"The maximum force the linear motor can apply on the Z axis while trying to " +"reach the target velocity." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:295 +msgid "The speed that the linear motor will attempt to reach on the Z axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:324 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1086 +msgid "The minimum difference between the pivot points' axes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:327 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1089 +msgid "The maximum difference between the pivot points' axes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:330 +msgid "" +"A factor applied to the movement across the axes. The lower, the slower the " +"movement." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:333 +msgid "" +"The amount of restitution on the axes' movement. The lower, the more " +"momentum gets lost." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:336 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1098 +msgid "" +"The amount of damping that happens at the linear motion across the axes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:339 +msgid "The velocity the linear motor will try to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:342 +msgid "" +"The maximum force the linear motor will apply while trying to reach the " +"velocity target." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:351 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1107 +msgid "" +"The minimum rotation in negative direction to break loose and rotate around " +"the axes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:354 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1110 +msgid "" +"The minimum rotation in positive direction to break loose and rotate around " +"the axes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:357 +msgid "The speed of all rotations across the axes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:360 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1116 +msgid "" +"The amount of rotational damping across the axes. The lower, the more " +"dampening occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:363 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1119 +msgid "" +"The amount of rotational restitution across the axes. The lower, the more " +"restitution occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:366 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1122 +msgid "" +"The maximum amount of force that can occur, when rotating around the axes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:369 +msgid "" +"When rotating across the axes, this error tolerance factor defines how much " +"the correction gets slowed down. The lower, the slower." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:372 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1128 +msgid "Target speed for the motor at the axes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:375 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1131 +msgid "Maximum acceleration for the motor at the axes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:387 +msgid "If enabled, linear motion is possible within the given limits." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:390 +msgid "If enabled, rotational motion is possible within the given limits." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:397 +msgid "If enabled, there is a rotational motor across these axes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:400 +msgid "If enabled, there is a linear motor across these axes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:403 doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:108 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Flag] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:4 +msgid "Helper node to calculate generic geometry operations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Geometry provides users with a set of helper functions to create geometric " +"shapes, compute intersections between shapes, and process various other " +"geometric operations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Returns an array with 6 [Plane]s that describe the sides of a box centered " +"at the origin. The box size is defined by [code]extents[/code], which " +"represents one (positive) corner of the box (i.e. half its actual size)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Returns an array of [Plane]s closely bounding a faceted capsule centered at " +"the origin with radius [code]radius[/code] and height [code]height[/code]. " +"The parameter [code]sides[/code] defines how many planes will be generated " +"for the side part of the capsule, whereas [code]lats[/code] gives the number " +"of latitudinal steps at the bottom and top of the capsule. The parameter " +"[code]axis[/code] describes the axis along which the capsule is oriented (0 " +"for X, 1 for Y, 2 for Z)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Returns an array of [Plane]s closely bounding a faceted cylinder centered at " +"the origin with radius [code]radius[/code] and height [code]height[/code]. " +"The parameter [code]sides[/code] defines how many planes will be generated " +"for the round part of the cylinder. The parameter [code]axis[/code] " +"describes the axis along which the cylinder is oriented (0 for X, 1 for Y, 2 " +"for Z)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Clips the polygon defined by the points in [code]points[/code] against the " +"[code]plane[/code] and returns the points of the clipped polygon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:53 +msgid "" +"Clips [code]polygon_a[/code] against [code]polygon_b[/code] and returns an " +"array of clipped polygons. This performs [constant OPERATION_DIFFERENCE] " +"between polygons. Returns an empty array if [code]polygon_b[/code] " +"completely overlaps [code]polygon_a[/code].\n" +"If [code]polygon_b[/code] is enclosed by [code]polygon_a[/code], returns an " +"outer polygon (boundary) and inner polygon (hole) which could be " +"distinguished by calling [method is_polygon_clockwise]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Clips [code]polyline[/code] against [code]polygon[/code] and returns an " +"array of clipped polylines. This performs [constant OPERATION_DIFFERENCE] " +"between the polyline and the polygon. This operation can be thought of as " +"cutting a line with a closed shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:69 +msgid "" +"Given an array of [Vector2]s, returns the convex hull as a list of points in " +"counterclockwise order. The last point is the same as the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Mutually excludes common area defined by intersection of [code]polygon_a[/" +"code] and [code]polygon_b[/code] (see [method intersect_polygons_2d]) and " +"returns an array of excluded polygons. This performs [constant " +"OPERATION_XOR] between polygons. In other words, returns all but common area " +"between polygons.\n" +"The operation may result in an outer polygon (boundary) and inner polygon " +"(hole) produced which could be distinguished by calling [method " +"is_polygon_clockwise]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:87 +msgid "" +"Returns the 3D point on the 3D segment ([code]s1[/code], [code]s2[/code]) " +"that is closest to [code]point[/code]. The returned point will always be " +"inside the specified segment." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Returns the 2D point on the 2D segment ([code]s1[/code], [code]s2[/code]) " +"that is closest to [code]point[/code]. The returned point will always be " +"inside the specified segment." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:105 +msgid "" +"Returns the 3D point on the 3D line defined by ([code]s1[/code], [code]s2[/" +"code]) that is closest to [code]point[/code]. The returned point can be " +"inside the segment ([code]s1[/code], [code]s2[/code]) or outside of it, i.e. " +"somewhere on the line extending from the segment." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:114 +msgid "" +"Returns the 2D point on the 2D line defined by ([code]s1[/code], [code]s2[/" +"code]) that is closest to [code]point[/code]. The returned point can be " +"inside the segment ([code]s1[/code], [code]s2[/code]) or outside of it, i.e. " +"somewhere on the line extending from the segment." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:124 +msgid "" +"Given the two 3D segments ([code]p1[/code], [code]p2[/code]) and ([code]q1[/" +"code], [code]q2[/code]), finds those two points on the two segments that are " +"closest to each other. Returns a [PoolVector3Array] that contains this point " +"on ([code]p1[/code], [code]p2[/code]) as well the accompanying point on " +"([code]q1[/code], [code]q2[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:134 +msgid "" +"Given the two 2D segments ([code]p1[/code], [code]q1[/code]) and ([code]p2[/" +"code], [code]q2[/code]), finds those two points on the two segments that are " +"closest to each other. Returns a [PoolVector2Array] that contains this point " +"on ([code]p1[/code], [code]q1[/code]) as well the accompanying point on " +"([code]p2[/code], [code]q2[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:141 +msgid "Used internally by the engine." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:149 +msgid "" +"Intersects [code]polygon_a[/code] with [code]polygon_b[/code] and returns an " +"array of intersected polygons. This performs [constant " +"OPERATION_INTERSECTION] between polygons. In other words, returns common " +"area shared by polygons. Returns an empty array if no intersection occurs.\n" +"The operation may result in an outer polygon (boundary) and inner polygon " +"(hole) produced which could be distinguished by calling [method " +"is_polygon_clockwise]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:158 +msgid "" +"Intersects [code]polyline[/code] with [code]polygon[/code] and returns an " +"array of intersected polylines. This performs [constant " +"OPERATION_INTERSECTION] between the polyline and the polygon. This operation " +"can be thought of as chopping a line with a closed shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:167 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]point[/code] is inside the circle or if " +"it's located exactly [i]on[/i] the circle's boundary, otherwise returns " +"[code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:175 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]point[/code] is inside [code]polygon[/" +"code] or if it's located exactly [i]on[/i] polygon's boundary, otherwise " +"returns [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:182 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]polygon[/code]'s vertices are ordered in " +"clockwise order, otherwise returns [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:192 +msgid "" +"Checks if the two lines ([code]from_a[/code], [code]dir_a[/code]) and " +"([code]from_b[/code], [code]dir_b[/code]) intersect. If yes, return the " +"point of intersection as [Vector2]. If no intersection takes place, returns " +"an empty [Variant].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The lines are specified using direction vectors, not end points." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:200 +msgid "" +"Given an array of [Vector2]s representing tiles, builds an atlas. The " +"returned dictionary has two keys: [code]points[/code] is a vector of " +"[Vector2] that specifies the positions of each tile, [code]size[/code] " +"contains the overall size of the whole atlas as [Vector2]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:208 +msgid "" +"Merges (combines) [code]polygon_a[/code] and [code]polygon_b[/code] and " +"returns an array of merged polygons. This performs [constant " +"OPERATION_UNION] between polygons.\n" +"The operation may result in an outer polygon (boundary) and multiple inner " +"polygons (holes) produced which could be distinguished by calling [method " +"is_polygon_clockwise]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:218 +msgid "" +"Inflates or deflates [code]polygon[/code] by [code]delta[/code] units " +"(pixels). If [code]delta[/code] is positive, makes the polygon grow outward. " +"If [code]delta[/code] is negative, shrinks the polygon inward. Returns an " +"array of polygons because inflating/deflating may result in multiple " +"discrete polygons. Returns an empty array if [code]delta[/code] is negative " +"and the absolute value of it approximately exceeds the minimum bounding " +"rectangle dimensions of the polygon.\n" +"Each polygon's vertices will be rounded as determined by [code]join_type[/" +"code], see [enum PolyJoinType].\n" +"The operation may result in an outer polygon (boundary) and inner polygon " +"(hole) produced which could be distinguished by calling [method " +"is_polygon_clockwise].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] To translate the polygon's vertices specifically, use the " +"[method Transform2D.xform] method:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var polygon = PoolVector2Array([Vector2(0, 0), Vector2(100, 0), Vector2(100, " +"100), Vector2(0, 100)])\n" +"var offset = Vector2(50, 50)\n" +"polygon = Transform2D(0, offset).xform(polygon)\n" +"print(polygon) # prints [Vector2(50, 50), Vector2(150, 50), Vector2(150, " +"150), Vector2(50, 150)]\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:237 +msgid "" +"Inflates or deflates [code]polyline[/code] by [code]delta[/code] units " +"(pixels), producing polygons. If [code]delta[/code] is positive, makes the " +"polyline grow outward. Returns an array of polygons because inflating/" +"deflating may result in multiple discrete polygons. If [code]delta[/code] is " +"negative, returns an empty array.\n" +"Each polygon's vertices will be rounded as determined by [code]join_type[/" +"code], see [enum PolyJoinType].\n" +"Each polygon's endpoints will be rounded as determined by [code]end_type[/" +"code], see [enum PolyEndType].\n" +"The operation may result in an outer polygon (boundary) and inner polygon " +"(hole) produced which could be distinguished by calling [method " +"is_polygon_clockwise]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:250 +msgid "" +"Returns if [code]point[/code] is inside the triangle specified by [code]a[/" +"code], [code]b[/code] and [code]c[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:261 +msgid "" +"Tests if the 3D ray starting at [code]from[/code] with the direction of " +"[code]dir[/code] intersects the triangle specified by [code]a[/code], " +"[code]b[/code] and [code]c[/code]. If yes, returns the point of intersection " +"as [Vector3]. If no intersection takes place, an empty [Variant] is returned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:271 +msgid "" +"Given the 2D segment ([code]segment_from[/code], [code]segment_to[/code]), " +"returns the position on the segment (as a number between 0 and 1) at which " +"the segment hits the circle that is located at position " +"[code]circle_position[/code] and has radius [code]circle_radius[/code]. If " +"the segment does not intersect the circle, -1 is returned (this is also the " +"case if the line extending the segment would intersect the circle, but the " +"segment does not)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:280 +msgid "" +"Given a convex hull defined though the [Plane]s in the array [code]planes[/" +"code], tests if the segment ([code]from[/code], [code]to[/code]) intersects " +"with that hull. If an intersection is found, returns a [PoolVector3Array] " +"containing the point the intersection and the hull's normal. If no " +"intersecion is found, an the returned array is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:290 +msgid "" +"Checks if the segment ([code]from[/code], [code]to[/code]) intersects the " +"cylinder with height [code]height[/code] that is centered at the origin and " +"has radius [code]radius[/code]. If no, returns an empty [PoolVector3Array]. " +"If an intersection takes place, the returned array contains the point of " +"intersection and the cylinder's normal at the point of intersection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:300 +msgid "" +"Checks if the two segments ([code]from_a[/code], [code]to_a[/code]) and " +"([code]from_b[/code], [code]to_b[/code]) intersect. If yes, return the point " +"of intersection as [Vector2]. If no intersection takes place, returns an " +"empty [Variant]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:310 +msgid "" +"Checks if the segment ([code]from[/code], [code]to[/code]) intersects the " +"sphere that is located at [code]sphere_position[/code] and has radius " +"[code]sphere_radius[/code]. If no, returns an empty [PoolVector3Array]. If " +"yes, returns a [PoolVector3Array] containing the point of intersection and " +"the sphere's normal at the point of intersection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:321 +msgid "" +"Tests if the segment ([code]from[/code], [code]to[/code]) intersects the " +"triangle [code]a[/code], [code]b[/code], [code]c[/code]. If yes, returns the " +"point of intersection as [Vector3]. If no intersection takes place, an empty " +"[Variant] is returned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:328 +msgid "" +"Triangulates the area specified by discrete set of [code]points[/code] such " +"that no point is inside the circumcircle of any resulting triangle. Returns " +"a [PoolIntArray] where each triangle consists of three consecutive point " +"indices into [code]points[/code] (i.e. the returned array will have [code]n " +"* 3[/code] elements, with [code]n[/code] being the number of found " +"triangles). If the triangulation did not succeed, an empty [PoolIntArray] is " +"returned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:335 +msgid "" +"Triangulates the polygon specified by the points in [code]polygon[/code]. " +"Returns a [PoolIntArray] where each triangle consists of three consecutive " +"point indices into [code]polygon[/code] (i.e. the returned array will have " +"[code]n * 3[/code] elements, with [code]n[/code] being the number of found " +"triangles). If the triangulation did not succeed, an empty [PoolIntArray] is " +"returned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:341 +msgid "" +"Create regions where either subject or clip polygons (or both) are filled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:344 +msgid "" +"Create regions where subject polygons are filled except where clip polygons " +"are filled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:347 +msgid "Create regions where both subject and clip polygons are filled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:350 +msgid "" +"Create regions where either subject or clip polygons are filled but not " +"where both are filled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:353 +msgid "" +"Squaring is applied uniformally at all convex edge joins at [code]1 * delta[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:356 +msgid "" +"While flattened paths can never perfectly trace an arc, they are " +"approximated by a series of arc chords." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:359 +msgid "" +"There's a necessary limit to mitered joins since offsetting edges that join " +"at very acute angles will produce excessively long and narrow \"spikes\". " +"For any given edge join, when miter offsetting would exceed that maximum " +"distance, \"square\" joining is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Endpoints are joined using the [enum PolyJoinType] value and the path filled " +"as a polygon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:365 +msgid "" +"Endpoints are joined using the [enum PolyJoinType] value and the path filled " +"as a polyline." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:368 +msgid "Endpoints are squared off with no extension." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:371 +msgid "Endpoints are squared off and extended by [code]delta[/code] units." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:374 +msgid "Endpoints are rounded off and extended by [code]delta[/code] units." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:4 +msgid "Base node for geometry-based visual instances." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Base node for geometry-based visual instances. Shares some common " +"functionality like visibility and custom materials." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Returns the [enum GeometryInstance.Flags] that have been set for this object." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Overrides the bounding box of this node with a custom one. To remove it, set " +"an [AABB] with all fields set to zero." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Sets the [enum GeometryInstance.Flags] specified. See [enum GeometryInstance." +"Flags] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:37 +msgid "" +"The selected shadow casting flag. See [enum ShadowCastingSetting] for " +"possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:40 +msgid "" +"The extra distance added to the GeometryInstance's bounding box ([AABB]) to " +"increase its cull box." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:43 +msgid "" +"When disabled, the mesh will be taken into account when computing indirect " +"lighting, but the resulting lightmap will not be saved. Useful for emissive " +"only materials or shadow casters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:46 +msgid "" +"Scale factor for the generated baked lightmap. Useful for adding detail to " +"certain mesh instances." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:49 +msgid "" +"The GeometryInstance's max LOD distance.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property currently has no effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:53 +msgid "" +"The GeometryInstance's max LOD margin.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property currently has no effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:57 +msgid "" +"The GeometryInstance's min LOD distance.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property currently has no effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:61 +msgid "" +"The GeometryInstance's min LOD margin.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property currently has no effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:65 +msgid "" +"The material override for the whole geometry.\n" +"If a material is assigned to this property, it will be used instead of any " +"material set in any material slot of the mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:69 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], this GeometryInstance will be used when baking lights " +"using a [GIProbe] or [BakedLightmap]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:74 +msgid "The generated lightmap texture will have the original size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:77 +msgid "The generated lightmap texture will be twice as large, on each axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:80 +msgid "The generated lightmap texture will be 4 times as large, on each axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:83 +msgid "The generated lightmap texture will be 8 times as large, on each axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:88 +msgid "Will not cast any shadows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:91 +msgid "" +"Will cast shadows from all visible faces in the GeometryInstance.\n" +"Will take culling into account, so faces not being rendered will not be " +"taken into account when shadow casting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:95 +msgid "" +"Will cast shadows from all visible faces in the GeometryInstance.\n" +"Will not take culling into account, so all faces will be taken into account " +"when shadow casting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:99 +msgid "" +"Will only show the shadows casted from this object.\n" +"In other words, the actual mesh will not be visible, only the shadows casted " +"from the mesh will be." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:103 +msgid "" +"Will allow the GeometryInstance to be used when baking lights using a " +"[GIProbe] or [BakedLightmap]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:106 +msgid "" +"Unused in this class, exposed for consistency with [enum VisualServer." +"InstanceFlags]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:4 +msgid "Real-time global illumination (GI) probe." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[GIProbe]s are used to provide high-quality real-time indirect light to " +"scenes. They precompute the effect of objects that emit light and the effect " +"of static geometry to simulate the behavior of complex light in real-time. " +"[GIProbe]s need to be baked before using, however, once baked, dynamic " +"objects will receive light from them. Further, lights can be fully dynamic " +"or baked.\n" +"Having [GIProbe]s in a scene can be expensive, the quality of the probe can " +"be turned down in exchange for better performance in the [ProjectSettings] " +"using [member ProjectSettings.rendering/quality/voxel_cone_tracing/" +"high_quality].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Meshes should have sufficiently thick walls to avoid light " +"leaks (avoid one-sided walls). For interior levels, enclose your level " +"geometry in a sufficiently large box and bridge the loops to close the " +"mesh.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Due to a renderer limitation, emissive [ShaderMaterial]s cannot " +"emit light when used in a [GIProbe]. Only emissive [SpatialMaterial]s can " +"emit light in a [GIProbe]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:13 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/gi_probes.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:22 +msgid "" +"Bakes the effect from all [GeometryInstance]s marked with [member " +"GeometryInstance.use_in_baked_light] and [Light]s marked with either " +"[constant Light.BAKE_INDIRECT] or [constant Light.BAKE_ALL]. If " +"[code]create_visual_debug[/code] is [code]true[/code], after baking the " +"light, this will generate a [MultiMesh] that has a cube representing each " +"solid cell with each cube colored to the cell's albedo color. This can be " +"used to visualize the [GIProbe]'s data and debug any issues that may be " +"occurring." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:28 +msgid "Calls [method bake] with [code]create_visual_debug[/code] enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Offsets the lookup of the light contribution from the [GIProbe]. This can be " +"used to avoid self-shadowing, but may introduce light leaking at higher " +"values. This and [member normal_bias] should be played around with to " +"minimize self-shadowing and light leaking.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]bias[/code] should usually be above 1.0 as that is the " +"size of the voxels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:38 +msgid "" +"[i]Deprecated.[/i] This property has been deprecated due to known bugs and " +"no longer has any effect when enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:41 +msgid "The [GIProbeData] resource that holds the data for this [GIProbe]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:44 +msgid "" +"The maximum brightness that the [GIProbe] will recognize. Brightness will be " +"scaled within this range." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Energy multiplier. Makes the lighting contribution from the [GIProbe] " +"brighter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:50 +msgid "" +"The size of the area covered by the [GIProbe]. If you make the extents " +"larger without increasing the subdivisions with [member subdiv], the size of " +"each cell will increase and result in lower detailed lighting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:53 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], ignores the sky contribution when calculating lighting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Offsets the lookup into the [GIProbe] based on the object's normal " +"direction. Can be used to reduce some self-shadowing artifacts." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:59 +msgid "" +"How much light propagates through the probe internally. A higher value " +"allows light to spread further." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Number of times to subdivide the grid that the [GIProbe] operates on. A " +"higher number results in finer detail and thus higher visual quality, while " +"lower numbers result in better performance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Use 64 subdivisions. This is the lowest quality setting, but the fastest. " +"Use it if you can, but especially use it on lower-end hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:70 +msgid "Use 128 subdivisions. This is the default quality setting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:73 +msgid "Use 256 subdivisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:76 +msgid "" +"Use 512 subdivisions. This is the highest quality setting, but the slowest. " +"On lower-end hardware this could cause the GPU to stall." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:79 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Subdiv] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gltf/doc_classes/GLTFLight.xml:13 +msgid "" +"The [Color] of the light. Defaults to white. A black color causes the light " +"to have no effect." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gltf/doc_classes/GLTFLight.xml:16 +msgid "" +"The inner angle of the cone in a spotlight. Must be less than or equal to " +"the outer cone angle.\n" +"Within this angle, the light is at full brightness. Between the inner and " +"outer cone angles, there is a transition from full brightness to zero " +"brightness. When creating a Godot [SpotLight], the ratio between the inner " +"and outer cone angles is used to calculate the attenuation of the light." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gltf/doc_classes/GLTFLight.xml:20 +msgid "" +"The intensity of the light. This is expressed in candelas (lumens per " +"steradian) for point and spot lights, and lux (lumens per m²) for " +"directional lights. When creating a Godot light, this value is converted to " +"a unitless multiplier." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gltf/doc_classes/GLTFLight.xml:23 +msgid "" +"The outer angle of the cone in a spotlight. Must be greater than or equal to " +"the inner angle.\n" +"At this angle, the light drops off to zero brightness. Between the inner and " +"outer cone angles, there is a transition from full brightness to zero " +"brightness. If this angle is a half turn, then the spotlight emits in all " +"directions. When creating a Godot [SpotLight], the outer cone angle is used " +"as the angle of the spotlight." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gltf/doc_classes/GLTFLight.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The range of the light, beyond which the light has no effect. GLTF lights " +"with no range defined behave like physical lights (which have infinite " +"range). When creating a Godot light, the range is clamped to 4096." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gltf/doc_classes/GLTFLight.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The type of the light. The values accepted by Godot are \"point\", \"spot\", " +"and \"directional\", which correspond to Godot's [OmniLight], [SpotLight], " +"and [DirectionalLight] respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mono/doc_classes/GodotSharp.xml:4 +msgid "Bridge between Godot and the Mono runtime (Mono-enabled builds only)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mono/doc_classes/GodotSharp.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This class is a bridge between Godot and the Mono runtime. It exposes " +"several low-level operations and is only available in Mono-enabled Godot " +"builds.\n" +"See also [CSharpScript]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mono/doc_classes/GodotSharp.xml:17 +msgid "Attaches the current thread to the Mono runtime." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mono/doc_classes/GodotSharp.xml:24 +msgid "Detaches the current thread from the Mono runtime." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mono/doc_classes/GodotSharp.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Returns the current MonoDomain ID.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The Mono runtime must be initialized for this method to work " +"(use [method is_runtime_initialized] to check). If the Mono runtime isn't " +"initialized at the time this method is called, the engine will crash." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mono/doc_classes/GodotSharp.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Returns the scripts MonoDomain's ID. This will be the same MonoDomain ID as " +"[method get_domain_id], unless the scripts domain isn't loaded.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The Mono runtime must be initialized for this method to work " +"(use [method is_runtime_initialized] to check). If the Mono runtime isn't " +"initialized at the time this method is called, the engine will crash." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mono/doc_classes/GodotSharp.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the domain is being finalized, [code]false[/" +"code] otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mono/doc_classes/GodotSharp.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the Mono runtime is initialized, [code]false[/" +"code] otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mono/doc_classes/GodotSharp.xml:63 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the Mono runtime is shutting down, [code]false[/" +"code] otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mono/doc_classes/GodotSharp.xml:70 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the scripts domain is loaded, [code]false[/" +"code] otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:4 +msgid "" +"A color interpolator resource which can be used to generate colors between " +"user-defined color points." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Given a set of colors, this resource will interpolate them in order. This " +"means that if you have color 1, color 2 and color 3, the ramp will " +"interpolate from color 1 to color 2 and from color 2 to color 3. The ramp " +"will initially have 2 colors (black and white), one (black) at ramp lower " +"offset 0 and the other (white) at the ramp higher offset 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Adds the specified color to the end of the ramp, with the specified offset." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:24 +msgid "Returns the color of the ramp color at index [code]point[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:31 +msgid "Returns the offset of the ramp color at index [code]point[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:37 +msgid "Returns the number of colors in the ramp." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:44 +msgid "Returns the interpolated color specified by [code]offset[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:51 +msgid "Removes the color at the index [code]point[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:59 +msgid "Sets the color of the ramp color at index [code]point[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:67 +msgid "Sets the offset for the ramp color at index [code]point[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:73 +msgid "Gradient's colors returned as a [PoolColorArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:76 +msgid "Gradient's offsets returned as a [PoolRealArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GradientTexture.xml:4 +msgid "Gradient-filled texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GradientTexture.xml:7 +msgid "" +"GradientTexture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data. The gradient " +"will be filled from left to right using colors obtained from the gradient. " +"This means the texture does not necessarily represent an exact copy of the " +"gradient, but instead an interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient " +"at fixed steps (see [member width])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GradientTexture.xml:15 +msgid "The [Gradient] that will be used to fill the texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GradientTexture.xml:18 +msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:4 +msgid "" +"GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages " +"connection events between them." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:7 +msgid "" +"GraphEdit manages the showing of GraphNodes it contains, as well as " +"connections and disconnections between them. Signals are sent for each of " +"these two events. Disconnection between GraphNode slots is disabled by " +"default.\n" +"It is greatly advised to enable low-processor usage mode (see [member OS." +"low_processor_usage_mode]) when using GraphEdits." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Makes possible the connection between two different slot types. The type is " +"defined with the [method GraphNode.set_slot] method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Makes possible to disconnect nodes when dragging from the slot at the left " +"if it has the specified type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Makes possible to disconnect nodes when dragging from the slot at the right " +"if it has the specified type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:38 +msgid "Removes all connections between nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Create a connection between the [code]from_port[/code] slot of the " +"[code]from[/code] GraphNode and the [code]to_port[/code] slot of the " +"[code]to[/code] GraphNode. If the connection already exists, no connection " +"is created." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Removes the connection between the [code]from_port[/code] slot of the " +"[code]from[/code] GraphNode and the [code]to_port[/code] slot of the " +"[code]to[/code] GraphNode. If the connection does not exist, no connection " +"is removed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Returns an Array containing the list of connections. A connection consists " +"in a structure of the form [code]{ from_port: 0, from: \"GraphNode name 0\", " +"to_port: 1, to: \"GraphNode name 1\" }[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:70 +msgid "" +"Gets the [HBoxContainer] that contains the zooming and grid snap controls in " +"the top left of the graph. You can use this method to reposition the toolbar " +"or to add your own custom controls to it.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it " +"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their " +"[member CanvasItem.visible] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:81 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the [code]from_port[/code] slot of the " +"[code]from[/code] GraphNode is connected to the [code]to_port[/code] slot of " +"the [code]to[/code] GraphNode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:89 +msgid "Returns whether it's possible to connect slots of the specified types." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:97 +msgid "" +"Makes it not possible to connect between two different slot types. The type " +"is defined with the [method GraphNode.set_slot] method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:104 +msgid "" +"Removes the possibility to disconnect nodes when dragging from the slot at " +"the left if it has the specified type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:111 +msgid "" +"Removes the possibility to disconnect nodes when dragging from the slot at " +"the right if it has the specified type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:122 +msgid "" +"Sets the coloration of the connection between [code]from[/code]'s " +"[code]from_port[/code] and [code]to[/code]'s [code]to_port[/code] with the " +"color provided in the [code]activity[/code] theme property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:129 +msgid "Sets the specified [code]node[/code] as the one selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:136 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the minimap is visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:139 +msgid "The opacity of the minimap rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:142 +msgid "" +"The size of the minimap rectangle. The map itself is based on the size of " +"the grid area and is scaled to fit this rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:146 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables disconnection of existing connections in the " +"GraphEdit by dragging the right end." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:149 +msgid "The scroll offset." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:152 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], makes a label with the current zoom level visible. The " +"zoom value is displayed in percents." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:155 +msgid "The snapping distance in pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:158 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], enables snapping." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:161 +msgid "The current zoom value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:164 +msgid "The upper zoom limit." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:167 +msgid "The lower zoom limit." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:170 +msgid "The step of each zoom level." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:176 +msgid "Emitted at the beginning of a GraphNode movement." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:181 +msgid "Emitted at the end of a GraphNode movement." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:189 +msgid "" +"Emitted when user dragging connection from input port into empty space of " +"the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:198 +msgid "" +"Emitted to the GraphEdit when the connection between the [code]from_slot[/" +"code] slot of the [code]from[/code] GraphNode and the [code]to_slot[/code] " +"slot of the [code]to[/code] GraphNode is attempted to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:206 +msgid "" +"Emitted when user dragging connection from output port into empty space of " +"the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:211 +msgid "Emitted when the user presses [code]Ctrl + C[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:216 +msgid "Emitted when a GraphNode is attempted to be removed from the GraphEdit." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:225 +msgid "" +"Emitted to the GraphEdit when the connection between [code]from_slot[/code] " +"slot of [code]from[/code] GraphNode and [code]to_slot[/code] slot of " +"[code]to[/code] GraphNode is attempted to be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:230 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a GraphNode is attempted to be duplicated in the GraphEdit." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:236 +msgid "Emitted when a GraphNode is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:246 +msgid "Emitted when the user presses [code]Ctrl + V[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:252 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a popup is requested. Happens on right-clicking in the " +"GraphEdit. [code]position[/code] is the position of the mouse pointer when " +"the signal is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:258 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the scroll offset is changed by the user. It will not be " +"emitted when changed in code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:272 +msgid "The background drawn under the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:275 +msgid "Color of major grid lines." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:278 +msgid "Color of minor grid lines." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:283 +msgid "The icon for the zoom out button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:286 +msgid "The icon for the zoom in button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:289 +msgid "" +"The horizontal range within which a port can be grabbed (on both sides)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:292 +msgid "The vertical range within which a port can be grabbed (on both sides)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:295 +msgid "The icon for the zoom reset button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:298 +msgid "The fill color of the selection rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:301 +msgid "The outline color of the selection rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:304 +msgid "The icon for the snap toggle button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:4 +msgid "" +"A GraphNode is a container with potentially several input and output slots " +"allowing connections between GraphNodes. Slots can have different, " +"incompatible types." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A GraphNode is a container. Each GraphNode can have several input and output " +"slots, sometimes referred to as ports, allowing connections between " +"GraphNodes. To add a slot to GraphNode, add any [Control]-derived child node " +"to it.\n" +"After adding at least one child to GraphNode new sections will be " +"automatically created in the Inspector called 'Slot'. When 'Slot' is " +"expanded you will see list with index number for each slot. You can click on " +"each of them to expand further.\n" +"In the Inspector you can enable (show) or disable (hide) slots. By default, " +"all slots are disabled so you may not see any slots on your GraphNode " +"initially. You can assign a type to each slot. Only slots of the same type " +"will be able to connect to each other. You can also assign colors to slots. " +"A tuple of input and output slots is defined for each GUI element included " +"in the GraphNode. Input connections are on the left and output connections " +"are on the right side of GraphNode. Only enabled slots are counted as " +"connections." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:17 +msgid "Disables all input and output slots of the GraphNode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:24 +msgid "Disables input and output slot whose index is [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:31 +msgid "Returns the [Color] of the input connection [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of enabled input slots (connections) to the GraphNode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:44 +msgid "Returns the position of the input connection [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:51 +msgid "Returns the type of the input connection [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:58 +msgid "Returns the [Color] of the output connection [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of enabled output slots (connections) of the GraphNode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:71 +msgid "Returns the position of the output connection [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:78 +msgid "Returns the type of the output connection [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:85 +msgid "Returns the left (input) [Color] of the slot [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:92 +msgid "Returns the right (output) [Color] of the slot [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:99 +msgid "Returns the left (input) type of the slot [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:106 +msgid "Returns the right (output) type of the slot [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:113 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if left (input) side of the slot [code]idx[/code] " +"is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:120 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if right (output) side of the slot [code]idx[/" +"code] is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:135 +msgid "" +"Sets properties of the slot with ID [code]idx[/code].\n" +"If [code]enable_left[/code]/[code]right[/code], a port will appear and the " +"slot will be able to be connected from this side.\n" +"[code]type_left[/code]/[code]right[/code] is an arbitrary type of the port. " +"Only ports with the same type values can be connected.\n" +"[code]color_left[/code]/[code]right[/code] is the tint of the port's icon on " +"this side.\n" +"[code]custom_left[/code]/[code]right[/code] is a custom texture for this " +"side's port.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method only sets properties of the slot. To create the " +"slot, add a [Control]-derived child to the GraphNode.\n" +"Individual properties can be set using one of the [code]set_slot_*[/code] " +"methods. You must enable at least one side of the slot to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:149 +msgid "" +"Sets the [Color] of the left (input) side of the slot [code]idx[/code] to " +"[code]color_left[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:157 +msgid "" +"Sets the [Color] of the right (output) side of the slot [code]idx[/code] to " +"[code]color_right[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:165 +msgid "" +"Toggles the left (input) side of the slot [code]idx[/code]. If " +"[code]enable_left[/code] is [code]true[/code], a port will appear on the " +"left side and the slot will be able to be connected from this side." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:173 +msgid "" +"Toggles the right (output) side of the slot [code]idx[/code]. If " +"[code]enable_right[/code] is [code]true[/code], a port will appear on the " +"right side and the slot will be able to be connected from this side." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:181 +msgid "" +"Sets the left (input) type of the slot [code]idx[/code] to [code]type_left[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:189 +msgid "" +"Sets the right (output) type of the slot [code]idx[/code] to " +"[code]type_right[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:195 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the GraphNode is a comment node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:198 +msgid "" +"The offset of the GraphNode, relative to the scroll offset of the " +"[GraphEdit].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] You cannot use position directly, as [GraphEdit] is a " +"[Container]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:202 +msgid "Sets the overlay shown above the GraphNode. See [enum Overlay]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:205 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the user can resize the GraphNode.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Dragging the handle will only emit the [signal resize_request] " +"signal, the GraphNode needs to be resized manually." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:209 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the GraphNode is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:212 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the close button will be visible.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Pressing it will only emit the [signal close_request] signal, " +"the GraphNode needs to be removed manually." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:216 +msgid "The text displayed in the GraphNode's title bar." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:222 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the GraphNode is requested to be closed. Happens on clicking " +"the close button (see [member show_close])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:229 +msgid "Emitted when the GraphNode is dragged." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:234 +msgid "Emitted when the GraphNode is moved." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:239 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the GraphNode is requested to be displayed over other ones. " +"Happens on focusing (clicking into) the GraphNode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:245 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the GraphNode is requested to be resized. Happens on dragging " +"the resizer handle (see [member resizable])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:251 +msgid "Emitted when any GraphNode's slot is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:257 +msgid "No overlay is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:260 +msgid "Show overlay set in the [code]breakpoint[/code] theme property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:263 +msgid "Show overlay set in the [code]position[/code] theme property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:268 +msgid "" +"The background used when [member overlay] is set to [constant " +"OVERLAY_BREAKPOINT]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:271 +msgid "" +"The icon for the close button, visible when [member show_close] is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:274 +msgid "The color modulation applied to the close button icon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:277 doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:41 +msgid "The vertical offset of the close button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:280 +msgid "The [StyleBox] used when [member comment] is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:283 +msgid "" +"The [StyleBox] used when [member comment] is enabled and the [GraphNode] is " +"focused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:290 +msgid "The default background for [GraphNode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:293 +msgid "The icon used for representing ports." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:296 +msgid "Horizontal offset for the ports." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:299 +msgid "" +"The background used when [member overlay] is set to [constant " +"OVERLAY_POSITION]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:302 +msgid "The icon used for resizer, visible when [member resizable] is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:305 +msgid "The color modulation applied to the resizer icon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:308 +msgid "The background used when the [GraphNode] is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:311 +msgid "The vertical distance between ports." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:314 +msgid "Color of the title text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:317 +msgid "Font used for the title text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:320 +msgid "Vertical offset of the title text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GridContainer.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Grid container used to arrange Control-derived children in a grid like " +"layout." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GridContainer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"GridContainer will arrange its Control-derived children in a grid like " +"structure, the grid columns are specified using the [member columns] " +"property and the number of rows will be equal to the number of children in " +"the container divided by the number of columns. For example, if the " +"container has 5 children, and 2 columns, there will be 3 rows in the " +"container.\n" +"Notice that grid layout will preserve the columns and rows for every size of " +"the container, and that empty columns will be expanded automatically.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] GridContainer only works with child nodes inheriting from " +"Control. It won't rearrange child nodes inheriting from Node2D." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GridContainer.xml:18 +msgid "" +"The number of columns in the [GridContainer]. If modified, [GridContainer] " +"reorders its Control-derived children to accommodate the new layout." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GridContainer.xml:26 +msgid "The horizontal separation of children nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GridContainer.xml:29 +msgid "The vertical separation of children nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:4 +msgid "Node for 3D tile-based maps." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:7 +msgid "" +"GridMap lets you place meshes on a grid interactively. It works both from " +"the editor and from scripts, which can help you create in-game level " +"editors.\n" +"GridMaps use a [MeshLibrary] which contains a list of tiles. Each tile is a " +"mesh with materials plus optional collision and navigation shapes.\n" +"A GridMap contains a collection of cells. Each grid cell refers to a tile in " +"the [MeshLibrary]. All cells in the map have the same dimensions.\n" +"Internally, a GridMap is split into a sparse collection of octants for " +"efficient rendering and physics processing. Every octant has the same " +"dimensions and can contain several cells.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] GridMap doesn't extend [VisualInstance] and therefore can't be " +"hidden or cull masked based on [member VisualInstance.layers]. If you make a " +"light not affect the first layer, the whole GridMap won't be lit by the " +"light in question." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:14 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/using_gridmaps.html" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:22 +msgid "Clear all cells." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Returns an array of [ArrayMesh]es and [Transform] references of all bake " +"meshes that exist within the current GridMap." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:48 +msgid "" +"The [MeshLibrary] item index located at the grid-based X, Y and Z " +"coordinates. If the cell is empty, [constant INVALID_CELL_ITEM] will be " +"returned." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:57 +msgid "" +"The orientation of the cell at the grid-based X, Y and Z coordinates. -1 is " +"returned if the cell is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:64 +msgid "Returns an individual bit on the [member collision_layer]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:71 +msgid "Returns an individual bit on the [member collision_mask]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Returns an array of [Transform] and [Mesh] references corresponding to the " +"non-empty cells in the grid. The transforms are specified in world space." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:83 +msgid "" +"Returns an array of [Vector3] with the non-empty cell coordinates in the " +"grid map." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:99 +msgid "" +"Returns the position of a grid cell in the GridMap's local coordinate space." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:116 +msgid "" +"Sets the mesh index for the cell referenced by its grid-based X, Y and Z " +"coordinates.\n" +"A negative item index such as [constant INVALID_CELL_ITEM] will clear the " +"cell.\n" +"Optionally, the item's orientation can be passed. For valid orientation " +"values, see [method Basis.get_orthogonal_index]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:135 +msgid "Sets an individual bit on the [member collision_layer]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:143 +msgid "Sets an individual bit on the [member collision_mask]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:150 +msgid "" +"Returns the coordinates of the grid cell containing the given point.\n" +"[code]pos[/code] should be in the GridMap's local coordinate space." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:157 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], grid items are centered on the X axis." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:160 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], grid items are centered on the Y axis." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:163 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], grid items are centered on the Z axis." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:166 +msgid "" +"The size of each octant measured in number of cells. This applies to all " +"three axis." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:169 +msgid "" +"The scale of the cell items.\n" +"This does not affect the size of the grid cells themselves, only the items " +"in them. This can be used to make cell items overlap their neighbors." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:173 +msgid "" +"The dimensions of the grid's cells.\n" +"This does not affect the size of the meshes. See [member cell_scale]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:177 +msgid "" +"The physics layers this GridMap is in.\n" +"GridMaps act as static bodies, meaning they aren't affected by gravity or " +"other forces. They only affect other physics bodies that collide with them." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:181 +msgid "" +"The physics layers this GridMap detects collisions in. See [url=https://docs." +"godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-" +"layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for " +"more information." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:184 +msgid "The assigned [MeshLibrary]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:187 +msgid "" +"Controls whether this GridMap will be baked in a [BakedLightmap] or not." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:194 +msgid "Emitted when [member cell_size] changes." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:200 +msgid "" +"Invalid cell item that can be used in [method set_cell_item] to clear cells " +"(or represent an empty cell in [method get_cell_item])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GrooveJoint2D.xml:4 +msgid "Groove constraint for 2D physics." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GrooveJoint2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Groove constraint for 2D physics. This is useful for making a body \"slide\" " +"through a segment placed in another." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GrooveJoint2D.xml:15 +msgid "" +"The body B's initial anchor position defined by the joint's origin and a " +"local offset [member initial_offset] along the joint's Y axis (along the " +"groove)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/GrooveJoint2D.xml:18 +msgid "" +"The groove's length. The groove is from the joint's origin towards [member " +"length] along the joint's local Y axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HashingContext.xml:4 +msgid "Context to compute cryptographic hashes over multiple iterations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HashingContext.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The HashingContext class provides an interface for computing cryptographic " +"hashes over multiple iterations. This is useful for example when computing " +"hashes of big files (so you don't have to load them all in memory), network " +"streams, and data streams in general (so you don't have to hold buffers).\n" +"The [enum HashType] enum shows the supported hashing algorithms.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"const CHUNK_SIZE = 1024\n" +"\n" +"func hash_file(path):\n" +" var ctx = HashingContext.new()\n" +" var file = File.new()\n" +" # Start a SHA-256 context.\n" +" ctx.start(HashingContext.HASH_SHA256)\n" +" # Check that file exists.\n" +" if not file.file_exists(path):\n" +" return\n" +" # Open the file to hash.\n" +" file.open(path, File.READ)\n" +" # Update the context after reading each chunk.\n" +" while not file.eof_reached():\n" +" ctx.update(file.get_buffer(CHUNK_SIZE))\n" +" # Get the computed hash.\n" +" var res = ctx.finish()\n" +" # Print the result as hex string and array.\n" +" printt(res.hex_encode(), Array(res))\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Not available in HTML5 exports." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HashingContext.xml:38 +msgid "Closes the current context, and return the computed hash." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HashingContext.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Starts a new hash computation of the given [code]type[/code] (e.g. [constant " +"HASH_SHA256] to start computation of a SHA-256)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HashingContext.xml:52 +msgid "Updates the computation with the given [code]chunk[/code] of data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HashingContext.xml:58 +msgid "Hashing algorithm: MD5." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HashingContext.xml:61 +msgid "Hashing algorithm: SHA-1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HashingContext.xml:64 +msgid "Hashing algorithm: SHA-256." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HBoxContainer.xml:4 +msgid "Horizontal box container." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HBoxContainer.xml:7 +msgid "Horizontal box container. See [BoxContainer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HBoxContainer.xml:17 +msgid "The horizontal space between the [HBoxContainer]'s elements." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HeightMapShape.xml:4 +msgid "Height map shape for 3D physics." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HeightMapShape.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Height map shape resource, which can be added to a [PhysicsBody] or [Area]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HeightMapShape.xml:15 +msgid "" +"Height map data, pool array must be of [member map_width] * [member " +"map_depth] size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HeightMapShape.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Depth of the height map data. Changing this will resize the [member " +"map_data]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HeightMapShape.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Width of the height map data. Changing this will resize the [member " +"map_data]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:4 +msgid "A hinge between two 3D PhysicsBodies." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A HingeJoint normally uses the Z axis of body A as the hinge axis, another " +"axis can be specified when adding it manually though. See also " +"[Generic6DOFJoint]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:16 doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:21 +msgid "Returns the value of the specified flag." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:23 doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:25 +#: doc/classes/PinJoint.xml:16 +msgid "Returns the value of the specified parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:31 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], enables the specified flag." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:39 doc/classes/PinJoint.xml:24 +msgid "Sets the value of the specified parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:45 doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:85 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:977 +msgid "" +"The speed with which the rotation across the axis perpendicular to the hinge " +"gets corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:48 doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:102 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the hinges maximum and minimum rotation, defined by " +"[member angular_limit/lower] and [member angular_limit/upper] has effects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:51 doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:82 +msgid "" +"The minimum rotation. Only active if [member angular_limit/enable] is " +"[code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:54 doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:90 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:982 +msgid "The lower this value, the more the rotation gets slowed down." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:59 doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:79 +msgid "" +"The maximum rotation. Only active if [member angular_limit/enable] is " +"[code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:62 doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:105 +msgid "When activated, a motor turns the hinge." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:65 doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:96 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:988 +msgid "Maximum acceleration for the motor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:68 doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:93 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:985 +msgid "Target speed for the motor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:71 doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:76 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:968 +msgid "" +"The speed with which the two bodies get pulled together when they move in " +"different directions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HMACContext.xml:4 +msgid "Used to create an HMAC for a message using a key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HMACContext.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The HMACContext class is useful for advanced HMAC use cases, such as " +"streaming the message as it supports creating the message over time rather " +"than providing it all at once.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"extends Node\n" +"var ctx = HMACContext.new()\n" +"\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" var key = \"supersecret\".to_utf8()\n" +" var err = ctx.start(HashingContext.HASH_SHA256, key)\n" +" assert(err == OK)\n" +" var msg1 = \"this is \".to_utf8()\n" +" var msg2 = \"vewy vewy secret\".to_utf8()\n" +" err = ctx.update(msg1)\n" +" assert(err == OK)\n" +" err = ctx.update(msg2)\n" +" assert(err == OK)\n" +" var hmac = ctx.finish()\n" +" print(hmac.hex_encode())\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"And in C# we can use the following.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"using Godot;\n" +"using System;\n" +"using System.Diagnostics;\n" +"\n" +"public class CryptoNode : Node\n" +"{\n" +" private HMACContext ctx = new HMACContext();\n" +" public override void _Ready()\n" +" {\n" +" PoolByteArray key = String(\"supersecret\").to_utf8();\n" +" Error err = ctx.Start(HashingContext.HASH_SHA256, key);\n" +" GD.Assert(err == OK);\n" +" PoolByteArray msg1 = String(\"this is \").to_utf8();\n" +" PoolByteArray msg2 = String(\"vewy vew secret\").to_utf8();\n" +" err = ctx.Update(msg1);\n" +" GD.Assert(err == OK);\n" +" err = ctx.Update(msg2);\n" +" GD.Assert(err == OK);\n" +" PoolByteArray hmac = ctx.Finish();\n" +" GD.Print(hmac.HexEncode());\n" +" }\n" +"}\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Not available in HTML5 exports." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HMACContext.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Returns the resulting HMAC. If the HMAC failed, an empty [PoolByteArray] is " +"returned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HMACContext.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Initializes the HMACContext. This method cannot be called again on the same " +"HMACContext until [method finish] has been called." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HMACContext.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Updates the message to be HMACed. This can be called multiple times before " +"[method finish] is called to append [code]data[/code] to the message, but " +"cannot be called until [method start] has been called." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:4 +msgid "Horizontal scroll bar." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Horizontal version of [ScrollBar], which goes from left (min) to right (max)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Icon used as a button to scroll the [ScrollBar] left. Supports custom step " +"using the [member ScrollBar.custom_step] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:20 doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:24 +msgid "Displayed when the mouse cursor hovers over the decrement button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:23 doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:27 +msgid "Displayed when the decrement button is being pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:26 doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Used as texture for the grabber, the draggable element representing current " +"scroll." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:29 doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:33 +msgid "Used when the mouse hovers over the grabber." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:32 doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:36 +msgid "Used when the grabber is being dragged." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Icon used as a button to scroll the [ScrollBar] right. Supports custom step " +"using the [member ScrollBar.custom_step] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:38 doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:42 +msgid "Displayed when the mouse cursor hovers over the increment button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:41 doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:45 +msgid "Displayed when the increment button is being pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:44 doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:48 +msgid "Used as background of this [ScrollBar]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:47 doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:51 +msgid "Used as background when the [ScrollBar] has the GUI focus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HSeparator.xml:4 +msgid "Horizontal separator." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HSeparator.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Horizontal separator. See [Separator]. Even though it looks horizontal, it " +"is used to separate objects vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HSeparator.xml:17 +msgid "" +"The height of the area covered by the separator. Effectively works like a " +"minimum height." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HSeparator.xml:20 +msgid "The style for the separator line. Works best with [StyleBoxLine]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HSlider.xml:4 +msgid "Horizontal slider." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HSlider.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Horizontal slider. See [Slider]. This one goes from left (min) to right " +"(max).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The [signal Range.changed] and [signal Range.value_changed] " +"signals are part of the [Range] class which this class inherits from." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HSlider.xml:18 doc/classes/VSlider.xml:22 +msgid "The texture for the grabber (the draggable element)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HSlider.xml:21 +msgid "The background of the area to the left of the grabber." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HSlider.xml:26 doc/classes/VSlider.xml:30 +msgid "The texture for the grabber when it's disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HSlider.xml:29 doc/classes/VSlider.xml:33 +msgid "The texture for the grabber when it's focused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HSlider.xml:32 +msgid "" +"The background for the whole slider. Determines the height of the " +"[code]grabber_area[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HSlider.xml:35 doc/classes/VSlider.xml:39 +msgid "" +"The texture for the ticks, visible when [member Slider.tick_count] is " +"greater than 0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HSplitContainer.xml:4 +msgid "Horizontal split container." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HSplitContainer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Horizontal split container. See [SplitContainer]. This goes from left to " +"right." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HSplitContainer.xml:17 doc/classes/VSplitContainer.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Boolean value. If 1 ([code]true[/code]), the grabber will hide automatically " +"when it isn't under the cursor. If 0 ([code]false[/code]), it's always " +"visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HSplitContainer.xml:22 doc/classes/VSplitContainer.xml:22 +msgid "The icon used for the grabber drawn in the middle area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HSplitContainer.xml:25 doc/classes/VSplitContainer.xml:25 +msgid "The space between sides of the container." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:4 +msgid "Low-level hyper-text transfer protocol client." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Hyper-text transfer protocol client (sometimes called \"User Agent\"). Used " +"to make HTTP requests to download web content, upload files and other data " +"or to communicate with various services, among other use cases. [b]See the " +"[HTTPRequest] node for a higher-level alternative.[/b]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This client only needs to connect to a host once (see [method " +"connect_to_host]) to send multiple requests. Because of this, methods that " +"take URLs usually take just the part after the host instead of the full URL, " +"as the client is already connected to a host. See [method request] for a " +"full example and to get started.\n" +"A [HTTPClient] should be reused between multiple requests or to connect to " +"different hosts instead of creating one client per request. Supports SSL and " +"SSL server certificate verification. HTTP status codes in the 2xx range " +"indicate success, 3xx redirection (i.e. \"try again, but over here\"), 4xx " +"something was wrong with the request, and 5xx something went wrong on the " +"server's side.\n" +"For more information on HTTP, see https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/" +"Web/HTTP (or read RFC 2616 to get it straight from the source: https://tools." +"ietf.org/html/rfc2616).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When performing HTTP requests from a project exported to HTML5, " +"keep in mind the remote server may not allow requests from foreign origins " +"due to [url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/CORS]CORS[/" +"url]. If you host the server in question, you should modify its backend to " +"allow requests from foreign origins by adding the [code]Access-Control-Allow-" +"Origin: *[/code] HTTP header.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] SSL/TLS support is currently limited to TLS 1.0, TLS 1.1, and " +"TLS 1.2. Attempting to connect to a TLS 1.3-only server will return an " +"error.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] SSL/TLS certificate revocation and certificate pinning are " +"currently not supported. Revoked certificates are accepted as long as they " +"are otherwise valid. If this is a concern, you may want to use automatically " +"managed certificates with a short validity period." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:16 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/networking/http_client_class." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:17 doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:71 +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:10 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/networking/ssl_certificates." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:23 +msgid "Closes the current connection, allowing reuse of this [HTTPClient]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Connects to a host. This needs to be done before any requests are sent.\n" +"The host should not have http:// prepended but will strip the protocol " +"identifier if provided.\n" +"If no [code]port[/code] is specified (or [code]-1[/code] is used), it is " +"automatically set to 80 for HTTP and 443 for HTTPS (if [code]use_ssl[/code] " +"is enabled).\n" +"[code]verify_host[/code] will check the SSL identity of the host if set to " +"[code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:42 +msgid "" +"Returns the response's body length.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Some Web servers may not send a body length. In this case, the " +"value returned will be [code]-1[/code]. If using chunked transfer encoding, " +"the body length will also be [code]-1[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:49 +msgid "Returns the response's HTTP status code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:55 +msgid "Returns the response headers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Returns all response headers as a Dictionary of structure [code]{ \"key\": " +"\"value1; value2\" }[/code] where the case-sensitivity of the keys and " +"values is kept like the server delivers it. A value is a simple String, this " +"string can have more than one value where \"; \" is used as separator.\n" +"[b]Example:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"{\n" +" \"content-length\": 12,\n" +" \"Content-Type\": \"application/json; charset=UTF-8\",\n" +"}\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Returns a [enum Status] constant. Need to call [method poll] in order to get " +"status updates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:80 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], this [HTTPClient] has a response available." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:86 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], this [HTTPClient] has a response that is chunked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:92 +msgid "" +"This needs to be called in order to have any request processed. Check " +"results with [method get_status]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:99 +msgid "" +"Generates a GET/POST application/x-www-form-urlencoded style query string " +"from a provided dictionary, e.g.:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var fields = {\"username\": \"user\", \"password\": \"pass\"}\n" +"var query_string = http_client.query_string_from_dict(fields)\n" +"# Returns \"username=user&password=pass\"\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Furthermore, if a key has a [code]null[/code] value, only the key itself is " +"added, without equal sign and value. If the value is an array, for each " +"value in it a pair with the same key is added.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var fields = {\"single\": 123, \"not_valued\": null, \"multiple\": [22, 33, " +"44]}\n" +"var query_string = http_client.query_string_from_dict(fields)\n" +"# Returns \"single=123¬_valued&multiple=22&multiple=33&multiple=44\"\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:116 +msgid "Reads one chunk from the response." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:126 +msgid "" +"Sends a request to the connected host.\n" +"The URL parameter is usually just the part after the host, so for " +"[code]http://somehost.com/index.php[/code], it is [code]/index.php[/code]. " +"When sending requests to an HTTP proxy server, it should be an absolute URL. " +"For [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_OPTIONS] requests, [code]*[/code] is also " +"allowed. For [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_CONNECT] requests, it should be the " +"authority component ([code]host:port[/code]).\n" +"Headers are HTTP request headers. For available HTTP methods, see [enum " +"Method].\n" +"To create a POST request with query strings to push to the server, do:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var fields = {\"username\" : \"user\", \"password\" : \"pass\"}\n" +"var query_string = http_client.query_string_from_dict(fields)\n" +"var headers = [\"Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded\", " +"\"Content-Length: \" + str(query_string.length())]\n" +"var result = http_client.request(http_client.METHOD_POST, \"/index.php\", " +"headers, query_string)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The [code]request_data[/code] parameter is ignored if " +"[code]method[/code] is [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_GET]. This is because GET " +"methods can't contain request data. As a workaround, you can pass request " +"data as a query string in the URL. See [method String.http_escape] for an " +"example." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:146 +msgid "" +"Sends a raw request to the connected host.\n" +"The URL parameter is usually just the part after the host, so for " +"[code]http://somehost.com/index.php[/code], it is [code]/index.php[/code]. " +"When sending requests to an HTTP proxy server, it should be an absolute URL. " +"For [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_OPTIONS] requests, [code]*[/code] is also " +"allowed. For [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_CONNECT] requests, it should be the " +"authority component ([code]host:port[/code]).\n" +"Headers are HTTP request headers. For available HTTP methods, see [enum " +"Method].\n" +"Sends the body data raw, as a byte array and does not encode it in any way." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:155 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], execution will block until all data is read from the " +"response." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:158 +msgid "The connection to use for this client." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:161 +msgid "" +"The size of the buffer used and maximum bytes to read per iteration. See " +"[method read_response_body_chunk]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:166 +msgid "" +"HTTP GET method. The GET method requests a representation of the specified " +"resource. Requests using GET should only retrieve data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:169 +msgid "" +"HTTP HEAD method. The HEAD method asks for a response identical to that of a " +"GET request, but without the response body. This is useful to request " +"metadata like HTTP headers or to check if a resource exists." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:172 +msgid "" +"HTTP POST method. The POST method is used to submit an entity to the " +"specified resource, often causing a change in state or side effects on the " +"server. This is often used for forms and submitting data or uploading files." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:175 +msgid "" +"HTTP PUT method. The PUT method asks to replace all current representations " +"of the target resource with the request payload. (You can think of POST as " +"\"create or update\" and PUT as \"update\", although many services tend to " +"not make a clear distinction or change their meaning)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:178 +msgid "" +"HTTP DELETE method. The DELETE method requests to delete the specified " +"resource." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:181 +msgid "" +"HTTP OPTIONS method. The OPTIONS method asks for a description of the " +"communication options for the target resource. Rarely used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:184 +msgid "" +"HTTP TRACE method. The TRACE method performs a message loop-back test along " +"the path to the target resource. Returns the entire HTTP request received in " +"the response body. Rarely used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:187 +msgid "" +"HTTP CONNECT method. The CONNECT method establishes a tunnel to the server " +"identified by the target resource. Rarely used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:190 +msgid "" +"HTTP PATCH method. The PATCH method is used to apply partial modifications " +"to a resource." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:193 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Method] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:196 +msgid "Status: Disconnected from the server." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:199 +msgid "Status: Currently resolving the hostname for the given URL into an IP." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:202 +msgid "Status: DNS failure: Can't resolve the hostname for the given URL." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:205 +msgid "Status: Currently connecting to server." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:208 +msgid "Status: Can't connect to the server." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:211 +msgid "Status: Connection established." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:214 +msgid "Status: Currently sending request." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:217 +msgid "Status: HTTP body received." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:220 +msgid "Status: Error in HTTP connection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:223 +msgid "Status: Error in SSL handshake." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:226 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]100 Continue[/code]. Interim response that indicates " +"everything so far is OK and that the client should continue with the request " +"(or ignore this status if already finished)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:229 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]101 Switching Protocol[/code]. Sent in response to an " +"[code]Upgrade[/code] request header by the client. Indicates the protocol " +"the server is switching to." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:232 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]102 Processing[/code] (WebDAV). Indicates that the " +"server has received and is processing the request, but no response is " +"available yet." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:235 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]200 OK[/code]. The request has succeeded. Default " +"response for successful requests. Meaning varies depending on the request. " +"GET: The resource has been fetched and is transmitted in the message body. " +"HEAD: The entity headers are in the message body. POST: The resource " +"describing the result of the action is transmitted in the message body. " +"TRACE: The message body contains the request message as received by the " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:238 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]201 Created[/code]. The request has succeeded and a " +"new resource has been created as a result of it. This is typically the " +"response sent after a PUT request." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:241 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]202 Accepted[/code]. The request has been received " +"but not yet acted upon. It is non-committal, meaning that there is no way in " +"HTTP to later send an asynchronous response indicating the outcome of " +"processing the request. It is intended for cases where another process or " +"server handles the request, or for batch processing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:244 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]203 Non-Authoritative Information[/code]. This " +"response code means returned meta-information set is not exact set as " +"available from the origin server, but collected from a local or a third " +"party copy. Except this condition, 200 OK response should be preferred " +"instead of this response." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:247 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]204 No Content[/code]. There is no content to send " +"for this request, but the headers may be useful. The user-agent may update " +"its cached headers for this resource with the new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:250 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]205 Reset Content[/code]. The server has fulfilled " +"the request and desires that the client resets the \"document view\" that " +"caused the request to be sent to its original state as received from the " +"origin server." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:253 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]206 Partial Content[/code]. This response code is " +"used because of a range header sent by the client to separate download into " +"multiple streams." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:256 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]207 Multi-Status[/code] (WebDAV). A Multi-Status " +"response conveys information about multiple resources in situations where " +"multiple status codes might be appropriate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:259 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]208 Already Reported[/code] (WebDAV). Used inside a " +"DAV: propstat response element to avoid enumerating the internal members of " +"multiple bindings to the same collection repeatedly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:262 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]226 IM Used[/code] (WebDAV). The server has fulfilled " +"a GET request for the resource, and the response is a representation of the " +"result of one or more instance-manipulations applied to the current instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:265 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]300 Multiple Choice[/code]. The request has more than " +"one possible responses and there is no standardized way to choose one of the " +"responses. User-agent or user should choose one of them." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:268 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]301 Moved Permanently[/code]. Redirection. This " +"response code means the URI of requested resource has been changed. The new " +"URI is usually included in the response." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:271 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]302 Found[/code]. Temporary redirection. This " +"response code means the URI of requested resource has been changed " +"temporarily. New changes in the URI might be made in the future. Therefore, " +"this same URI should be used by the client in future requests." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:274 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]303 See Other[/code]. The server is redirecting the " +"user agent to a different resource, as indicated by a URI in the Location " +"header field, which is intended to provide an indirect response to the " +"original request." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:277 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]304 Not Modified[/code]. A conditional GET or HEAD " +"request has been received and would have resulted in a 200 OK response if it " +"were not for the fact that the condition evaluated to [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:280 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]305 Use Proxy[/code]. [i]Deprecated. Do not use.[/i]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:283 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]306 Switch Proxy[/code]. [i]Deprecated. Do not use.[/" +"i]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:286 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]307 Temporary Redirect[/code]. The target resource " +"resides temporarily under a different URI and the user agent MUST NOT change " +"the request method if it performs an automatic redirection to that URI." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:289 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]308 Permanent Redirect[/code]. The target resource " +"has been assigned a new permanent URI and any future references to this " +"resource ought to use one of the enclosed URIs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:292 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]400 Bad Request[/code]. The request was invalid. The " +"server cannot or will not process the request due to something that is " +"perceived to be a client error (e.g., malformed request syntax, invalid " +"request message framing, invalid request contents, or deceptive request " +"routing)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:295 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]401 Unauthorized[/code]. Credentials required. The " +"request has not been applied because it lacks valid authentication " +"credentials for the target resource." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:298 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]402 Payment Required[/code]. This response code is " +"reserved for future use. Initial aim for creating this code was using it for " +"digital payment systems, however this is not currently used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:301 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]403 Forbidden[/code]. The client does not have access " +"rights to the content, i.e. they are unauthorized, so server is rejecting to " +"give proper response. Unlike [code]401[/code], the client's identity is " +"known to the server." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:304 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]404 Not Found[/code]. The server can not find " +"requested resource. Either the URL is not recognized or the endpoint is " +"valid but the resource itself does not exist. May also be sent instead of " +"403 to hide existence of a resource if the client is not authorized." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:307 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]405 Method Not Allowed[/code]. The request's HTTP " +"method is known by the server but has been disabled and cannot be used. For " +"example, an API may forbid DELETE-ing a resource. The two mandatory methods, " +"GET and HEAD, must never be disabled and should not return this error code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:310 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]406 Not Acceptable[/code]. The target resource does " +"not have a current representation that would be acceptable to the user " +"agent, according to the proactive negotiation header fields received in the " +"request. Used when negotiation content." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:313 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]407 Proxy Authentication Required[/code]. Similar to " +"401 Unauthorized, but it indicates that the client needs to authenticate " +"itself in order to use a proxy." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:316 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]408 Request Timeout[/code]. The server did not " +"receive a complete request message within the time that it was prepared to " +"wait." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:319 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]409 Conflict[/code]. The request could not be " +"completed due to a conflict with the current state of the target resource. " +"This code is used in situations where the user might be able to resolve the " +"conflict and resubmit the request." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:322 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]410 Gone[/code]. The target resource is no longer " +"available at the origin server and this condition is likely permanent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:325 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]411 Length Required[/code]. The server refuses to " +"accept the request without a defined Content-Length header." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:328 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]412 Precondition Failed[/code]. One or more " +"conditions given in the request header fields evaluated to [code]false[/" +"code] when tested on the server." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:331 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]413 Entity Too Large[/code]. The server is refusing " +"to process a request because the request payload is larger than the server " +"is willing or able to process." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:334 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]414 Request-URI Too Long[/code]. The server is " +"refusing to service the request because the request-target is longer than " +"the server is willing to interpret." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:337 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]415 Unsupported Media Type[/code]. The origin server " +"is refusing to service the request because the payload is in a format not " +"supported by this method on the target resource." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:340 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]416 Requested Range Not Satisfiable[/code]. None of " +"the ranges in the request's Range header field overlap the current extent of " +"the selected resource or the set of ranges requested has been rejected due " +"to invalid ranges or an excessive request of small or overlapping ranges." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:343 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]417 Expectation Failed[/code]. The expectation given " +"in the request's Expect header field could not be met by at least one of the " +"inbound servers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:346 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]418 I'm A Teapot[/code]. Any attempt to brew coffee " +"with a teapot should result in the error code \"418 I'm a teapot\". The " +"resulting entity body MAY be short and stout." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:349 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]421 Misdirected Request[/code]. The request was " +"directed at a server that is not able to produce a response. This can be " +"sent by a server that is not configured to produce responses for the " +"combination of scheme and authority that are included in the request URI." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:352 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]422 Unprocessable Entity[/code] (WebDAV). The server " +"understands the content type of the request entity (hence a 415 Unsupported " +"Media Type status code is inappropriate), and the syntax of the request " +"entity is correct (thus a 400 Bad Request status code is inappropriate) but " +"was unable to process the contained instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:355 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]423 Locked[/code] (WebDAV). The source or destination " +"resource of a method is locked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:358 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]424 Failed Dependency[/code] (WebDAV). The method " +"could not be performed on the resource because the requested action depended " +"on another action and that action failed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:361 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]426 Upgrade Required[/code]. The server refuses to " +"perform the request using the current protocol but might be willing to do so " +"after the client upgrades to a different protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:364 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]428 Precondition Required[/code]. The origin server " +"requires the request to be conditional." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:367 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]429 Too Many Requests[/code]. The user has sent too " +"many requests in a given amount of time (see \"rate limiting\"). Back off " +"and increase time between requests or try again later." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:370 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]431 Request Header Fields Too Large[/code]. The " +"server is unwilling to process the request because its header fields are too " +"large. The request MAY be resubmitted after reducing the size of the request " +"header fields." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:373 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]451 Response Unavailable For Legal Reasons[/code]. " +"The server is denying access to the resource as a consequence of a legal " +"demand." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:376 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]500 Internal Server Error[/code]. The server " +"encountered an unexpected condition that prevented it from fulfilling the " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:379 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]501 Not Implemented[/code]. The server does not " +"support the functionality required to fulfill the request." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:382 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]502 Bad Gateway[/code]. The server, while acting as a " +"gateway or proxy, received an invalid response from an inbound server it " +"accessed while attempting to fulfill the request. Usually returned by load " +"balancers or proxies." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:385 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]503 Service Unavailable[/code]. The server is " +"currently unable to handle the request due to a temporary overload or " +"scheduled maintenance, which will likely be alleviated after some delay. Try " +"again later." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:388 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]504 Gateway Timeout[/code]. The server, while acting " +"as a gateway or proxy, did not receive a timely response from an upstream " +"server it needed to access in order to complete the request. Usually " +"returned by load balancers or proxies." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:391 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]505 HTTP Version Not Supported[/code]. The server " +"does not support, or refuses to support, the major version of HTTP that was " +"used in the request message." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:394 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]506 Variant Also Negotiates[/code]. The server has an " +"internal configuration error: the chosen variant resource is configured to " +"engage in transparent content negotiation itself, and is therefore not a " +"proper end point in the negotiation process." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:397 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]507 Insufficient Storage[/code]. The method could not " +"be performed on the resource because the server is unable to store the " +"representation needed to successfully complete the request." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:400 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]508 Loop Detected[/code]. The server terminated an " +"operation because it encountered an infinite loop while processing a request " +"with \"Depth: infinity\". This status indicates that the entire operation " +"failed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:403 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]510 Not Extended[/code]. The policy for accessing the " +"resource has not been met in the request. The server should send back all " +"the information necessary for the client to issue an extended request." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:406 +msgid "" +"HTTP status code [code]511 Network Authentication Required[/code]. The " +"client needs to authenticate to gain network access." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:4 +msgid "A node with the ability to send HTTP(S) requests." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A node with the ability to send HTTP requests. Uses [HTTPClient] " +"internally.\n" +"Can be used to make HTTP requests, i.e. download or upload files or web " +"content via HTTP.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] See the notes and warnings on [HTTPClient] for limitations, " +"especially regarding SSL security.\n" +"[b]Example of contacting a REST API and printing one of its returned fields:" +"[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" # Create an HTTP request node and connect its completion signal.\n" +" var http_request = HTTPRequest.new()\n" +" add_child(http_request)\n" +" http_request.connect(\"request_completed\", self, " +"\"_http_request_completed\")\n" +"\n" +" # Perform a GET request. The URL below returns JSON as of writing.\n" +" var error = http_request.request(\"https://httpbin.org/get\")\n" +" if error != OK:\n" +" push_error(\"An error occurred in the HTTP request.\")\n" +"\n" +" # Perform a POST request. The URL below returns JSON as of writing.\n" +" # Note: Don't make simultaneous requests using a single HTTPRequest " +"node.\n" +" # The snippet below is provided for reference only.\n" +" var body = {\"name\": \"Godette\"}\n" +" error = http_request.request(\"https://httpbin.org/post\", [], true, " +"HTTPClient.METHOD_POST, body)\n" +" if error != OK:\n" +" push_error(\"An error occurred in the HTTP request.\")\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"# Called when the HTTP request is completed.\n" +"func _http_request_completed(result, response_code, headers, body):\n" +" var response = parse_json(body.get_string_from_utf8())\n" +"\n" +" # Will print the user agent string used by the HTTPRequest node (as " +"recognized by httpbin.org).\n" +" print(response.headers[\"User-Agent\"])\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Example of loading and displaying an image using HTTPRequest:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" # Create an HTTP request node and connect its completion signal.\n" +" var http_request = HTTPRequest.new()\n" +" add_child(http_request)\n" +" http_request.connect(\"request_completed\", self, " +"\"_http_request_completed\")\n" +"\n" +" # Perform the HTTP request. The URL below returns a PNG image as of " +"writing.\n" +" var error = http_request.request(\"https://via.placeholder.com/512\")\n" +" if error != OK:\n" +" push_error(\"An error occurred in the HTTP request.\")\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"# Called when the HTTP request is completed.\n" +"func _http_request_completed(result, response_code, headers, body):\n" +" var image = Image.new()\n" +" var error = image.load_png_from_buffer(body)\n" +" if error != OK:\n" +" push_error(\"Couldn't load the image.\")\n" +"\n" +" var texture = ImageTexture.new()\n" +" texture.create_from_image(image)\n" +"\n" +" # Display the image in a TextureRect node.\n" +" var texture_rect = TextureRect.new()\n" +" add_child(texture_rect)\n" +" texture_rect.texture = texture\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:70 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/networking/http_request_class." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:77 +msgid "Cancels the current request." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:83 +msgid "" +"Returns the response body length.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Some Web servers may not send a body length. In this case, the " +"value returned will be [code]-1[/code]. If using chunked transfer encoding, " +"the body length will also be [code]-1[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:90 +msgid "Returns the amount of bytes this HTTPRequest downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Returns the current status of the underlying [HTTPClient]. See [enum " +"HTTPClient.Status]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:107 +msgid "" +"Creates request on the underlying [HTTPClient]. If there is no configuration " +"errors, it tries to connect using [method HTTPClient.connect_to_host] and " +"passes parameters onto [method HTTPClient.request].\n" +"Returns [constant OK] if request is successfully created. (Does not imply " +"that the server has responded), [constant ERR_UNCONFIGURED] if not in the " +"tree, [constant ERR_BUSY] if still processing previous request, [constant " +"ERR_INVALID_PARAMETER] if given string is not a valid URL format, or " +"[constant ERR_CANT_CONNECT] if not using thread and the [HTTPClient] cannot " +"connect to host.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When [code]method[/code] is [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_GET], " +"the payload sent via [code]request_data[/code] might be ignored by the " +"server or even cause the server to reject the request (check [url=https://" +"datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7231#section-4.3.1]RFC 7231 section 4.3.1[/" +"url] for more details). As a workaround, you can send data as a query string " +"in the URL. See [method String.http_escape] for an example." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:120 +msgid "" +"Creates request on the underlying [HTTPClient] using a raw array of bytes " +"for the request body. If there is no configuration errors, it tries to " +"connect using [method HTTPClient.connect_to_host] and passes parameters onto " +"[method HTTPClient.request].\n" +"Returns [constant OK] if request is successfully created. (Does not imply " +"that the server has responded), [constant ERR_UNCONFIGURED] if not in the " +"tree, [constant ERR_BUSY] if still processing previous request, [constant " +"ERR_INVALID_PARAMETER] if given string is not a valid URL format, or " +"[constant ERR_CANT_CONNECT] if not using thread and the [HTTPClient] cannot " +"connect to host." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:127 +msgid "Maximum allowed size for response bodies." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:130 +msgid "" +"The size of the buffer used and maximum bytes to read per iteration. See " +"[member HTTPClient.read_chunk_size].\n" +"Set this to a lower value (e.g. 4096 for 4 KiB) when downloading small files " +"to decrease memory usage at the cost of download speeds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:134 +msgid "The file to download into. Will output any received file into it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:137 +msgid "Maximum number of allowed redirects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:142 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], multithreading is used to improve performance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:152 +msgid "Emitted when a request is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:158 +msgid "Request successful." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:163 +msgid "Request failed while connecting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:166 +msgid "Request failed while resolving." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:169 +msgid "Request failed due to connection (read/write) error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:172 +msgid "Request failed on SSL handshake." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:175 +msgid "Request does not have a response (yet)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:178 +msgid "Request exceeded its maximum size limit, see [member body_size_limit]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:181 +msgid "Request failed (currently unused)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:184 +msgid "HTTPRequest couldn't open the download file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:187 +msgid "HTTPRequest couldn't write to the download file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:190 +msgid "Request reached its maximum redirect limit, see [member max_redirects]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:4 +msgid "Image datatype." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Native image datatype. Contains image data which can be converted to an " +"[ImageTexture] and provides commonly used [i]image processing[/i] methods. " +"The maximum width and height for an [Image] are [constant MAX_WIDTH] and " +"[constant MAX_HEIGHT].\n" +"An [Image] cannot be assigned to a [code]texture[/code] property of an " +"object directly (such as [Sprite]), and has to be converted manually to an " +"[ImageTexture] first.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The maximum image size is 16384×16384 pixels due to graphics " +"hardware limitations. Larger images may fail to import." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:12 doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:31 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/workflow/assets/" +"importing_images.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Alpha-blends [code]src_rect[/code] from [code]src[/code] image to this image " +"at coordinates [code]dest[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Alpha-blends [code]src_rect[/code] from [code]src[/code] image to this image " +"using [code]mask[/code] image at coordinates [code]dst[/code]. Alpha " +"channels are required for both [code]src[/code] and [code]mask[/code]. " +"[code]dst[/code] pixels and [code]src[/code] pixels will blend if the " +"corresponding mask pixel's alpha value is not 0. [code]src[/code] image and " +"[code]mask[/code] image [b]must[/b] have the same size (width and height) " +"but they can have different formats." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Copies [code]src_rect[/code] from [code]src[/code] image to this image at " +"coordinates [code]dst[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Blits [code]src_rect[/code] area from [code]src[/code] image to this image " +"at the coordinates given by [code]dst[/code]. [code]src[/code] pixel is " +"copied onto [code]dst[/code] if the corresponding [code]mask[/code] pixel's " +"alpha value is not 0. [code]src[/code] image and [code]mask[/code] image " +"[b]must[/b] have the same size (width and height) but they can have " +"different formats." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Converts a bumpmap to a normalmap. A bumpmap provides a height offset per-" +"pixel, while a normalmap provides a normal direction per pixel." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:63 +msgid "Removes the image's mipmaps." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Compresses the image to use less memory. Can not directly access pixel data " +"while the image is compressed. Returns error if the chosen compression mode " +"is not available. See [enum CompressMode] and [enum CompressSource] " +"constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:79 +msgid "Converts the image's format. See [enum Format] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:86 +msgid "Copies [code]src[/code] image to this image." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Creates an empty image of given size and format. See [enum Format] " +"constants. If [code]use_mipmaps[/code] is [code]true[/code] then generate " +"mipmaps for this image. See the [method generate_mipmaps]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:107 +msgid "" +"Creates a new image of given size and format. See [enum Format] constants. " +"Fills the image with the given raw data. If [code]use_mipmaps[/code] is " +"[code]true[/code] then loads mipmaps for this image from [code]data[/code]. " +"See [method generate_mipmaps]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:115 +msgid "" +"Crops the image to the given [code]width[/code] and [code]height[/code]. If " +"the specified size is larger than the current size, the extra area is filled " +"with black pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:121 +msgid "" +"Decompresses the image if it is compressed. Returns an error if decompress " +"function is not available." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:127 +msgid "" +"Returns [constant ALPHA_BLEND] if the image has data for alpha values. " +"Returns [constant ALPHA_BIT] if all the alpha values are stored in a single " +"bit. Returns [constant ALPHA_NONE] if no data for alpha values is found." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:133 +msgid "" +"Stretches the image and enlarges it by a factor of 2. No interpolation is " +"done." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:140 +msgid "Fills the image with a given [Color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:146 +msgid "Blends low-alpha pixels with nearby pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:152 +msgid "Flips the image horizontally." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:158 +msgid "Flips the image vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:165 +msgid "" +"Generates mipmaps for the image. Mipmaps are precalculated lower-resolution " +"copies of the image that are automatically used if the image needs to be " +"scaled down when rendered. They help improve image quality and performance " +"when rendering. This method returns an error if the image is compressed, in " +"a custom format, or if the image's width/height is [code]0[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Mipmap generation is done on the CPU, is single-threaded and is " +"[i]always[/i] done on the main thread. This means generating mipmaps will " +"result in noticeable stuttering during gameplay, even if [method " +"generate_mipmaps] is called from a [Thread]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:172 +msgid "Returns a copy of the image's raw data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:178 +msgid "Returns the image's format. See [enum Format] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:184 +msgid "Returns the image's height." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:191 +msgid "" +"Returns the offset where the image's mipmap with index [code]mipmap[/code] " +"is stored in the [code]data[/code] dictionary." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:199 +msgid "" +"Returns the color of the pixel at [code](x, y)[/code] if the image is " +"locked. If the image is unlocked, it always returns a [Color] with the value " +"[code](0, 0, 0, 1.0)[/code]. This is the same as [method get_pixelv], but " +"two integer arguments instead of a Vector2 argument." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:206 +msgid "" +"Returns the color of the pixel at [code]src[/code] if the image is locked. " +"If the image is unlocked, it always returns a [Color] with the value [code]" +"(0, 0, 0, 1.0)[/code]. This is the same as [method get_pixel], but with a " +"Vector2 argument instead of two integer arguments." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:213 +msgid "" +"Returns a new image that is a copy of the image's area specified with " +"[code]rect[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:219 +msgid "Returns the image's size (width and height)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:225 +msgid "" +"Returns a [Rect2] enclosing the visible portion of the image, considering " +"each pixel with a non-zero alpha channel as visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:231 +msgid "Returns the image's width." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:237 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the image has generated mipmaps." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:243 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the image is compressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:249 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the image has no data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:255 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if all the image's pixels have an alpha value of " +"0. Returns [code]false[/code] if any pixel has an alpha value higher than 0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:262 +msgid "" +"Loads an image from file [code]path[/code]. See [url=https://docs." +"godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/workflow/assets/importing_images." +"html#supported-image-formats]Supported image formats[/url] for a list of " +"supported image formats and limitations.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This method should only be used in the editor or in cases " +"when you need to load external images at run-time, such as images located at " +"the [code]user://[/code] directory, and may not work in exported projects.\n" +"See also [ImageTexture] description for usage examples." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:271 +msgid "" +"Loads an image from the binary contents of a BMP file.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Godot's BMP module doesn't support 16-bit per pixel images. " +"Only 1-bit, 4-bit, 8-bit, 24-bit, and 32-bit per pixel images are supported." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:279 +msgid "Loads an image from the binary contents of a JPEG file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:286 +msgid "Loads an image from the binary contents of a PNG file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:293 +msgid "Loads an image from the binary contents of a TGA file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:300 +msgid "Loads an image from the binary contents of a WebP file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:306 +msgid "" +"Locks the data for reading and writing access. Sends an error to the console " +"if the image is not locked when reading or writing a pixel." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:312 +msgid "" +"Converts the image's data to represent coordinates on a 3D plane. This is " +"used when the image represents a normalmap. A normalmap can add lots of " +"detail to a 3D surface without increasing the polygon count." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Multiplies color values with alpha values. Resulting color values for a " +"pixel are [code](color * alpha)/256[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:327 +msgid "" +"Resizes the image to the given [code]width[/code] and [code]height[/code]. " +"New pixels are calculated using the [code]interpolation[/code] mode defined " +"via [enum Interpolation] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:335 +msgid "" +"Resizes the image to the nearest power of 2 for the width and height. If " +"[code]square[/code] is [code]true[/code] then set width and height to be the " +"same. New pixels are calculated using the [code]interpolation[/code] mode " +"defined via [enum Interpolation] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:341 +msgid "" +"Converts a standard RGBE (Red Green Blue Exponent) image to an sRGB image." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:349 +msgid "" +"Saves the image as an EXR file to [code]path[/code]. If [code]grayscale[/" +"code] is [code]true[/code] and the image has only one channel, it will be " +"saved explicitly as monochrome rather than one red channel. This function " +"will return [constant ERR_UNAVAILABLE] if Godot was compiled without the " +"TinyEXR module.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The TinyEXR module is disabled in non-editor builds, which " +"means [method save_exr] will return [constant ERR_UNAVAILABLE] when it is " +"called from an exported project." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:357 +msgid "Saves the image as a PNG file to [code]path[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:371 +msgid "" +"Sets the [Color] of the pixel at [code](x, y)[/code] if the image is locked. " +"Example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var img = Image.new()\n" +"img.create(img_width, img_height, false, Image.FORMAT_RGBA8)\n" +"img.lock()\n" +"img.set_pixel(x, y, color) # Works\n" +"img.unlock()\n" +"img.set_pixel(x, y, color) # Does not have an effect\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:387 +msgid "" +"Sets the [Color] of the pixel at [code](dst.x, dst.y)[/code] if the image is " +"locked. Note that the [code]dst[/code] values must be integers. Example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var img = Image.new()\n" +"img.create(img_width, img_height, false, Image.FORMAT_RGBA8)\n" +"img.lock()\n" +"img.set_pixelv(Vector2(x, y), color) # Works\n" +"img.unlock()\n" +"img.set_pixelv(Vector2(x, y), color) # Does not have an effect\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:401 +msgid "Shrinks the image by a factor of 2." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:407 +msgid "Converts the raw data from the sRGB colorspace to a linear scale." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:413 +msgid "Unlocks the data and prevents changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:419 +msgid "" +"Holds all the image's color data in a given format. See [enum Format] " +"constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:424 +msgid "The maximal width allowed for [Image] resources." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:427 +msgid "The maximal height allowed for [Image] resources." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:430 +msgid "Texture format with a single 8-bit depth representing luminance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:433 +msgid "" +"OpenGL texture format with two values, luminance and alpha each stored with " +"8 bits." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:436 +msgid "" +"OpenGL texture format [code]RED[/code] with a single component and a " +"bitdepth of 8.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When using the GLES2 backend, this uses the alpha channel " +"instead of the red channel for storage." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:440 +msgid "" +"OpenGL texture format [code]RG[/code] with two components and a bitdepth of " +"8 for each." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:443 +msgid "" +"OpenGL texture format [code]RGB[/code] with three components, each with a " +"bitdepth of 8.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When creating an [ImageTexture], an sRGB to linear color space " +"conversion is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:447 +msgid "" +"OpenGL texture format [code]RGBA[/code] with four components, each with a " +"bitdepth of 8.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When creating an [ImageTexture], an sRGB to linear color space " +"conversion is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:451 +msgid "" +"OpenGL texture format [code]RGBA[/code] with four components, each with a " +"bitdepth of 4." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:454 +msgid "" +"OpenGL texture format [code]GL_RGB5_A1[/code] where 5 bits of depth for each " +"component of RGB and one bit for alpha." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:457 +msgid "" +"OpenGL texture format [code]GL_R32F[/code] where there's one component, a 32-" +"bit floating-point value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:460 +msgid "" +"OpenGL texture format [code]GL_RG32F[/code] where there are two components, " +"each a 32-bit floating-point values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:463 +msgid "" +"OpenGL texture format [code]GL_RGB32F[/code] where there are three " +"components, each a 32-bit floating-point values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:466 +msgid "" +"OpenGL texture format [code]GL_RGBA32F[/code] where there are four " +"components, each a 32-bit floating-point values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:469 +msgid "" +"OpenGL texture format [code]GL_R32F[/code] where there's one component, a 16-" +"bit \"half-precision\" floating-point value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:472 +msgid "" +"OpenGL texture format [code]GL_RG32F[/code] where there are two components, " +"each a 16-bit \"half-precision\" floating-point value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:475 +msgid "" +"OpenGL texture format [code]GL_RGB32F[/code] where there are three " +"components, each a 16-bit \"half-precision\" floating-point value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:478 +msgid "" +"OpenGL texture format [code]GL_RGBA32F[/code] where there are four " +"components, each a 16-bit \"half-precision\" floating-point value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:481 +msgid "" +"A special OpenGL texture format where the three color components have 9 bits " +"of precision and all three share a single 5-bit exponent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:484 +msgid "" +"The [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/S3_Texture_Compression]S3TC[/url] " +"texture format that uses Block Compression 1, and is the smallest variation " +"of S3TC, only providing 1 bit of alpha and color data being premultiplied " +"with alpha.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When creating an [ImageTexture], an sRGB to linear color space " +"conversion is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:488 +msgid "" +"The [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/S3_Texture_Compression]S3TC[/url] " +"texture format that uses Block Compression 2, and color data is interpreted " +"as not having been premultiplied by alpha. Well suited for images with sharp " +"alpha transitions between translucent and opaque areas.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When creating an [ImageTexture], an sRGB to linear color space " +"conversion is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:492 +msgid "" +"The [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/S3_Texture_Compression]S3TC[/url] " +"texture format also known as Block Compression 3 or BC3 that contains 64 " +"bits of alpha channel data followed by 64 bits of DXT1-encoded color data. " +"Color data is not premultiplied by alpha, same as DXT3. DXT5 generally " +"produces superior results for transparent gradients compared to DXT3.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When creating an [ImageTexture], an sRGB to linear color space " +"conversion is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:496 +msgid "" +"Texture format that uses [url=https://www.khronos.org/opengl/wiki/" +"Red_Green_Texture_Compression]Red Green Texture Compression[/url], " +"normalizing the red channel data using the same compression algorithm that " +"DXT5 uses for the alpha channel." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:499 +msgid "" +"Texture format that uses [url=https://www.khronos.org/opengl/wiki/" +"Red_Green_Texture_Compression]Red Green Texture Compression[/url], " +"normalizing the red and green channel data using the same compression " +"algorithm that DXT5 uses for the alpha channel." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:502 +msgid "" +"Texture format that uses [url=https://www.khronos.org/opengl/wiki/" +"BPTC_Texture_Compression]BPTC[/url] compression with unsigned normalized " +"RGBA components.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When creating an [ImageTexture], an sRGB to linear color space " +"conversion is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:506 +msgid "" +"Texture format that uses [url=https://www.khronos.org/opengl/wiki/" +"BPTC_Texture_Compression]BPTC[/url] compression with signed floating-point " +"RGB components." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:509 +msgid "" +"Texture format that uses [url=https://www.khronos.org/opengl/wiki/" +"BPTC_Texture_Compression]BPTC[/url] compression with unsigned floating-point " +"RGB components." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:512 +msgid "" +"Texture format used on PowerVR-supported mobile platforms, uses 2-bit color " +"depth with no alpha. More information can be found [url=https://en.wikipedia." +"org/wiki/PVRTC]here[/url].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When creating an [ImageTexture], an sRGB to linear color space " +"conversion is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:516 +msgid "" +"Same as [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PVRTC]PVRTC2[/url], but with an " +"alpha component." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:519 +msgid "" +"Similar to [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PVRTC]PVRTC2[/url], but with 4-" +"bit color depth and no alpha." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:522 +msgid "" +"Same as [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PVRTC]PVRTC4[/url], but with an " +"alpha component." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:525 +msgid "" +"[url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Ericsson_Texture_Compression#ETC1]Ericsson Texture Compression format 1[/" +"url], also referred to as \"ETC1\", and is part of the OpenGL ES graphics " +"standard. This format cannot store an alpha channel." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:528 +msgid "" +"[url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Ericsson_Texture_Compression#ETC2_and_EAC]Ericsson Texture Compression " +"format 2[/url] ([code]R11_EAC[/code] variant), which provides one channel of " +"unsigned data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:531 +msgid "" +"[url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Ericsson_Texture_Compression#ETC2_and_EAC]Ericsson Texture Compression " +"format 2[/url] ([code]SIGNED_R11_EAC[/code] variant), which provides one " +"channel of signed data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:534 +msgid "" +"[url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Ericsson_Texture_Compression#ETC2_and_EAC]Ericsson Texture Compression " +"format 2[/url] ([code]RG11_EAC[/code] variant), which provides two channels " +"of unsigned data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:537 +msgid "" +"[url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Ericsson_Texture_Compression#ETC2_and_EAC]Ericsson Texture Compression " +"format 2[/url] ([code]SIGNED_RG11_EAC[/code] variant), which provides two " +"channels of signed data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:540 +msgid "" +"[url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Ericsson_Texture_Compression#ETC2_and_EAC]Ericsson Texture Compression " +"format 2[/url] ([code]RGB8[/code] variant), which is a follow-up of ETC1 and " +"compresses RGB888 data.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When creating an [ImageTexture], an sRGB to linear color space " +"conversion is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:544 +msgid "" +"[url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Ericsson_Texture_Compression#ETC2_and_EAC]Ericsson Texture Compression " +"format 2[/url] ([code]RGBA8[/code]variant), which compresses RGBA8888 data " +"with full alpha support.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When creating an [ImageTexture], an sRGB to linear color space " +"conversion is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:548 +msgid "" +"[url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Ericsson_Texture_Compression#ETC2_and_EAC]Ericsson Texture Compression " +"format 2[/url] ([code]RGB8_PUNCHTHROUGH_ALPHA1[/code] variant), which " +"compresses RGBA data to make alpha either fully transparent or fully " +"opaque.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When creating an [ImageTexture], an sRGB to linear color space " +"conversion is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:552 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Format] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:555 +msgid "" +"Performs nearest-neighbor interpolation. If the image is resized, it will be " +"pixelated." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:558 +msgid "" +"Performs bilinear interpolation. If the image is resized, it will be blurry. " +"This mode is faster than [constant INTERPOLATE_CUBIC], but it results in " +"lower quality." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:561 +msgid "" +"Performs cubic interpolation. If the image is resized, it will be blurry. " +"This mode often gives better results compared to [constant " +"INTERPOLATE_BILINEAR], at the cost of being slower." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:564 +msgid "" +"Performs bilinear separately on the two most-suited mipmap levels, then " +"linearly interpolates between them.\n" +"It's slower than [constant INTERPOLATE_BILINEAR], but produces higher-" +"quality results with far fewer aliasing artifacts.\n" +"If the image does not have mipmaps, they will be generated and used " +"internally, but no mipmaps will be generated on the resulting image.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If you intend to scale multiple copies of the original image, " +"it's better to call [method generate_mipmaps]] on it in advance, to avoid " +"wasting processing power in generating them again and again.\n" +"On the other hand, if the image already has mipmaps, they will be used, and " +"a new set will be generated for the resulting image." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:571 +msgid "" +"Performs Lanczos interpolation. This is the slowest image resizing mode, but " +"it typically gives the best results, especially when downscalng images." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:574 +msgid "Image does not have alpha." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:577 +msgid "Image stores alpha in a single bit." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:580 +msgid "Image uses alpha." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:583 +msgid "Use S3TC compression." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:586 +msgid "Use PVRTC2 compression." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:589 +msgid "Use PVRTC4 compression." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:592 +msgid "Use ETC compression." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:595 +msgid "Use ETC2 compression." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:598 +msgid "" +"Source texture (before compression) is a regular texture. Default for all " +"textures." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:601 +msgid "Source texture (before compression) is in sRGB space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Image.xml:604 +msgid "" +"Source texture (before compression) is a normal texture (e.g. it can be " +"compressed into two channels)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:4 +msgid "A [Texture] based on an [Image]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A [Texture] based on an [Image]. For an image to be displayed, an " +"[ImageTexture] has to be created from it using the [method " +"create_from_image] method:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var texture = ImageTexture.new()\n" +"var image = Image.new()\n" +"image.load(\"res://icon.png\")\n" +"texture.create_from_image(image)\n" +"$Sprite.texture = texture\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"This way, textures can be created at run-time by loading images both from " +"within the editor and externally.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] Prefer to load imported textures with [method @GDScript." +"load] over loading them from within the filesystem dynamically with [method " +"Image.load], as it may not work in exported projects:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var texture = load(\"res://icon.png\")\n" +"$Sprite.texture = texture\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"This is because images have to be imported as [StreamTexture] first to be " +"loaded with [method @GDScript.load]. If you'd still like to load an image " +"file just like any other [Resource], import it as an [Image] resource " +"instead, and then load it normally using the [method @GDScript.load] " +"method.\n" +"But do note that the image data can still be retrieved from an imported " +"texture as well using the [method Texture.get_data] method, which returns a " +"copy of the data:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var texture = load(\"res://icon.png\")\n" +"var image : Image = texture.get_data()\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"An [ImageTexture] is not meant to be operated from within the editor " +"interface directly, and is mostly useful for rendering images on screen " +"dynamically via code. If you need to generate images procedurally from " +"within the editor, consider saving and importing images as custom texture " +"resources implementing a new [EditorImportPlugin].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The maximum texture size is 16384×16384 pixels due to graphics " +"hardware limitations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Create a new [ImageTexture] with [code]width[/code] and [code]height[/" +"code].\n" +"[code]format[/code] is a value from [enum Image.Format], [code]flags[/code] " +"is any combination of [enum Texture.Flags]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Initializes the texture by allocating and setting the data from an [Image] " +"with [code]flags[/code] from [enum Texture.Flags]. An sRGB to linear color " +"space conversion can take place, according to [enum Image.Format]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:56 +msgid "Returns the format of the texture, one of [enum Image.Format]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:63 +msgid "" +"Loads an image from a file path and creates a texture from it.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is deprecated and will be removed in Godot 4.0, use " +"[method Image.load] and [method create_from_image] instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:71 +msgid "" +"Replaces the texture's data with a new [Image].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The texture has to be initialized first with the [method " +"create_from_image] method before it can be updated. The new image " +"dimensions, format, and mipmaps configuration should match the existing " +"texture's image configuration, otherwise it has to be re-created with the " +"[method create_from_image] method.\n" +"Use this method over [method create_from_image] if you need to update the " +"texture frequently, which is faster than allocating additional memory for a " +"new texture each time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:80 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2837 +msgid "Resizes the texture to the specified dimensions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:87 +msgid "The storage quality for [constant STORAGE_COMPRESS_LOSSY]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:90 +msgid "The storage type (raw, lossy, or compressed)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:95 +msgid "[Image] data is stored raw and unaltered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:98 +msgid "" +"[Image] data is compressed with a lossy algorithm. You can set the storage " +"quality with [member lossy_quality]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:101 +msgid "[Image] data is compressed with a lossless algorithm." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:4 +msgid "Draws simple geometry from code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Draws simple geometry from code. Uses a drawing mode similar to OpenGL 1.x.\n" +"See also [ArrayMesh], [MeshDataTool] and [SurfaceTool] for procedural " +"geometry generation.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] ImmediateGeometry3D is best suited to small amounts of mesh " +"data that change every frame. It will be slow when handling large amounts of " +"mesh data. If mesh data doesn't change often, use [ArrayMesh], " +"[MeshDataTool] or [SurfaceTool] instead.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Godot uses clockwise [url=https://learnopengl.com/Advanced-" +"OpenGL/Face-culling]winding order[/url] for front faces of triangle " +"primitive modes.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] In case of missing points when handling large amounts of mesh " +"data, try increasing its buffer size limit under [member ProjectSettings." +"rendering/limits/buffers/immediate_buffer_size_kb]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Simple helper to draw an UV sphere with given latitude, longitude and radius." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Adds a vertex in local coordinate space with the currently set color/uv/etc." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Begin drawing (and optionally pass a texture override). When done call " +"[method end]. For more information on how this works, search for " +"[code]glBegin()[/code] and [code]glEnd()[/code] references.\n" +"For the type of primitive, see the [enum Mesh.PrimitiveType] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:45 +msgid "Clears everything that was drawn using begin/end." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:51 +msgid "Ends a drawing context and displays the results." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:58 +msgid "The current drawing color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:65 +msgid "The next vertex's normal." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:72 +msgid "The next vertex's tangent (and binormal facing)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:79 +msgid "The next vertex's UV." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:86 +msgid "The next vertex's second layer UV." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:4 +msgid "A singleton that deals with inputs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A singleton that deals with inputs. This includes key presses, mouse buttons " +"and movement, joypads, and input actions. Actions and their events can be " +"set in the [b]Input Map[/b] tab in the [b]Project > Project Settings[/b], or " +"with the [InputMap] class." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:10 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/inputs/index.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:20 +msgid "" +"This will simulate pressing the specified action.\n" +"The strength can be used for non-boolean actions, it's ranged between 0 and " +"1 representing the intensity of the given action.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method will not cause any [method Node._input] calls. It " +"is intended to be used with [method is_action_pressed] and [method " +"is_action_just_pressed]. If you want to simulate [code]_input[/code], use " +"[method parse_input_event] instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:29 +msgid "If the specified action is already pressed, this will release it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Adds a new mapping entry (in SDL2 format) to the mapping database. " +"Optionally update already connected devices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:43 +msgid "" +"Sends all input events which are in the current buffer to the game loop. " +"These events may have been buffered as a result of accumulated input " +"([method set_use_accumulated_input]) or agile input flushing ([member " +"ProjectSettings.input_devices/buffering/agile_event_flushing]).\n" +"The engine will already do this itself at key execution points (at least " +"once per frame). However, this can be useful in advanced cases where you " +"want precise control over the timing of event handling." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Returns the acceleration of the device's accelerometer sensor, if the device " +"has one. Otherwise, the method returns [constant Vector3.ZERO].\n" +"Note this method returns an empty [Vector3] when running from the editor " +"even when your device has an accelerometer. You must export your project to " +"a supported device to read values from the accelerometer.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method only works on iOS, Android, and UWP. On other " +"platforms, it always returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. On Android the unit of " +"measurement for each axis is m/s² while on iOS and UWP it's a multiple of " +"the Earth's gravitational acceleration [code]g[/code] (~9.81 m/s²)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:60 +msgid "" +"Returns a value between 0 and 1 representing the raw intensity of the given " +"action, ignoring the action's deadzone. In most cases, you should use " +"[method get_action_strength] instead.\n" +"If [code]exact[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input modifiers " +"for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the direction " +"for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:69 +msgid "" +"Returns a value between 0 and 1 representing the intensity of the given " +"action. In a joypad, for example, the further away the axis (analog sticks " +"or L2, R2 triggers) is from the dead zone, the closer the value will be to " +"1. If the action is mapped to a control that has no axis as the keyboard, " +"the value returned will be 0 or 1.\n" +"If [code]exact[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input modifiers " +"for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the direction " +"for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:78 +msgid "" +"Get axis input by specifying two actions, one negative and one positive.\n" +"This is a shorthand for writing [code]Input." +"get_action_strength(\"positive_action\") - Input." +"get_action_strength(\"negative_action\")[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:85 +msgid "" +"Returns an [Array] containing the device IDs of all currently connected " +"joypads." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:91 +msgid "Returns the currently assigned cursor shape (see [enum CursorShape])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:97 +msgid "" +"Returns the gravity of the device's accelerometer sensor, if the device has " +"one. Otherwise, the method returns [constant Vector3.ZERO].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method only works on Android and iOS. On other platforms, " +"it always returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. On Android the unit of " +"measurement for each axis is m/s² while on iOS it's a multiple of the " +"Earth's gravitational acceleration [code]g[/code] (~9.81 m/s²)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:104 +msgid "" +"Returns the rotation rate in rad/s around a device's X, Y, and Z axes of the " +"gyroscope sensor, if the device has one. Otherwise, the method returns " +"[constant Vector3.ZERO].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method only works on Android and iOS. On other platforms, " +"it always returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:113 +msgid "" +"Returns the current value of the joypad axis at given index (see [enum " +"JoystickList])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:120 +msgid "Returns the index of the provided axis name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:127 +msgid "" +"Receives a [enum JoystickList] axis and returns its equivalent name as a " +"string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:134 +msgid "Returns the index of the provided button name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:141 +msgid "" +"Receives a gamepad button from [enum JoystickList] and returns its " +"equivalent name as a string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:148 +msgid "" +"Returns a SDL2-compatible device GUID on platforms that use gamepad " +"remapping. Returns [code]\"Default Gamepad\"[/code] otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:155 +msgid "Returns the name of the joypad at the specified device index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:162 +msgid "Returns the duration of the current vibration effect in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:169 +msgid "" +"Returns the strength of the joypad vibration: x is the strength of the weak " +"motor, and y is the strength of the strong motor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:175 +msgid "" +"Returns the mouse speed for the last time the cursor was moved, and this " +"until the next frame where the mouse moves. This means that even if the " +"mouse is not moving, this function will still return the value of the last " +"motion." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:181 +msgid "" +"Returns the magnetic field strength in micro-Tesla for all axes of the " +"device's magnetometer sensor, if the device has one. Otherwise, the method " +"returns [constant Vector3.ZERO].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method only works on Android, iOS and UWP. On other " +"platforms, it always returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:188 +msgid "" +"Returns mouse buttons as a bitmask. If multiple mouse buttons are pressed at " +"the same time, the bits are added together." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:194 +msgid "Returns the mouse mode. See the constants for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:205 +msgid "" +"Gets an input vector by specifying four actions for the positive and " +"negative X and Y axes.\n" +"This method is useful when getting vector input, such as from a joystick, " +"directional pad, arrows, or WASD. The vector has its length limited to 1 and " +"has a circular deadzone, which is useful for using vector input as " +"movement.\n" +"By default, the deadzone is automatically calculated from the average of the " +"action deadzones. However, you can override the deadzone to be whatever you " +"want (on the range of 0 to 1)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:215 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] when the user starts pressing the action event, " +"meaning it's [code]true[/code] only on the frame that the user pressed down " +"the button.\n" +"This is useful for code that needs to run only once when an action is " +"pressed, instead of every frame while it's pressed.\n" +"If [code]exact[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input modifiers " +"for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the direction " +"for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:225 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] when the user stops pressing the action event, " +"meaning it's [code]true[/code] only on the frame that the user released the " +"button.\n" +"If [code]exact[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input modifiers " +"for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the direction " +"for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:234 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if you are pressing the action event. Note that if " +"an action has multiple buttons assigned and more than one of them is " +"pressed, releasing one button will release the action, even if some other " +"button assigned to this action is still pressed.\n" +"If [code]exact[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input modifiers " +"for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the direction " +"for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:243 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if you are pressing the joypad button (see [enum " +"JoystickList])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:250 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the system knows the specified device. This " +"means that it sets all button and axis indices exactly as defined in [enum " +"JoystickList]. Unknown joypads are not expected to match these constants, " +"but you can still retrieve events from them." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:257 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if you are pressing the key. You can pass a [enum " +"KeyList] constant." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:264 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if you are pressing the mouse button specified " +"with [enum ButtonList]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:274 +msgid "" +"Notifies the [Input] singleton that a connection has changed, to update the " +"state for the [code]device[/code] index.\n" +"This is used internally and should not have to be called from user scripts. " +"See [signal joy_connection_changed] for the signal emitted when this is " +"triggered internally." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:282 +msgid "" +"Feeds an [InputEvent] to the game. Can be used to artificially trigger input " +"events from code. Also generates [method Node._input] calls.\n" +"Example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var a = InputEventAction.new()\n" +"a.action = \"ui_cancel\"\n" +"a.pressed = true\n" +"Input.parse_input_event(a)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:296 +msgid "" +"Removes all mappings from the internal database that match the given GUID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:303 +msgid "" +"Sets the acceleration value of the accelerometer sensor. Can be used for " +"debugging on devices without a hardware sensor, for example in an editor on " +"a PC.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This value can be immediately overwritten by the hardware " +"sensor value on Android and iOS." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:313 +msgid "" +"Sets a custom mouse cursor image, which is only visible inside the game " +"window. The hotspot can also be specified. Passing [code]null[/code] to the " +"image parameter resets to the system cursor. See [enum CursorShape] for the " +"list of shapes.\n" +"[code]image[/code]'s size must be lower than 256×256.\n" +"[code]hotspot[/code] must be within [code]image[/code]'s size.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [AnimatedTexture]s aren't supported as custom mouse cursors. If " +"using an [AnimatedTexture], only the first frame will be displayed.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Only images imported with the [b]Lossless[/b], [b]Lossy[/b] or " +"[b]Uncompressed[/b] compression modes are supported. The [b]Video RAM[/b] " +"compression mode can't be used for custom cursors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:324 +msgid "" +"Sets the default cursor shape to be used in the viewport instead of " +"[constant CURSOR_ARROW].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If you want to change the default cursor shape for [Control]'s " +"nodes, use [member Control.mouse_default_cursor_shape] instead.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method generates an [InputEventMouseMotion] to update " +"cursor immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:333 +msgid "" +"Sets the gravity value of the accelerometer sensor. Can be used for " +"debugging on devices without a hardware sensor, for example in an editor on " +"a PC.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This value can be immediately overwritten by the hardware " +"sensor value on Android and iOS." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:341 +msgid "" +"Sets the value of the rotation rate of the gyroscope sensor. Can be used for " +"debugging on devices without a hardware sensor, for example in an editor on " +"a PC.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This value can be immediately overwritten by the hardware " +"sensor value on Android and iOS." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:349 +msgid "" +"Sets the value of the magnetic field of the magnetometer sensor. Can be used " +"for debugging on devices without a hardware sensor, for example in an editor " +"on a PC.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This value can be immediately overwritten by the hardware " +"sensor value on Android and iOS." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:357 +msgid "Sets the mouse mode. See the constants for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:364 +msgid "" +"Enables or disables the accumulation of similar input events sent by the " +"operating system. When input accumulation is enabled, all input events " +"generated during a frame will be merged and emitted when the frame is done " +"rendering. Therefore, this limits the number of input method calls per " +"second to the rendering FPS.\n" +"Input accumulation is enabled by default. It can be disabled to get slightly " +"more precise/reactive input at the cost of increased CPU usage. In " +"applications where drawing freehand lines is required, input accumulation " +"should generally be disabled while the user is drawing the line to get " +"results that closely follow the actual input." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:375 +msgid "" +"Starts to vibrate the joypad. Joypads usually come with two rumble motors, a " +"strong and a weak one. [code]weak_magnitude[/code] is the strength of the " +"weak motor (between 0 and 1) and [code]strong_magnitude[/code] is the " +"strength of the strong motor (between 0 and 1). [code]duration[/code] is the " +"duration of the effect in seconds (a duration of 0 will try to play the " +"vibration indefinitely).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Not every hardware is compatible with long effect durations; it " +"is recommended to restart an effect if it has to be played for more than a " +"few seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:383 +msgid "Stops the vibration of the joypad." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:390 +msgid "" +"Vibrate Android and iOS devices.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] It needs [code]VIBRATE[/code] permission for Android at export " +"settings. iOS does not support duration." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:398 +msgid "Sets the mouse position to the specified vector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:407 +msgid "Emitted when a joypad device has been connected or disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:413 +msgid "Makes the mouse cursor visible if it is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:416 +msgid "Makes the mouse cursor hidden if it is visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:419 +msgid "" +"Captures the mouse. The mouse will be hidden and its position locked at the " +"center of the screen.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If you want to process the mouse's movement in this mode, you " +"need to use [member InputEventMouseMotion.relative]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:423 +msgid "Makes the mouse cursor visible but confines it to the game window." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:426 +msgid "Arrow cursor. Standard, default pointing cursor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:429 +msgid "" +"I-beam cursor. Usually used to show where the text cursor will appear when " +"the mouse is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:432 +msgid "" +"Pointing hand cursor. Usually used to indicate the pointer is over a link or " +"other interactable item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:435 +msgid "" +"Cross cursor. Typically appears over regions in which a drawing operation " +"can be performed or for selections." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:438 +msgid "" +"Wait cursor. Indicates that the application is busy performing an operation. " +"This cursor shape denotes that the application is still usable during the " +"operation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:441 +msgid "" +"Busy cursor. Indicates that the application is busy performing an operation. " +"This cursor shape denotes that the application isn't usable during the " +"operation (e.g. something is blocking its main thread)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:444 +msgid "Drag cursor. Usually displayed when dragging something." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:447 +msgid "" +"Can drop cursor. Usually displayed when dragging something to indicate that " +"it can be dropped at the current position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:450 +msgid "" +"Forbidden cursor. Indicates that the current action is forbidden (for " +"example, when dragging something) or that the control at a position is " +"disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:453 +msgid "" +"Vertical resize mouse cursor. A double-headed vertical arrow. It tells the " +"user they can resize the window or the panel vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:456 +msgid "" +"Horizontal resize mouse cursor. A double-headed horizontal arrow. It tells " +"the user they can resize the window or the panel horizontally." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:459 +msgid "" +"Window resize mouse cursor. The cursor is a double-headed arrow that goes " +"from the bottom left to the top right. It tells the user they can resize the " +"window or the panel both horizontally and vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:462 +msgid "" +"Window resize mouse cursor. The cursor is a double-headed arrow that goes " +"from the top left to the bottom right, the opposite of [constant " +"CURSOR_BDIAGSIZE]. It tells the user they can resize the window or the panel " +"both horizontally and vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:465 +msgid "Move cursor. Indicates that something can be moved." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:468 +msgid "" +"Vertical split mouse cursor. On Windows, it's the same as [constant " +"CURSOR_VSIZE]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:471 +msgid "" +"Horizontal split mouse cursor. On Windows, it's the same as [constant " +"CURSOR_HSIZE]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Input.xml:474 +msgid "Help cursor. Usually a question mark." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:4 +msgid "Generic input event." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:7 +msgid "Base class of all sort of input event. See [method Node._input]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:10 doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml:10 doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/InputEventMouse.xml:10 doc/classes/InputEventScreenDrag.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenTouch.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml:10 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/inputs/inputevent.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given input event and this input event can " +"be added together (only for events of type [InputEventMouseMotion]).\n" +"The given input event's position, global position and speed will be copied. " +"The resulting [code]relative[/code] is a sum of both events. Both events' " +"modifiers have to be identical." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:27 +msgid "Returns a [String] representation of the event." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Returns a value between 0.0 and 1.0 depending on the given actions' state. " +"Useful for getting the value of events of type [InputEventJoypadMotion].\n" +"If [code]exact_match[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input " +"modifiers for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the " +"direction for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this input event matches a pre-defined action " +"of any type.\n" +"If [code]exact_match[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input " +"modifiers for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the " +"direction for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given action is being pressed (and is not " +"an echo event for [InputEventKey] events, unless [code]allow_echo[/code] is " +"[code]true[/code]). Not relevant for events of type [InputEventMouseMotion] " +"or [InputEventScreenDrag].\n" +"If [code]exact_match[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input " +"modifiers for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the " +"direction for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:63 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given action is released (i.e. not " +"pressed). Not relevant for events of type [InputEventMouseMotion] or " +"[InputEventScreenDrag].\n" +"If [code]exact_match[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input " +"modifiers for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the " +"direction for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:70 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this input event's type is one that can be " +"assigned to an input action." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:76 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this input event is an echo event (only for " +"events of type [InputEventKey])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:82 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this input event is pressed. Not relevant for " +"events of type [InputEventMouseMotion] or [InputEventScreenDrag]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:90 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified [code]event[/code] matches this " +"event. Only valid for action events i.e key ([InputEventKey]), button " +"([InputEventMouseButton] or [InputEventJoypadButton]), axis " +"[InputEventJoypadMotion] or action ([InputEventAction]) events.\n" +"If [code]exact_match[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input " +"modifiers for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the " +"direction for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:99 +msgid "" +"Returns a copy of the given input event which has been offset by " +"[code]local_ofs[/code] and transformed by [code]xform[/code]. Relevant for " +"events of type [InputEventMouseButton], [InputEventMouseMotion], " +"[InputEventScreenTouch], [InputEventScreenDrag], [InputEventMagnifyGesture] " +"and [InputEventPanGesture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:105 +msgid "" +"The event's device ID.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This device ID will always be [code]-1[/code] for emulated " +"mouse input from a touchscreen. This can be used to distinguish emulated " +"mouse input from physical mouse input." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml:4 +msgid "Input event type for actions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Contains a generic action which can be targeted from several types of " +"inputs. Actions can be created from the [b]Input Map[/b] tab in the " +"[b]Project > Project Settings[/b] menu. See [method Node._input]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml:10 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/inputs/inputevent.html#actions" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml:18 +msgid "The action's name. Actions are accessed via this [String]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml:21 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the action's state is pressed. If [code]false[/code], " +"the action's state is released." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml:24 +msgid "" +"The action's strength between 0 and 1. This value is considered as equal to " +"0 if pressed is [code]false[/code]. The event strength allows faking analog " +"joypad motion events, by specifying how strongly the joypad axis is bent or " +"pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventGesture.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for touch control gestures." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventGesture.xml:14 +msgid "" +"The local gesture position relative to the [Viewport]. If used in [method " +"Control._gui_input], the position is relative to the current [Control] that " +"received this gesture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml:4 +msgid "Input event for gamepad buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Input event type for gamepad buttons. For gamepad analog sticks and " +"joysticks, see [InputEventJoypadMotion]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml:16 +msgid "Button identifier. One of the [enum JoystickList] button constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml:19 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the button's state is pressed. If [code]false[/code], " +"the button's state is released." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml:22 +msgid "" +"Represents the pressure the user puts on the button with his finger, if the " +"controller supports it. Ranges from [code]0[/code] to [code]1[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Input event type for gamepad joysticks and other motions. For buttons, see " +"[code]InputEventJoypadButton[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Stores information about joystick motions. One [InputEventJoypadMotion] " +"represents one axis at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml:16 +msgid "Axis identifier. Use one of the [enum JoystickList] axis constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Current position of the joystick on the given axis. The value ranges from " +"[code]-1.0[/code] to [code]1.0[/code]. A value of [code]0[/code] means the " +"axis is in its resting position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml:4 +msgid "Input event type for keyboard events." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Stores key presses on the keyboard. Supports key presses, key releases and " +"[member echo] events." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Returns the physical scancode combined with modifier keys such as " +"[code]Shift[/code] or [code]Alt[/code]. See also [InputEventWithModifiers].\n" +"To get a human-readable representation of the [InputEventKey] with " +"modifiers, use [code]OS.get_scancode_string(event." +"get_physical_scancode_with_modifiers())[/code] where [code]event[/code] is " +"the [InputEventKey]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Returns the scancode combined with modifier keys such as [code]Shift[/code] " +"or [code]Alt[/code]. See also [InputEventWithModifiers].\n" +"To get a human-readable representation of the [InputEventKey] with " +"modifiers, use [code]OS.get_scancode_string(event." +"get_scancode_with_modifiers())[/code] where [code]event[/code] is the " +"[InputEventKey]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the key was already pressed before this event. It " +"means the user is holding the key down." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Key physical scancode, which corresponds to one of the [enum KeyList] " +"constants. Represent the physical location of a key on the 101/102-key US " +"QWERTY keyboard.\n" +"To get a human-readable representation of the [InputEventKey], use [code]OS." +"get_scancode_string(event.physical_scancode)[/code] where [code]event[/code] " +"is the [InputEventKey]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the key's state is pressed. If [code]false[/code], the " +"key's state is released." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml:40 +msgid "" +"The key scancode, which corresponds to one of the [enum KeyList] constants. " +"Represent key in the current keyboard layout.\n" +"To get a human-readable representation of the [InputEventKey], use [code]OS." +"get_scancode_string(event.scancode)[/code] where [code]event[/code] is the " +"[InputEventKey]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml:44 +msgid "" +"The key Unicode identifier (when relevant). Unicode identifiers for the " +"composite characters and complex scripts may not be available unless IME " +"input mode is active. See [method OS.set_ime_active] for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventMouse.xml:4 +msgid "Base input event type for mouse events." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventMouse.xml:7 +msgid "Stores general mouse events information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventMouse.xml:16 +msgid "" +"The mouse button mask identifier, one of or a bitwise combination of the " +"[enum ButtonList] button masks." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventMouse.xml:19 +msgid "" +"The global mouse position relative to the current [Viewport] when used in " +"[method Control._gui_input], otherwise is at 0,0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventMouse.xml:22 +msgid "" +"The local mouse position relative to the [Viewport]. If used in [method " +"Control._gui_input], the position is relative to the current [Control] which " +"is under the mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml:4 +msgid "Input event type for mouse button events." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml:7 +msgid "Contains mouse click information. See [method Node._input]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseMotion.xml:11 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/inputs/" +"mouse_and_input_coordinates.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml:16 +msgid "" +"The mouse button identifier, one of the [enum ButtonList] button or button " +"wheel constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml:19 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the mouse button's state is a double-click." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml:22 +msgid "" +"The amount (or delta) of the event. When used for high-precision scroll " +"events, this indicates the scroll amount (vertical or horizontal). This is " +"only supported on some platforms; the reported sensitivity varies depending " +"on the platform. May be [code]0[/code] if not supported." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml:25 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the mouse button's state is pressed. If [code]false[/" +"code], the mouse button's state is released." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseMotion.xml:4 +msgid "Input event type for mouse motion events." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseMotion.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Contains mouse and pen motion information. Supports relative, absolute " +"positions and speed. See [method Node._input].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] By default, this event is only emitted once per frame rendered " +"at most. If you need more precise input reporting, call [method Input." +"set_use_accumulated_input] with [code]false[/code] to make events emitted as " +"often as possible. If you use InputEventMouseMotion to draw lines, consider " +"implementing [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bresenham" +"%27s_line_algorithm]Bresenham's line algorithm[/url] as well to avoid " +"visible gaps in lines if the user is moving the mouse quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseMotion.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Represents the pressure the user puts on the pen. Ranges from [code]0.0[/" +"code] to [code]1.0[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseMotion.xml:21 +msgid "" +"The mouse position relative to the previous position (position at the last " +"frame).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Since [InputEventMouseMotion] is only emitted when the mouse " +"moves, the last event won't have a relative position of [code]Vector2(0, 0)[/" +"code] when the user stops moving the mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseMotion.xml:25 +msgid "The mouse speed in pixels per second." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseMotion.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Represents the angles of tilt of the pen. Positive X-coordinate value " +"indicates a tilt to the right. Positive Y-coordinate value indicates a tilt " +"toward the user. Ranges from [code]-1.0[/code] to [code]1.0[/code] for both " +"axes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenDrag.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Input event type for screen drag events. Only available on mobile devices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenDrag.xml:7 +msgid "Contains screen drag information. See [method Node._input]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenDrag.xml:16 +msgid "The drag event index in the case of a multi-drag event." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenDrag.xml:19 +msgid "The drag position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenDrag.xml:22 +msgid "The drag position relative to its start position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenDrag.xml:25 +msgid "The drag speed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenTouch.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Input event type for screen touch events.\n" +"(only available on mobile devices)" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenTouch.xml:8 +msgid "" +"Stores multi-touch press/release information. Supports touch press, touch " +"release and [member index] for multi-touch count and order." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenTouch.xml:17 +msgid "" +"The touch index in the case of a multi-touch event. One index = one finger." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenTouch.xml:20 +msgid "The touch position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenTouch.xml:23 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the touch's state is pressed. If [code]false[/code], " +"the touch's state is released." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for keys events with modifiers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Contains keys events information with modifiers support like [code]Shift[/" +"code] or [code]Alt[/code]. See [method Node._input]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml:16 +msgid "State of the [code]Alt[/code] modifier." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml:19 +msgid "State of the [code]Command[/code] modifier." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml:22 +msgid "State of the [code]Ctrl[/code] modifier." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml:25 +msgid "State of the [code]Meta[/code] modifier." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml:28 +msgid "State of the [code]Shift[/code] modifier." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:4 +msgid "Singleton that manages [InputEventAction]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Manages all [InputEventAction] which can be created/modified from the " +"project settings menu [b]Project > Project Settings > Input Map[/b] or in " +"code with [method add_action] and [method action_add_event]. See [method " +"Node._input]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:10 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/inputs/inputevent.html#inputmap" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Adds an [InputEvent] to an action. This [InputEvent] will trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:26 +msgid "Removes an [InputEvent] from an action." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:33 +msgid "Removes all events from an action." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:40 +msgid "Returns a deadzone value for the action." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the action has the given [InputEvent] " +"associated with it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:56 +msgid "Sets a deadzone value for the action." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Adds an empty action to the [InputMap] with a configurable [code]deadzone[/" +"code].\n" +"An [InputEvent] can then be added to this action with [method " +"action_add_event]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:72 +msgid "Removes an action from the [InputMap]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:81 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given event is part of an existing action. " +"This method ignores keyboard modifiers if the given [InputEvent] is not " +"pressed (for proper release detection). See [method action_has_event] if you " +"don't want this behavior.\n" +"If [code]exact_match[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input " +"modifiers for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the " +"direction for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:89 +msgid "Returns an array of [InputEvent]s associated with a given action." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:95 +msgid "Returns an array of all actions in the [InputMap]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the [InputMap] has a registered action with the " +"given name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:108 +msgid "" +"Clears all [InputEventAction] in the [InputMap] and load it anew from " +"[ProjectSettings]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InstancePlaceholder.xml:4 +msgid "Placeholder for the root [Node] of a [PackedScene]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InstancePlaceholder.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Turning on the option [b]Load As Placeholder[/b] for an instanced scene in " +"the editor causes it to be replaced by an InstancePlaceholder when running " +"the game. This makes it possible to delay actually loading the scene until " +"calling [method replace_by_instance]. This is useful to avoid loading large " +"scenes all at once by loading parts of it selectively.\n" +"The InstancePlaceholder does not have a transform. This causes any child " +"nodes to be positioned relatively to the Viewport from point (0,0), rather " +"than their parent as displayed in the editor. Replacing the placeholder with " +"a scene with a transform will transform children relatively to their parent " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InstancePlaceholder.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Not thread-safe. Use [method Object.call_deferred] if calling from a thread." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InstancePlaceholder.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Gets the path to the [PackedScene] resource file that is loaded by default " +"when calling [method replace_by_instance]. Not thread-safe. Use [method " +"Object.call_deferred] if calling from a thread." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InstancePlaceholder.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Replaces this placeholder by the scene handed as an argument, or the " +"original scene if no argument is given. As for all resources, the scene is " +"loaded only if it's not loaded already. By manually loading the scene " +"beforehand, delays caused by this function can be avoided." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/int.xml:4 +msgid "Integer built-in type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/int.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Signed 64-bit integer type.\n" +"It can take values in the interval [code][-2^63, 2^63 - 1][/code], i.e. " +"[code][-9223372036854775808, 9223372036854775807][/code]. Exceeding those " +"bounds will wrap around.\n" +"[int] is a [Variant] type, and will thus be used when assigning an integer " +"value to a [Variant]. It can also be enforced with the [code]: int[/code] " +"type hint.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var my_variant = 0 # int, value 0.\n" +"my_variant += 4.2 # float, value 4.2.\n" +"var my_int: int = 1 # int, value 1.\n" +"my_int = 4.2 # int, value 4, the right value is implicitly cast to int.\n" +"my_int = int(\"6.7\") # int, value 6, the String is explicitly cast with " +"int.\n" +"\n" +"var max_int = 9223372036854775807\n" +"print(max_int) # 9223372036854775807, OK.\n" +"max_int += 1\n" +"print(max_int) # -9223372036854775808, we overflowed and wrapped around.\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/int.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Cast a [bool] value to an integer value, [code]int(true)[/code] will be " +"equals to 1 and [code]int(false)[/code] will be equals to 0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/int.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Cast a float value to an integer value, this method simply removes the " +"number fractions (i.e. rounds [code]from[/code] towards zero), so for " +"example [code]int(2.7)[/code] will be equals to 2, [code]int(0.1)[/code] " +"will be equals to 0 and [code]int(-2.7)[/code] will be equals to -2. This " +"operation is also called truncation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/int.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Cast a [String] value to an integer value, this method is an integer parser " +"from a string, so calling this method with an invalid integer string will " +"return 0, a valid string will be something like [code]'1.7'[/code]. This " +"method will ignore all non-number characters, so calling [code]int('1e3')[/" +"code] will return 13." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InterpolatedCamera.xml:4 +msgid "[i]Deprecated.[/i] Camera which moves toward another node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InterpolatedCamera.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[i]Deprecated (will be removed in Godot 4.0).[/i] InterpolatedCamera is a " +"[Camera] which smoothly moves to match a target node's position and " +"rotation.\n" +"If it is not [member enabled] or does not have a valid target set, " +"InterpolatedCamera acts like a normal Camera." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InterpolatedCamera.xml:17 +msgid "Sets the node to move toward and orient with." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InterpolatedCamera.xml:23 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], and a target is set, the camera will move " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InterpolatedCamera.xml:26 +msgid "" +"How quickly the camera moves toward its target. Higher values will result in " +"tighter camera motion." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/InterpolatedCamera.xml:29 +msgid "The target's [NodePath]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:4 +msgid "Internet protocol (IP) support functions such as DNS resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:7 +msgid "" +"IP contains support functions for the Internet Protocol (IP). TCP/IP support " +"is in different classes (see [StreamPeerTCP] and [TCP_Server]). IP provides " +"DNS hostname resolution support, both blocking and threaded." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Removes all of a [code]hostname[/code]'s cached references. If no " +"[code]hostname[/code] is given, all cached IP addresses are removed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Removes a given item [code]id[/code] from the queue. This should be used to " +"free a queue after it has completed to enable more queries to happen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:29 +msgid "Returns all the user's current IPv4 and IPv6 addresses as an array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Returns all network adapters as an array.\n" +"Each adapter is a dictionary of the form:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"{\n" +" \"index\": \"1\", # Interface index.\n" +" \"name\": \"eth0\", # Interface name.\n" +" \"friendly\": \"Ethernet One\", # A friendly name (might be empty).\n" +" \"addresses\": [\"192.168.1.101\"], # An array of IP addresses " +"associated to this interface.\n" +"}\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Returns a queued hostname's IP address, given its queue [code]id[/code]. " +"Returns an empty string on error or if resolution hasn't happened yet (see " +"[method get_resolve_item_status])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Return resolved addresses, or an empty array if an error happened or " +"resolution didn't happen yet (see [method get_resolve_item_status])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Returns a queued hostname's status as a [enum ResolverStatus] constant, " +"given its queue [code]id[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Returns a given hostname's IPv4 or IPv6 address when resolved (blocking-type " +"method). The address type returned depends on the [enum Type] constant given " +"as [code]ip_type[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:81 +msgid "" +"Resolves a given hostname in a blocking way. Addresses are returned as an " +"[Array] of IPv4 or IPv6 depending on [code]ip_type[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:89 +msgid "" +"Creates a queue item to resolve a hostname to an IPv4 or IPv6 address " +"depending on the [enum Type] constant given as [code]ip_type[/code]. Returns " +"the queue ID if successful, or [constant RESOLVER_INVALID_ID] on error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:95 +msgid "DNS hostname resolver status: No status." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:98 +msgid "DNS hostname resolver status: Waiting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:101 +msgid "DNS hostname resolver status: Done." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:104 +msgid "DNS hostname resolver status: Error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:107 +msgid "" +"Maximum number of concurrent DNS resolver queries allowed, [constant " +"RESOLVER_INVALID_ID] is returned if exceeded." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:110 +msgid "" +"Invalid ID constant. Returned if [constant RESOLVER_MAX_QUERIES] is exceeded." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:113 +msgid "Address type: None." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:116 +msgid "Address type: Internet protocol version 4 (IPv4)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:119 +msgid "Address type: Internet protocol version 6 (IPv6)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/IP.xml:122 +msgid "Address type: Any." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Control that provides a list of selectable items (and/or icons) in a single " +"column, or optionally in multiple columns." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This control provides a selectable list of items that may be in a single (or " +"multiple columns) with option of text, icons, or both text and icon. " +"Tooltips are supported and may be different for every item in the list.\n" +"Selectable items in the list may be selected or deselected and multiple " +"selection may be enabled. Selection with right mouse button may also be " +"enabled to allow use of popup context menus. Items may also be \"activated\" " +"by double-clicking them or by pressing Enter.\n" +"Item text only supports single-line strings, newline characters (e.g. " +"[code]\\n[/code]) in the string won't produce a newline. Text wrapping is " +"enabled in [constant ICON_MODE_TOP] mode, but column's width is adjusted to " +"fully fit its content by default. You need to set [member " +"fixed_column_width] greater than zero to wrap the text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:19 +msgid "Adds an item to the item list with no text, only an icon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Adds an item to the item list with specified text. Specify an [code]icon[/" +"code], or use [code]null[/code] as the [code]icon[/code] for a list item " +"with no icon.\n" +"If selectable is [code]true[/code], the list item will be selectable." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:35 +msgid "Removes all items from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Ensure current selection is visible, adjusting the scroll position as " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Returns the item index at the given [code]position[/code].\n" +"When there is no item at that point, -1 will be returned if [code]exact[/" +"code] is [code]true[/code], and the closest item index will be returned " +"otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:56 +msgid "Returns the number of items currently in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:63 +msgid "" +"Returns the custom background color of the item specified by [code]idx[/" +"code] index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:70 +msgid "" +"Returns the custom foreground color of the item specified by [code]idx[/" +"code] index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:77 +msgid "Returns the icon associated with the specified index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:84 +msgid "Returns a [Color] modulating item's icon at the specified index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:91 +msgid "" +"Returns the region of item's icon used. The whole icon will be used if the " +"region has no area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:98 +msgid "Returns the metadata value of the specified index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:105 +msgid "Returns the text associated with the specified index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:112 +msgid "Returns the tooltip hint associated with the specified index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:118 +msgid "Returns an array with the indexes of the selected items." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:124 +msgid "" +"Returns the [Object] ID associated with the list.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it " +"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their " +"[member CanvasItem.visible] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:131 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if one or more items are selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:138 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at the specified index is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:145 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the item icon will be drawn transposed, i.e. " +"the X and Y axes are swapped." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:152 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at the specified index is selectable." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:159 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the tooltip is enabled for specified item index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:166 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at the specified index is currently " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:174 +msgid "Moves item from index [code]from_idx[/code] to [code]to_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:181 +msgid "Removes the item specified by [code]idx[/code] index from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:189 +msgid "" +"Select the item at the specified index.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method does not trigger the item selection signal." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:198 +msgid "" +"Sets the background color of the item specified by [code]idx[/code] index to " +"the specified [Color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:206 +msgid "" +"Sets the foreground color of the item specified by [code]idx[/code] index to " +"the specified [Color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:214 +msgid "" +"Disables (or enables) the item at the specified index.\n" +"Disabled items cannot be selected and do not trigger activation signals " +"(when double-clicking or pressing Enter)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:223 +msgid "" +"Sets (or replaces) the icon's [Texture] associated with the specified index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:231 +msgid "" +"Sets a modulating [Color] of the item associated with the specified index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:239 +msgid "" +"Sets the region of item's icon used. The whole icon will be used if the " +"region has no area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:247 +msgid "Sets whether the item icon will be drawn transposed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:255 +msgid "" +"Sets a value (of any type) to be stored with the item associated with the " +"specified index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:263 +msgid "" +"Allows or disallows selection of the item associated with the specified " +"index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:271 +msgid "Sets text of the item associated with the specified index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:279 +msgid "Sets the tooltip hint for the item associated with the specified index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:287 +msgid "Sets whether the tooltip hint is enabled for specified item index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:293 +msgid "Sorts items in the list by their text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:300 +msgid "Ensures the item associated with the specified index is not selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:306 +msgid "Ensures there are no items selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:312 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the currently selected item can be selected again." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:315 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], right mouse button click can select items." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:318 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the control will automatically resize the height to " +"fit its content." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:321 +msgid "" +"The width all columns will be adjusted to.\n" +"A value of zero disables the adjustment, each item will have a width equal " +"to the width of its content and the columns will have an uneven width." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:325 +msgid "" +"The size all icons will be adjusted to.\n" +"If either X or Y component is not greater than zero, icon size won't be " +"affected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:330 +msgid "" +"The icon position, whether above or to the left of the text. See the [enum " +"IconMode] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:333 +msgid "" +"The scale of icon applied after [member fixed_icon_size] and transposing " +"takes effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:336 +msgid "" +"Maximum columns the list will have.\n" +"If greater than zero, the content will be split among the specified " +"columns.\n" +"A value of zero means unlimited columns, i.e. all items will be put in the " +"same row." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:341 +msgid "" +"Maximum lines of text allowed in each item. Space will be reserved even when " +"there is not enough lines of text to display.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property takes effect only when [member icon_mode] is " +"[constant ICON_MODE_TOP]. To make the text wrap, [member fixed_column_width] " +"should be greater than zero." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:346 +msgid "" +"Whether all columns will have the same width.\n" +"If [code]true[/code], the width is equal to the largest column width of all " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:350 +msgid "" +"Allows single or multiple item selection. See the [enum SelectMode] " +"constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:357 +msgid "" +"Triggered when specified list item is activated via double-clicking or by " +"pressing Enter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:364 +msgid "" +"Triggered when specified list item has been selected via right mouse " +"clicking.\n" +"The click position is also provided to allow appropriate popup of context " +"menus at the correct location.\n" +"[member allow_rmb_select] must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:372 +msgid "" +"Triggered when specified item has been selected.\n" +"[member allow_reselect] must be enabled to reselect an item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:380 +msgid "" +"Triggered when a multiple selection is altered on a list allowing multiple " +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:385 +msgid "" +"Triggered when a left mouse click is issued within the rect of the list but " +"on empty space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:391 +msgid "" +"Triggered when a right mouse click is issued within the rect of the list but " +"on empty space.\n" +"[member allow_rmb_select] must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:398 +msgid "Icon is drawn above the text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:401 +msgid "Icon is drawn to the left of the text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:404 +msgid "Only allow selecting a single item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:407 +msgid "Allows selecting multiple items by holding Ctrl or Shift." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:412 +msgid "" +"Default [StyleBox] for the [ItemList], i.e. used when the control is not " +"being focused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:415 +msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [ItemList] is being focused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:418 +msgid "[StyleBox] used for the cursor, when the [ItemList] is being focused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:421 +msgid "" +"[StyleBox] used for the cursor, when the [ItemList] is not being focused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:424 doc/classes/Tree.xml:407 +msgid "[Font] of the item's text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:427 doc/classes/Tree.xml:410 +msgid "Default text [Color] of the item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:430 doc/classes/Tree.xml:413 +msgid "Text [Color] used when the item is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:433 +msgid "" +"[Color] of the guideline. The guideline is a line drawn between each row of " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:436 +msgid "The horizontal spacing between items." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:439 +msgid "The spacing between item's icon and text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:442 +msgid "The vertical spacing between each line of text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:445 +msgid "" +"[StyleBox] for the selected items, used when the [ItemList] is not being " +"focused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:448 +msgid "" +"[StyleBox] for the selected items, used when the [ItemList] is being focused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:451 +msgid "The vertical spacing between items." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JavaScript.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Singleton that connects the engine with the browser's JavaScript context in " +"HTML5 export." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JavaScript.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The JavaScript singleton is implemented only in the HTML5 export. It's used " +"to access the browser's JavaScript context. This allows interaction with " +"embedding pages or calling third-party JavaScript APIs.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This singleton can be disabled at build-time to improve " +"security. By default, the JavaScript singleton is enabled. Official export " +"templates also have the JavaScript singleton enabled. See [url=https://docs." +"godotengine.org/en/3.4/development/compiling/compiling_for_web." +"html]Compiling for the Web[/url] in the documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JavaScript.xml:11 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/workflow/export/" +"exporting_for_web.html#calling-javascript-from-script" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JavaScript.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Creates a reference to a script function that can be used as a callback by " +"JavaScript. The reference must be kept until the callback happens, or it " +"won't be called at all. See [JavaScriptObject] for usage." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JavaScript.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Creates a new JavaScript object using the [code]new[/code] constructor. The " +"[code]object[/code] must a valid property of the JavaScript [code]window[/" +"code]. See [JavaScriptObject] for usage." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JavaScript.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Prompts the user to download a file containing the specified [code]buffer[/" +"code]. The file will have the given [code]name[/code] and [code]mime[/code] " +"type.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The browser may override the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Media_type]MIME type[/url] provided based on the file [code]name[/code]'s " +"extension.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Browsers might block the download if [method download_buffer] " +"is not being called from a user interaction (e.g. button click).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Browsers might ask the user for permission or block the " +"download if multiple download requests are made in a quick succession." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JavaScript.xml:46 +msgid "" +"Execute the string [code]code[/code] as JavaScript code within the browser " +"window. This is a call to the actual global JavaScript function [code]eval()" +"[/code].\n" +"If [code]use_global_execution_context[/code] is [code]true[/code], the code " +"will be evaluated in the global execution context. Otherwise, it is " +"evaluated in the execution context of a function within the engine's runtime " +"environment." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JavaScript.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Returns an interface to a JavaScript object that can be used by scripts. The " +"[code]interface[/code] must be a valid property of the JavaScript " +"[code]window[/code]. The callback must accept a single [Array] argument, " +"which will contain the JavaScript [code]arguments[/code]. See " +"[JavaScriptObject] for usage." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JavaScriptObject.xml:4 +msgid "A wrapper class for native JavaScript objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JavaScriptObject.xml:7 +msgid "" +"JavaScriptObject is used to interact with JavaScript objects retrieved or " +"created via [method JavaScript.get_interface], [method JavaScript." +"create_object], or [method JavaScript.create_callback].\n" +"Example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"extends Node\n" +"\n" +"var _my_js_callback = JavaScript.create_callback(self, \"myCallback\") # " +"This reference must be kept\n" +"var console = JavaScript.get_interface(\"console\")\n" +"\n" +"func _init():\n" +" var buf = JavaScript.create_object(\"ArrayBuffer\", 10) # new " +"ArrayBuffer(10)\n" +" print(buf) # prints [JavaScriptObject:OBJECT_ID]\n" +" var uint8arr = JavaScript.create_object(\"Uint8Array\", buf) # new " +"Uint8Array(buf)\n" +" uint8arr[1] = 255\n" +" prints(uint8arr[1], uint8arr.byteLength) # prints 255 10\n" +" console.log(uint8arr) # prints in browser console \"Uint8Array(10) [ 0, " +"255, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 ]\"\n" +"\n" +" # Equivalent of JavaScript: Array.from(uint8arr).forEach(myCallback)\n" +" JavaScript.get_interface(\"Array\").from(uint8arr)." +"forEach(_my_js_callback)\n" +"\n" +"func myCallback(args):\n" +" # Will be called with the parameters passed to the \"forEach\" callback\n" +" # [0, 0, [JavaScriptObject:1173]]\n" +" # [255, 1, [JavaScriptObject:1173]]\n" +" # ...\n" +" # [0, 9, [JavaScriptObject:1180]]\n" +" print(args)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Only available in the HTML5 platform." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JNISingleton.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Singleton that connects the engine with Android plugins to interface with " +"native Android code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JNISingleton.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The JNISingleton is implemented only in the Android export. It's used to " +"call methods and connect signals from an Android plugin written in Java or " +"Kotlin. Methods and signals can be called and connected to the JNISingleton " +"as if it is a Node. See [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Java_Native_Interface]Java Native Interface - Wikipedia[/url] for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JNISingleton.xml:10 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/plugins/android/android_plugin." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Joint.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for all 3D joints." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Joint.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Joints are used to bind together two physics bodies. They have a solver " +"priority and can define if the bodies of the two attached nodes should be " +"able to collide with each other." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Joint.xml:10 doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:15 +#: doc/classes/VehicleBody.xml:12 doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:11 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/524" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Joint.xml:16 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the two bodies of the nodes are not able to collide " +"with each other." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Joint.xml:19 +msgid "The node attached to the first side (A) of the joint." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Joint.xml:22 +msgid "The node attached to the second side (B) of the joint." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Joint.xml:25 +msgid "" +"The priority used to define which solver is executed first for multiple " +"joints. The lower the value, the higher the priority." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Joint2D.xml:4 +msgid "Base node for all joint constraints in 2D physics." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Joint2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Base node for all joint constraints in 2D physics. Joints take 2 bodies and " +"apply a custom constraint." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Joint2D.xml:15 +msgid "" +"When [member node_a] and [member node_b] move in different directions the " +"[code]bias[/code] controls how fast the joint pulls them back to their " +"original position. The lower the [code]bias[/code] the more the two bodies " +"can pull on the joint." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Joint2D.xml:18 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], [member node_a] and [member node_b] can not collide." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Joint2D.xml:21 +msgid "The first body attached to the joint. Must derive from [PhysicsBody2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Joint2D.xml:24 +msgid "" +"The second body attached to the joint. Must derive from [PhysicsBody2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JSON.xml:4 +msgid "Helper class for parsing JSON data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JSON.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Helper class for parsing JSON data. For usage example and other important " +"hints, see [JSONParseResult]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JSON.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Parses a JSON-encoded string and returns a [JSONParseResult] containing the " +"result." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JSON.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Converts a [Variant] var to JSON text and returns the result. Useful for " +"serializing data to store or send over the network.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The JSON specification does not define integer or float types, " +"but only a [i]number[/i] type. Therefore, converting a Variant to JSON text " +"will convert all numerical values to [float] types.\n" +"Use [code]indent[/code] parameter to pretty print the output.\n" +"[b]Example output:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"## JSON.print(my_dictionary)\n" +"{\"name\":\"my_dictionary\",\"version\":\"1.0.0\",\"entities\":[{\"name\":" +"\"entity_0\",\"value\":\"value_0\"},{\"name\":\"entity_1\",\"value\":" +"\"value_1\"}]}\n" +"\n" +"## JSON.print(my_dictionary, \"\\t\")\n" +"{\n" +" \"name\": \"my_dictionary\",\n" +" \"version\": \"1.0.0\",\n" +" \"entities\": [\n" +" {\n" +" \"name\": \"entity_0\",\n" +" \"value\": \"value_0\"\n" +" },\n" +" {\n" +" \"name\": \"entity_1\",\n" +" \"value\": \"value_1\"\n" +" }\n" +" ]\n" +"}\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JSONParseResult.xml:4 +msgid "Data class wrapper for decoded JSON." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JSONParseResult.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Returned by [method JSON.parse], [JSONParseResult] contains the decoded JSON " +"or error information if the JSON source wasn't successfully parsed. You can " +"check if the JSON source was successfully parsed with [code]if json_result." +"error == OK[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JSONParseResult.xml:15 +msgid "" +"The error type if the JSON source was not successfully parsed. See the [enum " +"Error] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JSONParseResult.xml:18 +msgid "" +"The line number where the error occurred if the JSON source was not " +"successfully parsed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JSONParseResult.xml:21 +msgid "" +"The error message if the JSON source was not successfully parsed. See the " +"[enum Error] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JSONParseResult.xml:24 +msgid "" +"A [Variant] containing the parsed JSON. Use [method @GDScript.typeof] or the " +"[code]is[/code] keyword to check if it is what you expect. For example, if " +"the JSON source starts with curly braces ([code]{}[/code]), a [Dictionary] " +"will be returned. If the JSON source starts with brackets ([code][][/code]), " +"an [Array] will be returned.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The JSON specification does not define integer or float types, " +"but only a [i]number[/i] type. Therefore, parsing a JSON text will convert " +"all numerical values to [float] types.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] JSON objects do not preserve key order like Godot dictionaries, " +"thus, you should not rely on keys being in a certain order if a dictionary " +"is constructed from JSON. In contrast, JSON arrays retain the order of their " +"elements:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var p = JSON.parse('[\"hello\", \"world\", \"!\"]')\n" +"if typeof(p.result) == TYPE_ARRAY:\n" +" print(p.result[0]) # Prints \"hello\"\n" +"else:\n" +" push_error(\"Unexpected results.\")\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JSONRPC.xml:4 +msgid "A helper to handle dictionaries which look like JSONRPC documents." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JSONRPC.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[url=https://www.jsonrpc.org/]JSON-RPC[/url] is a standard which wraps a " +"method call in a [JSON] object. The object has a particular structure and " +"identifies which method is called, the parameters to that function, and " +"carries an ID to keep track of responses. This class implements that " +"standard on top of [Dictionary]; you will have to convert between a " +"[Dictionary] and [JSON] with other functions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JSONRPC.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Returns a dictionary in the form of a JSON-RPC notification. Notifications " +"are one-shot messages which do not expect a response.\n" +"- [code]method[/code]: Name of the method being called.\n" +"- [code]params[/code]: An array or dictionary of parameters being passed to " +"the method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JSONRPC.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Returns a dictionary in the form of a JSON-RPC request. Requests are sent to " +"a server with the expectation of a response. The ID field is used for the " +"server to specify which exact request it is responding to.\n" +"- [code]method[/code]: Name of the method being called.\n" +"- [code]params[/code]: An array or dictionary of parameters being passed to " +"the method.\n" +"- [code]id[/code]: Uniquely identifies this request. The server is expected " +"to send a response with the same ID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JSONRPC.xml:39 +msgid "" +"When a server has received and processed a request, it is expected to send a " +"response. If you did not want a response then you need to have sent a " +"Notification instead.\n" +"- [code]result[/code]: The return value of the function which was called.\n" +"- [code]id[/code]: The ID of the request this response is targeted to." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JSONRPC.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Creates a response which indicates a previous reply has failed in some way.\n" +"- [code]code[/code]: The error code corresponding to what kind of error this " +"is. See the [enum ErrorCode] constants.\n" +"- [code]message[/code]: A custom message about this error.\n" +"- [code]id[/code]: The request this error is a response to." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JSONRPC.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Given a Dictionary which takes the form of a JSON-RPC request: unpack the " +"request and run it. Methods are resolved by looking at the field called " +"\"method\" and looking for an equivalently named function in the JSONRPC " +"object. If one is found that method is called.\n" +"To add new supported methods extend the JSONRPC class and call [method " +"process_action] on your subclass.\n" +"[code]action[/code]: The action to be run, as a Dictionary in the form of a " +"JSON-RPC request or notification." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/JSONRPC.xml:86 +msgid "" +"A method call was requested but no function of that name existed in the " +"JSONRPC subclass." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:4 +msgid "Kinematic body 3D node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Kinematic bodies are special types of bodies that are meant to be user-" +"controlled. They are not affected by physics at all; to other types of " +"bodies, such as a character or a rigid body, these are the same as a static " +"body. However, they have two main uses:\n" +"[b]Simulated motion:[/b] When these bodies are moved manually, either from " +"code or from an [AnimationPlayer] (with [member AnimationPlayer." +"playback_process_mode] set to \"physics\"), the physics will automatically " +"compute an estimate of their linear and angular velocity. This makes them " +"very useful for moving platforms or other AnimationPlayer-controlled objects " +"(like a door, a bridge that opens, etc).\n" +"[b]Kinematic characters:[/b] KinematicBody also has an API for moving " +"objects (the [method move_and_collide] and [method move_and_slide] methods) " +"while performing collision tests. This makes them really useful to implement " +"characters that collide against a world, but don't require advanced physics." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:12 doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:12 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/kinematic_character_2d." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified [code]axis[/code] is locked. See " +"also [member move_lock_x], [member move_lock_y] and [member move_lock_z]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Returns the floor's collision angle at the last collision point according to " +"[code]up_direction[/code], which is [code]Vector3.UP[/code] by default. This " +"value is always positive and only valid after calling [method " +"move_and_slide] and when [method is_on_floor] returns [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:36 doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Returns the surface normal of the floor at the last collision point. Only " +"valid after calling [method move_and_slide] or [method " +"move_and_slide_with_snap] and when [method is_on_floor] returns [code]true[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:42 doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Returns the linear velocity of the floor at the last collision point. Only " +"valid after calling [method move_and_slide] or [method " +"move_and_slide_with_snap] and when [method is_on_floor] returns [code]true[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Returns a [KinematicCollision], which contains information about the latest " +"collision that occurred during the last call to [method move_and_slide]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Returns a [KinematicCollision], which contains information about a collision " +"that occurred during the last call to [method move_and_slide] or [method " +"move_and_slide_with_snap]. Since the body can collide several times in a " +"single call to [method move_and_slide], you must specify the index of the " +"collision in the range 0 to ([method get_slide_count] - 1)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:61 doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of times the body collided and changed direction during " +"the last call to [method move_and_slide] or [method " +"move_and_slide_with_snap]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:67 doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the body collided with the ceiling on the last " +"call of [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_slide_with_snap]. " +"Otherwise, returns [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:73 doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:71 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the body collided with the floor on the last " +"call of [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_slide_with_snap]. " +"Otherwise, returns [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:79 doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the body collided with a wall on the last call " +"of [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_slide_with_snap]. Otherwise, " +"returns [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:89 +msgid "" +"Moves the body along the vector [code]rel_vec[/code]. The body will stop if " +"it collides. Returns a [KinematicCollision], which contains information " +"about the collision.\n" +"If [code]test_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], the body does not move but " +"the would-be collision information is given." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Moves the body along a vector. If the body collides with another, it will " +"slide along the other body rather than stop immediately. If the other body " +"is a [KinematicBody] or [RigidBody], it will also be affected by the motion " +"of the other body. You can use this to make moving and rotating platforms, " +"or to make nodes push other nodes.\n" +"This method should be used in [method Node._physics_process] (or in a method " +"called by [method Node._physics_process]), as it uses the physics step's " +"[code]delta[/code] value automatically in calculations. Otherwise, the " +"simulation will run at an incorrect speed.\n" +"[code]linear_velocity[/code] is the velocity vector (typically meters per " +"second). Unlike in [method move_and_collide], you should [i]not[/i] multiply " +"it by [code]delta[/code] — the physics engine handles applying the " +"velocity.\n" +"[code]up_direction[/code] is the up direction, used to determine what is a " +"wall and what is a floor or a ceiling. If set to the default value of " +"[code]Vector3(0, 0, 0)[/code], everything is considered a wall.\n" +"If [code]stop_on_slope[/code] is [code]true[/code], body will not slide on " +"slopes when you include gravity in [code]linear_velocity[/code] and the body " +"is standing still.\n" +"If the body collides, it will change direction a maximum of " +"[code]max_slides[/code] times before it stops.\n" +"[code]floor_max_angle[/code] is the maximum angle (in radians) where a slope " +"is still considered a floor (or a ceiling), rather than a wall. The default " +"value equals 45 degrees.\n" +"If [code]infinite_inertia[/code] is [code]true[/code], body will be able to " +"push [RigidBody] nodes, but it won't also detect any collisions with them. " +"If [code]false[/code], it will interact with [RigidBody] nodes like with " +"[StaticBody].\n" +"Returns the [code]linear_velocity[/code] vector, rotated and/or scaled if a " +"slide collision occurred. To get detailed information about collisions that " +"occurred, use [method get_slide_collision].\n" +"When the body touches a moving platform, the platform's velocity is " +"automatically added to the body motion. If a collision occurs due to the " +"platform's motion, it will always be first in the slide collisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:124 +msgid "" +"Moves the body while keeping it attached to slopes. Similar to [method " +"move_and_slide].\n" +"As long as the [code]snap[/code] vector is in contact with the ground, the " +"body will remain attached to the surface. This means you must disable snap " +"in order to jump, for example. You can do this by setting [code]snap[/code] " +"to [code](0, 0, 0)[/code] or by using [method move_and_slide] instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:133 +msgid "" +"Locks or unlocks the specified [code]axis[/code] depending on the value of " +"[code]lock[/code]. See also [member move_lock_x], [member move_lock_y] and " +"[member move_lock_z]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:142 +msgid "" +"Checks for collisions without moving the body. Virtually sets the node's " +"position, scale and rotation to that of the given [Transform], then tries to " +"move the body along the vector [code]rel_vec[/code]. Returns [code]true[/" +"code] if a collision would occur." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:148 +msgid "Lock the body's X axis movement." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:151 +msgid "Lock the body's Y axis movement." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:154 +msgid "Lock the body's Z axis movement." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:157 doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:138 +msgid "" +"Extra margin used for collision recovery in motion functions (see [method " +"move_and_collide], [method move_and_slide], [method " +"move_and_slide_with_snap]).\n" +"If the body is at least this close to another body, it will consider them to " +"be colliding and will be pushed away before performing the actual motion.\n" +"A higher value means it's more flexible for detecting collision, which helps " +"with consistently detecting walls and floors.\n" +"A lower value forces the collision algorithm to use more exact detection, so " +"it can be used in cases that specifically require precision, e.g at very low " +"scale to avoid visible jittering, or for stability with a stack of kinematic " +"bodies." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:163 doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:144 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the body's movement will be synchronized to the " +"physics frame. This is useful when animating movement via [AnimationPlayer], " +"for example on moving platforms. Do [b]not[/b] use together with [method " +"move_and_slide] or [method move_and_collide] functions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:166 +msgid "" +"Lock the body's X axis movement. Deprecated alias for [member " +"axis_lock_motion_x]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:169 +msgid "" +"Lock the body's Y axis movement. Deprecated alias for [member " +"axis_lock_motion_y]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:172 +msgid "" +"Lock the body's Z axis movement. Deprecated alias for [member " +"axis_lock_motion_z]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:4 +msgid "Kinematic body 2D node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Kinematic bodies are special types of bodies that are meant to be user-" +"controlled. They are not affected by physics at all; to other types of " +"bodies, such as a character or a rigid body, these are the same as a static " +"body. However, they have two main uses:\n" +"[b]Simulated motion:[/b] When these bodies are moved manually, either from " +"code or from an [AnimationPlayer] (with [member AnimationPlayer." +"playback_process_mode] set to \"physics\"), the physics will automatically " +"compute an estimate of their linear and angular velocity. This makes them " +"very useful for moving platforms or other AnimationPlayer-controlled objects " +"(like a door, a bridge that opens, etc).\n" +"[b]Kinematic characters:[/b] KinematicBody2D also has an API for moving " +"objects (the [method move_and_collide] and [method move_and_slide] methods) " +"while performing collision tests. This makes them really useful to implement " +"characters that collide against a world, but don't require advanced physics." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:13 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/" +"using_kinematic_body_2d.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:22 +msgid "" +"Returns the floor's collision angle at the last collision point according to " +"[code]up_direction[/code], which is [code]Vector2.UP[/code] by default. This " +"value is always positive and only valid after calling [method " +"move_and_slide] and when [method is_on_floor] returns [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Returns a [KinematicCollision2D], which contains information about the " +"latest collision that occurred during the last call to [method " +"move_and_slide]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Returns a [KinematicCollision2D], which contains information about a " +"collision that occurred during the last call to [method move_and_slide] or " +"[method move_and_slide_with_snap]. Since the body can collide several times " +"in a single call to [method move_and_slide], you must specify the index of " +"the collision in the range 0 to ([method get_slide_count] - 1).\n" +"[b]Example usage:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"for i in get_slide_count():\n" +" var collision = get_slide_collision(i)\n" +" print(\"Collided with: \", collision.collider.name)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:87 +msgid "" +"Moves the body along the vector [code]rel_vec[/code]. The body will stop if " +"it collides. Returns a [KinematicCollision2D], which contains information " +"about the collision.\n" +"If [code]test_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], the body does not move but " +"the would-be collision information is given." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:100 +msgid "" +"Moves the body along a vector. If the body collides with another, it will " +"slide along the other body rather than stop immediately. If the other body " +"is a [KinematicBody2D] or [RigidBody2D], it will also be affected by the " +"motion of the other body. You can use this to make moving and rotating " +"platforms, or to make nodes push other nodes.\n" +"This method should be used in [method Node._physics_process] (or in a method " +"called by [method Node._physics_process]), as it uses the physics step's " +"[code]delta[/code] value automatically in calculations. Otherwise, the " +"simulation will run at an incorrect speed.\n" +"[code]linear_velocity[/code] is the velocity vector in pixels per second. " +"Unlike in [method move_and_collide], you should [i]not[/i] multiply it by " +"[code]delta[/code] — the physics engine handles applying the velocity.\n" +"[code]up_direction[/code] is the up direction, used to determine what is a " +"wall and what is a floor or a ceiling. If set to the default value of " +"[code]Vector2(0, 0)[/code], everything is considered a wall. This is useful " +"for topdown games.\n" +"If [code]stop_on_slope[/code] is [code]true[/code], body will not slide on " +"slopes when you include gravity in [code]linear_velocity[/code] and the body " +"is standing still.\n" +"If the body collides, it will change direction a maximum of " +"[code]max_slides[/code] times before it stops.\n" +"[code]floor_max_angle[/code] is the maximum angle (in radians) where a slope " +"is still considered a floor (or a ceiling), rather than a wall. The default " +"value equals 45 degrees.\n" +"If [code]infinite_inertia[/code] is [code]true[/code], body will be able to " +"push [RigidBody2D] nodes, but it won't also detect any collisions with them. " +"If [code]false[/code], it will interact with [RigidBody2D] nodes like with " +"[StaticBody2D].\n" +"Returns the [code]linear_velocity[/code] vector, rotated and/or scaled if a " +"slide collision occurred. To get detailed information about collisions that " +"occurred, use [method get_slide_collision].\n" +"When the body touches a moving platform, the platform's velocity is " +"automatically added to the body motion. If a collision occurs due to the " +"platform's motion, it will always be first in the slide collisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:122 +msgid "" +"Moves the body while keeping it attached to slopes. Similar to [method " +"move_and_slide].\n" +"As long as the [code]snap[/code] vector is in contact with the ground, the " +"body will remain attached to the surface. This means you must disable snap " +"in order to jump, for example. You can do this by setting [code]snap[/code] " +"to [code](0, 0)[/code] or by using [method move_and_slide] instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:132 +msgid "" +"Checks for collisions without moving the body. Virtually sets the node's " +"position, scale and rotation to that of the given [Transform2D], then tries " +"to move the body along the vector [code]rel_vec[/code]. Returns [code]true[/" +"code] if a collision would occur." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:4 +msgid "Collision data for [KinematicBody] collisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Contains collision data for [KinematicBody] collisions. When a " +"[KinematicBody] is moved using [method KinematicBody.move_and_collide], it " +"stops if it detects a collision with another body. If a collision is " +"detected, a KinematicCollision object is returned.\n" +"This object contains information about the collision, including the " +"colliding object, the remaining motion, and the collision position. This " +"information can be used to calculate a collision response." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:17 +msgid "" +"The collision angle according to [code]up_direction[/code], which is " +"[code]Vector3.UP[/code] by default. This value is always positive." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:23 +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:23 +msgid "The colliding body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:26 +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:26 +msgid "" +"The colliding body's unique instance ID. See [method Object.get_instance_id]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:29 +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:29 +msgid "The colliding body's metadata. See [Object]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:32 +msgid "The colliding body's [RID] used by the [PhysicsServer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:35 +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:35 +msgid "The colliding body's shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:38 +msgid "The colliding shape's index. See [CollisionObject]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:41 +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:41 +msgid "The colliding object's velocity." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:44 +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:44 +msgid "The moving object's colliding shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:47 +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:47 +msgid "The colliding body's shape's normal at the point of collision." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:50 +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:50 +msgid "The point of collision, in global coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:53 +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:53 +msgid "The moving object's remaining movement vector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:56 +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:56 +msgid "The distance the moving object traveled before collision." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:4 +msgid "Collision data for [KinematicBody2D] collisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Contains collision data for [KinematicBody2D] collisions. When a " +"[KinematicBody2D] is moved using [method KinematicBody2D.move_and_collide], " +"it stops if it detects a collision with another body. If a collision is " +"detected, a KinematicCollision2D object is returned.\n" +"This object contains information about the collision, including the " +"colliding object, the remaining motion, and the collision position. This " +"information can be used to calculate a collision response." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:17 +msgid "" +"The collision angle according to [code]up_direction[/code], which is " +"[code]Vector2.UP[/code] by default. This value is always positive." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:32 +msgid "The colliding body's [RID] used by the [Physics2DServer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:38 +msgid "The colliding shape's index. See [CollisionObject2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Displays plain text in a line or wrapped inside a rectangle. For formatted " +"text, use [RichTextLabel]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Label displays plain text on the screen. It gives you control over the " +"horizontal and vertical alignment and can wrap the text inside the node's " +"bounding rectangle. It doesn't support bold, italics, or other formatting. " +"For that, use [RichTextLabel] instead.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Contrarily to most other [Control]s, Label's [member Control." +"mouse_filter] defaults to [constant Control.MOUSE_FILTER_IGNORE] (i.e. it " +"doesn't react to mouse input events). This implies that a label won't " +"display any configured [member Control.hint_tooltip], unless you change its " +"mouse filter.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Unicode characters after [code]0xffff[/code] (such as most " +"emoji) are [i]not[/i] supported on Windows. They will display as unknown " +"characters instead. This will be resolved in Godot 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:18 +msgid "Returns the amount of lines of text the Label has." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:24 +msgid "Returns the font size in pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Returns the total number of printable characters in the text (excluding " +"spaces and newlines)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of lines shown. Useful if the [Label]'s height cannot " +"currently display all lines." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:42 +msgid "" +"Controls the text's horizontal align. Supports left, center, right, and " +"fill, or justify. Set it to one of the [enum Align] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:45 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], wraps the text inside the node's bounding rectangle. " +"If you resize the node, it will change its height automatically to show all " +"the text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:48 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the Label only shows the text that fits inside its " +"bounding rectangle and will clip text horizontally." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:51 +msgid "" +"The node ignores the first [code]lines_skipped[/code] lines before it starts " +"to display text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:54 +msgid "Limits the lines of text the node shows on screen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Limits the amount of visible characters. If you set [code]percent_visible[/" +"code] to 0.5, only up to half of the text's characters will display on " +"screen. Useful to animate the text in a dialog box." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:62 +msgid "The text to display on screen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:65 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], all the text displays as UPPERCASE." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Controls the text's vertical align. Supports top, center, bottom, and fill. " +"Set it to one of the [enum VAlign] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:71 +msgid "Restricts the number of characters to display. Set to -1 to disable." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:76 +msgid "Align rows to the left (default)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:79 +msgid "Align rows centered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:82 +msgid "Align rows to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:85 +msgid "Expand row whitespaces to fit the width." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:88 +msgid "Align the whole text to the top." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:91 +msgid "Align the whole text to the center." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:94 +msgid "Align the whole text to the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:97 +msgid "Align the whole text by spreading the rows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:102 +msgid "[Font] used for the [Label]'s text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:105 +msgid "Default text [Color] of the [Label]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:108 +msgid "[Color] of the text's shadow effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:111 +msgid "The tint of [Font]'s outline. See [member DynamicFont.outline_color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:114 +msgid "Vertical space between lines in multiline [Label]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:117 +msgid "Background [StyleBox] for the [Label]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:120 +msgid "" +"Boolean value. If set to 1 ([code]true[/code]), the shadow will be displayed " +"around the whole text as an outline." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:123 +msgid "The horizontal offset of the text's shadow." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Label.xml:126 +msgid "The vertical offset of the text's shadow." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml:4 +msgid "" +"[i]Deprecated.[/i] A [Texture] capable of storing many smaller textures with " +"offsets." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[i]Deprecated (will be removed in Godot 4.0).[/i] A [Texture] capable of " +"storing many smaller textures with offsets.\n" +"You can dynamically add pieces ([Texture]s) to this [LargeTexture] using " +"different offsets." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Adds [code]texture[/code] to this [LargeTexture], starting on offset " +"[code]ofs[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml:24 +msgid "Clears the [LargeTexture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml:30 +msgid "Returns the number of pieces currently in this [LargeTexture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml:37 +msgid "Returns the offset of the piece with the index [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml:44 +msgid "Returns the [Texture] of the piece with the index [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Sets the offset of the piece with the index [code]idx[/code] to [code]ofs[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml:60 +msgid "" +"Sets the [Texture] of the piece with index [code]idx[/code] to " +"[code]texture[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml:67 +msgid "Sets the size of this [LargeTexture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:4 +msgid "Provides a base class for different kinds of light nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Light is the [i]abstract[/i] base class for light nodes. As it can't be " +"instanced, it shouldn't be used directly. Other types of light nodes inherit " +"from it. Light contains the common variables and parameters used for " +"lighting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:18 +msgid "Returns the value of the specified [enum Light.Param] parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:26 +msgid "Sets the value of the specified [enum Light.Param] parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:32 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the light only appears in the editor and will not be " +"visible at runtime." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:35 +msgid "The light's bake mode. See [enum BakeMode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The light's color. An [i]overbright[/i] color can be used to achieve a " +"result equivalent to increasing the light's [member light_energy]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:41 +msgid "The light will affect objects in the selected layers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:44 +msgid "" +"The light's strength multiplier (this is not a physical unit). For " +"[OmniLight] and [SpotLight], changing this value will only change the light " +"color's intensity, not the light's radius." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Secondary multiplier used with indirect light (light bounces). This works on " +"both [BakedLightmap] and [GIProbe]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:50 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the light's effect is reversed, darkening areas and " +"casting bright shadows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:53 +msgid "" +"The size of the light in Godot units. Only considered in baked lightmaps and " +"only if [member light_bake_mode] is set to [constant BAKE_ALL]. Increasing " +"this value will make the shadows appear blurrier. This can be used to " +"simulate area lights to an extent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:56 +msgid "" +"The intensity of the specular blob in objects affected by the light. At " +"[code]0[/code], the light becomes a pure diffuse light. When not baking " +"emission, this can be used to avoid unrealistic reflections when placing " +"lights above an emissive surface." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Used to adjust shadow appearance. Too small a value results in self-" +"shadowing (\"shadow acne\"), while too large a value causes shadows to " +"separate from casters (\"peter-panning\"). Adjust as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:62 +msgid "The color of shadows cast by this light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:65 +msgid "Attempts to reduce [member shadow_bias] gap." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:68 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the light will cast shadows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:71 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], reverses the backface culling of the mesh. This can be " +"useful when you have a flat mesh that has a light behind it. If you need to " +"cast a shadow on both sides of the mesh, set the mesh to use double-sided " +"shadows with [constant GeometryInstance.SHADOW_CASTING_SETTING_DOUBLE_SIDED]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:76 +msgid "Constant for accessing [member light_energy]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:79 +msgid "Constant for accessing [member light_indirect_energy]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:82 +msgid "Constant for accessing [member light_size]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:85 +msgid "Constant for accessing [member light_specular]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:88 +msgid "" +"Constant for accessing [member OmniLight.omni_range] or [member SpotLight." +"spot_range]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:91 +msgid "" +"Constant for accessing [member OmniLight.omni_attenuation] or [member " +"SpotLight.spot_attenuation]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:94 +msgid "Constant for accessing [member SpotLight.spot_angle]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:97 +msgid "Constant for accessing [member SpotLight.spot_angle_attenuation]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:100 +msgid "Constant for accessing [member shadow_contact]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:103 +msgid "" +"Constant for accessing [member DirectionalLight." +"directional_shadow_max_distance]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:106 +msgid "" +"Constant for accessing [member DirectionalLight.directional_shadow_split_1]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:109 +msgid "" +"Constant for accessing [member DirectionalLight.directional_shadow_split_2]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:112 +msgid "" +"Constant for accessing [member DirectionalLight.directional_shadow_split_3]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:115 +msgid "" +"Constant for accessing [member DirectionalLight." +"directional_shadow_normal_bias]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:118 +msgid "Constant for accessing [member shadow_bias]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:121 +msgid "" +"Constant for accessing [member DirectionalLight." +"directional_shadow_bias_split_scale]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:127 +msgid "" +"Light is ignored when baking.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Hiding a light does [i]not[/i] affect baking." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:131 +msgid "Only indirect lighting will be baked (default)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light.xml:134 +msgid "" +"Both direct and indirect light will be baked.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] You should hide the light if you don't want it to appear twice " +"(dynamic and baked)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:4 +msgid "Casts light in a 2D environment." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Casts light in a 2D environment. Light is defined by a (usually grayscale) " +"texture, a color, an energy value, a mode (see constants), and various other " +"parameters (range and shadows-related).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Light2D can also be used as a mask." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:11 doc/classes/LightOccluder2D.xml:10 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/2d/2d_lights_and_shadows.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:17 +msgid "The Light2D's [Color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:20 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], Light2D will only appear when editing the scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:23 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], Light2D will emit light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:26 +msgid "" +"The Light2D's energy value. The larger the value, the stronger the light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:29 +msgid "The Light2D's mode. See [enum Mode] constants for values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:32 +msgid "The offset of the Light2D's [code]texture[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:35 +msgid "The height of the Light2D. Used with 2D normal mapping." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The layer mask. Only objects with a matching mask will be affected by the " +"Light2D." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:41 +msgid "Maximum layer value of objects that are affected by the Light2D." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:44 +msgid "Minimum layer value of objects that are affected by the Light2D." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Maximum [code]z[/code] value of objects that are affected by the Light2D." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Minimum [code]z[/code] value of objects that are affected by the Light2D." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:53 +msgid "Shadow buffer size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:56 +msgid "[Color] of shadows cast by the Light2D." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:59 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the Light2D will cast shadows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:62 +msgid "Shadow filter type. See [enum ShadowFilter] for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:65 +msgid "Smoothing value for shadows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:68 +msgid "Smooth shadow gradient length." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:71 +msgid "" +"The shadow mask. Used with [LightOccluder2D] to cast shadows. Only occluders " +"with a matching light mask will cast shadows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:74 +msgid "[Texture] used for the Light2D's appearance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:77 +msgid "The [code]texture[/code]'s scale factor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:82 +msgid "" +"Adds the value of pixels corresponding to the Light2D to the values of " +"pixels under it. This is the common behavior of a light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:85 +msgid "" +"Subtracts the value of pixels corresponding to the Light2D to the values of " +"pixels under it, resulting in inversed light effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:88 +msgid "" +"Mix the value of pixels corresponding to the Light2D to the values of pixels " +"under it by linear interpolation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:91 +msgid "" +"The light texture of the Light2D is used as a mask, hiding or revealing " +"parts of the screen underneath depending on the value of each pixel of the " +"light (mask) texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:94 +msgid "No filter applies to the shadow map. See [member shadow_filter]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:97 +msgid "" +"Percentage closer filtering (3 samples) applies to the shadow map. See " +"[member shadow_filter]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:100 +msgid "" +"Percentage closer filtering (5 samples) applies to the shadow map. See " +"[member shadow_filter]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:103 +msgid "" +"Percentage closer filtering (7 samples) applies to the shadow map. See " +"[member shadow_filter]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:106 +msgid "" +"Percentage closer filtering (9 samples) applies to the shadow map. See " +"[member shadow_filter]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:109 +msgid "" +"Percentage closer filtering (13 samples) applies to the shadow map. See " +"[member shadow_filter]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LightOccluder2D.xml:4 +msgid "Occludes light cast by a Light2D, casting shadows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LightOccluder2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Occludes light cast by a Light2D, casting shadows. The LightOccluder2D must " +"be provided with an [OccluderPolygon2D] in order for the shadow to be " +"computed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LightOccluder2D.xml:16 +msgid "" +"The LightOccluder2D's light mask. The LightOccluder2D will cast shadows only " +"from Light2D(s) that have the same light mask(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LightOccluder2D.xml:19 +msgid "The [OccluderPolygon2D] used to compute the shadow." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:4 +msgid "A 2D line." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A line through several points in 2D space.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] By default, Godot can only draw up to 4,096 polygon points at a " +"time. To increase this limit, open the Project Settings and increase [member " +"ProjectSettings.rendering/limits/buffers/canvas_polygon_buffer_size_kb] and " +"[member ProjectSettings.rendering/limits/buffers/" +"canvas_polygon_index_buffer_size_kb]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Adds a point at the [code]position[/code]. Appends the point at the end of " +"the line.\n" +"If [code]at_position[/code] is given, the point is inserted before the point " +"number [code]at_position[/code], moving that point (and every point after) " +"after the inserted point. If [code]at_position[/code] is not given, or is an " +"illegal value ([code]at_position < 0[/code] or [code]at_position >= [method " +"get_point_count][/code]), the point will be appended at the end of the point " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:27 +msgid "Removes all points from the line." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:33 +msgid "Returns the Line2D's amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:40 +msgid "Returns point [code]i[/code]'s position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:47 +msgid "Removes the point at index [code]i[/code] from the line." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Overwrites the position in point [code]i[/code] with the supplied " +"[code]position[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the line's border will be anti-aliased.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Line2D is not accelerated by batching when being anti-aliased." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Controls the style of the line's first point. Use [enum LineCapMode] " +"constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:68 +msgid "The line's color. Will not be used if a gradient is set." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:71 +msgid "" +"Controls the style of the line's last point. Use [enum LineCapMode] " +"constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:74 +msgid "" +"The gradient is drawn through the whole line from start to finish. The " +"default color will not be used if a gradient is set." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:77 +msgid "The style for the points between the start and the end." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:80 +msgid "" +"The points that form the lines. The line is drawn between every point set in " +"this array. Points are interpreted as local vectors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:83 +msgid "" +"The smoothness of the rounded joints and caps. This is only used if a cap or " +"joint is set as round." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:86 +msgid "" +"The direction difference in radians between vector points. This value is " +"only used if [code]joint mode[/code] is set to [constant LINE_JOINT_SHARP]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:89 +msgid "" +"The texture used for the line's texture. Uses [code]texture_mode[/code] for " +"drawing style." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:92 +msgid "" +"The style to render the [code]texture[/code] on the line. Use [enum " +"LineTextureMode] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:95 +msgid "The line's width." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:98 +msgid "" +"The line's width varies with the curve. The original width is simply " +"multiply by the value of the Curve." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:103 +msgid "" +"The line's joints will be pointy. If [code]sharp_limit[/code] is greater " +"than the rotation of a joint, it becomes a bevel joint instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:106 +msgid "The line's joints will be bevelled/chamfered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:109 +msgid "The line's joints will be rounded." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:112 +msgid "Don't draw a line cap." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:115 +msgid "Draws the line cap as a box." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:118 +msgid "Draws the line cap as a circle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:121 +msgid "" +"Takes the left pixels of the texture and renders it over the whole line." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:124 +msgid "" +"Tiles the texture over the line. The texture must be imported with " +"[b]Repeat[/b] enabled for it to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:127 +msgid "" +"Stretches the texture across the line. Import the texture with [b]Repeat[/b] " +"disabled for best results." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:4 +msgid "Control that provides single-line string editing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:7 +msgid "" +"LineEdit provides a single-line string editor, used for text fields.\n" +"It features many built-in shortcuts which will always be available " +"([code]Ctrl[/code] here maps to [code]Command[/code] on macOS):\n" +"- Ctrl + C: Copy\n" +"- Ctrl + X: Cut\n" +"- Ctrl + V or Ctrl + Y: Paste/\"yank\"\n" +"- Ctrl + Z: Undo\n" +"- Ctrl + Shift + Z: Redo\n" +"- Ctrl + U: Delete text from the cursor position to the beginning of the " +"line\n" +"- Ctrl + K: Delete text from the cursor position to the end of the line\n" +"- Ctrl + A: Select all text\n" +"- Up/Down arrow: Move the cursor to the beginning/end of the line\n" +"On macOS, some extra keyboard shortcuts are available:\n" +"- Ctrl + F: Like the right arrow key, move the cursor one character right\n" +"- Ctrl + B: Like the left arrow key, move the cursor one character left\n" +"- Ctrl + P: Like the up arrow key, move the cursor to the previous line\n" +"- Ctrl + N: Like the down arrow key, move the cursor to the next line\n" +"- Ctrl + D: Like the Delete key, delete the character on the right side of " +"cursor\n" +"- Ctrl + H: Like the Backspace key, delete the character on the left side of " +"the cursor\n" +"- Command + Left arrow: Like the Home key, move the cursor to the beginning " +"of the line\n" +"- Command + Right arrow: Like the End key, move the cursor to the end of the " +"line" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Adds [code]text[/code] after the cursor. If the resulting value is longer " +"than [member max_length], nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:41 +msgid "Erases the [LineEdit]'s [member text]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Deletes one character at the cursor's current position (equivalent to " +"pressing the [code]Delete[/code] key)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Deletes a section of the [member text] going from position " +"[code]from_column[/code] to [code]to_column[/code]. Both parameters should " +"be within the text's length." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:61 +msgid "Clears the current selection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Returns the [PopupMenu] of this [LineEdit]. By default, this menu is " +"displayed when right-clicking on the [LineEdit].\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it " +"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their " +"[member CanvasItem.visible] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Returns the scroll offset due to [member caret_position], as a number of " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:81 +msgid "Executes a given action as defined in the [enum MenuItems] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:89 +msgid "" +"Selects characters inside [LineEdit] between [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/" +"code]. By default, [code]from[/code] is at the beginning and [code]to[/code] " +"at the end.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"text = \"Welcome\"\n" +"select() # Will select \"Welcome\".\n" +"select(4) # Will select \"ome\".\n" +"select(2, 5) # Will select \"lco\".\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:101 +msgid "Selects the whole [String]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:107 +msgid "Text alignment as defined in the [enum Align] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:110 doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:391 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the caret (visual cursor) blinks." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:113 doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:394 +msgid "Duration (in seconds) of a caret's blinking cycle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:116 +msgid "" +"The cursor's position inside the [LineEdit]. When set, the text may scroll " +"to accommodate it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:119 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the [LineEdit] will show a clear button if [code]text[/" +"code] is not empty, which can be used to clear the text quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:122 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the context menu will appear when right-clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:125 +msgid "" +"If [code]false[/code], existing text cannot be modified and new text cannot " +"be added." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:128 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the [LineEdit] width will increase to stay longer than " +"the [member text]. It will [b]not[/b] compress if the [member text] is " +"shortened." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:132 +msgid "" +"Maximum amount of characters that can be entered inside the [LineEdit]. If " +"[code]0[/code], there is no limit.\n" +"When a limit is defined, characters that would exceed [member max_length] " +"are truncated. This happens both for existing [member text] contents when " +"setting the max length, or for new text inserted in the [LineEdit], " +"including pasting. If any input text is truncated, the [signal " +"text_change_rejected] signal is emitted with the truncated substring as " +"parameter.\n" +"[b]Example:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"text = \"Hello world\"\n" +"max_length = 5\n" +"# `text` becomes \"Hello\".\n" +"max_length = 10\n" +"text += \" goodbye\"\n" +"# `text` becomes \"Hello good\".\n" +"# `text_change_rejected` is emitted with \"bye\" as parameter.\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:147 +msgid "" +"Opacity of the [member placeholder_text]. From [code]0[/code] to [code]1[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:150 +msgid "" +"Text shown when the [LineEdit] is empty. It is [b]not[/b] the [LineEdit]'s " +"default value (see [member text])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:153 +msgid "" +"Sets the icon that will appear in the right end of the [LineEdit] if there's " +"no [member text], or always, if [member clear_button_enabled] is set to " +"[code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:156 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], every character is replaced with the secret character " +"(see [member secret_character])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:159 +msgid "" +"The character to use to mask secret input (defaults to \"*\"). Only a single " +"character can be used as the secret character." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:162 +msgid "" +"If [code]false[/code], it's impossible to select the text using mouse nor " +"keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:165 +msgid "If [code]false[/code], using shortcuts will be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:168 +msgid "" +"String value of the [LineEdit].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Changing text using this property won't emit the [signal " +"text_changed] signal." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:172 doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:468 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the native virtual keyboard is shown when focused on " +"platforms that support it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:179 +msgid "" +"Emitted when appending text that overflows the [member max_length]. The " +"appended text is truncated to fit [member max_length], and the part that " +"couldn't fit is passed as the [code]rejected_substring[/code] argument." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:185 doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:506 +msgid "Emitted when the text changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:191 +msgid "Emitted when the user presses [constant KEY_ENTER] on the [LineEdit]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:197 +msgid "Aligns the text on the left-hand side of the [LineEdit]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:200 +msgid "Centers the text in the middle of the [LineEdit]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:203 +msgid "Aligns the text on the right-hand side of the [LineEdit]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:206 +msgid "Stretches whitespaces to fit the [LineEdit]'s width." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:209 doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:527 +msgid "Cuts (copies and clears) the selected text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:212 doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:530 +msgid "Copies the selected text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:215 +msgid "" +"Pastes the clipboard text over the selected text (or at the cursor's " +"position).\n" +"Non-printable escape characters are automatically stripped from the OS " +"clipboard via [method String.strip_escapes]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:219 +msgid "Erases the whole [LineEdit] text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:222 +msgid "Selects the whole [LineEdit] text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:225 doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:542 +msgid "Undoes the previous action." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:228 +msgid "Reverse the last undo action." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:231 doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:548 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum MenuItems] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:236 +msgid "Texture for the clear button. See [member clear_button_enabled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:239 +msgid "Color used as default tint for the clear button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:242 +msgid "Color used for the clear button when it's pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:245 +msgid "Color of the [LineEdit]'s visual cursor (caret)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:248 +msgid "Background used when [LineEdit] has GUI focus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:251 +msgid "Font used for the text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:254 +msgid "Default font color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:257 +msgid "Font color for selected text (inside the selection rectangle)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:260 +msgid "Font color when editing is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:263 +msgid "" +"Minimum horizontal space for the text (not counting the clear button and " +"content margins). This value is measured in count of space characters (i.e. " +"this amount of space characters can be displayed without scrolling)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:266 +msgid "Default background for the [LineEdit]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:269 +msgid "" +"Background used when [LineEdit] is in read-only mode ([member editable] is " +"set to [code]false[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:272 +msgid "Color of the selection rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineShape2D.xml:4 +msgid "Line shape for 2D collisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineShape2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Line shape for 2D collisions. It works like a 2D plane and will not allow " +"any physics body to go to the negative side. Not recommended for rigid " +"bodies, and usually not recommended for static bodies either because it " +"forces checks against it on every frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineShape2D.xml:15 +msgid "The line's distance from the origin." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LineShape2D.xml:18 +msgid "The line's normal." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:4 +msgid "Simple button used to represent a link to some resource." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This kind of button is primarily used when the interaction with the button " +"causes a context change (like linking to a web page).\n" +"See also [BaseButton] which contains common properties and methods " +"associated with this node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Determines when to show the underline. See [enum UnderlineMode] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:26 +msgid "The LinkButton will always show an underline at the bottom of its text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The LinkButton will show an underline at the bottom of its text when the " +"mouse cursor is over it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:32 +msgid "The LinkButton will never show an underline at the bottom of its text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:37 +msgid "" +"[StyleBox] used when the [LinkButton] is focused. It is displayed over the " +"current [StyleBox], so using [StyleBoxEmpty] will just disable the focus " +"visual effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:40 +msgid "[Font] of the [LinkButton]'s text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:43 +msgid "Default text [Color] of the [LinkButton]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:46 +msgid "" +"Text [Color] used when the [LinkButton] is focused. Only replaces the normal " +"text color of the button. Disabled, hovered, and pressed states take " +"precedence over this color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:49 +msgid "Text [Color] used when the [LinkButton] is being hovered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:52 +msgid "Text [Color] used when the [LinkButton] is being pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:55 +msgid "The vertical space between the baseline of text and the underline." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Listener.xml:4 doc/classes/Listener2D.xml:4 +msgid "Overrides the location sounds are heard from." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Listener.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Once added to the scene tree and enabled using [method make_current], this " +"node will override the location sounds are heard from. This can be used to " +"listen from a location different from the [Camera]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Listener.xml:15 +msgid "Disables the listener to use the current camera's listener instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Listener.xml:21 +msgid "Returns the listener's global orthonormalized [Transform]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Listener.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the listener was made current using [method " +"make_current], [code]false[/code] otherwise.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] There may be more than one Listener marked as \"current\" in " +"the scene tree, but only the one that was made current last will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Listener.xml:34 +msgid "Enables the listener. This will override the current camera's listener." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Listener2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Once added to the scene tree and enabled using [method make_current], this " +"node will override the location sounds are heard from. Only one [Listener2D] " +"can be current. Using [method make_current] will disable the previous " +"[Listener2D].\n" +"If there is no active [Listener2D] in the current [Viewport], center of the " +"screen will be used as a hearing point for the audio. [Listener2D] needs to " +"be inside [SceneTree] to function." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Listener2D.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Disables the [Listener2D]. If it's not set as current, this method will have " +"no effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Listener2D.xml:22 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if this [Listener2D] is currently active." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Listener2D.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Makes the [Listener2D] active, setting it as the hearing point for the " +"sounds. If there is already another active [Listener2D], it will be " +"disabled.\n" +"This method will have no effect if the [Listener2D] is not added to " +"[SceneTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:4 +msgid "Abstract base class for the game's main loop." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[MainLoop] is the abstract base class for a Godot project's game loop. It is " +"inherited by [SceneTree], which is the default game loop implementation used " +"in Godot projects, though it is also possible to write and use one's own " +"[MainLoop] subclass instead of the scene tree.\n" +"Upon the application start, a [MainLoop] implementation must be provided to " +"the OS; otherwise, the application will exit. This happens automatically " +"(and a [SceneTree] is created) unless a main [Script] is provided from the " +"command line (with e.g. [code]godot -s my_loop.gd[/code], which should then " +"be a [MainLoop] implementation.\n" +"Here is an example script implementing a simple [MainLoop]:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"extends MainLoop\n" +"\n" +"var time_elapsed = 0\n" +"var keys_typed = []\n" +"var quit = false\n" +"\n" +"func _initialize():\n" +" print(\"Initialized:\")\n" +" print(\" Starting time: %s\" % str(time_elapsed))\n" +"\n" +"func _idle(delta):\n" +" time_elapsed += delta\n" +" # Return true to end the main loop.\n" +" return quit\n" +"\n" +"func _input_event(event):\n" +" # Record keys.\n" +" if event is InputEventKey and event.pressed and !event.echo:\n" +" keys_typed.append(OS.get_scancode_string(event.scancode))\n" +" # Quit on Escape press.\n" +" if event.scancode == KEY_ESCAPE:\n" +" quit = true\n" +" # Quit on any mouse click.\n" +" if event is InputEventMouseButton:\n" +" quit = true\n" +"\n" +"func _finalize():\n" +" print(\"Finalized:\")\n" +" print(\" End time: %s\" % str(time_elapsed))\n" +" print(\" Keys typed: %s\" % var2str(keys_typed))\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Called when files are dragged from the OS file manager and dropped in the " +"game window. The arguments are a list of file paths and the identifier of " +"the screen where the drag originated." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:57 +msgid "Called before the program exits." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Called when the user performs an action in the system global menu (e.g. the " +"Mac OS menu bar)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Called each idle frame with the time since the last idle frame as argument " +"(in seconds). Equivalent to [method Node._process].\n" +"If implemented, the method must return a boolean value. [code]true[/code] " +"ends the main loop, while [code]false[/code] lets it proceed to the next " +"frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:79 +msgid "Called once during initialization." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:86 +msgid "Called whenever an [InputEvent] is received by the main loop." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Deprecated callback, does not do anything. Use [method _input_event] to " +"parse text input. Will be removed in Godot 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:100 +msgid "" +"Called each physics frame with the time since the last physics frame as " +"argument ([code]delta[/code], in seconds). Equivalent to [method Node." +"_physics_process].\n" +"If implemented, the method must return a boolean value. [code]true[/code] " +"ends the main loop, while [code]false[/code] lets it proceed to the next " +"frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:107 +msgid "" +"Should not be called manually, override [method _finalize] instead. Will be " +"removed in Godot 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:114 +msgid "" +"Should not be called manually, override [method _idle] instead. Will be " +"removed in Godot 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:120 +msgid "" +"Should not be called manually, override [method _initialize] instead. Will " +"be removed in Godot 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:127 +msgid "" +"Should not be called manually, override [method _input_event] instead. Will " +"be removed in Godot 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:134 +msgid "" +"Should not be called manually, override [method _input_text] instead. Will " +"be removed in Godot 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:141 +msgid "" +"Should not be called manually, override [method _iteration] instead. Will be " +"removed in Godot 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:150 +msgid "Emitted when a user responds to a permission request." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:156 doc/classes/Node.xml:791 +msgid "" +"Notification received from the OS when the mouse enters the game window.\n" +"Implemented on desktop and web platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:160 doc/classes/Node.xml:795 +msgid "" +"Notification received from the OS when the mouse leaves the game window.\n" +"Implemented on desktop and web platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:164 doc/classes/Node.xml:799 +msgid "" +"Notification received from the OS when the game window is focused.\n" +"Implemented on all platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:168 doc/classes/Node.xml:803 +msgid "" +"Notification received from the OS when the game window is unfocused.\n" +"Implemented on all platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:172 doc/classes/Node.xml:807 +msgid "" +"Notification received from the OS when a quit request is sent (e.g. closing " +"the window with a \"Close\" button or Alt+F4).\n" +"Implemented on desktop platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:176 doc/classes/Node.xml:811 +msgid "" +"Notification received from the OS when a go back request is sent (e.g. " +"pressing the \"Back\" button on Android).\n" +"Specific to the Android platform." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:180 doc/classes/Node.xml:815 +msgid "" +"Notification received from the OS when an unfocus request is sent (e.g. " +"another OS window wants to take the focus).\n" +"No supported platforms currently send this notification." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:184 doc/classes/Node.xml:819 +msgid "" +"Notification received from the OS when the application is exceeding its " +"allocated memory.\n" +"Specific to the iOS platform." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:188 doc/classes/Node.xml:823 +msgid "" +"Notification received when translations may have changed. Can be triggered " +"by the user changing the locale. Can be used to respond to language changes, " +"for example to change the UI strings on the fly. Useful when working with " +"the built-in translation support, like [method Object.tr]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:191 doc/classes/Node.xml:826 +msgid "" +"Notification received from the OS when a request for \"About\" information " +"is sent.\n" +"Specific to the macOS platform." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:195 doc/classes/Node.xml:830 +msgid "" +"Notification received from Godot's crash handler when the engine is about to " +"crash.\n" +"Implemented on desktop platforms if the crash handler is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:199 doc/classes/Node.xml:834 +msgid "" +"Notification received from the OS when an update of the Input Method Engine " +"occurs (e.g. change of IME cursor position or composition string).\n" +"Specific to the macOS platform." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:203 doc/classes/Node.xml:838 +msgid "" +"Notification received from the OS when the app is resumed.\n" +"Specific to the Android platform." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:207 doc/classes/Node.xml:842 +msgid "" +"Notification received from the OS when the app is paused.\n" +"Specific to the Android platform." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MarginContainer.xml:4 +msgid "Simple margin container." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MarginContainer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Adds a top, left, bottom, and right margin to all [Control] nodes that are " +"direct children of the container. To control the [MarginContainer]'s margin, " +"use the [code]margin_*[/code] theme properties listed below.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Be careful, [Control] margin values are different than the " +"constant margin values. If you want to change the custom margin values of " +"the [MarginContainer] by code, you should use the following examples:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# This code sample assumes the current script is extending MarginContainer.\n" +"var margin_value = 100\n" +"add_constant_override(\"margin_top\", margin_value)\n" +"add_constant_override(\"margin_left\", margin_value)\n" +"add_constant_override(\"margin_bottom\", margin_value)\n" +"add_constant_override(\"margin_right\", margin_value)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MarginContainer.xml:26 +msgid "" +"All direct children of [MarginContainer] will have a bottom margin of " +"[code]margin_bottom[/code] pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MarginContainer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"All direct children of [MarginContainer] will have a left margin of " +"[code]margin_left[/code] pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MarginContainer.xml:32 +msgid "" +"All direct children of [MarginContainer] will have a right margin of " +"[code]margin_right[/code] pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MarginContainer.xml:35 +msgid "" +"All direct children of [MarginContainer] will have a top margin of " +"[code]margin_top[/code] pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Marshalls.xml:4 +msgid "Data transformation (marshalling) and encoding helpers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Marshalls.xml:7 +msgid "Provides data transformation and encoding utility functions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Marshalls.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Returns a decoded [PoolByteArray] corresponding to the Base64-encoded string " +"[code]base64_str[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Marshalls.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Returns a decoded string corresponding to the Base64-encoded string " +"[code]base64_str[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Marshalls.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Returns a decoded [Variant] corresponding to the Base64-encoded string " +"[code]base64_str[/code]. If [code]allow_objects[/code] is [code]true[/code], " +"decoding objects is allowed.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] Deserialized objects can contain code which gets executed. " +"Do not use this option if the serialized object comes from untrusted sources " +"to avoid potential security threats such as remote code execution." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Marshalls.xml:39 +msgid "Returns a Base64-encoded string of a given [PoolByteArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Marshalls.xml:46 +msgid "" +"Returns a Base64-encoded string of the UTF-8 string [code]utf8_str[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Marshalls.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Returns a Base64-encoded string of the [Variant] [code]variant[/code]. If " +"[code]full_objects[/code] is [code]true[/code], encoding objects is allowed " +"(and can potentially include code)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Material.xml:4 +msgid "Abstract base [Resource] for coloring and shading geometry." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Material.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Material is a base [Resource] used for coloring and shading geometry. All " +"materials inherit from it and almost all [VisualInstance] derived nodes " +"carry a Material. A few flags and parameters are shared between all material " +"types and are configured here." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Material.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Sets the [Material] to be used for the next pass. This renders the object " +"again using a different material.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This only applies to [SpatialMaterial]s and [ShaderMaterial]s " +"with type \"Spatial\"." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Material.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Sets the render priority for transparent objects in 3D scenes. Higher " +"priority objects will be sorted in front of lower priority objects.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This only applies to sorting of transparent objects. This will " +"not impact how transparent objects are sorted relative to opaque objects. " +"This is because opaque objects are not sorted, while transparent objects are " +"sorted from back to front (subject to priority)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Material.xml:27 +msgid "Maximum value for the [member render_priority] parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Material.xml:30 +msgid "Minimum value for the [member render_priority] parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:4 +msgid "Special button that brings up a [PopupMenu] when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Special button that brings up a [PopupMenu] when clicked.\n" +"New items can be created inside this [PopupMenu] using [code]get_popup()." +"add_item(\"My Item Name\")[/code]. You can also create them directly from " +"the editor. To do so, select the [MenuButton] node, then in the toolbar at " +"the top of the 2D editor, click [b]Items[/b] then click [b]Add[/b] in the " +"popup. You will be able to give each item new properties.\n" +"See also [BaseButton] which contains common properties and methods " +"associated with this node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:17 doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:86 +msgid "" +"Returns the [PopupMenu] contained in this button.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it " +"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their " +"[member CanvasItem.visible] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:25 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], shortcuts are disabled and cannot be used to trigger " +"the button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:34 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], when the cursor hovers above another [MenuButton] " +"within the same parent which also has [code]switch_on_hover[/code] enabled, " +"it will close the current [MenuButton] and open the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:41 +msgid "Emitted when [PopupMenu] of this MenuButton is about to show." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:49 +msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [MenuButton] is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:52 +msgid "" +"[StyleBox] used when the [MenuButton] is focused. It is displayed over the " +"current [StyleBox], so using [StyleBoxEmpty] will just disable the focus " +"visual effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:55 +msgid "[Font] of the [MenuButton]'s text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:58 +msgid "Default text [Color] of the [MenuButton]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:61 +msgid "Text [Color] used when the [MenuButton] is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Text [Color] used when the [MenuButton] is focused. Only replaces the normal " +"text color of the button. Disabled, hovered, and pressed states take " +"precedence over this color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:67 +msgid "Text [Color] used when the [MenuButton] is being hovered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:70 +msgid "Text [Color] used when the [MenuButton] is being pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:73 +msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [MenuButton] is being hovered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:76 +msgid "The horizontal space between [MenuButton]'s icon and text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:79 +msgid "Default [StyleBox] for the [MenuButton]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:82 +msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [MenuButton] is being pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:4 +msgid "A [Resource] that contains vertex array-based geometry." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Mesh is a type of [Resource] that contains vertex array-based geometry, " +"divided in [i]surfaces[/i]. Each surface contains a completely separate " +"array and a material used to draw it. Design wise, a mesh with multiple " +"surfaces is preferred to a single surface, because objects created in 3D " +"editing software commonly contain multiple materials." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Calculate a [ConvexPolygonShape] from the mesh.\n" +"If [code]clean[/code] is [code]true[/code] (default), duplicate and interior " +"vertices are removed automatically. You can set it to [code]false[/code] to " +"make the process faster if not needed.\n" +"If [code]simplify[/code] is [code]true[/code], the geometry can be further " +"simplified to reduce the amount of vertices. Disabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Calculate an outline mesh at a defined offset (margin) from the original " +"mesh.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method typically returns the vertices in reverse order (e." +"g. clockwise to counterclockwise)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:37 +msgid "Calculate a [ConcavePolygonShape] from the mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:43 +msgid "Generate a [TriangleMesh] from the mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Returns the smallest [AABB] enclosing this mesh in local space. Not affected " +"by [code]custom_aabb[/code]. See also [method VisualInstance." +"get_transformed_aabb].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This is only implemented for [ArrayMesh] and [PrimitiveMesh]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Returns all the vertices that make up the faces of the mesh. Each three " +"vertices represent one triangle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:62 +msgid "Returns the amount of surfaces that the [Mesh] holds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:69 +msgid "" +"Returns the arrays for the vertices, normals, uvs, etc. that make up the " +"requested surface (see [method ArrayMesh.add_surface_from_arrays])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:76 +msgid "Returns the blend shape arrays for the requested surface." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:83 +msgid "" +"Returns a [Material] in a given surface. Surface is rendered using this " +"material." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:91 +msgid "" +"Sets a [Material] for a given surface. Surface will be rendered using this " +"material." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:97 +msgid "" +"Sets a hint to be used for lightmap resolution in [BakedLightmap]. Overrides " +"[member BakedLightmap.default_texels_per_unit]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:102 +msgid "Render array as points (one vertex equals one point)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:105 +msgid "Render array as lines (every two vertices a line is created)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:108 +msgid "Render array as line strip." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:111 +msgid "Render array as line loop (like line strip, but closed)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:114 +msgid "Render array as triangles (every three vertices a triangle is created)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:117 +msgid "Render array as triangle strips." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:120 +msgid "Render array as triangle fans." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:123 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3363 +msgid "Blend shapes are normalized." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:126 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3366 +msgid "Blend shapes are relative to base weight." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:129 +msgid "" +"Mesh array contains vertices. All meshes require a vertex array so this " +"should always be present." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:132 +msgid "Mesh array contains normals." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:135 +msgid "Mesh array contains tangents." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:138 +msgid "Mesh array contains colors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:141 +msgid "Mesh array contains UVs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:144 +msgid "Mesh array contains second UV." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:147 +msgid "Mesh array contains bones." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:150 +msgid "Mesh array contains bone weights." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:153 +msgid "Mesh array uses indices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:156 +msgid "" +"Used internally to calculate other [code]ARRAY_COMPRESS_*[/code] enum " +"values. Do not use." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:159 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3300 +msgid "Flag used to mark a compressed (half float) vertex array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:162 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3303 +msgid "Flag used to mark a compressed (half float) normal array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:165 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3306 +msgid "Flag used to mark a compressed (half float) tangent array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:168 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3309 +msgid "Flag used to mark a compressed (half float) color array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:171 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3312 +msgid "Flag used to mark a compressed (half float) UV coordinates array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:174 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3315 +msgid "" +"Flag used to mark a compressed (half float) UV coordinates array for the " +"second UV coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:177 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3318 +msgid "Flag used to mark a compressed bone array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:180 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3321 +msgid "Flag used to mark a compressed (half float) weight array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:183 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3324 +msgid "Flag used to mark a compressed index array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:186 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3327 +msgid "Flag used to mark that the array contains 2D vertices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:189 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3330 +msgid "Flag used to mark that the array uses 16-bit bones instead of 8-bit." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:192 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3333 +msgid "" +"Flag used to mark that the array uses an octahedral representation of normal " +"and tangent vectors rather than cartesian." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:195 +msgid "" +"Used to set flags [constant ARRAY_COMPRESS_VERTEX], [constant " +"ARRAY_COMPRESS_NORMAL], [constant ARRAY_COMPRESS_TANGENT], [constant " +"ARRAY_COMPRESS_COLOR], [constant ARRAY_COMPRESS_TEX_UV], [constant " +"ARRAY_COMPRESS_TEX_UV2], [constant ARRAY_COMPRESS_WEIGHTS], and [constant " +"ARRAY_FLAG_USE_OCTAHEDRAL_COMPRESSION] quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:198 +msgid "Array of vertices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:201 +msgid "Array of normals." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:204 +msgid "Array of tangents as an array of floats, 4 floats per tangent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:207 +msgid "Array of colors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:210 +msgid "Array of UV coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:213 +msgid "Array of second set of UV coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:216 +msgid "Array of bone data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:219 +msgid "Array of weights." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:222 +msgid "Array of indices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:4 +msgid "Helper tool to access and edit [Mesh] data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:7 +msgid "" +"MeshDataTool provides access to individual vertices in a [Mesh]. It allows " +"users to read and edit vertex data of meshes. It also creates an array of " +"faces and edges.\n" +"To use MeshDataTool, load a mesh with [method create_from_surface]. When you " +"are finished editing the data commit the data to a mesh with [method " +"commit_to_surface].\n" +"Below is an example of how MeshDataTool may be used.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var mesh = ArrayMesh.new()\n" +"mesh.add_surface_from_arrays(Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES, CubeMesh.new()." +"get_mesh_arrays())\n" +"var mdt = MeshDataTool.new()\n" +"mdt.create_from_surface(mesh, 0)\n" +"for i in range(mdt.get_vertex_count()):\n" +" var vertex = mdt.get_vertex(i)\n" +" # In this example we extend the mesh by one unit, which results in " +"separated faces as it is flat shaded.\n" +" vertex += mdt.get_vertex_normal(i)\n" +" # Save your change.\n" +" mdt.set_vertex(i, vertex)\n" +"mesh.surface_remove(0)\n" +"mdt.commit_to_surface(mesh)\n" +"var mi = MeshInstance.new()\n" +"mi.mesh = mesh\n" +"add_child(mi)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"See also [ArrayMesh], [ImmediateGeometry] and [SurfaceTool] for procedural " +"geometry generation.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Godot uses clockwise [url=https://learnopengl.com/Advanced-" +"OpenGL/Face-culling]winding order[/url] for front faces of triangle " +"primitive modes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:36 +msgid "Clears all data currently in MeshDataTool." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:43 +msgid "Adds a new surface to specified [Mesh] with edited data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Uses specified surface of given [Mesh] to populate data for MeshDataTool.\n" +"Requires [Mesh] with primitive type [constant Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:58 +msgid "Returns the number of edges in this [Mesh]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:65 +msgid "Returns array of faces that touch given edge." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:72 +msgid "Returns meta information assigned to given edge." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:80 +msgid "" +"Returns index of specified vertex connected to given edge.\n" +"Vertex argument can only be 0 or 1 because edges are comprised of two " +"vertices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:87 +msgid "Returns the number of faces in this [Mesh]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:95 +msgid "" +"Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n" +"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:103 +msgid "Returns the metadata associated with the given face." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:110 +msgid "Calculates and returns the face normal of the given face." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:118 +msgid "" +"Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n" +"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:125 +msgid "" +"Returns the [Mesh]'s format. Format is an integer made up of [Mesh] format " +"flags combined together. For example, a mesh containing both vertices and " +"normals would return a format of [code]3[/code] because [constant ArrayMesh." +"ARRAY_FORMAT_VERTEX] is [code]1[/code] and [constant ArrayMesh." +"ARRAY_FORMAT_NORMAL] is [code]2[/code].\n" +"See [enum ArrayMesh.ArrayFormat] for a list of format flags." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:132 +msgid "Returns the material assigned to the [Mesh]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:139 +msgid "Returns the vertex at given index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:146 +msgid "Returns the bones of the given vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:153 +msgid "Returns the color of the given vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:159 +msgid "Returns the total number of vertices in [Mesh]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:166 +msgid "Returns an array of edges that share the given vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:173 +msgid "Returns an array of faces that share the given vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:180 +msgid "Returns the metadata associated with the given vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:187 +msgid "Returns the normal of the given vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:194 +msgid "Returns the tangent of the given vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:201 +msgid "Returns the UV of the given vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:208 +msgid "Returns the UV2 of the given vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:215 +msgid "Returns bone weights of the given vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:223 +msgid "Sets the metadata of the given edge." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:231 +msgid "Sets the metadata of the given face." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:238 +msgid "Sets the material to be used by newly-constructed [Mesh]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:246 +msgid "Sets the position of the given vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:254 +msgid "Sets the bones of the given vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:262 +msgid "Sets the color of the given vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:270 +msgid "Sets the metadata associated with the given vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:278 +msgid "Sets the normal of the given vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:286 +msgid "Sets the tangent of the given vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:294 +msgid "Sets the UV of the given vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:302 +msgid "Sets the UV2 of the given vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:310 +msgid "Sets the bone weights of the given vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:4 +msgid "Node that instances meshes into a scenario." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:7 +msgid "" +"MeshInstance is a node that takes a [Mesh] resource and adds it to the " +"current scenario by creating an instance of it. This is the class most often " +"used to get 3D geometry rendered and can be used to instance a single [Mesh] " +"in many places. This allows to reuse geometry and save on resources. When a " +"[Mesh] has to be instanced more than thousands of times at close proximity, " +"consider using a [MultiMesh] in a [MultiMeshInstance] instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:21 +msgid "" +"This helper creates a [StaticBody] child node with a [ConvexPolygonShape] " +"collision shape calculated from the mesh geometry. It's mainly used for " +"testing.\n" +"If [code]clean[/code] is [code]true[/code] (default), duplicate and interior " +"vertices are removed automatically. You can set it to [code]false[/code] to " +"make the process faster if not needed.\n" +"If [code]simplify[/code] is [code]true[/code], the geometry can be further " +"simplified to reduce the amount of vertices. Disabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:29 +msgid "" +"This helper creates a [MeshInstance] child node with gizmos at every vertex " +"calculated from the mesh geometry. It's mainly used for testing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:35 +msgid "" +"This helper creates a [StaticBody] child node with multiple " +"[ConvexPolygonShape] collision shapes calculated from the mesh geometry via " +"convex decomposition. It's mainly used for testing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:41 +msgid "" +"This helper creates a [StaticBody] child node with a [ConcavePolygonShape] " +"collision shape calculated from the mesh geometry. It's mainly used for " +"testing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Returns the [Material] that will be used by the [Mesh] when drawing. This " +"can return the [member GeometryInstance.material_override], the surface " +"override [Material] defined in this [MeshInstance], or the surface " +"[Material] defined in the [Mesh]. For example, if [member GeometryInstance." +"material_override] is used, all surfaces will return the override material." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:55 +msgid "Returns the [Material] for a surface of the [Mesh] resource." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:61 +msgid "Returns the number of surface materials." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:69 +msgid "Sets the [Material] for a surface of the [Mesh] resource." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:75 +msgid "The [Mesh] resource for the instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:78 +msgid "[NodePath] to the [Skeleton] associated with the instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:81 +msgid "Sets the skin to be used by this instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:84 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], normals are transformed when software skinning is " +"used. Set to [code]false[/code] when normals are not needed for better " +"performance.\n" +"See [member ProjectSettings.rendering/quality/skinning/" +"software_skinning_fallback] for details about how software skinning is " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml:4 +msgid "Node used for displaying a [Mesh] in 2D." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Node used for displaying a [Mesh] in 2D. Can be constructed from an existing " +"[Sprite] via a tool in the editor toolbar. Select \"Sprite\" then \"Convert " +"to Mesh2D\", select settings in popup and press \"Create Mesh2D\"." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml:10 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/2d/2d_meshes.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml:16 +msgid "The [Mesh] that will be drawn by the [MeshInstance2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml:19 doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml:19 +msgid "" +"The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. " +"See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/" +"Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for " +"a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml:23 doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml:23 +msgid "" +"The [Texture] that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial]. " +"Can be accessed as [code]TEXTURE[/code] in CanvasItem shader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml:29 doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml:29 +msgid "Emitted when the [member texture] is changed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:4 +msgid "Library of meshes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A library of meshes. Contains a list of [Mesh] resources, each with a name " +"and ID. Each item can also include collision and navigation shapes. This " +"resource is used in [GridMap]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:17 +msgid "Clears the library." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Creates a new item in the library with the given ID.\n" +"You can get an unused ID from [method get_last_unused_item_id]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:32 +msgid "Returns the first item with the given name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:38 +msgid "Returns the list of item IDs in use." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:45 +msgid "Returns the item's mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:52 +msgid "Returns the transform applied to the item's mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:59 +msgid "Returns the item's name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:66 +msgid "Returns the item's navigation mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:73 +msgid "Returns the transform applied to the item's navigation mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:80 +msgid "" +"When running in the editor, returns a generated item preview (a 3D rendering " +"in isometric perspective). When used in a running project, returns the " +"manually-defined item preview which can be set using [method " +"set_item_preview]. Returns an empty [Texture] if no preview was manually set " +"in a running project." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:87 +msgid "" +"Returns an item's collision shapes.\n" +"The array consists of each [Shape] followed by its [Transform]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:94 +msgid "Gets an unused ID for a new item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:101 +msgid "Removes the item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:109 +msgid "Sets the item's mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:117 +msgid "Sets the transform to apply to the item's mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:125 +msgid "" +"Sets the item's name.\n" +"This name is shown in the editor. It can also be used to look up the item " +"later using [method find_item_by_name]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:134 +msgid "Sets the item's navigation mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:142 +msgid "Sets the transform to apply to the item's navigation mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:150 +msgid "Sets a texture to use as the item's preview icon in the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:158 +msgid "" +"Sets an item's collision shapes.\n" +"The array should consist of [Shape] objects, each followed by a [Transform] " +"that will be applied to it. For shapes that should not have a transform, use " +"[constant Transform.IDENTITY]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshTexture.xml:4 +msgid "Simple texture that uses a mesh to draw itself." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshTexture.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Simple texture that uses a mesh to draw itself. It's limited because flags " +"can't be changed and region drawing is not supported." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshTexture.xml:15 +msgid "Sets the base texture that the Mesh will use to draw." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshTexture.xml:19 +msgid "Sets the size of the image, needed for reference." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MeshTexture.xml:22 +msgid "Sets the mesh used to draw. It must be a mesh using 2D vertices." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mobile_vr/doc_classes/MobileVRInterface.xml:4 +msgid "Generic mobile VR implementation." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mobile_vr/doc_classes/MobileVRInterface.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This is a generic mobile VR implementation where you need to provide details " +"about the phone and HMD used. It does not rely on any existing framework. " +"This is the most basic interface we have. For the best effect, you need a " +"mobile phone with a gyroscope and accelerometer.\n" +"Note that even though there is no positional tracking, the camera will " +"assume the headset is at a height of 1.85 meters. You can change this by " +"setting [member eye_height].\n" +"You can initialise this interface as follows:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var interface = ARVRServer.find_interface(\"Native mobile\")\n" +"if interface and interface.initialize():\n" +" get_viewport().arvr = true\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mobile_vr/doc_classes/MobileVRInterface.xml:22 +msgid "" +"The distance between the display and the lenses inside of the device in " +"centimeters." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mobile_vr/doc_classes/MobileVRInterface.xml:25 +msgid "The width of the display in centimeters." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mobile_vr/doc_classes/MobileVRInterface.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The height at which the camera is placed in relation to the ground (i.e. " +"[ARVROrigin] node)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mobile_vr/doc_classes/MobileVRInterface.xml:31 +msgid "" +"The interocular distance, also known as the interpupillary distance. The " +"distance between the pupils of the left and right eye." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mobile_vr/doc_classes/MobileVRInterface.xml:34 +msgid "" +"The k1 lens factor is one of the two constants that define the strength of " +"the lens used and directly influences the lens distortion effect." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mobile_vr/doc_classes/MobileVRInterface.xml:37 +msgid "The k2 lens factor, see k1." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/mobile_vr/doc_classes/MobileVRInterface.xml:40 +msgid "" +"The oversample setting. Because of the lens distortion we have to render our " +"buffers at a higher resolution then the screen can natively handle. A value " +"between 1.5 and 2.0 often provides good results but at the cost of " +"performance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:4 +msgid "Provides high-performance mesh instancing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:7 +msgid "" +"MultiMesh provides low-level mesh instancing. Drawing thousands of " +"[MeshInstance] nodes can be slow, since each object is submitted to the GPU " +"then drawn individually.\n" +"MultiMesh is much faster as it can draw thousands of instances with a single " +"draw call, resulting in less API overhead.\n" +"As a drawback, if the instances are too far away from each other, " +"performance may be reduced as every single instance will always render (they " +"are spatially indexed as one, for the whole object).\n" +"Since instances may have any behavior, the AABB used for visibility must be " +"provided by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:13 doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance.xml:11 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/vertex_animation/" +"animating_thousands_of_fish.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:14 doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance.xml:13 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/optimization/using_multimesh." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Returns the visibility axis-aligned bounding box in local space. See also " +"[method VisualInstance.get_transformed_aabb]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:27 +msgid "Gets a specific instance's color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:34 +msgid "Returns the custom data that has been set for a specific instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:41 +msgid "Returns the [Transform] of a specific instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:48 +msgid "Returns the [Transform2D] of a specific instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Sets all data related to the instances in one go. This is especially useful " +"when loading the data from disk or preparing the data from GDNative.\n" +"All data is packed in one large float array. An array may look like this: " +"Transform for instance 1, color data for instance 1, custom data for " +"instance 1, transform for instance 2, color data for instance 2, etc...\n" +"[Transform] is stored as 12 floats, [Transform2D] is stored as 8 floats, " +"[code]COLOR_8BIT[/code] / [code]CUSTOM_DATA_8BIT[/code] is stored as 1 float " +"(4 bytes as is) and [code]COLOR_FLOAT[/code] / [code]CUSTOM_DATA_FLOAT[/" +"code] is stored as 4 floats." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Sets the color of a specific instance by [i]multiplying[/i] the mesh's " +"existing vertex colors.\n" +"For the color to take effect, ensure that [member color_format] is non-" +"[code]null[/code] on the [MultiMesh] and [member SpatialMaterial." +"vertex_color_use_as_albedo] is [code]true[/code] on the material." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Sets custom data for a specific instance. Although [Color] is used, it is " +"just a container for 4 floating point numbers. The format of the number can " +"change depending on the [enum CustomDataFormat] used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:82 +msgid "Sets the [Transform] for a specific instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:90 +msgid "Sets the [Transform2D] for a specific instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:96 +msgid "Format of colors in color array that gets passed to shader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:99 +msgid "Format of custom data in custom data array that gets passed to shader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Number of instances that will get drawn. This clears and (re)sizes the " +"buffers. By default, all instances are drawn but you can limit this with " +"[member visible_instance_count]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:105 +msgid "Mesh to be drawn." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:108 +msgid "Format of transform used to transform mesh, either 2D or 3D." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:111 +msgid "" +"Limits the number of instances drawn, -1 draws all instances. Changing this " +"does not change the sizes of the buffers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:116 +msgid "Use this when using 2D transforms." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:119 +msgid "Use this when using 3D transforms." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:122 +msgid "Use when you are not using per-instance [Color]s." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:125 +msgid "" +"Compress [Color] data into 8 bits when passing to shader. This uses less " +"memory and can be faster, but the [Color] loses precision." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:128 +msgid "" +"The [Color] passed into [method set_instance_color] will use 4 floats. Use " +"this for highest precision [Color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:131 +msgid "Use when you are not using per-instance custom data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:134 +msgid "" +"Compress custom_data into 8 bits when passing to shader. This uses less " +"memory and can be faster, but loses precision and range. Floats packed into " +"8 bits can only represent values between 0 and 1, numbers outside that range " +"will be clamped." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:137 +msgid "" +"The [Color] passed into [method set_instance_custom_data] will use 4 floats. " +"Use this for highest precision." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance.xml:4 +msgid "Node that instances a [MultiMesh]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[MultiMeshInstance] is a specialized node to instance [GeometryInstance]s " +"based on a [MultiMesh] resource.\n" +"This is useful to optimize the rendering of a high amount of instances of a " +"given mesh (for example trees in a forest or grass strands)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance.xml:12 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/using_multi_mesh_instance." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance.xml:19 +msgid "" +"The [MultiMesh] resource that will be used and shared among all instances of " +"the [MultiMeshInstance]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml:4 +msgid "Node that instances a [MultiMesh] in 2D." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[MultiMeshInstance2D] is a specialized node to instance a [MultiMesh] " +"resource in 2D.\n" +"Usage is the same as [MultiMeshInstance]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml:16 +msgid "The [MultiMesh] that will be drawn by the [MultiMeshInstance2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:4 +msgid "High-level multiplayer API." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This class implements most of the logic behind the high-level multiplayer " +"API. See also [NetworkedMultiplayerPeer].\n" +"By default, [SceneTree] has a reference to this class that is used to " +"provide multiplayer capabilities (i.e. RPC/RSET) across the whole scene.\n" +"It is possible to override the MultiplayerAPI instance used by specific " +"Nodes by setting the [member Node.custom_multiplayer] property, effectively " +"allowing to run both client and server in the same scene.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The high-level multiplayer API protocol is an implementation " +"detail and isn't meant to be used by non-Godot servers. It may change " +"without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Clears the current MultiplayerAPI network state (you shouldn't call this " +"unless you know what you are doing)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Returns the peer IDs of all connected peers of this MultiplayerAPI's [member " +"network_peer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Returns the unique peer ID of this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Returns the sender's peer ID for the RPC currently being executed.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If not inside an RPC this method will return 0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:43 doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:123 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a [member network_peer] set." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] is " +"in server mode (listening for connections)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Method used for polling the MultiplayerAPI. You only need to worry about " +"this if you are using [member Node.custom_multiplayer] override or you set " +"[member SceneTree.multiplayer_poll] to [code]false[/code]. By default, " +"[SceneTree] will poll its MultiplayerAPI for you.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method results in RPCs and RSETs being called, so they " +"will be executed in the same context of this function (e.g. [code]_process[/" +"code], [code]physics[/code], [Thread])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Sends the given raw [code]bytes[/code] to a specific peer identified by " +"[code]id[/code] (see [method NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.set_target_peer]). " +"Default ID is [code]0[/code], i.e. broadcast to all peers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:71 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code] (or if the [member network_peer] has [member PacketPeer." +"allow_object_decoding] set to [code]true[/code]), the MultiplayerAPI will " +"allow encoding and decoding of object during RPCs/RSETs.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] Deserialized objects can contain code which gets executed. " +"Do not use this option if the serialized object comes from untrusted sources " +"to avoid potential security threats such as remote code execution." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:75 +msgid "" +"The peer object to handle the RPC system (effectively enabling networking " +"when set). Depending on the peer itself, the MultiplayerAPI will become a " +"network server (check with [method is_network_server]) and will set root " +"node's network mode to master, or it will become a regular peer with root " +"node set to puppet. All child nodes are set to inherit the network mode by " +"default. Handling of networking-related events (connection, disconnection, " +"new clients) is done by connecting to MultiplayerAPI's signals." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:78 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] refuses new " +"incoming connections." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:81 +msgid "" +"The root node to use for RPCs. Instead of an absolute path, a relative path " +"will be used to find the node upon which the RPC should be executed.\n" +"This effectively allows to have different branches of the scene tree to be " +"managed by different MultiplayerAPI, allowing for example to run both client " +"and server in the same scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:88 +msgid "" +"Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] successfully " +"connected to a server. Only emitted on clients." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] fails to establish " +"a connection to a server. Only emitted on clients." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:99 +msgid "" +"Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] connects with a new " +"peer. ID is the peer ID of the new peer. Clients get notified when other " +"clients connect to the same server. Upon connecting to a server, a client " +"also receives this signal for the server (with ID being 1)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:105 +msgid "" +"Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] disconnects from a " +"peer. Clients get notified when other clients disconnect from the same " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:112 +msgid "" +"Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] receive a " +"[code]packet[/code] with custom data (see [method send_bytes]). ID is the " +"peer ID of the peer that sent the packet." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:117 +msgid "" +"Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] disconnects from " +"server. Only emitted on clients." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:123 +msgid "" +"Used with [method Node.rpc_config] or [method Node.rset_config] to disable a " +"method or property for all RPC calls, making it unavailable. Default for all " +"methods." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:126 +msgid "" +"Used with [method Node.rpc_config] or [method Node.rset_config] to set a " +"method to be called or a property to be changed only on the remote end, not " +"locally. Analogous to the [code]remote[/code] keyword. Calls and property " +"changes are accepted from all remote peers, no matter if they are node's " +"master or puppets." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:129 +msgid "" +"Used with [method Node.rpc_config] or [method Node.rset_config] to set a " +"method to be called or a property to be changed only on the network master " +"for this node. Analogous to the [code]master[/code] keyword. Only accepts " +"calls or property changes from the node's network puppets, see [method Node." +"set_network_master]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:132 +msgid "" +"Used with [method Node.rpc_config] or [method Node.rset_config] to set a " +"method to be called or a property to be changed only on puppets for this " +"node. Analogous to the [code]puppet[/code] keyword. Only accepts calls or " +"property changes from the node's network master, see [method Node." +"set_network_master]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:135 +msgid "" +"[i]Deprecated.[/i] Use [constant RPC_MODE_PUPPET] instead. Analogous to the " +"[code]slave[/code] keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:138 +msgid "" +"Behave like [constant RPC_MODE_REMOTE] but also make the call or property " +"change locally. Analogous to the [code]remotesync[/code] keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:141 +msgid "" +"[i]Deprecated.[/i] Use [constant RPC_MODE_REMOTESYNC] instead. Analogous to " +"the [code]sync[/code] keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:144 +msgid "" +"Behave like [constant RPC_MODE_MASTER] but also make the call or property " +"change locally. Analogous to the [code]mastersync[/code] keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:147 +msgid "" +"Behave like [constant RPC_MODE_PUPPET] but also make the call or property " +"change locally. Analogous to the [code]puppetsync[/code] keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mutex.xml:4 +msgid "A synchronization mutex (mutual exclusion)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mutex.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A synchronization mutex (mutual exclusion). This is used to synchronize " +"multiple [Thread]s, and is equivalent to a binary [Semaphore]. It guarantees " +"that only one thread can ever acquire the lock at a time. A mutex can be " +"used to protect a critical section; however, be careful to avoid deadlocks." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mutex.xml:10 doc/classes/Semaphore.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:11 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/threads/using_multiple_threads." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mutex.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Locks this [Mutex], blocks until it is unlocked by the current owner.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This function returns without blocking if the thread already " +"has ownership of the mutex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mutex.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Tries locking this [Mutex], but does not block. Returns [constant OK] on " +"success, [constant ERR_BUSY] otherwise.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This function returns [constant OK] if the thread already has " +"ownership of the mutex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Mutex.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Unlocks this [Mutex], leaving it to other threads.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If a thread called [method lock] or [method try_lock] multiple " +"times while already having ownership of the mutex, it must also call [method " +"unlock] the same number of times in order to unlock it correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/NativeScript.xml:13 +msgid "" +"Returns the documentation string that was previously set with " +"[code]godot_nativescript_set_class_documentation[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/NativeScript.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Returns the documentation string that was previously set with " +"[code]godot_nativescript_set_method_documentation[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/NativeScript.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Returns the documentation string that was previously set with " +"[code]godot_nativescript_set_property_documentation[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/NativeScript.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Returns the documentation string that was previously set with " +"[code]godot_nativescript_set_signal_documentation[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/NativeScript.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Constructs a new object of the base type with a script of this type already " +"attached.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Any arguments passed to this function will be ignored and not " +"passed to the native constructor function. This will change with in a future " +"API extension." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:4 +msgid "Mesh-based navigation and pathfinding node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Provides navigation and pathfinding within a collection of " +"[NavigationMesh]es. By default, these will be automatically collected from " +"child [NavigationMeshInstance] nodes, but they can also be added on the fly " +"with [method navmesh_add]. In addition to basic pathfinding, this class also " +"assists with aligning navigation agents with the meshes they are navigating " +"on.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The current navigation system has many known issues and will " +"not always return optimal paths as expected. These issues will be fixed in " +"Godot 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:11 doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:10 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/124" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:18 doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Returns the navigation point closest to the point given. Points are in local " +"coordinate space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Returns the surface normal at the navigation point closest to the point " +"given. Useful for rotating a navigation agent according to the navigation " +"mesh it moves on." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Returns the owner of the [NavigationMesh] which contains the navigation " +"point closest to the point given. This is usually a " +"[NavigationMeshInstance]. For meshes added via [method navmesh_add], returns " +"the owner that was given (or [code]null[/code] if the [code]owner[/code] " +"parameter was omitted)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Returns the navigation point closest to the given line segment. When " +"enabling [code]use_collision[/code], only considers intersection points " +"between segment and navigation meshes. If multiple intersection points are " +"found, the one closest to the segment start point is returned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Returns the path between two given points. Points are in local coordinate " +"space. If [code]optimize[/code] is [code]true[/code] (the default), the " +"agent properties associated with each [NavigationMesh] (radius, height, " +"etc.) are considered in the path calculation, otherwise they are ignored.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method has known issues and will often return non-optimal " +"paths. These issues will be fixed in Godot 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:60 +msgid "" +"Adds a [NavigationMesh]. Returns an ID for use with [method navmesh_remove] " +"or [method navmesh_set_transform]. If given, a [Transform2D] is applied to " +"the polygon. The optional [code]owner[/code] is used as return value for " +"[method get_closest_point_owner]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:67 +msgid "Removes the [NavigationMesh] with the given ID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:75 +msgid "Sets the transform applied to the [NavigationMesh] with the given ID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:81 +msgid "" +"Defines which direction is up. By default, this is [code](0, 1, 0)[/code], " +"which is the world's \"up\" direction." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml:4 +msgid "2D navigation and pathfinding node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Navigation2D provides navigation and pathfinding within a 2D area, specified " +"as a collection of [NavigationPolygon] resources. By default, these are " +"automatically collected from child [NavigationPolygonInstance] nodes, but " +"they can also be added on the fly with [method navpoly_add].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The current navigation system has many known issues and will " +"not always return optimal paths as expected. These issues will be fixed in " +"Godot 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml:11 doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:27 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/117" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Returns the owner of the [NavigationPolygon] which contains the navigation " +"point closest to the point given. This is usually a " +"[NavigationPolygonInstance]. For polygons added via [method navpoly_add], " +"returns the owner that was given (or [code]null[/code] if the [code]owner[/" +"code] parameter was omitted)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Returns the path between two given points. Points are in local coordinate " +"space. If [code]optimize[/code] is [code]true[/code] (the default), the path " +"is smoothed by merging path segments where possible.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method has known issues and will often return non-optimal " +"paths. These issues will be fixed in Godot 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Adds a [NavigationPolygon]. Returns an ID for use with [method " +"navpoly_remove] or [method navpoly_set_transform]. If given, a [Transform2D] " +"is applied to the polygon. The optional [code]owner[/code] is used as return " +"value for [method get_closest_point_owner]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml:51 +msgid "Removes the [NavigationPolygon] with the given ID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Sets the transform applied to the [NavigationPolygon] with the given ID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:4 +msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A navigation mesh is a collection of polygons that define which areas of an " +"environment are traversable to aid agents in pathfinding through complicated " +"spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:17 doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Adds a polygon using the indices of the vertices you get when calling " +"[method get_vertices]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Clears the array of polygons, but it doesn't clear the array of vertices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Initializes the navigation mesh by setting the vertices and indices " +"according to a [Mesh]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Returns whether the specified [code]bit[/code] of the [member geometry/" +"collision_mask] is set." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:44 doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:81 +msgid "" +"Returns a [PoolIntArray] containing the indices of the vertices of a created " +"polygon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:50 +msgid "Returns the number of polygons in the navigation mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Returns a [PoolVector3Array] containing all the vertices being used to " +"create the polygons." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:64 +msgid "" +"If [code]value[/code] is [code]true[/code], sets the specified [code]bit[/" +"code] in the [member geometry/collision_mask].\n" +"If [code]value[/code] is [code]false[/code], clears the specified [code]bit[/" +"code] in the [member geometry/collision_mask]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:72 doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:121 +msgid "" +"Sets the vertices that can be then indexed to create polygons with the " +"[method add_polygon] method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:78 +msgid "" +"The minimum floor to ceiling height that will still allow the floor area to " +"be considered walkable.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] While baking, this value will be rounded up to the nearest " +"multiple of [member cell/height]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:82 +msgid "" +"The minimum ledge height that is considered to still be traversable.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] While baking, this value will be rounded down to the nearest " +"multiple of [member cell/height]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:86 +msgid "The maximum slope that is considered walkable, in degrees." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:89 +msgid "" +"The distance to erode/shrink the walkable area of the heightfield away from " +"obstructions.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] While baking, this value will be rounded up to the nearest " +"multiple of [member cell/size]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:93 +msgid "The Y axis cell size to use for fields." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:96 +msgid "The XZ plane cell size to use for fields." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:99 +msgid "" +"The sampling distance to use when generating the detail mesh, in cell unit." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:102 +msgid "" +"The maximum distance the detail mesh surface should deviate from " +"heightfield, in cell unit." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:105 +msgid "" +"The maximum distance a simplfied contour's border edges should deviate the " +"original raw contour." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:108 +msgid "" +"The maximum allowed length for contour edges along the border of the mesh.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] While baking, this value will be rounded up to the nearest " +"multiple of [member cell/size]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:112 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], marks walkable spans as not walkable if the clearance " +"above the span is less than [member agent/height]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:115 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], marks spans that are ledges as non-walkable." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:118 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], marks non-walkable spans as walkable if their maximum " +"is within [member agent/max_climb] of a walkable neighbor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:121 +msgid "" +"The physics layers to scan for static colliders.\n" +"Only used when [member geometry/parsed_geometry_type] is [constant " +"PARSED_GEOMETRY_STATIC_COLLIDERS] or [constant PARSED_GEOMETRY_BOTH]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:125 +msgid "" +"Determines which type of nodes will be parsed as geometry. See [enum " +"ParsedGeometryType] for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:128 +msgid "" +"The source of the geometry used when baking. See [enum SourceGeometryMode] " +"for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:131 +msgid "" +"The name of the group to scan for geometry.\n" +"Only used when [member geometry/source_geometry_mode] is [constant " +"SOURCE_GEOMETRY_GROUPS_WITH_CHILDREN] or [constant " +"SOURCE_GEOMETRY_GROUPS_EXPLICIT]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:135 +msgid "" +"The maximum number of vertices allowed for polygons generated during the " +"contour to polygon conversion process." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:138 +msgid "" +"Any regions with a size smaller than this will be merged with larger regions " +"if possible.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This value will be squared to calculate the number of cells. " +"For example, a value of 20 will set the number of cells to 400." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:142 +msgid "" +"The minimum size of a region for it to be created.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This value will be squared to calculate the minimum number of " +"cells allowed to form isolated island areas. For example, a value of 8 will " +"set the number of cells to 64." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:146 +msgid "" +"Partitioning algorithm for creating the navigation mesh polys. See [enum " +"SamplePartitionType] for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:151 +msgid "" +"Watershed partitioning. Generally the best choice if you precompute the " +"navigation mesh, use this if you have large open areas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:154 +msgid "" +"Monotone partitioning. Use this if you want fast navigation mesh generation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:157 +msgid "" +"Layer partitioning. Good choice to use for tiled navigation mesh with medium " +"and small sized tiles." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:160 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum SamplePartitionType] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:163 +msgid "" +"Parses mesh instances as geometry. This includes [MeshInstance], [CSGShape], " +"and [GridMap] nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:166 +msgid "" +"Parses [StaticBody] colliders as geometry. The collider should be in any of " +"the layers specified by [member geometry/collision_mask]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:169 +msgid "" +"Both [constant PARSED_GEOMETRY_MESH_INSTANCES] and [constant " +"PARSED_GEOMETRY_STATIC_COLLIDERS]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:172 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum ParsedGeometryType] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:175 +msgid "" +"Scans the child nodes of [NavigationMeshInstance] recursively for geometry." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:178 +msgid "" +"Scans nodes in a group and their child nodes recursively for geometry. The " +"group is specified by [member geometry/source_group_name]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:181 +msgid "" +"Uses nodes in a group for geometry. The group is specified by [member " +"geometry/source_group_name]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:184 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum SourceGeometryMode] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMeshInstance.xml:4 +msgid "Node that instances navigation meshes into a scenario." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMeshInstance.xml:7 +msgid "" +"NavigationMeshInstance is a node that takes a [NavigationMesh] resource and " +"adds it to the current scenario by creating an instance of it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMeshInstance.xml:15 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the navigation mesh will be used by [Navigation]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationMeshInstance.xml:18 +msgid "The [NavigationMesh] resource for the instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:4 +msgid "" +"A node that has methods to draw outlines or use indices of vertices to " +"create navigation polygons." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:7 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to create polygons. Either by using the [method " +"add_outline] method, or using the [method add_polygon] method.\n" +"Using [method add_outline]:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var polygon = NavigationPolygon.new()\n" +"var outline = PoolVector2Array([Vector2(0, 0), Vector2(0, 50), Vector2(50, " +"50), Vector2(50, 0)])\n" +"polygon.add_outline(outline)\n" +"polygon.make_polygons_from_outlines()\n" +"$NavigationPolygonInstance.navpoly = polygon\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Using [method add_polygon] and indices of the vertices array.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var polygon = NavigationPolygon.new()\n" +"var vertices = PoolVector2Array([Vector2(0, 0), Vector2(0, 50), Vector2(50, " +"50), Vector2(50, 0)])\n" +"polygon.set_vertices(vertices)\n" +"var indices = PoolIntArray(0, 3, 1)\n" +"polygon.add_polygon(indices)\n" +"$NavigationPolygonInstance.navpoly = polygon\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Appends a [PoolVector2Array] that contains the vertices of an outline to the " +"internal array that contains all the outlines. You have to call [method " +"make_polygons_from_outlines] in order for this array to be converted to " +"polygons that the engine will use." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:42 +msgid "" +"Adds a [PoolVector2Array] that contains the vertices of an outline to the " +"internal array that contains all the outlines at a fixed position. You have " +"to call [method make_polygons_from_outlines] in order for this array to be " +"converted to polygons that the engine will use." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Clears the array of the outlines, but it doesn't clear the vertices and the " +"polygons that were created by them." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Clears the array of polygons, but it doesn't clear the array of outlines and " +"vertices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Returns a [PoolVector2Array] containing the vertices of an outline that was " +"created in the editor or by script." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of outlines that were created in the editor or by script." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:87 +msgid "Returns the count of all polygons." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Returns a [PoolVector2Array] containing all the vertices being used to " +"create the polygons." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:99 +msgid "Creates polygons from the outlines added in the editor or by script." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:106 +msgid "" +"Removes an outline created in the editor or by script. You have to call " +"[method make_polygons_from_outlines] for the polygons to update." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:114 +msgid "" +"Changes an outline created in the editor or by script. You have to call " +"[method make_polygons_from_outlines] for the polygons to update." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:4 +msgid "" +"PacketPeer implementation using the [url=http://enet.bespin.org/index." +"html]ENet[/url] library." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A PacketPeer implementation that should be passed to [member SceneTree." +"network_peer] after being initialized as either a client or server. Events " +"can then be handled by connecting to [SceneTree] signals.\n" +"ENet's purpose is to provide a relatively thin, simple and robust network " +"communication layer on top of UDP (User Datagram Protocol).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] ENet only uses UDP, not TCP. When forwarding the server port to " +"make your server accessible on the public Internet, you only need to forward " +"the server port in UDP. You can use the [UPNP] class to try to forward the " +"server port automatically when starting the server." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:11 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/networking/" +"high_level_multiplayer.html" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:13 +msgid "http://enet.bespin.org/usergroup0.html" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Closes the connection. Ignored if no connection is currently established. If " +"this is a server it tries to notify all clients before forcibly " +"disconnecting them. If this is a client it simply closes the connection to " +"the server." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Create client that connects to a server at [code]address[/code] using " +"specified [code]port[/code]. The given address needs to be either a fully " +"qualified domain name (e.g. [code]\"www.example.com\"[/code]) or an IP " +"address in IPv4 or IPv6 format (e.g. [code]\"192.168.1.1\"[/code]). The " +"[code]port[/code] is the port the server is listening on. The " +"[code]in_bandwidth[/code] and [code]out_bandwidth[/code] parameters can be " +"used to limit the incoming and outgoing bandwidth to the given number of " +"bytes per second. The default of 0 means unlimited bandwidth. Note that ENet " +"will strategically drop packets on specific sides of a connection between " +"peers to ensure the peer's bandwidth is not overwhelmed. The bandwidth " +"parameters also determine the window size of a connection which limits the " +"amount of reliable packets that may be in transit at any given time. Returns " +"[constant OK] if a client was created, [constant ERR_ALREADY_IN_USE] if this " +"NetworkedMultiplayerENet instance already has an open connection (in which " +"case you need to call [method close_connection] first) or [constant " +"ERR_CANT_CREATE] if the client could not be created. If [code]client_port[/" +"code] is specified, the client will also listen to the given port; this is " +"useful for some NAT traversal techniques." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Create server that listens to connections via [code]port[/code]. The port " +"needs to be an available, unused port between 0 and 65535. Note that ports " +"below 1024 are privileged and may require elevated permissions depending on " +"the platform. To change the interface the server listens on, use [method " +"set_bind_ip]. The default IP is the wildcard [code]\"*\"[/code], which " +"listens on all available interfaces. [code]max_clients[/code] is the maximum " +"number of clients that are allowed at once, any number up to 4095 may be " +"used, although the achievable number of simultaneous clients may be far " +"lower and depends on the application. For additional details on the " +"bandwidth parameters, see [method create_client]. Returns [constant OK] if a " +"server was created, [constant ERR_ALREADY_IN_USE] if this " +"NetworkedMultiplayerENet instance already has an open connection (in which " +"case you need to call [method close_connection] first) or [constant " +"ERR_CANT_CREATE] if the server could not be created." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Disconnect the given peer. If \"now\" is set to [code]true[/code], the " +"connection will be closed immediately without flushing queued messages." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Returns the channel of the last packet fetched via [method PacketPeer." +"get_packet]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Returns the channel of the next packet that will be retrieved via [method " +"PacketPeer.get_packet]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:68 +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:27 +msgid "Returns the IP address of the given peer." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:75 +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:34 +msgid "Returns the remote port of the given peer." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:82 +msgid "" +"The IP used when creating a server. This is set to the wildcard [code]\"*\"[/" +"code] by default, which binds to all available interfaces. The given IP " +"needs to be in IPv4 or IPv6 address format, for example: " +"[code]\"192.168.1.1\"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:89 +msgid "" +"Configure the [X509Certificate] to use when [member use_dtls] is [code]true[/" +"code]. For servers, you must also setup the [CryptoKey] via [method " +"set_dtls_key]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Configure the [CryptoKey] to use when [member use_dtls] is [code]true[/" +"code]. Remember to also call [method set_dtls_certificate] to setup your " +"[X509Certificate]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:106 +msgid "" +"Sets the timeout parameters for a peer.The timeout parameters control how " +"and when a peer will timeout from a failure to acknowledge reliable traffic. " +"Timeout values are expressed in milliseconds.\n" +"The [code]timeout_limit[/code] is a factor that, multiplied by a value based " +"on the average round trip time, will determine the timeout limit for a " +"reliable packet. When that limit is reached, the timeout will be doubled, " +"and the peer will be disconnected if that limit has reached " +"[code]timeout_min[/code]. The [code]timeout_max[/code] parameter, on the " +"other hand, defines a fixed timeout for which any packet must be " +"acknowledged or the peer will be dropped." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:113 +msgid "" +"Enforce ordered packets when using [constant NetworkedMultiplayerPeer." +"TRANSFER_MODE_UNRELIABLE] (thus behaving similarly to [constant " +"NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.TRANSFER_MODE_UNRELIABLE_ORDERED]). This is the " +"only way to use ordering with the RPC system." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:116 +msgid "" +"The number of channels to be used by ENet. Channels are used to separate " +"different kinds of data. In reliable or ordered mode, for example, the " +"packet delivery order is ensured on a per-channel basis. This is done to " +"combat latency and reduces ordering restrictions on packets. The delivery " +"status of a packet in one channel won't stall the delivery of other packets " +"in another channel." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:119 +msgid "" +"The compression method used for network packets. These have different " +"tradeoffs of compression speed versus bandwidth, you may need to test which " +"one works best for your use case if you use compression at all.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Most games' network design involve sending many small packets " +"frequently (smaller than 4 KB each). If in doubt, it is recommended to keep " +"the default compression algorithm as it works best on these small packets.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [member compression_mode] must be set to the same value on both " +"the server and all its clients. Clients will fail to connect if the [member " +"compression_mode] set on the client differs from the one set on the server. " +"Prior to Godot 3.4, the default [member compression_mode] was [constant " +"COMPRESS_NONE]. Nonetheless, mixing engine versions between clients and " +"server is not recommended and not officially supported." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:124 +msgid "" +"The hostname used for DTLS verification, to be compared against the \"CN\" " +"value in the certificate provided by the server.\n" +"When set to an empty string, the [code]address[/code] parameter passed to " +"[method create_client] is used instead." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:128 +msgid "" +"Enable or disable certificate verification when [member use_dtls] " +"[code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:132 +msgid "" +"Enable or disable the server feature that notifies clients of other peers' " +"connection/disconnection, and relays messages between them. When this option " +"is [code]false[/code], clients won't be automatically notified of other " +"peers and won't be able to send them packets through the server." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:135 +msgid "" +"Set the default channel to be used to transfer data. By default, this value " +"is [code]-1[/code] which means that ENet will only use 2 channels: one for " +"reliable packets, and one for unreliable packets. The channel [code]0[/code] " +"is reserved and cannot be used. Setting this member to any value between " +"[code]0[/code] and [member channel_count] (excluded) will force ENet to use " +"that channel for sending data. See [member channel_count] for more " +"information about ENet channels." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:139 +msgid "" +"When enabled, the client or server created by this peer, will use " +"[PacketPeerDTLS] instead of raw UDP sockets for communicating with the " +"remote peer. This will make the communication encrypted with DTLS at the " +"cost of higher resource usage and potentially larger packet size.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When creating a DTLS server, make sure you setup the key/" +"certificate pair via [method set_dtls_key] and [method " +"set_dtls_certificate]. For DTLS clients, have a look at the [member " +"dtls_verify] option, and configure the certificate accordingly via [method " +"set_dtls_certificate]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:145 +msgid "" +"No compression. This uses the most bandwidth, but has the upside of " +"requiring the fewest CPU resources. This option may also be used to make " +"network debugging using tools like Wireshark easier." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:148 +msgid "" +"ENet's built-in range encoding. Works well on small packets, but is not the " +"most efficient algorithm on packets larger than 4 KB." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:151 +msgid "" +"[url=http://fastlz.org/]FastLZ[/url] compression. This option uses less CPU " +"resources compared to [constant COMPRESS_ZLIB], at the expense of using more " +"bandwidth." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:154 +msgid "" +"[url=https://www.zlib.net/]Zlib[/url] compression. This option uses less " +"bandwidth compared to [constant COMPRESS_FASTLZ], at the expense of using " +"more CPU resources. Note that this algorithm is not very efficient on " +"packets smaller than 4 KB. Therefore, it's recommended to use other " +"compression algorithms in most cases." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:157 +msgid "[url=https://facebook.github.io/zstd/]Zstandard[/url] compression." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:4 +msgid "A high-level network interface to simplify multiplayer interactions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Manages the connection to network peers. Assigns unique IDs to each client " +"connected to the server. See also [MultiplayerAPI].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The high-level multiplayer API protocol is an implementation " +"detail and isn't meant to be used by non-Godot servers. It may change " +"without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:12 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/537" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Returns the current state of the connection. See [enum ConnectionStatus]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Returns the ID of the [NetworkedMultiplayerPeer] who sent the most recent " +"packet." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:30 +msgid "Returns the ID of this [NetworkedMultiplayerPeer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:36 +msgid "Waits up to 1 second to receive a new network event." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:43 +msgid "" +"Sets the peer to which packets will be sent.\n" +"The [code]id[/code] can be one of: [constant TARGET_PEER_BROADCAST] to send " +"to all connected peers, [constant TARGET_PEER_SERVER] to send to the peer " +"acting as server, a valid peer ID to send to that specific peer, a negative " +"peer ID to send to all peers except that one. By default, the target peer is " +"[constant TARGET_PEER_BROADCAST]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:50 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], this [NetworkedMultiplayerPeer] refuses new " +"connections." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:53 +msgid "" +"The manner in which to send packets to the [code]target_peer[/code]. See " +"[enum TransferMode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:59 +msgid "Emitted when a connection attempt fails." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:64 +msgid "Emitted when a connection attempt succeeds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:70 +msgid "Emitted by the server when a client connects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:76 +msgid "Emitted by the server when a client disconnects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:81 +msgid "Emitted by clients when the server disconnects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:87 +msgid "" +"Packets are not acknowledged, no resend attempts are made for lost packets. " +"Packets may arrive in any order. Potentially faster than [constant " +"TRANSFER_MODE_UNRELIABLE_ORDERED]. Use for non-critical data, and always " +"consider whether the order matters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:90 +msgid "" +"Packets are not acknowledged, no resend attempts are made for lost packets. " +"Packets are received in the order they were sent in. Potentially faster than " +"[constant TRANSFER_MODE_RELIABLE]. Use for non-critical data or data that " +"would be outdated if received late due to resend attempt(s) anyway, for " +"example movement and positional data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Packets must be received and resend attempts should be made until the " +"packets are acknowledged. Packets must be received in the order they were " +"sent in. Most reliable transfer mode, but potentially the slowest due to the " +"overhead. Use for critical data that must be transmitted and arrive in " +"order, for example an ability being triggered or a chat message. Consider " +"carefully if the information really is critical, and use sparingly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:96 +msgid "The ongoing connection disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:99 +msgid "A connection attempt is ongoing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:102 +msgid "The connection attempt succeeded." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:105 +msgid "Packets are sent to the server and then redistributed to other peers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:108 +msgid "Packets are sent to the server alone." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Scalable texture-based frame that tiles the texture's centers and sides, but " +"keeps the corners' original size. Perfect for panels and dialog boxes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Also known as 9-slice panels, NinePatchRect produces clean panels of any " +"size, based on a small texture. To do so, it splits the texture in a 3×3 " +"grid. When you scale the node, it tiles the texture's sides horizontally or " +"vertically, the center on both axes but it doesn't scale or tile the corners." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Returns the size of the margin identified by the given [enum Margin] " +"constant." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Sets the size of the margin identified by the given [enum Margin] constant " +"to [code]value[/code] in pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The stretch mode to use for horizontal stretching/tiling. See [enum " +"NinePatchRect.AxisStretchMode] for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:33 +msgid "" +"The stretch mode to use for vertical stretching/tiling. See [enum " +"NinePatchRect.AxisStretchMode] for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:36 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], draw the panel's center. Else, only draw the 9-slice's " +"borders." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:40 +msgid "" +"The height of the 9-slice's bottom row. A margin of 16 means the 9-slice's " +"bottom corners and side will have a height of 16 pixels. You can set all 4 " +"margin values individually to create panels with non-uniform borders." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:43 +msgid "" +"The width of the 9-slice's left column. A margin of 16 means the 9-slice's " +"left corners and side will have a width of 16 pixels. You can set all 4 " +"margin values individually to create panels with non-uniform borders." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:46 +msgid "" +"The width of the 9-slice's right column. A margin of 16 means the 9-slice's " +"right corners and side will have a width of 16 pixels. You can set all 4 " +"margin values individually to create panels with non-uniform borders." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:49 +msgid "" +"The height of the 9-slice's top row. A margin of 16 means the 9-slice's top " +"corners and side will have a height of 16 pixels. You can set all 4 margin " +"values individually to create panels with non-uniform borders." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Rectangular region of the texture to sample from. If you're working with an " +"atlas, use this property to define the area the 9-slice should use. All " +"other properties are relative to this one. If the rect is empty, " +"NinePatchRect will use the whole texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:55 +msgid "The node's texture resource." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:61 +msgid "Emitted when the node's texture changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Stretches the center texture across the NinePatchRect. This may cause the " +"texture to be distorted." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:70 +msgid "" +"Repeats the center texture across the NinePatchRect. This won't cause any " +"visible distortion. The texture must be seamless for this to work without " +"displaying artifacts between edges.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Only supported when using the GLES3 renderer. When using the " +"GLES2 renderer, this will behave like [constant AXIS_STRETCH_MODE_STRETCH]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Repeats the center texture across the NinePatchRect, but will also stretch " +"the texture to make sure each tile is visible in full. This may cause the " +"texture to be distorted, but less than [constant AXIS_STRETCH_MODE_STRETCH]. " +"The texture must be seamless for this to work without displaying artifacts " +"between edges.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Only supported when using the GLES3 renderer. When using the " +"GLES2 renderer, this will behave like [constant AXIS_STRETCH_MODE_STRETCH]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for all [i]scene[/i] objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Nodes are Godot's building blocks. They can be assigned as the child of " +"another node, resulting in a tree arrangement. A given node can contain any " +"number of nodes as children with the requirement that all siblings (direct " +"children of a node) should have unique names.\n" +"A tree of nodes is called a [i]scene[/i]. Scenes can be saved to the disk " +"and then instanced into other scenes. This allows for very high flexibility " +"in the architecture and data model of Godot projects.\n" +"[b]Scene tree:[/b] The [SceneTree] contains the active tree of nodes. When a " +"node is added to the scene tree, it receives the [constant " +"NOTIFICATION_ENTER_TREE] notification and its [method _enter_tree] callback " +"is triggered. Child nodes are always added [i]after[/i] their parent node, i." +"e. the [method _enter_tree] callback of a parent node will be triggered " +"before its child's.\n" +"Once all nodes have been added in the scene tree, they receive the [constant " +"NOTIFICATION_READY] notification and their respective [method _ready] " +"callbacks are triggered. For groups of nodes, the [method _ready] callback " +"is called in reverse order, starting with the children and moving up to the " +"parent nodes.\n" +"This means that when adding a node to the scene tree, the following order " +"will be used for the callbacks: [method _enter_tree] of the parent, [method " +"_enter_tree] of the children, [method _ready] of the children and finally " +"[method _ready] of the parent (recursively for the entire scene tree).\n" +"[b]Processing:[/b] Nodes can override the \"process\" state, so that they " +"receive a callback on each frame requesting them to process (do something). " +"Normal processing (callback [method _process], toggled with [method " +"set_process]) happens as fast as possible and is dependent on the frame " +"rate, so the processing time [i]delta[/i] (in seconds) is passed as an " +"argument. Physics processing (callback [method _physics_process], toggled " +"with [method set_physics_process]) happens a fixed number of times per " +"second (60 by default) and is useful for code related to the physics " +"engine.\n" +"Nodes can also process input events. When present, the [method _input] " +"function will be called for each input that the program receives. In many " +"cases, this can be overkill (unless used for simple projects), and the " +"[method _unhandled_input] function might be preferred; it is called when the " +"input event was not handled by anyone else (typically, GUI [Control] nodes), " +"ensuring that the node only receives the events that were meant for it.\n" +"To keep track of the scene hierarchy (especially when instancing scenes into " +"other scenes), an \"owner\" can be set for the node with the [member owner] " +"property. This keeps track of who instanced what. This is mostly useful when " +"writing editors and tools, though.\n" +"Finally, when a node is freed with [method Object.free] or [method " +"queue_free], it will also free all its children.\n" +"[b]Groups:[/b] Nodes can be added to as many groups as you want to be easy " +"to manage, you could create groups like \"enemies\" or \"collectables\" for " +"example, depending on your game. See [method add_to_group], [method " +"is_in_group] and [method remove_from_group]. You can then retrieve all nodes " +"in these groups, iterate them and even call methods on groups via the " +"methods on [SceneTree].\n" +"[b]Networking with nodes:[/b] After connecting to a server (or making one, " +"see [NetworkedMultiplayerENet]), it is possible to use the built-in RPC " +"(remote procedure call) system to communicate over the network. By calling " +"[method rpc] with a method name, it will be called locally and in all " +"connected peers (peers = clients and the server that accepts connections). " +"To identify which node receives the RPC call, Godot will use its [NodePath] " +"(make sure node names are the same on all peers). Also, take a look at the " +"high-level networking tutorial and corresponding demos." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:20 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/step_by_step/" +"scenes_and_nodes.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:21 +msgid "https://github.com/godotengine/godot-demo-projects/" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Called when the node enters the [SceneTree] (e.g. upon instancing, scene " +"changing, or after calling [method add_child] in a script). If the node has " +"children, its [method _enter_tree] callback will be called first, and then " +"that of the children.\n" +"Corresponds to the [constant NOTIFICATION_ENTER_TREE] notification in " +"[method Object._notification]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Called when the node is about to leave the [SceneTree] (e.g. upon freeing, " +"scene changing, or after calling [method remove_child] in a script). If the " +"node has children, its [method _exit_tree] callback will be called last, " +"after all its children have left the tree.\n" +"Corresponds to the [constant NOTIFICATION_EXIT_TREE] notification in [method " +"Object._notification] and signal [signal tree_exiting]. To get notified when " +"the node has already left the active tree, connect to the [signal " +"tree_exited]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:41 +msgid "" +"The string returned from this method is displayed as a warning in the Scene " +"Dock if the script that overrides it is a [code]tool[/code] script.\n" +"Returning an empty string produces no warning.\n" +"Call [method update_configuration_warning] when the warning needs to be " +"updated for this node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Called when there is an input event. The input event propagates up through " +"the node tree until a node consumes it.\n" +"It is only called if input processing is enabled, which is done " +"automatically if this method is overridden, and can be toggled with [method " +"set_process_input].\n" +"To consume the input event and stop it propagating further to other nodes, " +"[method SceneTree.set_input_as_handled] can be called.\n" +"For gameplay input, [method _unhandled_input] and [method " +"_unhandled_key_input] are usually a better fit as they allow the GUI to " +"intercept the events first.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is only called if the node is present in the scene " +"tree (i.e. if it's not orphan)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Called during the physics processing step of the main loop. Physics " +"processing means that the frame rate is synced to the physics, i.e. the " +"[code]delta[/code] variable should be constant. [code]delta[/code] is in " +"seconds.\n" +"It is only called if physics processing is enabled, which is done " +"automatically if this method is overridden, and can be toggled with [method " +"set_physics_process].\n" +"Corresponds to the [constant NOTIFICATION_PHYSICS_PROCESS] notification in " +"[method Object._notification].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is only called if the node is present in the scene " +"tree (i.e. if it's not orphan)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:71 +msgid "" +"Called during the processing step of the main loop. Processing happens at " +"every frame and as fast as possible, so the [code]delta[/code] time since " +"the previous frame is not constant. [code]delta[/code] is in seconds.\n" +"It is only called if processing is enabled, which is done automatically if " +"this method is overridden, and can be toggled with [method set_process].\n" +"Corresponds to the [constant NOTIFICATION_PROCESS] notification in [method " +"Object._notification].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is only called if the node is present in the scene " +"tree (i.e. if it's not orphan)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:80 +msgid "" +"Called when the node is \"ready\", i.e. when both the node and its children " +"have entered the scene tree. If the node has children, their [method _ready] " +"callbacks get triggered first, and the parent node will receive the ready " +"notification afterwards.\n" +"Corresponds to the [constant NOTIFICATION_READY] notification in [method " +"Object._notification]. See also the [code]onready[/code] keyword for " +"variables.\n" +"Usually used for initialization. For even earlier initialization, [method " +"Object._init] may be used. See also [method _enter_tree].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [method _ready] may be called only once for each node. After " +"removing a node from the scene tree and adding again, [code]_ready[/code] " +"will not be called for the second time. This can be bypassed with requesting " +"another call with [method request_ready], which may be called anywhere " +"before adding the node again." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:90 +msgid "" +"Called when an [InputEvent] hasn't been consumed by [method _input] or any " +"GUI. The input event propagates up through the node tree until a node " +"consumes it.\n" +"It is only called if unhandled input processing is enabled, which is done " +"automatically if this method is overridden, and can be toggled with [method " +"set_process_unhandled_input].\n" +"To consume the input event and stop it propagating further to other nodes, " +"[method SceneTree.set_input_as_handled] can be called.\n" +"For gameplay input, this and [method _unhandled_key_input] are usually a " +"better fit than [method _input] as they allow the GUI to intercept the " +"events first.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is only called if the node is present in the scene " +"tree (i.e. if it's not orphan)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:101 +msgid "" +"Called when an [InputEventKey] hasn't been consumed by [method _input] or " +"any GUI. The input event propagates up through the node tree until a node " +"consumes it.\n" +"It is only called if unhandled key input processing is enabled, which is " +"done automatically if this method is overridden, and can be toggled with " +"[method set_process_unhandled_key_input].\n" +"To consume the input event and stop it propagating further to other nodes, " +"[method SceneTree.set_input_as_handled] can be called.\n" +"For gameplay input, this and [method _unhandled_input] are usually a better " +"fit than [method _input] as they allow the GUI to intercept the events " +"first.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is only called if the node is present in the scene " +"tree (i.e. if it's not orphan)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:113 +msgid "" +"Adds a child node. Nodes can have any number of children, but every child " +"must have a unique name. Child nodes are automatically deleted when the " +"parent node is deleted, so an entire scene can be removed by deleting its " +"topmost node.\n" +"If [code]legible_unique_name[/code] is [code]true[/code], the child node " +"will have a human-readable name based on the name of the node being " +"instanced instead of its type.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If the child node already has a parent, the function will fail. " +"Use [method remove_child] first to remove the node from its current parent. " +"For example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"if child_node.get_parent():\n" +" child_node.get_parent().remove_child(child_node)\n" +"add_child(child_node)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If you want a child to be persisted to a [PackedScene], you " +"must set [member owner] in addition to calling [method add_child]. This is " +"typically relevant for [url=https://godot.readthedocs.io/en/3.2/tutorials/" +"misc/running_code_in_the_editor.html]tool scripts[/url] and [url=https://" +"godot.readthedocs.io/en/latest/tutorials/plugins/editor/index.html]editor " +"plugins[/url]. If [method add_child] is called without setting [member " +"owner], the newly added [Node] will not be visible in the scene tree, though " +"it will be visible in the 2D/3D view." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:130 +msgid "" +"Adds [code]child_node[/code] as a child. The child is placed below the given " +"[code]node[/code] in the list of children.\n" +"If [code]legible_unique_name[/code] is [code]true[/code], the child node " +"will have a human-readable name based on the name of the node being " +"instanced instead of its type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:139 +msgid "" +"Adds the node to a group. Groups are helpers to name and organize a subset " +"of nodes, for example \"enemies\" or \"collectables\". A node can be in any " +"number of groups. Nodes can be assigned a group at any time, but will not be " +"added until they are inside the scene tree (see [method is_inside_tree]). " +"See notes in the description, and the group methods in [SceneTree].\n" +"The [code]persistent[/code] option is used when packing node to " +"[PackedScene] and saving to file. Non-persistent groups aren't stored.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] For performance reasons, the order of node groups is [i]not[/i] " +"guaranteed. The order of node groups should not be relied upon as it can " +"vary across project runs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:147 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the node can process while the scene tree is " +"paused (see [member pause_mode]). Always returns [code]true[/code] if the " +"scene tree is not paused, and [code]false[/code] if the node is not in the " +"tree." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:154 +msgid "" +"Duplicates the node, returning a new node.\n" +"You can fine-tune the behavior using the [code]flags[/code] (see [enum " +"DuplicateFlags]).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] It will not work properly if the node contains a script with " +"constructor arguments (i.e. needs to supply arguments to [method Object." +"_init] method). In that case, the node will be duplicated without a script." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:165 +msgid "" +"Finds a descendant of this node whose name matches [code]mask[/code] as in " +"[method String.match] (i.e. case-sensitive, but [code]\"*\"[/code] matches " +"zero or more characters and [code]\"?\"[/code] matches any single character " +"except [code]\".\"[/code]).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] It does not match against the full path, just against " +"individual node names.\n" +"If [code]owned[/code] is [code]true[/code], this method only finds nodes " +"whose owner is this node. This is especially important for scenes " +"instantiated through a script, because those scenes don't have an owner.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] As this method walks through all the descendants of the node, " +"it is the slowest way to get a reference to another node. Whenever possible, " +"consider using [method get_node] instead. To avoid using [method find_node] " +"too often, consider caching the node reference into a variable." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:175 +msgid "" +"Finds the first parent of the current node whose name matches [code]mask[/" +"code] as in [method String.match] (i.e. case-sensitive, but [code]\"*\"[/" +"code] matches zero or more characters and [code]\"?\"[/code] matches any " +"single character except [code]\".\"[/code]).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] It does not match against the full path, just against " +"individual node names.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] As this method walks upwards in the scene tree, it can be slow " +"in large, deeply nested scene trees. Whenever possible, consider using " +"[method get_node] instead. To avoid using [method find_parent] too often, " +"consider caching the node reference into a variable." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:184 +msgid "" +"Returns a child node by its index (see [method get_child_count]). This " +"method is often used for iterating all children of a node.\n" +"To access a child node via its name, use [method get_node]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:191 +msgid "Returns the number of child nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:197 +msgid "Returns an array of references to node's children." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Returns an array listing the groups that the node is a member of.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] For performance reasons, the order of node groups is [i]not[/i] " +"guaranteed. The order of node groups should not be relied upon as it can " +"vary across project runs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:210 +msgid "" +"Returns the node's index, i.e. its position among the siblings of its parent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:216 +msgid "" +"Returns the peer ID of the network master for this node. See [method " +"set_network_master]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:223 +msgid "" +"Fetches a node. The [NodePath] can be either a relative path (from the " +"current node) or an absolute path (in the scene tree) to a node. If the path " +"does not exist, a [code]null instance[/code] is returned and an error is " +"logged. Attempts to access methods on the return value will result in an " +"\"Attempt to call <method> on a null instance.\" error.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Fetching absolute paths only works when the node is inside the " +"scene tree (see [method is_inside_tree]).\n" +"[b]Example:[/b] Assume your current node is Character and the following " +"tree:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"/root\n" +"/root/Character\n" +"/root/Character/Sword\n" +"/root/Character/Backpack/Dagger\n" +"/root/MyGame\n" +"/root/Swamp/Alligator\n" +"/root/Swamp/Mosquito\n" +"/root/Swamp/Goblin\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Possible paths are:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"get_node(\"Sword\")\n" +"get_node(\"Backpack/Dagger\")\n" +"get_node(\"../Swamp/Alligator\")\n" +"get_node(\"/root/MyGame\")\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:249 +msgid "" +"Fetches a node and one of its resources as specified by the [NodePath]'s " +"subname (e.g. [code]Area2D/CollisionShape2D:shape[/code]). If several nested " +"resources are specified in the [NodePath], the last one will be fetched.\n" +"The return value is an array of size 3: the first index points to the [Node] " +"(or [code]null[/code] if not found), the second index points to the " +"[Resource] (or [code]null[/code] if not found), and the third index is the " +"remaining [NodePath], if any.\n" +"For example, assuming that [code]Area2D/CollisionShape2D[/code] is a valid " +"node and that its [code]shape[/code] property has been assigned a " +"[RectangleShape2D] resource, one could have this kind of output:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"print(get_node_and_resource(\"Area2D/CollisionShape2D\")) # " +"[[CollisionShape2D:1161], Null, ]\n" +"print(get_node_and_resource(\"Area2D/CollisionShape2D:shape\")) # " +"[[CollisionShape2D:1161], [RectangleShape2D:1156], ]\n" +"print(get_node_and_resource(\"Area2D/CollisionShape2D:shape:extents\")) # " +"[[CollisionShape2D:1161], [RectangleShape2D:1156], :extents]\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:263 +msgid "" +"Similar to [method get_node], but does not log an error if [code]path[/code] " +"does not point to a valid [Node]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:269 +msgid "" +"Returns the parent node of the current node, or a [code]null instance[/code] " +"if the node lacks a parent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:275 +msgid "" +"Returns the absolute path of the current node. This only works if the " +"current node is inside the scene tree (see [method is_inside_tree])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:282 +msgid "" +"Returns the relative [NodePath] from this node to the specified [code]node[/" +"code]. Both nodes must be in the same scene or the function will fail." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:288 +msgid "" +"Returns the time elapsed (in seconds) since the last physics-bound frame " +"(see [method _physics_process]). This is always a constant value in physics " +"processing unless the frames per second is changed via [member Engine." +"iterations_per_second]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:294 +msgid "" +"Returns the node's order in the scene tree branch. For example, if called on " +"the first child node the position is [code]0[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:300 +msgid "" +"Returns the time elapsed (in seconds) since the last process callback. This " +"value may vary from frame to frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:306 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this is an instance load placeholder. See " +"[InstancePlaceholder]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:312 +msgid "Returns the [SceneTree] that contains this node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:318 +msgid "Returns the node's [Viewport]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:325 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the node that the [NodePath] points to exists." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:332 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the [NodePath] points to a valid node and its " +"subname points to a valid resource, e.g. [code]Area2D/CollisionShape2D:" +"shape[/code]. Properties with a non-[Resource] type (e.g. nodes or primitive " +"math types) are not considered resources." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:339 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given node is a direct or indirect child of " +"the current node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:345 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the node is folded (collapsed) in the Scene " +"dock." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:352 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given node occurs later in the scene " +"hierarchy than the current node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:359 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this node is in the specified group. See notes " +"in the description, and the group methods in [SceneTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:365 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this node is currently inside a [SceneTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:371 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the local system is the master of this node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if physics processing is enabled (see [method " +"set_physics_process])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:383 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if internal physics processing is enabled (see " +"[method set_physics_process_internal])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:389 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if processing is enabled (see [method " +"set_process])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:395 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the node is processing input (see [method " +"set_process_input])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:401 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if internal processing is enabled (see [method " +"set_process_internal])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:407 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the node is processing unhandled input (see " +"[method set_process_unhandled_input])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:413 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the node is processing unhandled key input (see " +"[method set_process_unhandled_key_input])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:421 +msgid "" +"Moves a child node to a different position (order) among the other children. " +"Since calls, signals, etc are performed by tree order, changing the order of " +"children nodes may be useful." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:427 +msgid "" +"Prints all stray nodes (nodes outside the [SceneTree]). Used for debugging. " +"Works only in debug builds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:433 +msgid "" +"Prints the tree to stdout. Used mainly for debugging purposes. This version " +"displays the path relative to the current node, and is good for copy/pasting " +"into the [method get_node] function.\n" +"[b]Example output:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"TheGame\n" +"TheGame/Menu\n" +"TheGame/Menu/Label\n" +"TheGame/Menu/Camera2D\n" +"TheGame/SplashScreen\n" +"TheGame/SplashScreen/Camera2D\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:448 +msgid "" +"Similar to [method print_tree], this prints the tree to stdout. This version " +"displays a more graphical representation similar to what is displayed in the " +"scene inspector. It is useful for inspecting larger trees.\n" +"[b]Example output:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +" ┖╴TheGame\n" +" ┠╴Menu\n" +" ┃ ┠╴Label\n" +" ┃ ┖╴Camera2D\n" +" ┖╴SplashScreen\n" +" ┖╴Camera2D\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:466 +msgid "" +"Calls the given method (if present) with the arguments given in [code]args[/" +"code] on this node and recursively on all its children. If the " +"[code]parent_first[/code] argument is [code]true[/code], the method will be " +"called on the current node first, then on all its children. If " +"[code]parent_first[/code] is [code]false[/code], the children will be called " +"first." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:473 +msgid "" +"Notifies the current node and all its children recursively by calling " +"[method Object.notification] on all of them." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:479 +msgid "" +"Queues a node for deletion at the end of the current frame. When deleted, " +"all of its child nodes will be deleted as well. This method ensures it's " +"safe to delete the node, contrary to [method Object.free]. Use [method " +"Object.is_queued_for_deletion] to check whether a node will be deleted at " +"the end of the frame.\n" +"[b]Important:[/b] If you have a variable pointing to a node, it will [i]not[/" +"i] be assigned to [code]null[/code] once the node is freed. Instead, it will " +"point to a [i]previously freed instance[/i] and you should validate it with " +"[method @GDScript.is_instance_valid] before attempting to call its methods " +"or access its properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:486 +msgid "" +"Moves this node to the bottom of parent node's children hierarchy. This is " +"often useful in GUIs ([Control] nodes), because their order of drawing " +"depends on their order in the tree. The top Node is drawn first, then any " +"siblings below the top Node in the hierarchy are successively drawn on top " +"of it. After using [code]raise[/code], a Control will be drawn on top of its " +"siblings." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:492 +msgid "" +"Removes a node and sets all its children as children of the parent node (if " +"it exists). All event subscriptions that pass by the removed node will be " +"unsubscribed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:499 +msgid "" +"Removes a child node. The node is NOT deleted and must be deleted manually.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This function may set the [member owner] of the removed Node " +"(or its descendants) to be [code]null[/code], if that [member owner] is no " +"longer a parent or ancestor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:507 +msgid "" +"Removes a node from a group. See notes in the description, and the group " +"methods in [SceneTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:515 +msgid "" +"Replaces a node in a scene by the given one. Subscriptions that pass through " +"this node will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:521 +msgid "" +"Requests that [code]_ready[/code] be called again. Note that the method " +"won't be called immediately, but is scheduled for when the node is added to " +"the scene tree again (see [method _ready]). [code]_ready[/code] is called " +"only for the node which requested it, which means that you need to request " +"ready for each child if you want them to call [code]_ready[/code] too (in " +"which case, [code]_ready[/code] will be called in the same order as it would " +"normally)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:528 +msgid "" +"Sends a remote procedure call request for the given [code]method[/code] to " +"peers on the network (and locally), optionally sending all additional " +"arguments as arguments to the method called by the RPC. The call request " +"will only be received by nodes with the same [NodePath], including the exact " +"same node name. Behaviour depends on the RPC configuration for the given " +"method, see [method rpc_config]. Methods are not exposed to RPCs by default. " +"See also [method rset] and [method rset_config] for properties. Returns an " +"empty [Variant].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] You can only safely use RPCs on clients after you received the " +"[code]connected_to_server[/code] signal from the [SceneTree]. You also need " +"to keep track of the connection state, either by the [SceneTree] signals " +"like [code]server_disconnected[/code] or by checking [code]SceneTree." +"network_peer.get_connection_status() == CONNECTION_CONNECTED[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:537 +msgid "" +"Changes the RPC mode for the given [code]method[/code] to the given " +"[code]mode[/code]. See [enum MultiplayerAPI.RPCMode]. An alternative is " +"annotating methods and properties with the corresponding keywords " +"([code]remote[/code], [code]master[/code], [code]puppet[/code], " +"[code]remotesync[/code], [code]mastersync[/code], [code]puppetsync[/code]). " +"By default, methods are not exposed to networking (and RPCs). See also " +"[method rset] and [method rset_config] for properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:545 +msgid "" +"Sends a [method rpc] to a specific peer identified by [code]peer_id[/code] " +"(see [method NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.set_target_peer]). Returns an empty " +"[Variant]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:552 +msgid "" +"Sends a [method rpc] using an unreliable protocol. Returns an empty " +"[Variant]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:560 +msgid "" +"Sends a [method rpc] to a specific peer identified by [code]peer_id[/code] " +"using an unreliable protocol (see [method NetworkedMultiplayerPeer." +"set_target_peer]). Returns an empty [Variant]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:568 +msgid "" +"Remotely changes a property's value on other peers (and locally). Behaviour " +"depends on the RPC configuration for the given property, see [method " +"rset_config]. See also [method rpc] for RPCs for methods, most information " +"applies to this method as well." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:576 +msgid "" +"Changes the RPC mode for the given [code]property[/code] to the given " +"[code]mode[/code]. See [enum MultiplayerAPI.RPCMode]. An alternative is " +"annotating methods and properties with the corresponding keywords " +"([code]remote[/code], [code]master[/code], [code]puppet[/code], " +"[code]remotesync[/code], [code]mastersync[/code], [code]puppetsync[/code]). " +"By default, properties are not exposed to networking (and RPCs). See also " +"[method rpc] and [method rpc_config] for methods." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:585 +msgid "" +"Remotely changes the property's value on a specific peer identified by " +"[code]peer_id[/code] (see [method NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.set_target_peer])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:593 +msgid "" +"Remotely changes the property's value on other peers (and locally) using an " +"unreliable protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:602 +msgid "" +"Remotely changes property's value on a specific peer identified by " +"[code]peer_id[/code] using an unreliable protocol (see [method " +"NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.set_target_peer])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:609 +msgid "Sets the folded state of the node in the Scene dock." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:617 +msgid "" +"Sets the node's network master to the peer with the given peer ID. The " +"network master is the peer that has authority over the node on the network. " +"Useful in conjunction with the [code]master[/code] and [code]puppet[/code] " +"keywords. Inherited from the parent node by default, which ultimately " +"defaults to peer ID 1 (the server). If [code]recursive[/code], the given " +"peer is recursively set as the master for all children of this node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:624 +msgid "" +"Enables or disables physics (i.e. fixed framerate) processing. When a node " +"is being processed, it will receive a [constant " +"NOTIFICATION_PHYSICS_PROCESS] at a fixed (usually 60 FPS, see [member Engine." +"iterations_per_second] to change) interval (and the [method " +"_physics_process] callback will be called if exists). Enabled automatically " +"if [method _physics_process] is overridden. Any calls to this before [method " +"_ready] will be ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:631 +msgid "" +"Enables or disables internal physics for this node. Internal physics " +"processing happens in isolation from the normal [method _physics_process] " +"calls and is used by some nodes internally to guarantee proper functioning " +"even if the node is paused or physics processing is disabled for scripting " +"([method set_physics_process]). Only useful for advanced uses to manipulate " +"built-in nodes' behavior.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] Built-in Nodes rely on the internal processing for their own " +"logic, so changing this value from your code may lead to unexpected " +"behavior. Script access to this internal logic is provided for specific " +"advanced uses, but is unsafe and not supported." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:639 +msgid "" +"Enables or disables processing. When a node is being processed, it will " +"receive a [constant NOTIFICATION_PROCESS] on every drawn frame (and the " +"[method _process] callback will be called if exists). Enabled automatically " +"if [method _process] is overridden. Any calls to this before [method _ready] " +"will be ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:646 +msgid "" +"Enables or disables input processing. This is not required for GUI controls! " +"Enabled automatically if [method _input] is overridden. Any calls to this " +"before [method _ready] will be ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:653 +msgid "" +"Enables or disabled internal processing for this node. Internal processing " +"happens in isolation from the normal [method _process] calls and is used by " +"some nodes internally to guarantee proper functioning even if the node is " +"paused or processing is disabled for scripting ([method set_process]). Only " +"useful for advanced uses to manipulate built-in nodes' behavior.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] Built-in Nodes rely on the internal processing for their own " +"logic, so changing this value from your code may lead to unexpected " +"behavior. Script access to this internal logic is provided for specific " +"advanced uses, but is unsafe and not supported." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:661 +msgid "" +"Enables unhandled input processing. This is not required for GUI controls! " +"It enables the node to receive all input that was not previously handled " +"(usually by a [Control]). Enabled automatically if [method _unhandled_input] " +"is overridden. Any calls to this before [method _ready] will be ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:668 +msgid "" +"Enables unhandled key input processing. Enabled automatically if [method " +"_unhandled_key_input] is overridden. Any calls to this before [method " +"_ready] will be ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:675 +msgid "" +"Sets whether this is an instance load placeholder. See [InstancePlaceholder]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:681 +msgid "" +"Updates the warning displayed for this node in the Scene Dock.\n" +"Use [method _get_configuration_warning] to setup the warning message to " +"display." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:688 +msgid "" +"The override to the default [MultiplayerAPI]. Set to [code]null[/code] to " +"use the default [SceneTree] one." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:691 +msgid "" +"If a scene is instantiated from a file, its topmost node contains the " +"absolute file path from which it was loaded in [member filename] (e.g. " +"[code]res://levels/1.tscn[/code]). Otherwise, [member filename] is set to an " +"empty string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:694 +msgid "" +"The [MultiplayerAPI] instance associated with this node. Either the [member " +"custom_multiplayer], or the default SceneTree one (if inside tree)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:697 +msgid "" +"The name of the node. This name is unique among the siblings (other child " +"nodes from the same parent). When set to an existing name, the node will be " +"automatically renamed.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Auto-generated names might include the [code]@[/code] " +"character, which is reserved for unique names when using [method add_child]. " +"When setting the name manually, any [code]@[/code] will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:701 +msgid "" +"The node owner. A node can have any other node as owner (as long as it is a " +"valid parent, grandparent, etc. ascending in the tree). When saving a node " +"(using [PackedScene]), all the nodes it owns will be saved with it. This " +"allows for the creation of complex [SceneTree]s, with instancing and " +"subinstancing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:704 +msgid "Pause mode. How the node will behave if the [SceneTree] is paused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:707 +msgid "" +"The node's priority in the execution order of the enabled processing " +"callbacks (i.e. [constant NOTIFICATION_PROCESS], [constant " +"NOTIFICATION_PHYSICS_PROCESS] and their internal counterparts). Nodes whose " +"process priority value is [i]lower[/i] will have their processing callbacks " +"executed first." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:713 +msgid "Emitted when the node is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:718 +msgid "Emitted when the node is renamed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:723 +msgid "Emitted when the node enters the tree." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:728 +msgid "Emitted after the node exits the tree and is no longer active." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:733 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the node is still active but about to exit the tree. This is " +"the right place for de-initialization (or a \"destructor\", if you will)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:739 +msgid "Notification received when the node enters a [SceneTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:742 +msgid "Notification received when the node is about to exit a [SceneTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:745 +msgid "Notification received when the node is moved in the parent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:748 +msgid "Notification received when the node is ready. See [method _ready]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:751 +msgid "Notification received when the node is paused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:754 +msgid "Notification received when the node is unpaused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:757 +msgid "" +"Notification received every frame when the physics process flag is set (see " +"[method set_physics_process])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:760 +msgid "" +"Notification received every frame when the process flag is set (see [method " +"set_process])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:763 +msgid "" +"Notification received when a node is set as a child of another node.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This doesn't mean that a node entered the [SceneTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:767 +msgid "" +"Notification received when a node is unparented (parent removed it from the " +"list of children)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:770 +msgid "Notification received when the node is instanced." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:773 +msgid "Notification received when a drag begins." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:776 +msgid "Notification received when a drag ends." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:779 +msgid "Notification received when the node's [NodePath] changed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:782 +msgid "" +"Notification received every frame when the internal process flag is set (see " +"[method set_process_internal])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:785 +msgid "" +"Notification received every frame when the internal physics process flag is " +"set (see [method set_physics_process_internal])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:788 +msgid "" +"Notification received when the node is ready, just before [constant " +"NOTIFICATION_READY] is received. Unlike the latter, it's sent every time the " +"node enters tree, instead of only once." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:846 +msgid "" +"Inherits pause mode from the node's parent. For the root node, it is " +"equivalent to [constant PAUSE_MODE_STOP]. Default." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:849 +msgid "Stops processing when the [SceneTree] is paused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:852 +msgid "Continue to process regardless of the [SceneTree] pause state." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:855 +msgid "Duplicate the node's signals." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:858 +msgid "Duplicate the node's groups." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:861 +msgid "Duplicate the node's scripts." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node.xml:864 +msgid "" +"Duplicate using instancing.\n" +"An instance stays linked to the original so when the original changes, the " +"instance changes too." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:4 +msgid "" +"A 2D game object, inherited by all 2D-related nodes. Has a position, " +"rotation, scale, and Z index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A 2D game object, with a transform (position, rotation, and scale). All 2D " +"nodes, including physics objects and sprites, inherit from Node2D. Use " +"Node2D as a parent node to move, scale and rotate children in a 2D project. " +"Also gives control of the node's render order." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:11 doc/classes/Vector2.xml:16 +msgid "https://github.com/godotengine/godot-demo-projects/tree/master/2d" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:18 +msgid "Multiplies the current scale by the [code]ratio[/code] vector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Returns the angle between the node and the [code]point[/code] in radians.\n" +"[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/" +"node2d_get_angle_to.png]Illustration of the returned angle.[/url]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:33 +msgid "Returns the [Transform2D] relative to this node's parent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:40 +msgid "Adds the [code]offset[/code] vector to the node's global position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Rotates the node so it points towards the [code]point[/code], which is " +"expected to use global coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Applies a local translation on the node's X axis based on the [method Node." +"_process]'s [code]delta[/code]. If [code]scaled[/code] is [code]false[/" +"code], normalizes the movement." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:63 +msgid "" +"Applies a local translation on the node's Y axis based on the [method Node." +"_process]'s [code]delta[/code]. If [code]scaled[/code] is [code]false[/" +"code], normalizes the movement." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:70 +msgid "" +"Applies a rotation to the node, in radians, starting from its current " +"rotation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Transforms the provided local position into a position in global coordinate " +"space. The input is expected to be local relative to the [Node2D] it is " +"called on. e.g. Applying this method to the positions of child nodes will " +"correctly transform their positions into the global coordinate space, but " +"applying it to a node's own position will give an incorrect result, as it " +"will incorporate the node's own transformation into its global position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:84 +msgid "" +"Transforms the provided global position into a position in local coordinate " +"space. The output will be local relative to the [Node2D] it is called on. e." +"g. It is appropriate for determining the positions of child nodes, but it is " +"not appropriate for determining its own position relative to its parent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:91 +msgid "" +"Translates the node by the given [code]offset[/code] in local coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:97 +msgid "Global position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:100 +msgid "Global rotation in radians." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:103 +msgid "Global rotation in degrees." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:106 +msgid "Global scale." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:109 +msgid "Global [Transform2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:112 +msgid "Position, relative to the node's parent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:115 +msgid "Rotation in radians, relative to the node's parent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:118 +msgid "Rotation in degrees, relative to the node's parent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:121 +msgid "The node's scale. Unscaled value: [code](1, 1)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:124 +msgid "Local [Transform2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:127 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the node's Z index is relative to its parent's Z " +"index. If this node's Z index is 2 and its parent's effective Z index is 3, " +"then this node's effective Z index will be 2 + 3 = 5." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:130 +msgid "" +"Z index. Controls the order in which the nodes render. A node with a higher " +"Z index will display in front of others. Must be between [constant " +"VisualServer.CANVAS_ITEM_Z_MIN] and [constant VisualServer." +"CANVAS_ITEM_Z_MAX] (inclusive)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:4 +msgid "Pre-parsed scene tree path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A pre-parsed relative or absolute path in a scene tree, for use with [method " +"Node.get_node] and similar functions. It can reference a node, a resource " +"within a node, or a property of a node or resource. For instance, " +"[code]\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite:texture:size\"[/code] would refer to the " +"[code]size[/code] property of the [code]texture[/code] resource on the node " +"named [code]\"Sprite\"[/code] which is a child of the other named nodes in " +"the path.\n" +"You will usually just pass a string to [method Node.get_node] and it will be " +"automatically converted, but you may occasionally want to parse a path ahead " +"of time with [NodePath] or the literal syntax [code]@\"path\"[/code]. " +"Exporting a [NodePath] variable will give you a node selection widget in the " +"properties panel of the editor, which can often be useful.\n" +"A [NodePath] is composed of a list of slash-separated node names (like a " +"filesystem path) and an optional colon-separated list of \"subnames\" which " +"can be resources or properties.\n" +"Some examples of NodePaths include the following:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# No leading slash means it is relative to the current node.\n" +"@\"A\" # Immediate child A\n" +"@\"A/B\" # A's child B\n" +"@\".\" # The current node.\n" +"@\"..\" # The parent node.\n" +"@\"../C\" # A sibling node C.\n" +"# A leading slash means it is absolute from the SceneTree.\n" +"@\"/root\" # Equivalent to get_tree().get_root().\n" +"@\"/root/Main\" # If your main scene's root node were named \"Main\".\n" +"@\"/root/MyAutoload\" # If you have an autoloaded node or scene.\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] In the editor, [NodePath] properties are automatically updated " +"when moving, renaming or deleting a node in the scene tree, but they are " +"never updated at runtime." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:26 doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:41 +#: doc/classes/Panel.xml:10 doc/classes/PanelContainer.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:16 doc/classes/TileSet.xml:16 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/520" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Creates a NodePath from a string, e.g. [code]\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite:" +"texture:size\"[/code]. A path is absolute if it starts with a slash. " +"Absolute paths are only valid in the global scene tree, not within " +"individual scenes. In a relative path, [code]\".\"[/code] and [code]\"..\"[/" +"code] indicate the current node and its parent.\n" +"The \"subnames\" optionally included after the path to the target node can " +"point to resources or properties, and can also be nested.\n" +"Examples of valid NodePaths (assuming that those nodes exist and have the " +"referenced resources or properties):\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Points to the Sprite node\n" +"\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite\"\n" +"# Points to the Sprite node and its \"texture\" resource.\n" +"# get_node() would retrieve \"Sprite\", while get_node_and_resource()\n" +"# would retrieve both the Sprite node and the \"texture\" resource.\n" +"\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite:texture\"\n" +"# Points to the Sprite node and its \"position\" property.\n" +"\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite:position\"\n" +"# Points to the Sprite node and the \"x\" component of its \"position\" " +"property.\n" +"\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite:position:x\"\n" +"# Absolute path (from \"root\")\n" +"\"/root/Level/Path2D\"\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Returns a node path with a colon character ([code]:[/code]) prepended, " +"transforming it to a pure property path with no node name (defaults to " +"resolving from the current node).\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# This will be parsed as a node path to the \"x\" property in the \"position" +"\" node\n" +"var node_path = NodePath(\"position:x\")\n" +"# This will be parsed as a node path to the \"x\" component of the \"position" +"\" property in the current node\n" +"var property_path = node_path.get_as_property_path()\n" +"print(property_path) # :position:x\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Returns all subnames concatenated with a colon character ([code]:[/code]) as " +"separator, i.e. the right side of the first colon in a node path.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var nodepath = NodePath(\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite:texture:load_path\")\n" +"print(nodepath.get_concatenated_subnames()) # texture:load_path\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:79 +msgid "" +"Gets the node name indicated by [code]idx[/code] (0 to [method " +"get_name_count]).\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var node_path = NodePath(\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite\")\n" +"print(node_path.get_name(0)) # Path2D\n" +"print(node_path.get_name(1)) # PathFollow2D\n" +"print(node_path.get_name(2)) # Sprite\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:91 +msgid "" +"Gets the number of node names which make up the path. Subnames (see [method " +"get_subname_count]) are not included.\n" +"For example, [code]\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite\"[/code] has 3 names." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:99 +msgid "" +"Gets the resource or property name indicated by [code]idx[/code] (0 to " +"[method get_subname_count]).\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var node_path = NodePath(\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite:texture:load_path\")\n" +"print(node_path.get_subname(0)) # texture\n" +"print(node_path.get_subname(1)) # load_path\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:110 +msgid "" +"Gets the number of resource or property names (\"subnames\") in the path. " +"Each subname is listed after a colon character ([code]:[/code]) in the node " +"path.\n" +"For example, [code]\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite:texture:load_path\"[/code] " +"has 2 subnames." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:117 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the node path is absolute (as opposed to " +"relative), which means that it starts with a slash character ([code]/[/" +"code]). Absolute node paths can be used to access the root node ([code]\"/" +"root\"[/code]) or autoloads (e.g. [code]\"/global\"[/code] if a \"global\" " +"autoload was registered)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:123 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the node path is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/NoiseTexture.xml:4 +msgid "[OpenSimplexNoise] filled texture." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/NoiseTexture.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Uses an [OpenSimplexNoise] to fill the texture data. You can specify the " +"texture size but keep in mind that larger textures will take longer to " +"generate and seamless noise only works with square sized textures.\n" +"NoiseTexture can also generate normalmap textures.\n" +"The class uses [Thread]s to generate the texture data internally, so [method " +"Texture.get_data] may return [code]null[/code] if the generation process has " +"not completed yet. In that case, you need to wait for the texture to be " +"generated before accessing the data:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var texture = preload(\"res://noise.tres\")\n" +"yield(texture, \"changed\")\n" +"var image = texture.get_data()\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/NoiseTexture.xml:22 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the resulting texture contains a normal map created " +"from the original noise interpreted as a bump map." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/NoiseTexture.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Strength of the bump maps used in this texture. A higher value will make the " +"bump maps appear larger while a lower value will make them appear softer." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/NoiseTexture.xml:29 +msgid "Height of the generated texture." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/NoiseTexture.xml:32 +msgid "The [OpenSimplexNoise] instance used to generate the noise." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/NoiseTexture.xml:35 +msgid "" +"An offset used to specify the noise space coordinate of the top left corner " +"of the generated noise. This value is ignored if [member seamless] is " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/NoiseTexture.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Whether the texture can be tiled without visible seams or not. Seamless " +"textures take longer to generate.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Seamless noise has a lower contrast compared to non-seamless " +"noise. This is due to the way noise uses higher dimensions for generating " +"seamless noise." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/NoiseTexture.xml:42 +msgid "Width of the generated texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for all non-built-in types." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Every class which is not a built-in type inherits from this class.\n" +"You can construct Objects from scripting languages, using [code]Object.new()" +"[/code] in GDScript, [code]new Object[/code] in C#, or the \"Construct Object" +"\" node in VisualScript.\n" +"Objects do not manage memory. If a class inherits from Object, you will have " +"to delete instances of it manually. To do so, call the [method free] method " +"from your script or delete the instance from C++.\n" +"Some classes that extend Object add memory management. This is the case of " +"[Reference], which counts references and deletes itself automatically when " +"no longer referenced. [Node], another fundamental type, deletes all its " +"children when freed from memory.\n" +"Objects export properties, which are mainly useful for storage and editing, " +"but not really so much in programming. Properties are exported in [method " +"_get_property_list] and handled in [method _get] and [method _set]. However, " +"scripting languages and C++ have simpler means to export them.\n" +"Property membership can be tested directly in GDScript using [code]in[/" +"code]:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var n = Node2D.new()\n" +"print(\"position\" in n) # Prints \"True\".\n" +"print(\"other_property\" in n) # Prints \"False\".\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"The [code]in[/code] operator will evaluate to [code]true[/code] as long as " +"the key exists, even if the value is [code]null[/code].\n" +"Objects also receive notifications. Notifications are a simple way to notify " +"the object about different events, so they can all be handled together. See " +"[method _notification].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Unlike references to a [Reference], references to an Object " +"stored in a variable can become invalid without warning. Therefore, it's " +"recommended to use [Reference] for data classes instead of [Object].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Due to a bug, you can't create a \"plain\" Object using " +"[code]Object.new()[/code]. Instead, use [code]ClassDB.instance(\"Object\")[/" +"code]. This bug only applies to Object itself, not any of its descendents " +"like [Reference]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:24 doc/classes/Reference.xml:13 +#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:12 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/workflow/best_practices/" +"node_alternatives.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:25 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/scripting/gdscript/" +"gdscript_exports.html#advanced-exports" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Virtual method which can be overridden to customize the return value of " +"[method get].\n" +"Returns the given property. Returns [code]null[/code] if the [code]property[/" +"code] does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Virtual method which can be overridden to customize the return value of " +"[method get_property_list].\n" +"Returns the object's property list as an [Array] of dictionaries.\n" +"Each property's [Dictionary] must contain at least [code]name: String[/code] " +"and [code]type: int[/code] (see [enum Variant.Type]) entries. Optionally, it " +"can also include [code]hint: int[/code] (see [enum PropertyHint]), " +"[code]hint_string: String[/code], and [code]usage: int[/code] (see [enum " +"PropertyUsageFlags])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:47 +msgid "Called when the object is initialized." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Called whenever the object receives a notification, which is identified in " +"[code]what[/code] by a constant. The base [Object] has two constants " +"[constant NOTIFICATION_POSTINITIALIZE] and [constant " +"NOTIFICATION_PREDELETE], but subclasses such as [Node] define a lot more " +"notifications which are also received by this method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Virtual method which can be overridden to customize the return value of " +"[method set].\n" +"Sets a property. Returns [code]true[/code] if the [code]property[/code] " +"exists." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:69 +msgid "" +"Virtual method which can be overridden to customize the return value of " +"[method to_string], and thus the object's representation where it is " +"converted to a string, e.g. with [code]print(obj)[/code].\n" +"Returns a [String] representing the object. If not overridden, defaults to " +"[code]\"[ClassName:RID]\"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:78 +msgid "" +"Adds a user-defined [code]signal[/code]. Arguments are optional, but can be " +"added as an [Array] of dictionaries, each containing [code]name: String[/" +"code] and [code]type: int[/code] (see [enum Variant.Type]) entries." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:85 +msgid "" +"Calls the [code]method[/code] on the object and returns the result. This " +"method supports a variable number of arguments, so parameters are passed as " +"a comma separated list. Example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"call(\"set\", \"position\", Vector2(42.0, 0.0))\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] In C#, the method name must be specified as snake_case if it is " +"defined by a built-in Godot node. This doesn't apply to user-defined methods " +"where you should use the same convention as in the C# source (typically " +"PascalCase)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Calls the [code]method[/code] on the object during idle time. This method " +"supports a variable number of arguments, so parameters are passed as a comma " +"separated list. Example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"call_deferred(\"set\", \"position\", Vector2(42.0, 0.0))\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] In C#, the method name must be specified as snake_case if it is " +"defined by a built-in Godot node. This doesn't apply to user-defined methods " +"where you should use the same convention as in the C# source (typically " +"PascalCase)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:108 +msgid "" +"Calls the [code]method[/code] on the object and returns the result. " +"Contrarily to [method call], this method does not support a variable number " +"of arguments but expects all parameters to be via a single [Array].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"callv(\"set\", [ \"position\", Vector2(42.0, 0.0) ])\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:117 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the object can translate strings. See [method " +"set_message_translation] and [method tr]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:128 +msgid "" +"Connects a [code]signal[/code] to a [code]method[/code] on a [code]target[/" +"code] object. Pass optional [code]binds[/code] to the call as an [Array] of " +"parameters. These parameters will be passed to the method after any " +"parameter used in the call to [method emit_signal]. Use [code]flags[/code] " +"to set deferred or one-shot connections. See [enum ConnectFlags] constants.\n" +"A [code]signal[/code] can only be connected once to a [code]method[/code]. " +"It will throw an error if already connected, unless the signal was connected " +"with [constant CONNECT_REFERENCE_COUNTED]. To avoid this, first, use [method " +"is_connected] to check for existing connections.\n" +"If the [code]target[/code] is destroyed in the game's lifecycle, the " +"connection will be lost.\n" +"Examples:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"connect(\"pressed\", self, \"_on_Button_pressed\") # BaseButton signal\n" +"connect(\"text_entered\", self, \"_on_LineEdit_text_entered\") # LineEdit " +"signal\n" +"connect(\"hit\", self, \"_on_Player_hit\", [ weapon_type, damage ]) # User-" +"defined signal\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"An example of the relationship between [code]binds[/code] passed to [method " +"connect] and parameters used when calling [method emit_signal]:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"connect(\"hit\", self, \"_on_Player_hit\", [ weapon_type, damage ]) # " +"weapon_type and damage are passed last\n" +"emit_signal(\"hit\", \"Dark lord\", 5) # \"Dark lord\" and 5 are passed " +"first\n" +"func _on_Player_hit(hit_by, level, weapon_type, damage):\n" +" print(\"Hit by %s (lvl %d) with weapon %s for %d damage\" % [hit_by, " +"level, weapon_type, damage])\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:152 +msgid "" +"Disconnects a [code]signal[/code] from a [code]method[/code] on the given " +"[code]target[/code].\n" +"If you try to disconnect a connection that does not exist, the method will " +"throw an error. Use [method is_connected] to ensure that the connection " +"exists." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:160 +msgid "" +"Emits the given [code]signal[/code]. The signal must exist, so it should be " +"a built-in signal of this class or one of its parent classes, or a user-" +"defined signal. This method supports a variable number of arguments, so " +"parameters are passed as a comma separated list. Example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"emit_signal(\"hit\", weapon_type, damage)\n" +"emit_signal(\"game_over\")\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:170 +msgid "" +"Deletes the object from memory immediately. For [Node]s, you may want to use " +"[method Node.queue_free] to queue the node for safe deletion at the end of " +"the current frame.\n" +"[b]Important:[/b] If you have a variable pointing to an object, it will " +"[i]not[/i] be assigned to [code]null[/code] once the object is freed. " +"Instead, it will point to a [i]previously freed instance[/i] and you should " +"validate it with [method @GDScript.is_instance_valid] before attempting to " +"call its methods or access its properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:178 +msgid "" +"Returns the [Variant] value of the given [code]property[/code]. If the " +"[code]property[/code] doesn't exist, this will return [code]null[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] In C#, the property name must be specified as snake_case if it " +"is defined by a built-in Godot node. This doesn't apply to user-defined " +"properties where you should use the same convention as in the C# source " +"(typically PascalCase)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:185 +msgid "" +"Returns the object's class as a [String]. See also [method is_class].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [method get_class] does not take [code]class_name[/code] " +"declarations into account. If the object has a [code]class_name[/code] " +"defined, the base class name will be returned instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:192 +msgid "" +"Returns an [Array] of dictionaries with information about signals that are " +"connected to the object.\n" +"Each [Dictionary] contains three String entries:\n" +"- [code]source[/code] is a reference to the signal emitter.\n" +"- [code]signal_name[/code] is the name of the connected signal.\n" +"- [code]method_name[/code] is the name of the method to which the signal is " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Gets the object's property indexed by the given [NodePath]. The node path " +"should be relative to the current object and can use the colon character " +"([code]:[/code]) to access nested properties. Examples: [code]\"position:x" +"\"[/code] or [code]\"material:next_pass:blend_mode\"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:209 +msgid "" +"Returns the object's unique instance ID.\n" +"This ID can be saved in [EncodedObjectAsID], and can be used to retrieve the " +"object instance with [method @GDScript.instance_from_id]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:217 +msgid "Returns the object's metadata entry for the given [code]name[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:223 +msgid "Returns the object's metadata as a [PoolStringArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:229 +msgid "Returns the object's methods and their signatures as an [Array]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:235 +msgid "" +"Returns the object's property list as an [Array] of dictionaries.\n" +"Each property's [Dictionary] contain at least [code]name: String[/code] and " +"[code]type: int[/code] (see [enum Variant.Type]) entries. Optionally, it can " +"also include [code]hint: int[/code] (see [enum PropertyHint]), " +"[code]hint_string: String[/code], and [code]usage: int[/code] (see [enum " +"PropertyUsageFlags])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Returns the object's [Script] instance, or [code]null[/code] if none is " +"assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:249 +msgid "Returns an [Array] of connections for the given [code]signal[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:255 +msgid "Returns the list of signals as an [Array] of dictionaries." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:262 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if a metadata entry is found with the given " +"[code]name[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:269 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the object contains the given [code]method[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:276 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the given [code]signal[/code] exists." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:283 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given user-defined [code]signal[/code] " +"exists. Only signals added using [method add_user_signal] are taken into " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:289 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if signal emission blocking is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:296 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the object inherits from the given [code]class[/" +"code]. See also [method get_class].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [method is_class] does not take [code]class_name[/code] " +"declarations into account. If the object has a [code]class_name[/code] " +"defined, [method is_class] will return [code]false[/code] for that name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:306 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if a connection exists for a given [code]signal[/" +"code], [code]target[/code], and [code]method[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:312 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the [method Node.queue_free] method was called " +"for the object." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:320 +msgid "" +"Send a given notification to the object, which will also trigger a call to " +"the [method _notification] method of all classes that the object inherits " +"from.\n" +"If [code]reversed[/code] is [code]true[/code], [method _notification] is " +"called first on the object's own class, and then up to its successive parent " +"classes. If [code]reversed[/code] is [code]false[/code], [method " +"_notification] is called first on the highest ancestor ([Object] itself), " +"and then down to its successive inheriting classes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:327 +msgid "" +"Notify the editor that the property list has changed, so that editor plugins " +"can take the new values into account. Does nothing on export builds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:334 +msgid "" +"Removes a given entry from the object's metadata. See also [method set_meta]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:342 +msgid "" +"Assigns a new value to the given property. If the [code]property[/code] does " +"not exist, nothing will happen.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] In C#, the property name must be specified as snake_case if it " +"is defined by a built-in Godot node. This doesn't apply to user-defined " +"properties where you should use the same convention as in the C# source " +"(typically PascalCase)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:350 +msgid "If set to [code]true[/code], signal emission is blocked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:358 +msgid "" +"Assigns a new value to the given property, after the current frame's physics " +"step. This is equivalent to calling [method set] via [method call_deferred], " +"i.e. [code]call_deferred(\"set\", property, value)[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] In C#, the property name must be specified as snake_case if it " +"is defined by a built-in Godot node. This doesn't apply to user-defined " +"properties where you should use the same convention as in the C# source " +"(typically PascalCase)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:367 +msgid "" +"Assigns a new value to the property identified by the [NodePath]. The node " +"path should be relative to the current object and can use the colon " +"character ([code]:[/code]) to access nested properties. Example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"set_indexed(\"position\", Vector2(42, 0))\n" +"set_indexed(\"position:y\", -10)\n" +"print(position) # (42, -10)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:379 +msgid "" +"Defines whether the object can translate strings (with calls to [method " +"tr]). Enabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:387 +msgid "" +"Adds, changes or removes a given entry in the object's metadata. Metadata " +"are serialized and can take any [Variant] value.\n" +"To remove a given entry from the object's metadata, use [method " +"remove_meta]. Metadata is also removed if its value is set to [code]null[/" +"code]. This means you can also use [code]set_meta(\"name\", null)[/code] to " +"remove metadata for [code]\"name\"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:395 +msgid "" +"Assigns a script to the object. Each object can have a single script " +"assigned to it, which are used to extend its functionality.\n" +"If the object already had a script, the previous script instance will be " +"freed and its variables and state will be lost. The new script's [method " +"_init] method will be called." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:402 +msgid "" +"Returns a [String] representing the object. If not overridden, defaults to " +"[code]\"[ClassName:RID]\"[/code].\n" +"Override the method [method _to_string] to customize the [String] " +"representation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:410 +msgid "" +"Translates a message using translation catalogs configured in the Project " +"Settings.\n" +"Only works if message translation is enabled (which it is by default), " +"otherwise it returns the [code]message[/code] unchanged. See [method " +"set_message_translation]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:418 +msgid "Emitted whenever the object's script is changed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:424 +msgid "Called right when the object is initialized. Not available in script." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:427 +msgid "Called before the object is about to be deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:430 +msgid "" +"Connects a signal in deferred mode. This way, signal emissions are stored in " +"a queue, then set on idle time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:433 +msgid "Persisting connections are saved when the object is serialized to file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:436 +msgid "One-shot connections disconnect themselves after emission." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Object.xml:439 +msgid "" +"Connect a signal as reference-counted. This means that a given signal can be " +"connected several times to the same target, and will only be fully " +"disconnected once no references are left." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Occluder.xml:4 +msgid "Allows [OccluderShape]s to be used for occlusion culling." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Occluder.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[Occluder]s that are placed within your scene will automatically cull " +"objects that are hidden from view by the occluder. This can increase " +"performance by decreasing the amount of objects drawn.\n" +"[Occluder]s are totally dynamic, you can move them as you wish. This means " +"you can for example, place occluders on a moving spaceship, and have it " +"occlude objects as it flies past.\n" +"You can place a large number of [Occluder]s within a scene. As it would be " +"counterproductive to cull against hundreds of occluders, the system will " +"automatically choose a selection of these for active use during any given " +"frame, based a screen space metric. Larger occluders are favored, as well as " +"those close to the camera. Note that a small occluder close to the camera " +"may be a better occluder in terms of screen space than a large occluder far " +"in the distance.\n" +"The type of occlusion primitive is determined by the [OccluderShape] that " +"you add to the [Occluder]. Some [OccluderShape]s may allow more than one " +"primitive in a single, node, for greater efficiency.\n" +"Although [Occluder]s work in general use, they also become even more " +"powerful when used in conjunction with the portal system. Occluders are " +"placed in rooms (based on their origin), and can block portals (and thus " +"entire rooms) as well as objects from rendering." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OccluderPolygon2D.xml:4 +msgid "Defines a 2D polygon for LightOccluder2D." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OccluderPolygon2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Editor facility that helps you draw a 2D polygon used as resource for " +"[LightOccluder2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OccluderPolygon2D.xml:15 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], closes the polygon. A closed OccluderPolygon2D " +"occludes the light coming from any direction. An opened OccluderPolygon2D " +"occludes the light only at its outline's direction." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OccluderPolygon2D.xml:18 +msgid "The culling mode to use." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OccluderPolygon2D.xml:21 +msgid "" +"A [Vector2] array with the index for polygon's vertices positions.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The returned value is a copy of the underlying array, rather " +"than a reference." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OccluderPolygon2D.xml:27 +msgid "Culling is disabled. See [member cull_mode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OccluderPolygon2D.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Culling is performed in the clockwise direction. See [member cull_mode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OccluderPolygon2D.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Culling is performed in the counterclockwise direction. See [member " +"cull_mode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OccluderShape.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Base class for shapes used for occlusion culling by the [Occluder] node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OccluderShape.xml:7 +msgid "[Occluder]s can use any primitive shape derived from [OccluderShape]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OccluderShapeSphere.xml:4 +msgid "Spherical occlusion primitive for use with the [Occluder] node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OccluderShapeSphere.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[OccluderShape]s are resources used by [Occluder] nodes, allowing geometric " +"occlusion culling.\n" +"This shape can include multiple spheres. These can be created and deleted " +"either in the Editor inspector or by calling [code]set_spheres[/code]. The " +"sphere positions can be set by dragging the handle in the Editor viewport. " +"The radius can be set with the smaller handle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OccluderShapeSphere.xml:18 +msgid "Sets an individual sphere's position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OccluderShapeSphere.xml:26 +msgid "Sets an individual sphere's radius." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OccluderShapeSphere.xml:32 +msgid "" +"The sphere data can be accessed as an array of [Plane]s. The position of " +"each sphere is stored in the [code]normal[/code], and the radius is stored " +"in the [code]d[/code] value of the plane." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:4 +msgid "Omnidirectional light, such as a light bulb or a candle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:7 +msgid "" +"An Omnidirectional light is a type of [Light] that emits light in all " +"directions. The light is attenuated by distance and this attenuation can be " +"configured by changing its energy, radius, and attenuation parameters.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] By default, only 32 OmniLights may affect a single mesh " +"[i]resource[/i] at once. Consider splitting your level into several meshes " +"to decrease the likelihood that more than 32 lights will affect the same " +"mesh resource. Splitting the level mesh will also improve frustum culling " +"effectiveness, leading to greater performance. If you need to use more " +"lights per mesh, you can increase [member ProjectSettings.rendering/limits/" +"rendering/max_lights_per_object] at the cost of shader compilation times." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:17 +msgid "" +"The light's attenuation (drop-off) curve. A number of presets are available " +"in the [b]Inspector[/b] by right-clicking the curve." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:20 +msgid "" +"The light's radius. Note that the effectively lit area may appear to be " +"smaller depending on the [member omni_attenuation] in use. No matter the " +"[member omni_attenuation] in use, the light will never reach anything " +"outside this radius." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:23 +msgid "See [enum ShadowDetail]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:26 +msgid "See [enum ShadowMode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Shadows are rendered to a dual-paraboloid texture. Faster than [constant " +"SHADOW_CUBE], but lower-quality." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Shadows are rendered to a cubemap. Slower than [constant " +"SHADOW_DUAL_PARABOLOID], but higher-quality." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:37 +msgid "Use more detail vertically when computing the shadow." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:40 +msgid "Use more detail horizontally when computing the shadow." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:4 +msgid "Noise generator based on Open Simplex." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This resource allows you to configure and sample a fractal noise space. Here " +"is a brief usage example that configures an OpenSimplexNoise and gets " +"samples at various positions and dimensions:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var noise = OpenSimplexNoise.new()\n" +"\n" +"# Configure\n" +"noise.seed = randi()\n" +"noise.octaves = 4\n" +"noise.period = 20.0\n" +"noise.persistence = 0.8\n" +"\n" +"# Sample\n" +"print(\"Values:\")\n" +"print(noise.get_noise_2d(1.0, 1.0))\n" +"print(noise.get_noise_3d(0.5, 3.0, 15.0))\n" +"print(noise.get_noise_4d(0.5, 1.9, 4.7, 0.0))\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Generate a noise image in [constant Image.FORMAT_L8] format with the " +"requested [code]width[/code] and [code]height[/code], based on the current " +"noise parameters. If [code]noise_offset[/code] is specified, then the offset " +"value is used as the coordinates of the top-left corner of the generated " +"noise." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Returns the 1D noise value [code][-1,1][/code] at the given x-coordinate.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method actually returns the 2D noise value [code][-1,1][/" +"code] with fixed y-coordinate value 0.0." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:49 +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:56 +msgid "Returns the 2D noise value [code][-1,1][/code] at the given position." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:65 +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:72 +msgid "Returns the 3D noise value [code][-1,1][/code] at the given position." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:82 +msgid "Returns the 4D noise value [code][-1,1][/code] at the given position." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:89 +msgid "" +"Generate a tileable noise image in [constant Image.FORMAT_L8] format, based " +"on the current noise parameters. Generated seamless images are always square " +"([code]size[/code] × [code]size[/code]).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Seamless noise has a lower contrast compared to non-seamless " +"noise. This is due to the way noise uses higher dimensions for generating " +"seamless noise." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:96 +msgid "Difference in period between [member octaves]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:99 +msgid "" +"Number of OpenSimplex noise layers that are sampled to get the fractal " +"noise. Higher values result in more detailed noise but take more time to " +"generate.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The maximum allowed value is 9." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:103 +msgid "" +"Period of the base octave. A lower period results in a higher-frequency " +"noise (more value changes across the same distance)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:106 +msgid "" +"Contribution factor of the different octaves. A [code]persistence[/code] " +"value of 1 means all the octaves have the same contribution, a value of 0.5 " +"means each octave contributes half as much as the previous one." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:109 +msgid "" +"Seed used to generate random values, different seeds will generate different " +"noise maps." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:4 +msgid "Button control that provides selectable options when pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:7 +msgid "" +"OptionButton is a type button that provides a selectable list of items when " +"pressed. The item selected becomes the \"current\" item and is displayed as " +"the button text.\n" +"See also [BaseButton] which contains common properties and methods " +"associated with this node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Adds an item, with a [code]texture[/code] icon, text [code]label[/code] and " +"(optionally) [code]id[/code]. If no [code]id[/code] is passed, the item " +"index will be used as the item's ID. New items are appended at the end." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Adds an item, with text [code]label[/code] and (optionally) [code]id[/code]. " +"If no [code]id[/code] is passed, the item index will be used as the item's " +"ID. New items are appended at the end." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Adds a separator to the list of items. Separators help to group items. " +"Separator also takes up an index and is appended at the end." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:39 +msgid "Clears all the items in the [OptionButton]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:45 +msgid "Returns the amount of items in the OptionButton, including separators." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:52 doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:203 +msgid "Returns the icon of the item at index [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:59 +msgid "Returns the ID of the item at index [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:66 +msgid "Returns the index of the item with the given [code]id[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Retrieves the metadata of an item. Metadata may be any type and can be used " +"to store extra information about an item, such as an external string ID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:80 doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:245 +msgid "Returns the text of the item at index [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Returns the ID of the selected item, or [code]0[/code] if no item is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:99 +msgid "" +"Gets the metadata of the selected item. Metadata for items can be set using " +"[method set_item_metadata]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:106 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at index [code]idx[/code] is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:113 +msgid "Removes the item at index [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:120 +msgid "" +"Selects an item by index and makes it the current item. This will work even " +"if the item is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:128 +msgid "" +"Sets whether the item at index [code]idx[/code] is disabled.\n" +"Disabled items are drawn differently in the dropdown and are not selectable " +"by the user. If the current selected item is set as disabled, it will remain " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:137 +msgid "Sets the icon of the item at index [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:145 +msgid "Sets the ID of the item at index [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:153 +msgid "" +"Sets the metadata of an item. Metadata may be of any type and can be used to " +"store extra information about an item, such as an external string ID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:161 doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:432 +msgid "Sets the text of the item at index [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:169 +msgid "" +"The index of the currently selected item, or [code]-1[/code] if no item is " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:177 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the user navigates to an item using the [code]ui_up[/code] or " +"[code]ui_down[/code] actions. The index of the item selected is passed as " +"argument." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:183 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the current item has been changed by the user. The index of the " +"item selected is passed as argument." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:191 +msgid "The arrow icon to be drawn on the right end of the button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:194 +msgid "" +"The horizontal space between the arrow icon and the right edge of the button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:197 +msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [OptionButton] is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:200 +msgid "" +"[StyleBox] used when the [OptionButton] is focused. It is displayed over the " +"current [StyleBox], so using [StyleBoxEmpty] will just disable the focus " +"visual effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:203 +msgid "[Font] of the [OptionButton]'s text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:206 +msgid "Default text [Color] of the [OptionButton]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:209 +msgid "Text [Color] used when the [OptionButton] is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:212 +msgid "" +"Text [Color] used when the [OptionButton] is focused. Only replaces the " +"normal text color of the button. Disabled, hovered, and pressed states take " +"precedence over this color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:215 +msgid "Text [Color] used when the [OptionButton] is being hovered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:218 +msgid "Text [Color] used when the [OptionButton] is being pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:221 +msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [OptionButton] is being hovered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:224 +msgid "The horizontal space between [OptionButton]'s icon and text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:227 +msgid "Default [StyleBox] for the [OptionButton]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:230 +msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [OptionButton] is being pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:4 +msgid "Operating System functions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Operating System functions. OS wraps the most common functionality to " +"communicate with the host operating system, such as the clipboard, video " +"driver, date and time, timers, environment variables, execution of binaries, " +"command line, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Displays a modal dialog box using the host OS' facilities. Execution is " +"blocked until the dialog is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:24 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the host OS allows drawing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the current host platform is using multiple " +"threads." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:36 +msgid "Centers the window on the screen if in windowed mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:42 +msgid "" +"Shuts down system MIDI driver.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Delays execution of the current thread by [code]msec[/code] milliseconds. " +"[code]msec[/code] must be greater than or equal to [code]0[/code]. " +"Otherwise, [method delay_msec] will do nothing and will print an error " +"message.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [method delay_msec] is a [i]blocking[/i] way to delay code " +"execution. To delay code execution in a non-blocking way, see [method " +"SceneTree.create_timer]. Yielding with [method SceneTree.create_timer] will " +"delay the execution of code placed below the [code]yield[/code] without " +"affecting the rest of the project (or editor, for [EditorPlugin]s and " +"[EditorScript]s).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When [method delay_msec] is called on the main thread, it will " +"freeze the project and will prevent it from redrawing and registering input " +"until the delay has passed. When using [method delay_msec] as part of an " +"[EditorPlugin] or [EditorScript], it will freeze the editor but won't freeze " +"the project if it is currently running (since the project is an independent " +"child process)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Delays execution of the current thread by [code]usec[/code] microseconds. " +"[code]usec[/code] must be greater than or equal to [code]0[/code]. " +"Otherwise, [method delay_usec] will do nothing and will print an error " +"message.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [method delay_usec] is a [i]blocking[/i] way to delay code " +"execution. To delay code execution in a non-blocking way, see [method " +"SceneTree.create_timer]. Yielding with [method SceneTree.create_timer] will " +"delay the execution of code placed below the [code]yield[/code] without " +"affecting the rest of the project (or editor, for [EditorPlugin]s and " +"[EditorScript]s).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When [method delay_usec] is called on the main thread, it will " +"freeze the project and will prevent it from redrawing and registering input " +"until the delay has passed. When using [method delay_usec] as part of an " +"[EditorPlugin] or [EditorScript], it will freeze the editor but won't freeze " +"the project if it is currently running (since the project is an independent " +"child process)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Dumps the memory allocation ringlist to a file (only works in debug).\n" +"Entry format per line: \"Address - Size - Description\"." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:76 +msgid "" +"Dumps all used resources to file (only works in debug).\n" +"Entry format per line: \"Resource Type : Resource Location\".\n" +"At the end of the file is a statistic of all used Resource Types." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:89 +msgid "" +"Execute the file at the given path with the arguments passed as an array of " +"strings. Platform path resolution will take place. The resolved file must " +"exist and be executable.\n" +"The arguments are used in the given order and separated by a space, so " +"[code]OS.execute(\"ping\", [\"-w\", \"3\", \"godotengine.org\"], false)[/" +"code] will resolve to [code]ping -w 3 godotengine.org[/code] in the system's " +"shell.\n" +"This method has slightly different behavior based on whether the " +"[code]blocking[/code] mode is enabled.\n" +"If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]true[/code], the Godot thread will pause " +"its execution while waiting for the process to terminate. The shell output " +"of the process will be written to the [code]output[/code] array as a single " +"string. When the process terminates, the Godot thread will resume " +"execution.\n" +"If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will " +"continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the " +"shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n" +"The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the " +"method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the " +"method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and " +"potentially terminate it with [method kill]). If the process forking (non-" +"blocking) or opening (blocking) fails, the method will return [code]-1[/" +"code] or another exit code.\n" +"Example of blocking mode and retrieving the shell output:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var output = []\n" +"var exit_code = OS.execute(\"ls\", [\"-l\", \"/tmp\"], true, output)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Example of non-blocking mode, running another instance of the project and " +"storing its process ID:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var pid = OS.execute(OS.get_executable_path(), [], false)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"If you wish to access a shell built-in or perform a composite command, a " +"platform-specific shell can be invoked. For example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"OS.execute(\"CMD.exe\", [\"/C\", \"cd %TEMP% && dir\"], true, output)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Android, iOS, Linux, macOS and " +"Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:115 +msgid "Returns the scancode of the given string (e.g. \"Escape\")." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:121 +msgid "Returns the total number of available audio drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:128 +msgid "Returns the audio driver name for the given index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:134 +msgid "" +"Returns the [i]global[/i] cache data directory according to the operating " +"system's standards. On desktop platforms, this path can be overridden by " +"setting the [code]XDG_CACHE_HOME[/code] environment variable before starting " +"the project. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/io/" +"data_paths.html]File paths in Godot projects[/url] in the documentation for " +"more information. See also [method get_config_dir] and [method " +"get_data_dir].\n" +"Not to be confused with [method get_user_data_dir], which returns the " +"[i]project-specific[/i] user data path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:141 +msgid "" +"Returns the command-line arguments passed to the engine.\n" +"Command-line arguments can be written in any form, including both [code]--" +"key value[/code] and [code]--key=value[/code] forms so they can be properly " +"parsed, as long as custom command-line arguments do not conflict with engine " +"arguments.\n" +"You can also incorporate environment variables using the [method " +"get_environment] method.\n" +"You can set [member ProjectSettings.editor/main_run_args] to define command-" +"line arguments to be passed by the editor when running the project.\n" +"Here's a minimal example on how to parse command-line arguments into a " +"dictionary using the [code]--key=value[/code] form for arguments:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var arguments = {}\n" +"for argument in OS.get_cmdline_args():\n" +" if argument.find(\"=\") > -1:\n" +" var key_value = argument.split(\"=\")\n" +" arguments[key_value[0].lstrip(\"--\")] = key_value[1]\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:158 +msgid "" +"Returns the [i]global[/i] user configuration directory according to the " +"operating system's standards. On desktop platforms, this path can be " +"overridden by setting the [code]XDG_CONFIG_HOME[/code] environment variable " +"before starting the project. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/" +"tutorials/io/data_paths.html]File paths in Godot projects[/url] in the " +"documentation for more information. See also [method get_cache_dir] and " +"[method get_data_dir].\n" +"Not to be confused with [method get_user_data_dir], which returns the " +"[i]project-specific[/i] user data path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:165 +msgid "" +"Returns an array of MIDI device names.\n" +"The returned array will be empty if the system MIDI driver has not " +"previously been initialised with [method open_midi_inputs].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:173 +msgid "" +"Returns the currently used video driver, using one of the values from [enum " +"VideoDriver]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:179 +msgid "" +"Returns the [i]global[/i] user data directory according to the operating " +"system's standards. On desktop platforms, this path can be overridden by " +"setting the [code]XDG_DATA_HOME[/code] environment variable before starting " +"the project. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/io/" +"data_paths.html]File paths in Godot projects[/url] in the documentation for " +"more information. See also [method get_cache_dir] and [method " +"get_config_dir].\n" +"Not to be confused with [method get_user_data_dir], which returns the " +"[i]project-specific[/i] user data path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:187 +msgid "" +"Returns current date as a dictionary of keys: [code]year[/code], " +"[code]month[/code], [code]day[/code], [code]weekday[/code], [code]dst[/code] " +"(Daylight Savings Time)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:194 +msgid "" +"Returns current datetime as a dictionary of keys: [code]year[/code], " +"[code]month[/code], [code]day[/code], [code]weekday[/code], [code]dst[/code] " +"(Daylight Savings Time), [code]hour[/code], [code]minute[/code], " +"[code]second[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:201 +msgid "" +"Gets a dictionary of time values corresponding to the given UNIX epoch time " +"(in seconds).\n" +"The returned Dictionary's values will be the same as [method get_datetime], " +"with the exception of Daylight Savings Time as it cannot be determined from " +"the epoch." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:208 +msgid "Returns the total amount of dynamic memory used (only works in debug)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:215 +msgid "" +"Returns the value of an environment variable. Returns an empty string if the " +"environment variable doesn't exist.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Double-check the casing of [code]variable[/code]. Environment " +"variable names are case-sensitive on all platforms except Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:222 +msgid "Returns the path to the current engine executable." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:228 +msgid "" +"With this function, you can get the list of dangerous permissions that have " +"been granted to the Android application.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Android." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:235 +msgid "" +"Returns the IME cursor position (the currently-edited portion of the string) " +"relative to the characters in the composition string.\n" +"[constant MainLoop.NOTIFICATION_OS_IME_UPDATE] is sent to the application to " +"notify it of changes to the IME cursor position.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:243 +msgid "" +"Returns the IME intermediate composition string.\n" +"[constant MainLoop.NOTIFICATION_OS_IME_UPDATE] is sent to the application to " +"notify it of changes to the IME composition string.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:251 +msgid "" +"Returns the current latin keyboard variant as a String.\n" +"Possible return values are: [code]\"QWERTY\"[/code], [code]\"AZERTY\"[/" +"code], [code]\"QZERTY\"[/code], [code]\"DVORAK\"[/code], [code]\"NEO\"[/" +"code], [code]\"COLEMAK\"[/code] or [code]\"ERROR\"[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows. Returns " +"[code]\"QWERTY\"[/code] on unsupported platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:259 +msgid "" +"Returns the host OS locale as a string of the form " +"[code]language_Script_COUNTRY_VARIANT@extra[/code]. If you want only the " +"language code and not the fully specified locale from the OS, you can use " +"[method get_locale_language].\n" +"[code]language[/code] - 2 or 3-letter [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"List_of_ISO_639-1_codes]language code[/url], in lower case.\n" +"[code]Script[/code] - optional, 4-letter [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"ISO_15924]script code[/url], in title case.\n" +"[code]COUNTRY[/code] - optional, 2 or 3-letter [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/" +"wiki/ISO_3166-1]country code[/url], in upper case.\n" +"[code]VARIANT[/code] - optional, language variant, region and sort order. " +"Variant can have any number of underscored keywords.\n" +"[code]extra[/code] - optional, semicolon separated list of additional key " +"words. Currency, calendar, sort order and numbering system information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:270 +msgid "" +"Returns the host OS locale's 2 or 3-letter [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/" +"wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes]language code[/url] as a string which should be " +"consistent on all platforms. This is equivalent to extracting the " +"[code]language[/code] part of the [method get_locale] string.\n" +"This can be used to narrow down fully specified locale strings to only the " +"\"common\" language code, when you don't need the additional information " +"about country code or variants. For example, for a French Canadian user with " +"[code]fr_CA[/code] locale, this would return [code]fr[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:277 +msgid "" +"Returns the model name of the current device.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Android and iOS. Returns " +"[code]\"GenericDevice\"[/code] on unsupported platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:284 +msgid "" +"Returns the name of the host OS. Possible values are: [code]\"Android\"[/" +"code], [code]\"iOS\"[/code], [code]\"HTML5\"[/code], [code]\"OSX\"[/code], " +"[code]\"Server\"[/code], [code]\"Windows\"[/code], [code]\"UWP\"[/code], " +"[code]\"X11\"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:291 +msgid "" +"Returns internal structure pointers for use in GDNative plugins.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux and Windows (other OSs will " +"soon be supported)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:298 +msgid "" +"Returns the amount of battery left in the device as a percentage. Returns " +"[code]-1[/code] if power state is unknown.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:305 +msgid "" +"Returns an estimate of the time left in seconds before the device runs out " +"of battery. Returns [code]-1[/code] if power state is unknown.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:312 +msgid "" +"Returns the current state of the device regarding battery and power. See " +"[enum PowerState] constants.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:319 +msgid "" +"Returns the project's process ID.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Android, iOS, Linux, macOS and " +"Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:326 +msgid "Returns the number of threads available on the host machine." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:332 +msgid "Returns the window size including decorations like window borders." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:339 +msgid "" +"Returns the given scancode as a string (e.g. Return values: [code]\"Escape" +"\"[/code], [code]\"Shift+Escape\"[/code]).\n" +"See also [member InputEventKey.scancode] and [method InputEventKey." +"get_scancode_with_modifiers]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:346 +msgid "Returns the number of displays attached to the host machine." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:353 +msgid "" +"Returns the dots per inch density of the specified screen. If [code]screen[/" +"code] is [/code]-1[/code] (the default value), the current screen will be " +"used.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, returned value is inaccurate if fractional display " +"scaling mode is used.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] On Android devices, the actual screen densities are grouped " +"into six generalized densities:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +" ldpi - 120 dpi\n" +" mdpi - 160 dpi\n" +" hdpi - 240 dpi\n" +" xhdpi - 320 dpi\n" +" xxhdpi - 480 dpi\n" +"xxxhdpi - 640 dpi\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Android, Linux, macOS and " +"Windows. Returns [code]72[/code] on unsupported platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:370 +msgid "" +"Return the greatest scale factor of all screens.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS returned value is [code]2.0[/code] if there is at " +"least one hiDPI (Retina) screen in the system, and [code]1.0[/code] in all " +"other cases.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:379 +msgid "" +"Returns the position of the specified screen by index. If [code]screen[/" +"code] is [/code]-1[/code] (the default value), the current screen will be " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:386 +msgid "" +"Return the scale factor of the specified screen by index. If [code]screen[/" +"code] is [/code]-1[/code] (the default value), the current screen will be " +"used.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS returned value is [code]2.0[/code] for hiDPI (Retina) " +"screen, and [code]1.0[/code] for all other cases.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:395 +msgid "" +"Returns the dimensions in pixels of the specified screen. If [code]screen[/" +"code] is [/code]-1[/code] (the default value), the current screen will be " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:401 +msgid "" +"Returns the amount of time in milliseconds it took for the boot logo to " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:407 +msgid "Returns the maximum amount of static memory used (only works in debug)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:413 +msgid "Returns the amount of static memory being used by the program in bytes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:421 +msgid "" +"Returns the actual path to commonly used folders across different platforms. " +"Available locations are specified in [enum SystemDir].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Android, Linux, macOS and " +"Windows.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Shared storage is implemented on Android and allows to " +"differentiate between app specific and shared directories. Shared " +"directories have additional restrictions on Android." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:429 +msgid "Returns the epoch time of the operating system in milliseconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:435 +msgid "Returns the epoch time of the operating system in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:441 +msgid "" +"Returns the total number of available tablet drivers.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:449 +msgid "" +"Returns the tablet driver name for the given index.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:456 +msgid "" +"Returns the ID of the current thread. This can be used in logs to ease " +"debugging of multi-threaded applications.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Thread IDs are not deterministic and may be reused across " +"application restarts." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:463 +msgid "" +"Returns the amount of time passed in milliseconds since the engine started." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:469 +msgid "" +"Returns the amount of time passed in microseconds since the engine started." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:476 +msgid "Returns current time as a dictionary of keys: hour, minute, second." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:482 +msgid "" +"Returns the current time zone as a dictionary with the keys: bias and name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:488 +msgid "" +"Returns a string that is unique to the device.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This string may change without notice if the user reinstalls/" +"upgrades their operating system or changes their hardware. This means it " +"should generally not be used to encrypt persistent data as the data saved " +"before an unexpected ID change would become inaccessible. The returned " +"string may also be falsified using external programs, so do not rely on the " +"string returned by [method get_unique_id] for security purposes.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Returns an empty string on HTML5 and UWP, as this method isn't " +"implemented on those platforms yet." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:496 +msgid "" +"Returns the current UNIX epoch timestamp in seconds.\n" +"[b]Important:[/b] This is the system clock that the user can manually set. " +"[b]Never use[/b] this method for precise time calculation since its results " +"are also subject to automatic adjustments by the operating system. [b]Always " +"use[/b] [method get_ticks_usec] or [method get_ticks_msec] for precise time " +"calculation instead, since they are guaranteed to be monotonic (i.e. never " +"decrease)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:504 +msgid "" +"Gets an epoch time value from a dictionary of time values.\n" +"[code]datetime[/code] must be populated with the following keys: [code]year[/" +"code], [code]month[/code], [code]day[/code], [code]hour[/code], " +"[code]minute[/code], [code]second[/code].\n" +"If the dictionary is empty [code]0[/code] is returned. If some keys are " +"omitted, they default to the equivalent values for the UNIX epoch timestamp " +"0 (1970-01-01 at 00:00:00 UTC).\n" +"You can pass the output from [method get_datetime_from_unix_time] directly " +"into this function. Daylight Savings Time ([code]dst[/code]), if present, is " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:513 +msgid "" +"Returns the absolute directory path where user data is written ([code]user://" +"[/code]).\n" +"On Linux, this is [code]~/.local/share/godot/app_userdata/[project_name][/" +"code], or [code]~/.local/share/[custom_name][/code] if " +"[code]use_custom_user_dir[/code] is set.\n" +"On macOS, this is [code]~/Library/Application Support/Godot/app_userdata/" +"[project_name][/code], or [code]~/Library/Application Support/[custom_name][/" +"code] if [code]use_custom_user_dir[/code] is set.\n" +"On Windows, this is [code]%APPDATA%\\Godot\\app_userdata\\[project_name][/" +"code], or [code]%APPDATA%\\[custom_name][/code] if " +"[code]use_custom_user_dir[/code] is set. [code]%APPDATA%[/code] expands to " +"[code]%USERPROFILE%\\AppData\\Roaming[/code].\n" +"If the project name is empty, [code]user://[/code] falls back to [code]res://" +"[/code].\n" +"Not to be confused with [method get_data_dir], which returns the [i]global[/" +"i] (non-project-specific) user data directory." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:524 +msgid "Returns the number of video drivers supported on the current platform." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:531 +msgid "" +"Returns the name of the video driver matching the given [code]driver[/code] " +"index. This index is a value from [enum VideoDriver], and you can use " +"[method get_current_video_driver] to get the current backend's index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:537 +msgid "" +"Returns the on-screen keyboard's height in pixels. Returns 0 if there is no " +"keyboard or if it is currently hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:543 +msgid "" +"Returns unobscured area of the window where interactive controls should be " +"rendered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:553 +msgid "" +"Add a new item with text \"label\" to global menu. Use \"_dock\" menu to add " +"item to the macOS dock icon menu.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:561 +msgid "" +"Add a separator between items. Separators also occupy an index.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:569 +msgid "" +"Clear the global menu, in effect removing all items.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:578 +msgid "" +"Removes the item at index \"idx\" from the global menu. Note that the " +"indexes of items after the removed item are going to be shifted by one.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:586 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the environment variable with the name " +"[code]variable[/code] exists.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Double-check the casing of [code]variable[/code]. Environment " +"variable names are case-sensitive on all platforms except Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:594 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the feature for the given feature tag is " +"supported in the currently running instance, depending on the platform, " +"build etc. Can be used to check whether you're currently running a debug " +"build, on a certain platform or arch, etc. Refer to the [url=https://docs." +"godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/workflow/export/feature_tags." +"html]Feature Tags[/url] documentation for more details.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Tag names are case-sensitive." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:601 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the device has a touchscreen or emulates one." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:607 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the platform has a virtual keyboard, " +"[code]false[/code] otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:613 +msgid "Hides the virtual keyboard if it is shown, does nothing otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:619 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the Godot binary used to run the project is a " +"[i]debug[/i] export template, or when running in the editor.\n" +"Returns [code]false[/code] if the Godot binary used to run the project is a " +"[i]release[/i] export template.\n" +"To check whether the Godot binary used to run the project is an export " +"template (debug or release), use [code]OS.has_feature(\"standalone\")[/code] " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:627 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the [b]OK[/b] button should appear on the left " +"and [b]Cancel[/b] on the right." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:634 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the input scancode corresponds to a Unicode " +"character." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:640 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the engine was executed with [code]-v[/code] " +"(verbose stdout)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:646 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the [code]user://[/code] file system is persistent, so " +"that its state is the same after a player quits and starts the game again. " +"Relevant to the HTML5 platform, where this persistence may be unavailable." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:652 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the window should always be on top of other " +"windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:658 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the window is currently focused.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Only implemented on desktop platforms. On other platforms, it " +"will always return [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:665 +msgid "" +"Returns active keyboard layout index.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:672 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of keyboard layouts.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:680 +msgid "" +"Returns the ISO-639/BCP-47 language code of the keyboard layout at position " +"[code]index[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:688 +msgid "" +"Returns the localized name of the keyboard layout at position [code]index[/" +"code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:696 +msgid "" +"Sets active keyboard layout.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:704 +msgid "" +"Kill (terminate) the process identified by the given process ID ([code]pid[/" +"code]), e.g. the one returned by [method execute] in non-blocking mode.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method can also be used to kill processes that were not " +"spawned by the game.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Android, iOS, Linux, macOS and " +"Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:712 +msgid "" +"Moves the window to the front.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:719 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if native video is playing.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is only implemented on iOS." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:726 +msgid "" +"Pauses native video playback.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is only implemented on iOS." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:737 +msgid "" +"Plays native video from the specified path, at the given volume and with " +"audio and subtitle tracks.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is only implemented on iOS." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:744 +msgid "" +"Stops native video playback.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on iOS." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:751 +msgid "" +"Resumes native video playback.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on iOS." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:758 +msgid "" +"Initialises the singleton for the system MIDI driver.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:766 +msgid "" +"Shows all resources in the game. Optionally, the list can be written to a " +"file by specifying a file path in [code]tofile[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:772 +msgid "Shows the list of loaded textures sorted by size in memory." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:779 +msgid "Shows the number of resources loaded by the game of the given types." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:786 +msgid "Shows all resources currently used by the game." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:792 +msgid "" +"Request the user attention to the window. It'll flash the taskbar button on " +"Windows or bounce the dock icon on OSX.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:800 +msgid "" +"At the moment this function is only used by [code]AudioDriverOpenSL[/code] " +"to request permission for [code]RECORD_AUDIO[/code] on Android." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:806 +msgid "" +"With this function, you can request dangerous permissions since normal " +"permissions are automatically granted at install time in Android " +"applications.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Android." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:815 +msgid "" +"Sets the value of the environment variable [code]variable[/code] to " +"[code]value[/code]. The environment variable will be set for the Godot " +"process and any process executed with [method execute] after running [method " +"set_environment]. The environment variable will [i]not[/i] persist to " +"processes run after the Godot process was terminated.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Double-check the casing of [code]variable[/code]. Environment " +"variable names are case-sensitive on all platforms except Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:823 +msgid "" +"Sets the game's icon using an [Image] resource.\n" +"The same image is used for window caption, taskbar/dock and window selection " +"dialog. Image is scaled as needed.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on HTML5, Linux, macOS and Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:832 +msgid "" +"Sets whether IME input mode should be enabled.\n" +"If active IME handles key events before the application and creates an " +"composition string and suggestion list.\n" +"Application can retrieve the composition status by using [method " +"get_ime_selection] and [method get_ime_text] functions.\n" +"Completed composition string is committed when input is finished.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:843 +msgid "" +"Sets position of IME suggestion list popup (in window coordinates).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:851 +msgid "" +"Sets the game's icon using a multi-size platform-specific icon file ([code]*." +"ico[/code] on Windows and [code]*.icns[/code] on macOS).\n" +"Appropriate size sub-icons are used for window caption, taskbar/dock and " +"window selection dialog.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS and Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:860 +msgid "Sets the name of the current thread." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:867 +msgid "Enables backup saves if [code]enabled[/code] is [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:874 +msgid "" +"Sets whether the window should always be on top.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:882 +msgid "" +"Sets a polygonal region of the window which accepts mouse events. Mouse " +"events outside the region will be passed through.\n" +"Passing an empty array will disable passthrough support (all mouse events " +"will be intercepted by the window, which is the default behavior).\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Set region, using Path2D node.\n" +"OS.set_window_mouse_passthrough($Path2D.curve.get_baked_points())\n" +"\n" +"# Set region, using Polygon2D node.\n" +"OS.set_window_mouse_passthrough($Polygon2D.polygon)\n" +"\n" +"# Reset region to default.\n" +"OS.set_window_mouse_passthrough([])\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] On Windows, the portion of a window that lies outside the " +"region is not drawn, while on Linux and macOS it is.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:902 +msgid "" +"Sets the window title to the specified string.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This should be used sporadically. Don't set this every frame, " +"as that will negatively affect performance on some window managers.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on HTML5, Linux, macOS and Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:911 +msgid "" +"Requests the OS to open a resource with the most appropriate program. For " +"example:\n" +"- [code]OS.shell_open(\"C:\\\\Users\\name\\Downloads\")[/code] on Windows " +"opens the file explorer at the user's Downloads folder.\n" +"- [code]OS.shell_open(\"https://godotengine.org\")[/code] opens the default " +"web browser on the official Godot website.\n" +"- [code]OS.shell_open(\"mailto:example@example.com\")[/code] opens the " +"default email client with the \"To\" field set to [code]example@example.com[/" +"code]. See [url=https://blog.escapecreative.com/customizing-mailto-" +"links/]Customizing [code]mailto:[/code] Links[/url] for a list of fields " +"that can be added.\n" +"Use [method ProjectSettings.globalize_path] to convert a [code]res://[/code] " +"or [code]user://[/code] path into a system path for use with this method.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Android, iOS, HTML5, Linux, macOS " +"and Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:924 +msgid "" +"Shows the virtual keyboard if the platform has one.\n" +"The [code]existing_text[/code] parameter is useful for implementing your own " +"[LineEdit] or [TextEdit], as it tells the virtual keyboard what text has " +"already been typed (the virtual keyboard uses it for auto-correct and " +"predictions).\n" +"The [code]multiline[/code] parameter needs to be set to [code]true[/code] to " +"be able to enter multiple lines of text, as in [TextEdit].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Android, iOS and UWP." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:933 +msgid "The clipboard from the host OS. Might be unavailable on some platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:936 +msgid "The current screen index (starting from 0)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:939 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the engine filters the time delta measured between " +"each frame, and attempts to compensate for random variation. This will only " +"operate on systems where V-Sync is active." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:942 +msgid "" +"The exit code passed to the OS when the main loop exits. By convention, an " +"exit code of [code]0[/code] indicates success whereas a non-zero exit code " +"indicates an error. For portability reasons, the exit code should be set " +"between 0 and 125 (inclusive).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This value will be ignored if using [method SceneTree.quit] " +"with an [code]exit_code[/code] argument passed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:946 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the engine tries to keep the screen on while the game " +"is running. Useful on mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:949 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the engine optimizes for low processor usage by only " +"refreshing the screen if needed. Can improve battery consumption on mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:952 +msgid "" +"The amount of sleeping between frames when the low-processor usage mode is " +"enabled (in microseconds). Higher values will result in lower CPU usage." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:955 +msgid "" +"The maximum size of the window (without counting window manager " +"decorations). Does not affect fullscreen mode. Set to [code](0, 0)[/code] to " +"reset to the system default value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:958 +msgid "" +"The minimum size of the window in pixels (without counting window manager " +"decorations). Does not affect fullscreen mode. Set to [code](0, 0)[/code] to " +"reset to the system's default value.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] By default, the project window has a minimum size of " +"[code]Vector2(64, 64)[/code]. This prevents issues that can arise when the " +"window is resized to a near-zero size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:962 +msgid "The current screen orientation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:965 +msgid "The current tablet driver in use." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:968 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], vertical synchronization (Vsync) is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:971 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code] and [code]vsync_enabled[/code] is true, the operating " +"system's window compositor will be used for vsync when the compositor is " +"enabled and the game is in windowed mode.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This option is experimental and meant to alleviate stutter " +"experienced by some users. However, some users have experienced a Vsync " +"framerate halving (e.g. from 60 FPS to 30 FPS) when using it.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property is only implemented on Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:976 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], removes the window frame.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Setting [code]window_borderless[/code] to [code]false[/code] " +"disables per-pixel transparency." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:980 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the window is fullscreen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:983 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the window is maximized." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:986 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the window is minimized." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:989 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the window background is transparent and the window " +"frame is removed.\n" +"Use [code]get_tree().get_root().set_transparent_background(true)[/code] to " +"disable main viewport background rendering.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property has no effect if [member ProjectSettings.display/" +"window/per_pixel_transparency/allowed] setting is disabled.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property is implemented on HTML5, Linux, macOS, Windows, " +"and Android. It can't be changed at runtime for Android. Use [member " +"ProjectSettings.display/window/per_pixel_transparency/enabled] to set it at " +"startup instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:995 +msgid "" +"The window position relative to the screen, the origin is the top left " +"corner, +Y axis goes to the bottom and +X axis goes to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:998 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the window is resizable by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1001 +msgid "The size of the window (without counting window manager decorations)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1006 +msgid "" +"The GLES2 rendering backend. It uses OpenGL ES 2.0 on mobile devices, OpenGL " +"2.1 on desktop platforms and WebGL 1.0 on the web." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1009 +msgid "" +"The GLES3 rendering backend. It uses OpenGL ES 3.0 on mobile devices, OpenGL " +"3.3 on desktop platforms and WebGL 2.0 on the web." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1012 +msgid "Sunday." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1015 +msgid "Monday." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1018 +msgid "Tuesday." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1021 +msgid "Wednesday." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1024 +msgid "Thursday." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1027 +msgid "Friday." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1030 +msgid "Saturday." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1033 +msgid "January." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1036 +msgid "February." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1039 +msgid "March." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1042 +msgid "April." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1045 +msgid "May." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1048 +msgid "June." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1051 +msgid "July." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1054 +msgid "August." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1057 +msgid "September." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1060 +msgid "October." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1063 +msgid "November." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1066 +msgid "December." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1069 +msgid "" +"Application handle:\n" +"- Windows: [code]HINSTANCE[/code] of the application\n" +"- MacOS: [code]NSApplication*[/code] of the application (not yet " +"implemented)\n" +"- Android: [code]JNIEnv*[/code] of the application (not yet implemented)" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1075 +msgid "" +"Display handle:\n" +"- Linux: [code]X11::Display*[/code] for the display" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1079 +msgid "" +"Window handle:\n" +"- Windows: [code]HWND[/code] of the main window\n" +"- Linux: [code]X11::Window*[/code] of the main window\n" +"- MacOS: [code]NSWindow*[/code] of the main window (not yet implemented)\n" +"- Android: [code]jObject[/code] the main android activity (not yet " +"implemented)" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1086 +msgid "" +"Window view:\n" +"- Windows: [code]HDC[/code] of the main window drawing context\n" +"- MacOS: [code]NSView*[/code] of the main windows view (not yet implemented)" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1091 +msgid "" +"OpenGL Context:\n" +"- Windows: [code]HGLRC[/code]\n" +"- Linux: [code]X11::GLXContext[/code]\n" +"- MacOS: [code]NSOpenGLContext*[/code] (not yet implemented)" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1097 +msgid "Landscape screen orientation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1100 +msgid "Portrait screen orientation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1103 +msgid "Reverse landscape screen orientation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1106 +msgid "Reverse portrait screen orientation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1109 +msgid "Uses landscape or reverse landscape based on the hardware sensor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1112 +msgid "Uses portrait or reverse portrait based on the hardware sensor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1115 +msgid "Uses most suitable orientation based on the hardware sensor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1118 +msgid "Desktop directory path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1121 +msgid "DCIM (Digital Camera Images) directory path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1124 +msgid "Documents directory path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1127 +msgid "Downloads directory path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1130 +msgid "Movies directory path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1133 +msgid "Music directory path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1136 +msgid "Pictures directory path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1139 +msgid "Ringtones directory path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1142 +msgid "Unknown powerstate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1145 +msgid "Unplugged, running on battery." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1148 +msgid "Plugged in, no battery available." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1151 +msgid "Plugged in, battery charging." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1154 +msgid "Plugged in, battery fully charged." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PackedDataContainerRef.xml:4 +msgid "Reference version of [PackedDataContainer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:4 +msgid "An abstraction of a serialized scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A simplified interface to a scene file. Provides access to operations and " +"checks that can be performed on the scene resource itself.\n" +"Can be used to save a node to a file. When saving, the node as well as all " +"the nodes it owns get saved (see [code]owner[/code] property on [Node]).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The node doesn't need to own itself.\n" +"[b]Example of loading a saved scene:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Use `load()` instead of `preload()` if the path isn't known at compile-" +"time.\n" +"var scene = preload(\"res://scene.tscn\").instance()\n" +"# Add the node as a child of the node the script is attached to.\n" +"add_child(scene)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Example of saving a node with different owners:[/b] The following example " +"creates 3 objects: [code]Node2D[/code] ([code]node[/code]), " +"[code]RigidBody2D[/code] ([code]rigid[/code]) and [code]CollisionObject2D[/" +"code] ([code]collision[/code]). [code]collision[/code] is a child of " +"[code]rigid[/code] which is a child of [code]node[/code]. Only [code]rigid[/" +"code] is owned by [code]node[/code] and [code]pack[/code] will therefore " +"only save those two nodes, but not [code]collision[/code].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Create the objects.\n" +"var node = Node2D.new()\n" +"var rigid = RigidBody2D.new()\n" +"var collision = CollisionShape2D.new()\n" +"\n" +"# Create the object hierarchy.\n" +"rigid.add_child(collision)\n" +"node.add_child(rigid)\n" +"\n" +"# Change owner of `rigid`, but not of `collision`.\n" +"rigid.owner = node\n" +"\n" +"var scene = PackedScene.new()\n" +"# Only `node` and `rigid` are now packed.\n" +"var result = scene.pack(node)\n" +"if result == OK:\n" +" var error = ResourceSaver.save(\"res://path/name.scn\", scene) # Or " +"\"user://...\"\n" +" if error != OK:\n" +" push_error(\"An error occurred while saving the scene to disk.\")\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:47 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the scene file has nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:53 +msgid "" +"Returns the [code]SceneState[/code] representing the scene file contents." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:60 +msgid "" +"Instantiates the scene's node hierarchy. Triggers child scene " +"instantiation(s). Triggers a [constant Node.NOTIFICATION_INSTANCED] " +"notification on the root node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Pack will ignore any sub-nodes not owned by given node. See [member Node." +"owner]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:73 +msgid "" +"A dictionary representation of the scene contents.\n" +"Available keys include \"rnames\" and \"variants\" for resources, " +"\"node_count\", \"nodes\", \"node_paths\" for nodes, \"editable_instances\" " +"for base scene children overrides, \"conn_count\" and \"conns\" for signal " +"connections, and \"version\" for the format style of the PackedScene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:79 +msgid "If passed to [method instance], blocks edits to the scene state." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:82 +msgid "" +"If passed to [method instance], provides local scene resources to the local " +"scene.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Only available in editor builds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:86 +msgid "" +"If passed to [method instance], provides local scene resources to the local " +"scene. Only the main scene should receive the main edit state.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Only available in editor builds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml:4 +msgid "Abstraction and base class for packet-based protocols." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"PacketPeer is an abstraction and base class for packet-based protocols (such " +"as UDP). It provides an API for sending and receiving packets both as raw " +"data or variables. This makes it easy to transfer data over a protocol, " +"without having to encode data as low-level bytes or having to worry about " +"network ordering." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml:15 +msgid "Returns the number of packets currently available in the ring-buffer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml:21 +msgid "Gets a raw packet." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Returns the error state of the last packet received (via [method get_packet] " +"and [method get_var])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Gets a Variant. If [code]allow_objects[/code] (or [member " +"allow_object_decoding]) is [code]true[/code], decoding objects is allowed.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] Deserialized objects can contain code which gets executed. " +"Do not use this option if the serialized object comes from untrusted sources " +"to avoid potential security threats such as remote code execution." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml:42 +msgid "Sends a raw packet." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Sends a [Variant] as a packet. If [code]full_objects[/code] (or [member " +"allow_object_decoding]) is [code]true[/code], encoding objects is allowed " +"(and can potentially include code)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml:56 +msgid "" +"[i]Deprecated.[/i] Use [code]get_var[/code] and [code]put_var[/code] " +"parameters instead.\n" +"If [code]true[/code], the PacketPeer will allow encoding and decoding of " +"object via [method get_var] and [method put_var].\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] Deserialized objects can contain code which gets executed. " +"Do not use this option if the serialized object comes from untrusted sources " +"to avoid potential security threats such as remote code execution." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Maximum buffer size allowed when encoding [Variant]s. Raise this value to " +"support heavier memory allocations.\n" +"The [method put_var] method allocates memory on the stack, and the buffer " +"used will grow automatically to the closest power of two to match the size " +"of the [Variant]. If the [Variant] is bigger than " +"[code]encode_buffer_max_size[/code], the method will error out with " +"[constant ERR_OUT_OF_MEMORY]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:4 +msgid "DTLS packet peer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This class represents a DTLS peer connection. It can be used to connect to a " +"DTLS server, and is returned by [method DTLSServer.take_connection].\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] SSL/TLS certificate revocation and certificate pinning are " +"currently not supported. Revoked certificates are accepted as long as they " +"are otherwise valid. If this is a concern, you may want to use automatically " +"managed certificates with a short validity period." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Connects a [code]peer[/code] beginning the DTLS handshake using the " +"underlying [PacketPeerUDP] which must be connected (see [method " +"PacketPeerUDP.connect_to_host]). If [code]validate_certs[/code] is " +"[code]true[/code], [PacketPeerDTLS] will validate that the certificate " +"presented by the remote peer and match it with the [code]for_hostname[/code] " +"argument. You can specify a custom [X509Certificate] to use for validation " +"via the [code]valid_certificate[/code] argument." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:26 +msgid "Disconnects this peer, terminating the DTLS session." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:32 doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:43 +msgid "Returns the status of the connection. See [enum Status] for values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Poll the connection to check for incoming packets. Call this frequently to " +"update the status and keep the connection working." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:44 +msgid "A status representing a [PacketPeerDTLS] that is disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:47 +msgid "" +"A status representing a [PacketPeerDTLS] that is currently performing the " +"handshake with a remote peer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:50 +msgid "" +"A status representing a [PacketPeerDTLS] that is connected to a remote peer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:53 +msgid "A status representing a [PacketPeerDTLS] in a generic error state." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:56 +msgid "" +"An error status that shows a mismatch in the DTLS certificate domain " +"presented by the host and the domain requested for validation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerStream.xml:4 +msgid "Wrapper to use a PacketPeer over a StreamPeer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerStream.xml:7 +msgid "" +"PacketStreamPeer provides a wrapper for working using packets over a stream. " +"This allows for using packet based code with StreamPeers. PacketPeerStream " +"implements a custom protocol over the StreamPeer, so the user should not " +"read or write to the wrapped StreamPeer directly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerStream.xml:19 +msgid "The wrapped [StreamPeer] object." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:4 +msgid "UDP packet peer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:7 +msgid "" +"UDP packet peer. Can be used to send raw UDP packets as well as [Variant]s." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:15 +msgid "Closes the UDP socket the [PacketPeerUDP] is currently listening on." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Calling this method connects this UDP peer to the given [code]host[/code]/" +"[code]port[/code] pair. UDP is in reality connectionless, so this option " +"only means that incoming packets from different addresses are automatically " +"discarded, and that outgoing packets are always sent to the connected " +"address (future calls to [method set_dest_address] are not allowed). This " +"method does not send any data to the remote peer, to do that, use [method " +"PacketPeer.put_var] or [method PacketPeer.put_packet] as usual. See also " +"[UDPServer].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Connecting to the remote peer does not help to protect from " +"malicious attacks like IP spoofing, etc. Think about using an encryption " +"technique like SSL or DTLS if you feel like your application is transferring " +"sensitive information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Returns the IP of the remote peer that sent the last packet(that was " +"received with [method PacketPeer.get_packet] or [method PacketPeer.get_var])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Returns the port of the remote peer that sent the last packet(that was " +"received with [method PacketPeer.get_packet] or [method PacketPeer.get_var])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:42 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the UDP socket is open and has been connected " +"to a remote address. See [method connect_to_host]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:48 +msgid "Returns whether this [PacketPeerUDP] is listening." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Joins the multicast group specified by [code]multicast_address[/code] using " +"the interface identified by [code]interface_name[/code].\n" +"You can join the same multicast group with multiple interfaces. Use [method " +"IP.get_local_interfaces] to know which are available.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Some Android devices might require the " +"[code]CHANGE_WIFI_MULTICAST_STATE[/code] permission for multicast to work." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Removes the interface identified by [code]interface_name[/code] from the " +"multicast group specified by [code]multicast_address[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:75 +msgid "" +"Makes this [PacketPeerUDP] listen on the [code]port[/code] binding to " +"[code]bind_address[/code] with a buffer size [code]recv_buf_size[/code].\n" +"If [code]bind_address[/code] is set to [code]\"*\"[/code] (default), the " +"peer will listen on all available addresses (both IPv4 and IPv6).\n" +"If [code]bind_address[/code] is set to [code]\"0.0.0.0\"[/code] (for IPv4) " +"or [code]\"::\"[/code] (for IPv6), the peer will listen on all available " +"addresses matching that IP type.\n" +"If [code]bind_address[/code] is set to any valid address (e.g. " +"[code]\"192.168.1.101\"[/code], [code]\"::1\"[/code], etc), the peer will " +"only listen on the interface with that addresses (or fail if no interface " +"with the given address exists)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:85 +msgid "" +"Enable or disable sending of broadcast packets (e.g. " +"[code]set_dest_address(\"255.255.255.255\", 4343)[/code]. This option is " +"disabled by default.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Some Android devices might require the " +"[code]CHANGE_WIFI_MULTICAST_STATE[/code] permission and this option to be " +"enabled to receive broadcast packets too." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:94 +msgid "" +"Sets the destination address and port for sending packets and variables. A " +"hostname will be resolved using DNS if needed.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [method set_broadcast_enabled] must be enabled before sending " +"packets to a broadcast address (e.g. [code]255.255.255.255[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:101 +msgid "" +"Waits for a packet to arrive on the listening port. See [method listen].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [method wait] can't be interrupted once it has been called. " +"This can be worked around by allowing the other party to send a specific " +"\"death pill\" packet like this:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Server\n" +"socket.set_dest_address(\"127.0.0.1\", 789)\n" +"socket.put_packet(\"Time to stop\".to_ascii())\n" +"\n" +"# Client\n" +"while socket.wait() == OK:\n" +" var data = socket.get_packet().get_string_from_ascii()\n" +" if data == \"Time to stop\":\n" +" return\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Panel.xml:4 +msgid "Provides an opaque background for [Control] children." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Panel.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Panel is a [Control] that displays an opaque background. It's commonly used " +"as a parent and container for other types of [Control] nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Panel.xml:11 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/516" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Panel.xml:12 doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:12 +#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:29 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/523" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Panel.xml:20 +msgid "The style of this [Panel]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PanelContainer.xml:4 +msgid "Panel container type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PanelContainer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Panel container type. This container fits controls inside of the delimited " +"area of a stylebox. It's useful for giving controls an outline." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PanelContainer.xml:18 +msgid "The style of [PanelContainer]'s background." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PanoramaSky.xml:4 +msgid "A type of [Sky] used to draw a background texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PanoramaSky.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A resource referenced in an [Environment] that is used to draw a background. " +"The Panorama sky functions similar to skyboxes in other engines, except it " +"uses an equirectangular sky map instead of a cube map.\n" +"Using an HDR panorama is strongly recommended for accurate, high-quality " +"reflections. Godot supports the Radiance HDR ([code].hdr[/code]) and OpenEXR " +"([code].exr[/code]) image formats for this purpose.\n" +"You can use [url=https://danilw.github.io/GLSL-howto/cubemap_to_panorama_js/" +"cubemap_to_panorama.html]this tool[/url] to convert a cube map to an " +"equirectangular sky map." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PanoramaSky.xml:17 +msgid "[Texture] to be applied to the PanoramaSky." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParallaxBackground.xml:4 +msgid "A node used to create a parallax scrolling background." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParallaxBackground.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A ParallaxBackground uses one or more [ParallaxLayer] child nodes to create " +"a parallax effect. Each [ParallaxLayer] can move at a different speed using " +"[member ParallaxLayer.motion_offset]. This creates an illusion of depth in a " +"2D game. If not used with a [Camera2D], you must manually calculate the " +"[member scroll_offset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParallaxBackground.xml:16 +msgid "The base position offset for all [ParallaxLayer] children." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParallaxBackground.xml:19 +msgid "The base motion scale for all [ParallaxLayer] children." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParallaxBackground.xml:22 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], elements in [ParallaxLayer] child aren't affected by " +"the zoom level of the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParallaxBackground.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Top-left limits for scrolling to begin. If the camera is outside of this " +"limit, the background will stop scrolling. Must be lower than [member " +"scroll_limit_end] to work." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParallaxBackground.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Bottom-right limits for scrolling to end. If the camera is outside of this " +"limit, the background will stop scrolling. Must be higher than [member " +"scroll_limit_begin] to work." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParallaxBackground.xml:31 +msgid "" +"The ParallaxBackground's scroll value. Calculated automatically when using a " +"[Camera2D], but can be used to manually manage scrolling when no camera is " +"present." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParallaxLayer.xml:4 +msgid "A parallax scrolling layer to be used with [ParallaxBackground]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParallaxLayer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A ParallaxLayer must be the child of a [ParallaxBackground] node. Each " +"ParallaxLayer can be set to move at different speeds relative to the camera " +"movement or the [member ParallaxBackground.scroll_offset] value.\n" +"This node's children will be affected by its scroll offset.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Any changes to this node's position and scale made after it " +"enters the scene will be ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParallaxLayer.xml:17 +msgid "" +"The ParallaxLayer's [Texture] mirroring. Useful for creating an infinite " +"scrolling background. If an axis is set to [code]0[/code], the [Texture] " +"will not be mirrored." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParallaxLayer.xml:20 +msgid "" +"The ParallaxLayer's offset relative to the parent ParallaxBackground's " +"[member ParallaxBackground.scroll_offset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParallaxLayer.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Multiplies the ParallaxLayer's motion. If an axis is set to [code]0[/code], " +"it will not scroll." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:4 +msgid "GPU-based 3D particle emitter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:7 +msgid "" +"3D particle node used to create a variety of particle systems and effects. " +"[Particles] features an emitter that generates some number of particles at a " +"given rate.\n" +"Use the [code]process_material[/code] property to add a [ParticlesMaterial] " +"to configure particle appearance and behavior. Alternatively, you can add a " +"[ShaderMaterial] which will be applied to all particles.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [Particles] only work when using the GLES3 renderer. If using " +"the GLES2 renderer, use [CPUParticles] instead. You can convert [Particles] " +"to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu " +"at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to " +"CPUParticles[/b].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its " +"[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu " +"at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility " +"AABB[/b]. Otherwise, particles may suddenly disappear depending on the " +"camera position and angle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:13 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/vertex_animation/" +"controlling_thousands_of_fish.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Returns the axis-aligned bounding box that contains all the particles that " +"are active in the current frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:27 +msgid "Returns the [Mesh] that is drawn at index [code]pass[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:33 +msgid "Restarts the particle emission, clearing existing particles." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:41 +msgid "Sets the [Mesh] that is drawn at index [code]pass[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:54 +msgid "[Mesh] that is drawn for the first draw pass." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:57 +msgid "[Mesh] that is drawn for the second draw pass." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:60 +msgid "[Mesh] that is drawn for the third draw pass." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:63 +msgid "[Mesh] that is drawn for the fourth draw pass." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:66 +msgid "The number of draw passes when rendering particles." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Time ratio between each emission. If [code]0[/code], particles are emitted " +"continuously. If [code]1[/code], all particles are emitted simultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:87 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], only [code]amount[/code] particles will be emitted." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:90 +msgid "" +"Amount of time to preprocess the particles before animation starts. Lets you " +"start the animation some time after particles have started emitting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:93 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:68 +msgid "" +"[Material] for processing particles. Can be a [ParticlesMaterial] or a " +"[ShaderMaterial]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:96 +msgid "Emission randomness ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:99 +msgid "" +"Speed scaling ratio. A value of [code]0[/code] can be used to pause the " +"particles." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:102 +msgid "" +"The [AABB] that determines the node's region which needs to be visible on " +"screen for the particle system to be active.\n" +"Grow the box if particles suddenly appear/disappear when the node enters/" +"exits the screen. The [AABB] can be grown via code or with the [b]Particles " +"→ Generate AABB[/b] editor tool.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If the [ParticlesMaterial] in use is configured to cast " +"shadows, you may want to enlarge this AABB to ensure the shadow is updated " +"when particles are off-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:118 +msgid "Maximum number of draw passes supported." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:4 +msgid "GPU-based 2D particle emitter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"2D particle node used to create a variety of particle systems and effects. " +"[Particles2D] features an emitter that generates some number of particles at " +"a given rate.\n" +"Use the [code]process_material[/code] property to add a [ParticlesMaterial] " +"to configure particle appearance and behavior. Alternatively, you can add a " +"[ShaderMaterial] which will be applied to all particles.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [Particles2D] only work when using the GLES3 renderer. If using " +"the GLES2 renderer, use [CPUParticles2D] instead. You can convert " +"[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the " +"[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing " +"[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its " +"[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu " +"at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility " +"Rect[/b]. Otherwise, particles may suddenly disappear depending on the " +"camera position and angle.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [CPUParticles2D], [Particles2D] currently ignore the " +"texture region defined in [AtlasTexture]s." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:21 +msgid "Returns a rectangle containing the positions of all existing particles." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:27 +msgid "Restarts all the existing particles." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:80 +msgid "" +"The [Rect2] that determines the node's region which needs to be visible on " +"screen for the particle system to be active.\n" +"Grow the rect if particles suddenly appear/disappear when the node enters/" +"exits the screen. The [Rect2] can be grown via code or with the [b]Particles " +"→ Generate Visibility Rect[/b] editor tool." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:4 +msgid "Particle properties for [Particles] and [Particles2D] nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:7 +msgid "" +"ParticlesMaterial defines particle properties and behavior. It is used in " +"the [code]process_material[/code] of [Particles] and [Particles2D] emitter " +"nodes.\n" +"Some of this material's properties are applied to each particle when " +"emitted, while others can have a [CurveTexture] applied to vary values over " +"the lifetime of the particle.\n" +"When a randomness ratio is applied to a property it is used to scale that " +"property by a random amount. The random ratio is used to interpolate between " +"[code]1.0[/code] and a random number less than one, the result is multiplied " +"by the property to obtain the randomized property. For example a random " +"ratio of [code]0.4[/code] would scale the original property between " +"[code]0.4-1.0[/code] of its original value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:18 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified flag is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:32 +msgid "Returns the randomness ratio associated with the specified parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:39 +msgid "Returns the [Texture] used by the specified parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables the specified flag. See [enum Flags] for " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:55 +msgid "Sets the specified [enum Parameter]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:63 +msgid "Sets the randomness ratio for the specified [enum Parameter]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:71 +msgid "Sets the [Texture] for the specified [enum Parameter]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Initial rotation applied to each particle, in degrees.\n" +"Only applied when [member flag_disable_z] or [member flag_rotate_y] are " +"[code]true[/code] or the [SpatialMaterial] being used to draw the particle " +"is using [constant SpatialMaterial.BILLBOARD_PARTICLES]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:81 +msgid "Each particle's rotation will be animated along this [CurveTexture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:87 +msgid "" +"Initial angular velocity applied to each particle. Sets the speed of " +"rotation of the particle.\n" +"Only applied when [member flag_disable_z] or [member flag_rotate_y] are " +"[code]true[/code] or the [SpatialMaterial] being used to draw the particle " +"is using [constant SpatialMaterial.BILLBOARD_PARTICLES]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:91 +msgid "Each particle's angular velocity will vary along this [CurveTexture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:100 +msgid "Each particle's animation offset will vary along this [CurveTexture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:109 +msgid "Each particle's animation speed will vary along this [CurveTexture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:115 +msgid "" +"Each particle's initial color. If the [Particles2D]'s [code]texture[/code] " +"is defined, it will be multiplied by this color. To have particle display " +"color in a [SpatialMaterial] make sure to set [member SpatialMaterial." +"vertex_color_use_as_albedo] to [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:124 +msgid "Damping will vary along this [CurveTexture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:133 +msgid "" +"The box's extents if [code]emission_shape[/code] is set to [constant " +"EMISSION_SHAPE_BOX]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:136 +msgid "" +"Particle color will be modulated by color determined by sampling this " +"texture at the same point as the [member emission_point_texture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:139 +msgid "" +"Particle velocity and rotation will be set by sampling this texture at the " +"same point as the [member emission_point_texture]. Used only in [constant " +"EMISSION_SHAPE_DIRECTED_POINTS]. Can be created automatically from mesh or " +"node by selecting \"Create Emission Points from Mesh/Node\" under the " +"\"Particles\" tool in the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:142 +msgid "" +"The number of emission points if [code]emission_shape[/code] is set to " +"[constant EMISSION_SHAPE_POINTS] or [constant " +"EMISSION_SHAPE_DIRECTED_POINTS]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:145 +msgid "" +"Particles will be emitted at positions determined by sampling this texture " +"at a random position. Used with [constant EMISSION_SHAPE_POINTS] and " +"[constant EMISSION_SHAPE_DIRECTED_POINTS]. Can be created automatically from " +"mesh or node by selecting \"Create Emission Points from Mesh/Node\" under " +"the \"Particles\" tool in the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:148 +msgid "" +"The axis of the ring when using the emitter [constant EMISSION_SHAPE_RING]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:151 +msgid "" +"The height of the ring when using the emitter [constant EMISSION_SHAPE_RING]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:154 +msgid "" +"The inner radius of the ring when using the emitter [constant " +"EMISSION_SHAPE_RING]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:157 +msgid "" +"The radius of the ring when using the emitter [constant EMISSION_SHAPE_RING]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:160 +msgid "" +"Particles will be emitted inside this region. Use [enum EmissionShape] " +"constants for values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:163 +msgid "" +"The sphere's radius if [code]emission_shape[/code] is set to [constant " +"EMISSION_SHAPE_SPHERE]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:175 +msgid "Amount of [member spread] along the Y axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:184 +msgid "Each particle's hue will vary along this [CurveTexture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:202 +msgid "" +"Each particle's linear acceleration will vary along this [CurveTexture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:208 +msgid "" +"Orbital velocity applied to each particle. Makes the particles circle around " +"origin. Specified in number of full rotations around origin per second.\n" +"Only available when [member flag_disable_z] is [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:212 +msgid "Each particle's orbital velocity will vary along this [CurveTexture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:221 +msgid "" +"Each particle's radial acceleration will vary along this [CurveTexture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:230 +msgid "Each particle's scale will vary along this [CurveTexture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Each particle's tangential acceleration will vary along this [CurveTexture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:248 +msgid "Trail particles' color will vary along this [GradientTexture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:251 +msgid "" +"Emitter will emit [code]amount[/code] divided by [code]trail_divisor[/code] " +"particles. The remaining particles will be used as trail(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:254 +msgid "Trail particles' size will vary along this [CurveTexture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:259 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_texture] to set initial velocity properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:262 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_texture] to set angular velocity properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:265 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_texture] to set orbital velocity properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:268 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_texture] to set linear acceleration properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:271 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_texture] to set radial acceleration properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:274 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_texture] to set tangential acceleration properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:277 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_texture] to set damping properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:280 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_texture] to set angle properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:283 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_texture] to set scale properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:286 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_texture] to set hue variation properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:289 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_texture] to set animation speed properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:292 +msgid "" +"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method " +"set_param_texture] to set animation offset properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:298 +msgid "Use with [method set_flag] to set [member flag_align_y]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:301 +msgid "Use with [method set_flag] to set [member flag_rotate_y]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:304 +msgid "Use with [method set_flag] to set [member flag_disable_z]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:319 +msgid "" +"Particles will be emitted at a position determined by sampling a random " +"point on the [member emission_point_texture]. Particle color will be " +"modulated by [member emission_color_texture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:322 +msgid "" +"Particles will be emitted at a position determined by sampling a random " +"point on the [member emission_point_texture]. Particle velocity and rotation " +"will be set based on [member emission_normal_texture]. Particle color will " +"be modulated by [member emission_color_texture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Path.xml:4 +msgid "Contains a [Curve3D] path for [PathFollow] nodes to follow." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Path.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Can have [PathFollow] child nodes moving along the [Curve3D]. See " +"[PathFollow] for more information on the usage.\n" +"Note that the path is considered as relative to the moved nodes (children of " +"[PathFollow]). As such, the curve should usually start with a zero vector " +"[code](0, 0, 0)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Path.xml:16 +msgid "A [Curve3D] describing the path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Path.xml:22 +msgid "Emitted when the [member curve] changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Path2D.xml:4 +msgid "Contains a [Curve2D] path for [PathFollow2D] nodes to follow." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Path2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Can have [PathFollow2D] child nodes moving along the [Curve2D]. See " +"[PathFollow2D] for more information on usage.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The path is considered as relative to the moved nodes (children " +"of [PathFollow2D]). As such, the curve should usually start with a zero " +"vector ([code](0, 0)[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Path2D.xml:16 +msgid "A [Curve2D] describing the path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:4 +msgid "Point sampler for a [Path]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This node takes its parent [Path], and returns the coordinates of a point " +"within it, given a distance from the first vertex.\n" +"It is useful for making other nodes follow a path, without coding the " +"movement pattern. For that, the nodes must be children of this node. The " +"descendant nodes will then move accordingly when setting an offset in this " +"node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:16 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the position between two cached points is interpolated " +"cubically, and linearly otherwise.\n" +"The points along the [Curve3D] of the [Path] are precomputed before use, for " +"faster calculations. The point at the requested offset is then calculated " +"interpolating between two adjacent cached points. This may present a problem " +"if the curve makes sharp turns, as the cached points may not follow the " +"curve closely enough.\n" +"There are two answers to this problem: either increase the number of cached " +"points and increase memory consumption, or make a cubic interpolation " +"between two points at the cost of (slightly) slower calculations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:21 doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml:21 +msgid "The node's offset along the curve." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:24 doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], any offset outside the path's length will wrap around, " +"instead of stopping at the ends. Use it for cyclic paths." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The distance from the first vertex, measured in 3D units along the path. " +"This sets this node's position to a point within the path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Allows or forbids rotation on one or more axes, depending on the [enum " +"RotationMode] constants being used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:33 +msgid "" +"The distance from the first vertex, considering 0.0 as the first vertex and " +"1.0 as the last. This is just another way of expressing the offset within " +"the path, as the offset supplied is multiplied internally by the path's " +"length." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:36 doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml:39 +msgid "The node's offset perpendicular to the curve." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:41 +msgid "Forbids the PathFollow to rotate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:44 +msgid "Allows the PathFollow to rotate in the Y axis only." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:47 +msgid "Allows the PathFollow to rotate in both the X, and Y axes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:50 +msgid "Allows the PathFollow to rotate in any axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:53 +msgid "" +"Uses the up vector information in a [Curve3D] to enforce orientation. This " +"rotation mode requires the [Path]'s [member Curve3D.up_vector_enabled] " +"property to be set to [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml:4 +msgid "Point sampler for a [Path2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This node takes its parent [Path2D], and returns the coordinates of a point " +"within it, given a distance from the first vertex.\n" +"It is useful for making other nodes follow a path, without coding the " +"movement pattern. For that, the nodes must be children of this node. The " +"descendant nodes will then move accordingly when setting an offset in this " +"node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml:16 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the position between two cached points is interpolated " +"cubically, and linearly otherwise.\n" +"The points along the [Curve2D] of the [Path2D] are precomputed before use, " +"for faster calculations. The point at the requested offset is then " +"calculated interpolating between two adjacent cached points. This may " +"present a problem if the curve makes sharp turns, as the cached points may " +"not follow the curve closely enough.\n" +"There are two answers to this problem: either increase the number of cached " +"points and increase memory consumption, or make a cubic interpolation " +"between two points at the cost of (slightly) slower calculations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml:24 +msgid "" +"How far to look ahead of the curve to calculate the tangent if the node is " +"rotating. E.g. shorter lookaheads will lead to faster rotations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml:30 +msgid "The distance along the path in pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml:33 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], this node rotates to follow the path, making its " +"descendants rotate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml:36 +msgid "" +"The distance along the path as a number in the range 0.0 (for the first " +"vertex) to 1.0 (for the last). This is just another way of expressing the " +"offset within the path, as the offset supplied is multiplied internally by " +"the path's length." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml:4 +msgid "Creates packages that can be loaded into a running project." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The [PCKPacker] is used to create packages that can be loaded into a running " +"project using [method ProjectSettings.load_resource_pack].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var packer = PCKPacker.new()\n" +"packer.pck_start(\"test.pck\")\n" +"packer.add_file(\"res://text.txt\", \"text.txt\")\n" +"packer.flush()\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"The above [PCKPacker] creates package [code]test.pck[/code], then adds a " +"file named [code]text.txt[/code] at the root of the package." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Adds the [code]source_path[/code] file to the current PCK package at the " +"[code]pck_path[/code] internal path (should start with [code]res://[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Writes the files specified using all [method add_file] calls since the last " +"flush. If [code]verbose[/code] is [code]true[/code], a list of files added " +"will be printed to the console for easier debugging." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Creates a new PCK file with the name [code]pck_name[/code]. The [code].pck[/" +"code] file extension isn't added automatically, so it should be part of " +"[code]pck_name[/code] (even though it's not required)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:4 +msgid "Exposes performance-related data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This class provides access to a number of different monitors related to " +"performance, such as memory usage, draw calls, and FPS. These are the same " +"as the values displayed in the [b]Monitor[/b] tab in the editor's " +"[b]Debugger[/b] panel. By using the [method get_monitor] method of this " +"class, you can access this data from your code.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] A few of these monitors are only available in debug mode and " +"will always return 0 when used in a release build.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Many of these monitors are not updated in real-time, so there " +"may be a short delay between changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Returns the value of one of the available monitors. You should provide one " +"of the [enum Monitor] constants as the argument, like this:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"print(Performance.get_monitor(Performance.TIME_FPS)) # Prints the FPS to the " +"console\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:27 +msgid "Number of frames per second." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:30 +msgid "Time it took to complete one frame, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:33 +msgid "Time it took to complete one physics frame, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Static memory currently used, in bytes. Not available in release builds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Dynamic memory currently used, in bytes. Not available in release builds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:42 +msgid "Available static memory. Not available in release builds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:45 +msgid "Available dynamic memory. Not available in release builds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Largest amount of memory the message queue buffer has used, in bytes. The " +"message queue is used for deferred functions calls and notifications." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:51 +msgid "Number of objects currently instanced (including nodes)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:54 +msgid "Number of resources currently used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Number of nodes currently instanced in the scene tree. This also includes " +"the root node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:60 +msgid "" +"Number of orphan nodes, i.e. nodes which are not parented to a node of the " +"scene tree." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:63 +msgid "3D objects drawn per frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:66 +msgid "Vertices drawn per frame. 3D only." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:69 +msgid "Material changes per frame. 3D only." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:72 +msgid "Shader changes per frame. 3D only." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:75 +msgid "Render surface changes per frame. 3D only." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:78 +msgid "Draw calls per frame. 3D only." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:81 +msgid "Items or joined items drawn per frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:84 +msgid "Draw calls per frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:87 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3696 +msgid "" +"The amount of video memory used, i.e. texture and vertex memory combined." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:90 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3699 +msgid "The amount of texture memory used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:93 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3702 +msgid "The amount of vertex memory used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:96 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3693 +msgid "" +"Unimplemented in the GLES2 and GLES3 rendering backends, always returns 0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:99 +msgid "Number of active [RigidBody2D] nodes in the game." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:102 +msgid "Number of collision pairs in the 2D physics engine." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:105 +msgid "Number of islands in the 2D physics engine." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:108 +msgid "Number of active [RigidBody] and [VehicleBody] nodes in the game." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:111 +msgid "Number of collision pairs in the 3D physics engine." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:114 +msgid "Number of islands in the 3D physics engine." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:117 +msgid "Output latency of the [AudioServer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:120 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Monitor] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PHashTranslation.xml:4 +msgid "Optimized translation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PHashTranslation.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Optimized translation. Uses real-time compressed translations, which results " +"in very small dictionaries." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PHashTranslation.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Generates and sets an optimized translation from the given [Translation] " +"resource." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:4 +msgid "Direct access object to a physics body in the [Physics2DServer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Provides direct access to a physics body in the [Physics2DServer], allowing " +"safe changes to physics properties. This object is passed via the direct " +"state callback of rigid/character bodies, and is intended for changing the " +"direct state of that body. See [method RigidBody2D._integrate_forces]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:11 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml:11 doc/classes/RayCast.xml:14 +#: doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:14 doc/classes/World.xml:10 +#: doc/classes/World2D.xml:10 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/ray-casting.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:18 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:30 +msgid "Adds a constant directional force without affecting rotation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:26 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:27 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Adds a positioned force to the body. Both the force and the offset from the " +"body origin are in global coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:33 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:45 +msgid "Adds a constant rotational force." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:40 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:52 +msgid "Applies a directional impulse without affecting rotation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Applies a positioned impulse to the body. An impulse is time-independent! " +"Applying an impulse every frame would result in a framerate-dependent force. " +"For this reason, it should only be used when simulating one-time impacts " +"(use the \"_force\" functions otherwise). The offset uses the rotation of " +"the global coordinate system, but is centered at the object's origin." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:55 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:67 +msgid "Applies a rotational impulse to the body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:62 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:64 +msgid "Returns the collider's [RID]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:69 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:71 +msgid "Returns the collider's object id." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:76 +msgid "" +"Returns the collider object. This depends on how it was created (will return " +"a scene node if such was used to create it)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:83 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:85 +msgid "Returns the contact position in the collider." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:90 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:92 +msgid "Returns the collider's shape index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:97 +msgid "" +"Returns the collided shape's metadata. This metadata is different from " +"[method Object.get_meta], and is set with [method Physics2DServer." +"shape_set_data]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:104 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:99 +msgid "Returns the linear velocity vector at the collider's contact point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:110 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of contacts this body has with other bodies.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] By default, this returns 0 unless bodies are configured to " +"monitor contacts. See [member RigidBody2D.contact_monitor]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:118 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:120 +msgid "Returns the local normal at the contact point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:125 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:127 +msgid "Returns the local position of the contact point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:132 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:134 +msgid "Returns the local shape index of the collision." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:138 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:140 +msgid "Returns the current state of the space, useful for queries." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:145 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:147 +msgid "" +"Returns the body's velocity at the given relative position, including both " +"translation and rotation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:151 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:153 +msgid "Calls the built-in force integration code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:157 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:159 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:101 +msgid "The body's rotational velocity." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:160 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:164 +msgid "The inverse of the inertia of the body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:163 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:167 +msgid "The inverse of the mass of the body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:166 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:170 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:146 +msgid "The body's linear velocity." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:169 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:175 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], this body is currently sleeping (not active)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:172 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:178 +msgid "The timestep (delta) used for the simulation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:175 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:181 +msgid "" +"The rate at which the body stops rotating, if there are not any other forces " +"moving it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:178 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:184 +msgid "The total gravity vector being currently applied to this body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:181 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:187 +msgid "" +"The rate at which the body stops moving, if there are not any other forces " +"moving it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:184 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:190 +msgid "The body's transformation matrix." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml:4 +msgid "Direct access object to a space in the [Physics2DServer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Direct access object to a space in the [Physics2DServer]. It's used mainly " +"to do queries against objects and areas residing in a given space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Checks how far a [Shape2D] can move without colliding. All the parameters " +"for the query, including the shape and the motion, are supplied through a " +"[Physics2DShapeQueryParameters] object.\n" +"Returns an array with the safe and unsafe proportions (between 0 and 1) of " +"the motion. The safe proportion is the maximum fraction of the motion that " +"can be made without a collision. The unsafe proportion is the minimum " +"fraction of the distance that must be moved for a collision. If no collision " +"is detected a result of [code][1.0, 1.0][/code] will be returned.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Any [Shape2D]s that the shape is already colliding with e.g. " +"inside of, will be ignored. Use [method collide_shape] to determine the " +"[Shape2D]s that the shape is already colliding with." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Checks the intersections of a shape, given through a " +"[Physics2DShapeQueryParameters] object, against the space. The resulting " +"array contains a list of points where the shape intersects another. Like " +"with [method intersect_shape], the number of returned results can be limited " +"to save processing time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Checks the intersections of a shape, given through a " +"[Physics2DShapeQueryParameters] object, against the space. If it collides " +"with more than one shape, the nearest one is selected. If the shape did not " +"intersect anything, then an empty dictionary is returned instead.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method does not take into account the [code]motion[/code] " +"property of the object. The returned object is a dictionary containing the " +"following fields:\n" +"[code]collider_id[/code]: The colliding object's ID.\n" +"[code]linear_velocity[/code]: The colliding object's velocity [Vector2]. If " +"the object is an [Area2D], the result is [code](0, 0)[/code].\n" +"[code]metadata[/code]: The intersecting shape's metadata. This metadata is " +"different from [method Object.get_meta], and is set with [method " +"Physics2DServer.shape_set_data].\n" +"[code]normal[/code]: The object's surface normal at the intersection point.\n" +"[code]point[/code]: The intersection point.\n" +"[code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID].\n" +"[code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Checks whether a point is inside any solid shape. The shapes the point is " +"inside of are returned in an array containing dictionaries with the " +"following fields:\n" +"[code]collider[/code]: The colliding object.\n" +"[code]collider_id[/code]: The colliding object's ID.\n" +"[code]metadata[/code]: The intersecting shape's metadata. This metadata is " +"different from [method Object.get_meta], and is set with [method " +"Physics2DServer.shape_set_data].\n" +"[code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID].\n" +"[code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape.\n" +"Additionally, the method can take an [code]exclude[/code] array of objects " +"or [RID]s that are to be excluded from collisions, a [code]collision_mask[/" +"code] bitmask representing the physics layers to check in, or booleans to " +"determine if the ray should collide with [PhysicsBody]s or [Area]s, " +"respectively.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [ConcavePolygonShape2D]s and [CollisionPolygon2D]s in " +"[code]Segments[/code] build mode are not solid shapes. Therefore, they will " +"not be detected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml:86 +msgid "" +"Intersects a ray in a given space. The returned object is a dictionary with " +"the following fields:\n" +"[code]collider[/code]: The colliding object.\n" +"[code]collider_id[/code]: The colliding object's ID.\n" +"[code]metadata[/code]: The intersecting shape's metadata. This metadata is " +"different from [method Object.get_meta], and is set with [method " +"Physics2DServer.shape_set_data].\n" +"[code]normal[/code]: The object's surface normal at the intersection point.\n" +"[code]position[/code]: The intersection point.\n" +"[code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID].\n" +"[code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape.\n" +"If the ray did not intersect anything, then an empty dictionary is returned " +"instead.\n" +"Additionally, the method can take an [code]exclude[/code] array of objects " +"or [RID]s that are to be excluded from collisions, a [code]collision_mask[/" +"code] bitmask representing the physics layers to check in, or booleans to " +"determine if the ray should collide with [PhysicsBody]s or [Area]s, " +"respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml:103 +msgid "" +"Checks the intersections of a shape, given through a " +"[Physics2DShapeQueryParameters] object, against the space.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method does not take into account the [code]motion[/code] " +"property of the object. The intersected shapes are returned in an array " +"containing dictionaries with the following fields:\n" +"[code]collider[/code]: The colliding object.\n" +"[code]collider_id[/code]: The colliding object's ID.\n" +"[code]metadata[/code]: The intersecting shape's metadata. This metadata is " +"different from [method Object.get_meta], and is set with [method " +"Physics2DServer.shape_set_data].\n" +"[code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID].\n" +"[code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape.\n" +"The number of intersections can be limited with the [code]max_results[/code] " +"parameter, to reduce the processing time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:4 +msgid "Server interface for low-level 2D physics access." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Physics2DServer is the server responsible for all 2D physics. It can create " +"many kinds of physics objects, but does not insert them on the node tree." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:19 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Adds a shape to the area, along with a transform matrix. Shapes are usually " +"referenced by their index, so you should track which shape has a given index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:34 doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:304 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:27 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:298 +msgid "" +"Assigns the area to a descendant of [Object], so it can exist in the node " +"tree." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:41 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Removes all shapes from an area. It does not delete the shapes, so they can " +"be reassigned later." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Creates an [Area2D]. After creating an [Area2D] with this method, assign it " +"to a space using [method area_set_space] to use the created [Area2D] in the " +"physics world." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:60 doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:372 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:47 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:362 +msgid "Gets the instance ID of the object the area is assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Returns an area parameter value. See [enum AreaParameter] for a list of " +"available parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:76 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:63 +msgid "Returns the [RID] of the nth shape of an area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:83 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:70 +msgid "Returns the number of shapes assigned to an area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:91 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:78 +msgid "Returns the transform matrix of a shape within an area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:98 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:85 +msgid "Returns the space assigned to the area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:105 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:92 +msgid "Returns the space override mode for the area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:112 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:99 +msgid "Returns the transform matrix for an area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:120 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:114 +msgid "" +"Removes a shape from an area. It does not delete the shape, so it can be " +"reassigned later." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:136 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:130 +msgid "Assigns the area to one or many physics layers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:144 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:138 +msgid "Sets which physics layers the area will monitor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:153 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:147 +msgid "" +"Sets the function to call when any body/area enters or exits the area. This " +"callback will be called for any object interacting with the area, and takes " +"five parameters:\n" +"1: [constant AREA_BODY_ADDED] or [constant AREA_BODY_REMOVED], depending on " +"whether the object entered or exited the area.\n" +"2: [RID] of the object that entered/exited the area.\n" +"3: Instance ID of the object that entered/exited the area.\n" +"4: The shape index of the object that entered/exited the area.\n" +"5: The shape index of the area where the object entered/exited." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:174 +msgid "" +"Sets the value for an area parameter. See [enum AreaParameter] for a list of " +"available parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:183 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:185 +msgid "" +"Substitutes a given area shape by another. The old shape is selected by its " +"index, the new one by its [RID]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:192 +msgid "Disables a given shape in an area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:201 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:202 +msgid "Sets the transform matrix for an area shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:209 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:210 +msgid "Assigns a space to the area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:217 +msgid "" +"Sets the space override mode for the area. See [enum AreaSpaceOverrideMode] " +"for a list of available modes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:225 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:226 +msgid "Sets the transform matrix for an area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:240 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:241 +msgid "Adds a body to the list of bodies exempt from collisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:249 +msgid "" +"Adds a positioned force to the applied force and torque. As with [method " +"body_apply_impulse], both the force and the offset from the body origin are " +"in global coordinates. A force differs from an impulse in that, while the " +"two are forces, the impulse clears itself after being applied." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:259 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:259 +msgid "" +"Adds a shape to the body, along with a transform matrix. Shapes are usually " +"referenced by their index, so you should track which shape has a given index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:282 +msgid "" +"Adds a positioned impulse to the applied force and torque. Both the force " +"and the offset from the body origin are in global coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:311 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:305 +msgid "Removes all shapes from a body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:317 +msgid "Creates a physics body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:330 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:320 +msgid "Returns the physics layer or layers a body belongs to." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:337 +msgid "Returns the physics layer or layers a body can collide with." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:344 +msgid "Returns the continuous collision detection mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:351 +msgid "Returns the [Physics2DDirectBodyState] of the body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:358 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:348 +msgid "" +"Returns the maximum contacts that can be reported. See [method " +"body_set_max_contacts_reported]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:365 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:355 +msgid "Returns the body mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:380 +msgid "" +"Returns the value of a body parameter. See [enum BodyParameter] for a list " +"of available parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:388 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:378 +msgid "Returns the [RID] of the nth shape of a body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:395 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:385 +msgid "Returns the number of shapes assigned to a body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:403 +msgid "Returns the metadata of a shape of a body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:411 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:393 +msgid "Returns the transform matrix of a body shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:418 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:400 +msgid "Returns the [RID] of the space assigned to a body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:426 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:408 +msgid "Returns a body state." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:433 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:429 +msgid "" +"Returns whether a body uses a callback function to calculate its own physics " +"(see [method body_set_force_integration_callback])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:441 +msgid "Removes a body from the list of bodies exempt from collisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:449 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:453 +msgid "" +"Removes a shape from a body. The shape is not deleted, so it can be reused " +"afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:457 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:469 +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:105 +msgid "" +"Sets an axis velocity. The velocity in the given vector axis will be set as " +"the given vector length. This is useful for jumping behavior." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:465 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:477 +msgid "Sets the physics layer or layers a body belongs to." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:473 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:485 +msgid "Sets the physics layer or layers a body can collide with." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:481 +msgid "" +"Sets the continuous collision detection mode using one of the [enum CCDMode] " +"constants.\n" +"Continuous collision detection tries to predict where a moving body will " +"collide, instead of moving it and correcting its movement if it collided." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:492 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:504 +msgid "" +"Sets the function used to calculate physics for an object, if that object " +"allows it (see [method body_set_omit_force_integration])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:500 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:519 +msgid "" +"Sets the maximum contacts to report. Bodies can keep a log of the contacts " +"with other bodies, this is enabled by setting the maximum amount of contacts " +"reported to a number greater than 0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:508 +msgid "Sets the body mode using one of the [enum BodyMode] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:516 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:535 +msgid "" +"Sets whether a body uses a callback function to calculate its own physics " +"(see [method body_set_force_integration_callback])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:525 +msgid "" +"Sets a body parameter. See [enum BodyParameter] for a list of available " +"parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:534 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:561 +msgid "" +"Substitutes a given body shape by another. The old shape is selected by its " +"index, the new one by its [RID]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:544 +msgid "" +"Enables one way collision on body if [code]enable[/code] is [code]true[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:553 +msgid "Disables shape in body if [code]disable[/code] is [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:562 +msgid "" +"Sets metadata of a shape within a body. This metadata is different from " +"[method Object.set_meta], and can be retrieved on shape queries." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:571 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:578 +msgid "Sets the transform matrix for a body shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:579 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:586 +msgid "Assigns a space to the body (see [method space_create])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:588 +msgid "" +"Sets a body state using one of the [enum BodyState] constants.\n" +"Note that the method doesn't take effect immediately. The state will change " +"on the next physics frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:603 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if a collision would result from moving in the " +"given direction from a given point in space. Margin increases the size of " +"the shapes involved in the collision detection. [Physics2DTestMotionResult] " +"can be passed to return additional information in." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:633 +msgid "" +"Creates a damped spring joint between two bodies. If not specified, the " +"second body is assumed to be the joint itself." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:641 +msgid "Returns the value of a damped spring joint parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:650 +msgid "" +"Sets a damped spring joint parameter. See [enum DampedStringParam] for a " +"list of available parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:657 +msgid "" +"Destroys any of the objects created by Physics2DServer. If the [RID] passed " +"is not one of the objects that can be created by Physics2DServer, an error " +"will be sent to the console." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:664 +msgid "" +"Returns information about the current state of the 2D physics engine. See " +"[enum ProcessInfo] for a list of available states." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:675 +msgid "" +"Creates a groove joint between two bodies. If not specified, the bodies are " +"assumed to be the joint itself." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:683 +msgid "Returns the value of a joint parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:690 +msgid "Returns a joint's type (see [enum JointType])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:699 +msgid "" +"Sets a joint parameter. See [enum JointParam] for a list of available " +"parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:713 +msgid "" +"Creates a pin joint between two bodies. If not specified, the second body is " +"assumed to be the joint itself." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:735 +msgid "Activates or deactivates the 2D physics engine." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:742 +msgid "" +"Sets the amount of iterations for calculating velocities of colliding " +"bodies. The greater the amount of iterations, the more accurate the " +"collisions will be. However, a greater amount of iterations requires more " +"CPU power, which can decrease performance. The default value is [code]8[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:749 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:859 +msgid "Returns the shape data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:756 +msgid "Returns a shape's type (see [enum ShapeType])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:764 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:874 +msgid "" +"Sets the shape data that defines its shape and size. The data to be passed " +"depends on the kind of shape created [method shape_get_type]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:770 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:897 +msgid "" +"Creates a space. A space is a collection of parameters for the physics " +"engine that can be assigned to an area or a body. It can be assigned to an " +"area with [method area_set_space], or to a body with [method body_set_space]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:777 +msgid "" +"Returns the state of a space, a [Physics2DDirectSpaceState]. This object can " +"be used to make collision/intersection queries." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:785 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:912 +msgid "Returns the value of a space parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:792 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:919 +msgid "Returns whether the space is active." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:800 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:927 +msgid "" +"Marks a space as active. It will not have an effect, unless it is assigned " +"to an area or body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:809 +msgid "" +"Sets the value for a space parameter. See [enum SpaceParameter] for a list " +"of available parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:815 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1278 +msgid "" +"Constant to set/get the maximum distance a pair of bodies has to move before " +"their collision status has to be recalculated." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:818 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1281 +msgid "" +"Constant to set/get the maximum distance a shape can be from another before " +"they are considered separated." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:821 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1284 +msgid "" +"Constant to set/get the maximum distance a shape can penetrate another shape " +"before it is considered a collision." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:824 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1287 +msgid "" +"Constant to set/get the threshold linear velocity of activity. A body marked " +"as potentially inactive for both linear and angular velocity will be put to " +"sleep after the time given." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:827 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1290 +msgid "" +"Constant to set/get the threshold angular velocity of activity. A body " +"marked as potentially inactive for both linear and angular velocity will be " +"put to sleep after the time given." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:830 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1293 +msgid "" +"Constant to set/get the maximum time of activity. A body marked as " +"potentially inactive for both linear and angular velocity will be put to " +"sleep after this time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:833 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1298 +msgid "" +"Constant to set/get the default solver bias for all physics constraints. A " +"solver bias is a factor controlling how much two objects \"rebound\", after " +"violating a constraint, to avoid leaving them in that state because of " +"numerical imprecision." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:836 +msgid "" +"This is the constant for creating line shapes. A line shape is an infinite " +"line with an origin point, and a normal. Thus, it can be used for front/" +"behind checks." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:841 +msgid "" +"This is the constant for creating segment shapes. A segment shape is a line " +"from a point A to a point B. It can be checked for intersections." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:844 +msgid "" +"This is the constant for creating circle shapes. A circle shape only has a " +"radius. It can be used for intersections and inside/outside checks." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:847 +msgid "" +"This is the constant for creating rectangle shapes. A rectangle shape is " +"defined by a width and a height. It can be used for intersections and inside/" +"outside checks." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:850 +msgid "" +"This is the constant for creating capsule shapes. A capsule shape is defined " +"by a radius and a length. It can be used for intersections and inside/" +"outside checks." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:853 +msgid "" +"This is the constant for creating convex polygon shapes. A polygon is " +"defined by a list of points. It can be used for intersections and inside/" +"outside checks. Unlike the [member CollisionPolygon2D.polygon] property, " +"polygons modified with [method shape_set_data] do not verify that the points " +"supplied form is a convex polygon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:856 +msgid "" +"This is the constant for creating concave polygon shapes. A polygon is " +"defined by a list of points. It can be used for intersections checks, but " +"not for inside/outside checks." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:859 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1173 +msgid "" +"This constant is used internally by the engine. Any attempt to create this " +"kind of shape results in an error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:862 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1176 +msgid "Constant to set/get gravity strength in an area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:865 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1179 +msgid "Constant to set/get gravity vector/center in an area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:868 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1182 +msgid "" +"Constant to set/get whether the gravity vector of an area is a direction, or " +"a center point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:871 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1185 +msgid "" +"Constant to set/get the falloff factor for point gravity of an area. The " +"greater this value is, the faster the strength of gravity decreases with the " +"square of distance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:874 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1188 +msgid "" +"This constant was used to set/get the falloff factor for point gravity. It " +"has been superseded by [constant AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY_DISTANCE_SCALE]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:877 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1191 +msgid "Constant to set/get the linear dampening factor of an area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:880 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1194 +msgid "Constant to set/get the angular dampening factor of an area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:883 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1197 +msgid "Constant to set/get the priority (order of processing) of an area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:886 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1200 +msgid "" +"This area does not affect gravity/damp. These are generally areas that exist " +"only to detect collisions, and objects entering or exiting them." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:889 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1203 +msgid "" +"This area adds its gravity/damp values to whatever has been calculated so " +"far. This way, many overlapping areas can combine their physics to make " +"interesting effects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:892 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1206 +msgid "" +"This area adds its gravity/damp values to whatever has been calculated so " +"far. Then stops taking into account the rest of the areas, even the default " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:895 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1209 +msgid "" +"This area replaces any gravity/damp, even the default one, and stops taking " +"into account the rest of the areas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:898 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1212 +msgid "" +"This area replaces any gravity/damp calculated so far, but keeps calculating " +"the rest of the areas, down to the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:901 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1215 +msgid "Constant for static bodies." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:904 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1218 +msgid "Constant for kinematic bodies." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:907 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1221 +msgid "Constant for rigid bodies." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:910 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1224 +msgid "" +"Constant for rigid bodies in character mode. In this mode, a body can not " +"rotate, and only its linear velocity is affected by physics." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:913 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1227 +msgid "Constant to set/get a body's bounce factor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:916 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1230 +msgid "Constant to set/get a body's friction." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:919 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1233 +msgid "Constant to set/get a body's mass." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:922 +msgid "Constant to set/get a body's inertia." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:925 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1236 +msgid "Constant to set/get a body's gravity multiplier." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:928 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1239 +msgid "Constant to set/get a body's linear dampening factor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:931 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1242 +msgid "Constant to set/get a body's angular dampening factor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:934 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1245 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum BodyParameter] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:937 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1248 +msgid "Constant to set/get the current transform matrix of the body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:940 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1251 +msgid "Constant to set/get the current linear velocity of the body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:943 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1254 +msgid "Constant to set/get the current angular velocity of the body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:946 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1257 +msgid "Constant to sleep/wake up a body, or to get whether it is sleeping." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:949 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1260 +msgid "Constant to set/get whether the body can sleep." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:952 +msgid "Constant to create pin joints." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:955 +msgid "Constant to create groove joints." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:958 +msgid "Constant to create damped spring joints." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:967 +msgid "" +"Sets the resting length of the spring joint. The joint will always try to go " +"to back this length when pulled apart." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:970 +msgid "" +"Sets the stiffness of the spring joint. The joint applies a force equal to " +"the stiffness times the distance from its resting length." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:973 +msgid "" +"Sets the damping ratio of the spring joint. A value of 0 indicates an " +"undamped spring, while 1 causes the system to reach equilibrium as fast as " +"possible (critical damping)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:976 +msgid "" +"Disables continuous collision detection. This is the fastest way to detect " +"body collisions, but can miss small, fast-moving objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:979 +msgid "" +"Enables continuous collision detection by raycasting. It is faster than " +"shapecasting, but less precise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:982 +msgid "" +"Enables continuous collision detection by shapecasting. It is the slowest " +"CCD method, and the most precise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:985 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1263 +msgid "" +"The value of the first parameter and area callback function receives, when " +"an object enters one of its shapes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:988 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1266 +msgid "" +"The value of the first parameter and area callback function receives, when " +"an object exits one of its shapes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:991 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1269 +msgid "Constant to get the number of objects that are not sleeping." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:994 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1272 +msgid "Constant to get the number of possible collisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:997 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1275 +msgid "" +"Constant to get the number of space regions where a collision could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:4 +msgid "Parameters to be sent to a 2D shape physics query." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This class contains the shape and other parameters for 2D intersection/" +"collision queries." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Sets the [Shape2D] that will be used for collision/intersection queries." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:22 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the query will take [Area2D]s into account." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:25 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the query will take [PhysicsBody2D]s into account." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:28 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The physics layer(s) the query will take into account (as a bitmask). See " +"[url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/" +"physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and " +"masks[/url] in the documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:31 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml:31 +msgid "" +"The list of objects or object [RID]s that will be excluded from collisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:34 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml:34 +msgid "The collision margin for the shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:37 +msgid "The motion of the shape being queried for." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:40 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml:37 +msgid "The queried shape's [RID]. See also [method set_shape]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:43 +#: doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml:40 +msgid "The queried shape's transform matrix." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsBody.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for all objects affected by physics in 3D space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsBody.xml:7 +msgid "" +"PhysicsBody is an abstract base class for implementing a physics body. All " +"*Body types inherit from it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsBody.xml:17 doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml:17 +#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:17 +msgid "Adds a body to the list of bodies that this body can't collide with." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsBody.xml:23 doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml:23 +#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Returns an array of nodes that were added as collision exceptions for this " +"body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsBody.xml:30 doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml:30 +#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Removes a body from the list of bodies that this body can't collide with." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for all objects affected by physics in 2D space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"PhysicsBody2D is an abstract base class for implementing a physics body. All " +"*Body2D types inherit from it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Both collision_layer and collision_mask. Returns collision_layer when " +"accessed. Updates collision_layer and collision_mask when modified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:4 +msgid "Direct access object to a physics body in the [PhysicsServer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Provides direct access to a physics body in the [PhysicsServer], allowing " +"safe changes to physics properties. This object is passed via the direct " +"state callback of rigid/character bodies, and is intended for changing the " +"direct state of that body. See [method RigidBody._integrate_forces]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Adds a constant directional force without affecting rotation.\n" +"This is equivalent to [code]add_force(force, Vector3(0,0,0))[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:34 +msgid "Adds a constant rotational force without affecting position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Applies a single directional impulse without affecting rotation.\n" +"This is equivalent to [code]apply_impulse(Vector3(0, 0, 0), impulse)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Applies a positioned impulse to the body. An impulse is time-independent! " +"Applying an impulse every frame would result in a framerate-dependent force. " +"For this reason it should only be used when simulating one-time impacts. The " +"position uses the rotation of the global coordinate system, but is centered " +"at the object's origin." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Apply a torque impulse (which will be affected by the body mass and shape). " +"This will rotate the body around the vector [code]j[/code] passed as " +"parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:78 +msgid "Returns the collider object." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:105 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of contacts this body has with other bodies.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] By default, this returns 0 unless bodies are configured to " +"monitor contacts. See [member RigidBody.contact_monitor]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:113 +msgid "Impulse created by the contact. Only implemented for Bullet physics." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml:4 +msgid "Direct access object to a space in the [PhysicsServer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Direct access object to a space in the [PhysicsServer]. It's used mainly to " +"do queries against objects and areas residing in a given space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Checks how far a [Shape] can move without colliding. All the parameters for " +"the query, including the shape, are supplied through a " +"[PhysicsShapeQueryParameters] object.\n" +"Returns an array with the safe and unsafe proportions (between 0 and 1) of " +"the motion. The safe proportion is the maximum fraction of the motion that " +"can be made without a collision. The unsafe proportion is the minimum " +"fraction of the distance that must be moved for a collision. If no collision " +"is detected a result of [code][1.0, 1.0][/code] will be returned.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Any [Shape]s that the shape is already colliding with e.g. " +"inside of, will be ignored. Use [method collide_shape] to determine the " +"[Shape]s that the shape is already colliding with." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Checks the intersections of a shape, given through a " +"[PhysicsShapeQueryParameters] object, against the space. The resulting array " +"contains a list of points where the shape intersects another. Like with " +"[method intersect_shape], the number of returned results can be limited to " +"save processing time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Checks the intersections of a shape, given through a " +"[PhysicsShapeQueryParameters] object, against the space. If it collides with " +"more than one shape, the nearest one is selected. The returned object is a " +"dictionary containing the following fields:\n" +"[code]collider_id[/code]: The colliding object's ID.\n" +"[code]linear_velocity[/code]: The colliding object's velocity [Vector3]. If " +"the object is an [Area], the result is [code](0, 0, 0)[/code].\n" +"[code]normal[/code]: The object's surface normal at the intersection point.\n" +"[code]point[/code]: The intersection point.\n" +"[code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID].\n" +"[code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape.\n" +"If the shape did not intersect anything, then an empty dictionary is " +"returned instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Intersects a ray in a given space. The returned object is a dictionary with " +"the following fields:\n" +"[code]collider[/code]: The colliding object.\n" +"[code]collider_id[/code]: The colliding object's ID.\n" +"[code]normal[/code]: The object's surface normal at the intersection point.\n" +"[code]position[/code]: The intersection point.\n" +"[code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID].\n" +"[code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape.\n" +"If the ray did not intersect anything, then an empty dictionary is returned " +"instead.\n" +"Additionally, the method can take an [code]exclude[/code] array of objects " +"or [RID]s that are to be excluded from collisions, a [code]collision_mask[/" +"code] bitmask representing the physics layers to check in, or booleans to " +"determine if the ray should collide with [PhysicsBody]s or [Area]s, " +"respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml:71 +msgid "" +"Checks the intersections of a shape, given through a " +"[PhysicsShapeQueryParameters] object, against the space. The intersected " +"shapes are returned in an array containing dictionaries with the following " +"fields:\n" +"[code]collider[/code]: The colliding object.\n" +"[code]collider_id[/code]: The colliding object's ID.\n" +"[code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID].\n" +"[code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape.\n" +"The number of intersections can be limited with the [code]max_results[/code] " +"parameter, to reduce the processing time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsMaterial.xml:4 +msgid "A material for physics properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsMaterial.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Provides a means of modifying the collision properties of a [PhysicsBody]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsMaterial.xml:15 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], subtracts the bounciness from the colliding object's " +"bounciness instead of adding it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsMaterial.xml:18 +msgid "" +"The body's bounciness. Values range from [code]0[/code] (no bounce) to " +"[code]1[/code] (full bounciness)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsMaterial.xml:21 +msgid "" +"The body's friction. Values range from [code]0[/code] (frictionless) to " +"[code]1[/code] (maximum friction)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsMaterial.xml:24 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the physics engine will use the friction of the object " +"marked as \"rough\" when two objects collide. If [code]false[/code], the " +"physics engine will use the lowest friction of all colliding objects " +"instead. If [code]true[/code] for both colliding objects, the physics engine " +"will use the highest friction." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:4 +msgid "Server interface for low-level physics access." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"PhysicsServer is the server responsible for all 3D physics. It can create " +"many kinds of physics objects, but does not insert them on the node tree." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:40 +msgid "Creates an [Area]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Returns an area parameter value. A list of available parameters is on the " +"[enum AreaParameter] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:106 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], area collides with rays." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:168 +msgid "" +"Sets the value for an area parameter. A list of available parameters is on " +"the [enum AreaParameter] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:176 +msgid "Sets object pickable with rays." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:218 +msgid "" +"Sets the space override mode for the area. The modes are described in the " +"[enum AreaSpaceOverrideMode] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:282 +msgid "" +"Gives the body a push at a [code]position[/code] in the direction of the " +"[code]impulse[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:290 +msgid "Gives the body a push to rotate it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:313 +msgid "" +"Creates a physics body. The first parameter can be any value from [enum " +"BodyMode] constants, for the type of body created. Additionally, the body " +"can be created in sleeping state to save processing time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:327 +msgid "" +"Returns the physics layer or layers a body can collide with.\n" +"-" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:335 +msgid "Returns the [PhysicsDirectBodyState] of the body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:370 +msgid "" +"Returns the value of a body parameter. A list of available parameters is on " +"the [enum BodyParameter] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:422 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the continuous collision detection mode is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:436 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the body can be detected by rays." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:444 +msgid "" +"Removes a body from the list of bodies exempt from collisions.\n" +"Continuous collision detection tries to predict where a moving body will " +"collide, instead of moving it and correcting its movement if it collided." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:493 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the continuous collision detection mode is enabled.\n" +"Continuous collision detection tries to predict where a moving body will " +"collide, instead of moving it and correcting its movement if it collided." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:527 +msgid "Sets the body mode, from one of the [enum BodyMode] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:544 +msgid "" +"Sets a body parameter. A list of available parameters is on the [enum " +"BodyParameter] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:552 +msgid "Sets the body pickable with rays if [code]enabled[/code] is set." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:595 +msgid "Sets a body state (see [enum BodyState] constants)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:608 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if a collision would result from moving in the " +"given direction from a given point in space. [PhysicsTestMotionResult] can " +"be passed to return additional information in." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:616 +msgid "" +"Gets a cone_twist_joint parameter (see [enum ConeTwistJointParam] constants)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:625 +msgid "" +"Sets a cone_twist_joint parameter (see [enum ConeTwistJointParam] constants)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:632 +msgid "" +"Destroys any of the objects created by PhysicsServer. If the [RID] passed is " +"not one of the objects that can be created by PhysicsServer, an error will " +"be sent to the console." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:641 +msgid "" +"Gets a generic_6_DOF_joint flag (see [enum G6DOFJointAxisFlag] constants)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:650 +msgid "" +"Gets a generic_6_DOF_joint parameter (see [enum G6DOFJointAxisParam] " +"constants)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:660 +msgid "" +"Sets a generic_6_DOF_joint flag (see [enum G6DOFJointAxisFlag] constants)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:670 +msgid "" +"Sets a generic_6_DOF_joint parameter (see [enum G6DOFJointAxisParam] " +"constants)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:677 +msgid "Returns an Info defined by the [enum ProcessInfo] input given." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:685 +msgid "Gets a hinge_joint flag (see [enum HingeJointFlag] constants)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:693 +msgid "Gets a hinge_joint parameter (see [enum HingeJointParam])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:702 +msgid "Sets a hinge_joint flag (see [enum HingeJointFlag] constants)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:711 +msgid "Sets a hinge_joint parameter (see [enum HingeJointParam] constants)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:721 +msgid "Creates a [ConeTwistJoint]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:731 +msgid "Creates a [Generic6DOFJoint]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:741 +msgid "Creates a [HingeJoint]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:751 +msgid "Creates a [PinJoint]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:761 +msgid "Creates a [SliderJoint]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:768 +msgid "Gets the priority value of the Joint." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:775 +msgid "Returns the type of the Joint." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:783 +msgid "Sets the priority value of the Joint." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:790 +msgid "" +"Returns position of the joint in the local space of body a of the joint." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:797 +msgid "" +"Returns position of the joint in the local space of body b of the joint." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:805 +msgid "Gets a pin_joint parameter (see [enum PinJointParam] constants)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:813 +msgid "Sets position of the joint in the local space of body a of the joint." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:821 +msgid "Sets position of the joint in the local space of body b of the joint." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:830 +msgid "Sets a pin_joint parameter (see [enum PinJointParam] constants)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:837 +msgid "Activates or deactivates the 3D physics engine." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:844 +msgid "" +"Sets the amount of iterations for calculating velocities of colliding " +"bodies. The greater the amount of iterations, the more accurate the " +"collisions will be. However, a greater amount of iterations requires more " +"CPU power, which can decrease performance. The default value is [code]8[/" +"code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Only has an effect when using the GodotPhysics engine, not the " +"default Bullet physics engine." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:852 +msgid "" +"Creates a shape of a type from [enum ShapeType]. Does not assign it to a " +"body or an area. To do so, you must use [method area_set_shape] or [method " +"body_set_shape]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:866 +msgid "Returns the type of shape (see [enum ShapeType] constants)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:882 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:891 +msgid "Gets a slider_joint parameter (see [enum SliderJointParam] constants)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:904 +msgid "" +"Returns the state of a space, a [PhysicsDirectSpaceState]. This object can " +"be used to make collision/intersection queries." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:936 +msgid "" +"Sets the value for a space parameter. A list of available parameters is on " +"the [enum SpaceParameter] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:942 +msgid "The [Joint] is a [PinJoint]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:945 +msgid "The [Joint] is a [HingeJoint]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:948 +msgid "The [Joint] is a [SliderJoint]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:951 +msgid "The [Joint] is a [ConeTwistJoint]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:954 +msgid "The [Joint] is a [Generic6DOFJoint]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:957 +msgid "" +"The strength with which the pinned objects try to stay in positional " +"relation to each other.\n" +"The higher, the stronger." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:961 +msgid "" +"The strength with which the pinned objects try to stay in velocity relation " +"to each other.\n" +"The higher, the stronger." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:965 +msgid "" +"If above 0, this value is the maximum value for an impulse that this Joint " +"puts on its ends." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:971 +msgid "The maximum rotation across the Hinge." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:974 +msgid "The minimum rotation across the Hinge." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:991 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the Hinge has a maximum and a minimum rotation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:994 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], a motor turns the Hinge." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:997 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:76 +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:99 +msgid "" +"The maximum difference between the pivot points on their X axis before " +"damping happens." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1000 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:67 +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:102 +msgid "" +"The minimum difference between the pivot points on their X axis before " +"damping happens." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1003 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:73 +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:105 +msgid "" +"A factor applied to the movement across the slider axis once the limits get " +"surpassed. The lower, the slower the movement." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1006 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:108 +msgid "" +"The amount of restitution once the limits are surpassed. The lower, the more " +"velocityenergy gets lost." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1009 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:111 +msgid "The amount of damping once the slider limits are surpassed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1012 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:85 +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:114 +msgid "" +"A factor applied to the movement across the slider axis as long as the " +"slider is in the limits. The lower, the slower the movement." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1015 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:82 +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:117 +msgid "The amount of restitution inside the slider limits." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1018 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:79 +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:120 +msgid "The amount of damping inside the slider limits." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1021 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:94 +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:123 +msgid "A factor applied to the movement across axes orthogonal to the slider." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1024 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:91 +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:126 +msgid "" +"The amount of restitution when movement is across axes orthogonal to the " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1027 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:88 +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:129 +msgid "" +"The amount of damping when movement is across axes orthogonal to the slider." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1030 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:43 +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:132 +msgid "The upper limit of rotation in the slider." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1033 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:32 +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:135 +msgid "The lower limit of rotation in the slider." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1036 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:138 +msgid "A factor applied to the all rotation once the limit is surpassed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1039 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:141 +msgid "The amount of restitution of the rotation when the limit is surpassed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1042 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:144 +msgid "The amount of damping of the rotation when the limit is surpassed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1045 +msgid "A factor that gets applied to the all rotation in the limits." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1048 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:49 +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:150 +msgid "The amount of restitution of the rotation in the limits." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1051 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:46 +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:153 +msgid "The amount of damping of the rotation in the limits." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1054 +msgid "" +"A factor that gets applied to the all rotation across axes orthogonal to the " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1057 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:58 +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:159 +msgid "" +"The amount of restitution of the rotation across axes orthogonal to the " +"slider." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1060 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:55 +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:162 +msgid "" +"The amount of damping of the rotation across axes orthogonal to the slider." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1063 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum SliderJointParam] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1080 +msgid "" +"The ease with which the Joint twists, if it's too low, it takes more force " +"to twist the joint." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1092 +msgid "" +"A factor that gets applied to the movement across the axes. The lower, the " +"slower the movement." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1095 +msgid "" +"The amount of restitution on the axes movement. The lower, the more velocity-" +"energy gets lost." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1101 +msgid "The velocity that the joint's linear motor will attempt to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1104 +msgid "" +"The maximum force that the linear motor can apply while trying to reach the " +"target velocity." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1113 +msgid "A factor that gets multiplied onto all rotations across the axes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1125 +msgid "" +"When correcting the crossing of limits in rotation across the axes, this " +"error tolerance factor defines how much the correction gets slowed down. The " +"lower, the slower." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1134 +msgid "" +"If [code]set[/code] there is linear motion possible within the given limits." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1137 +msgid "If [code]set[/code] there is rotational motion possible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1140 +msgid "If [code]set[/code] there is a rotational motor across these axes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1143 +msgid "" +"If [code]set[/code] there is a linear motor on this axis that targets a " +"specific velocity." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1146 +msgid "The [Shape] is a [PlaneShape]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1149 +msgid "The [Shape] is a [RayShape]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1152 +msgid "The [Shape] is a [SphereShape]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1155 +msgid "The [Shape] is a [BoxShape]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1158 +msgid "The [Shape] is a [CapsuleShape]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1161 +msgid "The [Shape] is a [CylinderShape]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1164 +msgid "The [Shape] is a [ConvexPolygonShape]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1167 +msgid "The [Shape] is a [ConcavePolygonShape]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1170 +msgid "The [Shape] is a [HeightMapShape]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml:4 +msgid "Parameters to be sent to a 3D shape physics query." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This class contains the shape and other parameters for 3D intersection/" +"collision queries." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml:16 +msgid "Sets the [Shape] that will be used for collision/intersection queries." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml:22 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the query will take [Area]s into account." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml:25 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the query will take [PhysicsBody]s into account." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PinJoint.xml:4 +msgid "Pin joint for 3D PhysicsBodies." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PinJoint.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Pin joint for 3D rigid bodies. It pins 2 bodies (rigid or static) together. " +"See also [Generic6DOFJoint]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PinJoint.xml:30 doc/classes/PinJoint.xml:41 +msgid "" +"The force with which the pinned objects stay in positional relation to each " +"other. The higher, the stronger." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PinJoint.xml:33 doc/classes/PinJoint.xml:44 +msgid "" +"The force with which the pinned objects stay in velocity relation to each " +"other. The higher, the stronger." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PinJoint.xml:36 doc/classes/PinJoint.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If above 0, this value is the maximum value for an impulse that this Joint " +"produces." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PinJoint2D.xml:4 +msgid "Pin Joint for 2D shapes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PinJoint2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Pin Joint for 2D rigid bodies. It pins two bodies (rigid or static) together." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PinJoint2D.xml:15 +msgid "" +"The higher this value, the more the bond to the pinned partner can flex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:4 +msgid "Plane in hessian form." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Plane represents a normalized plane equation. Basically, \"normal\" is the " +"normal of the plane (a,b,c normalized), and \"d\" is the distance from the " +"origin to the plane (in the direction of \"normal\"). \"Over\" or \"Above\" " +"the plane is considered the side of the plane towards where the normal is " +"pointing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Creates a plane from the four parameters. The three components of the " +"resulting plane's [member normal] are [code]a[/code], [code]b[/code] and " +"[code]c[/code], and the plane has a distance of [code]d[/code] from the " +"origin." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:29 +msgid "Creates a plane from the three points, given in clockwise order." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:37 +msgid "Creates a plane from the normal and the plane's distance to the origin." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:43 +msgid "Returns the center of the plane." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Returns the shortest distance from the plane to the position [code]point[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Returns the center of the plane.\n" +"This method is deprecated, please use [method center] instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]point[/code] is inside the plane. " +"Comparison uses a custom minimum [code]epsilon[/code] threshold." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Returns the intersection point of the three planes [code]b[/code], [code]c[/" +"code] and this plane. If no intersection is found, [code]null[/code] is " +"returned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:81 +msgid "" +"Returns the intersection point of a ray consisting of the position " +"[code]from[/code] and the direction normal [code]dir[/code] with this plane. " +"If no intersection is found, [code]null[/code] is returned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:89 +msgid "" +"Returns the intersection point of a segment from position [code]begin[/code] " +"to position [code]end[/code] with this plane. If no intersection is found, " +"[code]null[/code] is returned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this plane and [code]plane[/code] are " +"approximately equal, by running [method @GDScript.is_equal_approx] on each " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:103 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]point[/code] is located above the plane." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:109 +msgid "Returns a copy of the plane, normalized." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:116 +msgid "" +"Returns the orthogonal projection of [code]point[/code] into a point in the " +"plane." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:122 +msgid "" +"The distance from the origin to the plane, in the direction of [member " +"normal]. This value is typically non-negative.\n" +"In the scalar equation of the plane [code]ax + by + cz = d[/code], this is " +"[code]d[/code], while the [code](a, b, c)[/code] coordinates are represented " +"by the [member normal] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:126 +msgid "" +"The normal of the plane, which must be normalized.\n" +"In the scalar equation of the plane [code]ax + by + cz = d[/code], this is " +"the vector [code](a, b, c)[/code], where [code]d[/code] is the [member d] " +"property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:130 +msgid "The X component of the plane's [member normal] vector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:133 +msgid "The Y component of the plane's [member normal] vector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:136 +msgid "The Z component of the plane's [member normal] vector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:141 +msgid "A plane that extends in the Y and Z axes (normal vector points +X)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:144 +msgid "A plane that extends in the X and Z axes (normal vector points +Y)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:147 +msgid "A plane that extends in the X and Y axes (normal vector points +Z)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PlaneMesh.xml:4 +msgid "Class representing a planar [PrimitiveMesh]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PlaneMesh.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Class representing a planar [PrimitiveMesh]. This flat mesh does not have a " +"thickness. By default, this mesh is aligned on the X and Z axes; this " +"default rotation isn't suited for use with billboarded materials. For " +"billboarded materials, use [QuadMesh] instead.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When using a large textured [PlaneMesh] (e.g. as a floor), you " +"may stumble upon UV jittering issues depending on the camera angle. To solve " +"this, increase [member subdivide_depth] and [member subdivide_width] until " +"you no longer notice UV jittering." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PlaneMesh.xml:16 +msgid "Offset from the origin of the generated plane. Useful for particles." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PlaneMesh.xml:19 +msgid "Size of the generated plane." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PlaneMesh.xml:22 +msgid "Number of subdivision along the Z axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PlaneMesh.xml:25 +msgid "Number of subdivision along the X axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PlaneShape.xml:4 +msgid "Infinite plane shape for 3D collisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PlaneShape.xml:7 +msgid "" +"An infinite plane shape for 3D collisions. Note that the [Plane]'s normal " +"matters; anything \"below\" the plane will collide with it. If the " +"[PlaneShape] is used in a [PhysicsBody], it will cause colliding objects " +"placed \"below\" it to teleport \"above\" the plane." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PlaneShape.xml:15 +msgid "The [Plane] used by the [PlaneShape] for collision." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PointMesh.xml:4 +msgid "Mesh with a single Point primitive." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PointMesh.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The PointMesh is made from a single point. Instead of relying on triangles, " +"points are rendered as a single rectangle on the screen with a constant " +"size. They are intended to be used with Particle systems, but can be used as " +"a cheap way to render constant size billboarded sprites (for example in a " +"point cloud).\n" +"PointMeshes, must be used with a material that has a point size. Point size " +"can be accessed in a shader with [code]POINT_SIZE[/code], or in a " +"[SpatialMaterial] by setting [member SpatialMaterial.flags_use_point_size] " +"and the variable [member SpatialMaterial.params_point_size].\n" +"When using PointMeshes, properties that normally alter vertices will be " +"ignored, including billboard mode, grow, and cull face." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:4 +msgid "A 2D polygon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A Polygon2D is defined by a set of points. Each point is connected to the " +"next, with the final point being connected to the first, resulting in a " +"closed polygon. Polygon2Ds can be filled with color (solid or gradient) or " +"filled with a given texture.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] By default, Godot can only draw up to 4,096 polygon points at a " +"time. To increase this limit, open the Project Settings and increase [member " +"ProjectSettings.rendering/limits/buffers/canvas_polygon_buffer_size_kb] and " +"[member ProjectSettings.rendering/limits/buffers/" +"canvas_polygon_index_buffer_size_kb]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Adds a bone with the specified [code]path[/code] and [code]weights[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:24 +msgid "Removes all bones from this [Polygon2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:31 +msgid "Removes the specified bone from this [Polygon2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:37 +msgid "Returns the number of bones in this [Polygon2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:44 +msgid "Returns the path to the node associated with the specified bone." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:51 +msgid "Returns the height values of the specified bone." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:59 +msgid "Sets the path to the node associated with the specified bone." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:67 +msgid "Sets the weight values for the specified bone." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:73 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], polygon edges will be anti-aliased." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:78 +msgid "" +"The polygon's fill color. If [code]texture[/code] is defined, it will be " +"multiplied by this color. It will also be the default color for vertices not " +"set in [code]vertex_colors[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:83 +msgid "" +"Added padding applied to the bounding box when using [code]invert[/code]. " +"Setting this value too small may result in a \"Bad Polygon\" error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:86 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], polygon will be inverted, containing the area outside " +"the defined points and extending to the [code]invert_border[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:89 +msgid "The offset applied to each vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:92 +msgid "" +"The polygon's list of vertices. The final point will be connected to the " +"first.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This returns a copy of the [PoolVector2Array] rather than a " +"reference." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:100 +msgid "" +"The polygon's fill texture. Use [code]uv[/code] to set texture coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:103 +msgid "" +"Amount to offset the polygon's [code]texture[/code]. If [code](0, 0)[/code] " +"the texture's origin (its top-left corner) will be placed at the polygon's " +"[code]position[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:106 +msgid "The texture's rotation in radians." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:109 +msgid "The texture's rotation in degrees." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:112 +msgid "" +"Amount to multiply the [code]uv[/code] coordinates when using a " +"[code]texture[/code]. Larger values make the texture smaller, and vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:115 +msgid "" +"Texture coordinates for each vertex of the polygon. There should be one " +"[code]uv[/code] per polygon vertex. If there are fewer, undefined vertices " +"will use [code](0, 0)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:118 +msgid "" +"Color for each vertex. Colors are interpolated between vertices, resulting " +"in smooth gradients. There should be one per polygon vertex. If there are " +"fewer, undefined vertices will use [code]color[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:4 +msgid "A pooled [Array] of bytes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:7 +msgid "" +"An [Array] specifically designed to hold bytes. Optimized for memory usage, " +"does not fragment the memory.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This type is passed by value and not by reference." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Constructs a new [PoolByteArray]. Optionally, you can pass in a generic " +"[Array] that will be converted." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:29 +msgid "Appends a [PoolByteArray] at the end of this array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Returns a new [PoolByteArray] with the data compressed. Set the compression " +"mode using one of [enum File.CompressionMode]'s constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Returns a new [PoolByteArray] with the data decompressed. Set " +"[code]buffer_size[/code] to the size of the uncompressed data. Set the " +"compression mode using one of [enum File.CompressionMode]'s constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Returns a new [PoolByteArray] with the data decompressed. Set the " +"compression mode using one of [enum File.CompressionMode]'s constants. " +"[b]This method only accepts gzip and deflate compression modes.[/b]\n" +"This method is potentially slower than [code]decompress[/code], as it may " +"have to re-allocate it's output buffer multiple times while decompressing, " +"where as [code]decompress[/code] knows it's output buffer size from the " +"begining.\n" +"\n" +"GZIP has a maximal compression ratio of 1032:1, meaning it's very possible " +"for a small compressed payload to decompress to a potentially very large " +"output. To guard against this, you may provide a maximum size this function " +"is allowed to allocate in bytes via [code]max_output_size[/code]. Passing -1 " +"will allow for unbounded output. If any positive value is passed, and the " +"decompression exceeds that ammount in bytes, then an error will be returned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Returns a copy of the array's contents as [String]. Fast alternative to " +"[method get_string_from_utf8] if the content is ASCII-only. Unlike the UTF-8 " +"function this function maps every byte to a character in the array. " +"Multibyte sequences will not be interpreted correctly. For parsing user " +"input always use [method get_string_from_utf8]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Returns a copy of the array's contents as [String]. Slower than [method " +"get_string_from_ascii] but supports UTF-8 encoded data. Use this function if " +"you are unsure about the source of the data. For user input this function " +"should always be preferred." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:79 +msgid "" +"Returns a hexadecimal representation of this array as a [String].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var array = PoolByteArray([11, 46, 255])\n" +"print(array.hex_encode()) # Prints: 0b2eff\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:91 doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:43 +#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:44 doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:44 +#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:44 doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:43 +msgid "" +"Inserts a new element at a given position in the array. The position must be " +"valid, or at the end of the array ([code]idx == size()[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:102 doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:55 +msgid "Appends an element at the end of the array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:108 doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:60 +#: doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:61 doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:61 +#: doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:68 doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:61 +#: doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:60 +msgid "Removes an element from the array by index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:114 doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:67 +#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Sets the size of the array. If the array is grown, reserves elements at the " +"end of the array. If the array is shrunk, truncates the array to the new " +"size.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Added elements are not automatically initialized to 0 and will " +"contain garbage, i.e. indeterminate values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:122 +msgid "Changes the byte at the given index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:128 doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:79 +#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:81 doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:87 +#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:80 doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:79 +msgid "Returns the size of the array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:136 +msgid "" +"Returns the slice of the [PoolByteArray] between indices (inclusive) as a " +"new [PoolByteArray]. Any negative index is considered to be from the end of " +"the array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:4 +msgid "A pooled [Array] of [Color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:7 +msgid "" +"An [Array] specifically designed to hold [Color]. Optimized for memory " +"usage, does not fragment the memory.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This type is passed by value and not by reference." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Constructs a new [PoolColorArray]. Optionally, you can pass in a generic " +"[Array] that will be converted." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:29 +msgid "Appends a [PoolColorArray] at the end of this array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:54 doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:55 +msgid "Appends a value to the array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:66 doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:74 +#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:67 doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Sets the size of the array. If the array is grown, reserves elements at the " +"end of the array. If the array is shrunk, truncates the array to the new " +"size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:73 +msgid "Changes the [Color] at the given index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:4 +msgid "A pooled [Array] of integers ([int])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:7 +msgid "" +"An [Array] specifically designed to hold integer values ([int]). Optimized " +"for memory usage, does not fragment the memory.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This type is passed by value and not by reference.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This type is limited to signed 32-bit integers, which means it " +"can only take values in the interval [code][-2^31, 2^31 - 1][/code], i.e. " +"[code][-2147483648, 2147483647][/code]. Exceeding those bounds will wrap " +"around. In comparison, [int] uses signed 64-bit integers which can hold much " +"larger values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Constructs a new [PoolIntArray]. Optionally, you can pass in a generic " +"[Array] that will be converted." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:30 +msgid "Appends a [PoolIntArray] at the end of this array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Inserts a new int at a given position in the array. The position must be " +"valid, or at the end of the array ([code]idx == size()[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:75 +msgid "Changes the int at the given index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:81 +msgid "Returns the array size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:4 +msgid "A pooled [Array] of reals ([float])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:7 +msgid "" +"An [Array] specifically designed to hold floating-point values. Optimized " +"for memory usage, does not fragment the memory.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This type is passed by value and not by reference.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Unlike primitive [float]s which are 64-bit, numbers stored in " +"[PoolRealArray] are 32-bit floats. This means values stored in " +"[PoolRealArray] have lower precision compared to primitive [float]s. If you " +"need to store 64-bit floats in an array, use a generic [Array] with [float] " +"elements as these will still be 64-bit. However, using a generic [Array] to " +"store [float]s will use roughly 6 times more memory compared to a " +"[PoolRealArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Constructs a new [PoolRealArray]. Optionally, you can pass in a generic " +"[Array] that will be converted." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:30 +msgid "Appends a [PoolRealArray] at the end of this array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:75 +msgid "Changes the float at the given index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:4 +msgid "A pooled [Array] of [String]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:7 +msgid "" +"An [Array] specifically designed to hold [String]s. Optimized for memory " +"usage, does not fragment the memory.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This type is passed by value and not by reference." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Constructs a new [PoolStringArray]. Optionally, you can pass in a generic " +"[Array] that will be converted." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:30 +msgid "Appends a [PoolStringArray] at the end of this array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Returns a [String] with each element of the array joined with the given " +"[code]delimiter[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:62 +msgid "Appends a string element at end of the array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:81 +msgid "Changes the [String] at the given index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:4 +msgid "A pooled [Array] of [Vector2]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:7 +msgid "" +"An [Array] specifically designed to hold [Vector2]. Optimized for memory " +"usage, does not fragment the memory.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This type is passed by value and not by reference." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:11 doc/classes/TileMap.xml:15 +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:15 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/519" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Constructs a new [PoolVector2Array]. Optionally, you can pass in a generic " +"[Array] that will be converted." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:30 +msgid "Appends a [PoolVector2Array] at the end of this array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:55 +msgid "Inserts a [Vector2] at the end." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:74 +msgid "Changes the [Vector2] at the given index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:4 +msgid "A pooled [Array] of [Vector3]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:7 +msgid "" +"An [Array] specifically designed to hold [Vector3]. Optimized for memory " +"usage, does not fragment the memory.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This type is passed by value and not by reference." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Constructs a new [PoolVector3Array]. Optionally, you can pass in a generic " +"[Array] that will be converted." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:29 +msgid "Appends a [PoolVector3Array] at the end of this array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:54 +msgid "Inserts a [Vector3] at the end." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:73 +msgid "Changes the [Vector3] at the given index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:4 +msgid "Base container control for popups and dialogs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Popup is a base [Control] used to show dialogs and popups. It's a subwindow " +"and modal by default (see [Control]) and has helpers for custom popup " +"behavior. All popup methods ensure correct placement within the viewport." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:16 +msgid "Popup (show the control in modal form)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Popup (show the control in modal form) in the center of the screen relative " +"to its current canvas transform, at the current size, or at a size " +"determined by [code]size[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Popup (show the control in modal form) in the center of the screen relative " +"to the current canvas transform, clamping the size to [code]size[/code], " +"then ensuring the popup is no larger than the viewport size multiplied by " +"[code]fallback_ratio[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Popup (show the control in modal form) in the center of the screen relative " +"to the current canvas transform, ensuring the size is never smaller than " +"[code]minsize[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Popup (show the control in modal form) in the center of the screen relative " +"to the current canvas transform, scaled at a ratio of size of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:51 +msgid "Shrink popup to keep to the minimum size of content." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:57 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the popup will not be hidden when a click event occurs " +"outside of it, or when it receives the [code]ui_cancel[/code] action event.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Enabling this property doesn't affect the Close or Cancel " +"buttons' behavior in dialogs that inherit from this class. As a workaround, " +"you can use [method WindowDialog.get_close_button] or [method " +"ConfirmationDialog.get_cancel] and hide the buttons in question by setting " +"their [member CanvasItem.visible] property to [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a popup is about to be shown. This is often used in [PopupMenu] " +"to clear the list of options then create a new one according to the current " +"context." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:70 +msgid "Emitted when a popup is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:76 +msgid "Notification sent right after the popup is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:79 +msgid "Notification sent right after the popup is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupDialog.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for popup dialogs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupDialog.xml:7 +msgid "" +"PopupDialog is a base class for popup dialogs, along with [WindowDialog]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupDialog.xml:17 +msgid "Sets a custom [StyleBox] for the panel of the [PopupDialog]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:4 +msgid "PopupMenu displays a list of options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[PopupMenu] is a [Control] that displays a list of options. They are popular " +"in toolbars or context menus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Adds a new checkable item with text [code]label[/code].\n" +"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator " +"([code]accel[/code]). If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created " +"from the index. If no [code]accel[/code] is provided then the default " +"[code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for " +"more info on accelerators.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark, but don't have any " +"built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. See " +"[method set_item_checked] for more info on how to control it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Adds a new checkable item and assigns the specified [ShortCut] to it. Sets " +"the label of the checkbox to the [ShortCut]'s name.\n" +"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided. If no [code]id[/code] is " +"provided, one will be created from the index.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark, but don't have any " +"built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. See " +"[method set_item_checked] for more info on how to control it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Adds a new checkable item with text [code]label[/code] and icon " +"[code]texture[/code].\n" +"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator " +"([code]accel[/code]). If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created " +"from the index. If no [code]accel[/code] is provided then the default " +"[code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for " +"more info on accelerators.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark, but don't have any " +"built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. See " +"[method set_item_checked] for more info on how to control it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:53 +msgid "" +"Adds a new checkable item and assigns the specified [ShortCut] and icon " +"[code]texture[/code] to it. Sets the label of the checkbox to the " +"[ShortCut]'s name.\n" +"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided. If no [code]id[/code] is " +"provided, one will be created from the index.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark, but don't have any " +"built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. See " +"[method set_item_checked] for more info on how to control it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Adds a new item with text [code]label[/code] and icon [code]texture[/code].\n" +"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator " +"([code]accel[/code]). If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created " +"from the index. If no [code]accel[/code] is provided then the default " +"[code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for " +"more info on accelerators." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:76 +msgid "Same as [method add_icon_check_item], but uses a radio check button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:86 +msgid "" +"Same as [method add_icon_check_shortcut], but uses a radio check button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Adds a new item and assigns the specified [ShortCut] and icon [code]texture[/" +"code] to it. Sets the label of the checkbox to the [ShortCut]'s name.\n" +"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided. If no [code]id[/code] is " +"provided, one will be created from the index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:106 +msgid "" +"Adds a new item with text [code]label[/code].\n" +"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator " +"([code]accel[/code]). If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created " +"from the index. If no [code]accel[/code] is provided then the default " +"[code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for " +"more info on accelerators." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:118 +msgid "" +"Adds a new multistate item with text [code]label[/code].\n" +"Contrarily to normal binary items, multistate items can have more than two " +"states, as defined by [code]max_states[/code]. Each press or activate of the " +"item will increase the state by one. The default value is defined by " +"[code]default_state[/code].\n" +"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator " +"([code]accel[/code]). If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created " +"from the index. If no [code]accel[/code] is provided then the default " +"[code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for " +"more info on accelerators." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:129 +msgid "" +"Adds a new radio check button with text [code]label[/code].\n" +"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator " +"([code]accel[/code]). If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created " +"from the index. If no [code]accel[/code] is provided then the default " +"[code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for " +"more info on accelerators.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark, but don't have any " +"built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. See " +"[method set_item_checked] for more info on how to control it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:140 +msgid "" +"Adds a new radio check button and assigns a [ShortCut] to it. Sets the label " +"of the checkbox to the [ShortCut]'s name.\n" +"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided. If no [code]id[/code] is " +"provided, one will be created from the index.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark, but don't have any " +"built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. See " +"[method set_item_checked] for more info on how to control it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:150 +msgid "" +"Adds a separator between items. Separators also occupy an index, which you " +"can set by using the [code]id[/code] parameter.\n" +"A [code]label[/code] can optionally be provided, which will appear at the " +"center of the separator." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:160 +msgid "" +"Adds a [ShortCut].\n" +"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided. If no [code]id[/code] is " +"provided, one will be created from the index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:170 +msgid "" +"Adds an item that will act as a submenu of the parent [PopupMenu] node when " +"clicked. The [code]submenu[/code] argument is the name of the child " +"[PopupMenu] node that will be shown when the item is clicked.\n" +"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided. If no [code]id[/code] is " +"provided, one will be created from the index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:177 +msgid "Removes all items from the [PopupMenu]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:183 +msgid "" +"Returns the index of the currently focused item. Returns [code]-1[/code] if " +"no item is focused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:190 +msgid "" +"Returns the accelerator of the item at index [code]idx[/code]. Accelerators " +"are special combinations of keys that activate the item, no matter which " +"control is focused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:196 +msgid "Returns the number of items in the [PopupMenu]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:210 +msgid "" +"Returns the id of the item at index [code]idx[/code]. [code]id[/code] can be " +"manually assigned, while index can not." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:217 +msgid "" +"Returns the index of the item containing the specified [code]id[/code]. " +"Index is automatically assigned to each item by the engine. Index can not be " +"set manually." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:224 +msgid "" +"Returns the metadata of the specified item, which might be of any type. You " +"can set it with [method set_item_metadata], which provides a simple way of " +"assigning context data to items." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:231 +msgid "" +"Returns the [ShortCut] associated with the specified [code]idx[/code] item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:238 +msgid "" +"Returns the submenu name of the item at index [code]idx[/code]. See [method " +"add_submenu_item] for more info on how to add a submenu." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:252 +msgid "" +"Returns the tooltip associated with the specified index index [code]idx[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:258 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the popup will be hidden when the window loses " +"focus or not." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:265 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at index [code]idx[/code] is checkable " +"in some way, i.e. if it has a checkbox or radio button.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark or radio button, but " +"don't have any built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:273 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at index [code]idx[/code] is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:280 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at index [code]idx[/code] is disabled. " +"When it is disabled it can't be selected, or its action invoked.\n" +"See [method set_item_disabled] for more info on how to disable an item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:288 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at index [code]idx[/code] has radio " +"button-style checkability.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This is purely cosmetic; you must add the logic for checking/" +"unchecking items in radio groups." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:296 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the item is a separator. If it is, it will be " +"displayed as a line. See [method add_separator] for more info on how to add " +"a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:303 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified item's shortcut is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:310 +msgid "" +"Removes the item at index [code]idx[/code] from the menu.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The indices of items after the removed item will be shifted by " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:318 +msgid "Hides the [PopupMenu] when the window loses focus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:326 +msgid "" +"Sets the accelerator of the item at index [code]idx[/code]. Accelerators are " +"special combinations of keys that activate the item, no matter which control " +"is focused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:334 +msgid "" +"Sets whether the item at index [code]idx[/code] has a checkbox. If " +"[code]false[/code], sets the type of the item to plain text.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark, but don't have any " +"built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:343 +msgid "" +"Sets the type of the item at the specified index [code]idx[/code] to radio " +"button. If [code]false[/code], sets the type of the item to plain text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:351 +msgid "" +"Mark the item at index [code]idx[/code] as a separator, which means that it " +"would be displayed as a line. If [code]false[/code], sets the type of the " +"item to plain text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:359 +msgid "Sets the checkstate status of the item at index [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:367 +msgid "" +"Enables/disables the item at index [code]idx[/code]. When it is disabled, it " +"can't be selected and its action can't be invoked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:375 +msgid "Replaces the [Texture] icon of the specified [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:383 +msgid "Sets the [code]id[/code] of the item at index [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:391 +msgid "" +"Sets the metadata of an item, which may be of any type. You can later get it " +"with [method get_item_metadata], which provides a simple way of assigning " +"context data to items." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:399 +msgid "" +"Sets the state of a multistate item. See [method add_multistate_item] for " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:408 +msgid "Sets a [ShortCut] for the specified item [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:416 +msgid "Disables the [ShortCut] of the specified index [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:424 +msgid "" +"Sets the submenu of the item at index [code]idx[/code]. The submenu is the " +"name of a child [PopupMenu] node that would be shown when the item is " +"clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:440 +msgid "" +"Sets the [String] tooltip of the item at the specified index [code]idx[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:447 +msgid "" +"Toggles the check state of the item of the specified index [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:454 +msgid "" +"Cycle to the next state of a multistate item. See [method " +"add_multistate_item] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:460 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], allows navigating [PopupMenu] with letter keys." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:464 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], hides the [PopupMenu] when a checkbox or radio button " +"is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:467 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], hides the [PopupMenu] when an item is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:470 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], hides the [PopupMenu] when a state item is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:473 +msgid "" +"Sets the delay time in seconds for the submenu item to popup on mouse " +"hovering. If the popup menu is added as a child of another (acting as a " +"submenu), it will inherit the delay time of the parent menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:480 +msgid "" +"Emitted when user navigated to an item of some [code]id[/code] using " +"[code]ui_up[/code] or [code]ui_down[/code] action." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:486 +msgid "" +"Emitted when an item of some [code]id[/code] is pressed or its accelerator " +"is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:492 +msgid "" +"Emitted when an item of some [code]index[/code] is pressed or its " +"accelerator is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:500 +msgid "[Texture] icon for the checked checkbox items." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:503 +msgid "[Font] used for the menu items." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:506 +msgid "The default text [Color] for menu items' names." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:509 +msgid "" +"The text [Color] used for shortcuts and accelerators that show next to the " +"menu item name when defined. See [method get_item_accelerator] for more info " +"on accelerators." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:512 +msgid "[Color] used for disabled menu items' text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:515 +msgid "[Color] used for the hovered text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:518 +msgid "[Color] used for labeled separators' text. See [method add_separator]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:521 +msgid "[StyleBox] displayed when the [PopupMenu] item is hovered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:524 +msgid "" +"The horizontal space between the item's name and the shortcut text/submenu " +"arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:527 +msgid "" +"[StyleBox] for the left side of labeled separator. See [method " +"add_separator]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:530 +msgid "" +"[StyleBox] for the right side of labeled separator. See [method " +"add_separator]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:533 +msgid "Default [StyleBox] of the [PopupMenu] items." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:536 +msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [PopupMenu] item is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:539 +msgid "[Texture] icon for the checked radio button items." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:542 +msgid "[Texture] icon for the unchecked radio button items." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:545 +msgid "[StyleBox] used for the separators. See [method add_separator]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:548 +msgid "[Texture] icon for the submenu arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:551 +msgid "[Texture] icon for the unchecked checkbox items." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:554 +msgid "The vertical space between each menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupPanel.xml:4 +msgid "Class for displaying popups with a panel background." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupPanel.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Class for displaying popups with a panel background. In some cases it might " +"be simpler to use than [Popup], since it provides a configurable background. " +"If you are making windows, better check [WindowDialog]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PopupPanel.xml:17 +msgid "The background panel style of this [PopupPanel]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Portal.xml:4 +msgid "Portal nodes are used to enable visibility between [Room]s." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Portal.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[Portal]s are a special type of [MeshInstance] that allow the portal culling " +"system to 'see' from one room to the next. They often correspond to doors " +"and windows in level geometry. By only allowing [Camera]s to see through " +"portals, this allows the system to cull out all the objects in rooms that " +"cannot be seen through portals. This is a form of [b]occlusion culling[/b], " +"and can greatly increase performance.\n" +"There are some limitations to the form of portals:\n" +"They must be single sided convex polygons, and usually you would orientate " +"their front faces [b]outward[/b] from the [Room] they are placed in. The " +"vertices should be positioned on a single plane (although their positioning " +"does not have to be perfect).\n" +"There is no need to place an opposite portal in an adjacent room, links are " +"made two-way automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Portal.xml:20 doc/classes/Room.xml:21 +msgid "Sets individual points. Primarily for use by the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Portal.xml:26 +msgid "" +"This is a shortcut for setting the linked [Room] in the name of the [Portal] " +"(the name is used during conversion)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Portal.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The points defining the shape of the [Portal] polygon (which should be " +"convex).\n" +"These are defined in 2D, with [code]0,0[/code] being the origin of the " +"[Portal] node's [member Spatial.global_transform].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] These raw points are sanitized for winding order internally." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Portal.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Visibility through [Portal]s can be turned on and off at runtime - this is " +"useful for having closable doors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Portal.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Some objects are so big that they may be present in more than one [Room] " +"('sprawling'). As we often don't want objects that *just* breach the edges " +"to be assigned to neighbouring rooms, you can assign an extra margin through " +"the [Portal] to allow objects to breach without sprawling." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Portal.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Portals default to being two way - see through in both directions, however " +"you can make them one way, visible from the source room only." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Portal.xml:43 +msgid "" +"In most cases you will want to use the default [Portal] margin in your " +"portals (this is set in the [RoomManager]).\n" +"If you want to override this default, set this value to [code]false[/code], " +"and the local [member portal_margin] will take effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Position2D.xml:4 +msgid "Generic 2D position hint for editing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Position2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Generic 2D position hint for editing. It's just like a plain [Node2D], but " +"it displays as a cross in the 2D editor at all times. You can set cross' " +"visual size by using the gizmo in the 2D editor while the node is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Position3D.xml:4 +msgid "Generic 3D position hint for editing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Position3D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Generic 3D position hint for editing. It's just like a plain [Spatial], but " +"it displays as a cross in the 3D editor at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Base class for all primitive meshes. Handles applying a [Material] to a " +"primitive mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Base class for all primitive meshes. Handles applying a [Material] to a " +"primitive mesh. Examples include [CapsuleMesh], [CubeMesh], [CylinderMesh], " +"[PlaneMesh], [PrismMesh], [QuadMesh], and [SphereMesh]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml:15 +msgid "" +"Returns mesh arrays used to constitute surface of [Mesh]. The result can be " +"passed to [method ArrayMesh.add_surface_from_arrays] to create a new " +"surface. For example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var c := CylinderMesh.new()\n" +"var arr_mesh := ArrayMesh.new()\n" +"arr_mesh.add_surface_from_arrays(Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES, c." +"get_mesh_arrays())\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml:29 +msgid "" +"If set, the order of the vertices in each triangle are reversed resulting in " +"the backside of the mesh being drawn.\n" +"This gives the same result as using [constant SpatialMaterial.CULL_BACK] in " +"[member SpatialMaterial.params_cull_mode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml:33 +msgid "The current [Material] of the primitive mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PrismMesh.xml:4 doc/classes/PrismMesh.xml:7 +msgid "Class representing a prism-shaped [PrimitiveMesh]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PrismMesh.xml:15 +msgid "" +"Displacement of the upper edge along the X axis. 0.0 positions edge straight " +"above the bottom-left edge." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PrismMesh.xml:18 +msgid "Size of the prism." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PrismMesh.xml:21 +msgid "Number of added edge loops along the Z axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PrismMesh.xml:24 +msgid "Number of added edge loops along the Y axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/PrismMesh.xml:27 +msgid "Number of added edge loops along the X axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Type of [Sky] that is generated procedurally based on user input parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:7 +msgid "" +"ProceduralSky provides a way to create an effective background quickly by " +"defining procedural parameters for the sun, the sky and the ground. The sky " +"and ground are very similar, they are defined by a color at the horizon, " +"another color, and finally an easing curve to interpolate between these two " +"colors. Similarly, the sun is described by a position in the sky, a color, " +"and an easing curve. However, the sun also defines a minimum and maximum " +"angle, these two values define at what distance the easing curve begins and " +"ends from the sun, and thus end up defining the size of the sun in the sky.\n" +"The ProceduralSky is updated on the CPU after the parameters change. It is " +"stored in a texture and then displayed as a background in the scene. This " +"makes it relatively unsuitable for real-time updates during gameplay. " +"However, with a small enough texture size, it can still be updated " +"relatively frequently, as it is updated on a background thread when multi-" +"threading is available." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:16 +msgid "Color of the ground at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:19 +msgid "" +"How quickly the [member ground_horizon_color] fades into the [member " +"ground_bottom_color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:22 +msgid "Amount of energy contribution from the ground." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:25 +msgid "Color of the ground at the horizon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:28 +msgid "" +"How quickly the [member sky_horizon_color] fades into the [member " +"sky_top_color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:31 +msgid "Amount of energy contribution from the sky." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:34 +msgid "Color of the sky at the horizon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:37 +msgid "Color of the sky at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:40 +msgid "Distance from center of sun where it fades out completely." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:43 +msgid "Distance from sun where it goes from solid to starting to fade." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:46 +msgid "The sun's color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:49 +msgid "" +"How quickly the sun fades away between [member sun_angle_min] and [member " +"sun_angle_max]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:52 +msgid "Amount of energy contribution from the sun." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:55 +msgid "The sun's height using polar coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:58 +msgid "The direction of the sun using polar coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Size of [Texture] that the ProceduralSky will generate. The size is set " +"using [enum TextureSize]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:66 +msgid "Sky texture will be 256x128." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:69 +msgid "Sky texture will be 512x256." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:72 +msgid "Sky texture will be 1024x512. This is the default size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:75 +msgid "Sky texture will be 2048x1024." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:78 +msgid "Sky texture will be 4096x2048." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:81 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum TextureSize] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml:4 +msgid "General-purpose progress bar." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml:7 +msgid "General-purpose progress bar. Shows fill percentage from right to left." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml:15 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the fill percentage is displayed on the bar." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml:24 +msgid "The style of the background." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml:27 +msgid "The style of the progress (i.e. the part that fills the bar)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Font used to draw the fill percentage if [member percent_visible] is " +"[code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml:33 +msgid "The color of the text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml:36 +msgid "The color of the text's shadow." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:4 +msgid "Contains global variables accessible from everywhere." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Contains global variables accessible from everywhere. Use [method " +"get_setting], [method set_setting] or [method has_setting] to access them. " +"Variables stored in [code]project.godot[/code] are also loaded into " +"ProjectSettings, making this object very useful for reading custom game " +"configuration options.\n" +"When naming a Project Settings property, use the full path to the setting " +"including the category. For example, [code]\"application/config/name\"[/" +"code] for the project name. Category and property names can be viewed in the " +"Project Settings dialog.\n" +"[b]Feature tags:[/b] Project settings can be overridden for specific " +"platforms and configurations (debug, release, ...) using [url=https://docs." +"godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/export/feature_tags.html]feature tags[/" +"url].\n" +"[b]Overriding:[/b] Any project setting can be overridden by creating a file " +"named [code]override.cfg[/code] in the project's root directory. This can " +"also be used in exported projects by placing this file in the same directory " +"as the project binary. Overriding will still take the base project " +"settings' [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/export/" +"feature_tags.html]feature tags[/url] in account. Therefore, make sure to " +"[i]also[/i] override the setting with the desired feature tags if you want " +"them to override base project settings on all platforms and configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:22 +msgid "" +"Adds a custom property info to a property. The dictionary must contain:\n" +"- [code]name[/code]: [String] (the property's name)\n" +"- [code]type[/code]: [int] (see [enum Variant.Type])\n" +"- optionally [code]hint[/code]: [int] (see [enum PropertyHint]) and " +"[code]hint_string[/code]: [String]\n" +"[b]Example:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"ProjectSettings.set(\"category/property_name\", 0)\n" +"\n" +"var property_info = {\n" +" \"name\": \"category/property_name\",\n" +" \"type\": TYPE_INT,\n" +" \"hint\": PROPERTY_HINT_ENUM,\n" +" \"hint_string\": \"one,two,three\"\n" +"}\n" +"\n" +"ProjectSettings.add_property_info(property_info)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:45 +msgid "Clears the whole configuration (not recommended, may break things)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Returns the order of a configuration value (influences when saved to the " +"config file)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Returns the value of a setting.\n" +"[b]Example:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"print(ProjectSettings.get_setting(\"application/config/name\"))\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:70 +msgid "" +"Returns the absolute, native OS path corresponding to the localized " +"[code]path[/code] (starting with [code]res://[/code] or [code]user://[/" +"code]). The returned path will vary depending on the operating system and " +"user preferences. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/io/" +"data_paths.html]File paths in Godot projects[/url] to see what those paths " +"convert to. See also [method localize_path].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [method globalize_path] with [code]res://[/code] will not work " +"in an exported project. Instead, prepend the executable's base directory to " +"the path when running from an exported project:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var path = \"\"\n" +"if OS.has_feature(\"editor\"):\n" +" # Running from an editor binary.\n" +" # `path` will contain the absolute path to `hello.txt` located in the " +"project root.\n" +" path = ProjectSettings.globalize_path(\"res://hello.txt\")\n" +"else:\n" +" # Running from an exported project.\n" +" # `path` will contain the absolute path to `hello.txt` next to the " +"executable.\n" +" # This is *not* identical to using `ProjectSettings.globalize_path()` " +"with a `res://` path,\n" +" # but is close enough in spirit.\n" +" path = OS.get_executable_path().get_base_dir().plus_file(\"hello.txt\")\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:91 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if a configuration value is present." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:100 +msgid "" +"Loads the contents of the .pck or .zip file specified by [code]pack[/code] " +"into the resource filesystem ([code]res://[/code]). Returns [code]true[/" +"code] on success.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If a file from [code]pack[/code] shares the same path as a file " +"already in the resource filesystem, any attempts to load that file will use " +"the file from [code]pack[/code] unless [code]replace_files[/code] is set to " +"[code]false[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The optional [code]offset[/code] parameter can be used to " +"specify the offset in bytes to the start of the resource pack. This is only " +"supported for .pck files." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:109 +msgid "" +"Returns the localized path (starting with [code]res://[/code]) corresponding " +"to the absolute, native OS [code]path[/code]. See also [method " +"globalize_path]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:116 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified property exists and its initial " +"value differs from the current value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:123 +msgid "" +"Returns the specified property's initial value. Returns [code]null[/code] if " +"the property does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:129 +msgid "" +"Saves the configuration to the [code]project.godot[/code] file.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is intended to be used by editor plugins, as " +"modified [ProjectSettings] can't be loaded back in the running app. If you " +"want to change project settings in exported projects, use [method " +"save_custom] to save [code]override.cfg[/code] file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:137 +msgid "" +"Saves the configuration to a custom file. The file extension must be [code]." +"godot[/code] (to save in text-based [ConfigFile] format) or [code].binary[/" +"code] (to save in binary format). You can also save [code]override.cfg[/" +"code] file, which is also text, but can be used in exported projects unlike " +"other formats." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:145 +msgid "" +"Sets the specified property's initial value. This is the value the property " +"reverts to." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:153 +msgid "" +"Sets the order of a configuration value (influences when saved to the config " +"file)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:161 +msgid "" +"Sets the value of a setting.\n" +"[b]Example:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:171 +msgid "" +"Comma-separated list of custom Android modules (which must have been built " +"in the Android export templates) using their Java package path, e.g. " +"[code]\"org/godotengine/godot/MyCustomSingleton,com/example/foo/" +"FrenchFriesFactory\"[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Since Godot 3.2.2, the [code]org/godotengine/godot/" +"GodotPaymentV3[/code] module was deprecated and replaced by the " +"[code]GodotPayment[/code] plugin which should be enabled in the Android " +"export preset under [code]Plugins[/code] section. The singleton to access in " +"code was also renamed to [code]GodotPayment[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:175 +msgid "Background color for the boot splash." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:178 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], scale the boot splash image to the full window length " +"when engine starts. If [code]false[/code], the engine will leave it at the " +"default pixel size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:181 +msgid "Path to an image used as the boot splash." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:184 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], applies linear filtering when scaling the image " +"(recommended for high resolution artwork). If [code]false[/code], uses " +"nearest-neighbor interpolation (recommended for pixel art)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:187 +msgid "" +"This user directory is used for storing persistent data ([code]user://[/" +"code] filesystem). If left empty, [code]user://[/code] resolves to a project-" +"specific folder in Godot's own configuration folder (see [method OS." +"get_user_data_dir]). If a custom directory name is defined, this name will " +"be used instead and appended to the system-specific user data directory " +"(same parent folder as the Godot configuration folder documented in [method " +"OS.get_user_data_dir]).\n" +"The [member application/config/use_custom_user_dir] setting must be enabled " +"for this to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:191 +msgid "" +"The project's description, displayed as a tooltip in the Project Manager " +"when hovering the project." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:194 +msgid "" +"Icon used for the project, set when project loads. Exporters will also use " +"this icon when possible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:197 +msgid "" +"Icon set in [code].icns[/code] format used on macOS to set the game's icon. " +"This is done automatically on start by calling [method OS.set_native_icon]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:200 +msgid "" +"The project's name. It is used both by the Project Manager and by exporters. " +"The project name can be translated by translating its value in localization " +"files. The window title will be set to match the project name automatically " +"on startup.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Changing this value will also change the user data folder's " +"path if [member application/config/use_custom_user_dir] is [code]false[/" +"code]. After renaming the project, you will no longer be able to access " +"existing data in [code]user://[/code] unless you rename the old folder to " +"match the new project name. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/" +"tutorials/io/data_paths.html]Data paths[/url] in the documentation for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:204 +msgid "" +"Specifies a file to override project settings. For example: [code]user://" +"custom_settings.cfg[/code]. See \"Overriding\" in the [ProjectSettings] " +"class description at the top for more information.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Regardless of this setting's value, [code]res://override.cfg[/" +"code] will still be read to override the project settings." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:208 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the project will save user data to its own user " +"directory (see [member application/config/custom_user_dir_name]). This " +"setting is only effective on desktop platforms. A name must be set in the " +"[member application/config/custom_user_dir_name] setting for this to take " +"effect. If [code]false[/code], the project will save user data to [code](OS " +"user data directory)/Godot/app_userdata/(project name)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:211 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the project will use a hidden directory ([code]." +"import[/code]) for storing project-specific data (metadata, shader cache, " +"etc.).\n" +"If [code]false[/code], a non-hidden directory ([code]import[/code]) will be " +"used instead.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Restart the application after changing this setting.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Changing this value can help on platforms or with third-party " +"tools where hidden directory patterns are disallowed. Only modify this " +"setting if you know that your environment requires it, as changing the " +"default can impact compatibility with some external tools or plugins which " +"expect the default [code].import[/code] folder." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:217 +msgid "" +"Icon set in [code].ico[/code] format used on Windows to set the game's icon. " +"This is done automatically on start by calling [method OS.set_native_icon]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:220 +msgid "" +"Time samples for frame deltas are subject to random variation introduced by " +"the platform, even when frames are displayed at regular intervals thanks to " +"V-Sync. This can lead to jitter. Delta smoothing can often give a better " +"result by filtering the input deltas to correct for minor fluctuations from " +"the refresh rate.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Delta smoothing is only attempted when [member display/window/" +"vsync/use_vsync] is switched on, as it does not work well without V-Sync.\n" +"It may take several seconds at a stable frame rate before the smoothing is " +"initially activated. It will only be active on machines where performance is " +"adequate to render frames at the refresh rate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:225 +msgid "" +"[b]Experimental.[/b] Shifts the measurement of delta time for each frame to " +"just after the drawing has taken place. This may lead to more consistent " +"deltas and a reduction in frame stutters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:228 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], disables printing to standard error. If [code]true[/" +"code], this also hides error and warning messages printed by [method " +"@GDScript.push_error] and [method @GDScript.push_warning]. See also [member " +"application/run/disable_stdout].\n" +"Changes to this setting will only be applied upon restarting the application." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:232 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], disables printing to standard output. This is " +"equivalent to starting the editor or project with the [code]--quiet[/code] " +"command line argument. See also [member application/run/disable_stderr].\n" +"Changes to this setting will only be applied upon restarting the application." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:236 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], flushes the standard output stream every time a line " +"is printed. This affects both terminal logging and file logging.\n" +"When running a project, this setting must be enabled if you want logs to be " +"collected by service managers such as systemd/journalctl. This setting is " +"disabled by default on release builds, since flushing on every printed line " +"will negatively affect performance if lots of lines are printed in a rapid " +"succession. Also, if this setting is enabled, logged files will still be " +"written successfully if the application crashes or is otherwise killed by " +"the user (without being closed \"normally\").\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Regardless of this setting, the standard error stream " +"([code]stderr[/code]) is always flushed when a line is printed to it.\n" +"Changes to this setting will only be applied upon restarting the application." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Debug build override for [member application/run/flush_stdout_on_print], as " +"performance is less important during debugging.\n" +"Changes to this setting will only be applied upon restarting the application." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:246 +msgid "" +"Forces a delay between frames in the main loop (in milliseconds). This may " +"be useful if you plan to disable vertical synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:249 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables low-processor usage mode. This setting only " +"works on desktop platforms. The screen is not redrawn if nothing changes " +"visually. This is meant for writing applications and editors, but is pretty " +"useless (and can hurt performance) in most games." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:252 +msgid "" +"Amount of sleeping between frames when the low-processor usage mode is " +"enabled (in microseconds). Higher values will result in lower CPU usage." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:255 +msgid "Path to the main scene file that will be loaded when the project runs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:258 doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:261 +msgid "" +"Audio buses will disable automatically when sound goes below a given dB " +"threshold for a given time. This saves CPU as effects assigned to that bus " +"will no longer do any processing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:264 +msgid "" +"Default [AudioBusLayout] resource file to use in the project, unless " +"overridden by the scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:267 +msgid "" +"Specifies the audio driver to use. This setting is platform-dependent as " +"each platform supports different audio drivers. If left empty, the default " +"audio driver will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:270 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], microphone input will be allowed. This requires " +"appropriate permissions to be set when exporting to Android or iOS." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:273 +msgid "" +"The mixing rate used for audio (in Hz). In general, it's better to not touch " +"this and leave it to the host operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:276 +msgid "" +"Safer override for [member audio/mix_rate] in the Web platform. Here " +"[code]0[/code] means \"let the browser choose\" (since some browsers do not " +"like forcing the mix rate)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:279 +msgid "" +"Output latency in milliseconds for audio. Lower values will result in lower " +"audio latency at the cost of increased CPU usage. Low values may result in " +"audible cracking on slower hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:282 +msgid "" +"Safer override for [member audio/output_latency] in the Web platform, to " +"avoid audio issues especially on mobile devices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:285 +msgid "" +"Setting to hardcode audio delay when playing video. Best to leave this " +"untouched unless you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:288 +msgid "" +"The default compression level for gzip. Affects compressed scenes and " +"resources. Higher levels result in smaller files at the cost of compression " +"speed. Decompression speed is mostly unaffected by the compression level. " +"[code]-1[/code] uses the default gzip compression level, which is identical " +"to [code]6[/code] but could change in the future due to underlying zlib " +"updates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:291 +msgid "" +"The default compression level for Zlib. Affects compressed scenes and " +"resources. Higher levels result in smaller files at the cost of compression " +"speed. Decompression speed is mostly unaffected by the compression level. " +"[code]-1[/code] uses the default gzip compression level, which is identical " +"to [code]6[/code] but could change in the future due to underlying zlib " +"updates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:294 +msgid "" +"The default compression level for Zstandard. Affects compressed scenes and " +"resources. Higher levels result in smaller files at the cost of compression " +"speed. Decompression speed is mostly unaffected by the compression level." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:297 +msgid "" +"Enables [url=https://github.com/facebook/zstd/releases/tag/v1.3.2]long-" +"distance matching[/url] in Zstandard." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:300 +msgid "" +"Largest size limit (in power of 2) allowed when compressing using long-" +"distance matching with Zstandard. Higher values can result in better " +"compression, but will require more memory when compressing and decompressing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:303 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], displays getters and setters in autocompletion results " +"in the script editor. This setting is meant to be used when porting old " +"projects (Godot 2), as using member variables is the preferred style from " +"Godot 3 onwards." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:306 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a constant is used as a function." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:309 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when deprecated keywords such as " +"[code]slave[/code] are used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:312 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables specific GDScript warnings (see [code]debug/" +"gdscript/warnings/*[/code] settings). If [code]false[/code], disables all " +"GDScript warnings." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:315 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], scripts in the [code]res://addons[/code] folder will " +"not generate warnings." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:318 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a function is declared with the " +"same name as a constant." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:321 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a function is declared with the " +"same name as a variable. This will turn into an error in a future version " +"when first-class functions become supported in GDScript." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:324 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a function assigned to a " +"variable may yield and return a function state instead of a value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:327 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when using a function as if it was a " +"property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:330 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a ternary operator may emit " +"values with incompatible types." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:333 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when dividing an integer by another " +"integer (the decimal part will be discarded)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:336 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when passing a floating-point value " +"to a function that expects an integer (it will be converted and lose " +"precision)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:339 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when using a property as if it was a " +"function." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:342 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when calling a function without using " +"its return value (by assigning it to a variable or using it as a function " +"argument). Such return values are sometimes used to denote possible errors " +"using the [enum Error] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:345 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when defining a local or subclass " +"member variable that would shadow a variable at an upper level (such as a " +"member variable)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:348 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when calling an expression that has " +"no effect on the surrounding code, such as writing [code]2 + 2[/code] as a " +"statement." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:351 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when calling a ternary expression " +"that has no effect on the surrounding code, such as writing [code]42 if " +"active else 0[/code] as a statement." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:354 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], all warnings will be reported as if they were errors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:357 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when using a variable that wasn't " +"previously assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:360 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when assigning a variable using an " +"assignment operator like [code]+=[/code] if the variable wasn't previously " +"assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:363 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when unreachable code is detected " +"(such as after a [code]return[/code] statement that will always be executed)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:366 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when using an expression whose type " +"may not be compatible with the function parameter expected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:369 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when performing an unsafe cast." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:372 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when calling a method whose presence " +"is not guaranteed at compile-time in the class." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:375 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when accessing a property whose " +"presence is not guaranteed at compile-time in the class." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:378 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a function parameter is unused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:381 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a member variable is unused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:384 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a signal is unused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:387 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a local variable is unused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:390 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a variable is declared with the " +"same name as a function. This will turn into an error in a future version " +"when first-class functions become supported in GDScript." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:393 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when assigning the result of a " +"function that returns [code]void[/code] to a variable." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:396 +msgid "Message to be displayed before the backtrace when the engine crashes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:399 +msgid "" +"Maximum number of frames per second allowed. The actual number of frames per " +"second may still be below this value if the game is lagging.\n" +"If [member display/window/vsync/use_vsync] is enabled, it takes precedence " +"and the forced FPS number cannot exceed the monitor's refresh rate.\n" +"This setting is therefore mostly relevant for lowering the maximum FPS below " +"VSync, e.g. to perform non-real-time rendering of static frames, or test the " +"project under lag conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:404 +msgid "Maximum call stack allowed for debugging GDScript." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:407 +msgid "Maximum amount of functions per frame allowed when profiling." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:410 +msgid "Print frames per second to standard output every second." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:413 +msgid "" +"Print more information to standard output when running. It displays " +"information such as memory leaks, which scenes and resources are being " +"loaded, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:416 +msgid "Maximum call stack in visual scripting, to avoid infinite recursion." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:419 +msgid "" +"Color of the contact points between collision shapes, visible when \"Visible " +"Collision Shapes\" is enabled in the Debug menu." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:422 +msgid "" +"Sets whether 2D physics will display collision outlines in game when " +"\"Visible Collision Shapes\" is enabled in the Debug menu." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:425 +msgid "" +"Maximum number of contact points between collision shapes to display when " +"\"Visible Collision Shapes\" is enabled in the Debug menu." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:428 +msgid "" +"Color of the collision shapes, visible when \"Visible Collision Shapes\" is " +"enabled in the Debug menu." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:431 +msgid "" +"Color of the disabled navigation geometry, visible when \"Visible Navigation" +"\" is enabled in the Debug menu." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Color of the navigation geometry, visible when \"Visible Navigation\" is " +"enabled in the Debug menu." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:437 +msgid "Custom image for the mouse cursor (limited to 256×256)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:440 +msgid "Hotspot for the custom mouse cursor image." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:443 +msgid "Position offset for tooltips, relative to the mouse cursor's hotspot." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:446 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], allows HiDPI display on Windows, macOS, and the HTML5 " +"platform. This setting has no effect on desktop Linux, as DPI-awareness " +"fallbacks are not supported there." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:449 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], keeps the screen on (even in case of inactivity), so " +"the screensaver does not take over. Works on desktop and mobile platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:452 +msgid "" +"The default screen orientation to use on mobile devices.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When set to a portrait orientation, this project setting does " +"not flip the project resolution's width and height automatically. Instead, " +"you have to set [member display/window/size/width] and [member display/" +"window/size/height] accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:456 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the home indicator is hidden automatically. This only " +"affects iOS devices without a physical home button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:459 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], allows per-pixel transparency for the window " +"background. This affects performance, so leave it on [code]false[/code] " +"unless you need it.\n" +"See [member OS.window_per_pixel_transparency_enabled] for more details.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This feature is implemented on HTML5, Linux, macOS, Windows, " +"and Android." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:464 +msgid "" +"Sets the window background to transparent when it starts.\n" +"See [member OS.window_per_pixel_transparency_enabled] for more details.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This feature is implemented on HTML5, Linux, macOS, Windows, " +"and Android." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:469 +msgid "" +"Forces the main window to be always on top.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This setting is ignored on iOS, Android, and HTML5." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:473 +msgid "" +"Forces the main window to be borderless.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This setting is ignored on iOS, Android, and HTML5." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:477 +msgid "" +"Sets the main window to full screen when the project starts. Note that this " +"is not [i]exclusive[/i] fullscreen. On Windows and Linux, a borderless " +"window is used to emulate fullscreen. On macOS, a new desktop is used to " +"display the running project.\n" +"Regardless of the platform, enabling fullscreen will change the window size " +"to match the monitor's size. Therefore, make sure your project supports " +"[url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/rendering/" +"multiple_resolutions.html]multiple resolutions[/url] when enabling " +"fullscreen mode.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This setting is ignored on iOS, Android, and HTML5." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:482 +msgid "" +"Sets the game's main viewport height. On desktop platforms, this is the " +"default window size. Stretch mode settings also use this as a reference when " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:485 +msgid "" +"Allows the window to be resizable by default.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This setting is ignored on iOS and Android." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:489 +msgid "" +"If greater than zero, overrides the window height when running the game. " +"Useful for testing stretch modes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:492 +msgid "" +"If greater than zero, overrides the window width when running the game. " +"Useful for testing stretch modes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:495 +msgid "" +"Sets the game's main viewport width. On desktop platforms, this is the " +"default window size. Stretch mode settings also use this as a reference when " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:498 +msgid "" +"Specifies the tablet driver to use. If left empty, the default driver will " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:501 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables vertical synchronization. This eliminates " +"tearing that may appear in moving scenes, at the cost of higher input " +"latency and stuttering at lower framerates. If [code]false[/code], vertical " +"synchronization will be disabled, however, many platforms will enforce it " +"regardless (such as mobile platforms and HTML5)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:504 +msgid "" +"If [code]Use Vsync[/code] is enabled and this setting is [code]true[/code], " +"enables vertical synchronization via the operating system's window " +"compositor when in windowed mode and the compositor is enabled. This will " +"prevent stutter in certain situations. (Windows only.)\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This option is experimental and meant to alleviate stutter " +"experienced by some users. However, some users have experienced a Vsync " +"framerate halving (e.g. from 60 FPS to 30 FPS) when using it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:508 +msgid "" +"The command-line arguments to append to Godot's own command line when " +"running the project. This doesn't affect the editor itself.\n" +"It is possible to make another executable run Godot by using the " +"[code]%command%[/code] placeholder. The placeholder will be replaced with " +"Godot's own command line. Program-specific arguments should be placed " +"[i]before[/i] the placeholder, whereas Godot-specific arguments should be " +"placed [i]after[/i] the placeholder.\n" +"For example, this can be used to force the project to run on the dedicated " +"GPU in a NVIDIA Optimus system on Linux:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"prime-run %command%\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:516 +msgid "" +"Search path for project-specific script templates. Godot will search for " +"script templates both in the editor-specific path and in this project-" +"specific path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:519 +msgid "" +"Text-based file extensions to include in the script editor's \"Find in Files" +"\" feature. You can add e.g. [code]tscn[/code] if you wish to also parse " +"your scene files, especially if you use built-in scripts which are " +"serialized in the scene files." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:522 +msgid "" +"Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be " +"used for all [ScrollContainer]s unless overridden." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:525 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], swaps OK and Cancel buttons in dialogs on Windows and " +"UWP to follow interface conventions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:530 +msgid "" +"Path to a custom [Theme] resource file to use for the project ([code]theme[/" +"code] or generic [code]tres[/code]/[code]res[/code] extension)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:533 +msgid "" +"Path to a custom [Font] resource to use as default for all GUI elements of " +"the project." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:536 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], makes sure the theme used works with HiDPI." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:539 +msgid "" +"Timer setting for incremental search in [Tree], [ItemList], etc. controls " +"(in milliseconds)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:542 +msgid "Timer for detecting idle in [TextEdit] (in seconds)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:545 +msgid "Default delay for tooltips (in seconds)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:548 +msgid "" +"Default [InputEventAction] to confirm a focused button, menu or list item, " +"or validate input.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are " +"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned " +"to the action can however be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:552 +msgid "" +"Default [InputEventAction] to discard a modal or pending input.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are " +"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned " +"to the action can however be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:556 +msgid "" +"Default [InputEventAction] to move down in the UI.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are " +"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned " +"to the action can however be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:560 +msgid "" +"Default [InputEventAction] to go to the end position of a [Control] (e.g. " +"last item in an [ItemList] or a [Tree]), matching the behavior of [constant " +"KEY_END] on typical desktop UI systems.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are " +"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned " +"to the action can however be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:564 +msgid "" +"Default [InputEventAction] to focus the next [Control] in the scene. The " +"focus behavior can be configured via [member Control.focus_next].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are " +"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned " +"to the action can however be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:568 +msgid "" +"Default [InputEventAction] to focus the previous [Control] in the scene. The " +"focus behavior can be configured via [member Control.focus_previous].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are " +"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned " +"to the action can however be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:572 +msgid "" +"Default [InputEventAction] to go to the start position of a [Control] (e.g. " +"first item in an [ItemList] or a [Tree]), matching the behavior of [constant " +"KEY_HOME] on typical desktop UI systems.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are " +"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned " +"to the action can however be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:576 +msgid "" +"Default [InputEventAction] to move left in the UI.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are " +"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned " +"to the action can however be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:580 +msgid "" +"Default [InputEventAction] to go down a page in a [Control] (e.g. in an " +"[ItemList] or a [Tree]), matching the behavior of [constant KEY_PAGEDOWN] on " +"typical desktop UI systems.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are " +"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned " +"to the action can however be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:584 +msgid "" +"Default [InputEventAction] to go up a page in a [Control] (e.g. in an " +"[ItemList] or a [Tree]), matching the behavior of [constant KEY_PAGEUP] on " +"typical desktop UI systems.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are " +"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned " +"to the action can however be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:588 +msgid "" +"Default [InputEventAction] to move right in the UI.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are " +"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned " +"to the action can however be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:592 +msgid "" +"Default [InputEventAction] to select an item in a [Control] (e.g. in an " +"[ItemList] or a [Tree]).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are " +"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned " +"to the action can however be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:596 +msgid "" +"Default [InputEventAction] to move up in the UI.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are " +"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned " +"to the action can however be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:600 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], key/touch/joystick events will be flushed just before " +"every idle and physics frame.\n" +"If [code]false[/code], such events will be flushed only once per idle frame, " +"between iterations of the engine.\n" +"Enabling this can greatly improve the responsiveness to input, specially in " +"devices that need to run multiple physics frames per visible (idle) frame, " +"because they can't run at the target frame rate.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Currently implemented only in Android." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:606 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], sends mouse input events when tapping or swiping on " +"the touchscreen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:609 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], sends touch input events when clicking or dragging the " +"mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:612 +msgid "Default delay for touch events. This only affects iOS devices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:615 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:618 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 10." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:621 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 11." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:624 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 12." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:627 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 13." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:630 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 14." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:633 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 15." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:636 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 16." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:639 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 17." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:642 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 18." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:645 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 19." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:648 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 2." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:651 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 20." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:654 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 21." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:657 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 22." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:660 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 23." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:663 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 24." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:666 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 25." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:669 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 26." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:672 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 27." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:675 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 28." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:678 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 29." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:681 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 3." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:684 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 30." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:687 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 31." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:690 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 32." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:693 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 4." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:696 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 5." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:699 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 6." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:702 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 7." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:705 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 8." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:708 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 9." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:711 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:714 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 10." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:717 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 11." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:720 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 12." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:723 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 13." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:726 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 14." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:729 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 15." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:732 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 16." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:735 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 17." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:738 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 18." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:741 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 19." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:744 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 2." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:747 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 20." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:750 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 3." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:753 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 4." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:756 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 5." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:759 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 6." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:762 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 7." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:765 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 8." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:768 +msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 9." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:771 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:774 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 10." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:777 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 11." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:780 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 12." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:783 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 13." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:786 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 14." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:789 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 15." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:792 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 16." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:795 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 17." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:798 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 18." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:801 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 19." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:804 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 2." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:807 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 20." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:810 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 21." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:813 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 22." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:816 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 23." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:819 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 24." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:822 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 25." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:825 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 26." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:828 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 27." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:831 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 28." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:834 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 29." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:837 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 3." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:840 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 30." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:843 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 31." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:846 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 32." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:849 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 4." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:852 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 5." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:855 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 6." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:858 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 7." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:861 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 8." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:864 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 9." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:867 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:870 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 10." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:873 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 11." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:876 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 12." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:879 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 13." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:882 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 14" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:885 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 15." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:888 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 16." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:891 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 17." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:894 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 18." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:897 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 19." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:900 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 2." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:903 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 20." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:906 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 3." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:909 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 4." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:912 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 5." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:915 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 6." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:918 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 7." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:921 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 8." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:924 +msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 9." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:927 +msgid "" +"The locale to fall back to if a translation isn't available in a given " +"language. If left empty, [code]en[/code] (English) will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:930 +msgid "" +"If non-empty, this locale will be used when running the project from the " +"editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:933 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], logs all output to files." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:936 +msgid "" +"Desktop override for [member logging/file_logging/enable_file_logging], as " +"log files are not readily accessible on mobile/Web platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:939 +msgid "" +"Path to logs within the project. Using an [code]user://[/code] path is " +"recommended." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:942 +msgid "Specifies the maximum amount of log files allowed (used for rotation)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:947 +msgid "" +"Godot uses a message queue to defer some function calls. If you run out of " +"space on it (you will see an error), you can increase the size here." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:950 +msgid "" +"This is used by servers when used in multi-threading mode (servers and " +"visual). RIDs are preallocated to avoid stalling the server requesting them " +"on threads. If servers get stalled too often when loading resources in a " +"thread, increase this number." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:953 +msgid "" +"Maximum amount of characters allowed to send as output from the debugger. " +"Over this value, content is dropped. This helps not to stall the debugger " +"connection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:956 +msgid "" +"Maximum number of errors allowed to be sent as output from the debugger. " +"Over this value, content is dropped. This helps not to stall the debugger " +"connection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:959 +msgid "" +"Maximum amount of messages allowed to send as output from the debugger. Over " +"this value, content is dropped. This helps not to stall the debugger " +"connection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:962 +msgid "" +"Maximum number of warnings allowed to be sent as output from the debugger. " +"Over this value, content is dropped. This helps not to stall the debugger " +"connection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:965 +msgid "" +"Default size of packet peer stream for deserializing Godot data (in bytes, " +"specified as a power of two). The default value [code]16[/code] is equal to " +"65,536 bytes. Over this size, data is dropped." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:968 +msgid "Timeout (in seconds) for connection attempts using TCP." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:971 +msgid "Maximum size (in kiB) for the [WebRTCDataChannel] input buffer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:974 +msgid "Maximum size (in kiB) for the [WebSocketClient] input buffer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:977 +msgid "Maximum number of concurrent input packets for [WebSocketClient]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:980 +msgid "Maximum size (in kiB) for the [WebSocketClient] output buffer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:983 +msgid "Maximum number of concurrent output packets for [WebSocketClient]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:986 +msgid "Maximum size (in kiB) for the [WebSocketServer] input buffer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:989 +msgid "Maximum number of concurrent input packets for [WebSocketServer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:992 +msgid "Maximum size (in kiB) for the [WebSocketServer] output buffer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:995 +msgid "Maximum number of concurrent output packets for [WebSocketServer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:998 +msgid "" +"Amount of read ahead used by remote filesystem. Higher values decrease the " +"effects of latency at the cost of higher bandwidth usage." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1001 +msgid "Page size used by remote filesystem (in bytes)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1004 +msgid "" +"The CA certificates bundle to use for SSL connections. If this is set to a " +"non-empty value, this will [i]override[/i] Godot's default [url=https://" +"github.com/godotengine/godot/blob/master/thirdparty/certs/ca-certificates." +"crt]Mozilla certificate bundle[/url]. If left empty, the default certificate " +"bundle will be used.\n" +"If in doubt, leave this setting empty." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1008 +msgid "" +"When creating node names automatically, set the type of casing in this " +"project. This is mostly an editor setting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1011 +msgid "" +"What to use to separate node name from number. This is mostly an editor " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1014 +msgid "" +"Size of the hash table used for the broad-phase 2D hash grid algorithm.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Not used if [member ProjectSettings.physics/2d/use_bvh] is " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1018 +msgid "" +"Cell size used for the broad-phase 2D hash grid algorithm (in pixels).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Not used if [member ProjectSettings.physics/2d/use_bvh] is " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1022 +msgid "" +"The default angular damp in 2D.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Good values are in the range [code]0[/code] to [code]1[/code]. " +"At value [code]0[/code] objects will keep moving with the same velocity. " +"Values greater than [code]1[/code] will aim to reduce the velocity to " +"[code]0[/code] in less than a second e.g. a value of [code]2[/code] will aim " +"to reduce the velocity to [code]0[/code] in half a second. A value equal to " +"or greater than the physics frame rate ([member ProjectSettings.physics/" +"common/physics_fps], [code]60[/code] by default) will bring the object to a " +"stop in one iteration." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1026 +msgid "" +"The default gravity strength in 2D (in pixels per second squared).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property is only read when the project starts. To change " +"the default gravity at runtime, use the following code sample:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Set the default gravity strength to 98.\n" +"Physics2DServer.area_set_param(get_viewport().find_world_2d().get_space(), " +"Physics2DServer.AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY, 98)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1034 +msgid "" +"The default gravity direction in 2D.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property is only read when the project starts. To change " +"the default gravity vector at runtime, use the following code sample:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Set the default gravity direction to `Vector2(0, 1)`.\n" +"Physics2DServer.area_set_param(get_viewport().find_world_2d().get_space(), " +"Physics2DServer.AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY_VECTOR, Vector2(0, 1))\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1042 +msgid "" +"The default linear damp in 2D.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Good values are in the range [code]0[/code] to [code]1[/code]. " +"At value [code]0[/code] objects will keep moving with the same velocity. " +"Values greater than [code]1[/code] will aim to reduce the velocity to " +"[code]0[/code] in less than a second e.g. a value of [code]2[/code] will aim " +"to reduce the velocity to [code]0[/code] in half a second. A value equal to " +"or greater than the physics frame rate ([member ProjectSettings.physics/" +"common/physics_fps], [code]60[/code] by default) will bring the object to a " +"stop in one iteration." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1046 +msgid "" +"Threshold defining the surface size that constitutes a large object with " +"regard to cells in the broad-phase 2D hash grid algorithm.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Not used if [member ProjectSettings.physics/2d/use_bvh] is " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1050 +msgid "" +"Sets which physics engine to use for 2D physics.\n" +"\"DEFAULT\" and \"GodotPhysics\" are the same, as there is currently no " +"alternative 2D physics server implemented." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1054 +msgid "" +"Threshold angular velocity under which a 2D physics body will be considered " +"inactive. See [constant Physics2DServer." +"SPACE_PARAM_BODY_ANGULAR_VELOCITY_SLEEP_THRESHOLD]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1057 +msgid "" +"Threshold linear velocity under which a 2D physics body will be considered " +"inactive. See [constant Physics2DServer." +"SPACE_PARAM_BODY_LINEAR_VELOCITY_SLEEP_THRESHOLD]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1060 +msgid "" +"Sets whether physics is run on the main thread or a separate one. Running " +"the server on a thread increases performance, but restricts API access to " +"only physics process.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] As of Godot 3.2, there are mixed reports about the use of a " +"Multi-Threaded thread model for physics. Be sure to assess whether it does " +"give you extra performance and no regressions when using it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1064 +msgid "" +"Time (in seconds) of inactivity before which a 2D physics body will put to " +"sleep. See [constant Physics2DServer.SPACE_PARAM_BODY_TIME_TO_SLEEP]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1067 +msgid "" +"Enables the use of bounding volume hierarchy instead of hash grid for 2D " +"physics spatial partitioning. This may give better performance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1070 +msgid "" +"Sets whether the 3D physics world will be created with support for " +"[SoftBody] physics. Only applies to the Bullet physics engine." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1073 +msgid "" +"The default angular damp in 3D.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Good values are in the range [code]0[/code] to [code]1[/code]. " +"At value [code]0[/code] objects will keep moving with the same velocity. " +"Values greater than [code]1[/code] will aim to reduce the velocity to " +"[code]0[/code] in less than a second e.g. a value of [code]2[/code] will aim " +"to reduce the velocity to [code]0[/code] in half a second. A value equal to " +"or greater than the physics frame rate ([member ProjectSettings.physics/" +"common/physics_fps], [code]60[/code] by default) will bring the object to a " +"stop in one iteration." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1077 +msgid "" +"The default gravity strength in 3D (in meters per second squared).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property is only read when the project starts. To change " +"the default gravity at runtime, use the following code sample:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Set the default gravity strength to 9.8.\n" +"PhysicsServer.area_set_param(get_viewport().find_world().get_space(), " +"PhysicsServer.AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY, 9.8)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1085 +msgid "" +"The default gravity direction in 3D.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property is only read when the project starts. To change " +"the default gravity vector at runtime, use the following code sample:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Set the default gravity direction to `Vector3(0, -1, 0)`.\n" +"PhysicsServer.area_set_param(get_viewport().find_world().get_space(), " +"PhysicsServer.AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY_VECTOR, Vector3(0, -1, 0))\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1093 +msgid "" +"The default linear damp in 3D.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Good values are in the range [code]0[/code] to [code]1[/code]. " +"At value [code]0[/code] objects will keep moving with the same velocity. " +"Values greater than [code]1[/code] will aim to reduce the velocity to " +"[code]0[/code] in less than a second e.g. a value of [code]2[/code] will aim " +"to reduce the velocity to [code]0[/code] in half a second. A value equal to " +"or greater than the physics frame rate ([member ProjectSettings.physics/" +"common/physics_fps], [code]60[/code] by default) will bring the object to a " +"stop in one iteration." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1097 +msgid "" +"Enables the use of bounding volume hierarchy instead of octree for 3D " +"physics spatial partitioning. This may give better performance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1100 +msgid "" +"Sets which physics engine to use for 3D physics.\n" +"\"DEFAULT\" is currently the [url=https://bulletphysics.org]Bullet[/url] " +"physics engine. The \"GodotPhysics\" engine is still supported as an " +"alternative." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1104 +msgid "Enables [member Viewport.physics_object_picking] on the root viewport." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1107 +msgid "" +"If enabled, 2D and 3D physics picking behaves this way in relation to " +"pause:\n" +"- When pause is started, every collision object that is hovered or captured " +"(3D only) is released from that condition, getting the relevant mouse-exit " +"callback, unless its pause mode makes it immune to pause.\n" +"- During pause, picking only considers collision objects immune to pause, " +"sending input events and enter/exit callbacks to them as expected.\n" +"If disabled, the legacy behavior is used, which consists in queuing the " +"picking input events during pause (so nodes won't get them) and flushing " +"that queue on resume, against the state of the 2D/3D world at that point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1113 +msgid "" +"The number of fixed iterations per second. This controls how often physics " +"simulation and [method Node._physics_process] methods are run.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property is only read when the project starts. To change " +"the physics FPS at runtime, set [member Engine.iterations_per_second] " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1117 +msgid "" +"Controls how much physics ticks are synchronized with real time. For 0 or " +"less, the ticks are synchronized. Such values are recommended for network " +"games, where clock synchronization matters. Higher values cause higher " +"deviation of in-game clock and real clock, but allows smoothing out " +"framerate jitters. The default value of 0.5 should be fine for most; values " +"above 2 could cause the game to react to dropped frames with a noticeable " +"delay and are not recommended.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] For best results, when using a custom physics interpolation " +"solution, the physics jitter fix should be disabled by setting [member " +"physics/common/physics_jitter_fix] to [code]0[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property is only read when the project starts. To change " +"the physics FPS at runtime, set [member Engine.physics_jitter_fix] instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1122 +msgid "" +"[b]Experimental.[/b] Calls [code]glBufferData[/code] with NULL data prior to " +"uploading batching data. This may not be necessary but can be used for " +"safety.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Use with care. You are advised to leave this as default for " +"exports. A non-default setting that works better on your machine may " +"adversely affect performance for end users." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1126 +msgid "" +"[b]Experimental.[/b] If set to on, uses the [code]GL_STREAM_DRAW[/code] flag " +"for batching buffer uploads. If off, uses the [code]GL_DYNAMIC_DRAW[/code] " +"flag.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Use with care. You are advised to leave this as default for " +"exports. A non-default setting that works better on your machine may " +"adversely affect performance for end users." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1130 +msgid "" +"[b]Experimental.[/b] If set to on, this applies buffer orphaning - " +"[code]glBufferData[/code] is called with NULL data and the full buffer size " +"prior to uploading new data. This can be important to avoid stalling on some " +"hardware.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Use with care. You are advised to leave this as default for " +"exports. A non-default setting that works better on your machine may " +"adversely affect performance for end users." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1134 +msgid "" +"[b]Experimental.[/b] If set to on, uses the [code]GL_STREAM_DRAW[/code] flag " +"for legacy buffer uploads. If off, uses the [code]GL_DYNAMIC_DRAW[/code] " +"flag.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Use with care. You are advised to leave this as default for " +"exports. A non-default setting that works better on your machine may " +"adversely affect performance for end users." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1138 +msgid "" +"Choose between fixed mode where corner scalings are preserved matching the " +"artwork, and scaling mode.\n" +"Not available in GLES3 when [member rendering/batching/options/use_batching] " +"is off." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1142 +msgid "" +"Some NVIDIA GPU drivers have a bug which produces flickering issues for the " +"[code]draw_rect[/code] method, especially as used in [TileMap]. Refer to " +"[url=https://github.com/godotengine/godot/issues/9913]GitHub issue 9913[/" +"url] for details.\n" +"If [code]true[/code], this option enables a \"safe\" code path for such " +"NVIDIA GPUs at the cost of performance. This option affects GLES2 and GLES3 " +"rendering, but only on desktop platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1146 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], performs 2D skinning on the CPU rather than the GPU. " +"This provides greater compatibility with a wide range of hardware, and also " +"may be faster in some circumstances.\n" +"Currently only available when [member rendering/batching/options/" +"use_batching] is active.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Antialiased software skinned polys are not supported, and will " +"be rendered without antialiasing.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Custom shaders that use the [code]VERTEX[/code] built-in " +"operate with [code]VERTEX[/code] position [i]after[/i] skinning, whereas " +"with hardware skinning, [code]VERTEX[/code] is the position [i]before[/i] " +"skinning." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1152 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], forces snapping of vertices to pixels in 2D rendering. " +"May help in some pixel art styles.\n" +"This snapping is performed on the GPU in the vertex shader.\n" +"Consider using the project setting [member rendering/batching/precision/" +"uv_contract] to prevent artifacts." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1157 +msgid "" +"When batching is on, this regularly prints a frame diagnosis log. Note that " +"this will degrade performance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1160 +msgid "" +"[b]Experimental.[/b] For regression testing against the old renderer. If " +"this is switched on, and [code]use_batching[/code] is set, the renderer will " +"swap alternately between using the old renderer, and the batched renderer, " +"on each frame. This makes it easy to identify visual differences. " +"Performance will be degraded." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1163 +msgid "" +"Lights have the potential to prevent joining items, and break many of the " +"performance benefits of batching. This setting enables some complex logic to " +"allow joining items if their lighting is similar, and overlap tests pass. " +"This can significantly improve performance in some games. Set to 0 to switch " +"off. With large values the cost of overlap tests may lead to diminishing " +"returns." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1166 +msgid "" +"Sets the proportion of the total screen area (in pixels) that must be saved " +"by a scissor operation in order to activate light scissoring. This can " +"prevent parts of items being rendered outside the light area. Lower values " +"scissor more aggressively. A value of 1 scissors none of the items, a value " +"of 0 scissors every item. The power of 4 of the value is used, in order to " +"emphasize the lower range, and multiplied by the total screen area in pixels " +"to give the threshold. This can reduce fill rate requirements in scenes with " +"a lot of lighting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1169 +msgid "" +"Enabling this setting uses the legacy method to draw batches containing only " +"one rect. The legacy method is faster (approx twice as fast), but can cause " +"flicker on some systems. In order to directly compare performance with the " +"non-batching renderer you can set this to true, but it is recommended to " +"turn this off unless you can guarantee your target hardware will work with " +"this method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1172 +msgid "" +"Turns 2D batching on and off. Batching increases performance by reducing the " +"amount of graphics API drawcalls." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1175 +msgid "Switches on 2D batching within the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1178 +msgid "" +"Size of buffer reserved for batched vertices. Larger size enables larger " +"batches, but there are diminishing returns for the memory used. This should " +"only have a minor effect on performance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1181 +msgid "" +"Including color in the vertex format has a cost, however, not including " +"color prevents batching across color changes. This threshold determines the " +"ratio of [code]number of vertex color changes / total number of vertices[/" +"code] above which vertices will be translated to colored format. A value of " +"0 will always use colored vertices, 1 will never use colored vertices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1184 +msgid "" +"In certain circumstances, the batcher can reorder items in order to better " +"join them. This may result in better performance. An overlap test is needed " +"however for each item lookahead, so there is a trade off, with diminishing " +"returns. If you are getting no benefit, setting this to 0 will switch it off." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1187 +msgid "" +"Sets the number of commands to lookahead to determine whether to batch " +"render items. A value of 1 can join items consisting of single commands, 0 " +"turns off joining. Higher values are in theory more likely to join, however " +"this has diminishing returns and has a runtime cost so a small value is " +"recommended." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1190 +msgid "" +"On some platforms (especially mobile), precision issues in shaders can lead " +"to reading 1 texel outside of bounds, particularly where rects are scaled. " +"This can particularly lead to border artifacts around tiles in tilemaps.\n" +"This adjustment corrects for this by making a small contraction to the UV " +"coordinates used. Note that this can result in a slight squashing of border " +"texels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1194 +msgid "" +"The amount of UV contraction. This figure is divided by 1000000, and is a " +"proportion of the total texture dimensions, where the width and height are " +"both ranged from 0.0 to 1.0.\n" +"Use the default unless correcting for a problem on particular hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1198 +msgid "" +"Amount of light samples taken when using [constant BakedLightmap." +"BAKE_QUALITY_HIGH]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1201 +msgid "" +"Amount of light samples taken when using [constant BakedLightmap." +"BAKE_QUALITY_LOW]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1204 +msgid "" +"Amount of light samples taken when using [constant BakedLightmap." +"BAKE_QUALITY_MEDIUM]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1207 +msgid "" +"Amount of light samples taken when using [constant BakedLightmap." +"BAKE_QUALITY_ULTRA]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1210 +msgid "" +"Default background clear color. Overridable per [Viewport] using its " +"[Environment]. See [member Environment.background_mode] and [member " +"Environment.background_color] in particular. To change this default color " +"programmatically, use [method VisualServer.set_default_clear_color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1213 +msgid "" +"[Environment] that will be used as a fallback environment in case a scene " +"does not specify its own environment. The default environment is loaded in " +"at scene load time regardless of whether you have set an environment or not. " +"If you do not rely on the fallback environment, it is best to delete " +"[code]default_env.tres[/code], or to specify a different default environment " +"here." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1216 +msgid "" +"The use of half-float vertex compression may be producing rendering errors " +"on some platforms (especially iOS). These have been seen particularly in " +"particles. Disabling half-float may resolve these problems." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1219 +msgid "" +"iOS specific override for [member rendering/gles2/compatibility/" +"disable_half_float], due to poor support for half-float vertex compression " +"on many devices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1222 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code] and available on the target Android device, enables " +"high floating point precision for all shader computations in GLES2.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] High floating point precision can be extremely slow on older " +"devices and is often not available at all. Use with caution." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1226 +msgid "" +"Max buffer size for blend shapes. Any blend shape bigger than this will not " +"work." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1229 +msgid "" +"Max buffer size for drawing polygons. Any polygon bigger than this will not " +"work." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1232 +msgid "" +"Max index buffer size for drawing polygons. Any polygon bigger than this " +"will not work." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1235 +msgid "" +"Max buffer size for drawing immediate objects (ImmediateGeometry nodes). " +"Nodes using more than this size will not work." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1238 +msgid "" +"Max number of lights renderable per object. This is further limited by " +"hardware support. Most devices only support 409 lights, while many devices " +"(especially mobile) only support 102. Setting this low will slightly reduce " +"memory usage and may decrease shader compile times." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1241 +msgid "" +"Max amount of elements renderable in a frame. If more elements than this are " +"visible per frame, they will not be drawn. Keep in mind elements refer to " +"mesh surfaces and not meshes themselves. Setting this low will slightly " +"reduce memory usage and may decrease shader compile times, particularly on " +"web. For most uses, the default value is suitable, but consider lowering as " +"much as possible on web export." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1244 +msgid "" +"Max number of lights renderable in a frame. If more lights than this number " +"are used, they will be ignored. Setting this low will slightly reduce memory " +"usage and may decrease shader compile times, particularly on web. For most " +"uses, the default value is suitable, but consider lowering as much as " +"possible on web export." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1247 +msgid "" +"Max number of reflection probes renderable in a frame. If more reflection " +"probes than this number are used, they will be ignored. Setting this low " +"will slightly reduce memory usage and may decrease shader compile times, " +"particularly on web. For most uses, the default value is suitable, but " +"consider lowering as much as possible on web export." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1250 +msgid "" +"Shaders have a time variable that constantly increases. At some point, it " +"needs to be rolled back to zero to avoid precision errors on shader " +"animations. This setting specifies when (in seconds)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1253 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the texture importer will import lossless textures " +"using the PNG format. Otherwise, it will default to using WebP." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1256 +msgid "" +"The default compression level for lossless WebP. Higher levels result in " +"smaller files at the cost of compression speed. Decompression speed is " +"mostly unaffected by the compression level. Supported values are 0 to 9. " +"Note that compression levels above 6 are very slow and offer very little " +"savings." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1259 +msgid "" +"On import, mesh vertex data will be split into two streams within a single " +"vertex buffer, one for position data and the other for interleaved " +"attributes data. Recommended to be enabled if targeting mobile devices. " +"Requires manual reimport of meshes after toggling." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1262 +msgid "" +"Determines the maximum number of sphere occluders that will be used at any " +"one time.\n" +"Although you can have many occluders in a scene, each frame the system will " +"choose from these the most relevant based on a screen space metric, in order " +"to give the best overall performance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1266 +msgid "" +"The default convention is for portal normals to point outward (face outward) " +"from the source room.\n" +"If you accidentally build your level with portals facing the wrong way, this " +"setting can fix the problem.\n" +"It will flip named portal meshes (i.e. [code]-portal[/code]) on the initial " +"convertion to [Portal] nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1271 +msgid "" +"Show conversion logs.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This will automatically be disabled in exports." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1275 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], gameplay callbacks will be sent as [code]signals[/" +"code]. If [code]false[/code], they will be sent as [code]notifications[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1278 +msgid "" +"If enabled, while merging meshes, the system will also attempt to remove " +"[Spatial] nodes that no longer have any children.\n" +"Reducing the number of [Node]s in the scene tree can make traversal more " +"efficient, but can be switched off in case you wish to use empty [Spatial]s " +"for markers or some other purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1282 +msgid "" +"Show logs during PVS generation.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This will automatically be disabled in exports." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1286 +msgid "" +"Uses a simplified method of generating PVS (potentially visible set) data. " +"The results may not be accurate where more than one portal join adjacent " +"rooms.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Generally you should only use this option if you encounter bugs " +"when it is set to [code]false[/code], i.e. there are problems with the " +"default method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1290 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], allocates the main framebuffer with high dynamic " +"range. High dynamic range allows the use of [Color] values greater than 1.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Only available on the GLES3 backend." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1294 +msgid "" +"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/depth/hdr] on mobile " +"devices, due to performance concerns or driver support." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1297 +msgid "" +"Disables depth pre-pass for some GPU vendors (usually mobile), as their " +"architecture already does this." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1300 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], performs a previous depth pass before rendering " +"materials. This increases performance in scenes with high overdraw, when " +"complex materials and lighting are used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1303 +msgid "" +"The directional shadow's size in pixels. Higher values will result in " +"sharper shadows, at the cost of performance. The value will be rounded up to " +"the nearest power of 2." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1306 +msgid "" +"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/directional_shadow/size] on " +"mobile devices, due to performance concerns or driver support." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1309 +msgid "" +"The video driver to use (\"GLES2\" or \"GLES3\").\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The backend in use can be overridden at runtime via the [code]--" +"video-driver[/code] command line argument, or by the [member rendering/" +"quality/driver/fallback_to_gles2] option if the target system does not " +"support GLES3 and falls back to GLES2. In such cases, this property is not " +"updated, so use [method OS.get_current_video_driver] to query it at run-time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1313 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], allows falling back to the GLES2 driver if the GLES3 " +"driver is not supported.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The two video drivers are not drop-in replacements for each " +"other, so a game designed for GLES3 might not work properly when falling " +"back to GLES2. In particular, some features of the GLES3 backend are not " +"available in GLES2. Enabling this setting also means that both ETC and ETC2 " +"VRAM-compressed textures will be exported on Android and iOS, increasing the " +"data pack's size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1317 +msgid "" +"Maximum anisotropic filter level used for textures with anisotropy enabled. " +"Higher values will result in sharper textures when viewed from oblique " +"angles, at the cost of performance. Only power-of-two values are valid (2, " +"4, 8, 16)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1320 +msgid "" +"Sets the number of MSAA samples to use. MSAA is used to reduce aliasing " +"around the edges of polygons. A higher MSAA value results in smoother edges " +"but can be significantly slower on some hardware.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] MSAA is not available on HTML5 export using the GLES2 backend." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1324 +msgid "" +"If set to a value greater than [code]0.0[/code], contrast-adaptive " +"sharpening will be applied to the 3D viewport. This has a low performance " +"cost and can be used to recover some of the sharpness lost from using FXAA. " +"Values around [code]0.5[/code] generally give the best results. See also " +"[member rendering/quality/filters/use_fxaa]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1327 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], uses a fast post-processing filter to make banding " +"significantly less visible. In some cases, debanding may introduce a " +"slightly noticeable dithering pattern. It's recommended to enable debanding " +"only when actually needed since the dithering pattern will make lossless-" +"compressed screenshots larger.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Only available on the GLES3 backend. [member rendering/quality/" +"depth/hdr] must also be [code]true[/code] for debanding to be effective.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] There are known issues with debanding breaking rendering on " +"mobile platforms. Due to this, it is recommended to leave this option " +"disabled when targeting mobile platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1332 +msgid "" +"Enables FXAA in the root Viewport. FXAA is a popular screen-space " +"antialiasing method, which is fast but will make the image look blurry, " +"especially at lower resolutions. It can still work relatively well at large " +"resolutions such as 1440p and 4K. Some of the lost sharpness can be " +"recovered by enabling contrast-adaptive sharpening (see [member rendering/" +"quality/filters/sharpen_intensity])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1335 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], uses nearest-neighbor mipmap filtering when using " +"mipmaps (also called \"bilinear filtering\"), which will result in visible " +"seams appearing between mipmap stages. This may increase performance in " +"mobile as less memory bandwidth is used. If [code]false[/code], linear " +"mipmap filtering (also called \"trilinear filtering\") is used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1338 +msgid "" +"Strategy used for framebuffer allocation. The simpler it is, the less " +"resources it uses (but the less features it supports). If set to \"2D " +"Without Sampling\" or \"3D Without Effects\", sample buffers will not be " +"allocated. This means [code]SCREEN_TEXTURE[/code] and [code]DEPTH_TEXTURE[/" +"code] will not be available in shaders and post-processing effects will not " +"be available in the [Environment]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1341 +msgid "" +"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/intended_usage/" +"framebuffer_allocation] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or " +"driver support." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1344 +msgid "" +"Enable usage of bicubic sampling in baked lightmaps. This results in " +"smoother looking lighting at the expense of more bandwidth usage. On GLES2, " +"changes to this setting will only be applied upon restarting the application." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1347 +msgid "" +"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/lightmapping/" +"use_bicubic_sampling] on mobile devices, in order to reduce bandwidth usage." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1350 +msgid "" +"Size of the atlas used by reflection probes. A larger size can result in " +"higher visual quality, while a smaller size will be faster and take up less " +"memory." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1353 +msgid "" +"Number of subdivisions to use for the reflection atlas. A higher number " +"lowers the quality of each atlas, but allows you to use more." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1356 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], uses a high amount of samples to create blurred " +"variants of reflection probes and panorama backgrounds (sky). Those blurred " +"variants are used by rough materials." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1359 +msgid "" +"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/reflections/" +"high_quality_ggx] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or driver " +"support." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1362 +msgid "" +"Limits the size of the irradiance map which is normally determined by " +"[member Sky.radiance_size]. A higher size results in a higher quality " +"irradiance map similarly to [member rendering/quality/reflections/" +"high_quality_ggx]. Use a higher value when using high-frequency HDRI maps, " +"otherwise keep this as low as possible.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Low and mid range hardware do not support complex irradiance " +"maps well and may crash if this is set too high." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1366 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], uses texture arrays instead of mipmaps for reflection " +"probes and panorama backgrounds (sky). This reduces jitter noise on " +"reflections, but costs more performance and memory." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1369 +msgid "" +"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/reflections/" +"texture_array_reflections] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or " +"driver support." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1372 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], uses faster but lower-quality Blinn model to generate " +"blurred reflections instead of the GGX model." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1375 +msgid "" +"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/shading/" +"force_blinn_over_ggx] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or " +"driver support." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1378 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], uses faster but lower-quality Lambert material " +"lighting model instead of Burley." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1381 +msgid "" +"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/shading/" +"force_lambert_over_burley] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or " +"driver support." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1384 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], forces vertex shading for all rendering. This can " +"increase performance a lot, but also reduces quality immensely. Can be used " +"to optimize performance on low-end mobile devices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1387 +msgid "" +"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/shading/" +"force_vertex_shading] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or " +"driver support." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1390 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables new physical light attenuation for " +"[OmniLight]s and [SpotLight]s. This results in more realistic lighting " +"appearance with a very small performance cost. When physical light " +"attenuation is enabled, lights will appear to be darker as a result of the " +"new attenuation formula. This can be compensated by adjusting the lights' " +"energy or attenuation values.\n" +"Changes to this setting will only be applied upon restarting the application." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1394 +msgid "" +"Size for cubemap into which the shadow is rendered before being copied into " +"the shadow atlas. A higher number can result in higher resolution shadows " +"when used with a higher [member rendering/quality/shadow_atlas/size]. " +"Setting higher than a quarter of the [member rendering/quality/shadow_atlas/" +"size] will not result in a perceptible increase in visual quality." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1397 doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1400 +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1403 doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1406 +msgid "" +"Subdivision quadrant size for shadow mapping. See shadow mapping " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1409 +msgid "" +"Size for shadow atlas (used for OmniLights and SpotLights). See " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1412 +msgid "" +"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/shadow_atlas/size] on " +"mobile devices, due to performance concerns or driver support." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1415 +msgid "" +"Shadow filter mode. Higher-quality settings result in smoother shadows that " +"flicker less when moving. \"Disabled\" is the fastest option, but also has " +"the lowest quality. \"PCF5\" is smoother but is also slower. \"PCF13\" is " +"the smoothest option, but is also the slowest.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When using the GLES2 backend, the \"PCF13\" option actually " +"uses 16 samples to emulate linear filtering in the shader. This results in a " +"shadow appearance similar to the one produced by the GLES3 backend." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1419 +msgid "" +"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/shadows/filter_mode] on " +"mobile devices, due to performance concerns or driver support." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1422 +msgid "" +"Forces [MeshInstance] to always perform skinning on the CPU (applies to both " +"GLES2 and GLES3).\n" +"See also [member rendering/quality/skinning/software_skinning_fallback]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1426 +msgid "" +"Allows [MeshInstance] to perform skinning on the CPU when the hardware " +"doesn't support the default GPU skinning process with GLES2.\n" +"If [code]false[/code], an alternative skinning process on the GPU is used in " +"this case (slower in most cases).\n" +"See also [member rendering/quality/skinning/force_software_skinning].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When the software skinning fallback is triggered, custom vertex " +"shaders will behave in a different way, because the bone transform will be " +"already applied to the modelview matrix." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1432 +msgid "" +"The rendering octree balance can be changed to favor smaller ([code]0[/" +"code]), or larger ([code]1[/code]) branches.\n" +"Larger branches can increase performance significantly in some projects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1436 +msgid "" +"Enables the use of bounding volume hierarchy instead of octree for rendering " +"spatial partitioning. This may give better performance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1439 +msgid "" +"Improves quality of subsurface scattering, but cost significantly increases." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1442 +msgid "Quality setting for subsurface scattering (samples taken)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1445 +msgid "Max radius used for subsurface scattering samples." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1448 +msgid "" +"Weight subsurface scattering samples. Helps to avoid reading samples from " +"unrelated parts of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1451 +msgid "" +"Use high-quality voxel cone tracing. This results in better-looking " +"reflections, but is much more expensive on the GPU." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1454 +msgid "" +"Thread model for rendering. Rendering on a thread can vastly improve " +"performance, but synchronizing to the main thread can cause a bit more " +"jitter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1457 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], a thread safe version of BVH (bounding volume " +"hierarchy) will be used in rendering and Godot physics.\n" +"Try enabling this option if you see any visual anomalies in 3D (such as " +"incorrect object visibility)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1461 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the texture importer will import VRAM-compressed " +"textures using the BPTC algorithm. This texture compression algorithm is " +"only supported on desktop platforms, and only when using the GLES3 " +"renderer.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Changing this setting does [i]not[/i] impact textures that were " +"already imported before. To make this setting apply to textures that were " +"already imported, exit the editor, remove the [code].import/[/code] folder " +"located inside the project folder then restart the editor (see [member " +"application/config/use_hidden_project_data_directory])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1465 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the texture importer will import VRAM-compressed " +"textures using the Ericsson Texture Compression algorithm. This algorithm " +"doesn't support alpha channels in textures.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Changing this setting does [i]not[/i] impact textures that were " +"already imported before. To make this setting apply to textures that were " +"already imported, exit the editor, remove the [code].import/[/code] folder " +"located inside the project folder then restart the editor (see [member " +"application/config/use_hidden_project_data_directory])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1469 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the texture importer will import VRAM-compressed " +"textures using the Ericsson Texture Compression 2 algorithm. This texture " +"compression algorithm is only supported when using the GLES3 renderer.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Changing this setting does [i]not[/i] impact textures that were " +"already imported before. To make this setting apply to textures that were " +"already imported, exit the editor, remove the [code].import/[/code] folder " +"located inside the project folder then restart the editor (see [member " +"application/config/use_hidden_project_data_directory])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1473 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the texture importer will import VRAM-compressed " +"textures using the PowerVR Texture Compression algorithm. This texture " +"compression algorithm is only supported on iOS.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Changing this setting does [i]not[/i] impact textures that were " +"already imported before. To make this setting apply to textures that were " +"already imported, exit the editor, remove the [code].import/[/code] folder " +"located inside the project folder then restart the editor (see [member " +"application/config/use_hidden_project_data_directory])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1477 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the texture importer will import VRAM-compressed " +"textures using the S3 Texture Compression algorithm. This algorithm is only " +"supported on desktop platforms and consoles.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Changing this setting does [i]not[/i] impact textures that were " +"already imported before. To make this setting apply to textures that were " +"already imported, exit the editor, remove the [code].import/[/code] folder " +"located inside the project folder then restart the editor (see [member " +"application/config/use_hidden_project_data_directory])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1481 +msgid "" +"Cell size used for the 2D hash grid that [VisibilityNotifier2D] uses (in " +"pixels)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ProximityGroup.xml:4 doc/classes/ProximityGroup.xml:7 +msgid "General-purpose proximity detection node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/QuadMesh.xml:4 +msgid "Class representing a square mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/QuadMesh.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Class representing a square [PrimitiveMesh]. This flat mesh does not have a " +"thickness. By default, this mesh is aligned on the X and Y axes; this " +"default rotation is more suited for use with billboarded materials. Unlike " +"[PlaneMesh], this mesh doesn't provide subdivision options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/QuadMesh.xml:11 doc/classes/Viewport.xml:19 +#: doc/classes/ViewportTexture.xml:13 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/129" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/QuadMesh.xml:17 +msgid "Offset of the generated Quad. Useful for particles." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/QuadMesh.xml:20 +msgid "Size on the X and Y axes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:4 +msgid "Quaternion." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A unit quaternion used for representing 3D rotations. Quaternions need to be " +"normalized to be used for rotation.\n" +"It is similar to Basis, which implements matrix representation of rotations, " +"and can be parametrized using both an axis-angle pair or Euler angles. Basis " +"stores rotation, scale, and shearing, while Quat only stores rotation.\n" +"Due to its compactness and the way it is stored in memory, certain " +"operations (obtaining axis-angle and performing SLERP, in particular) are " +"more efficient and robust against floating-point errors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:12 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/using_transforms." +"html#interpolating-with-quaternions" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:20 +msgid "Constructs a quaternion from the given [Basis]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Constructs a quaternion that will perform a rotation specified by Euler " +"angles (in the YXZ convention: when decomposing, first Z, then X, and Y " +"last), given in the vector format as (X angle, Y angle, Z angle)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Constructs a quaternion that will rotate around the given axis by the " +"specified angle. The axis must be a normalized vector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:45 +msgid "Constructs a quaternion defined by the given values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Returns the angle between this quaternion and [code]to[/code]. This is the " +"magnitude of the angle you would need to rotate by to get from one to the " +"other.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method has an abnormally high amount of floating-point " +"error, so methods such as [method @GDScript.is_zero_approx] will not work " +"reliably." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:63 +msgid "" +"Performs a cubic spherical interpolation between quaternions [code]pre_a[/" +"code], this vector, [code]b[/code], and [code]post_b[/code], by the given " +"amount [code]weight[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:70 +msgid "Returns the dot product of two quaternions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:76 +msgid "" +"Returns Euler angles (in the YXZ convention: when decomposing, first Z, then " +"X, and Y last) corresponding to the rotation represented by the unit " +"quaternion. Returned vector contains the rotation angles in the format (X " +"angle, Y angle, Z angle)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:82 +msgid "Returns the inverse of the quaternion." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:89 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this quaternion and [code]quat[/code] are " +"approximately equal, by running [method @GDScript.is_equal_approx] on each " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:95 +msgid "Returns whether the quaternion is normalized or not." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:101 +msgid "Returns the length of the quaternion." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:107 +msgid "Returns the length of the quaternion, squared." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:113 +msgid "Returns a copy of the quaternion, normalized to unit length." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:120 +msgid "" +"Sets the quaternion to a rotation which rotates around axis by the specified " +"angle, in radians. The axis must be a normalized vector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:126 +msgid "" +"Sets the quaternion to a rotation specified by Euler angles (in the YXZ " +"convention: when decomposing, first Z, then X, and Y last), given in the " +"vector format as (X angle, Y angle, Z angle)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:134 +msgid "" +"Returns the result of the spherical linear interpolation between this " +"quaternion and [code]to[/code] by amount [code]weight[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Both quaternions must be normalized." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:143 +msgid "" +"Returns the result of the spherical linear interpolation between this " +"quaternion and [code]to[/code] by amount [code]weight[/code], but without " +"checking if the rotation path is not bigger than 90 degrees." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:150 +msgid "Returns a vector transformed (multiplied) by this quaternion." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:156 +msgid "" +"W component of the quaternion (real part).\n" +"Quaternion components should usually not be manipulated directly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:160 +msgid "" +"X component of the quaternion (imaginary [code]i[/code] axis part).\n" +"Quaternion components should usually not be manipulated directly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:164 +msgid "" +"Y component of the quaternion (imaginary [code]j[/code] axis part).\n" +"Quaternion components should usually not be manipulated directly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:168 +msgid "" +"Z component of the quaternion (imaginary [code]k[/code] axis part).\n" +"Quaternion components should usually not be manipulated directly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:174 +msgid "" +"The identity quaternion, representing no rotation. Equivalent to an identity " +"[Basis] matrix. If a vector is transformed by an identity quaternion, it " +"will not change." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:4 +msgid "A class for generating pseudo-random numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:7 +msgid "" +"RandomNumberGenerator is a class for generating pseudo-random numbers. It " +"currently uses [url=http://www.pcg-random.org/]PCG32[/url].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The underlying algorithm is an implementation detail. As a " +"result, it should not be depended upon for reproducible random streams " +"across Godot versions.\n" +"To generate a random float number (within a given range) based on a time-" +"dependant seed:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var rng = RandomNumberGenerator.new()\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" rng.randomize()\n" +" var my_random_number = rng.randf_range(-10.0, 10.0)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The default values of [member seed] and [member state] " +"properties are pseudo-random, and changes when calling [method randomize]. " +"The [code]0[/code] value documented here is a placeholder, and not the " +"actual default seed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:19 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/math/random_number_generation." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Generates a pseudo-random float between [code]0.0[/code] and [code]1.0[/" +"code] (inclusive)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Generates a pseudo-random float between [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/" +"code] (inclusive)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Generates a [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normal_distribution]normally-" +"distributed[/url] pseudo-random number, using Box-Muller transform with the " +"specified [code]mean[/code] and a standard [code]deviation[/code]. This is " +"also called Gaussian distribution." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Generates a pseudo-random 32-bit unsigned integer between [code]0[/code] and " +"[code]4294967295[/code] (inclusive)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Generates a pseudo-random 32-bit signed integer between [code]from[/code] " +"and [code]to[/code] (inclusive)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:61 +msgid "Setups a time-based seed to generator." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Initializes the random number generator state based on the given seed value. " +"A given seed will give a reproducible sequence of pseudo-random numbers.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The RNG does not have an avalanche effect, and can output " +"similar random streams given similar seeds. Consider using a hash function " +"to improve your seed quality if they're sourced externally.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Setting this property produces a side effect of changing the " +"internal [member state], so make sure to initialize the seed [i]before[/i] " +"modifying the [member state]:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var rng = RandomNumberGenerator.new()\n" +"rng.seed = hash(\"Godot\")\n" +"rng.state = 100 # Restore to some previously saved state.\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] the getter of this property returns the previous [member " +"state], and not the initial seed value, which is going to be fixed in Godot " +"4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:78 +msgid "" +"The current state of the random number generator. Save and restore this " +"property to restore the generator to a previous state:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var rng = RandomNumberGenerator.new()\n" +"print(rng.randf())\n" +"var saved_state = rng.state # Store current state.\n" +"print(rng.randf()) # Advance internal state.\n" +"rng.state = saved_state # Restore the state.\n" +"print(rng.randf()) # Prints the same value as in previous.\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Do not set state to arbitrary values, since the random number " +"generator requires the state to have certain qualities to behave properly. " +"It should only be set to values that came from the state property itself. To " +"initialize the random number generator with arbitrary input, use [member " +"seed] instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Range.xml:4 +msgid "Abstract base class for range-based controls." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Range.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Range is a base class for [Control] nodes that change a floating-point " +"[i]value[/i] between a [i]minimum[/i] and a [i]maximum[/i], using [i]step[/" +"i] and [i]page[/i], for example a [ScrollBar]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Range.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Binds two ranges together along with any ranges previously grouped with " +"either of them. When any of range's member variables change, it will share " +"the new value with all other ranges in its group." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Range.xml:22 +msgid "Stops range from sharing its member variables with any other." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Range.xml:28 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], [member value] may be greater than [member max_value]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Range.xml:31 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], [member value] may be less than [member min_value]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Range.xml:34 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], and [code]min_value[/code] is greater than 0, " +"[code]value[/code] will be represented exponentially rather than linearly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Range.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Maximum value. Range is clamped if [code]value[/code] is greater than " +"[code]max_value[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Range.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Minimum value. Range is clamped if [code]value[/code] is less than " +"[code]min_value[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Range.xml:43 +msgid "" +"Page size. Used mainly for [ScrollBar]. ScrollBar's length is its size " +"multiplied by [code]page[/code] over the difference between [code]min_value[/" +"code] and [code]max_value[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Range.xml:46 +msgid "The value mapped between 0 and 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Range.xml:49 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], [code]value[/code] will always be rounded to the " +"nearest integer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Range.xml:52 +msgid "" +"If greater than 0, [code]value[/code] will always be rounded to a multiple " +"of [code]step[/code]. If [code]rounded[/code] is also [code]true[/code], " +"[code]value[/code] will first be rounded to a multiple of [code]step[/code] " +"then rounded to the nearest integer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Range.xml:55 +msgid "Range's current value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Range.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Emitted when [member min_value], [member max_value], [member page], or " +"[member step] change." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Range.xml:67 +msgid "Emitted when [member value] changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:4 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:4 +msgid "Query the closest object intersecting a ray." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A RayCast represents a line from its origin to its destination position, " +"[code]cast_to[/code]. It is used to query the 3D space in order to find the " +"closest object along the path of the ray.\n" +"RayCast can ignore some objects by adding them to the exception list via " +"[code]add_exception[/code] or by setting proper filtering with collision " +"layers and masks.\n" +"RayCast can be configured to report collisions with [Area]s ([member " +"collide_with_areas]) and/or [PhysicsBody]s ([member collide_with_bodies]).\n" +"Only enabled raycasts will be able to query the space and report " +"collisions.\n" +"RayCast calculates intersection every physics frame (see [Node]), and the " +"result is cached so it can be used later until the next frame. If multiple " +"queries are required between physics frames (or during the same frame), use " +"[method force_raycast_update] after adjusting the raycast." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:22 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Adds a collision exception so the ray does not report collisions with the " +"specified node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:29 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Adds a collision exception so the ray does not report collisions with the " +"specified [RID]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:35 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:34 +msgid "Removes all collision exceptions for this ray." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Updates the collision information for the ray.\n" +"Use this method to update the collision information immediately instead of " +"waiting for the next [code]_physics_process[/code] call, for example if the " +"ray or its parent has changed state.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]enabled[/code] is not required for this to work." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:49 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Returns the first object that the ray intersects, or [code]null[/code] if no " +"object is intersecting the ray (i.e. [method is_colliding] returns " +"[code]false[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:55 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:53 +msgid "" +"Returns the shape ID of the first object that the ray intersects, or " +"[code]0[/code] if no object is intersecting the ray (i.e. [method " +"is_colliding] returns [code]false[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the bit index passed is turned on.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Bit indices range from 0-19." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:69 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Returns the normal of the intersecting object's shape at the collision point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:75 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Returns the collision point at which the ray intersects the closest object.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This point is in the [b]global[/b] coordinate system." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:82 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:79 +msgid "" +"Returns whether any object is intersecting with the ray's vector " +"(considering the vector length)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:89 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:86 +msgid "" +"Removes a collision exception so the ray does report collisions with the " +"specified node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:96 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Removes a collision exception so the ray does report collisions with the " +"specified [RID]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:104 +msgid "" +"Sets the bit index passed to the [code]value[/code] passed.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Bit indexes range from 0-19." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:111 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:107 +msgid "" +"The ray's destination point, relative to the RayCast's [code]position[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:114 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], collision with [Area]s will be reported." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:117 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], collision with [PhysicsBody]s will be reported." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:120 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:116 +msgid "" +"The ray's collision mask. Only objects in at least one collision layer " +"enabled in the mask will be detected. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/" +"en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-" +"masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:123 +msgid "" +"The custom color to use to draw the shape in the editor and at run-time if " +"[b]Visible Collision Shapes[/b] is enabled in the [b]Debug[/b] menu. This " +"color will be highlighted at run-time if the [RayCast] is colliding with " +"something.\n" +"If set to [code]Color(0.0, 0.0, 0.0)[/code] (by default), the color set in " +"[member ProjectSettings.debug/shapes/collision/shape_color] is used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:127 +msgid "" +"If set to [code]1[/code], a line is used as the debug shape. Otherwise, a " +"truncated pyramid is drawn to represent the [RayCast]. Requires [b]Visible " +"Collision Shapes[/b] to be enabled in the [b]Debug[/b] menu for the debug " +"shape to be visible at run-time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:130 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:119 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], collisions will be reported." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:133 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], collisions will be ignored for this RayCast's " +"immediate parent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A RayCast represents a line from its origin to its destination position, " +"[code]cast_to[/code]. It is used to query the 2D space in order to find the " +"closest object along the path of the ray.\n" +"RayCast2D can ignore some objects by adding them to the exception list via " +"[code]add_exception[/code], by setting proper filtering with collision " +"layers, or by filtering object types with type masks.\n" +"RayCast2D can be configured to report collisions with [Area2D]s ([member " +"collide_with_areas]) and/or [PhysicsBody2D]s ([member " +"collide_with_bodies]).\n" +"Only enabled raycasts will be able to query the space and report " +"collisions.\n" +"RayCast2D calculates intersection every physics frame (see [Node]), and the " +"result is cached so it can be used later until the next frame. If multiple " +"queries are required between physics frames (or during the same frame) use " +"[method force_raycast_update] after adjusting the raycast." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Updates the collision information for the ray. Use this method to update the " +"collision information immediately instead of waiting for the next " +"[code]_physics_process[/code] call, for example if the ray or its parent has " +"changed state.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]enabled[/code] is not required for this to work." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:101 +msgid "" +"Sets or clears individual bits on the collision mask. This makes selecting " +"the areas scanned easier." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:110 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], collision with [Area2D]s will be reported." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:113 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], collision with [PhysicsBody2D]s will be reported." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:122 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the parent node will be excluded from collision " +"detection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayShape.xml:4 +msgid "Ray shape for 3D collisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayShape.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Ray shape for 3D collisions, which can be set into a [PhysicsBody] or " +"[Area]. A ray is not really a collision body; instead, it tries to separate " +"itself from whatever is touching its far endpoint. It's often useful for " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayShape.xml:15 doc/classes/RayShape2D.xml:15 +msgid "The ray's length." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayShape.xml:18 doc/classes/RayShape2D.xml:18 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], allow the shape to return the correct normal." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayShape2D.xml:4 +msgid "Ray shape for 2D collisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RayShape2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Ray shape for 2D collisions. A ray is not really a collision body; instead, " +"it tries to separate itself from whatever is touching its far endpoint. It's " +"often useful for characters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:4 +msgid "2D axis-aligned bounding box." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is " +"typically used for fast overlap tests.\n" +"It uses floating-point coordinates.\n" +"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:22 +msgid "Constructs a [Rect2] by position and size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:32 +msgid "Constructs a [Rect2] by x, y, width, and height." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Returns a [Rect2] with equivalent position and area, modified so that the " +"top-left corner is the origin and [code]width[/code] and [code]height[/code] " +"are positive." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:45 +msgid "Returns the intersection of this [Rect2] and b." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this [Rect2] completely encloses another one." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:59 +msgid "Returns this [Rect2] expanded to include a given point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:65 +msgid "Returns the area of the [Rect2]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Returns a copy of the [Rect2] grown a given amount of units towards all the " +"sides." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:82 +msgid "" +"Returns a copy of the [Rect2] grown a given amount of units towards each " +"direction individually." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:90 +msgid "" +"Returns a copy of the [Rect2] grown a given amount of units towards the " +"[enum Margin] direction." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:96 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the [Rect2] is flat or empty." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:103 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the [Rect2] contains a point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the [Rect2] overlaps with [code]b[/code] (i.e. " +"they have at least one point in common).\n" +"If [code]include_borders[/code] is [code]true[/code], they will also be " +"considered overlapping if their borders touch, even without intersection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:119 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this [Rect2] and [code]rect[/code] are " +"approximately equal, by calling [code]is_equal_approx[/code] on each " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:126 +msgid "Returns a larger [Rect2] that contains this [Rect2] and [code]b[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RectangleShape2D.xml:4 +msgid "Rectangle shape for 2D collisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RectangleShape2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Rectangle shape for 2D collisions. This shape is useful for modeling box-" +"like 2D objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RectangleShape2D.xml:17 +msgid "" +"The rectangle's half extents. The width and height of this shape is twice " +"the half extents." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Reference.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for reference-counted objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Reference.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Base class for any object that keeps a reference count. [Resource] and many " +"other helper objects inherit this class.\n" +"Unlike other [Object] types, References keep an internal reference counter " +"so that they are automatically released when no longer in use, and only " +"then. References therefore do not need to be freed manually with [method " +"Object.free].\n" +"In the vast majority of use cases, instantiating and using [Reference]-" +"derived types is all you need to do. The methods provided in this class are " +"only for advanced users, and can cause issues if misused.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] In C#, references will not be freed instantly after they are no " +"longer in use. Instead, garbage collection will run periodically and will " +"free references that are no longer in use. This means that unused references " +"will linger on for a while before being removed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Reference.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Initializes the internal reference counter. Use this only if you really know " +"what you are doing.\n" +"Returns whether the initialization was successful." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Reference.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Increments the internal reference counter. Use this only if you really know " +"what you are doing.\n" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the increment was successful, [code]false[/" +"code] otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Reference.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Decrements the internal reference counter. Use this only if you really know " +"what you are doing.\n" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the decrement was successful, [code]false[/" +"code] otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReferenceRect.xml:4 +msgid "Reference frame for GUI." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReferenceRect.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A rectangle box that displays only a [member border_color] border color " +"around its rectangle. [ReferenceRect] has no fill [Color]. If you need to " +"display a rectangle filled with a solid color, consider using [ColorRect] " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReferenceRect.xml:15 +msgid "Sets the border [Color] of the [ReferenceRect]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReferenceRect.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Sets the border width of the [ReferenceRect]. The border grows both inwards " +"and outwards with respect to the rectangle box." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReferenceRect.xml:21 +msgid "" +"If set to [code]true[/code], the [ReferenceRect] will only be visible while " +"in editor. Otherwise, [ReferenceRect] will be visible in game." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:4 +msgid "Captures its surroundings to create reflections." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Capture its surroundings as a dual paraboloid image, and stores versions of " +"it with increasing levels of blur to simulate different material " +"roughnesses.\n" +"The [ReflectionProbe] is used to create high-quality reflections at the cost " +"of performance. It can be combined with [GIProbe]s and Screen Space " +"Reflections to achieve high quality reflections. [ReflectionProbe]s render " +"all objects within their [member cull_mask], so updating them can be quite " +"expensive. It is best to update them once with the important static objects " +"and then leave them.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] By default Godot will only render 16 reflection probes. If you " +"need more, increase the number of atlas subdivisions. This setting can be " +"found in [member ProjectSettings.rendering/quality/reflections/" +"atlas_subdiv].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The GLES2 backend will only display two reflection probes at " +"the same time for a single mesh. If possible, split up large meshes that " +"span over multiple reflection probes into smaller ones." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:13 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/reflection_probes.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:19 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables box projection. This makes reflections look " +"more correct in rectangle-shaped rooms by offsetting the reflection center " +"depending on the camera's location." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:22 +msgid "" +"Sets the cull mask which determines what objects are drawn by this probe. " +"Every [VisualInstance] with a layer included in this cull mask will be " +"rendered by the probe. It is best to only include large objects which are " +"likely to take up a lot of space in the reflection in order to save on " +"rendering cost." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:25 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], computes shadows in the reflection probe. This makes " +"the reflection probe slower to render; you may want to disable this if using " +"the [constant UPDATE_ALWAYS] [member update_mode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The size of the reflection probe. The larger the extents the more space " +"covered by the probe which will lower the perceived resolution. It is best " +"to keep the extents only as large as you need them." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Defines the reflection intensity. Intensity modulates the strength of the " +"reflection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Sets the ambient light color to be used when this probe is set to [member " +"interior_enable]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Sets the contribution value for how much the reflection affects the ambient " +"light for this reflection probe when set to [member interior_enable]. Useful " +"so that ambient light matches the color of the room." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Sets the energy multiplier for this reflection probe's ambient light " +"contribution when set to [member interior_enable]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:43 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], reflections will ignore sky contribution. Ambient " +"lighting is then controlled by the [code]interior_ambient_*[/code] " +"properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:46 +msgid "" +"Sets the max distance away from the probe an object can be before it is " +"culled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Sets the origin offset to be used when this reflection probe is in box " +"project mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Sets how frequently the probe is updated. Can be [constant UPDATE_ONCE] or " +"[constant UPDATE_ALWAYS]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:57 +msgid "Update the probe once on the next frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:60 +msgid "" +"Update the probe every frame. This is needed when you want to capture " +"dynamic objects. However, it results in an increased render time. Use " +"[constant UPDATE_ONCE] whenever possible." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:4 +msgid "Class for searching text for patterns using regular expressions." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A regular expression (or regex) is a compact language that can be used to " +"recognise strings that follow a specific pattern, such as URLs, email " +"addresses, complete sentences, etc. For instance, a regex of [code]ab[0-9][/" +"code] would find any string that is [code]ab[/code] followed by any number " +"from [code]0[/code] to [code]9[/code]. For a more in-depth look, you can " +"easily find various tutorials and detailed explanations on the Internet.\n" +"To begin, the RegEx object needs to be compiled with the search pattern " +"using [method compile] before it can be used.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var regex = RegEx.new()\n" +"regex.compile(\"\\\\w-(\\\\d+)\")\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"The search pattern must be escaped first for GDScript before it is escaped " +"for the expression. For example, [code]compile(\"\\\\d+\")[/code] would be " +"read by RegEx as [code]\\d+[/code]. Similarly, [code]compile(\"\\\"(?:\\\\\\" +"\\.|[^\\\"])*\\\"\")[/code] would be read as [code]\"(?:\\\\.|[^\"])*\"[/" +"code].\n" +"Using [method search], you can find the pattern within the given text. If a " +"pattern is found, [RegExMatch] is returned and you can retrieve details of " +"the results using methods such as [method RegExMatch.get_string] and [method " +"RegExMatch.get_start].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var regex = RegEx.new()\n" +"regex.compile(\"\\\\w-(\\\\d+)\")\n" +"var result = regex.search(\"abc n-0123\")\n" +"if result:\n" +" print(result.get_string()) # Would print n-0123\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"The results of capturing groups [code]()[/code] can be retrieved by passing " +"the group number to the various methods in [RegExMatch]. Group 0 is the " +"default and will always refer to the entire pattern. In the above example, " +"calling [code]result.get_string(1)[/code] would give you [code]0123[/code].\n" +"This version of RegEx also supports named capturing groups, and the names " +"can be used to retrieve the results. If two or more groups have the same " +"name, the name would only refer to the first one with a match.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var regex = RegEx.new()\n" +"regex.compile(\"d(?<digit>[0-9]+)|x(?<digit>[0-9a-f]+)\")\n" +"var result = regex.search(\"the number is x2f\")\n" +"if result:\n" +" print(result.get_string(\"digit\")) # Would print 2f\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"If you need to process multiple results, [method search_all] generates a " +"list of all non-overlapping results. This can be combined with a [code]for[/" +"code] loop for convenience.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"for result in regex.search_all(\"d01, d03, d0c, x3f and x42\"):\n" +" print(result.get_string(\"digit\"))\n" +"# Would print 01 03 0 3f 42\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Example of splitting a string using a RegEx:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var regex = RegEx.new()\n" +"regex.compile(\"\\\\S+\") # Negated whitespace character class.\n" +"var results = []\n" +"for result in regex.search_all(\"One Two \\n\\tThree\"):\n" +" results.push_back(result.get_string())\n" +"# The `results` array now contains \"One\", \"Two\", \"Three\".\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Godot's regex implementation is based on the [url=https://www." +"pcre.org/]PCRE2[/url] library. You can view the full pattern reference " +"[url=https://www.pcre.org/current/doc/html/pcre2pattern.html]here[/url].\n" +"[b]Tip:[/b] You can use [url=https://regexr.com/]Regexr[/url] to test " +"regular expressions online." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:55 +msgid "" +"This method resets the state of the object, as if it was freshly created. " +"Namely, it unassigns the regular expression of this object." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Compiles and assign the search pattern to use. Returns [constant OK] if the " +"compilation is successful. If an error is encountered, details are printed " +"to standard output and an error is returned." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:68 +msgid "Returns the number of capturing groups in compiled pattern." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Returns an array of names of named capturing groups in the compiled pattern. " +"They are ordered by appearance." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:80 +msgid "Returns the original search pattern that was compiled." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:86 +msgid "Returns whether this object has a valid search pattern assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:95 +msgid "" +"Searches the text for the compiled pattern. Returns a [RegExMatch] container " +"of the first matching result if found, otherwise [code]null[/code]. The " +"region to search within can be specified without modifying where the start " +"and end anchor would be." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:104 +msgid "" +"Searches the text for the compiled pattern. Returns an array of [RegExMatch] " +"containers for each non-overlapping result. If no results were found, an " +"empty array is returned instead. The region to search within can be " +"specified without modifying where the start and end anchor would be." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:115 +msgid "" +"Searches the text for the compiled pattern and replaces it with the " +"specified string. Escapes and backreferences such as [code]$1[/code] and " +"[code]$name[/code] are expanded and resolved. By default, only the first " +"instance is replaced, but it can be changed for all instances (global " +"replacement). The region to search within can be specified without modifying " +"where the start and end anchor would be." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegExMatch.xml:4 +msgid "Contains the results of a [RegEx] search." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegExMatch.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Contains the results of a single [RegEx] match returned by [method RegEx." +"search] and [method RegEx.search_all]. It can be used to find the position " +"and range of the match and its capturing groups, and it can extract its " +"substring for you." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegExMatch.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Returns the end position of the match within the source string. The end " +"position of capturing groups can be retrieved by providing its group number " +"as an integer or its string name (if it's a named group). The default value " +"of 0 refers to the whole pattern.\n" +"Returns -1 if the group did not match or doesn't exist." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegExMatch.xml:23 +msgid "Returns the number of capturing groups." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegExMatch.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Returns the starting position of the match within the source string. The " +"starting position of capturing groups can be retrieved by providing its " +"group number as an integer or its string name (if it's a named group). The " +"default value of 0 refers to the whole pattern.\n" +"Returns -1 if the group did not match or doesn't exist." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegExMatch.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Returns the substring of the match from the source string. Capturing groups " +"can be retrieved by providing its group number as an integer or its string " +"name (if it's a named group). The default value of 0 refers to the whole " +"pattern.\n" +"Returns an empty string if the group did not match or doesn't exist." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegExMatch.xml:45 +msgid "" +"A dictionary of named groups and its corresponding group number. Only groups " +"that were matched are included. If multiple groups have the same name, that " +"name would refer to the first matching one." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegExMatch.xml:48 +msgid "An [Array] of the match and its capturing groups." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegExMatch.xml:51 +msgid "" +"The source string used with the search pattern to find this matching result." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform.xml:4 +msgid "" +"RemoteTransform pushes its own [Transform] to another [Spatial] derived Node " +"in the scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform.xml:7 +msgid "" +"RemoteTransform pushes its own [Transform] to another [Spatial] derived Node " +"(called the remote node) in the scene.\n" +"It can be set to update another Node's position, rotation and/or scale. It " +"can use either global or local coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform.xml:16 +msgid "" +"[RemoteTransform] caches the remote node. It may not notice if the remote " +"node disappears; [method force_update_cache] forces it to update the cache " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform.xml:22 +msgid "" +"The [NodePath] to the remote node, relative to the RemoteTransform's " +"position in the scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform.xml:25 doc/classes/RemoteTransform2D.xml:25 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the remote node's position is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform.xml:28 doc/classes/RemoteTransform2D.xml:28 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the remote node's rotation is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform.xml:31 doc/classes/RemoteTransform2D.xml:31 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the remote node's scale is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform.xml:34 doc/classes/RemoteTransform2D.xml:34 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], global coordinates are used. If [code]false[/code], " +"local coordinates are used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform2D.xml:4 +msgid "" +"RemoteTransform2D pushes its own [Transform2D] to another [CanvasItem] " +"derived Node in the scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"RemoteTransform2D pushes its own [Transform2D] to another [CanvasItem] " +"derived Node (called the remote node) in the scene.\n" +"It can be set to update another Node's position, rotation and/or scale. It " +"can use either global or local coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform2D.xml:16 +msgid "" +"[RemoteTransform2D] caches the remote node. It may not notice if the remote " +"node disappears; [method force_update_cache] forces it to update the cache " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform2D.xml:22 +msgid "" +"The [NodePath] to the remote node, relative to the RemoteTransform2D's " +"position in the scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for all resources." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Resource is the base class for all Godot-specific resource types, serving " +"primarily as data containers. Since they inherit from [Reference], resources " +"are reference-counted and freed when no longer in use. They are also cached " +"once loaded from disk, so that any further attempts to load a resource from " +"a given path will return the same reference (all this in contrast to a " +"[Node], which is not reference-counted and can be instanced from disk as " +"many times as desired). Resources can be saved externally on disk or bundled " +"into another object, such as a [Node] or another resource.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] In C#, resources will not be freed instantly after they are no " +"longer in use. Instead, garbage collection will run periodically and will " +"free resources that are no longer in use. This means that unused resources " +"will linger on for a while before being removed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:11 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/step_by_step/resources." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Virtual function which can be overridden to customize the behavior value of " +"[method setup_local_to_scene]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Duplicates the resource, returning a new resource with the exported members " +"copied. [b]Note:[/b] To duplicate the resource the constructor is called " +"without arguments. This method will error when the constructor doesn't have " +"default values.\n" +"By default, sub-resources are shared between resource copies for efficiency. " +"This can be changed by passing [code]true[/code] to the [code]subresources[/" +"code] argument which will copy the subresources.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If [code]subresources[/code] is [code]true[/code], this method " +"will only perform a shallow copy. Nested resources within subresources will " +"not be duplicated and will still be shared.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When duplicating a resource, only [code]export[/code]ed " +"properties are copied. Other properties will be set to their default value " +"in the new resource." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Emits the [signal changed] signal.\n" +"If external objects which depend on this resource should be updated, this " +"method must be called manually whenever the state of this resource has " +"changed (such as modification of properties).\n" +"The method is equivalent to:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"emit_signal(\"changed\")\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method is called automatically for built-in resources." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If [member resource_local_to_scene] is enabled and the resource was loaded " +"from a [PackedScene] instantiation, returns the local scene where this " +"resource's unique copy is in use. Otherwise, returns [code]null[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Returns the RID of the resource (or an empty RID). Many resources (such as " +"[Texture], [Mesh], etc) are high-level abstractions of resources stored in a " +"server, so this function will return the original RID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:58 +msgid "" +"This method is called when a resource with [member resource_local_to_scene] " +"enabled is loaded from a [PackedScene] instantiation. Its behavior can be " +"customized by overriding [method _setup_local_to_scene] from script.\n" +"For most resources, this method performs no base logic. [ViewportTexture] " +"performs custom logic to properly set the proxy texture and flags in the " +"local viewport." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Sets the path of the resource, potentially overriding an existing cache " +"entry for this path. This differs from setting [member resource_path], as " +"the latter would error out if another resource was already cached for the " +"given path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:72 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the resource will be made unique in each instance of " +"its local scene. It can thus be modified in a scene instance without " +"impacting other instances of that same scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:75 +msgid "" +"The name of the resource. This is an optional identifier. If [member " +"resource_name] is not empty, its value will be displayed to represent the " +"current resource in the editor inspector. For built-in scripts, the [member " +"resource_name] will be displayed as the tab name in the script editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:78 +msgid "" +"The path to the resource. In case it has its own file, it will return its " +"filepath. If it's tied to the scene, it will return the scene's path, " +"followed by the resource's index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:84 +msgid "" +"Emitted whenever the resource changes.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This signal is not emitted automatically for custom resources, " +"which means that you need to create a setter and emit the signal yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml:4 +msgid "Loads a specific resource type from a file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Godot loads resources in the editor or in exported games using " +"ResourceFormatLoaders. They are queried automatically via the " +"[ResourceLoader] singleton, or when a resource with internal dependencies is " +"loaded. Each file type may load as a different resource type, so multiple " +"ResourceFormatLoaders are registered in the engine.\n" +"Extending this class allows you to define your own loader. Be sure to " +"respect the documented return types and values. You should give it a global " +"class name with [code]class_name[/code] for it to be registered. Like built-" +"in ResourceFormatLoaders, it will be called automatically when loading " +"resources of its handled type(s). You may also implement a " +"[ResourceFormatSaver].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] You can also extend [EditorImportPlugin] if the resource type " +"you need exists but Godot is unable to load its format. Choosing one way " +"over another depends on if the format is suitable or not for the final " +"exported game. For example, it's better to import [code].png[/code] textures " +"as [code].stex[/code] ([StreamTexture]) first, so they can be loaded with " +"better efficiency on the graphics card." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml:19 +msgid "" +"If implemented, gets the dependencies of a given resource. If " +"[code]add_types[/code] is [code]true[/code], paths should be appended " +"[code]::TypeName[/code], where [code]TypeName[/code] is the class name of " +"the dependency.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Custom resource types defined by scripts aren't known by the " +"[ClassDB], so you might just return [code]\"Resource\"[/code] for them." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml:26 +msgid "Gets the list of extensions for files this loader is able to read." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Gets the class name of the resource associated with the given path. If the " +"loader cannot handle it, it should return [code]\"\"[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Custom resource types defined by scripts aren't known by the " +"[ClassDB], so you might just return [code]\"Resource\"[/code] for them." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Tells which resource class this loader can load.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Custom resource types defined by scripts aren't known by the " +"[ClassDB], so you might just handle [code]\"Resource\"[/code] for them." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Loads a resource when the engine finds this loader to be compatible. If the " +"loaded resource is the result of an import, [code]original_path[/code] will " +"target the source file. Returns a [Resource] object on success, or an [enum " +"Error] constant in case of failure." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml:58 +msgid "" +"If implemented, renames dependencies within the given resource and saves it. " +"[code]renames[/code] is a dictionary [code]{ String => String }[/code] " +"mapping old dependency paths to new paths.\n" +"Returns [constant OK] on success, or an [enum Error] constant in case of " +"failure." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml:4 +msgid "Saves a specific resource type to a file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The engine can save resources when you do it from the editor, or when you " +"use the [ResourceSaver] singleton. This is accomplished thanks to multiple " +"[ResourceFormatSaver]s, each handling its own format and called " +"automatically by the engine.\n" +"By default, Godot saves resources as [code].tres[/code] (text-based), [code]." +"res[/code] (binary) or another built-in format, but you can choose to create " +"your own format by extending this class. Be sure to respect the documented " +"return types and values. You should give it a global class name with " +"[code]class_name[/code] for it to be registered. Like built-in " +"ResourceFormatSavers, it will be called automatically when saving resources " +"of its recognized type(s). You may also implement a [ResourceFormatLoader]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Returns the list of extensions available for saving the resource object, " +"provided it is recognized (see [method recognize])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml:24 +msgid "Returns whether the given resource object can be saved by this saver." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Saves the given resource object to a file at the target [code]path[/code]. " +"[code]flags[/code] is a bitmask composed with [enum ResourceSaver." +"SaverFlags] constants.\n" +"Returns [constant OK] on success, or an [enum Error] constant in case of " +"failure." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceImporter.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for the implementation of core resource importers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceImporter.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This is the base class for the resource importers implemented in core. To " +"implement your own resource importers using editor plugins, see " +"[EditorImportPlugin]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceImporter.xml:16 +msgid "The default import order." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceImporter.xml:19 +msgid "" +"The import order for scenes, which ensures scenes are imported [i]after[/i] " +"all other core resources such as textures. Custom importers should generally " +"have an import order lower than [code]100[/code] to avoid issues when " +"importing scenes that rely on custom resources." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceInteractiveLoader.xml:4 +msgid "Interactive [Resource] loader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceInteractiveLoader.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Interactive [Resource] loader. This object is returned by [ResourceLoader] " +"when performing an interactive load. It allows loading resources with high " +"granularity, which makes it mainly useful for displaying loading bars or " +"percentages." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceInteractiveLoader.xml:15 +msgid "" +"Returns the loaded resource if the load operation completed successfully, " +"[code]null[/code] otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceInteractiveLoader.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Returns the load stage. The total amount of stages can be queried with " +"[method get_stage_count]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceInteractiveLoader.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Returns the total amount of stages (calls to [method poll]) needed to " +"completely load this resource." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceInteractiveLoader.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Polls the loading operation, i.e. loads a data chunk up to the next stage.\n" +"Returns [constant OK] if the poll is successful but the load operation has " +"not finished yet (intermediate stage). This means [method poll] will have to " +"be called again until the last stage is completed.\n" +"Returns [constant ERR_FILE_EOF] if the load operation has completed " +"successfully. The loaded resource can be obtained by calling [method " +"get_resource].\n" +"Returns another [enum Error] code if the poll has failed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceInteractiveLoader.xml:42 +msgid "" +"Polls the loading operation successively until the resource is completely " +"loaded or a [method poll] fails.\n" +"Returns [constant ERR_FILE_EOF] if the load operation has completed " +"successfully. The loaded resource can be obtained by calling [method " +"get_resource].\n" +"Returns another [enum Error] code if a poll has failed, aborting the " +"operation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:4 +msgid "Singleton used to load resource files." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Singleton used to load resource files from the filesystem.\n" +"It uses the many [ResourceFormatLoader] classes registered in the engine " +"(either built-in or from a plugin) to load files into memory and convert " +"them to a format that can be used by the engine." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Returns whether a recognized resource exists for the given [code]path[/" +"code].\n" +"An optional [code]type_hint[/code] can be used to further specify the " +"[Resource] type that should be handled by the [ResourceFormatLoader]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Returns the dependencies for the resource at the given [code]path[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:34 +msgid "Returns the list of recognized extensions for a resource type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:41 +msgid "" +"[i]Deprecated method.[/i] Use [method has_cached] or [method exists] instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Returns whether a cached resource is available for the given [code]path[/" +"code].\n" +"Once a resource has been loaded by the engine, it is cached in memory for " +"faster access, and future calls to the [method load] or [method " +"load_interactive] methods will use the cached version. The cached resource " +"can be overridden by using [method Resource.take_over_path] on a new " +"resource for that same path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Loads a resource at the given [code]path[/code], caching the result for " +"further access.\n" +"The registered [ResourceFormatLoader]s are queried sequentially to find the " +"first one which can handle the file's extension, and then attempt loading. " +"If loading fails, the remaining ResourceFormatLoaders are also attempted.\n" +"An optional [code]type_hint[/code] can be used to further specify the " +"[Resource] type that should be handled by the [ResourceFormatLoader]. " +"Anything that inherits from [Resource] can be used as a type hint, for " +"example [Image].\n" +"If [code]no_cache[/code] is [code]true[/code], the resource cache will be " +"bypassed and the resource will be loaded anew. Otherwise, the cached " +"resource will be returned if it exists.\n" +"Returns an empty resource if no [ResourceFormatLoader] could handle the " +"file.\n" +"GDScript has a simplified [method @GDScript.load] built-in method which can " +"be used in most situations, leaving the use of [ResourceLoader] for more " +"advanced scenarios." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:71 +msgid "" +"Starts loading a resource interactively. The returned " +"[ResourceInteractiveLoader] object allows to load with high granularity, " +"calling its [method ResourceInteractiveLoader.poll] method successively to " +"load chunks.\n" +"An optional [code]type_hint[/code] can be used to further specify the " +"[Resource] type that should be handled by the [ResourceFormatLoader]. " +"Anything that inherits from [Resource] can be used as a type hint, for " +"example [Image]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:79 +msgid "" +"Changes the behavior on missing sub-resources. The default behavior is to " +"abort loading." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml:4 +msgid "Resource Preloader Node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This node is used to preload sub-resources inside a scene, so when the scene " +"is loaded, all the resources are ready to use and can be retrieved from the " +"preloader.\n" +"GDScript has a simplified [method @GDScript.preload] built-in method which " +"can be used in most situations, leaving the use of [ResourcePreloader] for " +"more advanced scenarios." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Adds a resource to the preloader with the given [code]name[/code]. If a " +"resource with the given [code]name[/code] already exists, the new resource " +"will be renamed to \"[code]name[/code] N\" where N is an incrementing number " +"starting from 2." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml:25 +msgid "Returns the resource associated to [code]name[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml:31 +msgid "Returns the list of resources inside the preloader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the preloader contains a resource associated to " +"[code]name[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Removes the resource associated to [code]name[/code] from the preloader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml:53 +msgid "" +"Renames a resource inside the preloader from [code]name[/code] to " +"[code]newname[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:4 +msgid "Singleton for saving Godot-specific resource types." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Singleton for saving Godot-specific resource types to the filesystem.\n" +"It uses the many [ResourceFormatSaver] classes registered in the engine " +"(either built-in or from a plugin) to save engine-specific resource data to " +"text-based (e.g. [code].tres[/code] or [code].tscn[/code]) or binary files " +"(e.g. [code].res[/code] or [code].scn[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Returns the list of extensions available for saving a resource of a given " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Saves a resource to disk to the given path, using a [ResourceFormatSaver] " +"that recognizes the resource object.\n" +"The [code]flags[/code] bitmask can be specified to customize the save " +"behavior.\n" +"Returns [constant OK] on success." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:34 +msgid "Save the resource with a path relative to the scene which uses it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:37 +msgid "Bundles external resources." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Changes the [member Resource.resource_path] of the saved resource to match " +"its new location." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:43 +msgid "" +"Do not save editor-specific metadata (identified by their [code]__editor[/" +"code] prefix)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:46 +msgid "Save as big endian (see [member File.endian_swap])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Compress the resource on save using [constant File.COMPRESSION_ZSTD]. Only " +"available for binary resource types." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Take over the paths of the saved subresources (see [method Resource." +"take_over_path])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextEffect.xml:4 +msgid "A custom effect for use with [RichTextLabel]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextEffect.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A custom effect for use with [RichTextLabel].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] For a [RichTextEffect] to be usable, a BBCode tag must be " +"defined as a member variable called [code]bbcode[/code] in the script.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# The RichTextEffect will be usable like this: `[example]Some text[/" +"example]`\n" +"var bbcode = \"example\"\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] As soon as a [RichTextLabel] contains at least one " +"[RichTextEffect], it will continuously process the effect unless the project " +"is paused. This may impact battery life negatively." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextEffect.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Override this method to modify properties in [code]char_fx[/code]. The " +"method must return [code]true[/code] if the character could be transformed " +"successfully. If the method returns [code]false[/code], it will skip " +"transformation to avoid displaying broken text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:4 +msgid "Label that displays rich text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Rich text can contain custom text, fonts, images and some basic formatting. " +"The label manages these as an internal tag stack. It also adapts itself to " +"given width/heights.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Assignments to [member bbcode_text] clear the tag stack and " +"reconstruct it from the property's contents. Any edits made to [member " +"bbcode_text] will erase previous edits made from other manual sources such " +"as [method append_bbcode] and the [code]push_*[/code] / [method pop] " +"methods.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] RichTextLabel doesn't support entangled BBCode tags. For " +"example, instead of using [code][b]bold[i]bold italic[/b]italic[/i][/code], " +"use [code][b]bold[i]bold italic[/i][/b][i]italic[/i][/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]push_*/pop[/code] functions won't affect BBCode.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Label], RichTextLabel doesn't have a [i]property[/i] to " +"horizontally align text to the center. Instead, enable [member " +"bbcode_enabled] and surround the text in a [code][center][/code] tag as " +"follows: [code][center]Example[/center][/code]. There is currently no built-" +"in way to vertically align text either, but this can be emulated by relying " +"on anchors/containers and the [member fit_content_height] property.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Unicode characters after [code]0xffff[/code] (such as most " +"emoji) are [i]not[/i] supported on Windows. They will display as unknown " +"characters instead. This will be resolved in Godot 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:16 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/132" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Adds an image's opening and closing tags to the tag stack, optionally " +"providing a [code]width[/code] and [code]height[/code] to resize the image.\n" +"If [code]width[/code] or [code]height[/code] is set to 0, the image size " +"will be adjusted in order to keep the original aspect ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:34 +msgid "Adds raw non-BBCode-parsed text to the tag stack." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Parses [code]bbcode[/code] and adds tags to the tag stack as needed. Returns " +"the result of the parsing, [constant OK] if successful.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Using this method, you can't close a tag that was opened in a " +"previous [method append_bbcode] call. This is done to improve performance, " +"especially when updating large RichTextLabels since rebuilding the whole " +"BBCode every time would be slower. If you absolutely need to close a tag in " +"a future method call, append the [member bbcode_text] instead of using " +"[method append_bbcode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:48 +msgid "Clears the tag stack and sets [member bbcode_text] to an empty string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:54 +msgid "Returns the height of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:60 +msgid "" +"Returns the total number of newlines in the tag stack's text tags. Considers " +"wrapped text as one line." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Returns the total number of characters from text tags. Does not include " +"BBCodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Returns the vertical scrollbar.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it " +"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their " +"[member CanvasItem.visible] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:79 +msgid "Returns the number of visible lines." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:86 +msgid "" +"Installs a custom effect. [code]effect[/code] should be a valid " +"[RichTextEffect]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:92 +msgid "Adds a newline tag to the tag stack." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:99 +msgid "" +"The assignment version of [method append_bbcode]. Clears the tag stack and " +"inserts the new content. Returns [constant OK] if parses [code]bbcode[/code] " +"successfully." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:106 +msgid "Parses BBCode parameter [code]expressions[/code] into a dictionary." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:112 +msgid "" +"Terminates the current tag. Use after [code]push_*[/code] methods to close " +"BBCodes manually. Does not need to follow [code]add_*[/code] methods." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:119 +msgid "" +"Adds an [code][align][/code] tag based on the given [code]align[/code] " +"value. See [enum Align] for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:125 +msgid "" +"Adds a [code][font][/code] tag with a bold font to the tag stack. This is " +"the same as adding a [code][b][/code] tag if not currently in a [code][i][/" +"code] tag." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:131 +msgid "" +"Adds a [code][font][/code] tag with a bold italics font to the tag stack." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:137 +msgid "" +"Adds a [code][cell][/code] tag to the tag stack. Must be inside a [code]" +"[table][/code] tag. See [method push_table] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:144 +msgid "Adds a [code][color][/code] tag to the tag stack." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:151 +msgid "" +"Adds a [code][font][/code] tag to the tag stack. Overrides default fonts for " +"its duration." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:158 +msgid "" +"Adds an [code][indent][/code] tag to the tag stack. Multiplies [code]level[/" +"code] by current [member tab_size] to determine new margin length." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:164 +msgid "" +"Adds a [code][font][/code] tag with a italics font to the tag stack. This is " +"the same as adding a [code][i][/code] tag if not currently in a [code][b][/" +"code] tag." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:171 +msgid "" +"Adds a [code][list][/code] tag to the tag stack. Similar to the BBCodes " +"[code][ol][/code] or [code][ul][/code], but supports more list types. Not " +"fully implemented!" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:178 +msgid "" +"Adds a [code][meta][/code] tag to the tag stack. Similar to the BBCode [code]" +"[url=something]{text}[/url][/code], but supports non-[String] metadata types." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:184 +msgid "Adds a [code][font][/code] tag with a monospace font to the tag stack." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:190 +msgid "Adds a [code][font][/code] tag with a normal font to the tag stack." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:196 +msgid "Adds a [code][s][/code] tag to the tag stack." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:203 +msgid "Adds a [code][table=columns][/code] tag to the tag stack." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:209 +msgid "Adds a [code][u][/code] tag to the tag stack." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:216 +msgid "" +"Removes a line of content from the label. Returns [code]true[/code] if the " +"line exists.\n" +"The [code]line[/code] argument is the index of the line to remove, it can " +"take values in the interval [code][0, get_line_count() - 1][/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:224 +msgid "Scrolls the window's top line to match [code]line[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:233 +msgid "" +"Edits the selected column's expansion options. If [code]expand[/code] is " +"[code]true[/code], the column expands in proportion to its expansion ratio " +"versus the other columns' ratios.\n" +"For example, 2 columns with ratios 3 and 4 plus 70 pixels in available width " +"would expand 30 and 40 pixels, respectively.\n" +"If [code]expand[/code] is [code]false[/code], the column will not contribute " +"to the total ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:241 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the label uses BBCode formatting.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Trying to alter the [RichTextLabel]'s text with [method " +"add_text] will reset this to [code]false[/code]. Use instead [method " +"append_bbcode] to preserve BBCode formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:245 +msgid "" +"The label's text in BBCode format. Is not representative of manual " +"modifications to the internal tag stack. Erases changes made by other " +"methods when edited.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] It is unadvised to use the [code]+=[/code] operator with " +"[code]bbcode_text[/code] (e.g. [code]bbcode_text += \"some string\"[/code]) " +"as it replaces the whole text and can cause slowdowns. Use [method " +"append_bbcode] for adding text instead, unless you absolutely need to close " +"a tag that was opened in an earlier method call." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:249 +msgid "" +"The currently installed custom effects. This is an array of " +"[RichTextEffect]s.\n" +"To add a custom effect, it's more convenient to use [method install_effect]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:253 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the label's height will be automatically updated to " +"fit its content.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property is used as a workaround to fix issues with " +"[RichTextLabel] in [Container]s, but it's unreliable in some cases and will " +"be removed in future versions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:257 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the label underlines meta tags such as [code][url]" +"{text}[/url][/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:260 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the label uses the custom font color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:263 +msgid "" +"The range of characters to display, as a [float] between 0.0 and 1.0. When " +"assigned an out of range value, it's the same as assigning 1.0.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Setting this property updates [member visible_characters] based " +"on current [method get_total_character_count]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:268 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the scrollbar is visible. Setting this to [code]false[/" +"code] does not block scrolling completely. See [method scroll_to_line]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:271 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the window scrolls down to display new content " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:274 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the label allows text selection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:277 +msgid "" +"The number of spaces associated with a single tab length. Does not affect " +"[code]\\t[/code] in text tags, only indent tags." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:280 +msgid "" +"The raw text of the label.\n" +"When set, clears the tag stack and adds a raw text tag to the top of it. " +"Does not parse BBCodes. Does not modify [member bbcode_text]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:284 +msgid "" +"The restricted number of characters to display in the label. If [code]-1[/" +"code], all characters will be displayed.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Setting this property updates [member percent_visible] based on " +"current [method get_total_character_count]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:292 +msgid "" +"Triggered when the user clicks on content between meta tags. If the meta is " +"defined in text, e.g. [code][url={\"data\"=\"hi\"}]hi[/url][/code], then the " +"parameter for this signal will be a [String] type. If a particular type or " +"an object is desired, the [method push_meta] method must be used to manually " +"insert the data into the tag stack." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:298 +msgid "Triggers when the mouse exits a meta tag." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:304 +msgid "Triggers when the mouse enters a meta tag." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:310 +msgid "Makes text left aligned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:313 +msgid "Makes text centered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:316 +msgid "Makes text right aligned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:319 +msgid "Makes text fill width." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:322 +msgid "Each list item has a number marker." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:325 +msgid "Each list item has a letter marker." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:328 +msgid "Each list item has a filled circle marker." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:371 +msgid "The font used for bold text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:374 +msgid "The font used for bold italics text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:377 +msgid "The default text color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:380 +msgid "The background The background used when the [RichTextLabel] is focused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:383 +msgid "" +"The color of selected text, used when [member selection_enabled] is " +"[code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:386 +msgid "The color of the font's shadow." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:389 +msgid "The font used for italics text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:392 +msgid "The vertical space between lines." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:395 +msgid "The font used for monospace text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:398 +msgid "The normal background for the [RichTextLabel]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:401 +msgid "The default text font." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:404 +msgid "The color of the selection box." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:407 +msgid "" +"Boolean value. If 1 ([code]true[/code]), the shadow will be displayed around " +"the whole text as an outline." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:410 +msgid "The horizontal offset of the font's shadow." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:413 +msgid "The vertical offset of the font's shadow." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:416 +msgid "The horizontal separation of elements in a table." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:419 +msgid "The vertical separation of elements in a table." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RID.xml:4 +msgid "Handle for a [Resource]'s unique ID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RID.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The RID type is used to access the unique integer ID of a resource. They are " +"opaque, which means they do not grant access to the associated resource by " +"themselves. They are used by and with the low-level Server classes such as " +"[VisualServer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RID.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Creates a new RID instance with the ID of a given resource. When not handed " +"a valid resource, silently stores the unused ID 0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RID.xml:22 +msgid "Returns the ID of the referenced resource." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Physics Body whose position is determined through physics simulation in 3D " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This is the node that implements full 3D physics. This means that you do not " +"control a RigidBody directly. Instead, you can apply forces to it (gravity, " +"impulses, etc.), and the physics simulation will calculate the resulting " +"movement, collision, bouncing, rotating, etc.\n" +"A RigidBody has 4 behavior [member mode]s: Rigid, Static, Character, and " +"Kinematic.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Don't change a RigidBody's position every frame or very often. " +"Sporadic changes work fine, but physics runs at a different granularity " +"(fixed Hz) than usual rendering (process callback) and maybe even in a " +"separate thread, so changing this from a process loop may result in strange " +"behavior. If you need to directly affect the body's state, use [method " +"_integrate_forces], which allows you to directly access the physics state.\n" +"If you need to override the default physics behavior, you can write a custom " +"force integration function. See [member custom_integrator].\n" +"With Bullet physics (the default), the center of mass is the RigidBody3D " +"center. With GodotPhysics, the center of mass is the average of the " +"[CollisionShape] centers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Called during physics processing, allowing you to read and safely modify the " +"simulation state for the object. By default, it works in addition to the " +"usual physics behavior, but the [member custom_integrator] property allows " +"you to disable the default behavior and do fully custom force integration " +"for a body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Adds a constant directional force (i.e. acceleration) without affecting " +"rotation.\n" +"This is equivalent to [code]add_force(force, Vector3(0,0,0))[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Adds a constant directional force (i.e. acceleration).\n" +"The position uses the rotation of the global coordinate system, but is " +"centered at the object's origin." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Adds a constant rotational force (i.e. a motor) without affecting position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Applies a directional impulse without affecting rotation.\n" +"This is equivalent to [code]apply_impulse(Vector3(0,0,0), impulse)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:63 +msgid "" +"Applies a positioned impulse to the body. An impulse is time independent! " +"Applying an impulse every frame would result in a framerate-dependent force. " +"For this reason it should only be used when simulating one-time impacts. The " +"position uses the rotation of the global coordinate system, but is centered " +"at the object's origin." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:70 +msgid "" +"Applies a torque impulse which will be affected by the body mass and shape. " +"This will rotate the body around the [code]impulse[/code] vector passed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified linear or rotational axis is " +"locked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:83 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Returns a list of the bodies colliding with this one. Requires [member " +"contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member " +"contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The result of this test is not immediate after moving objects. " +"For performance, list of collisions is updated once per frame and before the " +"physics step. Consider using signals instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:90 +msgid "" +"Returns the inverse inertia tensor basis. This is used to calculate the " +"angular acceleration resulting from a torque applied to the RigidBody." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:98 +msgid "Locks the specified linear or rotational axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:111 +msgid "" +"Damps RigidBody's rotational forces.\n" +"See [member ProjectSettings.physics/3d/default_angular_damp] for more " +"details about damping." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:115 +msgid "RigidBody's rotational velocity." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:118 +msgid "Lock the body's rotation in the X axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:121 +msgid "Lock the body's rotation in the Y axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:124 +msgid "Lock the body's rotation in the Z axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:127 +msgid "Lock the body's movement in the X axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:130 +msgid "Lock the body's movement in the Y axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:133 +msgid "Lock the body's movement in the Z axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:136 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:110 +#: doc/classes/StaticBody.xml:19 doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml:16 +msgid "" +"The body's bounciness. Values range from [code]0[/code] (no bounce) to " +"[code]1[/code] (full bounciness).\n" +"Deprecated, use [member PhysicsMaterial.bounce] instead via [member " +"physics_material_override]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:140 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the body can enter sleep mode when there is no " +"movement. See [member sleeping].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] A RigidBody3D will never enter sleep mode automatically if its " +"[member mode] is [constant MODE_CHARACTER]. It can still be put to sleep " +"manually by setting its [member sleeping] property to [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:144 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the RigidBody will emit signals when it collides with " +"another RigidBody. See also [member contacts_reported]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:147 +msgid "" +"The maximum number of contacts that will be recorded. Requires [member " +"contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The number of contacts is different from the number of " +"collisions. Collisions between parallel edges will result in two contacts " +"(one at each end), and collisions between parallel faces will result in four " +"contacts (one at each corner)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:151 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], continuous collision detection is used.\n" +"Continuous collision detection tries to predict where a moving body will " +"collide, instead of moving it and correcting its movement if it collided. " +"Continuous collision detection is more precise, and misses fewer impacts by " +"small, fast-moving objects. Not using continuous collision detection is " +"faster to compute, but can miss small, fast-moving objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:155 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], internal force integration will be disabled (like " +"gravity or air friction) for this body. Other than collision response, the " +"body will only move as determined by the [method _integrate_forces] " +"function, if defined." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:158 +msgid "" +"The body's friction, from 0 (frictionless) to 1 (max friction).\n" +"Deprecated, use [member PhysicsMaterial.friction] instead via [member " +"physics_material_override]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:162 +msgid "" +"This is multiplied by the global 3D gravity setting found in [b]Project > " +"Project Settings > Physics > 3d[/b] to produce RigidBody's gravity. For " +"example, a value of 1 will be normal gravity, 2 will apply double gravity, " +"and 0.5 will apply half gravity to this object." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:165 +msgid "" +"The body's linear damp. Cannot be less than -1.0. If this value is different " +"from -1.0, any linear damp derived from the world or areas will be " +"overridden.\n" +"See [member ProjectSettings.physics/3d/default_linear_damp] for more details " +"about damping." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:169 +msgid "" +"The body's linear velocity. Can be used sporadically, but [b]don't set this " +"every frame[/b], because physics may run in another thread and runs at a " +"different granularity. Use [method _integrate_forces] as your process loop " +"for precise control of the body state." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:172 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:149 +msgid "The body's mass." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:175 +msgid "The body mode. See [enum Mode] for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:178 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:155 +#: doc/classes/StaticBody.xml:33 doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The physics material override for the body.\n" +"If a material is assigned to this property, it will be used instead of any " +"other physics material, such as an inherited one." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:182 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:159 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the body will not move and will not calculate forces " +"until woken up by another body through, for example, a collision, or by " +"using the [method apply_impulse] or [method add_force] methods." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:185 +msgid "" +"The body's weight based on its mass and the global 3D gravity. Global values " +"are set in [b]Project > Project Settings > Physics > 3d[/b]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:192 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a collision with another [PhysicsBody] or [GridMap] occurs. " +"Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member " +"contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. " +"[GridMap]s are detected if the [MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape]s.\n" +"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other " +"[PhysicsBody] or [GridMap]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:199 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the collision with another [PhysicsBody] or [GridMap] ends. " +"Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member " +"contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. " +"[GridMap]s are detected if the [MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape]s.\n" +"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other " +"[PhysicsBody] or [GridMap]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:209 +msgid "" +"Emitted when one of this RigidBody's [Shape]s collides with another " +"[PhysicsBody] or [GridMap]'s [Shape]s. Requires [member contact_monitor] to " +"be set to [code]true[/code] and [member contacts_reported] to be set high " +"enough to detect all the collisions. [GridMap]s are detected if the " +"[MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape]s.\n" +"[code]body_rid[/code] the [RID] of the other [PhysicsBody] or " +"[MeshLibrary]'s [CollisionObject] used by the [PhysicsServer].\n" +"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other " +"[PhysicsBody] or [GridMap].\n" +"[code]body_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape] of the other " +"[PhysicsBody] or [GridMap] used by the [PhysicsServer]. Get the " +"[CollisionShape] node with [code]body.shape_owner_get_owner(body_shape_index)" +"[/code].\n" +"[code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape] of this RigidBody " +"used by the [PhysicsServer]. Get the [CollisionShape] node with [code]self." +"shape_owner_get_owner(local_shape_index)[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Bullet physics cannot identify the shape index when using a " +"[ConcavePolygonShape]. Don't use multiple [CollisionShape]s when using a " +"[ConcavePolygonShape] with Bullet physics if you need shape indices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:223 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the collision between one of this RigidBody's [Shape]s and " +"another [PhysicsBody] or [GridMap]'s [Shape]s ends. Requires [member " +"contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member " +"contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. " +"[GridMap]s are detected if the [MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape]s.\n" +"[code]body_rid[/code] the [RID] of the other [PhysicsBody] or " +"[MeshLibrary]'s [CollisionObject] used by the [PhysicsServer]. [GridMap]s " +"are detected if the Meshes have [Shape]s.\n" +"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other " +"[PhysicsBody] or [GridMap].\n" +"[code]body_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape] of the other " +"[PhysicsBody] or [GridMap] used by the [PhysicsServer]. Get the " +"[CollisionShape] node with [code]body.shape_owner_get_owner(body_shape_index)" +"[/code].\n" +"[code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape] of this RigidBody " +"used by the [PhysicsServer]. Get the [CollisionShape] node with [code]self." +"shape_owner_get_owner(local_shape_index)[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Bullet physics cannot identify the shape index when using a " +"[ConcavePolygonShape]. Don't use multiple [CollisionShape]s when using a " +"[ConcavePolygonShape] with Bullet physics if you need shape indices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:233 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:208 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the physics engine changes the body's sleeping state.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Changing the value [member sleeping] will not trigger this " +"signal. It is only emitted if the sleeping state is changed by the physics " +"engine or [code]emit_signal(\"sleeping_state_changed\")[/code] is used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:240 +msgid "" +"Rigid body mode. This is the \"natural\" state of a rigid body. It is " +"affected by forces, and can move, rotate, and be affected by user code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:243 +msgid "" +"Static mode. The body behaves like a [StaticBody], and can only move by user " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:246 +msgid "" +"Character body mode. This behaves like a rigid body, but can not rotate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:249 +msgid "" +"Kinematic body mode. The body behaves like a [KinematicBody], and can only " +"move by user code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:4 +msgid "A body that is controlled by the 2D physics engine." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This node implements simulated 2D physics. You do not control a RigidBody2D " +"directly. Instead, you apply forces to it (gravity, impulses, etc.) and the " +"physics simulation calculates the resulting movement based on its mass, " +"friction, and other physical properties.\n" +"A RigidBody2D has 4 behavior [member mode]s: Rigid, Static, Character, and " +"Kinematic.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] You should not change a RigidBody2D's [code]position[/code] or " +"[code]linear_velocity[/code] every frame or even very often. If you need to " +"directly affect the body's state, use [method _integrate_forces], which " +"allows you to directly access the physics state.\n" +"Please also keep in mind that physics bodies manage their own transform " +"which overwrites the ones you set. So any direct or indirect transformation " +"(including scaling of the node or its parent) will be visible in the editor " +"only, and immediately reset at runtime.\n" +"If you need to override the default physics behavior or add a transformation " +"at runtime, you can write a custom force integration. See [member " +"custom_integrator].\n" +"The center of mass is always located at the node's origin without taking " +"into account the [CollisionShape2D] centroid offsets." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:15 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/119" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:16 doc/classes/Sprite.xml:10 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/148" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Allows you to read and safely modify the simulation state for the object. " +"Use this instead of [method Node._physics_process] if you need to directly " +"change the body's [code]position[/code] or other physics properties. By " +"default, it works in addition to the usual physics behavior, but [member " +"custom_integrator] allows you to disable the default behavior and write " +"custom force integration for a body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:60 +msgid "" +"Applies a positioned impulse to the body. An impulse is time-independent! " +"Applying an impulse every frame would result in a framerate-dependent force. " +"For this reason it should only be used when simulating one-time impacts (use " +"the \"_force\" functions otherwise). The position uses the rotation of the " +"global coordinate system, but is centered at the object's origin." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:81 +msgid "" +"Sets the body's velocity on the given axis. The velocity in the given vector " +"axis will be set as the given vector length. This is useful for jumping " +"behavior." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:91 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if a collision would result from moving in the " +"given vector. [code]margin[/code] increases the size of the shapes involved " +"in the collision detection, and [code]result[/code] is an object of type " +"[Physics2DTestMotionResult], which contains additional information about the " +"collision (should there be one)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:97 +msgid "" +"Damps the body's [member angular_velocity]. If [code]-1[/code], the body " +"will use the [b]Default Angular Damp[/b] defined in [b]Project > Project " +"Settings > Physics > 2d[/b].\n" +"See [member ProjectSettings.physics/2d/default_angular_damp] for more " +"details about damping." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:104 +msgid "The body's total applied force." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:107 +msgid "The body's total applied torque." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:114 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the body can enter sleep mode when there is no " +"movement. See [member sleeping].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] A RigidBody2D will never enter sleep mode automatically if its " +"[member mode] is [constant MODE_CHARACTER]. It can still be put to sleep " +"manually by setting its [member sleeping] property to [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:118 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the body will emit signals when it collides with " +"another RigidBody2D. See also [member contacts_reported]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:121 +msgid "" +"The maximum number of contacts that will be recorded. Requires [member " +"contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The number of contacts is different from the number of " +"collisions. Collisions between parallel edges will result in two contacts " +"(one at each end)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:125 +msgid "" +"Continuous collision detection mode.\n" +"Continuous collision detection tries to predict where a moving body will " +"collide instead of moving it and correcting its movement after collision. " +"Continuous collision detection is slower, but more precise and misses fewer " +"collisions with small, fast-moving objects. Raycasting and shapecasting " +"methods are available. See [enum CCDMode] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:129 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], internal force integration is disabled for this body. " +"Aside from collision response, the body will only move as determined by the " +"[method _integrate_forces] function." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:132 +msgid "" +"The body's friction. Values range from [code]0[/code] (frictionless) to " +"[code]1[/code] (maximum friction).\n" +"Deprecated, use [member PhysicsMaterial.friction] instead via [member " +"physics_material_override]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:136 +msgid "" +"Multiplies the gravity applied to the body. The body's gravity is calculated " +"from the [b]Default Gravity[/b] value in [b]Project > Project Settings > " +"Physics > 2d[/b] and/or any additional gravity vector applied by [Area2D]s." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:139 +msgid "" +"The body's moment of inertia. This is like mass, but for rotation: it " +"determines how much torque it takes to rotate the body. The moment of " +"inertia is usually computed automatically from the mass and the shapes, but " +"this function allows you to set a custom value. Set 0 inertia to return to " +"automatically computing it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:142 +msgid "" +"Damps the body's [member linear_velocity]. If [code]-1[/code], the body will " +"use the [b]Default Linear Damp[/b] in [b]Project > Project Settings > " +"Physics > 2d[/b].\n" +"See [member ProjectSettings.physics/2d/default_linear_damp] for more details " +"about damping." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:152 +msgid "The body's mode. See [enum Mode] for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:162 +msgid "" +"The body's weight based on its mass and the [b]Default Gravity[/b] value in " +"[b]Project > Project Settings > Physics > 2d[/b]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:169 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a collision with another [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] occurs. " +"Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member " +"contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. " +"[TileMap]s are detected if the [TileSet] has Collision [Shape2D]s.\n" +"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other " +"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:176 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the collision with another [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] ends. " +"Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member " +"contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. " +"[TileMap]s are detected if the [TileSet] has Collision [Shape2D]s.\n" +"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other " +"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:186 +msgid "" +"Emitted when one of this RigidBody2D's [Shape2D]s collides with another " +"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]'s [Shape2D]s. Requires [member contact_monitor] " +"to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member contacts_reported] to be set high " +"enough to detect all the collisions. [TileMap]s are detected if the " +"[TileSet] has Collision [Shape2D]s.\n" +"[code]body_rid[/code] the [RID] of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileSet]'s " +"[CollisionObject2D] used by the [Physics2DServer].\n" +"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other " +"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap].\n" +"[code]body_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of the other " +"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the " +"[CollisionShape2D] node with [code]body." +"shape_owner_get_owner(body_shape_index)[/code].\n" +"[code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of this " +"RigidBody2D used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node " +"with [code]self.shape_owner_get_owner(local_shape_index)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:199 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the collision between one of this RigidBody2D's [Shape2D]s and " +"another [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]'s [Shape2D]s ends. Requires [member " +"contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member " +"contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. " +"[TileMap]s are detected if the [TileSet] has Collision [Shape2D]s.\n" +"[code]body_rid[/code] the [RID] of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileSet]'s " +"[CollisionObject2D] used by the [Physics2DServer].\n" +"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other " +"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap].\n" +"[code]body_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of the other " +"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the " +"[CollisionShape2D] node with [code]body." +"shape_owner_get_owner(body_shape_index)[/code].\n" +"[code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of this " +"RigidBody2D used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node " +"with [code]self.shape_owner_get_owner(local_shape_index)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:215 +msgid "" +"Rigid mode. The body behaves as a physical object. It collides with other " +"bodies and responds to forces applied to it. This is the default mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:218 +msgid "Static mode. The body behaves like a [StaticBody2D] and does not move." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:221 +msgid "" +"Character mode. Similar to [constant MODE_RIGID], but the body can not " +"rotate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:224 +msgid "" +"Kinematic mode. The body behaves like a [KinematicBody2D], and must be moved " +"by code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:227 +msgid "" +"Continuous collision detection disabled. This is the fastest way to detect " +"body collisions, but can miss small, fast-moving objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:230 +msgid "" +"Continuous collision detection enabled using raycasting. This is faster than " +"shapecasting but less precise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:233 +msgid "" +"Continuous collision detection enabled using shapecasting. This is the " +"slowest CCD method and the most precise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Room.xml:4 +msgid "Room node, used to group objects together locally for [Portal] culling." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Room.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The [Portal] culling system requires levels to be built using objects " +"grouped together by location in areas called [Room]s. In many cases these " +"will correspond to actual rooms in buildings, but not necessarily (a canyon " +"area may be treated as a room).\n" +"Any [VisualInstance] that is a child or grandchild of a [Room] will be " +"assigned to that room, if the [code]portal_mode[/code] of that " +"[VisualInstance] is set to [code]STATIC[/code] (does not move) or " +"[code]DYNAMIC[/code] (moves only within the room).\n" +"Internally the room boundary must form a [b]convex hull[/b], and by default " +"this is determined automatically by the geometry of the objects you place " +"within the room.\n" +"You can alternatively precisely specify a [b]manual bound[/b]. If you place " +"a [MeshInstance] with a name prefixed by [code]Bound_[/code], it will turn " +"off the bound generation from geometry, and instead use the vertices of this " +"MeshInstance to directly calculate a convex hull during the conversion stage " +"(see [RoomManager]).\n" +"In order to see from one room into an adjacent room, [Portal]s must be " +"placed over non-occluded openings between rooms. These will often be placed " +"over doors and windows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Room.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If [code]points[/code] are set, the [Room] bounding convex hull will be " +"built from these points. If no points are set, the room bound will either be " +"derived from a manual bound ([MeshInstance] with name prefix [code]Bound_[/" +"code]), or from the geometry within the room.\n" +"Note that you can use the [code]Generate Points[/code] editor button to get " +"started. This will use either the geometry or manual bound to generate the " +"room hull, and save the resulting points, allowing you to edit them to " +"further refine the bound." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Room.xml:31 +msgid "" +"The [code]simplify[/code] value determines to what degree room hulls " +"(bounds) are simplified, by removing similar planes. A value of 0 gives no " +"simplification, 1 gives maximum simplification." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Room.xml:34 +msgid "" +"The room hull simplification can either use the default value set in the " +"[RoomManager], or override this and use the per room setting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomGroup.xml:4 +msgid "Groups [Room]s together to allow common functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomGroup.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Although [Room] behaviour can be specified individually, sometimes it is " +"faster and more convenient to write functionality for a group of rooms.\n" +"[RoomGroup]s should be placed as children of the [b]room list[/b] (the " +"parent [Node] of your [Room]s), and [Room]s should be placed in turn as " +"children of a [RoomGroup] in order to assign them to the RoomGroup.\n" +"A [RoomGroup] can for example be used to specify [Room]s that are " +"[b]outside[/b], and switch on or off a directional light, sky, or rain " +"effect as the player enters / exits the area.\n" +"[RoomGroup]s receive [b]gameplay callbacks[/b] when the " +"[code]gameplay_monitor[/code] is switched on, as [code]signal[/code]s or " +"[code]notification[/code]s as they enter and exit the [b]gameplay area[/b] " +"(see [RoomManager] for details)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomGroup.xml:18 +msgid "" +"This priority will be applied to [Room]s within the group. The [Room] " +"priority allows the use of [b]internal rooms[/b], rooms [i]within[/i] " +"another room or rooms.\n" +"When the [Camera] is within more than one room (regular and internal), the " +"higher priority room will take precedence. So with for example, a house " +"inside a terrain 'room', you would make the house higher priority, so that " +"when the camera is within the house, the house is used as the source room, " +"but outside the house, the terrain room would be used instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:4 +msgid "The RoomManager node is used to control the portal culling system." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:7 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize the portal occlusion culling system, you must build your " +"level using [Room]s and [Portal]s. Before these can be used at runtime, they " +"must undergo a short conversion process to build the [code]room graph[/" +"code], runtime data needed for portal culling. The [code]room graph[/code] " +"is controlled by the [RoomManager] node, and the [RoomManager] also contains " +"settings that are common throughout the portal system." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This function clears all converted data from the [b]room graph[/b]. Use this " +"before unloading a level, when transitioning from level to level, or " +"returning to a main menu." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:21 +msgid "" +"This is the most important function in the whole portal culling system. " +"Without it, the system cannot function.\n" +"First it goes through every [Room] that is a child of the [code]room list[/" +"code] node (and [RoomGroup]s within) and converts and adds it to the " +"[code]room graph[/code].\n" +"This works for both [Room] nodes, and [Spatial] nodes that follow a special " +"naming convention. They should begin with the prefix [i]'Room_'[/i], " +"followed by the name you wish to give the room, e.g. [i]'Room_lounge'[/i]. " +"This will automatically convert such [Spatial]s to [Room] nodes for you. " +"This is useful if you want to build you entire room system in e.g. Blender, " +"and reimport multiple times as you work on the level.\n" +"The conversion will try to assign [VisualInstance]s that are children and " +"grandchildren of the [Room] to the room. These should be given a suitable " +"[code]portal mode[/code] (see the [CullInstance] documentation). The default " +"[code]portal mode[/code] is [code]STATIC[/code] - objects which are not " +"expected to move while the level is played, which will typically be most " +"objects.\n" +"The conversion will usually use the geometry of these [VisualInstance]s (and " +"the [Portal]s) to calculate a convex hull bound for the room. These bounds " +"will be shown in the editor with a wireframe. Alternatively you can specify " +"a manual custom bound for any room, see the [Room] documentation.\n" +"By definition, [Camera]s within a room can see everything else within the " +"room (that is one advantage to using convex hulls). However, in order to see " +"from one room into adjacent rooms, you must place [Portal]s, which represent " +"openings that the camera can see through, like windows and doors.\n" +"[Portal]s are really just specialized [MeshInstance]s. In fact you will " +"usually first create a portal by creating a [MeshInstance], especially a " +"[code]plane[/code] mesh instance. You would move the plane in the editor to " +"cover a window or doorway, with the front face pointing outward from the " +"room. To let the conversion process know you want this mesh to be a portal, " +"again we use a special naming convention. [MeshInstance]s to be converted to " +"a [Portal] should start with the prefix [i]'Portal_'[/i].\n" +"You now have a choice - you can leave the name as [i]'Portal_'[/i] and allow " +"the system to automatically detect the nearest [Room] to link. In most cases " +"this will work fine.\n" +"An alternative method is to specify the [Room] to link to manually, " +"appending a suffix to the portal name, which should be the name of the room " +"you intend to link to. For example [i]'Portal_lounge'[/i] will attempt to " +"link to the room named [i]'Room_lounge'[/i].\n" +"There is a special case here - Godot does not allow two nodes to share the " +"same name. What if you want to manually have more than one portal leading " +"into the same room? Surely they will need to both be called, e.g. " +"[i]'Portal_lounge'[/i]?\n" +"The solution is a wildcard character. After the room name, if you use the " +"character [i]'*'[/i], this character and anything following it will be " +"ignored. So you can use for example [i]'Portal_lounge*0'[/i], " +"[i]'Portal_lounge*1'[/i] etc.\n" +"Note that [Portal]s that have already been converted to [Portal] nodes " +"(rather than [MeshInstance]s) still need to follow the same naming " +"convention, as they will be relinked each time during conversion.\n" +"It is recommended that you only place objects in rooms that are desired to " +"stay within those rooms - i.e. [code]portal mode[/code]s [code]STATIC[/code] " +"or [code]DYNAMIC[/code] (not crossing portals). [code]GLOBAL[/code] and " +"[code]ROAMING[/code] objects are best placed in another part of the scene " +"tree, to avoid confusion. See [CullInstance] for a full description of " +"portal modes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Switches the portal culling system on and off.\n" +"It is important to note that when portal culling is active, it is " +"responsible for [b]all[/b] the 3d culling. Some editor functionality may be " +"more difficult to use, so switching the active flag is intended to be used " +"to make sure your [Room] / [Portal] layout works within the editor.\n" +"Switching to [code]active[/code] will have no effect when the [code]room " +"graph[/code] is unloaded (the rooms have not yet been converted)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Large objects can 'sprawl' over (be present in) more than one room. It can " +"be useful to visualize which objects are sprawling outside the current " +"room.\n" +"Toggling this setting turns this debug view on and off." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Usually we don't want objects that only [b]just[/b] cross a boundary into an " +"adjacent [Room] to sprawl into that room. To prevent this, each [Portal] has " +"an extra margin, or tolerance zone where objects can enter without sprawling " +"to a neighbouring room.\n" +"In most cases you can set this here for all portals. It is possible to " +"override the margin for each portal." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:52 +msgid "" +"When using a partial or full PVS, the gameplay monitor allows you to receive " +"callbacks when roaming objects or rooms enter or exit the [b]gameplay area[/" +"b]. The gameplay area is defined as either the primary, or secondary PVS.\n" +"These callbacks allow you to, for example, reduce processing for objects " +"that are far from the player, or turn on and off AI.\n" +"You can either choose to receive callbacks as notifications through the " +"[code]_notification[/code] function, or as signals.\n" +"[code]NOTIFICATION_ENTER_GAMEPLAY[/code]\n" +"[code]NOTIFICATION_EXIT_GAMEPLAY[/code]\n" +"Signals: [code]\"gameplay_entered\"[/code], [code]\"gameplay_exited\"[/code]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If enabled, the system will attempt to merge similar meshes (particularly in " +"terms of materials) within [Room]s during conversion. This can significantly " +"reduce the number of drawcalls and state changes required during rendering, " +"albeit at a cost of reduced culling granularity.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This operates at runtime during the conversion process, and " +"will only operate on exported or running projects, in order to prevent " +"accidental alteration to the scene and loss of data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:64 +msgid "" +"When converting rooms, the editor will warn you if overlap is detected " +"between rooms. Overlap can interfere with determining the room that cameras " +"and objects are within. A small amount can be acceptable, depending on your " +"level. Here you can alter the threshold at which the editor warning appears. " +"There are no other side effects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Portal rendering is recursive - each time a portal is seen through an " +"earlier portal there is some cost. For this reason, and to prevent the " +"possibility of infinite loops, this setting provides a hard limit on the " +"recursion depth.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This value is unused when using [code]Full[/code] PVS mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:71 +msgid "" +"Portal culling normally operates using the current [Camera] / [Camera]s, " +"however for debugging purposes within the editor, you can use this setting " +"to override this behaviour and force it to use a particular camera to get a " +"better idea of what the occlusion culling is doing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:75 +msgid "" +"Optionally during conversion the potentially visible set (PVS) of rooms that " +"are potentially visible from each room can be calculated. This can be used " +"either to aid in dynamic portal culling, or to totally replace portal " +"culling.\n" +"In [code]Full[/code] PVS Mode, all objects within the potentially visible " +"rooms will be frustum culled, and rendered if they are within the view " +"frustum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:79 +msgid "" +"During the conversion process, the geometry of objects within [Room]s, or a " +"custom specified manual bound, are used to generate a [b]convex hull bound[/" +"b].\n" +"This convex hull is [b]required[/b] in the visibility system, and is used " +"for many purposes. Most importantly, it is used to decide whether the " +"[Camera] (or an object) is within a [Room]. The convex hull generating " +"algorithm is good, but occasionally it can create too many (or too few) " +"planes to give a good representation of the room volume.\n" +"The [code]room_simplify[/code] value can be used to gain fine control over " +"this process. It determines how similar planes can be for them to be " +"considered the same (and duplicates removed). The value can be set between 0 " +"(no simplification) and 1 (maximum simplification).\n" +"The value set here is the default for all rooms, but individual rooms can " +"override this value if desired.\n" +"The room convex hulls are shown as a wireframe in the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:86 +msgid "" +"For the [Room] conversion process to succeed, you must point the " +"[RoomManager] to the parent [Node] of your [Room]s and [RoomGroup]s, which " +"we refer to as the [code]roomlist[/code] (the roomlist is not a special node " +"type, it is normally just a [Spatial])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:89 +msgid "Shows the [Portal] margins when the portal gizmo is used in the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:92 +msgid "" +"When receiving gameplay callbacks when objects enter and exit gameplay, the " +"[b]gameplay area[/b] can be defined by either the primary PVS (potentially " +"visible set) of [Room]s, or the secondary PVS (the primary PVS and their " +"neighbouring [Room]s).\n" +"Sometimes using the larger gameplay area of the secondary PVS may be " +"preferable." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:98 +msgid "" +"Use only [Portal]s at runtime to determine visibility. PVS will not be " +"generated at [Room]s conversion, and gameplay notifications cannot be used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:101 +msgid "" +"Use a combination of PVS and [Portal]s to determine visibility (this is " +"usually fastest and most accurate)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:104 +msgid "" +"Use only the PVS (potentially visible set) of [Room]s to determine " +"visibility." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RootMotionView.xml:4 +msgid "Editor-only helper for setting up root motion in [AnimationTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RootMotionView.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[i]Root motion[/i] refers to an animation technique where a mesh's skeleton " +"is used to give impulse to a character. When working with 3D animations, a " +"popular technique is for animators to use the root skeleton bone to give " +"motion to the rest of the skeleton. This allows animating characters in a " +"way where steps actually match the floor below. It also allows precise " +"interaction with objects during cinematics. See also [AnimationTree].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [RootMotionView] is only visible in the editor. It will be " +"hidden automatically in the running project, and will also be converted to a " +"plain [Node] in the running project. This means a script attached to a " +"[RootMotionView] node [i]must[/i] have [code]extends Node[/code] instead of " +"[code]extends RootMotionView[/code]. Additionally, it must not be a " +"[code]@tool[/code] script." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RootMotionView.xml:11 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/animation/animation_tree." +"html#root-motion" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RootMotionView.xml:17 +msgid "Path to an [AnimationTree] node to use as a basis for root motion." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RootMotionView.xml:20 +msgid "The grid's cell size in 3D units." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RootMotionView.xml:23 +msgid "The grid's color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RootMotionView.xml:26 +msgid "" +"The grid's radius in 3D units. The grid's opacity will fade gradually as the " +"distance from the origin increases until this [member radius] is reached." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/RootMotionView.xml:29 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the grid's points will all be on the same Y coordinate " +"([i]local[/i] Y = 0). If [code]false[/code], the points' original Y " +"coordinate is preserved." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:4 +msgid "A script interface to a scene file's data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Maintains a list of resources, nodes, exported, and overridden properties, " +"and built-in scripts associated with a scene.\n" +"This class cannot be instantiated directly, it is retrieved for a given " +"scene as the result of [method PackedScene.get_state]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Returns the list of bound parameters for the signal at [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of signal connections in the scene.\n" +"The [code]idx[/code] argument used to query connection metadata in other " +"[code]get_connection_*[/code] methods in the interval [code][0, " +"get_connection_count() - 1][/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Returns the connection flags for the signal at [code]idx[/code]. See [enum " +"Object.ConnectFlags] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:38 +msgid "Returns the method connected to the signal at [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:45 +msgid "Returns the name of the signal at [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Returns the path to the node that owns the signal at [code]idx[/code], " +"relative to the root node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Returns the path to the node that owns the method connected to the signal at " +"[code]idx[/code], relative to the root node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of nodes in the scene.\n" +"The [code]idx[/code] argument used to query node data in other " +"[code]get_node_*[/code] methods in the interval [code][0, get_node_count() - " +"1][/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Returns the list of group names associated with the node at [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:80 +msgid "" +"Returns the node's index, which is its position relative to its siblings. " +"This is only relevant and saved in scenes for cases where new nodes are " +"added to an instanced or inherited scene among siblings from the base scene. " +"Despite the name, this index is not related to the [code]idx[/code] argument " +"used here and in other methods." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:87 +msgid "" +"Returns a [PackedScene] for the node at [code]idx[/code] (i.e. the whole " +"branch starting at this node, with its child nodes and resources), or " +"[code]null[/code] if the node is not an instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:94 +msgid "" +"Returns the path to the represented scene file if the node at [code]idx[/" +"code] is an [InstancePlaceholder]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:101 +msgid "Returns the name of the node at [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:108 +msgid "" +"Returns the path to the owner of the node at [code]idx[/code], relative to " +"the root node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:116 +msgid "" +"Returns the path to the node at [code]idx[/code].\n" +"If [code]for_parent[/code] is [code]true[/code], returns the path of the " +"[code]idx[/code] node's parent instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:124 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of exported or overridden properties for the node at " +"[code]idx[/code].\n" +"The [code]prop_idx[/code] argument used to query node property data in other " +"[code]get_node_property_*[/code] methods in the interval [code][0, " +"get_node_property_count() - 1][/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:133 +msgid "" +"Returns the name of the property at [code]prop_idx[/code] for the node at " +"[code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:141 +msgid "" +"Returns the value of the property at [code]prop_idx[/code] for the node at " +"[code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:148 +msgid "Returns the type of the node at [code]idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:155 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the node at [code]idx[/code] is an " +"[InstancePlaceholder]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:161 +msgid "" +"If passed to [method PackedScene.instance], blocks edits to the scene state." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:164 +msgid "" +"If passed to [method PackedScene.instance], provides inherited scene " +"resources to the local scene.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Only available in editor builds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:168 +msgid "" +"If passed to [method PackedScene.instance], provides local scene resources " +"to the local scene. Only the main scene should receive the main edit state.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Only available in editor builds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:4 +msgid "Manages the game loop via a hierarchy of nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:7 +msgid "" +"As one of the most important classes, the [SceneTree] manages the hierarchy " +"of nodes in a scene as well as scenes themselves. Nodes can be added, " +"retrieved and removed. The whole scene tree (and thus the current scene) can " +"be paused. Scenes can be loaded, switched and reloaded.\n" +"You can also use the [SceneTree] to organize your nodes into groups: every " +"node can be assigned as many groups as you want to create, e.g. an \"enemy\" " +"group. You can then iterate these groups or even call methods and set " +"properties on all the group's members at once.\n" +"[SceneTree] is the default [MainLoop] implementation used by scenes, and is " +"thus in charge of the game loop." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:12 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/step_by_step/scene_tree." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:13 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/viewports/multiple_resolutions." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Calls [code]method[/code] on each member of the given group. You can pass " +"arguments to [code]method[/code] by specifying them at the end of the method " +"call. This method is equivalent of calling [method call_group_flags] with " +"[constant GROUP_CALL_DEFAULT] flag.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]method[/code] may only have 5 arguments at most (7 " +"arguments passed to this method in total).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Due to design limitations, [method call_group] will fail " +"silently if one of the arguments is [code]null[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [method call_group] will always call methods with an one-frame " +"delay, in a way similar to [method Object.call_deferred]. To call methods " +"immediately, use [method call_group_flags] with the [constant " +"GROUP_CALL_REALTIME] flag." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Calls [code]method[/code] on each member of the given group, respecting the " +"given [enum GroupCallFlags]. You can pass arguments to [code]method[/code] " +"by specifying them at the end of the method call.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]method[/code] may only have 5 arguments at most (8 " +"arguments passed to this method in total).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Due to design limitations, [method call_group_flags] will fail " +"silently if one of the arguments is [code]null[/code].\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Call the method immediately and in reverse order.\n" +"get_tree().call_group_flags(SceneTree.GROUP_CALL_REALTIME | SceneTree." +"GROUP_CALL_REVERSE, \"bases\", \"destroy\")\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:46 +msgid "" +"Changes the running scene to the one at the given [code]path[/code], after " +"loading it into a [PackedScene] and creating a new instance.\n" +"Returns [constant OK] on success, [constant ERR_CANT_OPEN] if the " +"[code]path[/code] cannot be loaded into a [PackedScene], or [constant " +"ERR_CANT_CREATE] if that scene cannot be instantiated.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The scene change is deferred, which means that the new scene " +"node is added on the next idle frame. You won't be able to access it " +"immediately after the [method change_scene] call." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Changes the running scene to a new instance of the given [PackedScene].\n" +"Returns [constant OK] on success or [constant ERR_CANT_CREATE] if the scene " +"cannot be instantiated.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The scene change is deferred, which means that the new scene " +"node is added on the next idle frame. You won't be able to access it " +"immediately after the [method change_scene_to] call." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Returns a [SceneTreeTimer] which will [signal SceneTreeTimer.timeout] after " +"the given time in seconds elapsed in this [SceneTree]. If " +"[code]pause_mode_process[/code] is set to [code]false[/code], pausing the " +"[SceneTree] will also pause the timer.\n" +"Commonly used to create a one-shot delay timer as in the following example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func some_function():\n" +" print(\"start\")\n" +" yield(get_tree().create_timer(1.0), \"timeout\")\n" +" print(\"end\")\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"The timer will be automatically freed after its time elapses." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:79 +msgid "" +"Returns the current frame number, i.e. the total frame count since the " +"application started." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:85 +msgid "" +"Returns the peer IDs of all connected peers of this [SceneTree]'s [member " +"network_peer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:91 +msgid "Returns the unique peer ID of this [SceneTree]'s [member network_peer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:97 +msgid "Returns the number of nodes in this [SceneTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:104 +msgid "Returns a list of all nodes assigned to the given group." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:110 +msgid "Returns the sender's peer ID for the most recently received RPC call." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:117 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the given group exists." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:129 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the most recent [InputEvent] was marked as " +"handled with [method set_input_as_handled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:135 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this [SceneTree]'s [member network_peer] is in " +"server mode (listening for connections)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:143 +msgid "Sends the given notification to all members of the [code]group[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:152 +msgid "" +"Sends the given notification to all members of the [code]group[/code], " +"respecting the given [enum GroupCallFlags]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:159 +msgid "" +"Queues the given object for deletion, delaying the call to [method Object." +"free] to after the current frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:166 +msgid "" +"Quits the application at the end of the current iteration. A process " +"[code]exit_code[/code] can optionally be passed as an argument. If this " +"argument is [code]0[/code] or greater, it will override the [member OS." +"exit_code] defined before quitting the application.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] On iOS this method doesn't work. Instead, as recommended by the " +"iOS Human Interface Guidelines, the user is expected to close apps via the " +"Home button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:173 +msgid "" +"Reloads the currently active scene.\n" +"Returns [constant OK] on success, [constant ERR_UNCONFIGURED] if no [member " +"current_scene] was defined yet, [constant ERR_CANT_OPEN] if [member " +"current_scene] cannot be loaded into a [PackedScene], or [constant " +"ERR_CANT_CREATE] if the scene cannot be instantiated." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:181 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the application automatically accepts quitting. " +"Enabled by default.\n" +"For mobile platforms, see [method set_quit_on_go_back]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:191 +msgid "" +"Sets the given [code]property[/code] to [code]value[/code] on all members of " +"the given group." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:201 +msgid "" +"Sets the given [code]property[/code] to [code]value[/code] on all members of " +"the given group, respecting the given [enum GroupCallFlags]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:207 +msgid "Marks the most recent [InputEvent] as handled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:214 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the application quits automatically on going back (e." +"g. on Android). Enabled by default.\n" +"To handle 'Go Back' button when this option is disabled, use [constant " +"MainLoop.NOTIFICATION_WM_GO_BACK_REQUEST]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:225 +msgid "" +"Configures screen stretching to the given [enum StretchMode], [enum " +"StretchAspect], minimum size and [code]scale[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:231 +msgid "The current scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:234 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], collision shapes will be visible when running the game " +"from the editor for debugging purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:237 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], navigation polygons will be visible when running the " +"game from the editor for debugging purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:240 +msgid "The root of the edited scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:243 +msgid "The default [MultiplayerAPI] instance for this [SceneTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:246 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code] (default value), enables automatic polling of the " +"[MultiplayerAPI] for this SceneTree during [signal idle_frame].\n" +"If [code]false[/code], you need to manually call [method MultiplayerAPI." +"poll] to process network packets and deliver RPCs/RSETs. This allows running " +"RPCs/RSETs in a different loop (e.g. physics, thread, specific time step) " +"and for manual [Mutex] protection when accessing the [MultiplayerAPI] from " +"threads." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:250 +msgid "" +"The peer object to handle the RPC system (effectively enabling networking " +"when set). Depending on the peer itself, the [SceneTree] will become a " +"network server (check with [method is_network_server]) and will set the root " +"node's network mode to master, or it will become a regular peer with the " +"root node set to puppet. All child nodes are set to inherit the network mode " +"by default. Handling of networking-related events (connection, " +"disconnection, new clients) is done by connecting to [SceneTree]'s signals." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:253 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the [SceneTree] is paused. Doing so will have the " +"following behavior:\n" +"- 2D and 3D physics will be stopped. This includes signals and collision " +"detection.\n" +"- [method Node._process], [method Node._physics_process] and [method Node." +"_input] will not be called anymore in nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:258 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the [SceneTree]'s [member network_peer] refuses new " +"incoming connections." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:261 +msgid "The [SceneTree]'s root [Viewport]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:264 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], font oversampling is used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:270 +msgid "" +"Emitted whenever this [SceneTree]'s [member network_peer] successfully " +"connected to a server. Only emitted on clients." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:275 +msgid "" +"Emitted whenever this [SceneTree]'s [member network_peer] fails to establish " +"a connection to a server. Only emitted on clients." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:282 +msgid "" +"Emitted when files are dragged from the OS file manager and dropped in the " +"game window. The arguments are a list of file paths and the identifier of " +"the screen where the drag originated." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:289 +msgid "Emitted whenever global menu item is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:294 +msgid "" +"Emitted immediately before [method Node._process] is called on every node in " +"the [SceneTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:300 +msgid "" +"Emitted whenever this [SceneTree]'s [member network_peer] connects with a " +"new peer. ID is the peer ID of the new peer. Clients get notified when other " +"clients connect to the same server. Upon connecting to a server, a client " +"also receives this signal for the server (with ID being 1)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:306 +msgid "" +"Emitted whenever this [SceneTree]'s [member network_peer] disconnects from a " +"peer. Clients get notified when other clients disconnect from the same " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:312 +msgid "Emitted whenever a node is added to the [SceneTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a node's configuration changed. Only emitted in [code]tool[/" +"code] mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:324 +msgid "Emitted whenever a node is removed from the [SceneTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:330 +msgid "Emitted whenever a node is renamed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:335 +msgid "" +"Emitted immediately before [method Node._physics_process] is called on every " +"node in the [SceneTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:340 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the screen resolution (fullscreen) or window size (windowed) " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:345 +msgid "" +"Emitted whenever this [SceneTree]'s [member network_peer] disconnected from " +"server. Only emitted on clients." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:350 +msgid "" +"Emitted whenever the [SceneTree] hierarchy changed (children being moved or " +"renamed, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:356 +msgid "Call a group with no flags (default)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:359 +msgid "Call a group in reverse scene order." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:362 +msgid "Call a group immediately (calls are normally made on idle)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:365 +msgid "Call a group only once even if the call is executed many times." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:368 +msgid "No stretching." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:371 +msgid "Render stretching in higher resolution (interpolated)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:374 +msgid "" +"Keep the specified display resolution. No interpolation. Content may appear " +"pixelated." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Fill the window with the content stretched to cover excessive space. Content " +"may appear stretched." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:380 +msgid "" +"Retain the same aspect ratio by padding with black bars on either axis. This " +"prevents distortion." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:383 +msgid "" +"Expand vertically. Left/right black bars may appear if the window is too " +"wide." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:386 +msgid "" +"Expand horizontally. Top/bottom black bars may appear if the window is too " +"tall." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:389 +msgid "" +"Expand in both directions, retaining the same aspect ratio. This prevents " +"distortion while avoiding black bars." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTreeTimer.xml:4 +msgid "One-shot timer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTreeTimer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A one-shot timer managed by the scene tree, which emits [signal timeout] on " +"completion. See also [method SceneTree.create_timer].\n" +"As opposed to [Timer], it does not require the instantiation of a node. " +"Commonly used to create a one-shot delay timer as in the following example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func some_function():\n" +" print(\"Timer started.\")\n" +" yield(get_tree().create_timer(1.0), \"timeout\")\n" +" print(\"Timer ended.\")\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTreeTimer.xml:22 +msgid "The time remaining." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SceneTreeTimer.xml:28 doc/classes/Timer.xml:61 +msgid "Emitted when the timer reaches 0." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Script.xml:4 +msgid "A class stored as a resource." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Script.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A class stored as a resource. A script extends the functionality of all " +"objects that instance it.\n" +"The [code]new[/code] method of a script subclass creates a new instance. " +"[method Object.set_script] extends an existing object, if that object's " +"class matches one of the script's base classes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Script.xml:11 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/step_by_step/scripting." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Script.xml:17 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the script can be instanced." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Script.xml:23 +msgid "Returns the script directly inherited by this script." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Script.xml:29 +msgid "Returns the script's base type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Script.xml:36 +msgid "Returns the default value of the specified property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Script.xml:42 +msgid "Returns a dictionary containing constant names and their values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Script.xml:48 +msgid "Returns the list of methods in this [Script]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Script.xml:54 +msgid "Returns the list of properties in this [Script]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Script.xml:60 +msgid "Returns the list of user signals defined in this [Script]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Script.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the script, or a base class, defines a signal " +"with the given name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Script.xml:73 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the script contains non-empty source code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Script.xml:80 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]base_object[/code] is an instance of this " +"script." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Script.xml:86 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the script is a tool script. A tool script can " +"run in the editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Script.xml:93 +msgid "Reloads the script's class implementation. Returns an error code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Script.xml:99 +msgid "" +"The script source code or an empty string if source code is not available. " +"When set, does not reload the class implementation automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScriptCreateDialog.xml:4 +msgid "The Editor's popup dialog for creating new [Script] files." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScriptCreateDialog.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The [ScriptCreateDialog] creates script files according to a given template " +"for a given scripting language. The standard use is to configure its fields " +"prior to calling one of the [method Popup.popup] methods.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" dialog.config(\"Node\", \"res://new_node.gd\") # For in-engine types\n" +" dialog.config(\"\\\"res://base_node.gd\\\"\", \"res://derived_node.gd\") " +"# For script types\n" +" dialog.popup_centered()\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScriptCreateDialog.xml:25 +msgid "Prefills required fields to configure the ScriptCreateDialog for use." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScriptCreateDialog.xml:40 +msgid "Emitted when the user clicks the OK button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml:4 +msgid "Godot editor's script editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[b]Note:[/b] This class shouldn't be instantiated directly. Instead, access " +"the singleton using [method EditorInterface.get_script_editor]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml:31 +msgid "Returns a [Script] that is currently active in editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Returns an array with all [Script] objects which are currently open in " +"editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml:51 +msgid "Goes to the specified line in the current script." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Opens the script create dialog. The script will extend [code]base_name[/" +"code]. The file extension can be omitted from [code]base_path[/code]. It " +"will be added based on the selected scripting language." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated " +"[Script]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Emitted when editor is about to close the active script. Argument is a " +"[Script] that is going to be closed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScrollBar.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for scroll bars." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScrollBar.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Scrollbars are a [Range]-based [Control], that display a draggable area (the " +"size of the page). Horizontal ([HScrollBar]) and Vertical ([VScrollBar]) " +"versions are available." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScrollBar.xml:15 +msgid "" +"Overrides the step used when clicking increment and decrement buttons or " +"when using arrow keys when the [ScrollBar] is focused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScrollBar.xml:23 +msgid "Emitted when the scrollbar is being scrolled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:4 +msgid "A helper node for displaying scrollable elements such as lists." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A ScrollContainer node meant to contain a [Control] child. ScrollContainers " +"will automatically create a scrollbar child ([HScrollBar], [VScrollBar], or " +"both) when needed and will only draw the Control within the ScrollContainer " +"area. Scrollbars will automatically be drawn at the right (for vertical) or " +"bottom (for horizontal) and will enable dragging to move the viewable " +"Control (and its children) within the ScrollContainer. Scrollbars will also " +"automatically resize the grabber based on the [member Control.rect_min_size] " +"of the Control relative to the ScrollContainer. Works great with a [Panel] " +"control. You can set [code]EXPAND[/code] on the children's size flags, so " +"they will upscale to the ScrollContainer's size if it's larger (scroll is " +"invisible for the chosen dimension)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Ensures the given [code]control[/code] is visible (must be a direct or " +"indirect child of the ScrollContainer). Used by [member follow_focus]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:22 +msgid "" +"Returns the horizontal scrollbar [HScrollBar] of this [ScrollContainer].\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it " +"may cause a crash. If you wish to disable the horizontal scrollbar, use " +"[member scroll_horizontal_enabled]. If you want to only hide it instead, use " +"its [member CanvasItem.visible] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Returns the vertical scrollbar [VScrollBar] of this [ScrollContainer].\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it " +"may cause a crash. If you wish to disable the vertical scrollbar, use " +"[member scroll_vertical_enabled]. If you want to only hide it instead, use " +"its [member CanvasItem.visible] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:36 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the ScrollContainer will automatically scroll to " +"focused children (including indirect children) to make sure they are fully " +"visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:42 +msgid "The current horizontal scroll value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:45 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], enables horizontal scrolling." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:48 +msgid "The current vertical scroll value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:51 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], enables vertical scrolling." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:57 +msgid "Emitted when scrolling stops." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:62 +msgid "Emitted when scrolling is started." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:70 +msgid "The background [StyleBox] of the [ScrollContainer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SegmentShape2D.xml:4 +msgid "Segment shape for 2D collisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SegmentShape2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Segment shape for 2D collisions. Consists of two points, [code]a[/code] and " +"[code]b[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SegmentShape2D.xml:15 +msgid "The segment's first point position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SegmentShape2D.xml:18 +msgid "The segment's second point position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Semaphore.xml:4 +msgid "A synchronization semaphore." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Semaphore.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A synchronization semaphore which can be used to synchronize multiple " +"[Thread]s. Initialized to zero on creation. Be careful to avoid deadlocks. " +"For a binary version, see [Mutex]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Semaphore.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Lowers the [Semaphore], allowing one more thread in. Returns [constant OK] " +"on success, [constant ERR_BUSY] otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Semaphore.xml:22 +msgid "" +"Tries to wait for the [Semaphore], if its value is zero, blocks until non-" +"zero. Returns [constant OK] on success, [constant ERR_BUSY] otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Separator.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for separators." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Separator.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Separator is a [Control] used for separating other controls. It's purely a " +"visual decoration. Horizontal ([HSeparator]) and Vertical ([VSeparator]) " +"versions are available." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:4 +msgid "A custom shader program." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This class allows you to define a custom shader program that can be used by " +"a [ShaderMaterial]. Shaders allow you to write your own custom behavior for " +"rendering objects or updating particle information. For a detailed " +"explanation and usage, please see the tutorials linked below." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:10 doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml:11 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/shading/index.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:11 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/shading/your_first_shader/" +"what_are_shaders.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Returns the texture that is set as default for the specified parameter.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]param[/code] must match the name of the uniform in the " +"code exactly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Returns the shader mode for the shader, either [constant MODE_CANVAS_ITEM], " +"[constant MODE_SPATIAL] or [constant MODE_PARTICLES]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the shader has this param defined as a uniform " +"in its code.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]param[/code] must match the name of the uniform in the " +"code exactly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Sets the default texture to be used with a texture uniform. The default is " +"used if a texture is not set in the [ShaderMaterial].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]param[/code] must match the name of the uniform in the " +"code exactly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Returns the shader's code as the user has written it, not the full generated " +"code used internally." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Returns the shader's custom defines. Custom defines can be used in Godot to " +"add GLSL preprocessor directives (e.g: extensions) required for the shader " +"logic.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Custom defines are not validated by the Godot shader parser, so " +"care should be taken when using them." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:57 +msgid "Mode used to draw all 3D objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:60 +msgid "Mode used to draw all 2D objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:63 +msgid "" +"Mode used to calculate particle information on a per-particle basis. Not " +"used for drawing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml:4 +msgid "A material that uses a custom [Shader] program." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A material that uses a custom [Shader] program to render either items to " +"screen or process particles. You can create multiple materials for the same " +"shader but configure different values for the uniforms defined in the " +"shader.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Due to a renderer limitation, emissive [ShaderMaterial]s cannot " +"emit light when used in a [GIProbe]. Only emissive [SpatialMaterial]s can " +"emit light in a [GIProbe]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Returns the current value set for this material of a uniform in the shader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the property identified by [code]name[/code] " +"can be reverted to a default value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Returns the default value of the material property with given [code]name[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Changes the value set for this material of a uniform in the shader.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]param[/code] must match the name of the uniform in the " +"code exactly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml:47 +msgid "The [Shader] program used to render this material." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shape.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for all 3D shape resources." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shape.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Base class for all 3D shape resources. Nodes that inherit from this can be " +"used as shapes for a [PhysicsBody] or [Area] objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shape.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Returns the [ArrayMesh] used to draw the debug collision for this [Shape]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shape.xml:22 +msgid "" +"The collision margin for the shape. Used in Bullet Physics only.\n" +"Collision margins allow collision detection to be more efficient by adding " +"an extra shell around shapes. Collision algorithms are more expensive when " +"objects overlap by more than their margin, so a higher value for margins is " +"better for performance, at the cost of accuracy around edges as it makes " +"them less sharp." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shape2D.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for all 2D shapes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shape2D.xml:7 +msgid "Base class for all 2D shapes. All 2D shape types inherit from this." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shape2D.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this shape is colliding with another.\n" +"This method needs the transformation matrix for this shape " +"([code]local_xform[/code]), the shape to check collisions with " +"([code]with_shape[/code]), and the transformation matrix of that shape " +"([code]shape_xform[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shape2D.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Returns a list of the points where this shape touches another. If there are " +"no collisions the list is empty.\n" +"This method needs the transformation matrix for this shape " +"([code]local_xform[/code]), the shape to check collisions with " +"([code]with_shape[/code]), and the transformation matrix of that shape " +"([code]shape_xform[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shape2D.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Returns whether this shape would collide with another, if a given movement " +"was applied.\n" +"This method needs the transformation matrix for this shape " +"([code]local_xform[/code]), the movement to test on this shape " +"([code]local_motion[/code]), the shape to check collisions with " +"([code]with_shape[/code]), the transformation matrix of that shape " +"([code]shape_xform[/code]), and the movement to test onto the other object " +"([code]shape_motion[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shape2D.xml:53 +msgid "" +"Returns a list of the points where this shape would touch another, if a " +"given movement was applied. If there are no collisions the list is empty.\n" +"This method needs the transformation matrix for this shape " +"([code]local_xform[/code]), the movement to test on this shape " +"([code]local_motion[/code]), the shape to check collisions with " +"([code]with_shape[/code]), the transformation matrix of that shape " +"([code]shape_xform[/code]), and the movement to test onto the other object " +"([code]shape_motion[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shape2D.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Draws a solid shape onto a [CanvasItem] with the [VisualServer] API filled " +"with the specified [code]color[/code]. The exact drawing method is specific " +"for each shape and cannot be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Shape2D.xml:68 +msgid "The shape's custom solver bias." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ShortCut.xml:4 +msgid "A shortcut for binding input." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ShortCut.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A shortcut for binding input.\n" +"Shortcuts are commonly used for interacting with a [Control] element from a " +"[InputEvent]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ShortCut.xml:16 +msgid "Returns the shortcut's [InputEvent] as a [String]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ShortCut.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the shortcut's [InputEvent] equals [code]event[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ShortCut.xml:29 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], this shortcut is valid." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ShortCut.xml:35 +msgid "" +"The shortcut's [InputEvent].\n" +"Generally the [InputEvent] is a keyboard key, though it can be any " +"[InputEvent]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:4 +msgid "Skeleton for characters and animated objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Skeleton provides a hierarchical interface for managing bones, including " +"pose, rest and animation (see [Animation]). It can also use ragdoll " +"physics.\n" +"The overall transform of a bone with respect to the skeleton is determined " +"by the following hierarchical order: rest pose, custom pose and pose.\n" +"Note that \"global pose\" below refers to the overall transform of the bone " +"with respect to skeleton, so it not the actual global/world transform of the " +"bone." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Adds a bone, with name [code]name[/code]. [method get_bone_count] will " +"become the bone index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:28 doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:109 +#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:212 +msgid "[i]Deprecated soon.[/i]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:34 +msgid "Clear all the bones in this skeleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:46 +msgid "Returns the bone index that matches [code]name[/code] as its name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:52 +msgid "Returns the amount of bones in the skeleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Returns the custom pose of the specified bone. Custom pose is applied on top " +"of the rest pose." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Returns the overall transform of the specified bone, with respect to the " +"skeleton. Being relative to the skeleton frame, this is not the actual " +"\"global\" transform of the bone." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Returns the overall transform of the specified bone, with respect to the " +"skeleton, but without any global pose overrides. Being relative to the " +"skeleton frame, this is not the actual \"global\" transform of the bone." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:80 +msgid "Returns the name of the bone at index [code]index[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:87 +msgid "" +"Returns the bone index which is the parent of the bone at [code]bone_idx[/" +"code]. If -1, then bone has no parent.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The parent bone returned will always be less than " +"[code]bone_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:95 +msgid "" +"Returns the pose transform of the specified bone. Pose is applied on top of " +"the custom pose, which is applied on top the rest pose." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:102 +msgid "Returns the rest transform for a bone [code]bone_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:187 +msgid "" +"Sets the bone index [code]parent_idx[/code] as the parent of the bone at " +"[code]bone_idx[/code]. If -1, then bone has no parent.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]parent_idx[/code] must be less than [code]bone_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:196 +msgid "Sets the pose transform for bone [code]bone_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:204 +msgid "Sets the rest transform for bone [code]bone_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml:4 +msgid "Skeleton for 2D characters and animated objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Skeleton2D parents a hierarchy of [Bone2D] objects. It is a requirement of " +"[Bone2D]. Skeleton2D holds a reference to the rest pose of its children and " +"acts as a single point of access to its bones." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml:10 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/animation/2d_skeletons.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Returns a [Bone2D] from the node hierarchy parented by Skeleton2D. The " +"object to return is identified by the parameter [code]idx[/code]. Bones are " +"indexed by descending the node hierarchy from top to bottom, adding the " +"children of each branch before moving to the next sibling." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of [Bone2D] nodes in the node hierarchy parented by " +"Skeleton2D." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml:29 +msgid "Returns the [RID] of a Skeleton2D instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:4 +msgid "" +"SkeletonIK is used to place the end bone of a [Skeleton] bone chain at a " +"certain point in 3D by rotating all bones in the chain accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:7 +msgid "" +"SkeletonIK is used to place the end bone of a [Skeleton] bone chain at a " +"certain point in 3D by rotating all bones in the chain accordingly. A " +"typical scenario for IK in games is to place a characters feet on the ground " +"or a characters hands on a currently hold object. SkeletonIK uses " +"FabrikInverseKinematic internally to solve the bone chain and applies the " +"results to the [Skeleton] [code]bones_global_pose_override[/code] property " +"for all affected bones in the chain. If fully applied this overwrites any " +"bone transform from [Animation]s or bone custom poses set by users. The " +"applied amount can be controlled with the [code]interpolation[/code] " +"property.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Apply IK effect automatically on every new frame (not the current)\n" +"skeleton_ik_node.start()\n" +"\n" +"# Apply IK effect only on the current frame\n" +"skeleton_ik_node.start(true)\n" +"\n" +"# Stop IK effect and reset bones_global_pose_override on Skeleton\n" +"skeleton_ik_node.stop()\n" +"\n" +"# Apply full IK effect\n" +"skeleton_ik_node.set_interpolation(1.0)\n" +"\n" +"# Apply half IK effect\n" +"skeleton_ik_node.set_interpolation(0.5)\n" +"\n" +"# Apply zero IK effect (a value at or below 0.01 also removes " +"bones_global_pose_override on Skeleton)\n" +"skeleton_ik_node.set_interpolation(0.0)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Returns the parent [Skeleton] Node that was present when SkeletonIK entered " +"the [SceneTree]. Returns null if the parent node was not a [Skeleton] Node " +"when SkeletonIK entered the [SceneTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if SkeletonIK is applying IK effects on continues " +"frames to the [Skeleton] bones. Returns [code]false[/code] if SkeletonIK is " +"stopped or [method start] was used with the [code]one_time[/code] parameter " +"set to [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Starts applying IK effects on each frame to the [Skeleton] bones but will " +"only take effect starting on the next frame. If [code]one_time[/code] is " +"[code]true[/code], this will take effect immediately but also reset on the " +"next frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Stops applying IK effects on each frame to the [Skeleton] bones and also " +"calls [method Skeleton.clear_bones_global_pose_override] to remove existing " +"overrides on all bones." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:60 +msgid "" +"Interpolation value for how much the IK results are applied to the current " +"skeleton bone chain. A value of [code]1.0[/code] will overwrite all skeleton " +"bone transforms completely while a value of [code]0.0[/code] will visually " +"disable the SkeletonIK. A value at or below [code]0.01[/code] also calls " +"[method Skeleton.clear_bones_global_pose_override]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:63 +msgid "" +"Secondary target position (first is [member target] property or [member " +"target_node]) for the IK chain. Use magnet position (pole target) to control " +"the bending of the IK chain. Only works if the bone chain has more than 2 " +"bones. The middle chain bone position will be linearly interpolated with the " +"magnet position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Number of iteration loops used by the IK solver to produce more accurate " +"(and elegant) bone chain results." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:69 +msgid "" +"The minimum distance between bone and goal target. If the distance is below " +"this value, the IK solver stops further iterations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:72 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code] overwrites the rotation of the tip bone with the " +"rotation of the [member target] (or [member target_node] if defined)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:75 +msgid "The name of the current root bone, the first bone in the IK chain." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:78 +msgid "" +"First target of the IK chain where the tip bone is placed and, if [member " +"override_tip_basis] is [code]true[/code], how the tip bone is rotated. If a " +"[member target_node] path is available the nodes transform is used instead " +"and this property is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:81 +msgid "" +"Target node [NodePath] for the IK chain. If available, the node's current " +"[Transform] is used instead of the [member target] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:84 +msgid "" +"The name of the current tip bone, the last bone in the IK chain placed at " +"the [member target] transform (or [member target_node] if defined)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:87 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], instructs the IK solver to consider the secondary " +"magnet target (pole target) when calculating the bone chain. Use the magnet " +"position (pole target) to control the bending of the IK chain." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sky.xml:4 doc/classes/Sky.xml:7 +msgid "The base class for [PanoramaSky] and [ProceduralSky]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sky.xml:15 +msgid "" +"The [Sky]'s radiance map size. The higher the radiance map size, the more " +"detailed the lighting from the [Sky] will be.\n" +"See [enum RadianceSize] constants for values.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] You will only benefit from high radiance sizes if you have " +"perfectly sharp reflective surfaces in your project and are not using " +"[ReflectionProbe]s or [GIProbe]s. For most projects, keeping [member " +"radiance_size] to the default value is the best compromise between visuals " +"and performance. Be careful when using high radiance size values as these " +"can cause crashes on low-end GPUs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sky.xml:22 +msgid "Radiance texture size is 32×32 pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sky.xml:25 +msgid "Radiance texture size is 64×64 pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sky.xml:28 +msgid "Radiance texture size is 128×128 pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sky.xml:31 +msgid "Radiance texture size is 256×256 pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sky.xml:34 +msgid "Radiance texture size is 512×512 pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sky.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Radiance texture size is 1024×1024 pixels.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [constant RADIANCE_SIZE_1024] is not exposed in the inspector " +"as it is known to cause GPU hangs on certain systems." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sky.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Radiance texture size is 2048×2048 pixels.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [constant RADIANCE_SIZE_2048] is not exposed in the inspector " +"as it is known to cause GPU hangs on certain systems." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sky.xml:45 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum RadianceSize] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Slider.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for GUI sliders." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Slider.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Base class for GUI sliders.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The [signal Range.changed] and [signal Range.value_changed] " +"signals are part of the [Range] class which this class inherits from." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Slider.xml:16 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the slider can be interacted with. If [code]false[/" +"code], the value can be changed only by code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Slider.xml:20 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the value can be changed using the mouse wheel." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Slider.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Number of ticks displayed on the slider, including border ticks. Ticks are " +"uniformly-distributed value markers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Slider.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the slider will display ticks for minimum and maximum " +"values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:4 +msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Slides across the X axis of the pivot object. See also [Generic6DOFJoint]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The amount of damping of the rotation when the limit is surpassed.\n" +"A lower damping value allows a rotation initiated by body A to travel to " +"body B slower." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:35 +msgid "" +"The amount of restitution of the rotation when the limit is surpassed.\n" +"Does not affect damping." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:39 +msgid "" +"A factor applied to the all rotation once the limit is surpassed.\n" +"Makes all rotation slower when between 0 and 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:52 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:147 +msgid "A factor applied to the all rotation in the limits." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:61 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:156 +msgid "" +"A factor applied to the all rotation across axes orthogonal to the slider." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:64 +msgid "" +"The amount of damping that happens once the limit defined by [member " +"linear_limit/lower_distance] and [member linear_limit/upper_distance] is " +"surpassed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:70 +msgid "" +"The amount of restitution once the limits are surpassed. The lower, the more " +"velocity-energy gets lost." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:4 +msgid "A soft mesh physics body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A deformable physics body. Used to create elastic or deformable objects such " +"as cloth, rubber, or other flexible materials." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:10 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/soft_body.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:44 +msgid "Returns local translation of a vertex in the surface array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:51 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if vertex is set to pinned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:83 +msgid "" +"Sets the pinned state of a surface vertex. When set to [code]true[/code], " +"the optional [code]attachment_path[/code] can define a [Spatial] the pinned " +"vertex will be attached to." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:91 +msgid "" +"The physics layers this SoftBody is in.\n" +"Collidable objects can exist in any of 32 different layers. These layers " +"work like a tagging system, and are not visual. A collidable can use these " +"layers to select with which objects it can collide, using the collision_mask " +"property.\n" +"A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that object B " +"scans, or object B is in any layer scanned by object A. See [url=https://" +"docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction." +"html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the " +"documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:96 +msgid "" +"The physics layers this SoftBody scans for collisions. See [url=https://docs." +"godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-" +"layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for " +"more information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:105 +msgid "[NodePath] to a [CollisionObject] this SoftBody should avoid clipping." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:108 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the [SoftBody] is simulated in physics. Can be set to " +"[code]false[/code] to pause the physics simulation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:115 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the [SoftBody] will respond to [RayCast]s." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:118 +msgid "" +"Increasing this value will improve the resulting simulation, but can affect " +"performance. Use with care." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:121 +msgid "The SoftBody's mass." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:4 +msgid "Most basic 3D game object, parent of all 3D-related nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Most basic 3D game object, with a 3D [Transform] and visibility settings. " +"All other 3D game objects inherit from Spatial. Use [Spatial] as a parent " +"node to move, scale, rotate and show/hide children in a 3D project.\n" +"Affine operations (rotate, scale, translate) happen in parent's local " +"coordinate system, unless the [Spatial] object is set as top-level. Affine " +"operations in this coordinate system correspond to direct affine operations " +"on the [Spatial]'s transform. The word local below refers to this coordinate " +"system. The coordinate system that is attached to the [Spatial] object " +"itself is referred to as object-local coordinate system.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Unless otherwise specified, all methods that have angle " +"parameters must have angles specified as [i]radians[/i]. To convert degrees " +"to radians, use [method @GDScript.deg2rad]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:12 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/introduction_to_3d.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:13 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:16 +msgid "https://github.com/godotengine/godot-demo-projects/tree/master/3d" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Returns the parent [Spatial], or an empty [Object] if no parent exists or " +"parent is not of type [Spatial]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Returns the current [World] resource this [Spatial] node is registered to." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Rotates the global (world) transformation around axis, a unit [Vector3], by " +"specified angle in radians. The rotation axis is in global coordinate system." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:46 +msgid "" +"Scales the global (world) transformation by the given [Vector3] scale " +"factors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:53 +msgid "" +"Moves the global (world) transformation by [Vector3] offset. The offset is " +"in global coordinate system." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Disables rendering of this node. Changes [member visible] to [code]false[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Returns whether node notifies about its local transformation changes. " +"[Spatial] will not propagate this by default." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:71 +msgid "" +"Returns whether this node uses a scale of [code](1, 1, 1)[/code] or its " +"local transformation scale." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Returns whether this node is set as Toplevel, that is whether it ignores its " +"parent nodes transformations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:83 +msgid "" +"Returns whether the node notifies about its global and local transformation " +"changes. [Spatial] will not propagate this by default." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:97 +msgid "" +"Rotates itself so that the local -Z axis points towards the [code]target[/" +"code] position.\n" +"The transform will first be rotated around the given [code]up[/code] vector, " +"and then fully aligned to the target by a further rotation around an axis " +"perpendicular to both the [code]target[/code] and [code]up[/code] vectors.\n" +"Operations take place in global space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:108 +msgid "" +"Moves the node to the specified [code]position[/code], and then rotates " +"itself to point toward the [code]target[/code] as per [method look_at]. " +"Operations take place in global space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:114 +msgid "" +"Resets this node's transformations (like scale, skew and taper) preserving " +"its rotation and translation by performing Gram-Schmidt orthonormalization " +"on this node's [Transform]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:122 +msgid "" +"Rotates the local transformation around axis, a unit [Vector3], by specified " +"angle in radians." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:130 +msgid "" +"Rotates the local transformation around axis, a unit [Vector3], by specified " +"angle in radians. The rotation axis is in object-local coordinate system." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:137 +msgid "Rotates the local transformation around the X axis by angle in radians." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:144 +msgid "Rotates the local transformation around the Y axis by angle in radians." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:151 +msgid "Rotates the local transformation around the Z axis by angle in radians." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:158 +msgid "" +"Scales the local transformation by given 3D scale factors in object-local " +"coordinate system." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:165 +msgid "" +"Makes the node ignore its parents transformations. Node transformations are " +"only in global space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:172 +msgid "" +"Sets whether the node uses a scale of [code](1, 1, 1)[/code] or its local " +"transformation scale. Changes to the local transformation scale are " +"preserved." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:178 +msgid "" +"Reset all transformations for this node (sets its [Transform] to the " +"identity matrix)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:185 +msgid "" +"Sets whether the node ignores notification that its transformation (global " +"or local) changed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:192 +msgid "" +"Sets whether the node notifies about its local transformation changes. " +"[Spatial] will not propagate this by default." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:199 +msgid "" +"Sets whether the node notifies about its global and local transformation " +"changes. [Spatial] will not propagate this by default, unless it is in the " +"editor context and it has a valid gizmo." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:205 +msgid "" +"Enables rendering of this node. Changes [member visible] to [code]true[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:212 +msgid "" +"Transforms [code]local_point[/code] from this node's local space to world " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:219 +msgid "" +"Transforms [code]global_point[/code] from world space to this node's local " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:226 +msgid "" +"Changes the node's position by the given offset [Vector3].\n" +"Note that the translation [code]offset[/code] is affected by the node's " +"scale, so if scaled by e.g. [code](10, 1, 1)[/code], a translation by an " +"offset of [code](2, 0, 0)[/code] would actually add 20 ([code]2 * 10[/code]) " +"to the X coordinate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:234 +msgid "" +"Changes the node's position by the given offset [Vector3] in local space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:240 +msgid "Updates the [SpatialGizmo] of this node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:246 +msgid "" +"The [SpatialGizmo] for this node. Used for example in [EditorSpatialGizmo] " +"as custom visualization and editing handles in Editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:249 +msgid "World space (global) [Transform] of this node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:252 +msgid "" +"Rotation part of the local transformation in radians, specified in terms of " +"YXZ-Euler angles in the format (X angle, Y angle, Z angle).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] In the mathematical sense, rotation is a matrix and not a " +"vector. The three Euler angles, which are the three independent parameters " +"of the Euler-angle parametrization of the rotation matrix, are stored in a " +"[Vector3] data structure not because the rotation is a vector, but only " +"because [Vector3] exists as a convenient data-structure to store 3 floating-" +"point numbers. Therefore, applying affine operations on the rotation \"vector" +"\" is not meaningful." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Rotation part of the local transformation in degrees, specified in terms of " +"YXZ-Euler angles in the format (X angle, Y angle, Z angle)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:259 +msgid "Scale part of the local transformation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:262 +msgid "Local space [Transform] of this node, with respect to the parent node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:265 +msgid "Local translation of this node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:268 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], this node is drawn. The node is only visible if all of " +"its antecedents are visible as well (in other words, [method " +"is_visible_in_tree] must return [code]true[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:274 +msgid "" +"Emitted by portal system gameplay monitor when a node enters the gameplay " +"area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:279 +msgid "" +"Emitted by portal system gameplay monitor when a node exits the gameplay " +"area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:284 +msgid "Emitted when node visibility changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:290 +msgid "" +"Spatial nodes receives this notification when their global transform " +"changes. This means that either the current or a parent node changed its " +"transform.\n" +"In order for [constant NOTIFICATION_TRANSFORM_CHANGED] to work, users first " +"need to ask for it, with [method set_notify_transform]. The notification is " +"also sent if the node is in the editor context and it has a valid gizmo." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:294 +msgid "" +"Spatial nodes receives this notification when they are registered to new " +"[World] resource." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:297 +msgid "" +"Spatial nodes receives this notification when they are unregistered from " +"current [World] resource." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:300 +msgid "Spatial nodes receives this notification when their visibility changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:303 +msgid "" +"Spatial nodes receives this notification if the portal system gameplay " +"monitor detects they have entered the gameplay area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:306 +msgid "" +"Spatial nodes receives this notification if the portal system gameplay " +"monitor detects they have exited the gameplay area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:4 +msgid "Default 3D rendering material." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This provides a default material with a wide variety of rendering features " +"and properties without the need to write shader code. See the tutorial below " +"for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:10 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/spatial_material.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:17 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code], if the specified [enum Feature] is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code], if the specified flag is enabled. See [enum " +"Flags] enumerator for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Returns the [Texture] associated with the specified [enum TextureParam]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:39 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables the specified [enum Feature]. Many features " +"that are available in [SpatialMaterial]s need to be enabled before use. This " +"way the cost for using the feature is only incurred when specified. Features " +"can also be enabled by setting the corresponding member to [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables the specified flag. Flags are optional " +"behaviour that can be turned on and off. Only one flag can be enabled at a " +"time with this function, the flag enumerators cannot be bit-masked together " +"to enable or disable multiple flags at once. Flags can also be enabled by " +"setting the corresponding member to [code]true[/code]. See [enum Flags] " +"enumerator for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Sets the [Texture] to be used by the specified [enum TextureParam]. This " +"function is called when setting members ending in [code]*_texture[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:61 +msgid "The material's base color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Texture to multiply by [member albedo_color]. Used for basic texturing of " +"objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:67 +msgid "The strength of the anisotropy effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:70 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], anisotropy is enabled. Changes the shape of the " +"specular blob and aligns it to tangent space. Mesh tangents are needed for " +"this to work. If the mesh does not contain tangents the anisotropy effect " +"will appear broken." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:73 +msgid "Texture that offsets the tangent map for anisotropy calculations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:76 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], ambient occlusion is enabled. Ambient occlusion " +"darkens areas based on the [member ao_texture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:79 +msgid "" +"Amount that ambient occlusion affects lighting from lights. If [code]0[/" +"code], ambient occlusion only affects ambient light. If [code]1[/code], " +"ambient occlusion affects lights just as much as it affects ambient light. " +"This can be used to impact the strength of the ambient occlusion effect, but " +"typically looks unrealistic." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:82 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], use [code]UV2[/code] coordinates to look up from the " +"[member ao_texture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:85 +msgid "" +"Texture that defines the amount of ambient occlusion for a given point on " +"the object." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:88 doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:325 +msgid "" +"Specifies the channel of the [member ao_texture] in which the ambient " +"occlusion information is stored. This is useful when you store the " +"information for multiple effects in a single texture. For example if you " +"stored metallic in the red channel, roughness in the blue, and ambient " +"occlusion in the green you could reduce the number of textures you use." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:91 +msgid "" +"Sets the strength of the clearcoat effect. Setting to [code]0[/code] looks " +"the same as disabling the clearcoat effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:94 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], clearcoat rendering is enabled. Adds a secondary " +"transparent pass to the lighting calculation resulting in an added specular " +"blob. This makes materials appear as if they have a clear layer on them that " +"can be either glossy or rough.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Clearcoat rendering is not visible if the material has [member " +"flags_unshaded] set to [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:98 +msgid "" +"Sets the roughness of the clearcoat pass. A higher value results in a " +"smoother clearcoat while a lower value results in a rougher clearcoat." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:101 +msgid "" +"Texture that defines the strength of the clearcoat effect and the glossiness " +"of the clearcoat. Strength is specified in the red channel while glossiness " +"is specified in the green channel." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:104 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the shader will read depth texture at multiple points " +"along the view ray to determine occlusion and parrallax. This can be very " +"performance demanding, but results in more realistic looking depth mapping." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:107 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], depth mapping is enabled (also called \"parallax " +"mapping\" or \"height mapping\"). See also [member normal_enabled].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Depth mapping is not supported if triplanar mapping is used on " +"the same material. The value of [member depth_enabled] will be ignored if " +"[member uv1_triplanar] is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:111 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], direction of the binormal is flipped before using in " +"the depth effect. This may be necessary if you have encoded your binormals " +"in a way that is conflicting with the depth effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:114 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], direction of the tangent is flipped before using in " +"the depth effect. This may be necessary if you have encoded your tangents in " +"a way that is conflicting with the depth effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:117 +msgid "" +"Number of layers to use when using [member depth_deep_parallax] and the view " +"direction is perpendicular to the surface of the object. A higher number " +"will be more performance demanding while a lower number may not look as " +"crisp." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:120 +msgid "" +"Number of layers to use when using [member depth_deep_parallax] and the view " +"direction is parallel to the surface of the object. A higher number will be " +"more performance demanding while a lower number may not look as crisp." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:123 +msgid "" +"Scales the depth offset effect. A higher number will create a larger depth." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:126 +msgid "" +"Texture used to determine depth at a given pixel. Depth is always stored in " +"the red channel." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:129 +msgid "Texture that specifies the color of the detail overlay." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:132 +msgid "" +"Specifies how the [member detail_albedo] should blend with the current " +"[code]ALBEDO[/code]. See [enum BlendMode] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables the detail overlay. Detail is a second texture " +"that gets mixed over the surface of the object based on [member " +"detail_mask]. This can be used to add variation to objects, or to blend " +"between two different albedo/normal textures." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:138 +msgid "" +"Texture used to specify how the detail textures get blended with the base " +"textures." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:141 +msgid "" +"Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. " +"See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/" +"Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for " +"a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:145 +msgid "" +"Specifies whether to use [code]UV[/code] or [code]UV2[/code] for the detail " +"layer. See [enum DetailUV] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:148 +msgid "" +"Distance at which the object appears fully opaque.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If [code]distance_fade_max_distance[/code] is less than " +"[code]distance_fade_min_distance[/code], the behavior will be reversed. The " +"object will start to fade away at [code]distance_fade_max_distance[/code] " +"and will fully disappear once it reaches [code]distance_fade_min_distance[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:152 +msgid "" +"Distance at which the object starts to become visible. If the object is less " +"than this distance away, it will be invisible.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If [code]distance_fade_min_distance[/code] is greater than " +"[code]distance_fade_max_distance[/code], the behavior will be reversed. The " +"object will start to fade away at [code]distance_fade_max_distance[/code] " +"and will fully disappear once it reaches [code]distance_fade_min_distance[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:156 +msgid "" +"Specifies which type of fade to use. Can be any of the [enum " +"DistanceFadeMode]s." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:159 +msgid "The emitted light's color. See [member emission_enabled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:162 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the body emits light. Emitting light makes the object " +"appear brighter. The object can also cast light on other objects if a " +"[GIProbe] or [BakedLightmap] is used and this object is used in baked " +"lighting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:165 +msgid "The emitted light's strength. See [member emission_enabled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:168 +msgid "Use [code]UV2[/code] to read from the [member emission_texture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:171 +msgid "" +"Sets how [member emission] interacts with [member emission_texture]. Can " +"either add or multiply. See [enum EmissionOperator] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:174 +msgid "Texture that specifies how much surface emits light at a given point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:177 +msgid "" +"Forces a conversion of the [member albedo_texture] from sRGB space to linear " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:180 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the object receives no ambient light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:183 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the object receives no shadow that would otherwise be " +"cast onto it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:186 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the shader will compute extra operations to make sure " +"the normal stays correct when using a non-uniform scale. Only enable if " +"using non-uniform scaling." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:189 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the object is rendered at the same size regardless of " +"distance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:192 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], depth testing is disabled and the object will be drawn " +"in render order." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:195 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], transparency is enabled on the body. See also [member " +"params_blend_mode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:198 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the object is unaffected by lighting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:201 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], render point size can be changed.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This is only effective for objects whose geometry is point-" +"based rather than triangle-based. See also [member params_point_size]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:205 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables the \"shadow to opacity\" render mode where " +"lighting modifies the alpha so shadowed areas are opaque and non-shadowed " +"areas are transparent. Useful for overlaying shadows onto a camera feed in " +"AR." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:208 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], lighting is calculated per vertex rather than per " +"pixel. This may increase performance on low-end devices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:211 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], triplanar mapping is calculated in world space rather " +"than object local space. See also [member uv1_triplanar]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:214 +msgid "" +"A high value makes the material appear more like a metal. Non-metals use " +"their albedo as the diffuse color and add diffuse to the specular " +"reflection. With non-metals, the reflection appears on top of the albedo " +"color. Metals use their albedo as a multiplier to the specular reflection " +"and set the diffuse color to black resulting in a tinted reflection. " +"Materials work better when fully metal or fully non-metal, values between " +"[code]0[/code] and [code]1[/code] should only be used for blending between " +"metal and non-metal sections. To alter the amount of reflection use [member " +"roughness]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:217 +msgid "" +"Sets the size of the specular lobe. The specular lobe is the bright spot " +"that is reflected from light sources.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [member metallic], this is not energy-conserving, so it " +"should be left at [code]0.5[/code] in most cases. See also [member " +"roughness]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:221 +msgid "" +"Texture used to specify metallic for an object. This is multiplied by " +"[member metallic]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:224 +msgid "" +"Specifies the channel of the [member metallic_texture] in which the metallic " +"information is stored. This is useful when you store the information for " +"multiple effects in a single texture. For example if you stored metallic in " +"the red channel, roughness in the blue, and ambient occlusion in the green " +"you could reduce the number of textures you use." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:227 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], normal mapping is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:230 +msgid "The strength of the normal map's effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:233 +msgid "" +"Texture used to specify the normal at a given pixel. The " +"[code]normal_texture[/code] only uses the red and green channels; the blue " +"and alpha channels are ignored. The normal read from [code]normal_texture[/" +"code] is oriented around the surface normal provided by the [Mesh].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The mesh must have both normals and tangents defined in its " +"vertex data. Otherwise, the normal map won't render correctly and will only " +"appear to darken the whole surface. If creating geometry with [SurfaceTool], " +"you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool." +"generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents " +"respectively.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. " +"See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/" +"Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for " +"a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:238 +msgid "Threshold at which the alpha scissor will discard values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:241 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the shader will keep the scale set for the mesh. " +"Otherwise the scale is lost when billboarding. Only applies when [member " +"params_billboard_mode] is [constant BILLBOARD_ENABLED]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:244 +msgid "" +"Controls how the object faces the camera. See [enum BillboardMode].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Billboard mode is not suitable for VR because the left-right " +"vector of the camera is not horizontal when the screen is attached to your " +"head instead of on the table. See [url=https://github.com/godotengine/godot/" +"issues/41567]GitHub issue #41567[/url] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:248 +msgid "" +"The material's blend mode.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Values other than [code]Mix[/code] force the object into the " +"transparent pipeline. See [enum BlendMode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:252 +msgid "" +"Which side of the object is not drawn when backfaces are rendered. See [enum " +"CullMode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:255 +msgid "" +"Determines when depth rendering takes place. See [enum DepthDrawMode]. See " +"also [member flags_transparent]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:258 +msgid "" +"The algorithm used for diffuse light scattering. See [enum DiffuseMode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:261 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables the vertex grow setting. See [member " +"params_grow_amount]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:264 +msgid "Grows object vertices in the direction of their normals." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:267 +msgid "Currently unimplemented in Godot." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:270 +msgid "The point size in pixels. See [member flags_use_point_size]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:273 +msgid "The method for rendering the specular blob. See [enum SpecularMode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:276 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the shader will discard all pixels that have an alpha " +"value less than [member params_alpha_scissor_threshold]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:279 +msgid "" +"The number of horizontal frames in the particle sprite sheet. Only enabled " +"when using [constant BILLBOARD_PARTICLES]. See [member " +"params_billboard_mode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:282 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], particle animations are looped. Only enabled when " +"using [constant BILLBOARD_PARTICLES]. See [member params_billboard_mode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:285 +msgid "" +"The number of vertical frames in the particle sprite sheet. Only enabled " +"when using [constant BILLBOARD_PARTICLES]. See [member " +"params_billboard_mode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:288 +msgid "" +"Distance over which the fade effect takes place. The larger the distance the " +"longer it takes for an object to fade." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:291 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the proximity fade effect is enabled. The proximity " +"fade effect fades out each pixel based on its distance to another object." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:294 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the refraction effect is enabled. Refraction distorts " +"transparency based on light from behind the object. When using the GLES3 " +"backend, the material's roughness value will affect the blurriness of the " +"refraction. Higher roughness values will make the refraction look blurrier." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:297 +msgid "" +"The strength of the refraction effect. Higher values result in a more " +"distorted appearance for the refraction." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:300 +msgid "" +"Texture that controls the strength of the refraction per-pixel. Multiplied " +"by [member refraction_scale]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:303 +msgid "" +"Specifies the channel of the [member refraction_texture] in which the " +"refraction information is stored. This is useful when you store the " +"information for multiple effects in a single texture. For example if you " +"stored metallic in the red channel, roughness in the blue, and ambient " +"occlusion in the green you could reduce the number of textures you use." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:306 +msgid "Sets the strength of the rim lighting effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:309 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], rim effect is enabled. Rim lighting increases the " +"brightness at glancing angles on an object.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Rim lighting is not visible if the material has [member " +"flags_unshaded] set to [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:313 +msgid "" +"Texture used to set the strength of the rim lighting effect per-pixel. " +"Multiplied by [member rim]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:316 +msgid "" +"The amount of to blend light and albedo color when rendering rim effect. If " +"[code]0[/code] the light color is used, while [code]1[/code] means albedo " +"color is used. An intermediate value generally works best." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:319 +msgid "" +"Surface reflection. A value of [code]0[/code] represents a perfect mirror " +"while a value of [code]1[/code] completely blurs the reflection. See also " +"[member metallic]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:322 +msgid "" +"Texture used to control the roughness per-pixel. Multiplied by [member " +"roughness]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:328 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], subsurface scattering is enabled. Emulates light that " +"penetrates an object's surface, is scattered, and then emerges." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:331 +msgid "The strength of the subsurface scattering effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:334 +msgid "" +"Texture used to control the subsurface scattering strength. Stored in the " +"red texture channel. Multiplied by [member subsurf_scatter_strength]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:337 +msgid "" +"The color used by the transmission effect. Represents the light passing " +"through an object." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:340 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the transmission effect is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:343 +msgid "" +"Texture used to control the transmission effect per-pixel. Added to [member " +"transmission]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:346 +msgid "" +"How much to offset the [code]UV[/code] coordinates. This amount will be " +"added to [code]UV[/code] in the vertex function. This can be used to offset " +"a texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:349 +msgid "" +"How much to scale the [code]UV[/code] coordinates. This is multiplied by " +"[code]UV[/code] in the vertex function." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:352 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], instead of using [code]UV[/code] textures will use a " +"triplanar texture lookup to determine how to apply textures. Triplanar uses " +"the orientation of the object's surface to blend between texture " +"coordinates. It reads from the source texture 3 times, once for each axis " +"and then blends between the results based on how closely the pixel aligns " +"with each axis. This is often used for natural features to get a realistic " +"blend of materials. Because triplanar texturing requires many more texture " +"reads per-pixel it is much slower than normal UV texturing. Additionally, " +"because it is blending the texture between the three axes, it is unsuitable " +"when you are trying to achieve crisp texturing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:355 doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:367 +msgid "" +"A lower number blends the texture more softly while a higher number blends " +"the texture more sharply." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:358 +msgid "" +"How much to offset the [code]UV2[/code] coordinates. This amount will be " +"added to [code]UV2[/code] in the vertex function. This can be used to offset " +"a texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:361 +msgid "" +"How much to scale the [code]UV2[/code] coordinates. This is multiplied by " +"[code]UV2[/code] in the vertex function." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:364 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], instead of using [code]UV2[/code] textures will use a " +"triplanar texture lookup to determine how to apply textures. Triplanar uses " +"the orientation of the object's surface to blend between texture " +"coordinates. It reads from the source texture 3 times, once for each axis " +"and then blends between the results based on how closely the pixel aligns " +"with each axis. This is often used for natural features to get a realistic " +"blend of materials. Because triplanar texturing requires many more texture " +"reads per-pixel it is much slower than normal UV texturing. Additionally, " +"because it is blending the texture between the three axes, it is unsuitable " +"when you are trying to achieve crisp texturing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:370 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the model's vertex colors are processed as sRGB mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:373 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the vertex color is used as albedo color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:378 +msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:381 +msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel metallic value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:384 +msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel roughness value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:387 +msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel emission color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:390 +msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel normal vector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:393 +msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel rim value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:396 +msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel clearcoat value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:399 +msgid "" +"Texture specifying per-pixel flowmap direction for use with [member " +"anisotropy]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:402 +msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel ambient occlusion value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:405 +msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel depth." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:408 +msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel subsurface scattering." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:411 +msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel transmission color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:414 +msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel refraction strength." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:417 +msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel detail mask blending value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:420 +msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel detail color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:423 +msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel detail normal." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:426 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum TextureParam] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:429 +msgid "Use [code]UV[/code] with the detail texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:432 +msgid "Use [code]UV2[/code] with the detail texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:435 +msgid "Constant for setting [member flags_transparent]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:438 +msgid "Constant for setting [member emission_enabled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:441 +msgid "Constant for setting [member normal_enabled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:444 +msgid "Constant for setting [member rim_enabled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:447 +msgid "Constant for setting [member clearcoat_enabled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:450 +msgid "Constant for setting [member anisotropy_enabled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:453 +msgid "Constant for setting [member ao_enabled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:456 +msgid "Constant for setting [member depth_enabled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:459 +msgid "Constant for setting [member subsurf_scatter_enabled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:462 +msgid "Constant for setting [member transmission_enabled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:465 +msgid "Constant for setting [member refraction_enabled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:468 +msgid "Constant for setting [member detail_enabled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:474 +msgid "" +"Default blend mode. The color of the object is blended over the background " +"based on the object's alpha value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:477 +msgid "The color of the object is added to the background." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:480 +msgid "The color of the object is subtracted from the background." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:483 +msgid "The color of the object is multiplied by the background." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:486 +msgid "Default depth draw mode. Depth is drawn only for opaque objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:489 +msgid "Depth draw is calculated for both opaque and transparent objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:492 +msgid "No depth draw." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:495 +msgid "" +"For transparent objects, an opaque pass is made first with the opaque parts, " +"then transparency is drawn." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:498 +msgid "Default cull mode. The back of the object is culled when not visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:501 +msgid "The front of the object is culled when not visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:504 +msgid "No culling is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:507 +msgid "" +"No lighting is used on the object. Color comes directly from [code]ALBEDO[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:510 +msgid "" +"Lighting is calculated per-vertex rather than per-pixel. This can be used to " +"increase the speed of the shader at the cost of quality." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:513 +msgid "" +"Disables the depth test, so this object is drawn on top of all others. " +"However, objects drawn after it in the draw order may cover it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:516 +msgid "Set [code]ALBEDO[/code] to the per-vertex color specified in the mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:519 +msgid "" +"Vertex color is in sRGB space and needs to be converted to linear. Only " +"applies in the GLES3 renderer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:522 +msgid "" +"Uses point size to alter the size of primitive points. Also changes the " +"albedo texture lookup to use [code]POINT_COORD[/code] instead of [code]UV[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:525 +msgid "" +"Object is scaled by depth so that it always appears the same size on screen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:528 +msgid "" +"Shader will keep the scale set for the mesh. Otherwise the scale is lost " +"when billboarding. Only applies when [member params_billboard_mode] is " +"[constant BILLBOARD_ENABLED]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:531 +msgid "" +"Use triplanar texture lookup for all texture lookups that would normally use " +"[code]UV[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:534 +msgid "" +"Use triplanar texture lookup for all texture lookups that would normally use " +"[code]UV2[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:537 +msgid "" +"Use [code]UV2[/code] coordinates to look up from the [member ao_texture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:540 +msgid "" +"Use [code]UV2[/code] coordinates to look up from the [member " +"emission_texture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:543 +msgid "Use alpha scissor. Set by [member params_use_alpha_scissor]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:546 +msgid "" +"Use world coordinates in the triplanar texture lookup instead of local " +"coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:549 +msgid "Forces the shader to convert albedo from sRGB space to linear space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:552 +msgid "Disables receiving shadows from other objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:555 +msgid "Disables receiving ambient light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:558 +msgid "Ensures that normals appear correct, even with non-uniform scaling." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:561 +msgid "Enables the shadow to opacity feature." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:567 +msgid "Default diffuse scattering algorithm." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:570 +msgid "Diffuse scattering ignores roughness." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:573 +msgid "Extends Lambert to cover more than 90 degrees when roughness increases." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:576 +msgid "Attempts to use roughness to emulate microsurfacing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:579 +msgid "Uses a hard cut for lighting, with smoothing affected by roughness." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:582 +msgid "Default specular blob." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:585 doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:588 +msgid "Older specular algorithm, included for compatibility." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:591 +msgid "Toon blob which changes size based on roughness." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:594 +msgid "No specular blob." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:597 +msgid "Billboard mode is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:600 +msgid "The object's Z axis will always face the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:603 +msgid "The object's X axis will always face the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:606 +msgid "" +"Used for particle systems when assigned to [Particles] and [CPUParticles] " +"nodes. Enables [code]particles_anim_*[/code] properties.\n" +"The [member ParticlesMaterial.anim_speed] or [member CPUParticles." +"anim_speed] should also be set to a positive value for the animation to play." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:610 +msgid "Used to read from the red channel of a texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:613 +msgid "Used to read from the green channel of a texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:616 +msgid "Used to read from the blue channel of a texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:619 +msgid "Used to read from the alpha channel of a texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:625 +msgid "Adds the emission color to the color from the emission texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:628 +msgid "Multiplies the emission color by the color from the emission texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:631 +msgid "Do not use distance fade." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:634 +msgid "" +"Smoothly fades the object out based on each pixel's distance from the camera " +"using the alpha channel." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:637 +msgid "" +"Smoothly fades the object out based on each pixel's distance from the camera " +"using a dither approach. Dithering discards pixels based on a set pattern to " +"smoothly fade without enabling transparency. On certain hardware this can be " +"faster than [constant DISTANCE_FADE_PIXEL_ALPHA]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:640 +msgid "" +"Smoothly fades the object out based on the object's distance from the camera " +"using a dither approach. Dithering discards pixels based on a set pattern to " +"smoothly fade without enabling transparency. On certain hardware this can be " +"faster than [constant DISTANCE_FADE_PIXEL_ALPHA]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SphereMesh.xml:4 doc/classes/SphereMesh.xml:7 +msgid "Class representing a spherical [PrimitiveMesh]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SphereMesh.xml:15 +msgid "Full height of the sphere." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SphereMesh.xml:18 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], a hemisphere is created rather than a full sphere.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] To get a regular hemisphere, the height and radius of the " +"sphere must be equal." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SphereMesh.xml:22 +msgid "Number of radial segments on the sphere." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SphereMesh.xml:25 +msgid "Radius of sphere." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SphereMesh.xml:28 +msgid "Number of segments along the height of the sphere." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SphereShape.xml:4 +msgid "Sphere shape for 3D collisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SphereShape.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Sphere shape for 3D collisions, which can be set into a [PhysicsBody] or " +"[Area]. This shape is useful for modeling sphere-like 3D objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SphereShape.xml:16 +msgid "The sphere's radius. The shape's diameter is double the radius." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpinBox.xml:4 +msgid "Numerical input text field." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpinBox.xml:7 +msgid "" +"SpinBox is a numerical input text field. It allows entering integers and " +"floats.\n" +"[b]Example:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var spin_box = SpinBox.new()\n" +"add_child(spin_box)\n" +"var line_edit = spin_box.get_line_edit()\n" +"line_edit.context_menu_enabled = false\n" +"spin_box.align = LineEdit.ALIGN_RIGHT\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"The above code will create a [SpinBox], disable context menu on it and set " +"the text alignment to right.\n" +"See [Range] class for more options over the [SpinBox].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [SpinBox] relies on an underlying [LineEdit] node. To theme a " +"[SpinBox]'s background, add theme items for [LineEdit] and customize them." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpinBox.xml:26 +msgid "Applies the current value of this [SpinBox]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpinBox.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Returns the [LineEdit] instance from this [SpinBox]. You can use it to " +"access properties and methods of [LineEdit].\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it " +"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their " +"[member CanvasItem.visible] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpinBox.xml:39 +msgid "Sets the text alignment of the [SpinBox]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpinBox.xml:42 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the [SpinBox] will be editable. Otherwise, it will be " +"read only." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpinBox.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Adds the specified [code]prefix[/code] string before the numerical value of " +"the [SpinBox]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpinBox.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Adds the specified [code]suffix[/code] string after the numerical value of " +"the [SpinBox]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpinBox.xml:55 +msgid "Sets a custom [Texture] for up and down arrows of the [SpinBox]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml:4 +msgid "Container for splitting and adjusting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Container for splitting two [Control]s vertically or horizontally, with a " +"grabber that allows adjusting the split offset or ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml:15 +msgid "" +"Clamps the [member split_offset] value to not go outside the currently " +"possible minimal and maximum values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml:21 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the area of the first [Control] will be collapsed and " +"the dragger will be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Determines the dragger's visibility. See [enum DraggerVisibility] for " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The initial offset of the splitting between the two [Control]s, with " +"[code]0[/code] being at the end of the first [Control]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml:34 +msgid "Emitted when the dragger is dragged by user." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml:40 +msgid "The split dragger is visible when the cursor hovers it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml:43 +msgid "The split dragger is never visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml:46 +msgid "The split dragger is never visible and its space collapsed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpotLight.xml:4 +msgid "A spotlight, such as a reflector spotlight or a lantern." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpotLight.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A Spotlight is a type of [Light] node that emits lights in a specific " +"direction, in the shape of a cone. The light is attenuated through the " +"distance. This attenuation can be configured by changing the energy, radius " +"and attenuation parameters of [Light].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] By default, only 32 SpotLights may affect a single mesh " +"[i]resource[/i] at once. Consider splitting your level into several meshes " +"to decrease the likelihood that more than 32 lights will affect the same " +"mesh resource. Splitting the level mesh will also improve frustum culling " +"effectiveness, leading to greater performance. If you need to use more " +"lights per mesh, you can increase [member ProjectSettings.rendering/limits/" +"rendering/max_lights_per_object] at the cost of shader compilation times." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpotLight.xml:18 +msgid "The spotlight's angle in degrees." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpotLight.xml:21 +msgid "The spotlight's angular attenuation curve." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpotLight.xml:24 +msgid "The spotlight's light energy attenuation curve." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpotLight.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The maximal range that can be reached by the spotlight. Note that the " +"effectively lit area may appear to be smaller depending on the [member " +"spot_attenuation] in use. No matter the [member spot_attenuation] in use, " +"the light will never reach anything outside this range." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpringArm.xml:4 +msgid "A helper node, mostly used in 3rd person cameras." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpringArm.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The SpringArm node is a node that casts a ray (or collision shape) along its " +"z axis and moves all its direct children to the collision point, minus a " +"margin.\n" +"The most common use case for this is to make a 3rd person camera that reacts " +"to collisions in the environment.\n" +"The SpringArm will either cast a ray, or if a shape is given, it will cast " +"the shape in the direction of its z axis.\n" +"If you use the SpringArm as a camera controller for your player, you might " +"need to exclude the player's collider from the SpringArm's collision check." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpringArm.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Adds the [PhysicsBody] object with the given [RID] to the list of " +"[PhysicsBody] objects excluded from the collision check." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpringArm.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Clears the list of [PhysicsBody] objects excluded from the collision check." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpringArm.xml:31 +msgid "Returns the spring arm's current length." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpringArm.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Removes the given [RID] from the list of [PhysicsBody] objects excluded from " +"the collision check." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpringArm.xml:44 +msgid "" +"The layers against which the collision check shall be done. See [url=https://" +"docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction." +"html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the " +"documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpringArm.xml:47 +msgid "" +"When the collision check is made, a candidate length for the SpringArm is " +"given.\n" +"The margin is then subtracted to this length and the translation is applied " +"to the child objects of the SpringArm.\n" +"This margin is useful for when the SpringArm has a [Camera] as a child node: " +"without the margin, the [Camera] would be placed on the exact point of " +"collision, while with the margin the [Camera] would be placed close to the " +"point of collision." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpringArm.xml:52 +msgid "" +"The [Shape] to use for the SpringArm.\n" +"When the shape is set, the SpringArm will cast the [Shape] on its z axis " +"instead of performing a ray cast." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpringArm.xml:56 +msgid "" +"The maximum extent of the SpringArm. This is used as a length for both the " +"ray and the shape cast used internally to calculate the desired position of " +"the SpringArm's child nodes.\n" +"To know more about how to perform a shape cast or a ray cast, please consult " +"the [PhysicsDirectSpaceState] documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:4 +msgid "General-purpose sprite node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A node that displays a 2D texture. The texture displayed can be a region " +"from a larger atlas texture, or a frame from a sprite sheet animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Returns a [Rect2] representing the Sprite's boundary in local coordinates. " +"Can be used to detect if the Sprite was clicked. Example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func _input(event):\n" +" if event is InputEventMouseButton and event.pressed and event." +"button_index == BUTTON_LEFT:\n" +" if get_rect().has_point(to_local(event.position)):\n" +" print(\"A click!\")\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code], if the pixel at the given position is opaque and " +"[code]false[/code] in other case.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] It also returns [code]false[/code], if the sprite's texture is " +"[code]null[/code] or if the given position is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:36 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], texture is centered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:45 doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml:15 +msgid "" +"Current frame to display from sprite sheet. [member hframes] or [member " +"vframes] must be greater than 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:48 doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Coordinates of the frame to display from sprite sheet. This is as an alias " +"for the [member frame] property. [member hframes] or [member vframes] must " +"be greater than 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:51 doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml:21 +msgid "The number of columns in the sprite sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:54 +msgid "" +"The normal map gives depth to the Sprite.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. " +"See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/" +"Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for " +"a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], texture is cut from a larger atlas texture. See " +"[member region_rect]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:64 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the outermost pixels get blurred out." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:67 doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The region of the atlas texture to display. [member region_enabled] must be " +"[code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:70 +msgid "[Texture] object to draw." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:73 doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml:33 +msgid "The number of rows in the sprite sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:79 doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml:39 +msgid "Emitted when the [member frame] changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:84 +msgid "Emitted when the [member texture] changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml:4 +msgid "2D sprite node in a 3D world." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A node that displays a 2D texture in a 3D environment. The texture displayed " +"can be a region from a larger atlas texture, or a frame from a sprite sheet " +"animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml:24 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], texture will be cut from a larger atlas texture. See " +"[member region_rect]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml:30 +msgid "" +"[Texture] object to draw. If [member GeometryInstance.material_override] is " +"used, this will be overridden." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:4 +msgid "2D sprite node in 3D environment." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:7 +msgid "A node that displays 2D texture information in a 3D environment." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:27 +msgid "Returns the rectangle representing this sprite." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:35 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the specified flag will be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:43 +msgid "The direction in which the front of the texture faces." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:51 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], texture can be seen from the back as well, if " +"[code]false[/code], it is invisible when looking at it from behind." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:60 +msgid "" +"A color value that gets multiplied on, could be used for mood-coloring or to " +"simulate the color of light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:66 +msgid "" +"The objects' visibility on a scale from [code]0[/code] fully invisible to " +"[code]1[/code] fully visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:69 +msgid "The size of one pixel's width on the sprite to scale it in 3D." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:72 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the [Light] in the [Environment] has effects on the " +"sprite." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:75 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the texture's transparency and the opacity are used to " +"make those parts of the sprite invisible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:80 +msgid "" +"If set, the texture's transparency and the opacity are used to make those " +"parts of the sprite invisible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:83 +msgid "If set, lights in the environment affect the sprite." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:86 +msgid "" +"If set, texture can be seen from the back as well, if not, it is invisible " +"when looking at it from behind." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:89 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:4 +msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation " +"data for playback.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional " +"[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, " +"having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/" +"code] will make it so the [code]run[/code] animation uses the normal map." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:17 +msgid "Adds a new animation to the library." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:26 +msgid "Adds a frame to the given animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:33 +msgid "Removes all frames from the given animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:39 +msgid "Removes all animations. A \"default\" animation will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:46 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given animation is configured to loop when " +"it finishes playing. Otherwise, returns [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Returns an array containing the names associated to each animation. Values " +"are placed in alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:59 doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:120 +msgid "The animation's speed in frames per second." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:67 +msgid "Returns the animation's selected frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:74 +msgid "Returns the number of frames in the animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:81 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the named animation exists." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:88 +msgid "Removes the given animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:96 +msgid "Removes the animation's selected frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:104 +msgid "Changes the animation's name to [code]newname[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:112 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the animation will loop." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:129 +msgid "Sets the texture of the given frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:135 +msgid "Compatibility property, always equals to an empty array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StaticBody.xml:4 +msgid "Static body for 3D physics." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StaticBody.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Static body for 3D physics. A static body is a simple body that is not " +"intended to move. In contrast to [RigidBody], they don't consume any CPU " +"resources as long as they don't move.\n" +"Additionally, a constant linear or angular velocity can be set for the " +"static body, so even if it doesn't move, it affects other bodies as if it " +"was moving (this is useful for simulating conveyor belts or conveyor wheels)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StaticBody.xml:23 +msgid "" +"The body's constant angular velocity. This does not rotate the body, but " +"affects other bodies that touch it, as if it was in a state of rotation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StaticBody.xml:26 +msgid "" +"The body's constant linear velocity. This does not move the body, but " +"affects other bodies that touch it, as if it was in a state of movement." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StaticBody.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The body's friction, from 0 (frictionless) to 1 (full friction).\n" +"Deprecated, use [member PhysicsMaterial.friction] instead via [member " +"physics_material_override]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml:4 +msgid "Static body for 2D physics." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Static body for 2D physics. A StaticBody2D is a body that is not intended to " +"move. It is ideal for implementing objects in the environment, such as walls " +"or platforms.\n" +"Additionally, a constant linear or angular velocity can be set for the " +"static body, which will affect colliding bodies as if it were moving (for " +"example, a conveyor belt)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml:20 +msgid "" +"The body's constant angular velocity. This does not rotate the body, but " +"affects colliding bodies, as if it were rotating." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml:23 +msgid "" +"The body's constant linear velocity. This does not move the body, but " +"affects colliding bodies, as if it were moving." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml:26 +msgid "" +"The body's friction. Values range from [code]0[/code] (no friction) to " +"[code]1[/code] (full friction).\n" +"Deprecated, use [member PhysicsMaterial.friction] instead via [member " +"physics_material_override]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:4 +msgid "Abstraction and base class for stream-based protocols." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"StreamPeer is an abstraction and base class for stream-based protocols (such " +"as TCP). It provides an API for sending and receiving data through streams " +"as raw data or strings." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:15 +msgid "Gets a signed 16-bit value from the stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:21 +msgid "Gets a signed 32-bit value from the stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:27 +msgid "Gets a signed 64-bit value from the stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:33 +msgid "Gets a signed byte from the stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:39 +msgid "Returns the amount of bytes this [StreamPeer] has available." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:46 +msgid "" +"Returns a chunk data with the received bytes. The amount of bytes to be " +"received can be requested in the [code]bytes[/code] argument. If not enough " +"bytes are available, the function will block until the desired amount is " +"received. This function returns two values, an [enum @GlobalScope.Error] " +"code and a data array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:52 +msgid "Gets a double-precision float from the stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:58 +msgid "Gets a single-precision float from the stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Returns a chunk data with the received bytes. The amount of bytes to be " +"received can be requested in the \"bytes\" argument. If not enough bytes are " +"available, the function will return how many were actually received. This " +"function returns two values, an [enum @GlobalScope.Error] code, and a data " +"array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Gets a string with byte-length [code]bytes[/code] from the stream. If " +"[code]bytes[/code] is negative (default) the length will be read from the " +"stream using the reverse process of [method put_string]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:78 +msgid "Gets an unsigned 16-bit value from the stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:84 +msgid "Gets an unsigned 32-bit value from the stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:90 +msgid "Gets an unsigned 64-bit value from the stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:96 +msgid "Gets an unsigned byte from the stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:103 +msgid "" +"Gets an UTF-8 string with byte-length [code]bytes[/code] from the stream " +"(this decodes the string sent as UTF-8). If [code]bytes[/code] is negative " +"(default) the length will be read from the stream using the reverse process " +"of [method put_utf8_string]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:110 +msgid "" +"Gets a Variant from the stream. If [code]allow_objects[/code] is [code]true[/" +"code], decoding objects is allowed.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] Deserialized objects can contain code which gets executed. " +"Do not use this option if the serialized object comes from untrusted sources " +"to avoid potential security threats such as remote code execution." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:118 +msgid "Puts a signed 16-bit value into the stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:125 +msgid "Puts a signed 32-bit value into the stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:132 +msgid "Puts a signed 64-bit value into the stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:139 +msgid "Puts a signed byte into the stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:146 +msgid "" +"Sends a chunk of data through the connection, blocking if necessary until " +"the data is done sending. This function returns an [enum @GlobalScope.Error] " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:153 +msgid "Puts a double-precision float into the stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:160 +msgid "Puts a single-precision float into the stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:167 +msgid "" +"Sends a chunk of data through the connection. If all the data could not be " +"sent at once, only part of it will. This function returns two values, an " +"[enum @GlobalScope.Error] code and an integer, describing how much data was " +"actually sent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:174 +msgid "" +"Puts a zero-terminated ASCII string into the stream prepended by a 32-bit " +"unsigned integer representing its size.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] To put an ASCII string without prepending its size, you can use " +"[method put_data]:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"put_data(\"Hello world\".to_ascii())\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:185 +msgid "Puts an unsigned 16-bit value into the stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:192 +msgid "Puts an unsigned 32-bit value into the stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:199 +msgid "Puts an unsigned 64-bit value into the stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:206 +msgid "Puts an unsigned byte into the stream." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:213 +msgid "" +"Puts a zero-terminated UTF-8 string into the stream prepended by a 32 bits " +"unsigned integer representing its size.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] To put an UTF-8 string without prepending its size, you can use " +"[method put_data]:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"put_data(\"Hello world\".to_utf8())\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:225 +msgid "" +"Puts a Variant into the stream. If [code]full_objects[/code] is [code]true[/" +"code] encoding objects is allowed (and can potentially include code)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:231 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], this [StreamPeer] will using big-endian format for " +"encoding and decoding." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:4 +msgid "SSL stream peer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:7 +msgid "" +"SSL stream peer. This object can be used to connect to an SSL server or " +"accept a single SSL client connection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Accepts a peer connection as a server using the given [code]private_key[/" +"code] and providing the given [code]certificate[/code] to the client. You " +"can pass the optional [code]chain[/code] parameter to provide additional CA " +"chain information along with the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Connects to a peer using an underlying [StreamPeer] [code]stream[/code]. If " +"[code]validate_certs[/code] is [code]true[/code], [StreamPeerSSL] will " +"validate that the certificate presented by the peer matches the " +"[code]for_hostname[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Specifying a custom [code]valid_certificate[/code] is not " +"supported in HTML5 exports due to browsers restrictions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:37 doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:23 +msgid "Disconnects from host." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Poll the connection to check for incoming bytes. Call this right before " +"[method StreamPeer.get_available_bytes] for it to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:59 +msgid "A status representing a [StreamPeerSSL] that is disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:62 +msgid "A status representing a [StreamPeerSSL] during handshaking." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:65 +msgid "A status representing a [StreamPeerSSL] that is connected to a host." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:68 +msgid "A status representing a [StreamPeerSSL] in error state." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:71 +msgid "" +"An error status that shows a mismatch in the SSL certificate domain " +"presented by the host and the domain requested for validation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:4 +msgid "TCP stream peer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:7 +msgid "" +"TCP stream peer. This object can be used to connect to TCP servers, or also " +"is returned by a TCP server." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Connects to the specified [code]host:port[/code] pair. A hostname will be " +"resolved if valid. Returns [constant OK] on success or [constant FAILED] on " +"failure." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:29 +msgid "Returns the IP of this peer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:35 +msgid "Returns the port of this peer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:41 +msgid "Returns the status of the connection, see [enum Status]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this peer is currently connected or is " +"connecting to a host, [code]false[/code] otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:54 +msgid "" +"If [code]enabled[/code] is [code]true[/code], packets will be sent " +"immediately. If [code]enabled[/code] is [code]false[/code] (the default), " +"packet transfers will be delayed and combined using [url=https://en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Nagle%27s_algorithm]Nagle's algorithm[/url].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] It's recommended to leave this disabled for applications that " +"send large packets or need to transfer a lot of data, as enabling this can " +"decrease the total available bandwidth." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:61 +msgid "" +"The initial status of the [StreamPeerTCP]. This is also the status after " +"disconnecting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:64 +msgid "A status representing a [StreamPeerTCP] that is connecting to a host." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:67 +msgid "A status representing a [StreamPeerTCP] that is connected to a host." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:70 +msgid "A status representing a [StreamPeerTCP] in error state." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamTexture.xml:4 +msgid "A [code].stex[/code] texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamTexture.xml:7 +msgid "A texture that is loaded from a [code].stex[/code] file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamTexture.xml:16 +msgid "Loads the texture from the given path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StreamTexture.xml:23 +msgid "The StreamTexture's file path to a [code].stex[/code] file." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:4 +msgid "Built-in string class." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This is the built-in string class (and the one used by GDScript). It " +"supports Unicode and provides all necessary means for string handling. " +"Strings are reference-counted and use a copy-on-write approach, so passing " +"them around is cheap in resources." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:10 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/scripting/gdscript/" +"gdscript_format_string.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:17 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [bool]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:24 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [int]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:31 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [float]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:38 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Vector2]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:45 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Rect2]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:52 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Vector3]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:59 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Transform2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:66 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Plane]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:73 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Quat]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:80 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [AABB]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:87 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Basis]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:94 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Transform]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:101 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:108 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [NodePath]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:115 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [RID]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:122 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Dictionary]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:129 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Array]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:136 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [PoolByteArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:143 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [PoolIntArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:150 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [PoolRealArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:157 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [PoolStringArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:164 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [PoolVector2Array]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:171 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [PoolVector3Array]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:178 +msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [PoolColorArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:185 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the string begins with the given string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:191 +msgid "Returns the bigrams (pairs of consecutive letters) of this string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:197 +msgid "" +"Returns a copy of the string with special characters escaped using the C " +"language standard." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Returns a copy of the string with escaped characters replaced by their " +"meanings. Supported escape sequences are [code]\\'[/code], [code]\\\"[/" +"code], [code]\\?[/code], [code]\\\\[/code], [code]\\a[/code], [code]\\b[/" +"code], [code]\\f[/code], [code]\\n[/code], [code]\\r[/code], [code]\\t[/" +"code], [code]\\v[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Unlike the GDScript parser, this method doesn't support the " +"[code]\\uXXXX[/code] escape sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:210 +msgid "" +"Changes the case of some letters. Replaces underscores with spaces, adds " +"spaces before in-word uppercase characters, converts all letters to " +"lowercase, then capitalizes the first letter and every letter following a " +"space character. For [code]capitalize camelCase mixed_with_underscores[/" +"code], it will return [code]Capitalize Camel Case Mixed With Underscores[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:217 +msgid "" +"Performs a case-sensitive comparison to another string. Returns [code]-1[/" +"code] if less than, [code]1[/code] if greater than, or [code]0[/code] if " +"equal. \"less than\" or \"greater than\" are determined by the [url=https://" +"en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Unicode_characters]Unicode code points[/url] " +"of each string, which roughly matches the alphabetical order.\n" +"[b]Behavior with different string lengths:[/b] Returns [code]1[/code] if the " +"\"base\" string is longer than the [code]to[/code] string or [code]-1[/code] " +"if the \"base\" string is shorter than the [code]to[/code] string. Keep in " +"mind this length is determined by the number of Unicode codepoints, [i]not[/" +"i] the actual visible characters.\n" +"[b]Behavior with empty strings:[/b] Returns [code]-1[/code] if the \"base\" " +"string is empty, [code]1[/code] if the [code]to[/code] string is empty or " +"[code]0[/code] if both strings are empty.\n" +"To get a boolean result from a string comparison, use the [code]==[/code] " +"operator instead. See also [method nocasecmp_to]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:229 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of occurrences of substring [code]what[/code] between " +"[code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code] positions. If [code]from[/code] and " +"[code]to[/code] equals 0 the whole string will be used. If only [code]to[/" +"code] equals 0 the remained substring will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:238 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of occurrences of substring [code]what[/code] (ignoring " +"case) between [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code] positions. If " +"[code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code] equals 0 the whole string will be " +"used. If only [code]to[/code] equals 0 the remained substring will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:244 +msgid "" +"Returns a copy of the string with indentation (leading tabs and spaces) " +"removed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:250 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the length of the string equals [code]0[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:257 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the string ends with the given string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:264 +msgid "" +"Erases [code]chars[/code] characters from the string starting from " +"[code]position[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:272 +msgid "" +"Finds the first occurrence of a substring. Returns the starting position of " +"the substring or [code]-1[/code] if not found. Optionally, the initial " +"search index can be passed.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If you just want to know whether a string contains a substring, " +"use the [code]in[/code] operator as follows:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Will evaluate to `false`.\n" +"if \"i\" in \"team\":\n" +" pass\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:285 +msgid "" +"Finds the last occurrence of a substring. Returns the starting position of " +"the substring or [code]-1[/code] if not found." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:293 +msgid "" +"Finds the first occurrence of a substring, ignoring case. Returns the " +"starting position of the substring or [code]-1[/code] if not found. " +"Optionally, the initial search index can be passed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:301 +msgid "" +"Formats the string by replacing all occurrences of [code]placeholder[/code] " +"with [code]values[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:307 +msgid "If the string is a valid file path, returns the base directory name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:313 +msgid "" +"If the string is a valid file path, returns the full file path without the " +"extension." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:319 +msgid "" +"Returns the extension without the leading period character ([code].[/code]) " +"if the string is a valid file name or path. If the string does not contain " +"an extension, returns an empty string instead.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"print(\"/path/to/file.txt\".get_extension()) # \"txt\"\n" +"print(\"file.txt\".get_extension()) # \"txt\"\n" +"print(\"file.sample.txt\".get_extension()) # \"txt\"\n" +"print(\".txt\".get_extension()) # \"txt\"\n" +"print(\"file.txt.\".get_extension()) # \"\" (empty string)\n" +"print(\"file.txt..\".get_extension()) # \"\" (empty string)\n" +"print(\"txt\".get_extension()) # \"\" (empty string)\n" +"print(\"\".get_extension()) # \"\" (empty string)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:335 +msgid "If the string is a valid file path, returns the filename." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:341 +msgid "Hashes the string and returns a 32-bit integer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:347 +msgid "" +"Converts a string containing a hexadecimal number into an integer. " +"Hexadecimal strings are expected to be prefixed with \"[code]0x[/code]\" " +"otherwise [code]0[/code] is returned.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"print(\"0xff\".hex_to_int()) # Print \"255\"\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:356 +msgid "" +"Escapes (encodes) a string to URL friendly format. Also referred to as 'URL " +"encode'.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"print(\"https://example.org/?escaped=\" + \"Godot Engine:'docs'\"." +"http_escape())\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:365 +msgid "" +"Unescapes (decodes) a string in URL encoded format. Also referred to as 'URL " +"decode'.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"print(\"https://example.org/?escaped=\" + \"Godot%20Engine%3A%27docs%27\"." +"http_unescape())\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:375 +msgid "" +"Converts [code]size[/code] represented as number of bytes to human-readable " +"format using internationalized set of data size units, namely: B, KiB, MiB, " +"GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB. Note that the next smallest unit is picked automatically " +"to hold at most 1024 units.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var bytes = 133790307\n" +"var size = String.humanize_size(bytes)\n" +"print(size) # prints \"127.5 MiB\"\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:388 +msgid "" +"Returns a copy of the string with the substring [code]what[/code] inserted " +"at the given position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:394 +msgid "" +"If the string is a path to a file or directory, returns [code]true[/code] if " +"the path is absolute." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:400 +msgid "" +"If the string is a path to a file or directory, returns [code]true[/code] if " +"the path is relative." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:407 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this string is a subsequence of the given " +"string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:414 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this string is a subsequence of the given " +"string, without considering case." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:420 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this string is free from characters that aren't " +"allowed in file names, those being:\n" +"[code]: / \\ ? * \" | % < >[/code]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:427 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if this string contains a valid float." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:434 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this string contains a valid hexadecimal " +"number. If [code]with_prefix[/code] is [code]true[/code], then a validity of " +"the hexadecimal number is determined by [code]0x[/code] prefix, for " +"instance: [code]0xDEADC0DE[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:440 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this string contains a valid color in " +"hexadecimal HTML notation. Other HTML notations such as named colors or " +"[code]hsl()[/code] colors aren't considered valid by this method and will " +"return [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:446 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this string is a valid identifier. A valid " +"identifier may contain only letters, digits and underscores ([code]_[/code]) " +"and the first character may not be a digit." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:452 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if this string contains a valid integer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:458 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this string contains only a well-formatted IPv4 " +"or IPv6 address. This method considers [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Reserved_IP_addresses]reserved IP addresses[/url] such as [code]0.0.0.0[/" +"code] as valid." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:464 +msgid "" +"Returns a copy of the string with special characters escaped using the JSON " +"standard." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:471 +msgid "Returns a number of characters from the left of the string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:477 +msgid "Returns the string's amount of characters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:484 +msgid "" +"Returns a copy of the string with characters removed from the left. The " +"[code]chars[/code] argument is a string specifying the set of characters to " +"be removed.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The [code]chars[/code] is not a prefix. See [method " +"trim_prefix] method that will remove a single prefix string rather than a " +"set of characters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:492 +msgid "" +"Does a simple case-sensitive expression match, where [code]\"*\"[/code] " +"matches zero or more arbitrary characters and [code]\"?\"[/code] matches any " +"single character except a period ([code]\".\"[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:499 +msgid "" +"Does a simple case-insensitive expression match, where [code]\"*\"[/code] " +"matches zero or more arbitrary characters and [code]\"?\"[/code] matches any " +"single character except a period ([code]\".\"[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:505 +msgid "Returns the MD5 hash of the string as an array of bytes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:511 +msgid "Returns the MD5 hash of the string as a string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:518 +msgid "" +"Performs a case-insensitive [i]natural order[/i] comparison to another " +"string. Returns [code]-1[/code] if less than, [code]1[/code] if greater " +"than, or [code]0[/code] if equal. \"less than\" or \"greater than\" are " +"determined by the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"List_of_Unicode_characters]Unicode code points[/url] of each string, which " +"roughly matches the alphabetical order. Internally, lowercase characters " +"will be converted to uppercase during the comparison.\n" +"When used for sorting, natural order comparison will order suites of numbers " +"as expected by most people. If you sort the numbers from 1 to 10 using " +"natural order, you will get [code][1, 2, 3, ...][/code] instead of [code][1, " +"10, 2, 3, ...][/code].\n" +"[b]Behavior with different string lengths:[/b] Returns [code]1[/code] if the " +"\"base\" string is longer than the [code]to[/code] string or [code]-1[/code] " +"if the \"base\" string is shorter than the [code]to[/code] string. Keep in " +"mind this length is determined by the number of Unicode codepoints, [i]not[/" +"i] the actual visible characters.\n" +"[b]Behavior with empty strings:[/b] Returns [code]-1[/code] if the \"base\" " +"string is empty, [code]1[/code] if the [code]to[/code] string is empty or " +"[code]0[/code] if both strings are empty.\n" +"To get a boolean result from a string comparison, use the [code]==[/code] " +"operator instead. See also [method nocasecmp_to] and [method casecmp_to]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:529 +msgid "" +"Performs a case-insensitive comparison to another string. Returns [code]-1[/" +"code] if less than, [code]1[/code] if greater than, or [code]0[/code] if " +"equal. \"less than\" or \"greater than\" are determined by the [url=https://" +"en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Unicode_characters]Unicode code points[/url] " +"of each string, which roughly matches the alphabetical order. Internally, " +"lowercase characters will be converted to uppercase during the comparison.\n" +"[b]Behavior with different string lengths:[/b] Returns [code]1[/code] if the " +"\"base\" string is longer than the [code]to[/code] string or [code]-1[/code] " +"if the \"base\" string is shorter than the [code]to[/code] string. Keep in " +"mind this length is determined by the number of Unicode codepoints, [i]not[/" +"i] the actual visible characters.\n" +"[b]Behavior with empty strings:[/b] Returns [code]-1[/code] if the \"base\" " +"string is empty, [code]1[/code] if the [code]to[/code] string is empty or " +"[code]0[/code] if both strings are empty.\n" +"To get a boolean result from a string comparison, use the [code]==[/code] " +"operator instead. See also [method casecmp_to]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:539 +msgid "Returns the character code at position [code]at[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:546 +msgid "" +"Formats a number to have an exact number of [code]digits[/code] after the " +"decimal point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:553 +msgid "" +"Formats a number to have an exact number of [code]digits[/code] before the " +"decimal point." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:559 +msgid "Decode a percent-encoded string. See [method percent_encode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:565 +msgid "" +"Percent-encodes a string. Encodes parameters in a URL when sending a HTTP " +"GET request (and bodies of form-urlencoded POST requests)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:572 +msgid "" +"If the string is a path, this concatenates [code]file[/code] at the end of " +"the string as a subpath. E.g. [code]\"this/is\".plus_file(\"path\") == " +"\"this/is/path\"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:579 +msgid "" +"Returns original string repeated a number of times. The number of " +"repetitions is given by the argument." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:587 +msgid "" +"Replaces occurrences of a case-sensitive substring with the given one inside " +"the string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:595 +msgid "" +"Replaces occurrences of a case-insensitive substring with the given one " +"inside the string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:603 +msgid "" +"Performs a case-sensitive search for a substring, but starts from the end of " +"the string instead of the beginning." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:611 +msgid "" +"Performs a case-insensitive search for a substring, but starts from the end " +"of the string instead of the beginning." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:618 +msgid "Returns the right side of the string from a given position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:627 +msgid "" +"Splits the string by a [code]delimiter[/code] string and returns an array of " +"the substrings, starting from right.\n" +"The splits in the returned array are sorted in the same order as the " +"original string, from left to right.\n" +"If [code]maxsplit[/code] is specified, it defines the number of splits to do " +"from the right up to [code]maxsplit[/code]. The default value of 0 means " +"that all items are split, thus giving the same result as [method split].\n" +"Example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var some_string = \"One,Two,Three,Four\"\n" +"var some_array = some_string.rsplit(\",\", true, 1)\n" +"print(some_array.size()) # Prints 2\n" +"print(some_array[0]) # Prints \"Four\"\n" +"print(some_array[1]) # Prints \"Three,Two,One\"\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:644 +msgid "" +"Returns a copy of the string with characters removed from the right. The " +"[code]chars[/code] argument is a string specifying the set of characters to " +"be removed.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The [code]chars[/code] is not a suffix. See [method " +"trim_suffix] method that will remove a single suffix string rather than a " +"set of characters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:651 +msgid "Returns the SHA-1 hash of the string as an array of bytes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:657 +msgid "Returns the SHA-1 hash of the string as a string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:663 +msgid "Returns the SHA-256 hash of the string as an array of bytes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:669 +msgid "Returns the SHA-256 hash of the string as a string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:676 +msgid "" +"Returns the similarity index of the text compared to this string. 1 means " +"totally similar and 0 means totally dissimilar." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:682 +msgid "Returns a simplified canonical path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:691 +msgid "" +"Splits the string by a [code]delimiter[/code] string and returns an array of " +"the substrings. The [code]delimiter[/code] can be of any length.\n" +"If [code]maxsplit[/code] is specified, it defines the number of splits to do " +"from the left up to [code]maxsplit[/code]. The default value of [code]0[/" +"code] means that all items are split.\n" +"Example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var some_string = \"One,Two,Three,Four\"\n" +"var some_array = some_string.split(\",\", true, 1)\n" +"print(some_array.size()) # Prints 2\n" +"print(some_array[0]) # Prints \"One\"\n" +"print(some_array[1]) # Prints \"Two,Three,Four\"\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"If you need to split strings with more complex rules, use the [RegEx] class " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:709 +msgid "" +"Splits the string in floats by using a delimiter string and returns an array " +"of the substrings.\n" +"For example, [code]\"1,2.5,3\"[/code] will return [code][1,2.5,3][/code] if " +"split by [code]\",\"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:718 +msgid "" +"Returns a copy of the string stripped of any non-printable character " +"(including tabulations, spaces and line breaks) at the beginning and the " +"end. The optional arguments are used to toggle stripping on the left and " +"right edges respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:724 +msgid "" +"Returns a copy of the string stripped of any escape character. These include " +"all non-printable control characters of the first page of the ASCII table (< " +"32), such as tabulation ([code]\\t[/code] in C) and newline ([code]\\n[/" +"code] and [code]\\r[/code]) characters, but not spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:732 +msgid "" +"Returns part of the string from the position [code]from[/code] with length " +"[code]len[/code]. Argument [code]len[/code] is optional and using [code]-1[/" +"code] will return remaining characters from given position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:738 +msgid "" +"Converts the String (which is a character array) to [PoolByteArray] (which " +"is an array of bytes). The conversion is faster compared to [method " +"to_utf8], as this method assumes that all the characters in the String are " +"ASCII characters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:744 +msgid "" +"Converts a string containing a decimal number into a [code]float[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:750 +msgid "" +"Converts a string containing an integer number into an [code]int[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:756 +msgid "Returns the string converted to lowercase." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:762 +msgid "Returns the string converted to uppercase." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:768 +msgid "" +"Converts the String (which is an array of characters) to [PoolByteArray] " +"(which is an array of bytes). The conversion is a bit slower than [method " +"to_ascii], but supports all UTF-8 characters. Therefore, you should prefer " +"this function over [method to_ascii]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:774 +msgid "" +"Converts the String (which is an array of characters) to [PoolByteArray] " +"(which is an array of bytes)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:781 +msgid "" +"Removes a given string from the start if it starts with it or leaves the " +"string unchanged." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:788 +msgid "" +"Removes a given string from the end if it ends with it or leaves the string " +"unchanged." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:794 +msgid "" +"Removes any characters from the string that are prohibited in [Node] names " +"([code].[/code] [code]:[/code] [code]@[/code] [code]/[/code] [code]\"[/" +"code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:800 +msgid "" +"Returns a copy of the string with special characters escaped using the XML " +"standard." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/String.xml:806 +msgid "" +"Returns a copy of the string with escaped characters replaced by their " +"meanings according to the XML standard." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for drawing stylized boxes for the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:7 +msgid "" +"StyleBox is [Resource] that provides an abstract base class for drawing " +"stylized boxes for the UI. StyleBoxes are used for drawing the styles of " +"buttons, line edit backgrounds, tree backgrounds, etc. and also for testing " +"a transparency mask for pointer signals. If mask test fails on a StyleBox " +"assigned as mask to a control, clicks and motion signals will go through it " +"to the one below.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] For children of [Control] that have [i]Theme Properties[/i], " +"the [code]focus[/code] [StyleBox] is displayed over the [code]normal[/code], " +"[code]hover[/code] or [code]pressed[/code] [StyleBox]. This makes the " +"[code]focus[/code] [StyleBox] more reusable across different nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Draws this stylebox using a [CanvasItem] with given [RID].\n" +"You can get a [RID] value using [method Object.get_instance_id] on a " +"[CanvasItem]-derived node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:25 +msgid "Returns the size of this [StyleBox] without the margins." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Returns the [CanvasItem] that handles its [constant CanvasItem." +"NOTIFICATION_DRAW] or [method CanvasItem._draw] callback at this moment." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:38 +msgid "Returns the default value of the specified [enum Margin]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Returns the content margin offset for the specified [enum Margin].\n" +"Positive values reduce size inwards, unlike [Control]'s margin values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:52 +msgid "Returns the minimum size that this stylebox can be shrunk to." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Returns the \"offset\" of a stylebox. This helper function returns a value " +"equivalent to [code]Vector2(style.get_margin(MARGIN_LEFT), style." +"get_margin(MARGIN_TOP))[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Sets the default value of the specified [enum Margin] to given [code]offset[/" +"code] in pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:74 +msgid "Test a position in a rectangle, return whether it passes the mask test." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:80 +msgid "" +"The bottom margin for the contents of this style box. Increasing this value " +"reduces the space available to the contents from the bottom.\n" +"If this value is negative, it is ignored and a child-specific margin is used " +"instead. For example for [StyleBoxFlat] the border thickness (if any) is " +"used instead.\n" +"It is up to the code using this style box to decide what these contents are: " +"for example, a [Button] respects this content margin for the textual " +"contents of the button.\n" +"[method get_margin] should be used to fetch this value as consumer instead " +"of reading these properties directly. This is because it correctly respects " +"negative values and the fallback mentioned above." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:86 +msgid "" +"The left margin for the contents of this style box.Increasing this value " +"reduces the space available to the contents from the left.\n" +"Refer to [member content_margin_bottom] for extra considerations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:90 +msgid "" +"The right margin for the contents of this style box. Increasing this value " +"reduces the space available to the contents from the right.\n" +"Refer to [member content_margin_bottom] for extra considerations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:94 +msgid "" +"The top margin for the contents of this style box. Increasing this value " +"reduces the space available to the contents from the top.\n" +"Refer to [member content_margin_bottom] for extra considerations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxEmpty.xml:4 +msgid "Empty stylebox (does not display anything)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxEmpty.xml:7 +msgid "Empty stylebox (really does not display anything)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Customizable [StyleBox] with a given set of parameters (no texture required)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This [StyleBox] can be used to achieve all kinds of looks without the need " +"of a texture. The following properties are customizable:\n" +"- Color\n" +"- Border width (individual width for each border)\n" +"- Rounded corners (individual radius for each corner)\n" +"- Shadow (with blur and offset)\n" +"Setting corner radius to high values is allowed. As soon as corners overlap, " +"the stylebox will switch to a relative system. Example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"height = 30\n" +"corner_radius_top_left = 50\n" +"corner_radius_bottom_left = 100\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"The relative system now would take the 1:2 ratio of the two left corners to " +"calculate the actual corner width. Both corners added will [b]never[/b] be " +"more than the height. Result:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"corner_radius_top_left: 10\n" +"corner_radius_bottom_left: 20\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Returns the given [code]margin[/code]'s border width. See [enum Margin] for " +"possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:37 +msgid "Returns the smallest border width out of all four borders." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Returns the given [code]corner[/code]'s radius. See [enum Corner] for " +"possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:51 doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Returns the size of the given [code]margin[/code]'s expand margin. See [enum " +"Margin] for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Sets the border width to [code]width[/code] pixels for the given " +"[code]margin[/code]. See [enum Margin] for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:66 +msgid "Sets the border width to [code]width[/code] pixels for all margins." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Sets the corner radius to [code]radius[/code] pixels for the given " +"[code]corner[/code]. See [enum Corner] for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:81 +msgid "Sets the corner radius to [code]radius[/code] pixels for all corners." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:91 +msgid "" +"Sets the corner radius for each corner to [code]radius_top_left[/code], " +"[code]radius_top_right[/code], [code]radius_bottom_right[/code], and " +"[code]radius_bottom_left[/code] pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:99 doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Sets the expand margin to [code]size[/code] pixels for the given " +"[code]margin[/code]. See [enum Margin] for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:106 doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:30 +msgid "Sets the expand margin to [code]size[/code] pixels for all margins." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:116 doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Sets the expand margin for each margin to [code]size_left[/code], " +"[code]size_top[/code], [code]size_right[/code], and [code]size_bottom[/code] " +"pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:122 +msgid "" +"Antialiasing draws a small ring around the edges, which fades to " +"transparency. As a result, edges look much smoother. This is only noticeable " +"when using rounded corners.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When using beveled corners with 45-degree angles ([member " +"corner_detail] = 1), it is recommended to set [member anti_aliasing] to " +"[code]false[/code] to ensure crisp visuals and avoid possible visual " +"glitches." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:126 +msgid "" +"This changes the size of the faded ring. Higher values can be used to " +"achieve a \"blurry\" effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:129 +msgid "The background color of the stylebox." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:132 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the border will fade into the background color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:135 +msgid "Sets the color of the border." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:138 +msgid "Border width for the bottom border." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:141 +msgid "Border width for the left border." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:144 +msgid "Border width for the right border." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:147 +msgid "Border width for the top border." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:150 +msgid "" +"This sets the number of vertices used for each corner. Higher values result " +"in rounder corners but take more processing power to compute. When choosing " +"a value, you should take the corner radius ([method set_corner_radius_all]) " +"into account.\n" +"For corner radii less than 10, [code]4[/code] or [code]5[/code] should be " +"enough. For corner radii less than 30, values between [code]8[/code] and " +"[code]12[/code] should be enough.\n" +"A corner detail of [code]1[/code] will result in chamfered corners instead " +"of rounded corners, which is useful for some artistic effects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:155 +msgid "" +"The bottom-left corner's radius. If [code]0[/code], the corner is not " +"rounded." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:158 +msgid "" +"The bottom-right corner's radius. If [code]0[/code], the corner is not " +"rounded." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:161 +msgid "" +"The top-left corner's radius. If [code]0[/code], the corner is not rounded." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:164 +msgid "" +"The top-right corner's radius. If [code]0[/code], the corner is not rounded." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:167 +msgid "Toggles drawing of the inner part of the stylebox." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:170 +msgid "" +"Expands the stylebox outside of the control rect on the bottom edge. Useful " +"in combination with [member border_width_bottom] to draw a border outside " +"the control rect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:173 +msgid "" +"Expands the stylebox outside of the control rect on the left edge. Useful in " +"combination with [member border_width_left] to draw a border outside the " +"control rect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:176 +msgid "" +"Expands the stylebox outside of the control rect on the right edge. Useful " +"in combination with [member border_width_right] to draw a border outside the " +"control rect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:179 +msgid "" +"Expands the stylebox outside of the control rect on the top edge. Useful in " +"combination with [member border_width_top] to draw a border outside the " +"control rect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:182 +msgid "" +"The color of the shadow. This has no effect if [member shadow_size] is lower " +"than 1." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:185 +msgid "" +"The shadow offset in pixels. Adjusts the position of the shadow relatively " +"to the stylebox." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:188 +msgid "The shadow size in pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxLine.xml:4 +msgid "[StyleBox] that displays a single line." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxLine.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[StyleBox] that displays a single line of a given color and thickness. It " +"can be used to draw things like separators." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxLine.xml:15 +msgid "The line's color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxLine.xml:18 +msgid "" +"The number of pixels the line will extend before the [StyleBoxLine]'s " +"bounds. If set to a negative value, the line will begin inside the " +"[StyleBoxLine]'s bounds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxLine.xml:21 +msgid "" +"The number of pixels the line will extend past the [StyleBoxLine]'s bounds. " +"If set to a negative value, the line will end inside the [StyleBoxLine]'s " +"bounds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxLine.xml:24 +msgid "The line's thickness in pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxLine.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the line will be vertical. If [code]false[/code], the " +"line will be horizontal." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:4 +msgid "Texture-based nine-patch [StyleBox]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Texture-based nine-patch [StyleBox], in a way similar to [NinePatchRect]. " +"This stylebox performs a 3×3 scaling of a texture, where only the center " +"cell is fully stretched. This makes it possible to design bordered styles " +"regardless of the stylebox's size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Returns the size of the given [code]margin[/code]. See [enum Margin] for " +"possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Sets the margin to [code]size[/code] pixels for the given [code]margin[/" +"code]. See [enum Margin] for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Controls how the stylebox's texture will be stretched or tiled horizontally. " +"See [enum AxisStretchMode] for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Controls how the stylebox's texture will be stretched or tiled vertically. " +"See [enum AxisStretchMode] for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:68 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the nine-patch texture's center tile will be drawn." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:71 +msgid "" +"Expands the bottom margin of this style box when drawing, causing it to be " +"drawn larger than requested." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Expands the left margin of this style box when drawing, causing it to be " +"drawn larger than requested." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Expands the right margin of this style box when drawing, causing it to be " +"drawn larger than requested." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:80 +msgid "" +"Expands the top margin of this style box when drawing, causing it to be " +"drawn larger than requested." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:83 +msgid "" +"Increases the bottom margin of the 3×3 texture box.\n" +"A higher value means more of the source texture is considered to be part of " +"the bottom border of the 3×3 box.\n" +"This is also the value used as fallback for [member StyleBox." +"content_margin_bottom] if it is negative." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:88 +msgid "" +"Increases the left margin of the 3×3 texture box.\n" +"A higher value means more of the source texture is considered to be part of " +"the left border of the 3×3 box.\n" +"This is also the value used as fallback for [member StyleBox." +"content_margin_left] if it is negative." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Increases the right margin of the 3×3 texture box.\n" +"A higher value means more of the source texture is considered to be part of " +"the right border of the 3×3 box.\n" +"This is also the value used as fallback for [member StyleBox." +"content_margin_right] if it is negative." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:98 +msgid "" +"Increases the top margin of the 3×3 texture box.\n" +"A higher value means more of the source texture is considered to be part of " +"the top border of the 3×3 box.\n" +"This is also the value used as fallback for [member StyleBox." +"content_margin_top] if it is negative." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:103 +msgid "Modulates the color of the texture when this style box is drawn." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:106 +msgid "" +"The normal map to use when drawing this style box.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. " +"See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/" +"Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for " +"a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:110 +msgid "" +"Species a sub-region of the texture to use.\n" +"This is equivalent to first wrapping the texture in an [AtlasTexture] with " +"the same region." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:114 +msgid "The texture to use when drawing this style box." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:120 +msgid "Emitted when the stylebox's texture is changed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:126 +msgid "" +"Stretch the stylebox's texture. This results in visible distortion unless " +"the texture size matches the stylebox's size perfectly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:129 +msgid "" +"Repeats the stylebox's texture to match the stylebox's size according to the " +"nine-patch system." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:132 +msgid "" +"Repeats the stylebox's texture to match the stylebox's size according to the " +"nine-patch system. Unlike [constant AXIS_STRETCH_MODE_TILE], the texture may " +"be slightly stretched to make the nine-patch texture tile seamlessly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:4 +msgid "Helper tool to create geometry." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The [SurfaceTool] is used to construct a [Mesh] by specifying vertex " +"attributes individually. It can be used to construct a [Mesh] from a script. " +"All properties except indices need to be added before calling [method " +"add_vertex]. For example, to add vertex colors and UVs:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var st = SurfaceTool.new()\n" +"st.begin(Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES)\n" +"st.add_color(Color(1, 0, 0))\n" +"st.add_uv(Vector2(0, 0))\n" +"st.add_vertex(Vector3(0, 0, 0))\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"The above [SurfaceTool] now contains one vertex of a triangle which has a UV " +"coordinate and a specified [Color]. If another vertex were added without " +"calling [method add_uv] or [method add_color], then the last values would be " +"used.\n" +"Vertex attributes must be passed [b]before[/b] calling [method add_vertex]. " +"Failure to do so will result in an error when committing the vertex " +"information to a mesh.\n" +"Additionally, the attributes used before the first vertex is added determine " +"the format of the mesh. For example, if you only add UVs to the first " +"vertex, you cannot add color to any of the subsequent vertices.\n" +"See also [ArrayMesh], [ImmediateGeometry] and [MeshDataTool] for procedural " +"geometry generation.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Godot uses clockwise [url=https://learnopengl.com/Advanced-" +"OpenGL/Face-culling]winding order[/url] for front faces of triangle " +"primitive modes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Specifies an array of bones to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. [code]bones[/" +"code] must contain 4 integers." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Specifies a [Color] to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. If every vertex needs " +"to have this information set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, " +"this information may not be used at all.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The material must have [member SpatialMaterial." +"vertex_color_use_as_albedo] enabled for the vertex color to be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Adds an index to index array if you are using indexed vertices. Does not " +"need to be called before adding vertices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Specifies a normal to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. If every vertex needs " +"to have this information set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, " +"this information may not be used at all." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Specifies whether the current vertex (if using only vertex arrays) or " +"current index (if also using index arrays) should use smooth normals for " +"normal calculation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Specifies a tangent to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. If every vertex needs " +"to have this information set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, " +"this information may not be used at all." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Inserts a triangle fan made of array data into [Mesh] being constructed.\n" +"Requires the primitive type be set to [constant Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:85 +msgid "" +"Specifies a set of UV coordinates to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. If " +"every vertex needs to have this information set and you fail to submit it " +"for the first vertex, this information may not be used at all." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:92 +msgid "" +"Specifies an optional second set of UV coordinates to use for the [i]next[/" +"i] vertex. If every vertex needs to have this information set and you fail " +"to submit it for the first vertex, this information may not be used at all." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:99 +msgid "" +"Specifies the position of current vertex. Should be called after specifying " +"other vertex properties (e.g. Color, UV)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:106 +msgid "" +"Specifies weight values to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. [code]weights[/" +"code] must contain 4 values. If every vertex needs to have this information " +"set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, this information may not " +"be used at all." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:115 +msgid "" +"Append vertices from a given [Mesh] surface onto the current vertex array " +"with specified [Transform]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:122 +msgid "" +"Called before adding any vertices. Takes the primitive type as an argument " +"(e.g. [constant Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:128 +msgid "Clear all information passed into the surface tool so far." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:136 +msgid "" +"Returns a constructed [ArrayMesh] from current information passed in. If an " +"existing [ArrayMesh] is passed in as an argument, will add an extra surface " +"to the existing [ArrayMesh].\n" +"Default flag is [constant Mesh.ARRAY_COMPRESS_DEFAULT] if compression is " +"enabled. If compression is disabled the default flag is [constant Mesh." +"ARRAY_FLAG_USE_OCTAHEDRAL_COMPRESSION]. See [code]ARRAY_COMPRESS_*[/code] " +"constants in [enum Mesh.ArrayFormat] for other flags." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:143 +msgid "" +"Commits the data to the same format used by [method ArrayMesh." +"add_surface_from_arrays]. This way you can further process the mesh data " +"using the [ArrayMesh] API." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:151 +msgid "Creates a vertex array from an existing [Mesh]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:160 +msgid "" +"Creates a vertex array from the specified blend shape of an existing [Mesh]. " +"This can be used to extract a specific pose from a blend shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:166 +msgid "Removes the index array by expanding the vertex array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:173 +msgid "" +"Generates normals from vertices so you do not have to do it manually. If " +"[code]flip[/code] is [code]true[/code], the resulting normals will be " +"inverted. [method generate_normals] should be called [i]after[/i] generating " +"geometry and [i]before[/i] committing the mesh using [method commit] or " +"[method commit_to_arrays]. For correct display of normal-mapped surfaces, " +"you will also have to generate tangents using [method generate_tangents].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [method generate_normals] only works if the primitive type to " +"be set to [constant Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:180 +msgid "" +"Generates a tangent vector for each vertex. Requires that each vertex have " +"UVs and normals set already (see [method generate_normals])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:186 +msgid "" +"Shrinks the vertex array by creating an index array. This can improve " +"performance by avoiding vertex reuse." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:193 +msgid "Sets [Material] to be used by the [Mesh] you are constructing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:4 +msgid "Tabbed container." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Sets the active tab's [code]visible[/code] property to the value [code]true[/" +"code]. Sets all other children's to [code]false[/code].\n" +"Ignores non-[Control] children." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:16 +msgid "Returns the child [Control] node located at the active tab index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:22 +msgid "" +"Returns the [Popup] node instance if one has been set already with [method " +"set_popup].\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it " +"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their " +"[member CanvasItem.visible] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:29 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:36 +msgid "Returns the previously active tab index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:36 +msgid "Returns the [Control] node from the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:42 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:48 +msgid "Returns the number of tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:49 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code] is " +"disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code] is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:63 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Returns the [Texture] for the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code] or " +"[code]null[/code] if the tab has no [Texture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:70 +msgid "" +"Returns the index of the tab at local coordinates [code]point[/code]. " +"Returns [code]-1[/code] if the point is outside the control boundaries or if " +"there's no tab at the queried position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Returns the title of the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]. Tab titles " +"default to the name of the indexed child node, but this can be overridden " +"with [method set_tab_title]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:83 +msgid "Returns the [TabContainer] rearrange group id." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:90 +msgid "" +"If set on a [Popup] node instance, a popup menu icon appears in the top-" +"right corner of the [TabContainer]. Clicking it will expand the [Popup] node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:98 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:118 +msgid "" +"If [code]disabled[/code] is [code]true[/code], disables the tab at index " +"[code]tab_idx[/code], making it non-interactable." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:106 +msgid "" +"If [code]hidden[/code] is [code]true[/code], hides the tab at index " +"[code]tab_idx[/code], making it disappear from the tab area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:114 +msgid "Sets an icon for the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:122 +msgid "" +"Sets a title for the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]. Tab titles default " +"to the name of the indexed child node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:129 +msgid "" +"Defines rearrange group id, choose for each [TabContainer] the same value to " +"enable tab drag between [TabContainer]. Enable drag with [member " +"drag_to_rearrange_enabled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:135 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], all tabs are drawn in front of the panel. If " +"[code]false[/code], inactive tabs are drawn behind the panel." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:138 +msgid "" +"The current tab index. When set, this index's [Control] node's " +"[code]visible[/code] property is set to [code]true[/code] and all others are " +"set to [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:141 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:150 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], tabs can be rearranged with mouse drag." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:144 +msgid "" +"The alignment of all tabs in the tab container. See the [enum TabAlign] " +"constants for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:147 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], tabs are visible. If [code]false[/code], tabs' content " +"and titles are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:150 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], children [Control] nodes that are hidden have their " +"minimum size take into account in the total, instead of only the currently " +"visible one." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:156 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the [TabContainer]'s [Popup] button is clicked. See [method " +"set_popup] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:162 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:178 +msgid "Emitted when switching to another tab." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:168 +msgid "Emitted when a tab is selected, even if it is the current tab." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:174 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:202 +msgid "Align the tabs to the left." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:177 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:205 +msgid "Align the tabs to the center." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:180 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:208 +msgid "Align the tabs to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:185 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:237 +msgid "" +"Icon for the left arrow button that appears when there are too many tabs to " +"fit in the container width. When the button is disabled (i.e. the first tab " +"is visible), it appears semi-transparent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:188 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:240 +msgid "" +"Icon for the left arrow button that appears when there are too many tabs to " +"fit in the container width. Used when the button is being hovered with the " +"cursor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:191 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:243 +msgid "The font used to draw tab names." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:194 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:246 +msgid "Font color of inactive tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:197 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:249 +msgid "Font color of disabled tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:200 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:252 +msgid "Font color of the currently selected tab." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:203 +msgid "Horizontal separation between tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:206 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:258 +msgid "" +"Icon for the right arrow button that appears when there are too many tabs to " +"fit in the container width. When the button is disabled (i.e. the last tab " +"is visible) it appears semi-transparent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:209 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:261 +msgid "" +"Icon for the right arrow button that appears when there are too many tabs to " +"fit in the container width. Used when the button is being hovered with the " +"cursor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:216 +msgid "The icon for the menu button (see [method set_popup])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:219 +msgid "" +"The icon for the menu button (see [method set_popup]) when it's being " +"hovered with the cursor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:222 +msgid "The style for the background fill." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:225 +msgid "The space at the left and right edges of the tab bar." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:228 +msgid "The style of inactive tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:231 +msgid "The style of disabled tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:234 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:274 +msgid "The style of the currently selected tab." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:4 +msgid "Tabs control." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Simple tabs control, similar to [TabContainer] but is only in charge of " +"drawing tabs, not interacting with children." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:17 +msgid "Adds a new tab." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:24 +msgid "Moves the scroll view to make the tab visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the offset buttons (the ones that appear when " +"there's not enough space for all tabs) are visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:42 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if select with right mouse button is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:68 +msgid "Returns the number of hidden tabs offsetted to the left." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:75 +msgid "Returns tab [Rect2] with local position and size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:82 +msgid "Returns the title of the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:88 +msgid "Returns the [Tabs]' rearrange group ID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:96 +msgid "Moves a tab from [code]from[/code] to [code]to[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:103 +msgid "Removes the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:110 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables selecting a tab with the right mouse button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:126 +msgid "Sets an [code]icon[/code] for the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:134 +msgid "Sets a [code]title[/code] for the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:141 +msgid "" +"Defines the rearrange group ID. Choose for each [Tabs] the same value to " +"dragging tabs between [Tabs]. Enable drag with [member " +"drag_to_rearrange_enabled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:147 +msgid "Select tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:153 +msgid "" +"if [code]true[/code], the mouse's scroll wheel can be used to navigate the " +"scroll view." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:156 +msgid "The alignment of all tabs. See [enum TabAlign] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:159 +msgid "" +"Sets when the close button will appear on the tabs. See [enum " +"CloseButtonDisplayPolicy] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:166 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the active tab is rearranged via mouse drag. See [member " +"drag_to_rearrange_enabled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:172 +msgid "Emitted when a tab is right-clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:184 +msgid "Emitted when a tab is clicked, even if it is the current tab." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:190 +msgid "Emitted when a tab is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:196 +msgid "Emitted when a tab is hovered by the mouse." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:211 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum TabAlign] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:214 +msgid "Never show the close buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:217 +msgid "Only show the close button on the currently active tab." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:220 +msgid "Show the close button on all tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:223 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum CloseButtonDisplayPolicy] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:228 +msgid "Background of the close button when it's being hovered with the cursor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:231 +msgid "Background of the close button when it's being pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:234 +msgid "The icon for the close button (see [member tab_close_display_policy])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:255 +msgid "The horizontal separation between the tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:268 +msgid "The style of an inactive tab." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:271 +msgid "The style of a disabled tab" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TCP_Server.xml:4 +msgid "A TCP server." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TCP_Server.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A TCP server. Listens to connections on a port and returns a [StreamPeerTCP] " +"when it gets an incoming connection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TCP_Server.xml:15 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if a connection is available for taking." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TCP_Server.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the server is currently listening for " +"connections." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TCP_Server.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Listen on the [code]port[/code] binding to [code]bind_address[/code].\n" +"If [code]bind_address[/code] is set as [code]\"*\"[/code] (default), the " +"server will listen on all available addresses (both IPv4 and IPv6).\n" +"If [code]bind_address[/code] is set as [code]\"0.0.0.0\"[/code] (for IPv4) " +"or [code]\"::\"[/code] (for IPv6), the server will listen on all available " +"addresses matching that IP type.\n" +"If [code]bind_address[/code] is set to any valid address (e.g. " +"[code]\"192.168.1.101\"[/code], [code]\"::1\"[/code], etc), the server will " +"only listen on the interface with that addresses (or fail if no interface " +"with the given address exists)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TCP_Server.xml:38 +msgid "Stops listening." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TCP_Server.xml:44 +msgid "" +"If a connection is available, returns a StreamPeerTCP with the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:4 +msgid "Multiline text editing control." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:7 +msgid "" +"TextEdit is meant for editing large, multiline text. It also has facilities " +"for editing code, such as syntax highlighting support and multiple levels of " +"undo/redo.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When holding down [code]Alt[/code], the vertical scroll wheel " +"will scroll 5 times as fast as it would normally do. This also works in the " +"Godot script editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:20 +msgid "Adds color region (given the delimiters) and its colors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:28 +msgid "Adds a [code]keyword[/code] and its [Color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Returns if the given line is foldable, that is, it has indented lines right " +"below it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Centers the viewport on the line the editing cursor is at. This also resets " +"the [member scroll_horizontal] value to [code]0[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Clears all custom syntax coloring information previously added with [method " +"add_color_region] or [method add_keyword_color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:53 +msgid "Clears the undo history." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:59 +msgid "Copy's the current text selection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:65 +msgid "Returns the column the editing cursor is at." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:71 +msgid "Returns the line the editing cursor is at." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:79 +msgid "" +"Moves the cursor at the specified [code]column[/code] index.\n" +"If [code]adjust_viewport[/code] is set to [code]true[/code], the viewport " +"will center at the cursor position after the move occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:90 +msgid "" +"Moves the cursor at the specified [code]line[/code] index.\n" +"If [code]adjust_viewport[/code] is set to [code]true[/code], the viewport " +"will center at the cursor position after the move occurs.\n" +"If [code]can_be_hidden[/code] is set to [code]true[/code], the specified " +"[code]line[/code] can be hidden using [method set_line_as_hidden]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:98 +msgid "Cut's the current selection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:104 +msgid "Deselects the current selection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:110 +msgid "Folds all lines that are possible to be folded (see [method can_fold])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:117 +msgid "Folds the given line, if possible (see [method can_fold])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:123 +msgid "Returns an array containing the line number of each breakpoint." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:130 +msgid "Returns the [Color] of the specified [code]keyword[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:137 +msgid "Returns the text of a specific line." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:143 +msgid "Returns the amount of total lines in the text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:149 +msgid "" +"Returns the [PopupMenu] of this [TextEdit]. By default, this menu is " +"displayed when right-clicking on the [TextEdit].\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it " +"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their " +"[member CanvasItem.visible] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:156 +msgid "Returns the selection begin column." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:162 +msgid "Returns the selection begin line." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:168 +msgid "Returns the text inside the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:174 +msgid "Returns the selection end column." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:180 +msgid "Returns the selection end line." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:186 +msgid "" +"Returns a [String] text with the word under the caret (text cursor) location." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:193 +msgid "" +"Returns whether the specified [code]keyword[/code] has a color set to it or " +"not." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:199 doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:121 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if a \"redo\" action is available." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:205 doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:127 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if an \"undo\" action is available." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:212 +msgid "Insert the specified text at the cursor position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:219 +msgid "Returns whether the line at the specified index is folded or not." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:226 +msgid "Returns whether the line at the specified index is hidden or not." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:233 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] when the specified [code]line[/code] is bookmarked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:240 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] when the specified [code]line[/code] has a " +"breakpoint." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:247 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] when the specified [code]line[/code] is marked as " +"safe." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:253 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the selection is active." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:260 +msgid "" +"Triggers a right-click menu action by the specified index. See [enum " +"MenuItems] for a list of available indexes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:266 +msgid "Paste the current selection." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:272 +msgid "Perform redo operation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:278 +msgid "" +"Removes all the breakpoints. This will not fire the [signal " +"breakpoint_toggled] signal." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:288 +msgid "" +"Perform a search inside the text. Search flags can be specified in the [enum " +"SearchFlags] enum.\n" +"Returns an empty [code]PoolIntArray[/code] if no result was found. " +"Otherwise, the result line and column can be accessed at indices specified " +"in the [enum SearchResult] enum, e.g:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var result = search(key, flags, line, column)\n" +"if result.size() > 0:\n" +" # Result found.\n" +" var res_line = result[TextEdit.SEARCH_RESULT_LINE]\n" +" var res_column = result[TextEdit.SEARCH_RESULT_COLUMN]\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:306 +msgid "" +"Perform selection, from line/column to line/column.\n" +"If [member selecting_enabled] is [code]false[/code], no selection will occur." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:313 +msgid "" +"Select all the text.\n" +"If [member selecting_enabled] is [code]false[/code], no selection will occur." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:322 +msgid "Sets the text for a specific line." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:330 +msgid "" +"Bookmarks the [code]line[/code] if [code]bookmark[/code] is true. Deletes " +"the bookmark if [code]bookmark[/code] is false.\n" +"Bookmarks are shown in the [member breakpoint_gutter]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:339 +msgid "" +"Adds or removes the breakpoint in [code]line[/code]. Breakpoints are shown " +"in the [member breakpoint_gutter]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:347 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], hides the line of the specified index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:355 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], marks the [code]line[/code] as safe.\n" +"This will show the line number with the color provided in the " +"[code]safe_line_number_color[/code] theme property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:363 +msgid "Toggle the folding of the code block at the given line." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:369 +msgid "Perform undo operation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:376 +msgid "Unfolds the given line, if folded." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:382 +msgid "" +"Unhide all lines that were previously set to hidden by [method " +"set_line_as_hidden]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:388 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the breakpoint gutter is visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:397 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the caret displays as a rectangle.\n" +"If [code]false[/code], the caret displays as a bar." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:401 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], a right-click moves the cursor at the mouse position " +"before displaying the context menu.\n" +"If [code]false[/code], the context menu disregards mouse location." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:405 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], a right-click displays the context menu." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:408 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the \"space\" character will have a visible " +"representation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:411 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the \"tab\" character will have a visible " +"representation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:415 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the fold gutter is visible. This enables folding " +"groups of indented lines." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:418 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], all lines that have been set to hidden by [method " +"set_line_as_hidden], will not be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:421 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], all occurrences of the selected text will be " +"highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:424 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the line containing the cursor is highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:427 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], a minimap is shown, providing an outline of your " +"source code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:430 +msgid "The width, in pixels, of the minimap." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:434 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], custom [code]font_color_selected[/code] will be used " +"for selected text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:437 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], read-only mode is enabled. Existing text cannot be " +"modified and new text cannot be added." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:440 +msgid "" +"If there is a horizontal scrollbar, this determines the current horizontal " +"scroll value in pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:443 +msgid "" +"If there is a vertical scrollbar, this determines the current vertical " +"scroll value in line numbers, starting at 0 for the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:446 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], text can be selected.\n" +"If [code]false[/code], text can not be selected by the user or by the " +"[method select] or [method select_all] methods." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:450 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], shortcut keys for context menu items are enabled, even " +"if the context menu is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:453 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], line numbers are displayed to the left of the text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:456 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], sets the [code]step[/code] of the scrollbars to " +"[code]0.25[/code] which results in smoother scrolling." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:459 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], any custom color properties that have been set for " +"this [TextEdit] will be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:462 +msgid "String value of the [TextEdit]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:465 +msgid "Vertical scroll sensitivity." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:471 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], enables text wrapping when it goes beyond the edge of " +"what is visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:478 +msgid "Emitted when a breakpoint is placed via the breakpoint gutter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:483 +msgid "Emitted when the cursor changes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:490 +msgid "Emitted when the info icon is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:512 +msgid "Match case when searching." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:515 +msgid "Match whole words when searching." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:518 +msgid "Search from end to beginning." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:521 +msgid "Used to access the result column from [method search]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:524 +msgid "Used to access the result line from [method search]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:533 +msgid "" +"Pastes the clipboard text over the selected text (or at the cursor's " +"position)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:536 +msgid "Erases the whole [TextEdit] text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:539 +msgid "Selects the whole [TextEdit] text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:545 +msgid "Redoes the previous action." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:553 +msgid "" +"Sets the background [Color] of this [TextEdit]. [member syntax_highlighting] " +"has to be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:556 +msgid "" +"Sets the [Color] of the bookmark marker. [member syntax_highlighting] has to " +"be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:561 doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:588 +msgid "" +"Sets the [Color] of the breakpoints. [member breakpoint_gutter] has to be " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:599 +msgid "Sets the default [Font]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:602 +msgid "Sets the font [Color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:607 +msgid "" +"Sets the [Color] of the selected text. [member override_selected_font_color] " +"has to be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:612 +msgid "" +"Sets the [Color] of the line numbers. [member show_line_numbers] has to be " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:615 +msgid "Sets the spacing between the lines." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:618 +msgid "Sets the [Color] of marked text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:623 +msgid "Sets the [StyleBox] of this [TextEdit]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:628 +msgid "" +"Sets the [StyleBox] of this [TextEdit] when [member readonly] is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:633 +msgid "Sets the highlight [Color] of text selections." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:640 +msgid "Sets a custom [Texture] for tab text characters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:643 +msgid "" +"Sets the highlight [Color] of multiple occurrences. [member " +"highlight_all_occurrences] has to be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:4 +msgid "Texture for 2D and 3D." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A texture works by registering an image in the video hardware, which then " +"can be used in 3D models or 2D [Sprite] or GUI [Control].\n" +"Textures are often created by loading them from a file. See [method " +"@GDScript.load].\n" +"[Texture] is a base for other resources. It cannot be used directly.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The maximum texture size is 16384×16384 pixels due to graphics " +"hardware limitations. Larger textures may fail to import." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Draws the texture using a [CanvasItem] with the [VisualServer] API at the " +"specified [code]position[/code]. Equivalent to [method VisualServer." +"canvas_item_add_texture_rect] with a rect at [code]position[/code] and the " +"size of this [Texture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Draws the texture using a [CanvasItem] with the [VisualServer] API. " +"Equivalent to [method VisualServer.canvas_item_add_texture_rect]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Draws a part of the texture using a [CanvasItem] with the [VisualServer] " +"API. Equivalent to [method VisualServer.canvas_item_add_texture_rect_region]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Returns an [Image] that is a copy of data from this [Texture]. [Image]s can " +"be accessed and manipulated directly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:60 +msgid "Returns the texture height." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:66 +msgid "Returns the texture size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:72 +msgid "Returns the texture width." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:78 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if this [Texture] has an alpha channel." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:84 +msgid "" +"The texture's [enum Flags]. [enum Flags] are used to set various properties " +"of the [Texture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:89 +msgid "" +"Default flags. [constant FLAG_MIPMAPS], [constant FLAG_REPEAT] and [constant " +"FLAG_FILTER] are enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:92 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3206 +msgid "" +"Generates mipmaps, which are smaller versions of the same texture to use " +"when zoomed out, keeping the aspect ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:95 +msgid "" +"Repeats the texture (instead of clamp to edge).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Ignored when using an [AtlasTexture] as these don't support " +"repetition." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:99 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3212 +msgid "Uses a magnifying filter, to enable smooth zooming in of the texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:102 doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:88 +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3215 +msgid "" +"Uses anisotropic mipmap filtering. Generates smaller versions of the same " +"texture with different aspect ratios.\n" +"This results in better-looking textures when viewed from oblique angles." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:106 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3219 +msgid "Converts the texture to the sRGB color space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:109 +msgid "" +"Repeats the texture with alternate sections mirrored.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Ignored when using an [AtlasTexture] as these don't support " +"repetition." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:113 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3225 +msgid "Texture is a video surface." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture3D.xml:4 +msgid "Texture with 3 dimensions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture3D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Texture3D is a 3-dimensional texture that has a width, height, and depth." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Texture3D.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Creates the Texture3D with specified [code]width[/code], [code]height[/" +"code], and [code]depth[/code]. See [enum Image.Format] for [code]format[/" +"code] options. See [enum TextureLayered.Flags] enumerator for [code]flags[/" +"code] options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureArray.xml:4 +msgid "Array of textures stored in a single primitive." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureArray.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[TextureArray]s store an array of [Image]s in a single [Texture] primitive. " +"Each layer of the texture array has its own mipmap chain. This makes it is a " +"good alternative to texture atlases.\n" +"[TextureArray]s must be displayed using shaders. After importing your file " +"as a [TextureArray] and setting the appropriate Horizontal and Vertical " +"Slices, display it by setting it as a uniform to a shader, for example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"shader_type canvas_item;\n" +"\n" +"uniform sampler2DArray tex;\n" +"uniform int index;\n" +"\n" +"void fragment() {\n" +" COLOR = texture(tex, vec3(UV.x, UV.y, float(index)));\n" +"}\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Set the integer uniform \"index\" to show a particular part of the texture " +"as defined by the Horizontal and Vertical Slices in the importer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureArray.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Creates the TextureArray with specified [code]width[/code], [code]height[/" +"code], and [code]depth[/code]. See [enum Image.Format] for [code]format[/" +"code] options. See [enum TextureLayered.Flags] enumerator for [code]flags[/" +"code] options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Texture-based button. Supports Pressed, Hover, Disabled and Focused states." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[TextureButton] has the same functionality as [Button], except it uses " +"sprites instead of Godot's [Theme] resource. It is faster to create, but it " +"doesn't support localization like more complex [Control]s.\n" +"The \"normal\" state must contain a texture ([member texture_normal]); other " +"textures are optional.\n" +"See also [BaseButton] which contains common properties and methods " +"associated with this node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:18 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the texture stretches to the edges of the node's " +"bounding rectangle using the [member stretch_mode]. If [code]false[/code], " +"the texture will not scale with the node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Controls the texture's behavior when you resize the node's bounding " +"rectangle, [b]only if[/b] [member expand] is [code]true[/code]. Set it to " +"one of the [enum StretchMode] constants. See the constants to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Pure black and white [BitMap] image to use for click detection. On the mask, " +"white pixels represent the button's clickable area. Use it to create buttons " +"with curved shapes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Texture to display when the node is disabled. See [member BaseButton." +"disabled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:36 +msgid "Texture to display when the node has mouse or keyboard focus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:39 +msgid "Texture to display when the mouse hovers the node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:42 +msgid "" +"Texture to display by default, when the node is [b]not[/b] in the disabled, " +"focused, hover or pressed state." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Texture to display on mouse down over the node, if the node has keyboard " +"focus and the player presses the Enter key or if the player presses the " +"[member BaseButton.shortcut] key." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:50 doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:38 +msgid "Scale to fit the node's bounding rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:53 doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:41 +msgid "Tile inside the node's bounding rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:56 doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:44 +msgid "" +"The texture keeps its original size and stays in the bounding rectangle's " +"top-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:59 doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:47 +msgid "" +"The texture keeps its original size and stays centered in the node's " +"bounding rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:62 doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Scale the texture to fit the node's bounding rectangle, but maintain the " +"texture's aspect ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Scale the texture to fit the node's bounding rectangle, center it, and " +"maintain its aspect ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:68 doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Scale the texture so that the shorter side fits the bounding rectangle. The " +"other side clips to the node's limits." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for 3D texture types." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Base class for [Texture3D] and [TextureArray]. Cannot be used directly, but " +"contains all the functions necessary for accessing and using [Texture3D] and " +"[TextureArray]. Data is set on a per-layer basis. For [Texture3D]s, the " +"layer specifies the depth or Z-index, they can be treated as a bunch of 2D " +"slices. Similarly, for [TextureArray]s, the layer specifies the array layer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:15 +msgid "" +"Returns the depth of the texture. Depth is the 3rd dimension (typically Z-" +"axis)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Returns the current format being used by this texture. See [enum Image." +"Format] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Returns the height of the texture. Height is typically represented by the Y-" +"axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Returns an [Image] resource with the data from specified [code]layer[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Returns the width of the texture. Width is typically represented by the X-" +"axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Partially sets the data for a specified [code]layer[/code] by overwriting " +"using the data of the specified [code]image[/code]. [code]x_offset[/code] " +"and [code]y_offset[/code] determine where the [Image] is \"stamped\" over " +"the texture. The [code]image[/code] must fit within the texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Sets the data for the specified layer. Data takes the form of a 2-" +"dimensional [Image] resource." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:65 +msgid "Returns a dictionary with all the data used by this texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:68 +msgid "Specifies which [enum Flags] apply to this texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Default flags for [TextureArray]. [constant FLAG_MIPMAPS], [constant " +"FLAG_REPEAT] and [constant FLAG_FILTER] are enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:76 +msgid "Default flags for [Texture3D]. [constant FLAG_FILTER] is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:79 +msgid "Texture will generate mipmaps on creation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:82 +msgid "Texture will repeat when UV used is outside the 0-1 range." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:85 +msgid "" +"Use filtering when reading from texture. Filtering smooths out pixels. " +"Turning filtering off is slightly faster and more appropriate when you need " +"access to individual pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Texture-based progress bar. Useful for loading screens and life or stamina " +"bars." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:7 +msgid "" +"TextureProgress works like [ProgressBar], but uses up to 3 textures instead " +"of Godot's [Theme] resource. It can be used to create horizontal, vertical " +"and radial progress bars." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:28 +msgid "The fill direction. See [enum FillMode] for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:32 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], Godot treats the bar's textures like in " +"[NinePatchRect]. Use the [code]stretch_margin_*[/code] properties like " +"[member stretch_margin_bottom] to set up the nine patch's 3×3 grid. When " +"using a radial [member fill_mode], this setting will enable stretching." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Offsets [member texture_progress] if [member fill_mode] is [constant " +"FILL_CLOCKWISE] or [constant FILL_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Upper limit for the fill of [member texture_progress] if [member fill_mode] " +"is [constant FILL_CLOCKWISE] or [constant FILL_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE]. When the " +"node's [code]value[/code] is equal to its [code]max_value[/code], the " +"texture fills up to this angle.\n" +"See [member Range.value], [member Range.max_value]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:42 +msgid "" +"Starting angle for the fill of [member texture_progress] if [member " +"fill_mode] is [constant FILL_CLOCKWISE] or [constant " +"FILL_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE]. When the node's [code]value[/code] is equal to its " +"[code]min_value[/code], the texture doesn't show up at all. When the " +"[code]value[/code] increases, the texture fills and tends towards [member " +"radial_fill_degrees]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:45 +msgid "" +"The height of the 9-patch's bottom row. A margin of 16 means the 9-slice's " +"bottom corners and side will have a height of 16 pixels. You can set all 4 " +"margin values individually to create panels with non-uniform borders." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:48 +msgid "The width of the 9-patch's left column." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:51 +msgid "The width of the 9-patch's right column." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:54 +msgid "The height of the 9-patch's top row." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:57 +msgid "" +"[Texture] that draws over the progress bar. Use it to add highlights or an " +"upper-frame that hides part of [member texture_progress]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:60 +msgid "" +"[Texture] that clips based on the node's [code]value[/code] and [member " +"fill_mode]. As [code]value[/code] increased, the texture fills up. It shows " +"entirely when [code]value[/code] reaches [code]max_value[/code]. It doesn't " +"show at all if [code]value[/code] is equal to [code]min_value[/code].\n" +"The [code]value[/code] property comes from [Range]. See [member Range." +"value], [member Range.min_value], [member Range.max_value]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:64 +msgid "" +"The offset of [member texture_progress]. Useful for [member texture_over] " +"and [member texture_under] with fancy borders, to avoid transparent margins " +"in your progress texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:67 +msgid "[Texture] that draws under the progress bar. The bar's background." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:70 +msgid "" +"Multiplies the color of the bar's [code]texture_over[/code] texture. The " +"effect is similar to [member CanvasItem.modulate], except it only affects " +"this specific texture instead of the entire node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Multiplies the color of the bar's [code]texture_progress[/code] texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:76 +msgid "Multiplies the color of the bar's [code]texture_under[/code] texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:81 +msgid "The [member texture_progress] fills from left to right." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:84 +msgid "The [member texture_progress] fills from right to left." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:87 +msgid "The [member texture_progress] fills from top to bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:90 +msgid "The [member texture_progress] fills from bottom to top." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Turns the node into a radial bar. The [member texture_progress] fills " +"clockwise. See [member radial_center_offset], [member radial_initial_angle] " +"and [member radial_fill_degrees] to control the way the bar fills up." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Turns the node into a radial bar. The [member texture_progress] fills " +"counterclockwise. See [member radial_center_offset], [member " +"radial_initial_angle] and [member radial_fill_degrees] to control the way " +"the bar fills up." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:99 +msgid "" +"The [member texture_progress] fills from the center, expanding both towards " +"the left and the right." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:102 +msgid "" +"The [member texture_progress] fills from the center, expanding both towards " +"the top and the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:105 +msgid "" +"Turns the node into a radial bar. The [member texture_progress] fills " +"radially from the center, expanding both clockwise and counterclockwise. See " +"[member radial_center_offset], [member radial_initial_angle] and [member " +"radial_fill_degrees] to control the way the bar fills up." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:4 +msgid "Control for drawing textures." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Used to draw icons and sprites in a user interface. The texture's placement " +"can be controlled with the [member stretch_mode] property. It can scale, " +"tile, or stay centered inside its bounding rectangle.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] You should enable [member flip_v] when using a TextureRect to " +"display a [ViewportTexture]. Alternatively, you can enable [member Viewport." +"render_target_v_flip] on the Viewport. Otherwise, the image will appear " +"upside down." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:17 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the texture scales to fit its bounding rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Controls the texture's behavior when resizing the node's bounding rectangle. " +"See [enum StretchMode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:30 +msgid "The node's [Texture] resource." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Scale to fit the node's bounding rectangle, only if [code]expand[/code] is " +"[code]true[/code]. Default [code]stretch_mode[/code], for backwards " +"compatibility. Until you set [code]expand[/code] to [code]true[/code], the " +"texture will behave like [constant STRETCH_KEEP]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:53 +msgid "" +"Scale the texture to fit the node's bounding rectangle, center it and " +"maintain its aspect ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:4 +msgid "Theme for controls." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A theme for skinning controls. Controls can be skinned individually, but for " +"complex applications, it's more practical to just create a global theme that " +"defines everything. This theme can be applied to any [Control]; the Control " +"and its children will automatically use it.\n" +"Theme resources can alternatively be loaded by writing them in a [code]." +"theme[/code] file, see the documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:11 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/gui/gui_skinning.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:17 +msgid "Clears all values on the theme." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Clears the [Color] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Clears the constant at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Clears the [Font] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Clears the icon at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Clears [StyleBox] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Clears the theme item of [code]data_type[/code] at [code]name[/code] if the " +"theme has [code]node_type[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:72 +msgid "Sets the theme's values to a copy of the default theme values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:79 +msgid "Sets the theme's values to a copy of a given theme." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:87 +msgid "" +"Returns the [Color] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:94 +msgid "" +"Returns all the [Color]s as a [PoolStringArray] filled with each [Color]'s " +"name, for use in [method get_color], if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:100 +msgid "" +"Returns all the [Color] types as a [PoolStringArray] filled with unique type " +"names, for use in [method get_color] and/or [method get_color_list]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:108 +msgid "" +"Returns the constant at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:115 +msgid "" +"Returns all the constants as a [PoolStringArray] filled with each constant's " +"name, for use in [method get_constant], if the theme has [code]node_type[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:121 +msgid "" +"Returns all the constant types as a [PoolStringArray] filled with unique " +"type names, for use in [method get_constant] and/or [method " +"get_constant_list]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:129 +msgid "" +"Returns the [Font] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:136 +msgid "" +"Returns all the [Font]s as a [PoolStringArray] filled with each [Font]'s " +"name, for use in [method get_font], if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:142 +msgid "" +"Returns all the [Font] types as a [PoolStringArray] filled with unique type " +"names, for use in [method get_font] and/or [method get_font_list]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:150 +msgid "" +"Returns the icon [Texture] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has " +"[code]node_type[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:157 +msgid "" +"Returns all the icons as a [PoolStringArray] filled with each [Texture]'s " +"name, for use in [method get_icon], if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:163 +msgid "" +"Returns all the icon types as a [PoolStringArray] filled with unique type " +"names, for use in [method get_icon] and/or [method get_icon_list]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:171 +msgid "" +"Returns the [StyleBox] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has " +"[code]node_type[/code].\n" +"Valid [code]name[/code]s may be found using [method get_stylebox_list]. " +"Valid [code]node_type[/code]s may be found using [method get_stylebox_types]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:179 +msgid "" +"Returns all the [StyleBox]s as a [PoolStringArray] filled with each " +"[StyleBox]'s name, for use in [method get_stylebox], if the theme has " +"[code]node_type[/code].\n" +"Valid [code]node_type[/code]s may be found using [method get_stylebox_types]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:186 +msgid "" +"Returns all the [StyleBox] types as a [PoolStringArray] filled with unique " +"type names, for use in [method get_stylebox] and/or [method " +"get_stylebox_list]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:195 +msgid "" +"Returns the theme item of [code]data_type[/code] at [code]name[/code] if the " +"theme has [code]node_type[/code].\n" +"Valid [code]name[/code]s may be found using [method get_theme_item_list] or " +"a data type specific method. Valid [code]node_type[/code]s may be found " +"using [method get_theme_item_types] or a data type specific method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:204 +msgid "" +"Returns all the theme items of [code]data_type[/code] as a [PoolStringArray] " +"filled with each theme items's name, for use in [method get_theme_item] or a " +"data type specific method, if the theme has [code]node_type[/code].\n" +"Valid [code]node_type[/code]s may be found using [method " +"get_theme_item_types] or a data type specific method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:212 +msgid "" +"Returns all the theme items of [code]data_type[/code] types as a " +"[PoolStringArray] filled with unique type names, for use in [method " +"get_theme_item], [method get_theme_item_list] or data type specific methods." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:219 +msgid "" +"Returns all the theme types as a [PoolStringArray] filled with unique type " +"names, for use in other [code]get_*[/code] functions of this theme.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]node_type[/code] has no effect and will be removed in " +"future version." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:228 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if [Color] with [code]name[/code] is in " +"[code]node_type[/code].\n" +"Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:237 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if constant with [code]name[/code] is in " +"[code]node_type[/code].\n" +"Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:244 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this theme has a valid [member default_font] " +"value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:252 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if [Font] with [code]name[/code] is in " +"[code]node_type[/code].\n" +"Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:261 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if icon [Texture] with [code]name[/code] is in " +"[code]node_type[/code].\n" +"Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:270 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if [StyleBox] with [code]name[/code] is in " +"[code]node_type[/code].\n" +"Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:280 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if a theme item of [code]data_type[/code] with " +"[code]name[/code] is in [code]node_type[/code].\n" +"Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:288 +msgid "" +"Adds missing and overrides existing definitions with values from the " +"[code]other[/code] [Theme].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This modifies the current theme. If you want to merge two " +"themes together without modifying either one, create a new empty theme and " +"merge the other two into it one after another." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:298 +msgid "" +"Renames the [Color] at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the " +"theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, " +"this method fails." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:307 +msgid "" +"Renames the constant at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the " +"theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, " +"this method fails." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:316 +msgid "" +"Renames the [Font] at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the " +"theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, " +"this method fails." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:325 +msgid "" +"Renames the icon at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme " +"has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this " +"method fails." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:334 +msgid "" +"Renames [StyleBox] at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the " +"theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, " +"this method fails." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:344 +msgid "" +"Renames the theme item of [code]data_type[/code] at [code]old_name[/code] to " +"[code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/" +"code] is already taken, this method fails." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:353 +msgid "" +"Sets the theme's [Color] to [code]color[/code] at [code]name[/code] in " +"[code]node_type[/code].\n" +"Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:363 +msgid "" +"Sets the theme's constant to [code]constant[/code] at [code]name[/code] in " +"[code]node_type[/code].\n" +"Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:373 +msgid "" +"Sets the theme's [Font] to [code]font[/code] at [code]name[/code] in " +"[code]node_type[/code].\n" +"Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:383 +msgid "" +"Sets the theme's icon [Texture] to [code]texture[/code] at [code]name[/code] " +"in [code]node_type[/code].\n" +"Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:393 +msgid "" +"Sets theme's [StyleBox] to [code]stylebox[/code] at [code]name[/code] in " +"[code]node_type[/code].\n" +"Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:404 +msgid "" +"Sets the theme item of [code]data_type[/code] to [code]value[/code] at " +"[code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code].\n" +"Does nothing if the [code]value[/code] type does not match [code]data_type[/" +"code].\n" +"Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:412 +msgid "" +"The default font of this [Theme] resource. Used as a fallback value for font " +"items defined in this theme, but having invalid values. If this value is " +"also invalid, the global default value is used.\n" +"Use [method has_default_font] to check if this value is valid." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:418 +msgid "Theme's [Color] item type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:421 +msgid "Theme's constant item type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:424 +msgid "Theme's [Font] item type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:427 +msgid "Theme's icon [Texture] item type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:430 +msgid "Theme's [StyleBox] item type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:433 +msgid "Maximum value for the DataType enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:4 +msgid "A unit of execution in a process." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A unit of execution in a process. Can run methods on [Object]s " +"simultaneously. The use of synchronization via [Mutex] or [Semaphore] is " +"advised if working with shared objects.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Breakpoints won't break on code if it's running in a thread. " +"This is a current limitation of the GDScript debugger." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:12 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/threads/thread_safe_apis.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Returns the current [Thread]'s ID, uniquely identifying it among all " +"threads. If the [Thread] is not running this returns an empty string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this [Thread] has been started. Once started, " +"this will return [code]true[/code] until it is joined using [method " +"wait_to_finish]. For checking if a [Thread] is still executing its task, use " +"[method is_alive]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this [Thread] is currently running. This is " +"useful for determining if [method wait_to_finish] can be called without " +"blocking the calling thread.\n" +"To check if a [Thread] is joinable, use [method is_active]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:42 +msgid "" +"Starts a new [Thread] that runs [code]method[/code] on object " +"[code]instance[/code] with [code]userdata[/code] passed as an argument. Even " +"if no userdata is passed, [code]method[/code] must accept one argument and " +"it will be null. The [code]priority[/code] of the [Thread] can be changed by " +"passing a value from the [enum Priority] enum.\n" +"Returns [constant OK] on success, or [constant ERR_CANT_CREATE] on failure." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Joins the [Thread] and waits for it to finish. Returns the output of the " +"method passed to [method start].\n" +"Should either be used when you want to retrieve the value returned from the " +"method called by the [Thread] or before freeing the instance that contains " +"the [Thread].\n" +"To determine if this can be called without blocking the calling thread, " +"check if [method is_alive] is [code]false[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] After the [Thread] finishes joining it will be disposed. If you " +"want to use it again you will have to create a new instance of it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:58 +msgid "A thread running with lower priority than normally." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:61 +msgid "A thread with a standard priority." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:64 +msgid "A thread running with higher priority than normally." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:4 +msgid "Node for 2D tile-based maps." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Node for 2D tile-based maps. Tilemaps use a [TileSet] which contain a list " +"of tiles (textures plus optional collision, navigation, and/or occluder " +"shapes) which are used to create grid-based maps.\n" +"When doing physics queries against the tilemap, the cell coordinates are " +"encoded as [code]metadata[/code] for each detected collision shape returned " +"by methods such as [method Physics2DDirectSpaceState.intersect_shape], " +"[method Physics2DDirectBodyState.get_contact_collider_shape_metadata], etc." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:11 doc/classes/TileSet.xml:11 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/2d/using_tilemaps.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:14 doc/classes/TileSet.xml:14 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/111" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:23 +msgid "Clears all cells." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:29 +msgid "Clears cells that do not exist in the tileset." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Returns the tile index of the given cell. If no tile exists in the cell, " +"returns [constant INVALID_CELL]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Returns the coordinate (subtile column and row) of the autotile variation in " +"the tileset. Returns a zero vector if the cell doesn't have autotiling." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Returns the tile index of the cell given by a Vector2. If no tile exists in " +"the cell, returns [constant INVALID_CELL]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:59 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the given collision layer bit is set." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:66 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the given collision mask bit is set." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Returns a [Vector2] array with the positions of all cells containing a tile " +"from the tileset (i.e. a tile index different from [code]-1[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:79 +msgid "" +"Returns an array of all cells with the given tile index specified in " +"[code]id[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:85 +msgid "Returns a rectangle enclosing the used (non-empty) tiles of the map." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given cell is transposed, i.e. the X and Y " +"axes are swapped." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:101 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the given cell is flipped in the X axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:109 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the given cell is flipped in the Y axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:117 +msgid "" +"Returns the local position of the top left corner of the cell corresponding " +"to the given tilemap (grid-based) coordinates.\n" +"To get the global position, use [method Node2D.to_global]:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var local_position = my_tilemap.map_to_world(map_position)\n" +"var global_position = my_tilemap.to_global(local_position)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Optionally, the tilemap's half offset can be ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:136 +msgid "" +"Sets the tile index for the cell given by a Vector2.\n" +"An index of [code]-1[/code] clears the cell.\n" +"Optionally, the tile can also be flipped, transposed, or given autotile " +"coordinates. The autotile coordinate refers to the column and row of the " +"subtile.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Data such as navigation polygons and collision shapes are not " +"immediately updated for performance reasons.\n" +"If you need these to be immediately updated, you can call [method " +"update_dirty_quadrants].\n" +"Overriding this method also overrides it internally, allowing custom logic " +"to be implemented when tiles are placed/removed:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func set_cell(x, y, tile, flip_x=false, flip_y=false, transpose=false, " +"autotile_coord=Vector2()):\n" +" # Write your custom logic here.\n" +" # To call the default method:\n" +" .set_cell(x, y, tile, flip_x, flip_y, transpose, autotile_coord)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:158 +msgid "" +"Sets the tile index for the given cell.\n" +"An index of [code]-1[/code] clears the cell.\n" +"Optionally, the tile can also be flipped or transposed.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Data such as navigation polygons and collision shapes are not " +"immediately updated for performance reasons.\n" +"If you need these to be immediately updated, you can call [method " +"update_dirty_quadrants]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:170 +msgid "Sets the given collision layer bit." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:178 +msgid "Sets the given collision mask bit." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:185 +msgid "" +"Applies autotiling rules to the cell (and its adjacent cells) referenced by " +"its grid-based X and Y coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:193 +msgid "" +"Applies autotiling rules to the cells in the given region (specified by grid-" +"based X and Y coordinates).\n" +"Calling with invalid (or missing) parameters applies autotiling rules for " +"the entire tilemap." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:200 +msgid "" +"Updates the tile map's quadrants, allowing things such as navigation and " +"collision shapes to be immediately used if modified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:207 +msgid "" +"Returns the tilemap (grid-based) coordinates corresponding to the given " +"local position.\n" +"To use this with a global position, first determine the local position with " +"[method Node2D.to_local]:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var local_position = my_tilemap.to_local(global_position)\n" +"var map_position = my_tilemap.world_to_map(local_position)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:218 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the cell's UVs will be clipped." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:221 +msgid "The custom [Transform2D] to be applied to the TileMap's cells." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:224 +msgid "" +"Amount to offset alternating tiles. See [enum HalfOffset] for possible " +"values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:227 +msgid "" +"The TileMap's quadrant size. Optimizes drawing by batching, using chunks of " +"this size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:230 +msgid "The TileMap's cell size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:233 +msgid "Position for tile origin. See [enum TileOrigin] for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:236 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the TileMap's direct children will be drawn in order " +"of their Y coordinate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:239 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the textures will be centered in the middle of each " +"tile. This is useful for certain isometric or top-down modes when textures " +"are made larger or smaller than the tiles (e.g. to avoid flickering on tile " +"edges). The offset is still applied, but from the center of the tile. If " +"used, [member compatibility_mode] is ignored.\n" +"If [code]false[/code], the texture position start in the top-left corner " +"unless [member compatibility_mode] is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:243 +msgid "" +"Bounce value for static body collisions (see [code]collision_use_kinematic[/" +"code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:246 +msgid "" +"Friction value for static body collisions (see " +"[code]collision_use_kinematic[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:249 +msgid "" +"The collision layer(s) for all colliders in the TileMap. See [url=https://" +"docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction." +"html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the " +"documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:252 +msgid "" +"The collision mask(s) for all colliders in the TileMap. See [url=https://" +"docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction." +"html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the " +"documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:255 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], TileMap collisions will be handled as a kinematic " +"body. If [code]false[/code], collisions will be handled as static body." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:258 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], this tilemap's collision shape will be added to the " +"collision shape of the parent. The parent has to be a [CollisionObject2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:261 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the compatibility with the tilemaps made in Godot 3.1 " +"or earlier is maintained (textures move when the tile origin changes and " +"rotate if the texture size is not homogeneous). This mode presents problems " +"when doing [code]flip_h[/code], [code]flip_v[/code] and [code]transpose[/" +"code] tile operations on non-homogeneous isometric tiles (e.g. 2:1), in " +"which the texture could not coincide with the collision, thus it is not " +"recommended for isometric or non-square tiles.\n" +"If [code]false[/code], the textures do not move when doing [code]flip_h[/" +"code], [code]flip_v[/code] operations if no offset is used, nor when " +"changing the tile origin.\n" +"The compatibility mode doesn't work with the [member centered_textures] " +"option, because displacing textures with the [member cell_tile_origin] " +"option or in irregular tiles is not relevant when centering those textures." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:266 +msgid "The TileMap orientation mode. See [enum Mode] for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:269 +msgid "" +"The light mask assigned to all light occluders in the TileMap. The TileSet's " +"light occluders will cast shadows only from Light2D(s) that have the same " +"light mask(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], collision shapes are visible in the editor. Doesn't " +"affect collision shapes visibility at runtime. To show collision shapes at " +"runtime, enable [b]Visible Collision Shapes[/b] in the [b]Debug[/b] menu " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:275 +msgid "The assigned [TileSet]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:281 +msgid "Emitted when a tilemap setting has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:287 +msgid "Returned when a cell doesn't exist." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:290 +msgid "Orthogonal orientation mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:293 +msgid "Isometric orientation mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:296 +msgid "Custom orientation mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:299 +msgid "Half offset on the X coordinate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:302 +msgid "Half offset on the Y coordinate." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:305 +msgid "Half offset disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:308 +msgid "Half offset on the X coordinate (negative)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:311 +msgid "Half offset on the Y coordinate (negative)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:314 +msgid "Tile origin at its top-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:317 +msgid "Tile origin at its center." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:320 +msgid "Tile origin at its bottom-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:4 +msgid "Tile library for tilemaps." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A TileSet is a library of tiles for a [TileMap]. It contains a list of " +"tiles, each consisting of a sprite and optional collision shapes.\n" +"Tiles are referenced by a unique integer ID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:42 +msgid "" +"Determines when the auto-tiler should consider two different auto-tile IDs " +"to be bound together.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]neighbor_id[/code] will be [code]-1[/code] ([constant " +"TileMap.INVALID_CELL]) when checking a tile against an empty neighbor tile." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:50 +msgid "Clears all bitmask information of the autotile." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Returns the bitmask of the subtile from an autotile given its coordinates.\n" +"The value is the sum of the values in [enum AutotileBindings] present in the " +"subtile (e.g. a value of 5 means the bitmask has bindings in both the top " +"left and top right)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:66 +msgid "Returns the [enum BitmaskMode] of the autotile." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Returns the subtile that's being used as an icon in an atlas/autotile given " +"its coordinates.\n" +"The subtile defined as the icon will be used as a fallback when the atlas/" +"autotile's bitmask information is incomplete. It will also be used to " +"represent it in the TileSet editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:82 +msgid "" +"Returns the light occluder of the subtile from an atlas/autotile given its " +"coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:90 +msgid "" +"Returns the navigation polygon of the subtile from an atlas/autotile given " +"its coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:97 +msgid "Returns the size of the subtiles in an atlas/autotile." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:104 +msgid "Returns the spacing between subtiles of the atlas/autotile." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:112 +msgid "" +"Returns the priority of the subtile from an autotile given its coordinates.\n" +"When more than one subtile has the same bitmask value, one of them will be " +"picked randomly for drawing. Its priority will define how often it will be " +"picked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:121 +msgid "" +"Returns the drawing index of the subtile from an atlas/autotile given its " +"coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:130 +msgid "" +"Sets the bitmask of the subtile from an autotile given its coordinates.\n" +"The value is the sum of the values in [enum AutotileBindings] present in the " +"subtile (e.g. a value of 5 means the bitmask has bindings in both the top " +"left and top right)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:139 +msgid "Sets the [enum BitmaskMode] of the autotile." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:147 +msgid "" +"Sets the subtile that will be used as an icon in an atlas/autotile given its " +"coordinates.\n" +"The subtile defined as the icon will be used as a fallback when the atlas/" +"autotile's bitmask information is incomplete. It will also be used to " +"represent it in the TileSet editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:157 +msgid "" +"Sets the light occluder of the subtile from an atlas/autotile given its " +"coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:166 +msgid "" +"Sets the navigation polygon of the subtile from an atlas/autotile given its " +"coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:174 +msgid "Sets the size of the subtiles in an atlas/autotile." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:182 +msgid "Sets the spacing between subtiles of the atlas/autotile." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:191 +msgid "" +"Sets the priority of the subtile from an autotile given its coordinates.\n" +"When more than one subtile has the same bitmask value, one of them will be " +"picked randomly for drawing. Its priority will define how often it will be " +"picked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:201 +msgid "" +"Sets the drawing index of the subtile from an atlas/autotile given its " +"coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:207 +msgid "Clears all tiles." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:214 +msgid "Creates a new tile with the given ID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:221 +msgid "Returns the first tile matching the given name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:227 +msgid "" +"Returns the ID following the last currently used ID, useful when creating a " +"new tile." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:233 +msgid "Returns an array of all currently used tile IDs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:240 +msgid "Removes the given tile ID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:251 +msgid "Adds a shape to the tile." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:258 +msgid "Returns the tile's light occluder." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:265 +msgid "Returns the tile's material." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:272 +msgid "Returns the tile's modulation color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:279 +msgid "Returns the tile's name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:286 +msgid "Returns the navigation polygon of the tile." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:293 +msgid "Returns the offset of the tile's navigation polygon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:300 +msgid "Returns the tile's normal map texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:307 +msgid "Returns the offset of the tile's light occluder." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:314 +msgid "Returns the tile sub-region in the texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:322 +msgid "Returns a tile's given shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:329 +msgid "Returns the number of shapes assigned to a tile." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:337 +msgid "Returns the offset of a tile's shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:345 +msgid "Returns the one-way collision value of a tile's shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:360 +msgid "Returns the [Transform2D] of a tile's shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:367 +msgid "" +"Returns an array of dictionaries describing the tile's shapes.\n" +"[b]Dictionary structure in the array returned by this method:[/b]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"{\n" +" \"autotile_coord\": Vector2,\n" +" \"one_way\": bool,\n" +" \"one_way_margin\": int,\n" +" \"shape\": CollisionShape2D,\n" +" \"shape_transform\": Transform2D,\n" +"}\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:384 +msgid "Returns the tile's texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:391 +msgid "Returns the texture offset of the tile." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:398 +msgid "Returns the tile's [enum TileMode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:405 +msgid "Returns the tile's Z index (drawing layer)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:413 +msgid "Sets a light occluder for the tile." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:421 +msgid "Sets the tile's material." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:429 +msgid "Sets the tile's modulation color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:437 +msgid "Sets the tile's name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:445 +msgid "Sets the tile's navigation polygon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:453 +msgid "Sets an offset for the tile's navigation polygon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:461 +msgid "" +"Sets the tile's normal map texture.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. " +"See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/" +"Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for " +"a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:470 +msgid "Sets an offset for the tile's light occluder." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:478 +msgid "" +"Sets the tile's sub-region in the texture. This is common in texture atlases." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:487 +msgid "Sets a shape for the tile, enabling collision." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:496 +msgid "Sets the offset of a tile's shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:505 +msgid "Enables one-way collision on a tile's shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:522 +msgid "Sets a [Transform2D] on a tile's shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:530 +msgid "Sets an array of shapes for the tile, enabling collision." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:538 +msgid "Sets the tile's texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:546 +msgid "Sets the tile's texture offset." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:554 +msgid "Sets the tile's [enum TileMode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:562 +msgid "Sets the tile's drawing index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:4 +msgid "A countdown timer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Counts down a specified interval and emits a signal on reaching 0. Can be " +"set to repeat or \"one-shot\" mode.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] To create a one-shot timer without instantiating a node, use " +"[method SceneTree.create_timer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:17 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the timer is stopped." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Starts the timer. Sets [code]wait_time[/code] to [code]time_sec[/code] if " +"[code]time_sec > 0[/code]. This also resets the remaining time to " +"[code]wait_time[/code].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method will not resume a paused timer. See [member paused]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:31 +msgid "Stops the timer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the timer will automatically start when entering the " +"scene tree.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property is automatically set to [code]false[/code] after " +"the timer enters the scene tree and starts." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:41 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the timer will stop when reaching 0. If [code]false[/" +"code], it will restart." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:44 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the timer is paused and will not process until it is " +"unpaused again, even if [method start] is called." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:47 +msgid "Processing mode. See [enum TimerProcessMode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:50 +msgid "" +"The timer's remaining time in seconds. Returns 0 if the timer is inactive.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] You cannot set this value. To change the timer's remaining " +"time, use [method start]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:54 +msgid "" +"The wait time in seconds.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Timers can only emit once per rendered frame at most (or once " +"per physics frame if [member process_mode] is [constant " +"TIMER_PROCESS_PHYSICS]). This means very low wait times (lower than 0.05 " +"seconds) will behave in significantly different ways depending on the " +"rendered framerate. For very low wait times, it is recommended to use a " +"process loop in a script instead of using a Timer node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Update the timer during the physics step at each frame (fixed framerate " +"processing)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:70 +msgid "Update the timer during the idle time at each frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:4 +msgid "Flat button helper class." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This is a helper class to generate a flat [Button] (see [member Button." +"flat]), creating a [ToolButton] is equivalent to:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var btn = Button.new()\n" +"btn.flat = true\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:24 +msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [ToolButton] is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:27 +msgid "" +"[StyleBox] used when the [ToolButton] is focused. It is displayed over the " +"current [StyleBox], so using [StyleBoxEmpty] will just disable the focus " +"visual effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:30 +msgid "[Font] of the [ToolButton]'s text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:33 +msgid "Default text [Color] of the [ToolButton]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:36 +msgid "Text [Color] used when the [ToolButton] is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Text [Color] used when the [ToolButton] is focused. Only replaces the normal " +"text color of the button. Disabled, hovered, and pressed states take " +"precedence over this color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:42 +msgid "Text [Color] used when the [ToolButton] is being hovered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:45 +msgid "Text [Color] used when the [ToolButton] is being pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:48 +msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [ToolButton] is being hovered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:51 +msgid "The horizontal space between [ToolButton]'s icon and text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:54 +msgid "Default [StyleBox] for the [ToolButton]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:57 +msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [ToolButton] is being pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:4 +msgid "Button for touch screen devices for gameplay use." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:7 +msgid "" +"TouchScreenButton allows you to create on-screen buttons for touch devices. " +"It's intended for gameplay use, such as a unit you have to touch to move. " +"Unlike [Button], TouchScreenButton supports multitouch out of the box. " +"Several TouchScreenButtons can be pressed at the same time with touch " +"input.\n" +"This node inherits from [Node2D]. Unlike with [Control] nodes, you cannot " +"set anchors on it. If you want to create menus or user interfaces, you may " +"want to use [Button] nodes instead. To make button nodes react to touch " +"events, you can enable the Emulate Mouse option in the Project Settings.\n" +"You can configure TouchScreenButton to be visible only on touch devices, " +"helping you develop your game both for desktop and mobile devices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:17 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if this button is currently pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:23 +msgid "The button's action. Actions can be handled with [InputEventAction]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:26 +msgid "The button's bitmask." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:29 +msgid "The button's texture for the normal state." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:32 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the [signal pressed] and [signal released] signals are " +"emitted whenever a pressed finger goes in and out of the button, even if the " +"pressure started outside the active area of the button.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This is a \"pass-by\" (not \"bypass\") press mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:36 +msgid "The button's texture for the pressed state." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:39 +msgid "The button's shape." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:42 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the button's shape is centered in the provided " +"texture. If no texture is used, this property has no effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:45 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the button's shape is visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:48 +msgid "" +"The button's visibility mode. See [enum VisibilityMode] for possible values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:54 +msgid "Emitted when the button is pressed (down)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:59 +msgid "Emitted when the button is released (up)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:65 +msgid "Always visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:68 +msgid "Visible on touch screens only." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:4 +msgid "3D transformation (3×4 matrix)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:7 +msgid "" +"3×4 matrix (3 rows, 4 columns) used for 3D linear transformations. It can " +"represent transformations such as translation, rotation, or scaling. It " +"consists of a [member basis] (first 3 columns) and a [Vector3] for the " +"[member origin] (last column).\n" +"For more information, read the \"Matrices and transforms\" documentation " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Constructs a Transform from four [Vector3] values (matrix columns). Each " +"axis corresponds to local basis vectors (some of which may be scaled)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:34 +msgid "Constructs a Transform from a [Basis] and [Vector3]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:41 +msgid "Constructs a Transform from a [Transform2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Constructs a Transform from a [Quat]. The origin will be [code]Vector3(0, 0, " +"0)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Constructs the Transform from a [Basis]. The origin will be Vector3(0, 0, 0)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:61 doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Returns the inverse of the transform, under the assumption that the " +"transformation is composed of rotation, scaling and translation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:69 +msgid "" +"Interpolates the transform to other Transform by weight amount (on the range " +"of 0.0 to 1.0)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:75 +msgid "" +"Returns the inverse of the transform, under the assumption that the " +"transformation is composed of rotation and translation (no scaling, use " +"affine_inverse for transforms with scaling)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:82 doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:99 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this transform and [code]transform[/code] are " +"approximately equal, by calling [code]is_equal_approx[/code] on each " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:90 +msgid "" +"Returns a copy of the transform rotated such that its -Z axis points towards " +"the [code]target[/code] position.\n" +"The transform will first be rotated around the given [code]up[/code] vector, " +"and then fully aligned to the target by a further rotation around an axis " +"perpendicular to both the [code]target[/code] and [code]up[/code] vectors.\n" +"Operations take place in global space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:98 +msgid "" +"Returns the transform with the basis orthogonal (90 degrees), and normalized " +"axis vectors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:106 +msgid "" +"Rotates the transform around the given axis by the given angle (in radians), " +"using matrix multiplication. The axis must be a normalized vector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:113 +msgid "" +"Scales basis and origin of the transform by the given scale factor, using " +"matrix multiplication." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:120 doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:126 +msgid "" +"Translates the transform by the given offset, relative to the transform's " +"basis vectors.\n" +"Unlike [method rotated] and [method scaled], this does not use matrix " +"multiplication." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:128 +msgid "" +"Transforms the given [Vector3], [Plane], [AABB], or [PoolVector3Array] by " +"this transform." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:135 +msgid "" +"Inverse-transforms the given [Vector3], [Plane], [AABB], or " +"[PoolVector3Array] by this transform." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:141 +msgid "" +"The basis is a matrix containing 3 [Vector3] as its columns: X axis, Y axis, " +"and Z axis. These vectors can be interpreted as the basis vectors of local " +"coordinate system traveling with the object." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:144 +msgid "" +"The translation offset of the transform (column 3, the fourth column). " +"Equivalent to array index [code]3[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:149 +msgid "" +"[Transform] with no translation, rotation or scaling applied. When applied " +"to other data structures, [constant IDENTITY] performs no transformation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:152 +msgid "[Transform] with mirroring applied perpendicular to the YZ plane." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:155 +msgid "[Transform] with mirroring applied perpendicular to the XZ plane." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:158 +msgid "[Transform] with mirroring applied perpendicular to the XY plane." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:4 +msgid "2D transformation (2×3 matrix)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"2×3 matrix (2 rows, 3 columns) used for 2D linear transformations. It can " +"represent transformations such as translation, rotation, or scaling. It " +"consists of three [Vector2] values: [member x], [member y], and the [member " +"origin].\n" +"For more information, read the \"Matrices and transforms\" documentation " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:21 +msgid "Constructs the transform from a 3D [Transform]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Constructs the transform from 3 [Vector2] values representing [member x], " +"[member y], and the [member origin] (the three column vectors)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:38 +msgid "Constructs the transform from a given angle (in radians) and position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Returns a vector transformed (multiplied) by the basis matrix.\n" +"This method does not account for translation (the origin vector)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Returns a vector transformed (multiplied) by the inverse basis matrix.\n" +"This method does not account for translation (the origin vector)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:66 +msgid "Returns the transform's origin (translation)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:72 +msgid "Returns the transform's rotation (in radians)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:78 +msgid "Returns the scale." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:86 +msgid "" +"Returns a transform interpolated between this transform and another by a " +"given [code]weight[/code] (on the range of 0.0 to 1.0)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:92 +msgid "" +"Returns the inverse of the transform, under the assumption that the " +"transformation is composed of rotation and translation (no scaling, use " +"[method affine_inverse] for transforms with scaling)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:105 +msgid "" +"Returns the transform with the basis orthogonal (90 degrees), and normalized " +"axis vectors (scale of 1 or -1)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:112 +msgid "" +"Rotates the transform by the given angle (in radians), using matrix " +"multiplication." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:119 +msgid "" +"Scales the transform by the given scale factor, using matrix multiplication." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:134 +msgid "" +"Transforms the given [Vector2], [Rect2], or [PoolVector2Array] by this " +"transform." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:141 +msgid "" +"Inverse-transforms the given [Vector2], [Rect2], or [PoolVector2Array] by " +"this transform." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:147 +msgid "" +"The origin vector (column 2, the third column). Equivalent to array index " +"[code]2[/code]. The origin vector represents translation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:158 +msgid "" +"The identity [Transform2D] with no translation, rotation or scaling applied. " +"When applied to other data structures, [constant IDENTITY] performs no " +"transformation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:161 +msgid "The [Transform2D] that will flip something along the X axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:164 +msgid "The [Transform2D] that will flip something along the Y axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:4 +msgid "Language Translation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Translations are resources that can be loaded and unloaded on demand. They " +"map a string to another string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:10 doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:10 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/i18n/internationalizing_games." +"html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:11 doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:11 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/i18n/locales.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:18 +msgid "Virtual method to override [method get_message]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:26 +msgid "Adds a message if nonexistent, followed by its translation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:33 +msgid "Erases a message." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:40 +msgid "Returns a message's translation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:46 +msgid "Returns the number of existing messages." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:52 +msgid "Returns all the messages (keys)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:58 +msgid "The locale of the translation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:4 +msgid "Server that manages all translations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Server that manages all translations. Translations can be set to it and " +"removed from it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:18 +msgid "Adds a [Translation] resource." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:24 +msgid "Clears the server from all translations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:30 +msgid "Returns an array of all loaded locales of the project." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Returns the current locale of the project.\n" +"See also [method OS.get_locale] and [method OS.get_locale_language] to query " +"the locale of the user system." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Returns a locale's language and its variant (e.g. [code]\"en_US\"[/code] " +"would return [code]\"English (United States)\"[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:51 +msgid "Removes the given translation from the server." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Sets the locale of the project. The [code]locale[/code] string will be " +"standardized to match known locales (e.g. [code]en-US[/code] would be " +"matched to [code]en_US[/code]).\n" +"If translations have been loaded beforehand for the new locale, they will be " +"applied." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:66 +msgid "Returns the current locale's translation for the given message (key)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:4 +msgid "Control to show a tree of items." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This shows a tree of items that can be selected, expanded and collapsed. The " +"tree can have multiple columns with custom controls like text editing, " +"buttons and popups. It can be useful for structured displays and " +"interactions.\n" +"Trees are built via code, using [TreeItem] objects to create the structure. " +"They have a single root but multiple roots can be simulated if a dummy " +"hidden root is added.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" var tree = Tree.new()\n" +" var root = tree.create_item()\n" +" tree.set_hide_root(true)\n" +" var child1 = tree.create_item(root)\n" +" var child2 = tree.create_item(root)\n" +" var subchild1 = tree.create_item(child1)\n" +" subchild1.set_text(0, \"Subchild1\")\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"To iterate over all the [TreeItem] objects in a [Tree] object, use [method " +"TreeItem.get_next] and [method TreeItem.get_children] after getting the root " +"through [method get_root]. You can use [method Object.free] on a [TreeItem] " +"to remove it from the [Tree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:27 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the column titles are being shown." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:33 +msgid "Clears the tree. This removes all items." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Creates an item in the tree and adds it as a child of [code]parent[/code].\n" +"If [code]parent[/code] is [code]null[/code], the root item will be the " +"parent, or the new item will be the root itself if the tree is empty.\n" +"The new item will be the [code]idx[/code]th child of parent, or it will be " +"the last child if there are not enough siblings." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Edits the selected tree item as if it was clicked. The item must be set " +"editable with [method TreeItem.set_editable]. Returns [code]true[/code] if " +"the item could be edited. Fails if no item is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Makes the currently focused cell visible.\n" +"This will scroll the tree if necessary. In [constant SELECT_ROW] mode, this " +"will not do horizontal scrolling, as all the cells in the selected row is " +"focused logically.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Despite the name of this method, the focus cursor itself is " +"only visible in [constant SELECT_MULTI] mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Returns the column index at [code]position[/code], or -1 if no item is there." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:71 +msgid "Returns the column's title." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:78 +msgid "Returns the column's width in pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:84 +msgid "" +"Returns the rectangle for custom popups. Helper to create custom cell " +"controls that display a popup. See [method TreeItem.set_cell_mode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:91 +msgid "" +"Returns the drop section at [code]position[/code], or -100 if no item is " +"there.\n" +"Values -1, 0, or 1 will be returned for the \"above item\", \"on item\", and " +"\"below item\" drop sections, respectively. See [enum DropModeFlags] for a " +"description of each drop section.\n" +"To get the item which the returned drop section is relative to, use [method " +"get_item_at_position]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:99 +msgid "" +"Returns the currently edited item. Can be used with [signal item_edited] to " +"get the item that was modified.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" $Tree.item_edited.connect(on_Tree_item_edited)\n" +"\n" +"func on_Tree_item_edited():\n" +" print($Tree.get_edited()) # This item just got edited (e.g. checked).\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:112 +msgid "Returns the column for the currently edited item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:120 +msgid "" +"Returns the rectangle area for the specified item. If [code]column[/code] is " +"specified, only get the position and size of that column, otherwise get the " +"rectangle containing all columns." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:127 +msgid "" +"Returns the tree item at the specified position (relative to the tree origin " +"position)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:134 +msgid "" +"Returns the next selected item after the given one, or [code]null[/code] if " +"the end is reached.\n" +"If [code]from[/code] is [code]null[/code], this returns the first selected " +"item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:141 +msgid "Returns the last pressed button's index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:147 +msgid "" +"Returns the tree's root item, or [code]null[/code] if the tree is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:153 +msgid "Returns the current scrolling position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:159 +msgid "" +"Returns the currently focused item, or [code]null[/code] if no item is " +"focused.\n" +"In [constant SELECT_ROW] and [constant SELECT_SINGLE] modes, the focused " +"item is same as the selected item. In [constant SELECT_MULTI] mode, the " +"focused item is the item under the focus cursor, not necessarily selected.\n" +"To get the currently selected item(s), use [method get_next_selected]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:167 +msgid "" +"Returns the currently focused column, or -1 if no column is focused.\n" +"In [constant SELECT_SINGLE] mode, the focused column is the selected column. " +"In [constant SELECT_ROW] mode, the focused column is always 0 if any item is " +"selected. In [constant SELECT_MULTI] mode, the focused column is the column " +"under the focus cursor, and there are not necessarily any column selected.\n" +"To tell whether a column of an item is selected, use [method TreeItem." +"is_selected]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:176 +msgid "Causes the [Tree] to jump to the specified item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:184 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the column will have the \"Expand\" flag of [Control]. " +"Columns that have the \"Expand\" flag will use their \"min_width\" in a " +"similar fashion to [member Control.size_flags_stretch_ratio]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:192 +msgid "" +"Sets the minimum width of a column. Columns that have the \"Expand\" flag " +"will use their \"min_width\" in a similar fashion to [member Control." +"size_flags_stretch_ratio]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:200 +msgid "Sets the title of a column." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:207 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], column titles are visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:213 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the currently selected cell may be selected again." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:216 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], a right mouse button click can select items." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:219 +msgid "The number of columns." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:222 +msgid "" +"The drop mode as an OR combination of flags. See [enum DropModeFlags] " +"constants. Once dropping is done, reverts to [constant DROP_MODE_DISABLED]. " +"Setting this during [method Control.can_drop_data] is recommended.\n" +"This controls the drop sections, i.e. the decision and drawing of possible " +"drop locations based on the mouse position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:227 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the folding arrow is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:230 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the tree's root is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:234 +msgid "" +"Allows single or multiple selection. See the [enum SelectMode] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:243 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a button on the tree was pressed (see [method TreeItem." +"add_button])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:248 +msgid "Emitted when a cell is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:254 +msgid "Emitted when a column's title is pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:260 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a cell with the [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_CUSTOM] is clicked " +"to be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:266 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the right mouse button is pressed in the empty space of the " +"tree." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:272 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the right mouse button is pressed if right mouse button " +"selection is active and the tree is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:277 +msgid "Emitted when an item's label is double-clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:283 +msgid "Emitted when an item is collapsed by a click on the folding arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:288 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a custom button is pressed (i.e. in a [constant TreeItem." +"CELL_MODE_CUSTOM] mode cell)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:293 +msgid "Emitted when an item's icon is double-clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:298 +msgid "Emitted when an item is edited." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:303 +msgid "Emitted when an item is edited using the right mouse button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:309 +msgid "Emitted when an item is selected with the right mouse button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:314 +msgid "Emitted when an item is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:322 +msgid "" +"Emitted instead of [code]item_selected[/code] if [code]select_mode[/code] is " +"[constant SELECT_MULTI]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:327 +msgid "Emitted when a left mouse button click does not select any item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:333 +msgid "" +"Allows selection of a single cell at a time. From the perspective of items, " +"only a single item is allowed to be selected. And there is only one column " +"selected in the selected item.\n" +"The focus cursor is always hidden in this mode, but it is positioned at the " +"current selection, making the currently selected item the currently focused " +"item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:337 +msgid "" +"Allows selection of a single row at a time. From the perspective of items, " +"only a single items is allowed to be selected. And all the columns are " +"selected in the selected item.\n" +"The focus cursor is always hidden in this mode, but it is positioned at the " +"first column of the current selection, making the currently selected item " +"the currently focused item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:341 +msgid "" +"Allows selection of multiple cells at the same time. From the perspective of " +"items, multiple items are allowed to be selected. And there can be multiple " +"columns selected in each selected item.\n" +"The focus cursor is visible in this mode, the item or column under the " +"cursor is not necessarily selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:345 +msgid "" +"Disables all drop sections, but still allows to detect the \"on item\" drop " +"section by [method get_drop_section_at_position].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This is the default flag, it has no effect when combined with " +"other flags." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:349 +msgid "" +"Enables the \"on item\" drop section. This drop section covers the entire " +"item.\n" +"When combined with [constant DROP_MODE_INBETWEEN], this drop section halves " +"the height and stays centered vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:353 +msgid "" +"Enables \"above item\" and \"below item\" drop sections. The \"above item\" " +"drop section covers the top half of the item, and the \"below item\" drop " +"section covers the bottom half.\n" +"When combined with [constant DROP_MODE_ON_ITEM], these drop sections halves " +"the height and stays on top / bottom accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:359 +msgid "The arrow icon used when a foldable item is not collapsed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:362 +msgid "The arrow icon used when a foldable item is collapsed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:365 +msgid "" +"Default [StyleBox] for the [Tree], i.e. used when the control is not being " +"focused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:368 +msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [Tree] is being focused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:371 +msgid "The horizontal space between each button in a cell." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:374 +msgid "[StyleBox] used when a button in the tree is pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:377 +msgid "" +"The check icon to display when the [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_CHECK] mode " +"cell is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:380 +msgid "[StyleBox] used for the cursor, when the [Tree] is being focused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:383 +msgid "[StyleBox] used for the cursor, when the [Tree] is not being focused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:386 +msgid "" +"Default [StyleBox] for a [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_CUSTOM] mode cell." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:389 +msgid "" +"Text [Color] for a [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_CUSTOM] mode cell when it's " +"hovered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:392 +msgid "" +"[StyleBox] for a [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_CUSTOM] mode cell when it's " +"hovered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:395 +msgid "" +"[StyleBox] for a [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_CUSTOM] mode cell when it's " +"pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:398 +msgid "" +"Draws the guidelines if not zero, this acts as a boolean. The guideline is a " +"horizontal line drawn at the bottom of each item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:401 +msgid "" +"Draws the relationship lines if not zero, this acts as a boolean. " +"Relationship lines are drawn at the start of child items to show hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:404 +msgid "" +"[Color] used to draw possible drop locations. See [enum DropModeFlags] " +"constants for further description of drop locations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:416 +msgid "[Color] of the guideline." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:419 +msgid "" +"The horizontal space between item cells. This is also used as the margin at " +"the start of an item when folding is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:422 +msgid "" +"The horizontal margin at the start of an item. This is used when folding is " +"enabled for the item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:425 +msgid "[Color] of the relationship lines." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:428 +msgid "" +"The maximum distance between the mouse cursor and the control's border to " +"trigger border scrolling when dragging." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:431 +msgid "The speed of border scrolling." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:434 +msgid "" +"The arrow icon to display for the [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_RANGE] mode " +"cell." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:437 +msgid "" +"[StyleBox] for the selected items, used when the [Tree] is not being focused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:440 +msgid "" +"[StyleBox] for the selected items, used when the [Tree] is being focused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:443 +msgid "Default text [Color] of the title button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:446 +msgid "[Font] of the title button's text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:449 +msgid "[StyleBox] used when the title button is being hovered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:452 +msgid "Default [StyleBox] for the title button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:455 +msgid "[StyleBox] used when the title button is being pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:458 +msgid "" +"The check icon to display when the [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_CHECK] mode " +"cell is unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:461 +msgid "" +"The updown arrow icon to display for the [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_RANGE] " +"mode cell." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:464 +msgid "" +"The vertical padding inside each item, i.e. the distance between the item's " +"content and top/bottom border." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:4 +msgid "Control for a single item inside a [Tree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Control for a single item inside a [Tree]. May have child [TreeItem]s and be " +"styled as well as contain buttons.\n" +"You can remove a [TreeItem] by using [method Object.free]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Adds a button with [Texture] [code]button[/code] at column [code]column[/" +"code]. The [code]button_idx[/code] index is used to identify the button when " +"calling other methods. If not specified, the next available index is used, " +"which may be retrieved by calling [method get_button_count] immediately " +"after this method. Optionally, the button can be [code]disabled[/code] and " +"have a [code]tooltip[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Calls the [code]method[/code] on the actual TreeItem and its children " +"recursively. Pass parameters as a comma separated list." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:35 +msgid "Resets the background color for the given column to default." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:42 +msgid "Resets the color for the given column to default." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:49 +msgid "Deselects the given column." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Removes the button at index [code]button_idx[/code] in column [code]column[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Returns the [Texture] of the button at index [code]button_idx[/code] in " +"column [code]column[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of buttons in column [code]column[/code]. May be used to " +"get the most recently added button's index, if no index was specified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:80 +msgid "" +"Returns the tooltip string for the button at index [code]button_idx[/code] " +"in column [code]column[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:87 +msgid "Returns the column's cell mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Returns the TreeItem's first child item or a null object if there is none." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:100 +msgid "Returns the custom background color of column [code]column[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:107 +msgid "Returns the custom color of column [code]column[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:114 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]expand_right[/code] is set." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:121 +msgid "Returns the given column's icon [Texture]. Error if no icon is set." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:128 +msgid "Returns the column's icon's maximum width." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:135 +msgid "Returns the [Color] modulating the column's icon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:142 +msgid "Returns the icon [Texture] region as [Rect2]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:149 +msgid "" +"Returns the metadata value that was set for the given column using [method " +"set_metadata]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:155 +msgid "" +"Returns the next TreeItem in the tree or a null object if there is none." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:162 +msgid "" +"Returns the next visible TreeItem in the tree or a null object if there is " +"none.\n" +"If [code]wrap[/code] is enabled, the method will wrap around to the first " +"visible element in the tree when called on the last visible element, " +"otherwise it returns [code]null[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:169 +msgid "Returns the parent TreeItem or a null object if there is none." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:175 +msgid "" +"Returns the previous TreeItem in the tree or a null object if there is none." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:182 +msgid "" +"Returns the previous visible TreeItem in the tree or a null object if there " +"is none.\n" +"If [code]wrap[/code] is enabled, the method will wrap around to the last " +"visible element in the tree when called on the first visible element, " +"otherwise it returns [code]null[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:190 +msgid "Returns the value of a [constant CELL_MODE_RANGE] column." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:197 +msgid "" +"Returns a dictionary containing the range parameters for a given column. The " +"keys are \"min\", \"max\", \"step\", and \"expr\"." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:204 +msgid "Gets the suffix string shown after the column value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:211 +msgid "Returns the given column's text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:218 +msgid "Returns the given column's text alignment." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:225 +msgid "Returns the given column's tooltip." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:233 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the button at index [code]button_idx[/code] for " +"the given column is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:240 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the given column is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:253 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if column [code]column[/code] is editable." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:260 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if column [code]column[/code] is selectable." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:267 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if column [code]column[/code] is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:273 +msgid "Moves this TreeItem to the bottom in the [Tree] hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:279 +msgid "Moves this TreeItem to the top in the [Tree] hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:286 +msgid "" +"Removes the given child [TreeItem] and all its children from the [Tree]. " +"Note that it doesn't free the item from memory, so it can be reused later. " +"To completely remove a [TreeItem] use [method Object.free]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:293 +msgid "Selects the column [code]column[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:302 +msgid "" +"Sets the given column's button [Texture] at index [code]button_idx[/code] to " +"[code]button[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:311 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], disables the button at index [code]button_idx[/code] " +"in column [code]column[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:319 +msgid "" +"Sets the given column's cell mode to [code]mode[/code]. See [enum " +"TreeCellMode] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:327 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the column [code]column[/code] is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:343 +msgid "" +"Sets the given column's custom background color and whether to just use it " +"as an outline." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:351 +msgid "Sets the given column's custom color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:360 +msgid "" +"Sets the given column's custom draw callback to [code]callback[/code] method " +"on [code]object[/code].\n" +"The [code]callback[/code] should accept two arguments: the [TreeItem] that " +"is drawn and its position and size as a [Rect2]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:369 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], column [code]column[/code] is editable." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:377 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], column [code]column[/code] is expanded to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:385 +msgid "Sets the given column's icon [Texture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:393 +msgid "Sets the given column's icon's maximum width." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:401 +msgid "Modulates the given column's icon with [code]modulate[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:409 +msgid "Sets the given column's icon's texture region." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:417 +msgid "" +"Sets the metadata value for the given column, which can be retrieved later " +"using [method get_metadata]. This can be used, for example, to store a " +"reference to the original data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:425 +msgid "Sets the value of a [constant CELL_MODE_RANGE] column." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:436 +msgid "" +"Sets the range of accepted values for a column. The column must be in the " +"[constant CELL_MODE_RANGE] mode.\n" +"If [code]expr[/code] is [code]true[/code], the edit mode slider will use an " +"exponential scale as with [member Range.exp_edit]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:445 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the given column is selectable." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:453 +msgid "" +"Sets a string to be shown after a column's value (for example, a unit " +"abbreviation)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:461 +msgid "Sets the given column's text value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:469 +msgid "" +"Sets the given column's text alignment. See [enum TextAlign] for possible " +"values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:477 +msgid "Sets the given column's tooltip text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:483 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the TreeItem is collapsed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:486 +msgid "The custom minimum height." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:489 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], folding is disabled for this TreeItem." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:494 +msgid "Cell contains a string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:497 +msgid "Cell contains a checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:500 +msgid "Cell contains a range." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:503 +msgid "Cell contains an icon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:508 +msgid "Align text to the left. See [code]set_text_align()[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:511 +msgid "Center text. See [code]set_text_align()[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:514 +msgid "Align text to the right. See [code]set_text_align()[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TriangleMesh.xml:4 +msgid "Internal mesh type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/TriangleMesh.xml:7 +msgid "Mesh type used internally for collision calculations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:4 +msgid "Smoothly animates a node's properties over time." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Tweens are useful for animations requiring a numerical property to be " +"interpolated over a range of values. The name [i]tween[/i] comes from [i]in-" +"betweening[/i], an animation technique where you specify [i]keyframes[/i] " +"and the computer interpolates the frames that appear between them.\n" +"[Tween] is more suited than [AnimationPlayer] for animations where you don't " +"know the final values in advance. For example, interpolating a dynamically-" +"chosen camera zoom value is best done with a [Tween] node; it would be " +"difficult to do the same thing with an [AnimationPlayer] node.\n" +"Here is a brief usage example that makes a 2D node move smoothly between two " +"positions:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var tween = get_node(\"Tween\")\n" +"tween.interpolate_property($Node2D, \"position\",\n" +" Vector2(0, 0), Vector2(100, 100), 1,\n" +" Tween.TRANS_LINEAR, Tween.EASE_IN_OUT)\n" +"tween.start()\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Many methods require a property name, such as [code]\"position\"[/code] " +"above. You can find the correct property name by hovering over the property " +"in the Inspector. You can also provide the components of a property directly " +"by using [code]\"property:component\"[/code] (e.g. [code]position:x[/code]), " +"where it would only apply to that particular component.\n" +"Many of the methods accept [code]trans_type[/code] and [code]ease_type[/" +"code]. The first accepts an [enum TransitionType] constant, and refers to " +"the way the timing of the animation is handled (see [url=https://easings." +"net/]easings.net[/url] for some examples). The second accepts an [enum " +"EaseType] constant, and controls where the [code]trans_type[/code] is " +"applied to the interpolation (in the beginning, the end, or both). If you " +"don't know which transition and easing to pick, you can try different [enum " +"TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that " +"looks best.\n" +"[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/" +"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Follows [code]method[/code] of [code]object[/code] and applies the returned " +"value on [code]target_method[/code] of [code]target[/code], beginning from " +"[code]initial_val[/code] for [code]duration[/code] seconds, [code]delay[/" +"code] later. Methods are called with consecutive values.\n" +"Use [enum TransitionType] for [code]trans_type[/code] and [enum EaseType] " +"for [code]ease_type[/code] parameters. These values control the timing and " +"direction of the interpolation. See the class description for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Follows [code]property[/code] of [code]object[/code] and applies it on " +"[code]target_property[/code] of [code]target[/code], beginning from " +"[code]initial_val[/code] for [code]duration[/code] seconds, [code]delay[/" +"code] seconds later.\n" +"Use [enum TransitionType] for [code]trans_type[/code] and [enum EaseType] " +"for [code]ease_type[/code] parameters. These values control the timing and " +"direction of the interpolation. See the class description for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Returns the total time needed for all tweens to end. If you have two tweens, " +"one lasting 10 seconds and the other 20 seconds, it would return 20 seconds, " +"as by that time all tweens would have finished." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Calls [code]callback[/code] of [code]object[/code] after [code]duration[/" +"code]. [code]arg1[/code]-[code]arg5[/code] are arguments to be passed to the " +"callback." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:87 +msgid "" +"Calls [code]callback[/code] of [code]object[/code] after [code]duration[/" +"code] on the main thread (similar to [method Object.call_deferred]). " +"[code]arg1[/code]-[code]arg5[/code] are arguments to be passed to the " +"callback." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:101 +msgid "" +"Animates [code]method[/code] of [code]object[/code] from [code]initial_val[/" +"code] to [code]final_val[/code] for [code]duration[/code] seconds, " +"[code]delay[/code] seconds later. Methods are called with consecutive " +"values.\n" +"Use [enum TransitionType] for [code]trans_type[/code] and [enum EaseType] " +"for [code]ease_type[/code] parameters. These values control the timing and " +"direction of the interpolation. See the class description for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:116 +msgid "" +"Animates [code]property[/code] of [code]object[/code] from " +"[code]initial_val[/code] to [code]final_val[/code] for [code]duration[/code] " +"seconds, [code]delay[/code] seconds later. Setting the initial value to " +"[code]null[/code] uses the current value of the property.\n" +"Use [enum TransitionType] for [code]trans_type[/code] and [enum EaseType] " +"for [code]ease_type[/code] parameters. These values control the timing and " +"direction of the interpolation. See the class description for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:123 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if any tweens are currently running.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This method doesn't consider tweens that have ended." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:132 +msgid "" +"Stops animation and removes a tween, given its object and property/method " +"pair. By default, all tweens are removed, unless [code]key[/code] is " +"specified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:138 +msgid "Stops animation and removes all tweens." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:146 +msgid "" +"Resets a tween to its initial value (the one given, not the one before the " +"tween), given its object and property/method pair. By default, all tweens " +"are removed, unless [code]key[/code] is specified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:152 +msgid "" +"Resets all tweens to their initial values (the ones given, not those before " +"the tween)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:160 +msgid "" +"Continues animating a stopped tween, given its object and property/method " +"pair. By default, all tweens are resumed, unless [code]key[/code] is " +"specified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:166 +msgid "Continues animating all stopped tweens." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:173 +msgid "Sets the interpolation to the given [code]time[/code] in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:180 +msgid "" +"Activates/deactivates the tween. See also [method stop_all] and [method " +"resume_all]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:186 +msgid "Starts the tween. You can define animations both before and after this." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:194 +msgid "" +"Stops a tween, given its object and property/method pair. By default, all " +"tweens are stopped, unless [code]key[/code] is specified." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:200 +msgid "Stops animating all tweens." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:215 +msgid "" +"Animates [code]method[/code] of [code]object[/code] from the value returned " +"by [code]initial_method[/code] to [code]final_val[/code] for [code]duration[/" +"code] seconds, [code]delay[/code] seconds later. Methods are animated by " +"calling them with consecutive values.\n" +"Use [enum TransitionType] for [code]trans_type[/code] and [enum EaseType] " +"for [code]ease_type[/code] parameters. These values control the timing and " +"direction of the interpolation. See the class description for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:231 +msgid "" +"Animates [code]property[/code] of [code]object[/code] from the current value " +"of the [code]initial_val[/code] property of [code]initial[/code] to " +"[code]final_val[/code] for [code]duration[/code] seconds, [code]delay[/code] " +"seconds later.\n" +"Use [enum TransitionType] for [code]trans_type[/code] and [enum EaseType] " +"for [code]ease_type[/code] parameters. These values control the timing and " +"direction of the interpolation. See the class description for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:238 +msgid "Returns the current time of the tween." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:244 +msgid "The tween's animation process thread. See [enum TweenProcessMode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:247 +msgid "" +"The tween's speed multiplier. For example, set it to [code]1.0[/code] for " +"normal speed, [code]2.0[/code] for two times normal speed, or [code]0.5[/" +"code] for half of the normal speed. A value of [code]0[/code] pauses the " +"animation, but see also [method set_active] or [method stop_all] for this." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:250 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the tween loops." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:256 +msgid "Emitted when all processes in a tween end." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:263 +msgid "Emitted when a tween ends." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:270 +msgid "Emitted when a tween starts." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:279 +msgid "Emitted at each step of the animation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:285 +msgid "The tween updates with the [code]_physics_process[/code] callback." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:288 +msgid "The tween updates with the [code]_process[/code] callback." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:291 +msgid "The animation is interpolated linearly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:294 +msgid "The animation is interpolated using a sine function." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:297 +msgid "" +"The animation is interpolated with a quintic (to the power of 5) function." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:300 +msgid "" +"The animation is interpolated with a quartic (to the power of 4) function." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:303 +msgid "" +"The animation is interpolated with a quadratic (to the power of 2) function." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:306 +msgid "" +"The animation is interpolated with an exponential (to the power of x) " +"function." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:309 +msgid "" +"The animation is interpolated with elasticity, wiggling around the edges." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:312 +msgid "" +"The animation is interpolated with a cubic (to the power of 3) function." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:315 +msgid "The animation is interpolated with a function using square roots." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:318 +msgid "The animation is interpolated by bouncing at the end." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:321 +msgid "The animation is interpolated backing out at ends." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:324 +msgid "The interpolation starts slowly and speeds up towards the end." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:327 +msgid "The interpolation starts quickly and slows down towards the end." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:330 +msgid "" +"A combination of [constant EASE_IN] and [constant EASE_OUT]. The " +"interpolation is slowest at both ends." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:333 +msgid "" +"A combination of [constant EASE_IN] and [constant EASE_OUT]. The " +"interpolation is fastest at both ends." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UDPServer.xml:4 +msgid "Helper class to implement a UDP server." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UDPServer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A simple server that opens a UDP socket and returns connected " +"[PacketPeerUDP] upon receiving new packets. See also [method PacketPeerUDP." +"connect_to_host].\n" +"After starting the server ([method listen]), you will need to [method poll] " +"it at regular intervals (e.g. inside [method Node._process]) for it to " +"process new packets, delivering them to the appropriate [PacketPeerUDP], and " +"taking new connections.\n" +"Below a small example of how it can be used:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# server.gd\n" +"extends Node\n" +"\n" +"var server := UDPServer.new()\n" +"var peers = []\n" +"\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" server.listen(4242)\n" +"\n" +"func _process(delta):\n" +" server.poll() # Important!\n" +" if server.is_connection_available():\n" +" var peer : PacketPeerUDP = server.take_connection()\n" +" var pkt = peer.get_packet()\n" +" print(\"Accepted peer: %s:%s\" % [peer.get_packet_ip(), peer." +"get_packet_port()])\n" +" print(\"Received data: %s\" % [pkt.get_string_from_utf8()])\n" +" # Reply so it knows we received the message.\n" +" peer.put_packet(pkt)\n" +" # Keep a reference so we can keep contacting the remote peer.\n" +" peers.append(peer)\n" +"\n" +" for i in range(0, peers.size()):\n" +" pass # Do something with the connected peers.\n" +"\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# client.gd\n" +"extends Node\n" +"\n" +"var udp := PacketPeerUDP.new()\n" +"var connected = false\n" +"\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" udp.connect_to_host(\"127.0.0.1\", 4242)\n" +"\n" +"func _process(delta):\n" +" if !connected:\n" +" # Try to contact server\n" +" udp.put_packet(\"The answer is... 42!\".to_utf8())\n" +" if udp.get_available_packet_count() > 0:\n" +" print(\"Connected: %s\" % udp.get_packet().get_string_from_utf8())\n" +" connected = true\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UDPServer.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if a packet with a new address/port combination " +"was received on the socket." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UDPServer.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the socket is open and listening on a port." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UDPServer.xml:75 +msgid "" +"Starts the server by opening a UDP socket listening on the given port. You " +"can optionally specify a [code]bind_address[/code] to only listen for " +"packets sent to that address. See also [method PacketPeerUDP.listen]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UDPServer.xml:81 +msgid "" +"Call this method at regular intervals (e.g. inside [method Node._process]) " +"to process new packets. And packet from known address/port pair will be " +"delivered to the appropriate [PacketPeerUDP], any packet received from an " +"unknown address/port pair will be added as a pending connection (see [method " +"is_connection_available], [method take_connection]). The maximum number of " +"pending connection is defined via [member max_pending_connections]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UDPServer.xml:87 +msgid "" +"Stops the server, closing the UDP socket if open. Will close all connected " +"[PacketPeerUDP] accepted via [method take_connection] (remote peers will not " +"be notified)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UDPServer.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Returns the first pending connection (connected to the appropriate address/" +"port). Will return [code]null[/code] if no new connection is available. See " +"also [method is_connection_available], [method PacketPeerUDP." +"connect_to_host]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UDPServer.xml:99 +msgid "" +"Define the maximum number of pending connections, during [method poll], any " +"new pending connection exceeding that value will be automatically dropped. " +"Setting this value to [code]0[/code] effectively prevents any new pending " +"connection to be accepted (e.g. when all your players have connected)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:4 +msgid "Helper to manage undo/redo operations in the editor or custom tools." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Helper to manage undo/redo operations in the editor or custom tools. It " +"works by registering methods and property changes inside \"actions\".\n" +"Common behavior is to create an action, then add do/undo calls to functions " +"or property changes, then committing the action.\n" +"Here's an example on how to add an action to the Godot editor's own " +"[UndoRedo], from a plugin:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var undo_redo = get_undo_redo() # Method of EditorPlugin.\n" +"\n" +"func do_something():\n" +" pass # Put your code here.\n" +"\n" +"func undo_something():\n" +" pass # Put here the code that reverts what's done by " +"\"do_something()\".\n" +"\n" +"func _on_MyButton_pressed():\n" +" var node = get_node(\"MyNode2D\")\n" +" undo_redo.create_action(\"Move the node\")\n" +" undo_redo.add_do_method(self, \"do_something\")\n" +" undo_redo.add_undo_method(self, \"undo_something\")\n" +" undo_redo.add_do_property(node, \"position\", Vector2(100,100))\n" +" undo_redo.add_undo_property(node, \"position\", node.position)\n" +" undo_redo.commit_action()\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[method create_action], [method add_do_method], [method add_undo_method], " +"[method add_do_property], [method add_undo_property], and [method " +"commit_action] should be called one after the other, like in the example. " +"Not doing so could lead to crashes.\n" +"If you don't need to register a method, you can leave [method add_do_method] " +"and [method add_undo_method] out; the same goes for properties. You can also " +"register more than one method/property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:39 +msgid "Register a method that will be called when the action is committed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:48 +msgid "Register a property value change for \"do\"." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Register a reference for \"do\" that will be erased if the \"do\" history is " +"lost. This is useful mostly for new nodes created for the \"do\" call. Do " +"not use for resources." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:63 +msgid "Register a method that will be called when the action is undone." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:72 +msgid "Register a property value change for \"undo\"." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:79 +msgid "" +"Register a reference for \"undo\" that will be erased if the \"undo\" " +"history is lost. This is useful mostly for nodes removed with the \"do\" " +"call (not the \"undo\" call!)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:86 +msgid "" +"Clear the undo/redo history and associated references.\n" +"Passing [code]false[/code] to [code]increase_version[/code] will prevent the " +"version number to be increased from this." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Commit the action. All \"do\" methods/properties are called/set when this " +"function is called." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:101 +msgid "" +"Create a new action. After this is called, do all your calls to [method " +"add_do_method], [method add_undo_method], [method add_do_property], and " +"[method add_undo_property], then commit the action with [method " +"commit_action].\n" +"The way actions are merged is dictated by the [code]merge_mode[/code] " +"argument. See [enum MergeMode] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:108 +msgid "Gets the name of the current action." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:114 +msgid "" +"Gets the version. Every time a new action is committed, the [UndoRedo]'s " +"version number is increased automatically.\n" +"This is useful mostly to check if something changed from a saved version." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:133 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the [UndoRedo] is currently committing the " +"action, i.e. running its \"do\" method or property change (see [method " +"commit_action])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:139 +msgid "Redo the last action." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:145 +msgid "Undo the last action." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:152 +msgid "Called when [method undo] or [method redo] was called." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:158 +msgid "Makes \"do\"/\"undo\" operations stay in separate actions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:161 +msgid "" +"Makes so that the action's \"do\" operation is from the first action created " +"and the \"undo\" operation is from the last subsequent action with the same " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:164 +msgid "Makes subsequent actions with the same name be merged into one." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:4 +msgid "UPNP network functions." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Provides UPNP functionality to discover [UPNPDevice]s on the local network " +"and execute commands on them, like managing port mappings (port forwarding) " +"and querying the local and remote network IP address. Note that methods on " +"this class are synchronous and block the calling thread.\n" +"To forward a specific port:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"const PORT = 7777\n" +"var upnp = UPNP.new()\n" +"upnp.discover(2000, 2, \"InternetGatewayDevice\")\n" +"upnp.add_port_mapping(port)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"To close a specific port (e.g. after you have finished using it):\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"upnp.delete_port_mapping(port)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] UPnP discovery blocks the current thread. To perform discovery " +"without blocking the main thread, use [Thread]s like this:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"# Emitted when UPnP port mapping setup is completed (regardless of success " +"or failure).\n" +"signal upnp_completed(error)\n" +"\n" +"# Replace this with your own server port number between 1025 and 65535.\n" +"const SERVER_PORT = 3928\n" +"var thread = null\n" +"\n" +"func _upnp_setup(server_port):\n" +" # UPNP queries take some time.\n" +" var upnp = UPNP.new()\n" +" var err = upnp.discover()\n" +"\n" +" if err != OK:\n" +" push_error(str(err))\n" +" emit_signal(\"upnp_completed\", err)\n" +" return\n" +"\n" +" if upnp.get_gateway() and upnp.get_gateway().is_valid_gateway():\n" +" upnp.add_port_mapping(server_port, server_port, ProjectSettings." +"get_setting(\"application/config/name\"), \"UDP\")\n" +" upnp.add_port_mapping(server_port, server_port, ProjectSettings." +"get_setting(\"application/config/name\"), \"TCP\")\n" +" emit_signal(\"upnp_completed\", OK)\n" +"\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" thread = Thread.new()\n" +" thread.start(self, \"_upnp_setup\", SERVER_PORT)\n" +"\n" +"func _exit_tree():\n" +" # Wait for thread finish here to handle game exit while the thread is " +"running.\n" +" thread.wait_to_finish()\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:59 +msgid "Adds the given [UPNPDevice] to the list of discovered devices." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:70 +msgid "" +"Adds a mapping to forward the external [code]port[/code] (between 1 and " +"65535) on the default gateway (see [method get_gateway]) to the " +"[code]internal_port[/code] on the local machine for the given protocol " +"[code]proto[/code] (either [code]TCP[/code] or [code]UDP[/code], with UDP " +"being the default). If a port mapping for the given port and protocol " +"combination already exists on that gateway device, this method tries to " +"overwrite it. If that is not desired, you can retrieve the gateway manually " +"with [method get_gateway] and call [method add_port_mapping] on it, if any.\n" +"If [code]internal_port[/code] is [code]0[/code] (the default), the same port " +"number is used for both the external and the internal port (the [code]port[/" +"code] value).\n" +"The description ([code]desc[/code]) is shown in some router UIs and can be " +"used to point out which application added the mapping. The mapping's lease " +"duration can be limited by specifying a [code]duration[/code] (in seconds). " +"However, some routers are incompatible with one or both of these, so use " +"with caution and add fallback logic in case of errors to retry without them " +"if in doubt.\n" +"See [enum UPNPResult] for possible return values." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:79 +msgid "Clears the list of discovered devices." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:87 +msgid "" +"Deletes the port mapping for the given port and protocol combination on the " +"default gateway (see [method get_gateway]) if one exists. [code]port[/code] " +"must be a valid port between 1 and 65535, [code]proto[/code] can be either " +"[code]TCP[/code] or [code]UDP[/code]. See [enum UPNPResult] for possible " +"return values." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Discovers local [UPNPDevice]s. Clears the list of previously discovered " +"devices.\n" +"Filters for IGD (InternetGatewayDevice) type devices by default, as those " +"manage port forwarding. [code]timeout[/code] is the time to wait for " +"responses in milliseconds. [code]ttl[/code] is the time-to-live; only touch " +"this if you know what you're doing.\n" +"See [enum UPNPResult] for possible return values." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:105 +msgid "Returns the [UPNPDevice] at the given [code]index[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:111 +msgid "Returns the number of discovered [UPNPDevice]s." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:117 +msgid "" +"Returns the default gateway. That is the first discovered [UPNPDevice] that " +"is also a valid IGD (InternetGatewayDevice)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:123 +msgid "" +"Returns the external [IP] address of the default gateway (see [method " +"get_gateway]) as string. Returns an empty string on error." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:130 +msgid "" +"Removes the device at [code]index[/code] from the list of discovered devices." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:138 +msgid "" +"Sets the device at [code]index[/code] from the list of discovered devices to " +"[code]device[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:144 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], IPv6 is used for [UPNPDevice] discovery." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:147 +msgid "" +"If [code]0[/code], the local port to use for discovery is chosen " +"automatically by the system. If [code]1[/code], discovery will be done from " +"the source port 1900 (same as destination port). Otherwise, the value will " +"be used as the port." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:150 +msgid "" +"Multicast interface to use for discovery. Uses the default multicast " +"interface if empty." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:155 +msgid "UPNP command or discovery was successful." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:158 +msgid "" +"Not authorized to use the command on the [UPNPDevice]. May be returned when " +"the user disabled UPNP on their router." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:161 +msgid "" +"No port mapping was found for the given port, protocol combination on the " +"given [UPNPDevice]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:164 +msgid "Inconsistent parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:167 +msgid "" +"No such entry in array. May be returned if a given port, protocol " +"combination is not found on an [UPNPDevice]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:170 +msgid "The action failed." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:173 +msgid "" +"The [UPNPDevice] does not allow wildcard values for the source IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:176 +msgid "The [UPNPDevice] does not allow wildcard values for the external port." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:179 +msgid "The [UPNPDevice] does not allow wildcard values for the internal port." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:182 +msgid "The remote host value must be a wildcard." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:185 +msgid "The external port value must be a wildcard." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:188 +msgid "" +"No port maps are available. May also be returned if port mapping " +"functionality is not available." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:191 +msgid "" +"Conflict with other mechanism. May be returned instead of [constant " +"UPNP_RESULT_CONFLICT_WITH_OTHER_MAPPING] if a port mapping conflicts with an " +"existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:194 +msgid "Conflict with an existing port mapping." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:197 +msgid "External and internal port values must be the same." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:200 +msgid "" +"Only permanent leases are supported. Do not use the [code]duration[/code] " +"parameter when adding port mappings." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:203 +msgid "Invalid gateway." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:206 +msgid "Invalid port." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:209 +msgid "Invalid protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:212 +msgid "Invalid duration." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:215 +msgid "Invalid arguments." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:218 +msgid "Invalid response." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:221 +msgid "Invalid parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:224 +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:69 +msgid "HTTP error." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:227 +msgid "Socket error." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:230 +msgid "Error allocating memory." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:233 +msgid "" +"No gateway available. You may need to call [method discover] first, or " +"discovery didn't detect any valid IGDs (InternetGatewayDevices)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:236 +msgid "" +"No devices available. You may need to call [method discover] first, or " +"discovery didn't detect any valid [UPNPDevice]s." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:239 +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:93 +msgid "Unknown error." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:4 +msgid "UPNP device." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:7 +msgid "" +"UPNP device. See [UPNP] for UPNP discovery and utility functions. Provides " +"low-level access to UPNP control commands. Allows to manage port mappings " +"(port forwarding) and to query network information of the device (like local " +"and external IP address and status). Note that methods on this class are " +"synchronous and block the calling thread." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Adds a port mapping to forward the given external port on this [UPNPDevice] " +"for the given protocol to the local machine. See [method UPNP." +"add_port_mapping]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Deletes the port mapping identified by the given port and protocol " +"combination on this device. See [method UPNP.delete_port_mapping]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this is a valid IGD (InternetGatewayDevice) " +"which potentially supports port forwarding." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Returns the external IP address of this [UPNPDevice] or an empty string." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:46 +msgid "URL to the device description." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:49 +msgid "IDG control URL." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Address of the local machine in the network connecting it to this " +"[UPNPDevice]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:55 +msgid "IGD service type." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:58 +msgid "IGD status. See [enum IGDStatus]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:61 +msgid "Service type." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:66 +msgid "OK." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:72 +msgid "Empty HTTP response." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:75 +msgid "Returned response contained no URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:78 +msgid "Not a valid IGD." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:81 +msgid "Disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:84 +msgid "Unknown device." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:87 +msgid "Invalid control." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:90 +msgid "Memory allocation error." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Variant.xml:4 +msgid "The most important data type in Godot." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Variant.xml:7 +msgid "" +"In computer programming, a Variant class is a class that is designed to " +"store a variety of other types. Dynamic programming languages like PHP, Lua, " +"JavaScript and GDScript like to use them to store variables' data on the " +"backend. With these Variants, properties are able to change value types " +"freely.\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var foo = 2 # foo is dynamically an integer\n" +"foo = \"Now foo is a string!\"\n" +"foo = Reference.new() # foo is an Object\n" +"var bar: int = 2 # bar is a statically typed integer.\n" +"# bar = \"Uh oh! I can't make static variables become a different type!\"\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Godot tracks all scripting API variables within Variants. Without even " +"realizing it, you use Variants all the time. When a particular language " +"enforces its own rules for keeping data typed, then that language is " +"applying its own custom logic over the base Variant scripting API.\n" +"- GDScript automatically wrap values in them. It keeps all data in plain " +"Variants by default and then optionally enforces custom static typing rules " +"on variable types.\n" +"- VisualScript tracks properties inside Variants as well, but it also uses " +"static typing. The GUI interface enforces that properties have a particular " +"type that doesn't change over time.\n" +"- C# is statically typed, but uses the Mono [code]object[/code] type in " +"place of Godot's Variant class when it needs to represent a dynamic value. " +"[code]object[/code] is the Mono runtime's equivalent of the same concept.\n" +"- The statically-typed language NativeScript C++ does not define a built-in " +"Variant-like class. Godot's GDNative bindings provide their own godot::" +"Variant class for users; Any point at which the C++ code starts interacting " +"with the Godot runtime is a place where you might have to start wrapping " +"data inside Variant objects.\n" +"The global [method @GDScript.typeof] function returns the enumerated value " +"of the Variant type stored in the current variable (see [enum Variant." +"Type]).\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var foo = 2\n" +"match typeof(foo):\n" +" TYPE_NIL:\n" +" print(\"foo is null\")\n" +" TYPE_INTEGER:\n" +" print(\"foo is an integer\")\n" +" TYPE_OBJECT:\n" +" # Note that Objects are their own special category.\n" +" # To get the name of the underlying Object type, you need the " +"`get_class()` method.\n" +" print(\"foo is a(n) %s\" % foo.get_class()) # inject the class name " +"into a formatted string.\n" +" # Note also that there is not yet any way to get a script's " +"`class_name` string easily.\n" +" # To fetch that value, you need to dig deeply into a hidden " +"ProjectSettings setting: an Array of Dictionaries called " +"\"_global_script_classes\".\n" +" # Open your project.godot file to see it up close.\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"A Variant takes up only 20 bytes and can store almost any engine datatype " +"inside of it. Variants are rarely used to hold information for long periods " +"of time. Instead, they are used mainly for communication, editing, " +"serialization and moving data around.\n" +"Godot has specifically invested in making its Variant class as flexible as " +"possible; so much so that it is used for a multitude of operations to " +"facilitate communication between all of Godot's systems.\n" +"A Variant:\n" +"- Can store almost any datatype.\n" +"- Can perform operations between many variants. GDScript uses Variant as its " +"atomic/native datatype.\n" +"- Can be hashed, so it can be compared quickly to other variants.\n" +"- Can be used to convert safely between datatypes.\n" +"- Can be used to abstract calling methods and their arguments. Godot exports " +"all its functions through variants.\n" +"- Can be used to defer calls or move data between threads.\n" +"- Can be serialized as binary and stored to disk, or transferred via " +"network.\n" +"- Can be serialized to text and use it for printing values and editable " +"settings.\n" +"- Can work as an exported property, so the editor can edit it universally.\n" +"- Can be used for dictionaries, arrays, parsers, etc.\n" +"[b]Containers (Array and Dictionary):[/b] Both are implemented using " +"variants. A [Dictionary] can match any datatype used as key to any other " +"datatype. An [Array] just holds an array of Variants. Of course, a Variant " +"can also hold a [Dictionary] and an [Array] inside, making it even more " +"flexible.\n" +"Modifications to a container will modify all references to it. A [Mutex] " +"should be created to lock it if multi-threaded access is desired." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Variant.xml:53 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/development/cpp/variant_class.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VBoxContainer.xml:4 +msgid "Vertical box container." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VBoxContainer.xml:7 +msgid "Vertical box container. See [BoxContainer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VBoxContainer.xml:18 +msgid "The vertical space between the [VBoxContainer]'s elements." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:4 +msgid "Vector used for 2D math." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:7 +msgid "" +"2-element structure that can be used to represent positions in 2D space or " +"any other pair of numeric values.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] In a boolean context, a Vector2 will evaluate to [code]false[/" +"code] if it's equal to [code]Vector2(0, 0)[/code]. Otherwise, a Vector2 will " +"always evaluate to [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:14 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:14 +msgid "" +"https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLZHQObOWTQDPD3MizzM2xVFitgF8hE_ab" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Constructs a new Vector2 from the given [code]x[/code] and [code]y[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:30 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Returns a new vector with all components in absolute values (i.e. positive)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Returns this vector's angle with respect to the positive X axis, or [code]" +"(1, 0)[/code] vector, in radians.\n" +"For example, [code]Vector2.RIGHT.angle()[/code] will return zero, " +"[code]Vector2.DOWN.angle()[/code] will return [code]PI / 2[/code] (a quarter " +"turn, or 90 degrees), and [code]Vector2(1, -1).angle()[/code] will return " +"[code]-PI / 4[/code] (a negative eighth turn, or -45 degrees).\n" +"[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/" +"vector2_angle.png]Illustration of the returned angle.[/url]\n" +"Equivalent to the result of [method @GDScript.atan2] when called with the " +"vector's [member y] and [member x] as parameters: [code]atan2(y, x)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:46 +msgid "" +"Returns the angle to the given vector, in radians.\n" +"[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/" +"vector2_angle_to.png]Illustration of the returned angle.[/url]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Returns the angle between the line connecting the two points and the X axis, " +"in radians.\n" +"[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/" +"vector2_angle_to_point.png]Illustration of the returned angle.[/url]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Returns the aspect ratio of this vector, the ratio of [member x] to [member " +"y]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:68 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Returns the vector \"bounced off\" from a plane defined by the given normal." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Returns the vector with all components rounded up (towards positive " +"infinity)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:81 +msgid "" +"Returns the vector with a maximum length by limiting its length to " +"[code]length[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:88 +msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:98 +msgid "" +"Cubically interpolates between this vector and [code]b[/code] using " +"[code]pre_a[/code] and [code]post_b[/code] as handles, and returns the " +"result at position [code]weight[/code]. [code]weight[/code] is on the range " +"of 0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:105 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:75 +msgid "" +"Returns the normalized vector pointing from this vector to [code]b[/code]. " +"This is equivalent to using [code](b - a).normalized()[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:112 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:82 +msgid "" +"Returns the squared distance between this vector and [code]b[/code].\n" +"This method runs faster than [method distance_to], so prefer it if you need " +"to compare vectors or need the squared distance for some formula." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:120 +msgid "Returns the distance between this vector and [code]to[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:127 +msgid "" +"Returns the dot product of this vector and [code]with[/code]. This can be " +"used to compare the angle between two vectors. For example, this can be used " +"to determine whether an enemy is facing the player.\n" +"The dot product will be [code]0[/code] for a straight angle (90 degrees), " +"greater than 0 for angles narrower than 90 degrees and lower than 0 for " +"angles wider than 90 degrees.\n" +"When using unit (normalized) vectors, the result will always be between " +"[code]-1.0[/code] (180 degree angle) when the vectors are facing opposite " +"directions, and [code]1.0[/code] (0 degree angle) when the vectors are " +"aligned.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]a.dot(b)[/code] is equivalent to [code]b.dot(a)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:136 +msgid "" +"Returns the vector with all components rounded down (towards negative " +"infinity)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:143 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:119 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this vector and [code]v[/code] are " +"approximately equal, by running [method @GDScript.is_equal_approx] on each " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:149 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:125 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the vector is normalized, [code]false[/code] " +"otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:155 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:131 +msgid "Returns the length (magnitude) of this vector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:161 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:137 +msgid "" +"Returns the squared length (squared magnitude) of this vector.\n" +"This method runs faster than [method length], so prefer it if you need to " +"compare vectors or need the squared distance for some formula." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:170 +msgid "" +"Returns the result of the linear interpolation between this vector and " +"[code]to[/code] by amount [code]weight[/code]. [code]weight[/code] is on the " +"range of 0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:178 +msgid "" +"Moves the vector toward [code]to[/code] by the fixed [code]delta[/code] " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:184 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:172 +msgid "" +"Returns the vector scaled to unit length. Equivalent to [code]v / v.length()" +"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:191 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:186 +msgid "" +"Returns a vector composed of the [method @GDScript.fposmod] of this vector's " +"components and [code]mod[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:198 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:193 +msgid "" +"Returns a vector composed of the [method @GDScript.fposmod] of this vector's " +"components and [code]modv[/code]'s components." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:205 +msgid "Returns the vector projected onto the vector [code]b[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:212 +msgid "Returns the vector reflected from a plane defined by the given normal." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:219 +msgid "" +"Returns the vector rotated by [code]phi[/code] radians. See also [method " +"@GDScript.deg2rad]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:225 +msgid "" +"Returns the vector with all components rounded to the nearest integer, with " +"halfway cases rounded away from zero." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:231 +msgid "" +"Returns the vector with each component set to one or negative one, depending " +"on the signs of the components. If a component is zero, it returns positive " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:239 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:243 +msgid "" +"Returns the result of spherical linear interpolation between this vector and " +"[code]to[/code], by amount [code]weight[/code]. [code]weight[/code] is on " +"the range of 0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Both vectors must be normalized." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:247 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:251 +msgid "Returns this vector slid along a plane defined by the given normal." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:254 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:258 +msgid "" +"Returns this vector with each component snapped to the nearest multiple of " +"[code]step[/code]. This can also be used to round to an arbitrary number of " +"decimals." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:260 +msgid "" +"Returns a perpendicular vector rotated 90 degrees counter-clockwise compared " +"to the original, with the same length." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:266 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:271 +msgid "" +"The vector's X component. Also accessible by using the index position [code]" +"[0][/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:269 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:274 +msgid "" +"The vector's Y component. Also accessible by using the index position [code]" +"[1][/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:274 +msgid "Enumerated value for the X axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:277 +msgid "Enumerated value for the Y axis." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:280 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:291 +msgid "Zero vector, a vector with all components set to [code]0[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:283 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:294 +msgid "One vector, a vector with all components set to [code]1[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:286 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:297 +msgid "" +"Infinity vector, a vector with all components set to [constant @GDScript." +"INF]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:289 +msgid "Left unit vector. Represents the direction of left." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:292 +msgid "Right unit vector. Represents the direction of right." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:295 +msgid "Up unit vector. Y is down in 2D, so this vector points -Y." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:298 +msgid "Down unit vector. Y is down in 2D, so this vector points +Y." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:4 +msgid "Vector used for 3D math." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:7 +msgid "" +"3-element structure that can be used to represent positions in 3D space or " +"any other pair of numeric values.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] In a boolean context, a Vector3 will evaluate to [code]false[/" +"code] if it's equal to [code]Vector3(0, 0, 0)[/code]. Otherwise, a Vector3 " +"will always evaluate to [code]true[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:25 +msgid "Returns a Vector3 with the given components." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:38 +msgid "Returns the unsigned minimum angle to the given vector, in radians." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Returns a new vector with all components rounded up (towards positive " +"infinity)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:58 +msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]b[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Performs a cubic interpolation between vectors [code]pre_a[/code], [code]a[/" +"code], [code]b[/code], [code]post_b[/code] ([code]a[/code] is current), by " +"the given amount [code]weight[/code]. [code]weight[/code] is on the range of " +"0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:90 +msgid "Returns the distance between this vector and [code]b[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:97 +msgid "" +"Returns the dot product of this vector and [code]b[/code]. This can be used " +"to compare the angle between two vectors. For example, this can be used to " +"determine whether an enemy is facing the player.\n" +"The dot product will be [code]0[/code] for a straight angle (90 degrees), " +"greater than 0 for angles narrower than 90 degrees and lower than 0 for " +"angles wider than 90 degrees.\n" +"When using unit (normalized) vectors, the result will always be between " +"[code]-1.0[/code] (180 degree angle) when the vectors are facing opposite " +"directions, and [code]1.0[/code] (0 degree angle) when the vectors are " +"aligned.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [code]a.dot(b)[/code] is equivalent to [code]b.dot(a)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:106 +msgid "" +"Returns a new vector with all components rounded down (towards negative " +"infinity)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:112 +msgid "" +"Returns the inverse of the vector. This is the same as [code]Vector3( 1.0 / " +"v.x, 1.0 / v.y, 1.0 / v.z )[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:146 +msgid "" +"Returns the result of the linear interpolation between this vector and " +"[code]to[/code] by amount [code]t[/code]. [code]weight[/code] is on the " +"range of 0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:152 +msgid "" +"Returns the axis of the vector's largest value. See [code]AXIS_*[/code] " +"constants. If all components are equal, this method returns [constant " +"AXIS_X]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:158 +msgid "" +"Returns the axis of the vector's smallest value. See [code]AXIS_*[/code] " +"constants. If all components are equal, this method returns [constant " +"AXIS_Z]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:166 +msgid "" +"Moves this vector toward [code]to[/code] by the fixed [code]delta[/code] " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:179 +msgid "Returns the outer product with [code]b[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:200 +msgid "Returns this vector projected onto another vector [code]b[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:207 +msgid "Returns this vector reflected from a plane defined by the given normal." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:215 +msgid "" +"Rotates this vector around a given axis by [code]phi[/code] radians. The " +"axis must be a normalized vector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:221 +msgid "" +"Returns this vector with all components rounded to the nearest integer, with " +"halfway cases rounded away from zero." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:227 +msgid "" +"Returns a vector with each component set to one or negative one, depending " +"on the signs of this vector's components. If a component is zero, it returns " +"positive one." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:235 +msgid "" +"Returns the signed angle to the given vector, in radians. The sign of the " +"angle is positive in a counter-clockwise direction and negative in a " +"clockwise direction when viewed from the side specified by the [code]axis[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:264 +msgid "" +"Returns a diagonal matrix with the vector as main diagonal.\n" +"This is equivalent to a Basis with no rotation or shearing and this vector's " +"components set as the scale." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:277 +msgid "" +"The vector's Z component. Also accessible by using the index position [code]" +"[2][/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:282 +msgid "" +"Enumerated value for the X axis. Returned by [method max_axis] and [method " +"min_axis]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:285 +msgid "" +"Enumerated value for the Y axis. Returned by [method max_axis] and [method " +"min_axis]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:288 +msgid "" +"Enumerated value for the Z axis. Returned by [method max_axis] and [method " +"min_axis]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:300 +msgid "" +"Left unit vector. Represents the local direction of left, and the global " +"direction of west." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:303 +msgid "" +"Right unit vector. Represents the local direction of right, and the global " +"direction of east." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:306 +msgid "Up unit vector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:309 +msgid "Down unit vector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:312 +msgid "" +"Forward unit vector. Represents the local direction of forward, and the " +"global direction of north." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:315 +msgid "" +"Back unit vector. Represents the local direction of back, and the global " +"direction of south." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleBody.xml:4 +msgid "Physics body that simulates the behavior of a car." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleBody.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This node implements all the physics logic needed to simulate a car. It is " +"based on the raycast vehicle system commonly found in physics engines. You " +"will need to add a [CollisionShape] for the main body of your vehicle and " +"add [VehicleWheel] nodes for the wheels. You should also add a " +"[MeshInstance] to this node for the 3D model of your car but this model " +"should not include meshes for the wheels. You should control the vehicle by " +"using the [member brake], [member engine_force], and [member steering] " +"properties and not change the position or orientation of this node " +"directly.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The origin point of your VehicleBody will determine the center " +"of gravity of your vehicle so it is better to keep this low and move the " +"[CollisionShape] and [MeshInstance] upwards.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This class has known issues and isn't designed to provide " +"realistic 3D vehicle physics. If you want advanced vehicle physics, you will " +"probably have to write your own physics integration using another " +"[PhysicsBody] class." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleBody.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Slows down the vehicle by applying a braking force. The vehicle is only " +"slowed down if the wheels are in contact with a surface. The force you need " +"to apply to adequately slow down your vehicle depends on the [member " +"RigidBody.mass] of the vehicle. For a vehicle with a mass set to 1000, try a " +"value in the 25 - 30 range for hard braking." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleBody.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Accelerates the vehicle by applying an engine force. The vehicle is only " +"speed up if the wheels that have [member VehicleWheel.use_as_traction] set " +"to [code]true[/code] and are in contact with a surface. The [member " +"RigidBody.mass] of the vehicle has an effect on the acceleration of the " +"vehicle. For a vehicle with a mass set to 1000, try a value in the 25 - 50 " +"range for acceleration.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The simulation does not take the effect of gears into account, " +"you will need to add logic for this if you wish to simulate gears.\n" +"A negative value will result in the vehicle reversing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleBody.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The steering angle for the vehicle. Setting this to a non-zero value will " +"result in the vehicle turning when it's moving. Wheels that have [member " +"VehicleWheel.use_as_steering] set to [code]true[/code] will automatically be " +"rotated." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:4 +msgid "Physics object that simulates the behavior of a wheel." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This node needs to be used as a child node of [VehicleBody] and simulates " +"the behavior of one of its wheels. This node also acts as a collider to " +"detect if the wheel is touching a surface.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This class has known issues and isn't designed to provide " +"realistic 3D vehicle physics. If you want advanced vehicle physics, you will " +"probably have to write your own physics integration using another " +"[PhysicsBody] class." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:17 +msgid "Returns the rotational speed of the wheel in revolutions per minute." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Returns a value between 0.0 and 1.0 that indicates whether this wheel is " +"skidding. 0.0 is skidding (the wheel has lost grip, e.g. icy terrain), 1.0 " +"means not skidding (the wheel has full grip, e.g. dry asphalt road)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:29 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if this wheel is in contact with a surface." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Slows down the wheel by applying a braking force. The wheel is only slowed " +"down if it is in contact with a surface. The force you need to apply to " +"adequately slow down your vehicle depends on the [member RigidBody.mass] of " +"the vehicle. For a vehicle with a mass set to 1000, try a value in the 25 - " +"30 range for hard braking." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The damping applied to the spring when the spring is being compressed. This " +"value should be between 0.0 (no damping) and 1.0. A value of 0.0 means the " +"car will keep bouncing as the spring keeps its energy. A good value for this " +"is around 0.3 for a normal car, 0.5 for a race car." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:41 +msgid "" +"The damping applied to the spring when relaxing. This value should be " +"between 0.0 (no damping) and 1.0. This value should always be slightly " +"higher than the [member damping_compression] property. For a [member " +"damping_compression] value of 0.3, try a relaxation value of 0.5." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Accelerates the wheel by applying an engine force. The wheel is only speed " +"up if it is in contact with a surface. The [member RigidBody.mass] of the " +"vehicle has an effect on the acceleration of the vehicle. For a vehicle with " +"a mass set to 1000, try a value in the 25 - 50 range for acceleration.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The simulation does not take the effect of gears into account, " +"you will need to add logic for this if you wish to simulate gears.\n" +"A negative value will result in the wheel reversing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:49 +msgid "" +"The steering angle for the wheel. Setting this to a non-zero value will " +"result in the vehicle turning when it's moving." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:52 +msgid "" +"The maximum force the spring can resist. This value should be higher than a " +"quarter of the [member RigidBody.mass] of the [VehicleBody] or the spring " +"will not carry the weight of the vehicle. Good results are often obtained by " +"a value that is about 3× to 4× this number." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:55 +msgid "" +"This value defines the stiffness of the suspension. Use a value lower than " +"50 for an off-road car, a value between 50 and 100 for a race car and try " +"something around 200 for something like a Formula 1 car." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:58 +msgid "" +"This is the distance the suspension can travel. As Godot units are " +"equivalent to meters, keep this setting relatively low. Try a value between " +"0.1 and 0.3 depending on the type of car." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], this wheel will be turned when the car steers. This " +"value is used in conjunction with [member VehicleBody.steering] and ignored " +"if you are using the per-wheel [member steering] value instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:64 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], this wheel transfers engine force to the ground to " +"propel the vehicle forward. This value is used in conjunction with [member " +"VehicleBody.engine_force] and ignored if you are using the per-wheel [member " +"engine_force] value instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:67 +msgid "" +"This determines how much grip this wheel has. It is combined with the " +"friction setting of the surface the wheel is in contact with. 0.0 means no " +"grip, 1.0 is normal grip. For a drift car setup, try setting the grip of the " +"rear wheels slightly lower than the front wheels, or use a lower value to " +"simulate tire wear.\n" +"It's best to set this to 1.0 when starting out." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:71 +msgid "The radius of the wheel in meters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:74 +msgid "" +"This is the distance in meters the wheel is lowered from its origin point. " +"Don't set this to 0.0 and move the wheel into position, instead move the " +"origin point of your wheel (the gizmo in Godot) to the position the wheel " +"will take when bottoming out, then use the rest length to move the wheel " +"down to the position it should be in when the car is in rest." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:77 +msgid "" +"This value affects the roll of your vehicle. If set to 1.0 for all wheels, " +"your vehicle will be prone to rolling over, while a value of 0.0 will resist " +"body roll." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:4 +msgid "Control for playing video streams." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Control node for playing video streams using [VideoStream] resources.\n" +"Supported video formats are [url=https://www.webmproject.org/]WebM[/url] " +"([code].webm[/code], [VideoStreamWebm]), [url=https://www.theora.org/]Ogg " +"Theora[/url] ([code].ogv[/code], [VideoStreamTheora]), and any format " +"exposed via a GDNative plugin using [VideoStreamGDNative].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Due to a bug, VideoPlayer does not support localization " +"remapping yet.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] On HTML5, video playback [i]will[/i] perform poorly due to " +"missing architecture-specific assembly optimizations, especially for VP8/VP9." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Returns the video stream's name, or [code]\"<No Stream>\"[/code] if no video " +"stream is assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:24 +msgid "Returns the current frame as a [Texture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the video is playing.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The video is still considered playing if paused during playback." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Starts the video playback from the beginning. If the video is paused, this " +"will not unpause the video." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:43 +msgid "" +"Stops the video playback and sets the stream position to 0.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Although the stream position will be set to 0, the first frame " +"of the video stream won't become the current frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:50 +msgid "The embedded audio track to play." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:53 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], playback starts when the scene loads." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:56 +msgid "Amount of time in milliseconds to store in buffer while playing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:59 +msgid "Audio bus to use for sound playback." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:62 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the video scales to the control size. Otherwise, the " +"control minimum size will be automatically adjusted to match the video " +"stream's dimensions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:65 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the video is paused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:68 +msgid "The assigned video stream. See description for supported formats." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:71 +msgid "" +"The current position of the stream, in seconds.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Changing this value won't have any effect as seeking is not " +"implemented yet, except in video formats implemented by a GDNative add-on." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:75 +msgid "Audio volume as a linear value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:78 +msgid "Audio volume in dB." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:84 +msgid "Emitted when playback is finished." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VideoStream.xml:4 +msgid "Base resource for video streams." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VideoStream.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Base resource type for all video streams. Classes that derive from " +"[VideoStream] can all be used as resource types to play back videos in " +"[VideoPlayer]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/VideoStreamGDNative.xml:4 +msgid "[VideoStream] resource for for video formats implemented via GDNative." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/VideoStreamGDNative.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[VideoStream] resource for for video formats implemented via GDNative.\n" +"It can be used via [url=https://github.com/KidRigger/godot-" +"videodecoder]godot-videodecoder[/url] which uses the [url=https://ffmpeg." +"org]FFmpeg[/url] library." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/VideoStreamGDNative.xml:16 +msgid "Returns the video file handled by this [VideoStreamGDNative]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/VideoStreamGDNative.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Sets the video file that this [VideoStreamGDNative] resource handles. The " +"supported extensions depend on the GDNative plugins used to expose video " +"formats." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/theora/doc_classes/VideoStreamTheora.xml:4 +msgid "[VideoStream] resource for Ogg Theora videos." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/theora/doc_classes/VideoStreamTheora.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[VideoStream] resource handling the [url=https://www.theora.org/]Ogg Theora[/" +"url] video format with [code].ogv[/code] extension. The Theora codec is less " +"efficient than [VideoStreamWebm]'s VP8 and VP9, but it requires less CPU " +"resources to decode. The Theora codec is decoded on the CPU.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] While Ogg Theora videos can also have an [code].ogg[/code] " +"extension, you will have to rename the extension to [code].ogv[/code] to use " +"those videos within Godot." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/theora/doc_classes/VideoStreamTheora.xml:16 +msgid "Returns the Ogg Theora video file handled by this [VideoStreamTheora]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/theora/doc_classes/VideoStreamTheora.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Sets the Ogg Theora video file that this [VideoStreamTheora] resource " +"handles. The [code]file[/code] name should have the [code].ogv[/code] " +"extension." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webm/doc_classes/VideoStreamWebm.xml:4 +msgid "[VideoStream] resource for WebM videos." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webm/doc_classes/VideoStreamWebm.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[VideoStream] resource handling the [url=https://www.webmproject.org/]WebM[/" +"url] video format with [code].webm[/code] extension. Both the VP8 and VP9 " +"codecs are supported. The VP8 and VP9 codecs are more efficient than " +"[VideoStreamTheora], but they require more CPU resources to decode " +"(especially VP9). Both the VP8 and VP9 codecs are decoded on the CPU.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Alpha channel (also known as transparency) is not supported. " +"The video will always appear to have a black background, even if it " +"originally contains an alpha channel.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] There are known bugs and performance issues with WebM video " +"playback in Godot. If you run into problems, try using the Ogg Theora format " +"instead: [VideoStreamTheora]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webm/doc_classes/VideoStreamWebm.xml:17 +msgid "Returns the WebM video file handled by this [VideoStreamWebm]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webm/doc_classes/VideoStreamWebm.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Sets the WebM video file that this [VideoStreamWebm] resource handles. The " +"[code]file[/code] name should have the [code].webm[/code] extension." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:4 +msgid "Creates a sub-view into the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A Viewport creates a different view into the screen, or a sub-view inside " +"another viewport. Children 2D Nodes will display on it, and children Camera " +"3D nodes will render on it too.\n" +"Optionally, a viewport can have its own 2D or 3D world, so they don't share " +"what they draw with other viewports.\n" +"If a viewport is a child of a [ViewportContainer], it will automatically " +"take up its size, otherwise it must be set manually.\n" +"Viewports can also choose to be audio listeners, so they generate positional " +"audio depending on a 2D or 3D camera child of it.\n" +"Also, viewports can be assigned to different screens in case the devices " +"have multiple screens.\n" +"Finally, viewports can also behave as render targets, in which case they " +"will not be visible unless the associated texture is used to draw." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:16 +msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/viewports/index.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:18 doc/classes/ViewportTexture.xml:12 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/128" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:20 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/130" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:21 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/541" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:22 doc/classes/ViewportTexture.xml:14 +msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/586" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Returns the 3D world of the viewport, or if none the world of the parent " +"viewport." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:34 +msgid "Returns the 2D world of the viewport." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:40 +msgid "Returns the active 3D camera." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:46 +msgid "Returns the total transform of the viewport." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:52 +msgid "Returns the topmost modal in the stack." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:58 +msgid "Returns the mouse position relative to the viewport." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:65 +msgid "Returns information about the viewport from the rendering pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:72 +msgid "Returns the [enum ShadowAtlasQuadrantSubdiv] of the specified quadrant." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:78 +msgid "Returns the size override set with [method set_size_override]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:84 +msgid "" +"Returns the viewport's texture.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Due to the way OpenGL works, the resulting [ViewportTexture] is " +"flipped vertically. You can use [method Image.flip_y] on the result of " +"[method Texture.get_data] to flip it back, for example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var img = get_viewport().get_texture().get_data()\n" +"img.flip_y()\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:95 +msgid "Returns the viewport's RID from the [VisualServer]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:101 +msgid "Returns the visible rectangle in global screen coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:107 +msgid "" +"Returns the drag data from the GUI, that was previously returned by [method " +"Control.get_drag_data]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:113 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if there are visible modals on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:119 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the viewport is currently performing a drag " +"operation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:136 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the size override is enabled. See [method " +"set_size_override]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:143 +msgid "" +"Attaches this [Viewport] to the root [Viewport] with the specified " +"rectangle. This bypasses the need for another node to display this " +"[Viewport] but makes you responsible for updating the position of this " +"[Viewport] manually." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:149 +msgid "Stops the input from propagating further down the [SceneTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:157 +msgid "" +"Sets the number of subdivisions to use in the specified quadrant. A higher " +"number of subdivisions allows you to have more shadows in the scene at once, " +"but reduces the quality of the shadows. A good practice is to have quadrants " +"with a varying number of subdivisions and to have as few subdivisions as " +"possible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:166 +msgid "" +"Sets the size override of the viewport. If the [code]enable[/code] parameter " +"is [code]true[/code] the override is used, otherwise it uses the default " +"size. If the size parameter is [code](-1, -1)[/code], it won't update the " +"size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:178 +msgid "Forces update of the 2D and 3D worlds." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:185 +msgid "Warps the mouse to a position relative to the viewport." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:191 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the viewport will be used in AR/VR process." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:194 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the viewport will process 2D audio streams." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:197 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the viewport will process 3D audio streams." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:200 +msgid "" +"The canvas transform of the viewport, useful for changing the on-screen " +"positions of all child [CanvasItem]s. This is relative to the global canvas " +"transform of the viewport." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:203 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], uses a fast post-processing filter to make banding " +"significantly less visible. In some cases, debanding may introduce a " +"slightly noticeable dithering pattern. It's recommended to enable debanding " +"only when actually needed since the dithering pattern will make lossless-" +"compressed screenshots larger.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Only available on the GLES3 backend. [member hdr] must also be " +"[code]true[/code] for debanding to be effective." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:207 +msgid "The overlay mode for test rendered geometry in debug purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:210 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the viewport will disable 3D rendering. For actual " +"disabling use [code]usage[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:213 +msgid "" +"Enables fast approximate antialiasing. FXAA is a popular screen-space " +"antialiasing method, which is fast but will make the image look blurry, " +"especially at lower resolutions. It can still work relatively well at large " +"resolutions such as 1440p and 4K. Some of the lost sharpness can be " +"recovered by enabling contrast-adaptive sharpening (see [member " +"sharpen_intensity])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:216 +msgid "" +"The global canvas transform of the viewport. The canvas transform is " +"relative to this." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:219 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the viewport will not receive input events." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:222 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the GUI controls on the viewport will lay pixel " +"perfectly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:227 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the viewport rendering will receive benefits from High " +"Dynamic Range algorithm. High Dynamic Range allows the viewport to receive " +"values that are outside the 0-1 range. In Godot HDR uses 16 bits, meaning it " +"does not store the full range of a floating point number.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Requires [member usage] to be set to [constant USAGE_3D] or " +"[constant USAGE_3D_NO_EFFECTS], since HDR is not supported for 2D." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:231 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the result after 3D rendering will not have a linear " +"to sRGB color conversion applied. This is important when the viewport is " +"used as a render target where the result is used as a texture on a 3D object " +"rendered in another viewport. It is also important if the viewport is used " +"to create data that is not color based (noise, heightmaps, pickmaps, etc.). " +"Do not enable this when the viewport is used as a texture on a 2D object or " +"if the viewport is your final output. For the GLES2 driver this will convert " +"the sRGB output to linear, this should only be used for VR plugins that " +"require input in linear color space!" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:234 +msgid "" +"The multisample anti-aliasing mode. A higher number results in smoother " +"edges at the cost of significantly worse performance. A value of 4 is best " +"unless targeting very high-end systems." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:237 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the viewport will use [World] defined in [code]world[/" +"code] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:240 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the objects rendered by viewport become subjects of " +"mouse picking process." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:243 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], renders the Viewport directly to the screen instead of " +"to the root viewport. Only available in GLES2. This is a low-level " +"optimization and should not be used in most cases. If used, reading from the " +"Viewport or from [code]SCREEN_TEXTURE[/code] becomes unavailable. For more " +"information see [method VisualServer.viewport_set_render_direct_to_screen]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:246 +msgid "" +"The clear mode when viewport used as a render target.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This property is intended for 2D usage." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:250 +msgid "The update mode when viewport used as a render target." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:253 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the result of rendering will be flipped vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:256 +msgid "The subdivision amount of the first quadrant on the shadow atlas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:259 +msgid "The subdivision amount of the second quadrant on the shadow atlas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:262 +msgid "The subdivision amount of the third quadrant on the shadow atlas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:265 +msgid "The subdivision amount of the fourth quadrant on the shadow atlas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:268 +msgid "" +"The shadow atlas' resolution (used for omni and spot lights). The value will " +"be rounded up to the nearest power of 2.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] If this is set to 0, shadows won't be visible. Since user-" +"created viewports default to a value of 0, this value must be set above 0 " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If set to a value greater than [code]0.0[/code], contrast-adaptive " +"sharpening will be applied to the 3D viewport. This has a low performance " +"cost and can be used to recover some of the sharpness lost from using FXAA. " +"Values around [code]0.5[/code] generally give the best results. See also " +"[member fxaa]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:275 +msgid "" +"The width and height of viewport. Must be set to a value greater than or " +"equal to 2 pixels on both dimensions. Otherwise, nothing will be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:278 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the size override affects stretch as well." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:281 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the viewport should render its background as " +"transparent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:284 +msgid "The rendering mode of viewport." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:287 +msgid "The custom [World] which can be used as 3D environment source." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:290 +msgid "The custom [World2D] which can be used as 2D environment source." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:297 +msgid "Emitted when a Control node grabs keyboard focus." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:302 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the size of the viewport is changed, whether by [method " +"set_size_override], resize of window, or some other means." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:308 +msgid "Do not update the render target." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:311 +msgid "" +"Update the render target once, then switch to [constant UPDATE_DISABLED]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:314 +msgid "" +"Update the render target only when it is visible. This is the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:317 +msgid "Always update the render target." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:320 +msgid "This quadrant will not be used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:323 +msgid "This quadrant will only be used by one shadow map." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:326 +msgid "This quadrant will be split in 4 and used by up to 4 shadow maps." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:329 +msgid "This quadrant will be split 16 ways and used by up to 16 shadow maps." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:332 +msgid "This quadrant will be split 64 ways and used by up to 64 shadow maps." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:335 +msgid "" +"This quadrant will be split 256 ways and used by up to 256 shadow maps. " +"Unless the [member shadow_atlas_size] is very high, the shadows in this " +"quadrant will be very low resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:338 +msgid "" +"This quadrant will be split 1024 ways and used by up to 1024 shadow maps. " +"Unless the [member shadow_atlas_size] is very high, the shadows in this " +"quadrant will be very low resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:341 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum ShadowAtlasQuadrantSubdiv] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:344 +msgid "Amount of objects in frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:347 +msgid "Amount of vertices in frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:350 +msgid "Amount of material changes in frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:353 +msgid "Amount of shader changes in frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:356 +msgid "Amount of surface changes in frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:359 doc/classes/Viewport.xml:365 +msgid "Amount of draw calls in frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:362 +msgid "Amount of items or joined items in frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:368 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum RenderInfo] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:371 +msgid "Objects are displayed normally." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:374 +msgid "Objects are displayed without light information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Objected are displayed semi-transparent with additive blending so you can " +"see where they intersect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:380 +msgid "Objects are displayed in wireframe style." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:383 +msgid "Multisample anti-aliasing mode disabled. This is the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:386 +msgid "Use 2x Multisample Antialiasing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:389 +msgid "Use 4x Multisample Antialiasing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:392 +msgid "" +"Use 8x Multisample Antialiasing. Likely unsupported on low-end and older " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:395 +msgid "" +"Use 16x Multisample Antialiasing. Likely unsupported on medium and low-end " +"hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:398 +msgid "" +"Allocates all buffers needed for drawing 2D scenes. This takes less VRAM " +"than the 3D usage modes. Note that 3D rendering effects such as glow and HDR " +"are not available when using this mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:401 +msgid "" +"Allocates buffers needed for 2D scenes without allocating a buffer for " +"screen copy. Accordingly, you cannot read from the screen. Of the [enum " +"Usage] types, this requires the least VRAM. Note that 3D rendering effects " +"such as glow and HDR are not available when using this mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:404 +msgid "" +"Allocates full buffers for drawing 3D scenes and all 3D effects including " +"buffers needed for 2D scenes and effects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:407 +msgid "" +"Allocates buffers needed for drawing 3D scenes. But does not allocate " +"buffers needed for reading from the screen and post-processing effects. " +"Saves some VRAM." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:410 +msgid "Always clear the render target before drawing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:413 +msgid "Never clear the render target." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:416 +msgid "" +"Clear the render target next frame, then switch to [constant " +"CLEAR_MODE_NEVER]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ViewportContainer.xml:4 +msgid "Control for holding [Viewport]s." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ViewportContainer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A [Container] node that holds a [Viewport], automatically setting its size.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Changing a ViewportContainer's [member Control.rect_scale] will " +"cause its contents to appear distorted. To change its visual size without " +"causing distortion, adjust the node's margins instead (if it's not already " +"in a container)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ViewportContainer.xml:16 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the viewport will be scaled to the control's size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ViewportContainer.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Divides the viewport's effective resolution by this value while preserving " +"its scale. This can be used to speed up rendering.\n" +"For example, a 1280×720 viewport with [member stretch_shrink] set to " +"[code]2[/code] will be rendered at 640×360 while occupying the same size in " +"the container.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] [member stretch] must be [code]true[/code] for this property to " +"work." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ViewportTexture.xml:4 +msgid "Texture which displays the content of a [Viewport]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ViewportTexture.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Displays the content of a [Viewport] node as a dynamic [Texture]. This can " +"be used to mix controls, 2D, and 3D elements in the same scene.\n" +"To create a ViewportTexture in code, use the [method Viewport.get_texture] " +"method on the target viewport." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/ViewportTexture.xml:22 +msgid "" +"The path to the [Viewport] node to display. This is relative to the scene " +"root, not to the node which uses the texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml:4 doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:4 +msgid "Enables certain nodes only when approximately visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The VisibilityEnabler will disable [RigidBody] and [AnimationPlayer] nodes " +"when they are not visible. It will only affect other nodes within the same " +"scene as the VisibilityEnabler itself.\n" +"If you just want to receive notifications, use [VisibilityNotifier] " +"instead.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] VisibilityEnabler uses an approximate heuristic for performance " +"reasons. It doesn't take walls and other occlusion into account. The " +"heuristic is an implementation detail and may change in future versions. If " +"you need precise visibility checking, use another method such as adding an " +"[Area] node as a child of a [Camera] node and/or [method Vector3.dot].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] VisibilityEnabler will not affect nodes added after scene " +"initialization." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml:19 doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Returns whether the enabler identified by given [enum Enabler] constant is " +"active." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml:27 doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Sets active state of the enabler identified by given [enum Enabler] constant." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml:33 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], [RigidBody] nodes will be paused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml:36 doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:39 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], [AnimationPlayer] nodes will be paused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml:41 doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:53 +msgid "This enabler will pause [AnimationPlayer] nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml:44 +msgid "This enabler will freeze [RigidBody] nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml:47 doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:71 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Enabler] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The VisibilityEnabler2D will disable [RigidBody2D], [AnimationPlayer], and " +"other nodes when they are not visible. It will only affect nodes with the " +"same root node as the VisibilityEnabler2D, and the root node itself.\n" +"If you just want to receive notifications, use [VisibilityNotifier2D] " +"instead.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] For performance reasons, VisibilityEnabler2D uses an " +"approximate heuristic with precision determined by [member ProjectSettings." +"world/2d/cell_size]. If you need precise visibility checking, use another " +"method such as adding an [Area2D] node as a child of a [Camera2D] node.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] VisibilityEnabler2D will not affect nodes added after scene " +"initialization." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:33 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], [RigidBody2D] nodes will be paused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:36 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], [AnimatedSprite] nodes will be paused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:42 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], [Particles2D] nodes will be paused." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:45 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the parent's [method Node._physics_process] will be " +"stopped." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:48 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the parent's [method Node._process] will be stopped." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:56 +msgid "This enabler will freeze [RigidBody2D] nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:59 +msgid "This enabler will stop [Particles2D] nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:62 +msgid "This enabler will stop the parent's _process function." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:65 +msgid "This enabler will stop the parent's _physics_process function." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:68 +msgid "This enabler will stop [AnimatedSprite] nodes animations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier.xml:4 doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml:4 +msgid "Detects approximately when the node is visible on screen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The VisibilityNotifier detects when it is visible on the screen. It also " +"notifies when its bounding rectangle enters or exits the screen or a " +"[Camera]'s view.\n" +"If you want nodes to be disabled automatically when they exit the screen, " +"use [VisibilityEnabler] instead.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] VisibilityNotifier uses an approximate heuristic for " +"performance reasons. It doesn't take walls and other occlusion into account. " +"The heuristic is an implementation detail and may change in future versions. " +"If you need precise visibility checking, use another method such as adding " +"an [Area] node as a child of a [Camera] node and/or [method Vector3.dot]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier.xml:17 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the bounding box is on the screen.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] It takes one frame for the node's visibility to be assessed " +"once added to the scene tree, so this method will return [code]false[/code] " +"right after it is instantiated, even if it will be on screen in the draw " +"pass." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier.xml:24 +msgid "The VisibilityNotifier's bounding box." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier.xml:31 +msgid "Emitted when the VisibilityNotifier enters a [Camera]'s view." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier.xml:37 +msgid "Emitted when the VisibilityNotifier exits a [Camera]'s view." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier.xml:42 +msgid "Emitted when the VisibilityNotifier enters the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier.xml:47 +msgid "Emitted when the VisibilityNotifier exits the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The VisibilityNotifier2D detects when it is visible on the screen. It also " +"notifies when its bounding rectangle enters or exits the screen or a " +"viewport.\n" +"If you want nodes to be disabled automatically when they exit the screen, " +"use [VisibilityEnabler2D] instead.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] For performance reasons, VisibilityNotifier2D uses an " +"approximate heuristic with precision determined by [member ProjectSettings." +"world/2d/cell_size]. If you need precise visibility checking, use another " +"method such as adding an [Area2D] node as a child of a [Camera2D] node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml:18 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the bounding rectangle is on the screen.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] It takes one frame for the node's visibility to be assessed " +"once added to the scene tree, so this method will return [code]false[/code] " +"right after it is instantiated, even if it will be on screen in the draw " +"pass." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml:25 +msgid "The VisibilityNotifier2D's bounding rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml:31 +msgid "Emitted when the VisibilityNotifier2D enters the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml:36 +msgid "Emitted when the VisibilityNotifier2D exits the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml:42 +msgid "Emitted when the VisibilityNotifier2D enters a [Viewport]'s view." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml:48 +msgid "Emitted when the VisibilityNotifier2D exits a [Viewport]'s view." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml:4 +msgid "Parent of all visual 3D nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The [VisualInstance] is used to connect a resource to a visual " +"representation. All visual 3D nodes inherit from the [VisualInstance]. In " +"general, you should not access the [VisualInstance] properties directly as " +"they are accessed and managed by the nodes that inherit from " +"[VisualInstance]. [VisualInstance] is the node representation of the " +"[VisualServer] instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml:15 +msgid "" +"Returns the [AABB] (also known as the bounding box) for this " +"[VisualInstance]. See also [method get_transformed_aabb]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Returns the RID of the resource associated with this [VisualInstance]. For " +"example, if the Node is a [MeshInstance], this will return the RID of the " +"associated [Mesh]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Returns the RID of this instance. This RID is the same as the RID returned " +"by [method VisualServer.instance_create]. This RID is needed if you want to " +"call [VisualServer] functions directly on this [VisualInstance]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] when the specified layer is enabled in [member " +"layers] and [code]false[/code] otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Returns the transformed [AABB] (also known as the bounding box) for this " +"[VisualInstance].\n" +"Transformed in this case means the [AABB] plus the position, rotation, and " +"scale of the [Spatial]'s [Transform]. See also [method get_aabb]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Sets the resource that is instantiated by this [VisualInstance], which " +"changes how the engine handles the [VisualInstance] under the hood. " +"Equivalent to [method VisualServer.instance_set_base]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml:56 +msgid "Enables a particular layer in [member layers]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml:62 +msgid "" +"The render layer(s) this [VisualInstance] is drawn on.\n" +"This object will only be visible for [Camera]s whose cull mask includes the " +"render object this [VisualInstance] is set to." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:4 +msgid "A script implemented in the Visual Script programming environment." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A script implemented in the Visual Script programming environment. The " +"script extends the functionality of all objects that instance it.\n" +"[method Object.set_script] extends an existing object, if that object's " +"class matches one of the script's base classes.\n" +"You are most likely to use this class via the Visual Script editor or when " +"writing plugins for it." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:12 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/scripting/visual_script/" +"index.html" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:19 +msgid "Add a custom signal with the specified name to the VisualScript." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:26 +msgid "Add a function with the specified name to the VisualScript." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:36 +msgid "Add a node to a function of the VisualScript." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Add a variable to the VisualScript, optionally giving it a default value or " +"marking it as exported." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Add an argument to a custom signal added with [method add_custom_signal]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:62 +msgid "Get the count of a custom signal's arguments." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:70 +msgid "Get the name of a custom signal's argument." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:78 +msgid "Get the type of a custom signal's argument." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:86 +msgid "Remove a specific custom signal's argument." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:95 +msgid "Rename a custom signal's argument." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:104 +msgid "Change the type of a custom signal's argument." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:113 +msgid "Swap two of the arguments of a custom signal." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:124 +msgid "" +"Connect two data ports. The value of [code]from_node[/code]'s " +"[code]from_port[/code] would be fed into [code]to_node[/code]'s " +"[code]to_port[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:135 +msgid "" +"Disconnect two data ports previously connected with [method data_connect]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:142 +msgid "Returns the id of a function's entry point node." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:149 +msgid "Returns the position of the center of the screen for a given function." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:157 +msgid "Returns a node given its id and its function." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:165 +msgid "Returns a node's position in pixels." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:172 +msgid "Returns the default (initial) value of a variable." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:179 +msgid "Returns whether a variable is exported." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:186 +msgid "" +"Returns the information for a given variable as a dictionary. The " +"information includes its name, type, hint and usage." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:193 +msgid "Returns whether a signal exists with the specified name." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:204 +msgid "Returns whether the specified data ports are connected." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:211 +msgid "Returns whether a function exists with the specified name." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:219 +msgid "Returns whether a node exists with the given id." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:229 +msgid "Returns whether the specified sequence ports are connected." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:236 +msgid "Returns whether a variable exists with the specified name." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:243 +msgid "Remove a custom signal with the given name." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:250 +msgid "Remove a specific function and its nodes from the script." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:258 +msgid "Remove a specific node." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:265 +msgid "Remove a variable with the given name." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:273 +msgid "Change the name of a custom signal." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:281 +msgid "Change the name of a function." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:289 +msgid "Change the name of a variable." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:299 +msgid "" +"Connect two sequence ports. The execution will flow from of [code]from_node[/" +"code]'s [code]from_output[/code] into [code]to_node[/code].\n" +"Unlike [method data_connect], there isn't a [code]to_port[/code], since the " +"target node can have only one sequence port." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:310 +msgid "" +"Disconnect two sequence ports previously connected with [method " +"sequence_connect]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:318 +msgid "Position the center of the screen for a function." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:325 +msgid "Set the base type of the script." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:334 +msgid "Position a node on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:342 +msgid "Change the default (initial) value of a variable." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:350 +msgid "Change whether a variable is exported." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:358 +msgid "" +"Set a variable's info, using the same format as [method get_variable_info]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:367 +msgid "Emitted when the ports of a node are changed." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBasicTypeConstant.xml:4 +msgid "A Visual Script node representing a constant from the base types." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBasicTypeConstant.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A Visual Script node representing a constant from base types, such as " +"[constant Vector3.AXIS_X]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBasicTypeConstant.xml:15 +msgid "The type to get the constant from." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBasicTypeConstant.xml:18 +msgid "The name of the constant to return." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:4 +msgid "A Visual Script node used to call built-in functions." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A built-in function used inside a [VisualScript]. It is usually a math " +"function or an utility function.\n" +"See also [@GDScript], for the same functions in the GDScript language." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:16 +msgid "The function to be executed." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:21 +msgid "Return the sine of the input." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:24 +msgid "Return the cosine of the input." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:27 +msgid "Return the tangent of the input." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:30 +msgid "Return the hyperbolic sine of the input." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:33 +msgid "Return the hyperbolic cosine of the input." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:36 +msgid "Return the hyperbolic tangent of the input." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:39 +msgid "Return the arc sine of the input." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:42 +msgid "Return the arc cosine of the input." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:45 +msgid "Return the arc tangent of the input." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Return the arc tangent of the input, using the signs of both parameters to " +"determine the exact angle." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:51 +msgid "Return the square root of the input." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Return the remainder of one input divided by the other, using floating-point " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Return the positive remainder of one input divided by the other, using " +"floating-point numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:60 +msgid "Return the input rounded down." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:63 +msgid "Return the input rounded up." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:66 +msgid "Return the input rounded to the nearest integer." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:69 +msgid "Return the absolute value of the input." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Return the sign of the input, turning it into 1, -1, or 0. Useful to " +"determine if the input is positive or negative." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:75 +msgid "Return the input raised to a given power." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:78 +msgid "" +"Return the natural logarithm of the input. Note that this is not the typical " +"base-10 logarithm function calculators use." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:81 +msgid "" +"Return the mathematical constant [b]e[/b] raised to the specified power of " +"the input. [b]e[/b] has an approximate value of 2.71828." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:84 +msgid "" +"Return whether the input is NaN (Not a Number) or not. NaN is usually " +"produced by dividing 0 by 0, though other ways exist." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:87 +msgid "" +"Return whether the input is an infinite floating-point number or not. " +"Infinity is usually produced by dividing a number by 0, though other ways " +"exist." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:90 +msgid "" +"Easing function, based on exponent. 0 is constant, 1 is linear, 0 to 1 is " +"ease-in, 1+ is ease out. Negative values are in-out/out in." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Return the number of digit places after the decimal that the first non-zero " +"digit occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:96 +msgid "Return the input snapped to a given step." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:99 +msgid "" +"Return a number linearly interpolated between the first two inputs, based on " +"the third input. Uses the formula [code]a + (a - b) * t[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:106 +msgid "Moves the number toward a value, based on the third input." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:109 +msgid "" +"Return the result of [code]value[/code] decreased by [code]step[/code] * " +"[code]amount[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:112 +msgid "" +"Randomize the seed (or the internal state) of the random number generator. " +"Current implementation reseeds using a number based on time." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:115 +msgid "" +"Return a random 32 bits integer value. To obtain a random value between 0 to " +"N (where N is smaller than 2^32 - 1), you can use it with the remainder " +"function." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:118 +msgid "" +"Return a random floating-point value between 0 and 1. To obtain a random " +"value between 0 to N, you can use it with multiplication." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:121 +msgid "Return a random floating-point value between the two inputs." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:124 +msgid "Set the seed for the random number generator." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:127 +msgid "Return a random value from the given seed, along with the new seed." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:130 +msgid "Convert the input from degrees to radians." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:133 +msgid "Convert the input from radians to degrees." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:136 +msgid "Convert the input from linear volume to decibel volume." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:139 +msgid "Convert the input from decibel volume to linear volume." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:152 +msgid "Return the greater of the two numbers, also known as their maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:155 +msgid "Return the lesser of the two numbers, also known as their minimum." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:158 +msgid "" +"Return the input clamped inside the given range, ensuring the result is " +"never outside it. Equivalent to [code]min(max(input, range_low), range_high)" +"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:161 +msgid "Return the nearest power of 2 to the input." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:164 +msgid "Create a [WeakRef] from the input." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:167 +msgid "Create a [FuncRef] from the input." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:170 +msgid "Convert between types." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:173 +msgid "" +"Return the type of the input as an integer. Check [enum Variant.Type] for " +"the integers that might be returned." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:176 +msgid "Checks if a type is registered in the [ClassDB]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:179 +msgid "Return a character with the given ascii value." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:182 +msgid "Convert the input to a string." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:185 +msgid "Print the given string to the output window." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:188 +msgid "Print the given string to the standard error output." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:191 +msgid "" +"Print the given string to the standard output, without adding a newline." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:194 +msgid "Serialize a [Variant] to a string." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:197 +msgid "" +"Deserialize a [Variant] from a string serialized using [constant VAR_TO_STR]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:200 +msgid "Serialize a [Variant] to a [PoolByteArray]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Deserialize a [Variant] from a [PoolByteArray] serialized using [constant " +"VAR_TO_BYTES]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:206 +msgid "" +"Return the [Color] with the given name and alpha ranging from 0 to 1.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Names are defined in [code]color_names.inc[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:210 +msgid "" +"Return a number smoothly interpolated between the first two inputs, based on " +"the third input. Similar to [constant MATH_LERP], but interpolates faster at " +"the beginning and slower at the end. Using Hermite interpolation formula:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"var t = clamp((weight - from) / (to - from), 0.0, 1.0)\n" +"return t * t * (3.0 - 2.0 * t)\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:223 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum BuiltinFunc] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptClassConstant.xml:4 +msgid "Gets a constant from a given class." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptClassConstant.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This node returns a constant from a given class, such as [constant " +"TYPE_INT]. See the given class' documentation for available constants.\n" +"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n" +"none\n" +"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Data (variant): [code]value[/code]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptClassConstant.xml:19 +msgid "The constant's parent class." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptClassConstant.xml:22 +msgid "" +"The constant to return. See the given class for its available constants." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptComment.xml:4 +msgid "A Visual Script node used to annotate the script." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptComment.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A Visual Script node used to display annotations in the script, so that code " +"may be documented.\n" +"Comment nodes can be resized so they encompass a group of nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptComment.xml:16 +msgid "The text inside the comment node." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptComment.xml:19 +msgid "The comment node's size (in pixels)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptComment.xml:22 +msgid "The comment node's title." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptComposeArray.xml:4 +msgid "A Visual Script Node used to create array from a list of items." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptComposeArray.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A Visual Script Node used to compose array from the list of elements " +"provided with custom in-graph UI hard coded in the VisualScript Editor." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCondition.xml:4 +msgid "A Visual Script node which branches the flow." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCondition.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A Visual Script node that checks a [bool] input port. If [code]true[/code], " +"it will exit via the \"true\" sequence port. If [code]false[/code], it will " +"exit via the \"false\" sequence port. After exiting either, it exits via the " +"\"done\" port. Sequence ports may be left disconnected.\n" +"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Sequence: [code]if (cond) is[/code]\n" +"- Data (boolean): [code]cond[/code]\n" +"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Sequence: [code]true[/code]\n" +"- Sequence: [code]false[/code]\n" +"- Sequence: [code]done[/code]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptConstant.xml:4 +msgid "Gets a contant's value." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptConstant.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This node returns a constant's value.\n" +"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n" +"none\n" +"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Data (variant): [code]get[/code]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptConstant.xml:19 +msgid "The constant's type." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptConstant.xml:22 +msgid "The constant's value." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptConstructor.xml:4 +msgid "A Visual Script node which calls a base type constructor." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptConstructor.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A Visual Script node which calls a base type constructor. It can be used for " +"type conversion as well." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:4 +msgid "A scripted Visual Script node." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:7 +msgid "A custom Visual Script node which can be scripted in powerful ways." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:15 +msgid "Return the node's title." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:21 +msgid "Return the node's category." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:27 +msgid "Return the count of input value ports." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Return the specified input port's hint. See the [enum @GlobalScope." +"PropertyHint] hints." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:41 +msgid "Return the specified input port's hint string." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:48 +msgid "Return the specified input port's name." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Return the specified input port's type. See the [enum Variant.Type] values." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:61 +msgid "Return the amount of output [b]sequence[/b] ports." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:68 +msgid "Return the specified [b]sequence[/b] output's name." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:74 +msgid "Return the amount of output value ports." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:81 +msgid "" +"Return the specified output port's hint. See the [enum @GlobalScope." +"PropertyHint] hints." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:88 +msgid "Return the specified output port's hint string." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:95 +msgid "Return the specified output port's name." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Return the specified output port's type. See the [enum Variant.Type] values." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:108 +msgid "" +"Return the custom node's text, which is shown right next to the input " +"[b]sequence[/b] port (if there is none, on the place that is usually taken " +"by it)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:114 +msgid "" +"Return the size of the custom node's working memory. See [method _step] for " +"more details." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:120 +msgid "Return whether the custom node has an input [b]sequence[/b] port." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:130 +msgid "" +"Execute the custom node's logic, returning the index of the output sequence " +"port to use or a [String] when there is an error.\n" +"The [code]inputs[/code] array contains the values of the input ports.\n" +"[code]outputs[/code] is an array whose indices should be set to the " +"respective outputs.\n" +"The [code]start_mode[/code] is usually [constant START_MODE_BEGIN_SEQUENCE], " +"unless you have used the [code]STEP_*[/code] constants.\n" +"[code]working_mem[/code] is an array which can be used to persist " +"information between runs of the custom node. The size needs to be predefined " +"using [method _get_working_memory_size].\n" +"When returning, you can mask the returned value with one of the " +"[code]STEP_*[/code] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:141 +msgid "The start mode used the first time when [method _step] is called." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:144 +msgid "" +"The start mode used when [method _step] is called after coming back from a " +"[constant STEP_PUSH_STACK_BIT]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:147 +msgid "" +"The start mode used when [method _step] is called after resuming from " +"[constant STEP_YIELD_BIT]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:150 +msgid "" +"Hint used by [method _step] to tell that control should return to it when " +"there is no other node left to execute.\n" +"This is used by [VisualScriptCondition] to redirect the sequence to the " +"\"Done\" port after the [code]true[/code]/[code]false[/code] branch has " +"finished execution." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:154 +msgid "" +"Hint used by [method _step] to tell that control should return back, either " +"hitting a previous [constant STEP_PUSH_STACK_BIT] or exiting the function." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:159 +msgid "" +"Hint used by [method _step] to tell that control should stop and exit the " +"function." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:162 +msgid "" +"Hint used by [method _step] to tell that the function should be yielded.\n" +"Using this requires you to have at least one working memory slot, which is " +"used for the [VisualScriptFunctionState]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptDeconstruct.xml:4 +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptDeconstruct.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A Visual Script node which deconstructs a base type instance into its parts." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptDeconstruct.xml:15 +msgid "The type to deconstruct." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptEditor.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Add a custom Visual Script node to the editor. It'll be placed under " +"\"Custom Nodes\" with the [code]category[/code] as the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptEditor.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Remove a custom Visual Script node from the editor. Custom nodes already " +"placed on scripts won't be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptEditor.xml:31 +msgid "Emitted when a custom Visual Script node is added or removed." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptEmitSignal.xml:4 +msgid "Emits a specified signal." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptEmitSignal.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Emits a specified signal when it is executed.\n" +"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Sequence: [code]emit[/code]\n" +"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptEmitSignal.xml:19 +msgid "The signal to emit." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptEngineSingleton.xml:4 +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptEngineSingleton.xml:7 +msgid "A Visual Script node returning a singleton from [@GlobalScope]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptEngineSingleton.xml:15 +msgid "The singleton's name." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptExpression.xml:4 +msgid "A Visual Script node that can execute a custom expression." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptExpression.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A Visual Script node that can execute a custom expression. Values can be " +"provided for the input and the expression result can be retrieved from the " +"output." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunction.xml:4 +msgid "A Visual Script node representing a function." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunction.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[VisualScriptFunction] represents a function header. It is the starting " +"point for the function body and can be used to tweak the function's " +"properties (e.g. RPC mode)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:4 +msgid "A Visual Script node for calling a function." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[VisualScriptFunctionCall] is created when you add or drag and drop a " +"function onto the Visual Script graph. It allows to tweak parameters of the " +"call, e.g. what object the function is called on." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:15 +msgid "" +"The script to be used when [member call_mode] is set to [constant " +"CALL_MODE_INSTANCE]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:18 +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYieldSignal.xml:15 +msgid "" +"The base type to be used when [member call_mode] is set to [constant " +"CALL_MODE_INSTANCE]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:21 +msgid "" +"The type to be used when [member call_mode] is set to [constant " +"CALL_MODE_BASIC_TYPE]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:24 +msgid "" +"[code]call_mode[/code] determines the target object on which the method will " +"be called. See [enum CallMode] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:27 +msgid "The name of the function to be called." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:30 +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYieldSignal.xml:21 +msgid "" +"The node path to use when [member call_mode] is set to [constant " +"CALL_MODE_NODE_PATH]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:33 +msgid "" +"The mode for RPC calls. See [method Node.rpc] for more details and [enum " +"RPCCallMode] for available options." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:36 +msgid "" +"The singleton to call the method on. Used when [member call_mode] is set to " +"[constant CALL_MODE_SINGLETON]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Number of default arguments that will be used when calling the function. " +"Can't be higher than the number of available default arguments in the " +"method's declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:42 +msgid "" +"If [code]false[/code], call errors (e.g. wrong number of arguments) will be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:47 +msgid "The method will be called on this [Object]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:50 +msgid "The method will be called on the given [Node] in the scene tree." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:53 +msgid "" +"The method will be called on an instanced node with the given type and " +"script." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:56 +msgid "The method will be called on a GDScript basic type (e.g. [Vector2])." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:59 +msgid "The method will be called on a singleton." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:62 +msgid "The method will be called locally." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:65 +msgid "The method will be called remotely." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:68 +msgid "The method will be called remotely using an unreliable protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:71 +msgid "The method will be called remotely for the given peer." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:74 +msgid "" +"The method will be called remotely for the given peer, using an unreliable " +"protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionState.xml:4 +msgid "A Visual Script node representing a function state." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionState.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[VisualScriptFunctionState] is returned from [VisualScriptYield] and can be " +"used to resume a paused function call." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionState.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Connects this [VisualScriptFunctionState] to a signal in the given object to " +"automatically resume when it's emitted." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionState.xml:24 +msgid "Returns whether the function state is valid." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionState.xml:31 +msgid "Resumes the function to run from the point it was yielded." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptGlobalConstant.xml:4 +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptGlobalConstant.xml:7 +msgid "A Visual Script node returning a constant from [@GlobalScope]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptGlobalConstant.xml:15 +msgid "The constant to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptIndexGet.xml:4 +msgid "A Visual Script node for getting a value from an array or a dictionary." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptIndexGet.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[VisualScriptIndexGet] will return the value stored in an array or a " +"dictionary under the given index." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptIndexSet.xml:4 +msgid "A Visual Script node for setting a value in an array or a dictionary." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptIndexSet.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[VisualScriptIndexSet] will set the value stored in an array or a dictionary " +"under the given index to the provided new value." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptInputAction.xml:4 +msgid "A Visual Script node returning a state of an action." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptInputAction.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[VisualScriptInputAction] can be used to check if an action is pressed or " +"released." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptInputAction.xml:15 +msgid "Name of the action." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptInputAction.xml:18 +msgid "State of the action to check. See [enum Mode] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptInputAction.xml:23 +msgid "[code]True[/code] if action is pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptInputAction.xml:26 +msgid "[code]True[/code] if action is released (i.e. not pressed)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptInputAction.xml:29 +msgid "[code]True[/code] on the frame the action was pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptInputAction.xml:32 +msgid "[code]True[/code] on the frame the action was released." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptIterator.xml:4 +msgid "Steps through items in a given input." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptIterator.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This node steps through each item in a given input. Input can be any " +"sequence data type, such as an [Array] or [String]. When each item has been " +"processed, execution passed out the [code]exit[/code] Sequence port.\n" +"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Sequence: [code]for (elem) in (input)[/code]\n" +"- Data (variant): [code]input[/code]\n" +"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Sequence: [code]each[/code]\n" +"- Sequence: [code]exit[/code]\n" +"- Data (variant): [code]elem[/code]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLists.xml:4 +msgid "A Visual Script virtual class for in-graph editable nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLists.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A Visual Script virtual class that defines the shape and the default " +"behavior of the nodes that have to be in-graph editable nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLists.xml:18 +msgid "Adds an input port to the Visual Script node." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLists.xml:27 +msgid "Adds an output port to the Visual Script node." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLists.xml:34 +msgid "Removes an input port from the Visual Script node." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLists.xml:41 +msgid "Removes an output port from the Visual Script node." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLists.xml:49 +msgid "Sets the name of an input port." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLists.xml:57 +msgid "Sets the type of an input port." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLists.xml:65 +msgid "Sets the name of an output port." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLists.xml:73 +msgid "Sets the type of an output port." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLocalVar.xml:4 +msgid "Gets a local variable's value." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLocalVar.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Returns a local variable's value. \"Var Name\" must be supplied, with an " +"optional type.\n" +"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n" +"none\n" +"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Data (variant): [code]get[/code]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLocalVar.xml:19 +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLocalVarSet.xml:21 +msgid "The local variable's type." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLocalVar.xml:22 +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLocalVarSet.xml:24 +msgid "The local variable's name." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLocalVarSet.xml:4 +msgid "Changes a local variable's value." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLocalVarSet.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Changes a local variable's value to the given input. The new value is also " +"provided on an output Data port.\n" +"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Sequence\n" +"- Data (variant): [code]set[/code]\n" +"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Sequence\n" +"- Data (variant): [code]get[/code]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:4 +msgid "Commonly used mathematical constants." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Provides common math constants, such as Pi, on an output Data port.\n" +"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n" +"none\n" +"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Data (variant): [code]get[/code]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:19 +msgid "The math constant." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:24 +msgid "Unity: [code]1[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:27 +msgid "Pi: [code]3.141593[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:30 +msgid "Pi divided by two: [code]1.570796[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:33 +msgid "Tau: [code]6.283185[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Mathematical constant [code]e[/code], the natural log base: [code]2.718282[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:39 +msgid "Square root of two: [code]1.414214[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:42 +msgid "Infinity: [code]inf[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:45 +msgid "Not a number: [code]nan[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:48 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum MathConstant] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptNode.xml:4 +msgid "A node which is part of a [VisualScript]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptNode.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A node which is part of a [VisualScript]. Not to be confused with [Node], " +"which is a part of a [SceneTree]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptNode.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Returns the default value of a given port. The default value is used when " +"nothing is connected to the port." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptNode.xml:22 +msgid "Returns the [VisualScript] instance the node is bound to." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptNode.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Notify that the node's ports have changed. Usually used in conjunction with " +"[VisualScriptCustomNode] ." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptNode.xml:36 +msgid "Change the default value of a given port." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptNode.xml:43 +msgid "Emitted when the available input/output ports are changed." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptOperator.xml:4 +msgid "A Visual Script node that performs an operation on two values." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptOperator.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Data (variant): [code]A[/code]\n" +"- Data (variant): [code]B[/code]\n" +"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Data (variant): [code]result[/code]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptOperator.xml:19 +msgid "" +"The operation to be performed. See [enum Variant.Operator] for available " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptOperator.xml:22 +msgid "" +"The type of the values for this operation. See [enum Variant.Type] for " +"available options." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPreload.xml:4 +msgid "Creates a new [Resource] or loads one from the filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPreload.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Creates a new [Resource] or loads one from the filesystem.\n" +"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n" +"none\n" +"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Data (object): [code]res[/code]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPreload.xml:19 +msgid "The [Resource] to load." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:4 +msgid "A Visual Script node returning a value of a property from an [Object]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[VisualScriptPropertyGet] can return a value of any property from the " +"current object or other objects." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:15 +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:18 +msgid "" +"The script to be used when [member set_mode] is set to [constant " +"CALL_MODE_INSTANCE]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:18 +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:21 +msgid "" +"The base type to be used when [member set_mode] is set to [constant " +"CALL_MODE_INSTANCE]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:21 +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:24 +msgid "" +"The type to be used when [member set_mode] is set to [constant " +"CALL_MODE_BASIC_TYPE]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:24 +msgid "" +"The indexed name of the property to retrieve. See [method Object." +"get_indexed] for details." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:27 +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The node path to use when [member set_mode] is set to [constant " +"CALL_MODE_NODE_PATH]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The name of the property to retrieve. Changing this will clear [member " +"index]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:33 +msgid "" +"[code]set_mode[/code] determines the target object from which the property " +"will be retrieved. See [enum CallMode] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:38 +msgid "The property will be retrieved from this [Object]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:41 +msgid "The property will be retrieved from the given [Node] in the scene tree." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:44 +msgid "" +"The property will be retrieved from an instanced node with the given type " +"and script." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:47 +msgid "" +"The property will be retrieved from a GDScript basic type (e.g. [Vector2])." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:4 +msgid "A Visual Script node that sets a property of an [Object]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[VisualScriptPropertySet] can set the value of any property from the current " +"object or other objects." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:15 +msgid "" +"The additional operation to perform when assigning. See [enum AssignOp] for " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The indexed name of the property to set. See [method Object.set_indexed] for " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:33 +msgid "" +"The name of the property to set. Changing this will clear [member index]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:36 +msgid "" +"[code]set_mode[/code] determines the target object on which the property " +"will be set. See [enum CallMode] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:41 +msgid "The property will be set on this [Object]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:44 +msgid "The property will be set on the given [Node] in the scene tree." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:47 +msgid "" +"The property will be set on an instanced node with the given type and script." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:50 +msgid "The property will be set on a GDScript basic type (e.g. [Vector2])." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:53 +msgid "The property will be assigned regularly." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:56 +msgid "" +"The value will be added to the property. Equivalent of doing [code]+=[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:59 +msgid "" +"The value will be subtracted from the property. Equivalent of doing [code]-" +"=[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:62 +msgid "" +"The property will be multiplied by the value. Equivalent of doing [code]*=[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:65 +msgid "" +"The property will be divided by the value. Equivalent of doing [code]/=[/" +"code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:68 +msgid "" +"A modulo operation will be performed on the property and the value. " +"Equivalent of doing [code]%=[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:71 +msgid "" +"The property will be binarly shifted to the left by the given value. " +"Equivalent of doing [code]<<[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:74 +msgid "" +"The property will be binarly shifted to the right by the given value. " +"Equivalent of doing [code]>>[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:77 +msgid "" +"A binary [code]AND[/code] operation will be performed on the property. " +"Equivalent of doing [code]&=[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:80 +msgid "" +"A binary [code]OR[/code] operation will be performed on the property. " +"Equivalent of doing [code]|=[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:83 +msgid "" +"A binary [code]XOR[/code] operation will be performed on the property. " +"Equivalent of doing [code]^=[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptReturn.xml:4 +msgid "Exits a function and returns an optional value." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptReturn.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Ends the execution of a function and returns control to the calling " +"function. Optionally, it can return a [Variant] value.\n" +"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Sequence\n" +"- Data (variant): [code]result[/code] (optional)\n" +"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n" +"none" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptReturn.xml:20 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the [code]return[/code] input port is available." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptReturn.xml:23 +msgid "The return value's data type." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSceneNode.xml:4 +msgid "Node reference." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSceneNode.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A direct reference to a node.\n" +"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n" +"none\n" +"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Data: [code]node[/code] (obj)" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSceneNode.xml:19 +msgid "The node's path in the scene tree." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSceneTree.xml:4 +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSceneTree.xml:7 +msgid "A Visual Script node for accessing [SceneTree] methods." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSelect.xml:4 +msgid "Chooses between two input values." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSelect.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Chooses between two input values based on a Boolean condition.\n" +"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Data (boolean): [code]cond[/code]\n" +"- Data (variant): [code]a[/code]\n" +"- Data (variant): [code]b[/code]\n" +"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Data (variant): [code]out[/code]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSelect.xml:21 +msgid "The input variables' type." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSelf.xml:4 +msgid "Outputs a reference to the current instance." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSelf.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Provides a reference to the node running the visual script.\n" +"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n" +"none\n" +"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Data (object): [code]instance[/code]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSequence.xml:4 +msgid "Executes a series of Sequence ports." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSequence.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Steps through a series of one or more output Sequence ports. The " +"[code]current[/code] data port outputs the currently executing item.\n" +"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Sequence: [code]in order[/code]\n" +"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Sequence: [code]1[/code]\n" +"- Sequence: [code]2 - n[/code] (optional)\n" +"- Data (int): [code]current[/code]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSequence.xml:21 +msgid "The number of steps in the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSubCall.xml:4 +msgid "Calls a method called [code]_subcall[/code] in this object." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSubCall.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[VisualScriptSubCall] will call method named [code]_subcall[/code] in the " +"current script. It will fail if the method doesn't exist or the provided " +"arguments are wrong." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSubCall.xml:16 +msgid "Called by this node." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSwitch.xml:4 +msgid "Branches program flow based on a given input's value." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSwitch.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Branches the flow based on an input's value. Use [b]Case Count[/b] in the " +"Inspector to set the number of branches and each comparison's optional " +"type.\n" +"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Sequence: [code]'input' is[/code]\n" +"- Data (variant): [code]=[/code]\n" +"- Data (variant): [code]=[/code] (optional)\n" +"- Data (variant): [code]input[/code]\n" +"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Sequence\n" +"- Sequence (optional)\n" +"- Sequence: [code]done[/code]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptTypeCast.xml:4 +msgid "A Visual Script node that casts the given value to another type." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptTypeCast.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[VisualScriptTypeCast] will perform a type conversion to an [Object]-derived " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptTypeCast.xml:15 +msgid "" +"The target script class to be converted to. If none, only the [member " +"base_type] will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptTypeCast.xml:18 +msgid "The target type to be converted to." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptVariableGet.xml:4 +msgid "Gets a variable's value." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptVariableGet.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Returns a variable's value. \"Var Name\" must be supplied, with an optional " +"type.\n" +"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n" +"none\n" +"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Data (variant): [code]value[/code]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptVariableGet.xml:19 +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptVariableSet.xml:20 +msgid "The variable's name." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptVariableSet.xml:4 +msgid "Changes a variable's value." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptVariableSet.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Changes a variable's value to the given input.\n" +"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Sequence\n" +"- Data (variant): [code]set[/code]\n" +"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptWhile.xml:4 +msgid "Conditional loop." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptWhile.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Loops while a condition is [code]true[/code]. Execution continues out the " +"[code]exit[/code] Sequence port when the loop terminates.\n" +"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Sequence: [code]while(cond)[/code]\n" +"- Data (bool): [code]cond[/code]\n" +"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n" +"- Sequence: [code]repeat[/code]\n" +"- Sequence: [code]exit[/code]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYield.xml:4 +msgid "A Visual Script node used to pause a function execution." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYield.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[VisualScriptYield] will pause the function call and return " +"[VisualScriptFunctionState], which can be used to resume the function." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYield.xml:15 +msgid "" +"The mode to use for yielding. See [enum YieldMode] for available options." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYield.xml:18 +msgid "The time to wait when [member mode] is set to [constant YIELD_WAIT]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYield.xml:23 +msgid "Yields during an idle frame." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYield.xml:26 +msgid "Yields during a physics frame." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYield.xml:29 +msgid "Yields a function and waits the given time." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYieldSignal.xml:4 +msgid "A Visual Script node yielding for a signal." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYieldSignal.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[VisualScriptYieldSignal] will pause the function execution until the " +"provided signal is emitted." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYieldSignal.xml:18 +msgid "" +"[code]call_mode[/code] determines the target object to wait for the signal " +"emission. See [enum CallMode] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYieldSignal.xml:24 +msgid "The signal name to be waited for." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYieldSignal.xml:29 +msgid "A signal from this [Object] will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYieldSignal.xml:32 +msgid "A signal from the given [Node] in the scene tree will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYieldSignal.xml:35 +msgid "A signal from an instanced node with the given type will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:4 +msgid "Server for anything visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Server for anything visible. The visual server is the API backend for " +"everything visible. The whole scene system mounts on it to display.\n" +"The visual server is completely opaque, the internals are entirely " +"implementation specific and cannot be accessed.\n" +"The visual server can be used to bypass the scene system entirely.\n" +"Resources are created using the [code]*_create[/code] functions.\n" +"All objects are drawn to a viewport. You can use the [Viewport] attached to " +"the [SceneTree] or you can create one yourself with [method " +"viewport_create]. When using a custom scenario or canvas, the scenario or " +"canvas needs to be attached to the viewport using [method " +"viewport_set_scenario] or [method viewport_attach_canvas].\n" +"In 3D, all visual objects must be associated with a scenario. The scenario " +"is a visual representation of the world. If accessing the visual server from " +"a running game, the scenario can be accessed from the scene tree from any " +"[Spatial] node with [method Spatial.get_world]. Otherwise, a scenario can be " +"created with [method scenario_create].\n" +"Similarly, in 2D, a canvas is needed to draw all canvas items.\n" +"In 3D, all visible objects are comprised of a resource and an instance. A " +"resource can be a mesh, a particle system, a light, or any other 3D object. " +"In order to be visible resources must be attached to an instance using " +"[method instance_set_base]. The instance must also be attached to the " +"scenario using [method instance_set_scenario] in order to be visible.\n" +"In 2D, all visible objects are some form of canvas item. In order to be " +"visible, a canvas item needs to be the child of a canvas attached to a " +"viewport, or it needs to be the child of another canvas item that is " +"eventually attached to the canvas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:18 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/optimization/using_servers.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:28 +msgid "Sets images to be rendered in the window margin." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Sets margin size, where black bars (or images, if [method " +"black_bars_set_images] was used) are rendered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Creates a camera and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed with " +"the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]camera_*[/code] " +"VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:53 +msgid "" +"Sets the cull mask associated with this camera. The cull mask describes " +"which 3D layers are rendered by this camera. Equivalent to [member Camera." +"cull_mask]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Sets the environment used by this camera. Equivalent to [member Camera." +"environment]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Sets camera to use frustum projection. This mode allows adjusting the " +"[code]offset[/code] argument to create \"tilted frustum\" effects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:82 +msgid "" +"Sets camera to use orthogonal projection, also known as orthographic " +"projection. Objects remain the same size on the screen no matter how far " +"away they are." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:92 +msgid "" +"Sets camera to use perspective projection. Objects on the screen becomes " +"smaller when they are far away." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:100 +msgid "Sets [Transform] of camera." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:108 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], preserves the horizontal aspect ratio which is " +"equivalent to [constant Camera.KEEP_WIDTH]. If [code]false[/code], preserves " +"the vertical aspect ratio which is equivalent to [constant Camera." +"KEEP_HEIGHT]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:114 +msgid "" +"Creates a canvas and returns the assigned [RID]. It can be accessed with the " +"RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]canvas_*[/code] " +"VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:125 +msgid "Adds a circle command to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:133 +msgid "" +"If ignore is [code]true[/code], the VisualServer does not perform clipping." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:145 +msgid "Adds a line command to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:157 +msgid "Adds a mesh command to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:167 +msgid "" +"Adds a [MultiMesh] to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands. Only affects its " +"aabb at the moment." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:184 +msgid "" +"Adds a nine patch image to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands.\n" +"See [NinePatchRect] for more explanation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:195 +msgid "Adds a particle system to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:208 +msgid "Adds a polygon to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:219 +msgid "" +"Adds a polyline, which is a line from multiple points with a width, to the " +"[CanvasItem]'s draw commands." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:232 +msgid "Adds a primitive to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:241 +msgid "Adds a rectangle to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:249 +msgid "" +"Adds a [Transform2D] command to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands.\n" +"This sets the extra_matrix uniform when executed. This affects the later " +"commands of the canvas item." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:263 +msgid "Adds a textured rect to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:277 +msgid "" +"Adds a texture rect with region setting to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:295 +msgid "Adds a triangle array to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:302 +msgid "Clears the [CanvasItem] and removes all commands in it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:308 +msgid "" +"Creates a new [CanvasItem] and returns its [RID]. It can be accessed with " +"the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]canvas_item_*[/" +"code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:317 +msgid "Sets clipping for the [CanvasItem]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:326 +msgid "Sets the [CanvasItem] to copy a rect to the backbuffer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:335 +msgid "Defines a custom drawing rectangle for the [CanvasItem]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:343 +msgid "" +"Enables the use of distance fields for GUI elements that are rendering " +"distance field based fonts." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:351 +msgid "Sets [CanvasItem] to be drawn behind its parent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:359 +msgid "Sets the index for the [CanvasItem]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:367 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:493 +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:549 +msgid "" +"The light mask. See [LightOccluder2D] for more information on light masks." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:375 +msgid "Sets a new material to the [CanvasItem]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:383 +msgid "Sets the color that modulates the [CanvasItem] and its children." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:391 +msgid "" +"Sets the parent for the [CanvasItem]. The parent can be another canvas item, " +"or it can be the root canvas that is attached to the viewport." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:399 +msgid "Sets the color that modulates the [CanvasItem] without children." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:407 +msgid "Sets if [CanvasItem]'s children should be sorted by y-position." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:415 +msgid "Sets the [CanvasItem]'s [Transform2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:423 +msgid "Sets if the [CanvasItem] uses its parent's material." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:431 +msgid "Sets if the canvas item (including its children) is visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:439 +msgid "" +"If this is enabled, the Z index of the parent will be added to the " +"children's Z index." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:447 +msgid "" +"Sets the [CanvasItem]'s Z index, i.e. its draw order (lower indexes are " +"drawn first)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:455 +msgid "" +"Attaches the canvas light to the canvas. Removes it from its previous canvas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:461 +msgid "" +"Creates a canvas light and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed " +"with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all " +"[code]canvas_light_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:470 +msgid "" +"Attaches a light occluder to the canvas. Removes it from its previous canvas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:476 +msgid "" +"Creates a light occluder and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed " +"with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all " +"[code]canvas_light_ocluder_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:485 +msgid "Enables or disables light occluder." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:501 +msgid "Sets a light occluder's polygon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:509 +msgid "Sets a light occluder's [Transform2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:517 +msgid "Sets the color for a light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:525 +msgid "Enables or disables a canvas light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:533 +msgid "Sets a canvas light's energy." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:541 +msgid "Sets a canvas light's height." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:557 +msgid "" +"The binary mask used to determine which layers this canvas light's shadows " +"affects. See [LightOccluder2D] for more information on light masks." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:566 +msgid "The layer range that gets rendered with this light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:574 +msgid "The mode of the light, see [enum CanvasLightMode] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:582 +msgid "" +"Sets the texture's scale factor of the light. Equivalent to [member Light2D." +"texture_scale]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:590 +msgid "" +"Sets the width of the shadow buffer, size gets scaled to the next power of " +"two for this." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:598 +msgid "Sets the color of the canvas light's shadow." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:606 +msgid "Enables or disables the canvas light's shadow." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:614 +msgid "" +"Sets the canvas light's shadow's filter, see [enum CanvasLightShadowFilter] " +"constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:622 +msgid "Sets the length of the shadow's gradient." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:630 +msgid "Smoothens the shadow. The lower, the smoother." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:638 +msgid "" +"Sets texture to be used by light. Equivalent to [member Light2D.texture]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:646 +msgid "" +"Sets the offset of the light's texture. Equivalent to [member Light2D." +"offset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:654 +msgid "Sets the canvas light's [Transform2D]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:663 +msgid "" +"Sets the Z range of objects that will be affected by this light. Equivalent " +"to [member Light2D.range_z_min] and [member Light2D.range_z_max]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:669 +msgid "" +"Creates a new light occluder polygon and adds it to the VisualServer. It can " +"be accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all " +"[code]canvas_occluder_polygon_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:678 +msgid "" +"Sets an occluder polygons cull mode. See [enum " +"CanvasOccluderPolygonCullMode] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:687 +msgid "Sets the shape of the occluder polygon." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:695 +msgid "Sets the shape of the occluder polygon as lines." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:704 +msgid "" +"A copy of the canvas item will be drawn with a local offset of the mirroring " +"[Vector2]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:712 +msgid "Modulates all colors in the given canvas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:718 +msgid "" +"Creates a directional light and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be " +"accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID can be used in most " +"[code]light_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n" +"To place in a scene, attach this directional light to an instance using " +"[method instance_set_base] using the returned RID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:728 +msgid "" +"Draws a frame. [i]This method is deprecated[/i], please use [method " +"force_draw] instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:734 +msgid "" +"Creates an environment and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed " +"with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all " +"[code]environment_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:747 +msgid "" +"Sets the values to be used with the \"Adjustment\" post-process effect. See " +"[Environment] for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:757 +msgid "Sets the ambient light parameters. See [Environment] for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:765 +msgid "" +"Sets the [i]BGMode[/i] of the environment. Equivalent to [member Environment." +"background_mode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:773 +msgid "" +"Color displayed for clear areas of the scene (if using Custom color or Color" +"+Sky background modes)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:781 +msgid "Sets the intensity of the background color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:789 +msgid "Sets the maximum layer to use if using Canvas background mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:801 +msgid "" +"Sets the values to be used with the \"DoF Far Blur\" post-process effect. " +"See [Environment] for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:813 +msgid "" +"Sets the values to be used with the \"DoF Near Blur\" post-process effect. " +"See [Environment] for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:824 +msgid "" +"Sets the variables to be used with the scene fog. See [Environment] for more " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:837 +msgid "" +"Sets the variables to be used with the fog depth effect. See [Environment] " +"for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:848 +msgid "" +"Sets the variables to be used with the fog height effect. See [Environment] " +"for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:866 +msgid "" +"Sets the variables to be used with the \"glow\" post-process effect. See " +"[Environment] for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:874 +msgid "" +"Sets the [Sky] to be used as the environment's background when using " +"[i]BGMode[/i] sky. Equivalent to [member Environment.background_sky]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:882 +msgid "" +"Sets a custom field of view for the background [Sky]. Equivalent to [member " +"Environment.background_sky_custom_fov]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:890 +msgid "" +"Sets the rotation of the background [Sky] expressed as a [Basis]. Equivalent " +"to [member Environment.background_sky_orientation]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:909 +msgid "" +"Sets the variables to be used with the \"Screen Space Ambient Occlusion " +"(SSAO)\" post-process effect. See [Environment] for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:922 +msgid "" +"Sets the variables to be used with the \"screen space reflections\" post-" +"process effect. See [Environment] for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:937 +msgid "" +"Sets the variables to be used with the \"tonemap\" post-process effect. See " +"[Environment] for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:943 +msgid "Removes buffers and clears testcubes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:951 +msgid "" +"Forces a frame to be drawn when the function is called. Drawing a frame " +"updates all [Viewport]s that are set to update. Use with extreme caution." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:957 +msgid "Synchronizes threads." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:964 +msgid "Tries to free an object in the VisualServer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:971 +msgid "Returns a certain information, see [enum RenderInfo] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:977 +msgid "Returns the id of the test cube. Creates one if none exists." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:983 +msgid "Returns the id of the test texture. Creates one if none exists." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:989 +msgid "" +"Returns the name of the video adapter (e.g. \"GeForce GTX 1080/PCIe/" +"SSE2\").\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When running a headless or server binary, this function returns " +"an empty string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:996 +msgid "" +"Returns the vendor of the video adapter (e.g. \"NVIDIA Corporation\").\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] When running a headless or server binary, this function returns " +"an empty string." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1003 +msgid "Returns the id of a white texture. Creates one if none exists." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1009 +msgid "" +"Creates a GI probe and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed with " +"the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]gi_probe_*[/" +"code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n" +"To place in a scene, attach this GI probe to an instance using [method " +"instance_set_base] using the returned RID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1018 +msgid "" +"Returns the bias value for the GI probe. Bias is used to avoid self " +"occlusion. Equivalent to [member GIProbeData.bias]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1025 +msgid "" +"Returns the axis-aligned bounding box that covers the full extent of the GI " +"probe." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1032 +msgid "Returns the cell size set by [method gi_probe_set_cell_size]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1039 +msgid "Returns the data used by the GI probe." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1046 +msgid "" +"Returns the dynamic range set for this GI probe. Equivalent to [member " +"GIProbe.dynamic_range]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1053 +msgid "" +"Returns the energy multiplier for this GI probe. Equivalent to [member " +"GIProbe.energy]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1060 +msgid "" +"Returns the normal bias for this GI probe. Equivalent to [member GIProbe." +"normal_bias]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1067 +msgid "" +"Returns the propagation value for this GI probe. Equivalent to [member " +"GIProbe.propagation]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1074 +msgid "Returns the Transform set by [method gi_probe_set_to_cell_xform]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1081 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the GI probe data associated with this GI probe " +"is compressed. Equivalent to [member GIProbe.compress]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1088 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the GI probe is set to interior, meaning it " +"does not account for sky light. Equivalent to [member GIProbe.interior]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1096 +msgid "" +"Sets the bias value to avoid self-occlusion. Equivalent to [member GIProbe." +"bias]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1104 +msgid "" +"Sets the axis-aligned bounding box that covers the extent of the GI probe." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1112 +msgid "Sets the size of individual cells within the GI probe." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1120 +msgid "" +"Sets the compression setting for the GI probe data. Compressed data will " +"take up less space but may look worse. Equivalent to [member GIProbe." +"compress]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1128 +msgid "" +"Sets the data to be used in the GI probe for lighting calculations. Normally " +"this is created and called internally within the [GIProbe] node. You should " +"not try to set this yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1136 +msgid "" +"Sets the dynamic range of the GI probe. Dynamic range sets the limit for how " +"bright lights can be. A smaller range captures greater detail but limits how " +"bright lights can be. Equivalent to [member GIProbe.dynamic_range]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1144 +msgid "" +"Sets the energy multiplier for this GI probe. A higher energy makes the " +"indirect light from the GI probe brighter. Equivalent to [member GIProbe." +"energy]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1152 +msgid "" +"Sets the interior value of this GI probe. A GI probe set to interior does " +"not include the sky when calculating lighting. Equivalent to [member GIProbe." +"interior]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1160 +msgid "" +"Sets the normal bias for this GI probe. Normal bias behaves similar to the " +"other form of bias and may help reduce self-occlusion. Equivalent to [member " +"GIProbe.normal_bias]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1168 +msgid "" +"Sets the propagation of light within this GI probe. Equivalent to [member " +"GIProbe.propagation]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1176 +msgid "Sets the to cell [Transform] for this GI probe." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1182 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if changes have been made to the VisualServer's " +"data. [method draw] is usually called if this happens." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1189 +msgid "Not yet implemented. Always returns [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1196 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the OS supports a certain feature. Features " +"might be [code]s3tc[/code], [code]etc[/code], [code]etc2[/code], " +"[code]pvrtc[/code] and [code]skinning_fallback[/code].\n" +"When rendering with GLES2, returns [code]true[/code] with " +"[code]skinning_fallback[/code] in case the hardware doesn't support the " +"default GPU skinning process." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1206 +msgid "" +"Sets up [ImmediateGeometry] internals to prepare for drawing. Equivalent to " +"[method ImmediateGeometry.begin]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1213 +msgid "" +"Clears everything that was set up between [method immediate_begin] and " +"[method immediate_end]. Equivalent to [method ImmediateGeometry.clear]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1221 +msgid "" +"Sets the color to be used with next vertex. Equivalent to [method " +"ImmediateGeometry.set_color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1227 +msgid "" +"Creates an immediate geometry and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be " +"accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all " +"[code]immediate_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n" +"To place in a scene, attach this immediate geometry to an instance using " +"[method instance_set_base] using the returned RID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1236 +msgid "" +"Ends drawing the [ImmediateGeometry] and displays it. Equivalent to [method " +"ImmediateGeometry.end]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1243 +msgid "Returns the material assigned to the [ImmediateGeometry]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1251 +msgid "" +"Sets the normal to be used with next vertex. Equivalent to [method " +"ImmediateGeometry.set_normal]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1259 +msgid "Sets the material to be used to draw the [ImmediateGeometry]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1267 +msgid "" +"Sets the tangent to be used with next vertex. Equivalent to [method " +"ImmediateGeometry.set_tangent]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1275 +msgid "" +"Sets the UV to be used with next vertex. Equivalent to [method " +"ImmediateGeometry.set_uv]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1283 +msgid "" +"Sets the UV2 to be used with next vertex. Equivalent to [method " +"ImmediateGeometry.set_uv2]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1291 +msgid "" +"Adds the next vertex using the information provided in advance. Equivalent " +"to [method ImmediateGeometry.add_vertex]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1299 +msgid "" +"Adds the next vertex using the information provided in advance. This is a " +"helper class that calls [method immediate_vertex] under the hood. Equivalent " +"to [method ImmediateGeometry.add_vertex]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1305 +msgid "" +"Initializes the visual server. This function is called internally by " +"platform-dependent code during engine initialization. If called from a " +"running game, it will not do anything." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1313 +msgid "" +"Attaches a unique Object ID to instance. Object ID must be attached to " +"instance for proper culling with [method instances_cull_aabb], [method " +"instances_cull_convex], and [method instances_cull_ray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1321 +msgid "" +"Attaches a skeleton to an instance. Removes the previous skeleton from the " +"instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1327 +msgid "" +"Creates a visual instance and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be " +"accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all " +"[code]instance_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n" +"An instance is a way of placing a 3D object in the scenario. Objects like " +"particles, meshes, and reflection probes need to be associated with an " +"instance to be visible in the scenario using [method instance_set_base]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1337 +msgid "" +"Creates a visual instance, adds it to the VisualServer, and sets both base " +"and scenario. It can be accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID " +"will be used in all [code]instance_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1346 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1365 +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1592 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2673 +msgid "Not implemented in Godot 3.x." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1354 +msgid "" +"Sets the shadow casting setting to one of [enum ShadowCastingSetting]. " +"Equivalent to [member GeometryInstance.cast_shadow]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1374 +msgid "" +"Sets the flag for a given [enum InstanceFlags]. See [enum InstanceFlags] for " +"more details." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1382 +msgid "" +"Sets a material that will override the material for all surfaces on the mesh " +"associated with this instance. Equivalent to [member GeometryInstance." +"material_override]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1390 +msgid "" +"Sets the base of the instance. A base can be any of the 3D objects that are " +"created in the VisualServer that can be displayed. For example, any of the " +"light types, mesh, multimesh, immediate geometry, particle system, " +"reflection probe, lightmap capture, and the GI probe are all types that can " +"be set as the base of an instance in order to be displayed in the scenario." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1399 +msgid "Sets the weight for a given blend shape associated with this instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1407 +msgid "" +"Sets a custom AABB to use when culling objects from the view frustum. " +"Equivalent to [method GeometryInstance.set_custom_aabb]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1415 +msgid "Function not implemented in Godot 3.x." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1423 +msgid "" +"Sets a margin to increase the size of the AABB when culling objects from the " +"view frustum. This allows you to avoid culling objects that fall outside the " +"view frustum. Equivalent to [member GeometryInstance.extra_cull_margin]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1431 +msgid "" +"Sets the render layers that this instance will be drawn to. Equivalent to " +"[member VisualInstance.layers]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1439 +msgid "" +"Sets the scenario that the instance is in. The scenario is the 3D world that " +"the objects will be displayed in." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1448 +msgid "" +"Sets the material of a specific surface. Equivalent to [method MeshInstance." +"set_surface_material]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1456 +msgid "" +"Sets the world space transform of the instance. Equivalent to [member " +"Spatial.transform]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1467 +msgid "Sets the lightmap to use with this instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1475 +msgid "" +"Sets whether an instance is drawn or not. Equivalent to [member Spatial." +"visible]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1483 +msgid "" +"Returns an array of object IDs intersecting with the provided AABB. Only " +"visual 3D nodes are considered, such as [MeshInstance] or " +"[DirectionalLight]. Use [method @GDScript.instance_from_id] to obtain the " +"actual nodes. A scenario RID must be provided, which is available in the " +"[World] you want to query. This forces an update for all resources queued to " +"update.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This function is primarily intended for editor usage. For in-" +"game use cases, prefer physics collision." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1492 +msgid "" +"Returns an array of object IDs intersecting with the provided convex shape. " +"Only visual 3D nodes are considered, such as [MeshInstance] or " +"[DirectionalLight]. Use [method @GDScript.instance_from_id] to obtain the " +"actual nodes. A scenario RID must be provided, which is available in the " +"[World] you want to query. This forces an update for all resources queued to " +"update.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This function is primarily intended for editor usage. For in-" +"game use cases, prefer physics collision." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1502 +msgid "" +"Returns an array of object IDs intersecting with the provided 3D ray. Only " +"visual 3D nodes are considered, such as [MeshInstance] or " +"[DirectionalLight]. Use [method @GDScript.instance_from_id] to obtain the " +"actual nodes. A scenario RID must be provided, which is available in the " +"[World] you want to query. This forces an update for all resources queued to " +"update.\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This function is primarily intended for editor usage. For in-" +"game use cases, prefer physics collision." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1511 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], this directional light will blend between shadow map " +"splits resulting in a smoother transition between them. Equivalent to " +"[member DirectionalLight.directional_shadow_blend_splits]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1519 +msgid "" +"Sets the shadow depth range mode for this directional light. Equivalent to " +"[member DirectionalLight.directional_shadow_depth_range]. See [enum " +"LightDirectionalShadowDepthRangeMode] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1527 +msgid "" +"Sets the shadow mode for this directional light. Equivalent to [member " +"DirectionalLight.directional_shadow_mode]. See [enum " +"LightDirectionalShadowMode] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1535 +msgid "" +"Sets whether to use vertical or horizontal detail for this omni light. This " +"can be used to alleviate artifacts in the shadow map. Equivalent to [member " +"OmniLight.omni_shadow_detail]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1543 +msgid "" +"Sets whether to use a dual paraboloid or a cubemap for the shadow map. Dual " +"paraboloid is faster but may suffer from artifacts. Equivalent to [member " +"OmniLight.omni_shadow_mode]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1551 +msgid "" +"Sets the bake mode for this light, see [enum LightBakeMode] for options. The " +"bake mode affects how the light will be baked in [BakedLightmap]s and " +"[GIProbe]s." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1559 +msgid "Sets the color of the light. Equivalent to [member Light.light_color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1567 +msgid "" +"Sets the cull mask for this Light. Lights only affect objects in the " +"selected layers. Equivalent to [member Light.light_cull_mask]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1575 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], light will subtract light instead of adding light. " +"Equivalent to [member Light.light_negative]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1584 +msgid "" +"Sets the specified light parameter. See [enum LightParam] for options. " +"Equivalent to [method Light.set_param]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1600 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], reverses the backface culling of the mesh. This can be " +"useful when you have a flat mesh that has a light behind it. If you need to " +"cast a shadow on both sides of the mesh, set the mesh to use double sided " +"shadows with [method instance_geometry_set_cast_shadows_setting]. Equivalent " +"to [member Light.shadow_reverse_cull_face]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1608 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], light will cast shadows. Equivalent to [member Light." +"shadow_enabled]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1616 +msgid "" +"Sets the color of the shadow cast by the light. Equivalent to [member Light." +"shadow_color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1624 +msgid "" +"Sets whether GI probes capture light information from this light. " +"[i]Deprecated method.[/i] Use [method light_set_bake_mode] instead. This " +"method is only kept for compatibility reasons and calls [method " +"light_set_bake_mode] internally, setting the bake mode to [constant " +"LIGHT_BAKE_DISABLED] or [constant LIGHT_BAKE_INDIRECT] depending on the " +"given parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1630 +msgid "" +"Creates a lightmap capture and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be " +"accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all " +"[code]lightmap_capture_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n" +"To place in a scene, attach this lightmap capture to an instance using " +"[method instance_set_base] using the returned RID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1639 +msgid "Returns the size of the lightmap capture area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1646 +msgid "Returns the energy multiplier used by the lightmap capture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1653 +msgid "Returns the octree used by the lightmap capture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1660 +msgid "" +"Returns the cell subdivision amount used by this lightmap capture's octree." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1667 +msgid "Returns the cell transform for this lightmap capture's octree." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1674 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if capture is in \"interior\" mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1682 +msgid "" +"Sets the size of the area covered by the lightmap capture. Equivalent to " +"[member BakedLightmapData.bounds]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1690 +msgid "" +"Sets the energy multiplier for this lightmap capture. Equivalent to [member " +"BakedLightmapData.energy]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1698 +msgid "" +"Sets the \"interior\" mode for this lightmap capture. Equivalent to [member " +"BakedLightmapData.interior]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1706 +msgid "" +"Sets the octree to be used by this lightmap capture. This function is " +"normally used by the [BakedLightmap] node. Equivalent to [member " +"BakedLightmapData.octree]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1714 +msgid "" +"Sets the subdivision level of this lightmap capture's octree. Equivalent to " +"[member BakedLightmapData.cell_subdiv]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1722 +msgid "" +"Sets the octree cell transform for this lightmap capture's octree. " +"Equivalent to [member BakedLightmapData.cell_space_transform]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1731 +msgid "" +"Returns a mesh of a sphere with the given amount of horizontal and vertical " +"subdivisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1737 +msgid "" +"Creates an empty material and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be " +"accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all " +"[code]material_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1746 +msgid "Returns the value of a certain material's parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1754 +msgid "" +"Returns the default value for the param if available. Otherwise returns an " +"empty [Variant]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1761 +msgid "" +"Returns the shader of a certain material's shader. Returns an empty RID if " +"the material doesn't have a shader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1769 +msgid "Sets a material's line width." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1777 +msgid "Sets an object's next material." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1786 +msgid "Sets a material's parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1794 +msgid "Sets a material's render priority." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1802 +msgid "Sets a shader material's shader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1813 +msgid "" +"Adds a surface generated from the Arrays to a mesh. See [enum PrimitiveType] " +"constants for types." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1820 +msgid "Removes all surfaces from a mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1826 +msgid "" +"Creates a new mesh and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed with " +"the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]mesh_*[/code] " +"VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n" +"To place in a scene, attach this mesh to an instance using [method " +"instance_set_base] using the returned RID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1835 +msgid "Returns a mesh's blend shape count." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1842 +msgid "Returns a mesh's blend shape mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1849 +msgid "Returns a mesh's custom aabb." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1856 +msgid "Returns a mesh's number of surfaces." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1864 +msgid "Removes a mesh's surface." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1872 +msgid "Sets a mesh's blend shape count." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1880 +msgid "Sets a mesh's blend shape mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1888 +msgid "Sets a mesh's custom aabb." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1896 +msgid "Returns a mesh's surface's aabb." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1904 +msgid "Returns a mesh's surface's vertex buffer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1912 +msgid "Returns a mesh's surface's amount of indices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1920 +msgid "Returns a mesh's surface's amount of vertices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1928 +msgid "Returns a mesh's surface's buffer arrays." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1936 +msgid "Returns a mesh's surface's arrays for blend shapes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1944 +msgid "Returns the format of a mesh's surface." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1954 +msgid "Function is unused in Godot 3.x." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1971 +msgid "Returns a mesh's surface's index buffer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1979 +msgid "Returns a mesh's surface's material." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1987 +msgid "Returns the primitive type of a mesh's surface." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1995 +msgid "Returns the aabb of a mesh's surface's skeleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2004 +msgid "Sets a mesh's surface's material." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2014 +msgid "" +"Updates a specific region of a vertex buffer for the specified surface. " +"Warning: this function alters the vertex buffer directly with no safety " +"mechanisms, you can easily corrupt your mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2025 +msgid "" +"Allocates space for the multimesh data. Format parameters determine how the " +"data will be stored by OpenGL. See [enum MultimeshTransformFormat], [enum " +"MultimeshColorFormat], and [enum MultimeshCustomDataFormat] for usage. " +"Equivalent to [member MultiMesh.instance_count]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2031 +msgid "" +"Creates a new multimesh on the VisualServer and returns an [RID] handle. " +"This RID will be used in all [code]multimesh_*[/code] VisualServer " +"functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n" +"To place in a scene, attach this multimesh to an instance using [method " +"instance_set_base] using the returned RID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2040 +msgid "" +"Calculates and returns the axis-aligned bounding box that encloses all " +"instances within the multimesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2047 +msgid "Returns the number of instances allocated for this multimesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2054 +msgid "" +"Returns the RID of the mesh that will be used in drawing this multimesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2061 +msgid "Returns the number of visible instances for this multimesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2069 +msgid "Returns the color by which the specified instance will be modulated." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2077 +msgid "Returns the custom data associated with the specified instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2085 +msgid "Returns the [Transform] of the specified instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2093 +msgid "" +"Returns the [Transform2D] of the specified instance. For use when the " +"multimesh is set to use 2D transforms." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2102 +msgid "" +"Sets the color by which this instance will be modulated. Equivalent to " +"[method MultiMesh.set_instance_color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2111 +msgid "" +"Sets the custom data for this instance. Custom data is passed as a [Color], " +"but is interpreted as a [code]vec4[/code] in the shader. Equivalent to " +"[method MultiMesh.set_instance_custom_data]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2120 +msgid "" +"Sets the [Transform] for this instance. Equivalent to [method MultiMesh." +"set_instance_transform]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2129 +msgid "" +"Sets the [Transform2D] for this instance. For use when multimesh is used in " +"2D. Equivalent to [method MultiMesh.set_instance_transform_2d]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2137 +msgid "" +"Sets all data related to the instances in one go. This is especially useful " +"when loading the data from disk or preparing the data from GDNative.\n" +"\n" +"All data is packed in one large float array. An array may look like this: " +"Transform for instance 1, color data for instance 1, custom data for " +"instance 1, transform for instance 2, color data for instance 2, etc.\n" +"\n" +"[Transform] is stored as 12 floats, [Transform2D] is stored as 8 floats, " +"[code]COLOR_8BIT[/code] / [code]CUSTOM_DATA_8BIT[/code] is stored as 1 float " +"(4 bytes as is) and [code]COLOR_FLOAT[/code] / [code]CUSTOM_DATA_FLOAT[/" +"code] is stored as 4 floats." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2149 +msgid "" +"Sets the mesh to be drawn by the multimesh. Equivalent to [member MultiMesh." +"mesh]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2157 +msgid "" +"Sets the number of instances visible at a given time. If -1, all instances " +"that have been allocated are drawn. Equivalent to [member MultiMesh." +"visible_instance_count]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2163 +msgid "" +"Creates a new omni light and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed " +"with the RID that is returned. This RID can be used in most [code]light_*[/" +"code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n" +"To place in a scene, attach this omni light to an instance using [method " +"instance_set_base] using the returned RID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2171 +msgid "" +"Creates a particle system and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be " +"accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all " +"[code]particles_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n" +"To place in a scene, attach these particles to an instance using [method " +"instance_set_base] using the returned RID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2180 +msgid "" +"Calculates and returns the axis-aligned bounding box that contains all the " +"particles. Equivalent to [method Particles.capture_aabb]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2187 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if particles are currently set to emitting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2194 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if particles are not emitting and particles are " +"set to inactive." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2201 +msgid "" +"Add particle system to list of particle systems that need to be updated. " +"Update will take place on the next frame, or on the next call to [method " +"instances_cull_aabb], [method instances_cull_convex], or [method " +"instances_cull_ray]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2208 +msgid "" +"Reset the particles on the next update. Equivalent to [method Particles." +"restart]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2216 +msgid "" +"Sets the number of particles to be drawn and allocates the memory for them. " +"Equivalent to [member Particles.amount]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2224 +msgid "" +"Sets a custom axis-aligned bounding box for the particle system. Equivalent " +"to [member Particles.visibility_aabb]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2232 +msgid "" +"Sets the draw order of the particles to one of the named enums from [enum " +"ParticlesDrawOrder]. See [enum ParticlesDrawOrder] for options. Equivalent " +"to [member Particles.draw_order]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2241 +msgid "" +"Sets the mesh to be used for the specified draw pass. Equivalent to [member " +"Particles.draw_pass_1], [member Particles.draw_pass_2], [member Particles." +"draw_pass_3], and [member Particles.draw_pass_4]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2249 +msgid "" +"Sets the number of draw passes to use. Equivalent to [member Particles." +"draw_passes]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2257 +msgid "" +"Sets the [Transform] that will be used by the particles when they first emit." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2265 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], particles will emit over time. Setting to false does " +"not reset the particles, but only stops their emission. Equivalent to " +"[member Particles.emitting]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2273 +msgid "" +"Sets the explosiveness ratio. Equivalent to [member Particles.explosiveness]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2281 +msgid "" +"Sets the frame rate that the particle system rendering will be fixed to. " +"Equivalent to [member Particles.fixed_fps]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2289 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], uses fractional delta which smooths the movement of " +"the particles. Equivalent to [member Particles.fract_delta]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2297 +msgid "" +"Sets the lifetime of each particle in the system. Equivalent to [member " +"Particles.lifetime]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2305 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], particles will emit once and then stop. Equivalent to " +"[member Particles.one_shot]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2313 +msgid "" +"Sets the preprocess time for the particles' animation. This lets you delay " +"starting an animation until after the particles have begun emitting. " +"Equivalent to [member Particles.preprocess]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2321 +msgid "" +"Sets the material for processing the particles.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This is not the material used to draw the materials. Equivalent " +"to [member Particles.process_material]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2330 +msgid "" +"Sets the emission randomness ratio. This randomizes the emission of " +"particles within their phase. Equivalent to [member Particles.randomness]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2338 +msgid "" +"Sets the speed scale of the particle system. Equivalent to [member Particles." +"speed_scale]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2346 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], particles use local coordinates. If [code]false[/code] " +"they use global coordinates. Equivalent to [member Particles.local_coords]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2352 +msgid "" +"Creates a reflection probe and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be " +"accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all " +"[code]reflection_probe_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n" +"To place in a scene, attach this reflection probe to an instance using " +"[method instance_set_base] using the returned RID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2362 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], reflections will ignore sky contribution. Equivalent " +"to [member ReflectionProbe.interior_enable]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2370 +msgid "" +"Sets the render cull mask for this reflection probe. Only instances with a " +"matching cull mask will be rendered by this probe. Equivalent to [member " +"ReflectionProbe.cull_mask]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2378 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], uses box projection. This can make reflections look " +"more correct in certain situations. Equivalent to [member ReflectionProbe." +"box_projection]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2386 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], computes shadows in the reflection probe. This makes " +"the reflection much slower to compute. Equivalent to [member ReflectionProbe." +"enable_shadows]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2394 +msgid "" +"Sets the size of the area that the reflection probe will capture. Equivalent " +"to [member ReflectionProbe.extents]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2402 +msgid "" +"Sets the intensity of the reflection probe. Intensity modulates the strength " +"of the reflection. Equivalent to [member ReflectionProbe.intensity]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2410 +msgid "" +"Sets the ambient light color for this reflection probe when set to interior " +"mode. Equivalent to [member ReflectionProbe.interior_ambient_color]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2418 +msgid "" +"Sets the energy multiplier for this reflection probes ambient light " +"contribution when set to interior mode. Equivalent to [member " +"ReflectionProbe.interior_ambient_energy]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2426 +msgid "" +"Sets the contribution value for how much the reflection affects the ambient " +"light for this reflection probe when set to interior mode. Useful so that " +"ambient light matches the color of the room. Equivalent to [member " +"ReflectionProbe.interior_ambient_contrib]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2434 +msgid "" +"Sets the max distance away from the probe an object can be before it is " +"culled. Equivalent to [member ReflectionProbe.max_distance]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2442 +msgid "" +"Sets the origin offset to be used when this reflection probe is in box " +"project mode. Equivalent to [member ReflectionProbe.origin_offset]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2450 +msgid "" +"Sets how often the reflection probe updates. Can either be once or every " +"frame. See [enum ReflectionProbeUpdateMode] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2459 +msgid "" +"Schedules a callback to the corresponding named [code]method[/code] on " +"[code]where[/code] after a frame has been drawn.\n" +"The callback method must use only 1 argument which will be called with " +"[code]userdata[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2466 +msgid "" +"Creates a scenario and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed with " +"the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]scenario_*[/" +"code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n" +"The scenario is the 3D world that all the visual instances exist in." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2476 +msgid "" +"Sets the [enum ScenarioDebugMode] for this scenario. See [enum " +"ScenarioDebugMode] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2484 +msgid "Sets the environment that will be used with this scenario." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2492 +msgid "" +"Sets the fallback environment to be used by this scenario. The fallback " +"environment is used if no environment is set. Internally, this is used by " +"the editor to provide a default environment." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2501 +msgid "" +"Sets the size of the reflection atlas shared by all reflection probes in " +"this scenario." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2511 +msgid "" +"Sets a boot image. The color defines the background color. If [code]scale[/" +"code] is [code]true[/code], the image will be scaled to fit the screen size. " +"If [code]use_filter[/code] is [code]true[/code], the image will be scaled " +"with linear interpolation. If [code]use_filter[/code] is [code]false[/code], " +"the image will be scaled with nearest-neighbor interpolation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2518 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the engine will generate wireframes for use with the " +"wireframe debug mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2525 +msgid "" +"Sets the default clear color which is used when a specific clear color has " +"not been selected." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2532 +msgid "" +"Sets the scale to apply to the passage of time for the shaders' [code]TIME[/" +"code] builtin.\n" +"The default value is [code]1.0[/code], which means [code]TIME[/code] will " +"count the real time as it goes by, without narrowing or stretching it." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2540 +msgid "Enables or disables occlusion culling." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2546 +msgid "" +"Creates an empty shader and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed " +"with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]shader_*[/" +"code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2554 +msgid "Returns a shader's code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2562 +msgid "Returns a default texture from a shader searched by name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2569 +msgid "Returns the parameters of a shader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2577 +msgid "Sets a shader's code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2586 +msgid "Sets a shader's default texture. Overwrites the texture given by name." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2595 +msgid "Allocates the GPU buffers for this skeleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2603 +msgid "Returns the [Transform] set for a specific bone of this skeleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2611 +msgid "Returns the [Transform2D] set for a specific bone of this skeleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2620 +msgid "Sets the [Transform] for a specific bone of this skeleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2629 +msgid "Sets the [Transform2D] for a specific bone of this skeleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2635 +msgid "" +"Creates a skeleton and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed with " +"the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]skeleton_*[/" +"code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2643 +msgid "Returns the number of bones allocated for this skeleton." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2649 +msgid "" +"Creates an empty sky and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed " +"with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]sky_*[/" +"code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2659 +msgid "Sets a sky's texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2665 +msgid "" +"Creates a spot light and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed " +"with the RID that is returned. This RID can be used in most [code]light_*[/" +"code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n" +"To place in a scene, attach this spot light to an instance using [method " +"instance_set_base] using the returned RID." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2686 +msgid "Allocates the GPU memory for the texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2694 +msgid "Binds the texture to a texture slot." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2700 +msgid "" +"Creates an empty texture and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed " +"with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]texture_*[/" +"code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2709 +msgid "" +"Creates a texture, allocates the space for an image, and fills in the image." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2715 +msgid "Returns a list of all the textures and their information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2723 +msgid "" +"Returns a copy of a texture's image unless it's a CubeMap, in which case it " +"returns the [RID] of the image at one of the cubes sides." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2730 +msgid "Returns the depth of the texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2737 +msgid "Returns the flags of a texture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2744 +msgid "Returns the format of the texture's image." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2751 +msgid "Returns the texture's height." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2758 +msgid "Returns the texture's path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2765 +msgid "Returns the opengl id of the texture's image." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2772 +msgid "Returns the type of the texture, can be any of the [enum TextureType]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2779 +msgid "Returns the texture's width." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2788 +msgid "" +"Sets the texture's image data. If it's a CubeMap, it sets the image data at " +"a cube side." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2804 +msgid "" +"Sets a part of the data for a texture. Warning: this function calls the " +"underlying graphics API directly and may corrupt your texture if used " +"improperly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2812 +msgid "Sets the texture's flags. See [enum TextureFlags] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2820 +msgid "Sets the texture's path." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2827 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], sets internal processes to shrink all image data to " +"half the size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2844 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the image will be stored in the texture's images array " +"if overwritten." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2852 +msgid "Sets a viewport's camera." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2860 +msgid "Sets a viewport's canvas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2869 +msgid "" +"Copies viewport to a region of the screen specified by [code]rect[/code]. If " +"[member Viewport.render_direct_to_screen] is [code]true[/code], then " +"viewport does not use a framebuffer and the contents of the viewport are " +"rendered directly to screen. However, note that the root viewport is drawn " +"last, therefore it will draw over the screen. Accordingly, you must set the " +"root viewport to an area that does not cover the area that you have attached " +"this viewport to.\n" +"For example, you can set the root viewport to not render at all with the " +"following code:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" get_viewport().set_attach_to_screen_rect(Rect2())\n" +" $Viewport.set_attach_to_screen_rect(Rect2(0, 0, 600, 600))\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"Using this can result in significant optimization, especially on lower-end " +"devices. However, it comes at the cost of having to manage your viewports " +"manually. For a further optimization see, [method " +"viewport_set_render_direct_to_screen]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2882 +msgid "" +"Creates an empty viewport and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be " +"accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all " +"[code]viewport_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n" +"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the " +"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2890 +msgid "Detaches the viewport from the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2898 +msgid "" +"Returns a viewport's render information. For options, see the [enum " +"ViewportRenderInfo] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2905 +msgid "Returns the viewport's last rendered frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2913 +msgid "Detaches a viewport from a canvas and vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2921 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], sets the viewport active, else sets it inactive." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2931 +msgid "" +"Sets the stacking order for a viewport's canvas.\n" +"[code]layer[/code] is the actual canvas layer, while [code]sublayer[/code] " +"specifies the stacking order of the canvas among those in the same layer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2941 +msgid "Sets the transformation of a viewport's canvas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2949 +msgid "" +"Sets the clear mode of a viewport. See [enum ViewportClearMode] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2957 +msgid "" +"Sets the debug draw mode of a viewport. See [enum ViewportDebugDraw] for " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2965 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], a viewport's 3D rendering is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2973 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], rendering of a viewport's environment is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2981 +msgid "Sets the viewport's global transformation matrix." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2989 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the viewport renders to hdr." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2997 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the viewport's canvas is not rendered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3005 +msgid "Currently unimplemented in Godot 3.x." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3013 +msgid "Sets the anti-aliasing mode. See [enum ViewportMSAA] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3021 +msgid "Sets the viewport's parent to another viewport." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3029 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], render the contents of the viewport directly to " +"screen. This allows a low-level optimization where you can skip drawing a " +"viewport to the root viewport. While this optimization can result in a " +"significant increase in speed (especially on older devices), it comes at a " +"cost of usability. When this is enabled, you cannot read from the viewport " +"or from the [code]SCREEN_TEXTURE[/code]. You also lose the benefit of " +"certain window settings, such as the various stretch modes. Another " +"consequence to be aware of is that in 2D the rendering happens in window " +"coordinates, so if you have a viewport that is double the size of the " +"window, and you set this, then only the portion that fits within the window " +"will be drawn, no automatic scaling is possible, even if your game scene is " +"significantly larger than the window size." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3037 +msgid "" +"Sets a viewport's scenario.\n" +"The scenario contains information about the [enum ScenarioDebugMode], " +"environment information, reflection atlas etc." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3047 +msgid "Sets the shadow atlas quadrant's subdivision." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3055 +msgid "" +"Sets the size of the shadow atlas's images (used for omni and spot lights). " +"The value will be rounded up to the nearest power of 2." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3063 +msgid "" +"Sets the sharpening [code]intensity[/code] for the [code]viewport[/code]. If " +"set to a value greater than [code]0.0[/code], contrast-adaptive sharpening " +"will be applied to the 3D viewport. This has a low performance cost and can " +"be used to recover some of the sharpness lost from using FXAA. Values around " +"[code]0.5[/code] generally give the best results. See also [method " +"viewport_set_use_fxaa]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3072 +msgid "Sets the viewport's width and height." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3080 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the viewport renders its background as transparent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3088 +msgid "" +"Sets when the viewport should be updated. See [enum ViewportUpdateMode] " +"constants for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3096 +msgid "" +"Sets the viewport's 2D/3D mode. See [enum ViewportUsage] constants for " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3104 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], the viewport uses augmented or virtual reality " +"technologies. See [ARVRInterface]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3112 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], uses a fast post-processing filter to make banding " +"significantly less visible. In some cases, debanding may introduce a " +"slightly noticeable dithering pattern. It's recommended to enable debanding " +"only when actually needed since the dithering pattern will make lossless-" +"compressed screenshots larger.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Only available on the GLES3 backend. [member Viewport.hdr] must " +"also be [code]true[/code] for debanding to be effective." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3121 +msgid "" +"Enables fast approximate antialiasing for this viewport. FXAA is a popular " +"screen-space antialiasing method, which is fast but will make the image look " +"blurry, especially at lower resolutions. It can still work relatively well " +"at large resolutions such as 1440p and 4K. Some of the lost sharpness can be " +"recovered by enabling contrast-adaptive sharpening (see [method " +"viewport_set_sharpen_intensity])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3129 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the viewport's rendering is flipped vertically." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3135 +msgid "" +"If [code]false[/code], disables rendering completely, but the engine logic " +"is still being processed. You can call [method force_draw] to draw a frame " +"even with rendering disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3141 +msgid "" +"Emitted at the end of the frame, after the VisualServer has finished " +"updating all the Viewports." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3146 +msgid "" +"Emitted at the beginning of the frame, before the VisualServer updates all " +"the Viewports." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3152 +msgid "Marks an error that shows that the index array is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3155 +msgid "Number of weights/bones per vertex." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3158 +msgid "The minimum Z-layer for canvas items." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3161 +msgid "The maximum Z-layer for canvas items." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3164 +msgid "" +"Max number of glow levels that can be used with glow post-process effect." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3167 +msgid "Unused enum in Godot 3.x." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3170 +msgid "The minimum renderpriority of all materials." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3173 +msgid "The maximum renderpriority of all materials." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3176 +msgid "Marks the left side of a cubemap." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3179 +msgid "Marks the right side of a cubemap." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3182 +msgid "Marks the bottom side of a cubemap." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3185 +msgid "Marks the top side of a cubemap." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3188 +msgid "Marks the front side of a cubemap." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3191 +msgid "Marks the back side of a cubemap." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3194 +msgid "Normal texture with 2 dimensions, width and height." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3197 +msgid "" +"Texture made up of six faces, can be looked up with a [code]vec3[/code] in " +"shader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3200 +msgid "An array of 2-dimensional textures." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3203 +msgid "A 3-dimensional texture with width, height, and depth." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3209 +msgid "Repeats the texture (instead of clamp to edge)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3222 +msgid "Repeats the texture with alternate sections mirrored." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3228 +msgid "" +"Default flags. [constant TEXTURE_FLAG_MIPMAPS], [constant " +"TEXTURE_FLAG_REPEAT] and [constant TEXTURE_FLAG_FILTER] are enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3231 +msgid "Shader is a 3D shader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3234 +msgid "Shader is a 2D shader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3237 +msgid "Shader is a particle shader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3240 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum ShaderMode] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3243 +msgid "Array is a vertex array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3246 +msgid "Array is a normal array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3249 +msgid "Array is a tangent array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3252 +msgid "Array is a color array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3255 +msgid "Array is an UV coordinates array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3258 +msgid "Array is an UV coordinates array for the second UV coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3261 +msgid "Array contains bone information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3264 +msgid "Array is weight information." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3267 +msgid "Array is index array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3273 +msgid "Flag used to mark a vertex array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3276 +msgid "Flag used to mark a normal array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3279 +msgid "Flag used to mark a tangent array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3282 +msgid "Flag used to mark a color array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3285 +msgid "Flag used to mark an UV coordinates array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3288 +msgid "" +"Flag used to mark an UV coordinates array for the second UV coordinates." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3291 +msgid "Flag used to mark a bone information array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3294 +msgid "Flag used to mark a weights array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3297 +msgid "Flag used to mark an index array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3336 +msgid "" +"Used to set flags [constant ARRAY_COMPRESS_NORMAL], [constant " +"ARRAY_COMPRESS_TANGENT], [constant ARRAY_COMPRESS_COLOR], [constant " +"ARRAY_COMPRESS_TEX_UV], [constant ARRAY_COMPRESS_TEX_UV2], [constant " +"ARRAY_COMPRESS_WEIGHTS], and [constant " +"ARRAY_FLAG_USE_OCTAHEDRAL_COMPRESSION] quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3339 +msgid "Primitive to draw consists of points." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3342 +msgid "Primitive to draw consists of lines." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3345 +msgid "Primitive to draw consists of a line strip from start to end." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3348 +msgid "" +"Primitive to draw consists of a line loop (a line strip with a line between " +"the last and the first vertex)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3351 +msgid "Primitive to draw consists of triangles." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3354 +msgid "" +"Primitive to draw consists of a triangle strip (the last 3 vertices are " +"always combined to make a triangle)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3357 +msgid "" +"Primitive to draw consists of a triangle strip (the last 2 vertices are " +"always combined with the first to make a triangle)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3360 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum PrimitiveType] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3369 +msgid "Is a directional (sun) light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3372 +msgid "Is an omni light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3375 +msgid "Is a spot light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3378 +msgid "The light's energy." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3381 +msgid "Secondary multiplier used with indirect light (light bounces)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3384 +msgid "" +"The light's size, currently only used for soft shadows in baked lightmaps." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3387 +msgid "The light's influence on specularity." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3390 +msgid "The light's range." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3393 +msgid "The light's attenuation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3396 +msgid "The spotlight's angle." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3399 +msgid "The spotlight's attenuation." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3402 +msgid "Scales the shadow color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3405 +msgid "Max distance that shadows will be rendered." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3408 +msgid "Proportion of shadow atlas occupied by the first split." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3411 +msgid "Proportion of shadow atlas occupied by the second split." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3414 +msgid "" +"Proportion of shadow atlas occupied by the third split. The fourth split " +"occupies the rest." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3417 +msgid "" +"Normal bias used to offset shadow lookup by object normal. Can be used to " +"fix self-shadowing artifacts." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3420 +msgid "Bias the shadow lookup to fix self-shadowing artifacts." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3423 +msgid "" +"Increases bias on further splits to fix self-shadowing that only occurs far " +"away from the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3426 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum LightParam] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3435 +msgid "Use a dual paraboloid shadow map for omni lights." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3438 +msgid "" +"Use a cubemap shadow map for omni lights. Slower but better quality than " +"dual paraboloid." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3441 +msgid "Use more detail vertically when computing shadow map." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3444 +msgid "Use more detail horizontally when computing shadow map." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3447 +msgid "Use orthogonal shadow projection for directional light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3450 +msgid "Use 2 splits for shadow projection when using directional light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3453 +msgid "Use 4 splits for shadow projection when using directional light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3456 +msgid "" +"Keeps shadows stable as camera moves but has lower effective resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3459 +msgid "" +"Optimize use of shadow maps, increasing the effective resolution. But may " +"result in shadows moving or flickering slightly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3462 +msgid "Do not update the viewport." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3465 +msgid "Update the viewport once then set to disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3468 +msgid "Update the viewport whenever it is visible." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3471 +msgid "Always update the viewport." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3474 +msgid "The viewport is always cleared before drawing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3477 +msgid "The viewport is never cleared before drawing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3480 +msgid "" +"The viewport is cleared once, then the clear mode is set to [constant " +"VIEWPORT_CLEAR_NEVER]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3483 +msgid "Multisample antialiasing is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3486 +msgid "Multisample antialiasing is set to 2×." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3489 +msgid "Multisample antialiasing is set to 4×." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3492 +msgid "Multisample antialiasing is set to 8×." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3495 +msgid "Multisample antialiasing is set to 16×." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3498 +msgid "" +"Multisample antialiasing is set to 2× on external texture. Special mode for " +"GLES2 Android VR (Oculus Quest and Go)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3501 +msgid "" +"Multisample antialiasing is set to 4× on external texture. Special mode for " +"GLES2 Android VR (Oculus Quest and Go)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3504 +msgid "The Viewport does not render 3D but samples." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3507 +msgid "The Viewport does not render 3D and does not sample." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3510 +msgid "The Viewport renders 3D with effects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3513 +msgid "The Viewport renders 3D but without effects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3516 +msgid "Number of objects drawn in a single frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3519 +msgid "Number of vertices drawn in a single frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3522 +msgid "Number of material changes during this frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3525 +msgid "Number of shader changes during this frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3528 +msgid "Number of surface changes during this frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3531 +msgid "Number of draw calls during this frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3534 +msgid "Number of 2d items drawn this frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3537 +msgid "Number of 2d draw calls during this frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3540 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum ViewportRenderInfo] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3543 +msgid "Debug draw is disabled. Default setting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3546 +msgid "Debug draw sets objects to unshaded." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3549 +msgid "Overwrites clear color to [code](0,0,0,0)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3552 +msgid "Debug draw draws objects in wireframe." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3555 +msgid "Do not use a debug mode." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3558 +msgid "Draw all objects as wireframe models." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3561 +msgid "" +"Draw all objects in a way that displays how much overdraw is occurring. " +"Overdraw occurs when a section of pixels is drawn and shaded and then " +"another object covers it up. To optimize a scene, you should reduce overdraw." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3564 +msgid "" +"Draw all objects without shading. Equivalent to setting all objects shaders " +"to [code]unshaded[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3567 +msgid "The instance does not have a type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3570 +msgid "The instance is a mesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3573 +msgid "The instance is a multimesh." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3576 +msgid "The instance is an immediate geometry." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3579 +msgid "The instance is a particle emitter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3582 +msgid "The instance is a light." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3585 +msgid "The instance is a reflection probe." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3588 +msgid "The instance is a GI probe." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3591 +msgid "The instance is a lightmap capture." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3594 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum InstanceType] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3597 +msgid "" +"A combination of the flags of geometry instances (mesh, multimesh, immediate " +"and particles)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3600 +msgid "Allows the instance to be used in baked lighting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3603 +msgid "When set, manually requests to draw geometry on next frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3606 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum InstanceFlags] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3609 +msgid "Disable shadows from this instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3612 +msgid "Cast shadows from this instance." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3615 +msgid "" +"Disable backface culling when rendering the shadow of the object. This is " +"slightly slower but may result in more correct shadows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3618 +msgid "" +"Only render the shadows from the object. The object itself will not be drawn." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3621 +msgid "The nine patch gets stretched where needed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3624 +msgid "The nine patch gets filled with tiles where needed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3627 +msgid "" +"The nine patch gets filled with tiles where needed and stretches them a bit " +"if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3630 +msgid "Adds light color additive to the canvas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3633 +msgid "Adds light color subtractive to the canvas." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3636 +msgid "The light adds color depending on transparency." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3639 +msgid "The light adds color depending on mask." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3642 +msgid "Do not apply a filter to canvas light shadows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3645 +msgid "Use PCF3 filtering to filter canvas light shadows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3648 +msgid "Use PCF5 filtering to filter canvas light shadows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3651 +msgid "Use PCF7 filtering to filter canvas light shadows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3654 +msgid "Use PCF9 filtering to filter canvas light shadows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3657 +msgid "Use PCF13 filtering to filter canvas light shadows." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3660 +msgid "Culling of the canvas occluder is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3663 +msgid "Culling of the canvas occluder is clockwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3666 +msgid "Culling of the canvas occluder is counterclockwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3669 +msgid "The amount of objects in the frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3672 +msgid "The amount of vertices in the frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3675 +msgid "The amount of modified materials in the frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3678 +msgid "The amount of shader rebinds in the frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3681 +msgid "The amount of surface changes in the frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3684 +msgid "The amount of draw calls in frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3687 +msgid "The amount of 2d items in the frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3690 +msgid "The amount of 2d draw calls in frame." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3705 +msgid "Hardware supports shaders. This enum is currently unused in Godot 3.x." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3708 +msgid "" +"Hardware supports multithreading. This enum is currently unused in Godot 3.x." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3711 +msgid "Use [Transform2D] to store MultiMesh transform." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3714 +msgid "Use [Transform] to store MultiMesh transform." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3717 +msgid "MultiMesh does not use per-instance color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3720 +msgid "" +"MultiMesh color uses 8 bits per component. This packs the color into a " +"single float." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3723 +msgid "MultiMesh color uses a float per channel." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3726 +msgid "MultiMesh does not use custom data." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3729 +msgid "" +"MultiMesh custom data uses 8 bits per component. This packs the 4-component " +"custom data into a single float." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3732 +msgid "MultiMesh custom data uses a float per component." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3735 +msgid "Reflection probe will update reflections once and then stop." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3738 +msgid "" +"Reflection probe will update each frame. This mode is necessary to capture " +"moving objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3741 +msgid "Draw particles in the order that they appear in the particles array." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3744 +msgid "Sort particles based on their lifetime." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3747 +msgid "Sort particles based on their distance to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3750 +msgid "Use the clear color as background." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3753 +msgid "Use a specified color as the background." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3756 +msgid "Use a sky resource for the background." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3759 +msgid "" +"Use a custom color for background, but use a sky for shading and reflections." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3762 +msgid "" +"Use a specified canvas layer as the background. This can be useful for " +"instantiating a 2D scene in a 3D world." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3765 +msgid "" +"Do not clear the background, use whatever was rendered last frame as the " +"background." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3768 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum EnvironmentBG] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3771 +msgid "Use lowest blur quality. Fastest, but may look bad." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3774 +msgid "Use medium blur quality." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3777 +msgid "Used highest blur quality. Looks the best, but is the slowest." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3780 +msgid "Add the effect of the glow on top of the scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3783 +msgid "" +"Blends the glow effect with the screen. Does not get as bright as additive." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3786 +msgid "Produces a subtle color disturbance around objects." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3789 +msgid "Shows the glow effect by itself without the underlying scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3792 +msgid "Output color as they came in." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3795 +msgid "Use the Reinhard tonemapper." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3798 +msgid "Use the filmic tonemapper." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3801 +msgid "Use the ACES tonemapper." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3804 +msgid "Use the ACES Fitted tonemapper." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3807 +msgid "Lowest quality of screen space ambient occlusion." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3810 +msgid "Medium quality screen space ambient occlusion." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3813 +msgid "Highest quality screen space ambient occlusion." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3816 +msgid "Disables the blur set for SSAO. Will make SSAO look noisier." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3819 +msgid "Perform a 1x1 blur on the SSAO output." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3822 +msgid "Performs a 2x2 blur on the SSAO output." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3825 +msgid "Performs a 3x3 blur on the SSAO output. Use this for smoothest SSAO." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:4 +msgid "A custom shader program with a visual editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This class allows you to define a custom shader program that can be used for " +"various materials to render objects.\n" +"The visual shader editor creates the shader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:20 +msgid "Adds the specified node to the shader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified nodes and ports can be connected " +"together." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:42 doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:64 +msgid "Connects the specified nodes and ports." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:53 +msgid "" +"Connects the specified nodes and ports, even if they can't be connected. " +"Such connection is invalid and will not function properly." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Returns the shader node instance with specified [code]type[/code] and " +"[code]id[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:79 +msgid "Returns the list of connected nodes with the specified type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:86 +msgid "Returns the list of all nodes in the shader with the specified type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:94 +msgid "Returns the position of the specified node within the shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:111 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified node and port connection exist." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:119 +msgid "Removes the specified node from the shader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:126 +msgid "Sets the mode of this shader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:135 +msgid "Sets the position of the specified node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:141 +msgid "The offset vector of the whole graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:146 +msgid "A vertex shader, operating on vertices." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:149 +msgid "A fragment shader, operating on fragments (pixels)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:152 +msgid "A shader for light calculations." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:155 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Type] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for nodes in a visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Visual shader graphs consist of various nodes. Each node in the graph is a " +"separate object and they are represented as a rectangular boxes with title " +"and a set of properties. Each node has also connection ports that allow to " +"connect it to another nodes and control the flow of the shader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:10 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/shading/visual_shaders.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Returns an [Array] containing default values for all of the input ports of " +"the node in the form [code][index0, value0, index1, value1, ...][/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:23 +msgid "Returns the default value of the input [code]port[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Sets the default input ports values using an [Array] of the form [code]" +"[index0, value0, index1, value1, ...][/code]. For example: [code][0, " +"Vector3(0, 0, 0), 1, Vector3(0, 0, 0)][/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:38 +msgid "Sets the default value for the selected input [code]port[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Sets the output port index which will be showed for preview. If set to " +"[code]-1[/code] no port will be open for preview." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the node requests an editor refresh. Currently called only in " +"setter of [member VisualShaderNodeTexture.source], " +"[VisualShaderNodeTexture], and [VisualShaderNodeCubeMap] (and their " +"derivatives)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Floating-point scalar. Translated to [code]float[/code] type in shader code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:59 +msgid "" +"3D vector of floating-point values. Translated to [code]vec3[/code] type in " +"shader code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:62 +msgid "Boolean type. Translated to [code]bool[/code] type in shader code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:65 +msgid "Transform type. Translated to [code]mat4[/code] type in shader code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Sampler type. Translated to reference of sampler uniform in shader code. Can " +"only be used for input ports in non-uniform nodes." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:71 +msgid "Represents the size of the [enum PortType] enum." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanConstant.xml:4 +msgid "A boolean constant to be used within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanConstant.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Has only one output port and no inputs.\n" +"Translated to [code]bool[/code] in the shader language." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanConstant.xml:16 +msgid "A boolean constant which represents a state of this node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanUniform.xml:4 +msgid "A boolean uniform to be used within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanUniform.xml:7 +msgid "Translated to [code]uniform bool[/code] in the shader language." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorConstant.xml:4 +msgid "A [Color] constant to be used within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorConstant.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Has two output ports representing RGB and alpha channels of [Color].\n" +"Translated to [code]vec3 rgb[/code] and [code]float alpha[/code] in the " +"shader language." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorConstant.xml:16 +msgid "A [Color] constant which represents a state of this node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorFunc.xml:4 +msgid "A [Color] function to be used within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorFunc.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Accept a [Color] to the input port and transform it according to [member " +"function]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorFunc.xml:15 +msgid "" +"A function to be applied to the input color. See [enum Function] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorFunc.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Converts the color to grayscale using the following formula:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"vec3 c = input;\n" +"float max1 = max(c.r, c.g);\n" +"float max2 = max(max1, c.b);\n" +"float max3 = max(max1, max2);\n" +"return vec3(max3, max3, max3);\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorFunc.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Applies sepia tone effect using the following formula:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"vec3 c = input;\n" +"float r = (c.r * 0.393) + (c.g * 0.769) + (c.b * 0.189);\n" +"float g = (c.r * 0.349) + (c.g * 0.686) + (c.b * 0.168);\n" +"float b = (c.r * 0.272) + (c.g * 0.534) + (c.b * 0.131);\n" +"return vec3(r, g, b);\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:4 +msgid "A [Color] operator to be used within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:7 +msgid "Applies [member operator] to two color inputs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:15 +msgid "" +"An operator to be applied to the inputs. See [enum Operator] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Produce a screen effect with the following formula:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"result = vec3(1.0) - (vec3(1.0) - a) * (vec3(1.0) - b);\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Produce a difference effect with the following formula:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"result = abs(a - b);\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Produce a darken effect with the following formula:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"result = min(a, b);\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Produce a lighten effect with the following formula:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"result = max(a, b);\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Produce an overlay effect with the following formula:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) {\n" +" float base = a[i];\n" +" float blend = b[i];\n" +" if (base < 0.5) {\n" +" result[i] = 2.0 * base * blend;\n" +" } else {\n" +" result[i] = 1.0 - 2.0 * (1.0 - blend) * (1.0 - base);\n" +" }\n" +"}\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Produce a dodge effect with the following formula:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"result = a / (vec3(1.0) - b);\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Produce a burn effect with the following formula:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"result = vec3(1.0) - (vec3(1.0) - a) / b;\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:70 +msgid "" +"Produce a soft light effect with the following formula:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) {\n" +" float base = a[i];\n" +" float blend = b[i];\n" +" if (base < 0.5) {\n" +" result[i] = base * (blend + 0.5);\n" +" } else {\n" +" result[i] = 1.0 - (1.0 - base) * (1.0 - (blend - 0.5));\n" +" }\n" +"}\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:84 +msgid "" +"Produce a hard light effect with the following formula:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) {\n" +" float base = a[i];\n" +" float blend = b[i];\n" +" if (base < 0.5) {\n" +" result[i] = base * (2.0 * blend);\n" +" } else {\n" +" result[i] = 1.0 - (1.0 - base) * (1.0 - 2.0 * (blend - 0.5));\n" +" }\n" +"}\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorUniform.xml:4 +msgid "A [Color] uniform to be used within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorUniform.xml:7 +msgid "Translated to [code]uniform vec4[/code] in the shader language." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:4 +msgid "A comparison function for common types within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Compares [code]a[/code] and [code]b[/code] of [member type] by [member " +"function]. Returns a boolean scalar. Translates to [code]if[/code] " +"instruction in shader code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:15 +msgid "" +"Extra condition which is applied if [member type] is set to [constant " +"CTYPE_VECTOR]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:18 +msgid "A comparison function. See [enum Function] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:21 +msgid "" +"The type to be used in the comparison. See [enum ComparisonType] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:26 +msgid "A floating-point scalar." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:29 +msgid "A 3D vector type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:32 +msgid "A boolean type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:35 +msgid "A transform ([code]mat4[/code]) type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:38 +msgid "Comparison for equality ([code]a == b[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:41 +msgid "Comparison for inequality ([code]a != b[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Comparison for greater than ([code]a > b[/code]). Cannot be used if [member " +"type] set to [constant CTYPE_BOOLEAN] or [constant CTYPE_TRANSFORM]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Comparison for greater than or equal ([code]a >= b[/code]). Cannot be used " +"if [member type] set to [constant CTYPE_BOOLEAN] or [constant " +"CTYPE_TRANSFORM]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Comparison for less than ([code]a < b[/code]). Cannot be used if [member " +"type] set to [constant CTYPE_BOOLEAN] or [constant CTYPE_TRANSFORM]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:53 +msgid "" +"Comparison for less than or equal ([code]a < b[/code]). Cannot be used if " +"[member type] set to [constant CTYPE_BOOLEAN] or [constant CTYPE_TRANSFORM]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:56 +msgid "" +"The result will be true if all of component in vector satisfy the comparison " +"condition." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:59 +msgid "" +"The result will be true if any of component in vector satisfy the comparison " +"condition." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml:4 +msgid "A [CubeMap] sampling node to be used within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Translated to [code]texture(cubemap, vec3)[/code] in the shader language. " +"Returns a color vector and alpha channel as scalar." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml:15 +msgid "" +"The [CubeMap] texture to sample when using [constant SOURCE_TEXTURE] as " +"[member source]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Defines which source should be used for the sampling. See [enum Source] for " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml:21 +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Defines the type of data provided by the source texture. See [enum " +"TextureType] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Use the [CubeMap] set via [member cube_map]. If this is set to [member " +"source], the [code]samplerCube[/code] port is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Use the [CubeMap] sampler reference passed via the [code]samplerCube[/code] " +"port. If this is set to [member source], the [member cube_map] texture is " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml:32 +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:44 +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml:23 +msgid "No hints are added to the uniform declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml:35 +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:47 +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Adds [code]hint_albedo[/code] as hint to the uniform declaration for proper " +"sRGB to linear conversion." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml:38 +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:50 +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Adds [code]hint_normal[/code] as hint to the uniform declaration, which " +"internally converts the texture for proper usage as normal map." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMapUniform.xml:4 +msgid "A [CubeMap] uniform node to be used within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMapUniform.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Translated to [code]uniform samplerCube[/code] in the shader language. The " +"output value can be used as port for [VisualShaderNodeCubeMap]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Virtual class to define custom [VisualShaderNode]s for use in the Visual " +"Shader Editor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:7 +msgid "" +"By inheriting this class you can create a custom [VisualShader] script addon " +"which will be automatically added to the Visual Shader Editor. The " +"[VisualShaderNode]'s behavior is defined by overriding the provided virtual " +"methods.\n" +"In order for the node to be registered as an editor addon, you must use the " +"[code]tool[/code] keyword and provide a [code]class_name[/code] for your " +"custom script. For example:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"tool\n" +"extends VisualShaderNodeCustom\n" +"class_name VisualShaderNodeNoise\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:16 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/plugins/editor/" +"visual_shader_plugins.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:22 +msgid "" +"Override this method to define the category of the associated custom node in " +"the Visual Shader Editor's members dialog. The path may look like " +"[code]\"MyGame/MyFunctions/Noise\"[/code].\n" +"Defining this method is [b]optional[/b]. If not overridden, the node will be " +"filed under the \"Custom\" category." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Override this method to define the actual shader code of the associated " +"custom node. The shader code should be returned as a string, which can have " +"multiple lines (the [code]\"\"\"[/code] multiline string construct can be " +"used for convenience).\n" +"The [code]input_vars[/code] and [code]output_vars[/code] arrays contain the " +"string names of the various input and output variables, as defined by " +"[code]_get_input_*[/code] and [code]_get_output_*[/code] virtual methods in " +"this class.\n" +"The output ports can be assigned values in the shader code. For example, " +"[code]return output_vars[0] + \" = \" + input_vars[0] + \";\"[/code].\n" +"You can customize the generated code based on the shader [code]mode[/code] " +"(see [enum Shader.Mode]) and/or [code]type[/code] (see [enum VisualShader." +"Type]).\n" +"Defining this method is [b]required[/b]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:43 +msgid "" +"Override this method to define the description of the associated custom node " +"in the Visual Shader Editor's members dialog.\n" +"Defining this method is [b]optional[/b]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Override this method to add shader code on top of the global shader, to " +"define your own standard library of reusable methods, varyings, constants, " +"uniforms, etc. The shader code should be returned as a string, which can " +"have multiple lines (the [code]\"\"\"[/code] multiline string construct can " +"be used for convenience).\n" +"Be careful with this functionality as it can cause name conflicts with other " +"custom nodes, so be sure to give the defined entities unique names.\n" +"You can customize the generated code based on the shader [code]mode[/code] " +"(see [enum Shader.Mode]).\n" +"Defining this method is [b]optional[/b]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:60 +msgid "" +"Override this method to define the amount of input ports of the associated " +"custom node.\n" +"Defining this method is [b]required[/b]. If not overridden, the node has no " +"input ports." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Override this method to define the names of input ports of the associated " +"custom node. The names are used both for the input slots in the editor and " +"as identifiers in the shader code, and are passed in the [code]input_vars[/" +"code] array in [method _get_code].\n" +"Defining this method is [b]optional[/b], but recommended. If not overridden, " +"input ports are named as [code]\"in\" + str(port)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:76 +msgid "" +"Override this method to define the returned type of each input port of the " +"associated custom node (see [enum VisualShaderNode.PortType] for possible " +"types).\n" +"Defining this method is [b]optional[/b], but recommended. If not overridden, " +"input ports will return the [constant VisualShaderNode.PORT_TYPE_SCALAR] " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:83 +msgid "" +"Override this method to define the name of the associated custom node in the " +"Visual Shader Editor's members dialog and graph.\n" +"Defining this method is [b]optional[/b], but recommended. If not overridden, " +"the node will be named as \"Unnamed\"." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:90 +msgid "" +"Override this method to define the amount of output ports of the associated " +"custom node.\n" +"Defining this method is [b]required[/b]. If not overridden, the node has no " +"output ports." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:98 +msgid "" +"Override this method to define the names of output ports of the associated " +"custom node. The names are used both for the output slots in the editor and " +"as identifiers in the shader code, and are passed in the [code]output_vars[/" +"code] array in [method _get_code].\n" +"Defining this method is [b]optional[/b], but recommended. If not overridden, " +"output ports are named as [code]\"out\" + str(port)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:106 +msgid "" +"Override this method to define the returned type of each output port of the " +"associated custom node (see [enum VisualShaderNode.PortType] for possible " +"types).\n" +"Defining this method is [b]optional[/b], but recommended. If not overridden, " +"output ports will return the [constant VisualShaderNode.PORT_TYPE_SCALAR] " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:113 +msgid "" +"Override this method to define the return icon of the associated custom node " +"in the Visual Shader Editor's members dialog.\n" +"Defining this method is [b]optional[/b]. If not overridden, no return icon " +"is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:120 +msgid "" +"Override this method to define the subcategory of the associated custom node " +"in the Visual Shader Editor's members dialog.\n" +"Defining this method is [b]optional[/b]. If not overridden, the node will be " +"filed under the root of the main category (see [method _get_category])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDeterminant.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Calculates the determinant of a [Transform] within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDeterminant.xml:7 +msgid "Translates to [code]determinant(x)[/code] in the shader language." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDotProduct.xml:4 +msgid "Calculates a dot product of two vectors within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDotProduct.xml:7 +msgid "Translates to [code]dot(a, b)[/code] in the shader language." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeExpression.xml:4 +msgid "" +"A custom visual shader graph expression written in Godot Shading Language." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeExpression.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Custom Godot Shading Language expression, with a custom amount of input and " +"output ports.\n" +"The provided code is directly injected into the graph's matching shader " +"function ([code]vertex[/code], [code]fragment[/code], or [code]light[/" +"code]), so it cannot be used to declare functions, varyings, uniforms, or " +"global constants. See [VisualShaderNodeGlobalExpression] for such global " +"definitions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeExpression.xml:16 +msgid "" +"An expression in Godot Shading Language, which will be injected at the start " +"of the graph's matching shader function ([code]vertex[/code], " +"[code]fragment[/code], or [code]light[/code]), and thus cannot be used to " +"declare functions, varyings, uniforms, or global constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFaceForward.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Returns the vector that points in the same direction as a reference vector " +"within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFaceForward.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Translates to [code]faceforward(N, I, Nref)[/code] in the shader language. " +"The function has three vector parameters: [code]N[/code], the vector to " +"orient, [code]I[/code], the incident vector, and [code]Nref[/code], the " +"reference vector. If the dot product of [code]I[/code] and [code]Nref[/code] " +"is smaller than zero the return value is [code]N[/code]. Otherwise, [code]-" +"N[/code] is returned." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFresnel.xml:4 +msgid "A Fresnel effect to be used within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFresnel.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Returns falloff based on the dot product of surface normal and view " +"direction of camera (pass associated inputs to it)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGlobalExpression.xml:4 +msgid "" +"A custom global visual shader graph expression written in Godot Shading " +"Language." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGlobalExpression.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Custom Godot Shader Language expression, which is placed on top of the " +"generated shader. You can place various function definitions inside to call " +"later in [VisualShaderNodeExpression]s (which are injected in the main " +"shader functions). You can also declare varyings, uniforms and global " +"constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Base class for a family of nodes with variable amount of input and output " +"ports within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:7 +msgid "Currently, has no direct usage, use the derived classes instead." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Adds an input port with the specified [code]type[/code] (see [enum " +"VisualShaderNode.PortType]) and [code]name[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Adds an output port with the specified [code]type[/code] (see [enum " +"VisualShaderNode.PortType]) and [code]name[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:33 +msgid "Removes all previously specified input ports." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:39 +msgid "Removes all previously specified output ports." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Returns a free input port ID which can be used in [method add_input_port]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Returns a free output port ID which can be used in [method add_output_port]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of input ports in use. Alternative for [method " +"get_free_input_port_id]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:63 +msgid "" +"Returns a [String] description of the input ports as a colon-separated list " +"using the format [code]id,type,name;[/code] (see [method add_input_port])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:69 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of output ports in use. Alternative for [method " +"get_free_output_port_id]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:75 +msgid "" +"Returns a [String] description of the output ports as a colon-separated list " +"using the format [code]id,type,name;[/code] (see [method add_output_port])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:82 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified input port exists." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:89 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified output port exists." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified port name does not override an " +"existed port name and is valid within the shader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:103 +msgid "Removes the specified input port." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:110 +msgid "Removes the specified output port." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:118 +msgid "Renames the specified input port." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:126 +msgid "" +"Sets the specified input port's type (see [enum VisualShaderNode.PortType])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:133 +msgid "" +"Defines all input ports using a [String] formatted as a colon-separated " +"list: [code]id,type,name;[/code] (see [method add_input_port])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:141 +msgid "Renames the specified output port." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:149 +msgid "" +"Sets the specified output port's type (see [enum VisualShaderNode.PortType])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:156 +msgid "" +"Defines all output ports using a [String] formatted as a colon-separated " +"list: [code]id,type,name;[/code] (see [method add_output_port])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:162 +msgid "The size of the node in the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeInput.xml:6 +msgid "" +"Gives access to input variables (built-ins) available for the shader. See " +"the shading reference for the list of available built-ins for each shader " +"type (check [code]Tutorials[/code] section for link)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeInput.xml:9 +msgid "" +"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/shading/shading_reference/" +"index.html" +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeInput.xml:20 +msgid "" +"One of the several input constants in lower-case style like: \"vertex" +"\"([code]VERTEX[/code]) or \"point_size\"([code]POINT_SIZE[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIs.xml:4 +msgid "" +"A boolean comparison operator to be used within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIs.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Returns the boolean result of the comparison between [code]INF[/code] or " +"[code]NaN[/code] and a scalar parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIs.xml:15 +msgid "The comparison function. See [enum Function] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIs.xml:20 +msgid "Comparison with [code]INF[/code] (Infinity)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIs.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Comparison with [code]NaN[/code] (Not a Number; denotes invalid numeric " +"results, e.g. division by zero)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeOuterProduct.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Calculates an outer product of two vectors within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeOuterProduct.xml:7 +msgid "" +"[code]OuterProduct[/code] treats the first parameter [code]c[/code] as a " +"column vector (matrix with one column) and the second parameter [code]r[/" +"code] as a row vector (matrix with one row) and does a linear algebraic " +"matrix multiply [code]c * r[/code], yielding a matrix whose number of rows " +"is the number of components in [code]c[/code] and whose number of columns is " +"the number of components in [code]r[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeOutput.xml:4 +msgid "Represents the output shader parameters within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeOutput.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This visual shader node is present in all shader graphs in form of \"Output" +"\" block with multiple output value ports." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarClamp.xml:4 +msgid "Clamps a scalar value within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarClamp.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Constrains a value to lie between [code]min[/code] and [code]max[/code] " +"values." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarDerivativeFunc.xml:4 +msgid "Calculates a scalar derivative within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarDerivativeFunc.xml:7 +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDerivativeFunc.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This node is only available in [code]Fragment[/code] and [code]Light[/code] " +"visual shaders." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarDerivativeFunc.xml:15 +msgid "The derivative type. See [enum Function] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarDerivativeFunc.xml:20 +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDerivativeFunc.xml:20 +msgid "Sum of absolute derivative in [code]x[/code] and [code]y[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarDerivativeFunc.xml:23 +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDerivativeFunc.xml:23 +msgid "Derivative in [code]x[/code] using local differencing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarDerivativeFunc.xml:26 +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDerivativeFunc.xml:26 +msgid "Derivative in [code]y[/code] using local differencing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarInterp.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Linearly interpolates between two scalars within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarInterp.xml:7 +msgid "Translates to [code]mix(a, b, weight)[/code] in the shader language." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarSmoothStep.xml:4 +msgid "Calculates a scalar SmoothStep function within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarSmoothStep.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Translates to [code]smoothstep(edge0, edge1, x)[/code] in the shader " +"language.\n" +"Returns [code]0.0[/code] if [code]x[/code] is smaller than [code]edge0[/" +"code] and [code]1.0[/code] if [code]x[/code] is larger than [code]edge1[/" +"code]. Otherwise the return value is interpolated between [code]0.0[/code] " +"and [code]1.0[/code] using Hermite polynomials." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarSwitch.xml:4 +msgid "A boolean/scalar function for use within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarSwitch.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Returns an associated scalar if the provided boolean value is [code]true[/" +"code] or [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeSwitch.xml:4 +msgid "A boolean/vector function for use within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeSwitch.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Returns an associated vector if the provided boolean value is [code]true[/" +"code] or [code]false[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:4 +msgid "Performs a texture lookup within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Performs a lookup operation on the provided texture, with support for " +"multiple texture sources to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:15 +msgid "Determines the source for the lookup. See [enum Source] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:18 +msgid "The source texture, if needed for the selected [member source]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Specifies the type of the texture if [member source] is set to [constant " +"SOURCE_TEXTURE]. See [enum TextureType] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:26 +msgid "Use the texture given as an argument for this function." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:29 +msgid "Use the current viewport's texture as the source." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Use the texture from this shader's texture built-in (e.g. a texture of a " +"[Sprite])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:35 +msgid "Use the texture from this shader's normal map built-in." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:38 +msgid "Use the depth texture available for this shader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:41 +msgid "Use the texture provided in the input port for this function." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml:4 +msgid "Performs a uniform texture lookup within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Performs a lookup operation on the texture provided as a uniform for the " +"shader." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml:15 +msgid "Sets the default color if no texture is assigned to the uniform." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Adds [code]hint_aniso[/code] as hint to the uniform declaration to use for a " +"flowmap." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml:35 +msgid "Defaults to white color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml:38 +msgid "Defaults to black color." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniformTriplanar.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Performs a uniform texture lookup with triplanar within the visual shader " +"graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniformTriplanar.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Performs a lookup operation on the texture provided as a uniform for the " +"shader, with support for triplanar mapping." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformCompose.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Composes a [Transform] from four [Vector3]s within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformCompose.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Creates a 4x4 transform matrix using four vectors of type [code]vec3[/code]. " +"Each vector is one row in the matrix and the last column is a [code]vec4(0, " +"0, 0, 1)[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformConstant.xml:4 +msgid "A [Transform] constant for use within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformConstant.xml:7 +msgid "A constant [Transform], which can be used as an input node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformConstant.xml:15 +msgid "A [Transform] constant which represents the state of this node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformDecompose.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Decomposes a [Transform] into four [Vector3]s within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformDecompose.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Takes a 4x4 transform matrix and decomposes it into four [code]vec3[/code] " +"values, one from each row of the matrix." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformFunc.xml:4 +msgid "Computes a [Transform] function within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformFunc.xml:7 +msgid "Computes an inverse or transpose function on the provided [Transform]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformFunc.xml:15 +msgid "The function to be computed. See [enum Function] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformFunc.xml:20 +msgid "Perform the inverse operation on the [Transform] matrix." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformFunc.xml:23 +msgid "Perform the transpose operation on the [Transform] matrix." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml:4 +msgid "Multiplies [Transform] by [Transform] within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A multiplication operation on two transforms (4x4 matrices), with support " +"for different multiplication operators." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml:15 +msgid "" +"The multiplication type to be performed on the transforms. See [enum " +"Operator] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml:20 +msgid "Multiplies transform [code]a[/code] by the transform [code]b[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml:23 +msgid "Multiplies transform [code]b[/code] by the transform [code]a[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Performs a component-wise multiplication of transform [code]a[/code] by the " +"transform [code]b[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Performs a component-wise multiplication of transform [code]b[/code] by the " +"transform [code]a[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformUniform.xml:4 +msgid "A [Transform] uniform for use within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformUniform.xml:7 +msgid "Translated to [code]uniform mat4[/code] in the shader language." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Multiplies a [Transform] and a [Vector3] within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A multiplication operation on a transform (4x4 matrix) and a vector, with " +"support for different multiplication operators." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml:15 +msgid "" +"The multiplication type to be performed. See [enum Operator] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml:20 +msgid "Multiplies transform [code]a[/code] by the vector [code]b[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml:23 +msgid "Multiplies vector [code]b[/code] by the transform [code]a[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Multiplies transform [code]a[/code] by the vector [code]b[/code], skipping " +"the last row and column of the transform." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Multiplies vector [code]b[/code] by the transform [code]a[/code], skipping " +"the last row and column of the transform." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniform.xml:4 +msgid "A base type for the uniforms within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniform.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A uniform represents a variable in the shader which is set externally, i.e. " +"from the [ShaderMaterial]. Uniforms are exposed as properties in the " +"[ShaderMaterial] and can be assigned from the inspector or from a script." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniform.xml:15 +msgid "" +"Name of the uniform, by which it can be accessed through the " +"[ShaderMaterial] properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniformRef.xml:4 +msgid "A reference to an existing [VisualShaderNodeUniform]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniformRef.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Creating a reference to a [VisualShaderNodeUniform] allows you to reuse this " +"uniform in different shaders or shader stages easily." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniformRef.xml:15 +msgid "The name of the uniform which this reference points to." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Constant.xml:4 +msgid "A [Vector3] constant to be used within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Constant.xml:7 +msgid "A constant [Vector3], which can be used as an input node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Constant.xml:15 +msgid "A [Vector3] constant which represents the state of this node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Uniform.xml:4 +msgid "A [Vector3] uniform to be used within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Uniform.xml:7 +msgid "Translated to [code]uniform vec3[/code] in the shader language." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorClamp.xml:4 +msgid "Clamps a vector value within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorClamp.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Constrains a value to lie between [code]min[/code] and [code]max[/code] " +"values. The operation is performed on each component of the vector " +"individually." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorCompose.xml:4 +msgid "Composes a [Vector3] from three scalars within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorCompose.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Creates a [code]vec3[/code] using three scalar values that can be provided " +"from separate inputs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDecompose.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Decomposes a [Vector3] into three scalars within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDecompose.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Takes a [code]vec3[/code] and decomposes it into three scalar values that " +"can be used as separate inputs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDerivativeFunc.xml:4 +msgid "Calculates a vector derivative within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDerivativeFunc.xml:15 +msgid "A derivative type. See [enum Function] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDistance.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Returns the distance between two points. To be used within the visual shader " +"graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDistance.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Calculates distance from point represented by vector [code]p0[/code] to " +"vector [code]p1[/code].\n" +"Translated to [code]distance(p0, p1)[/code] in the shader language." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:4 +msgid "A vector function to be used within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:7 +msgid "A visual shader node able to perform different functions using vectors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:15 +msgid "The function to be performed. See [enum Function] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Normalizes the vector so that it has a length of [code]1[/code] but points " +"in the same direction." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:23 +msgid "Clamps the value between [code]0.0[/code] and [code]1.0[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:26 +msgid "Returns the opposite value of the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:29 +msgid "Returns [code]1/vector[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:32 +msgid "Converts RGB vector to HSV equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:35 +msgid "Converts HSV vector to RGB equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:38 +msgid "Returns the absolute value of the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:41 +msgid "Returns the arc-cosine of the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:44 +msgid "Returns the inverse hyperbolic cosine of the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:47 +msgid "Returns the arc-sine of the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:50 +msgid "Returns the inverse hyperbolic sine of the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:53 +msgid "Returns the arc-tangent of the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:56 +msgid "Returns the inverse hyperbolic tangent of the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Finds the nearest integer that is greater than or equal to the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:62 +msgid "Returns the cosine of the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:65 +msgid "Returns the hyperbolic cosine of the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:68 +msgid "Converts a quantity in radians to degrees." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:71 +msgid "Base-e Exponential." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:74 +msgid "Base-2 Exponential." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:77 +msgid "Finds the nearest integer less than or equal to the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:80 +msgid "Computes the fractional part of the argument." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:83 +msgid "Returns the inverse of the square root of the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:86 +msgid "Natural logarithm." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:89 +msgid "Base-2 logarithm." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:92 +msgid "Converts a quantity in degrees to radians." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:95 +msgid "Finds the nearest integer to the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:98 +msgid "Finds the nearest even integer to the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:101 +msgid "" +"Extracts the sign of the parameter, i.e. returns [code]-1[/code] if the " +"parameter is negative, [code]1[/code] if it's positive and [code]0[/code] " +"otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:104 +msgid "Returns the sine of the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:107 +msgid "Returns the hyperbolic sine of the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:110 +msgid "Returns the square root of the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:113 +msgid "Returns the tangent of the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:116 +msgid "Returns the hyperbolic tangent of the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:119 +msgid "" +"Returns a value equal to the nearest integer to the parameter whose absolute " +"value is not larger than the absolute value of the parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:122 +msgid "Returns [code]1.0 - vector[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorInterp.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Linearly interpolates between two vectors within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorInterp.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Translates to [code]mix(a, b, weight)[/code] in the shader language, where " +"[code]weight[/code] is a [Vector3] with weights for each component." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorLen.xml:4 +msgid "Returns the length of a [Vector3] within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorLen.xml:7 +msgid "Translated to [code]length(p0)[/code] in the shader language." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:4 +msgid "A vector operator to be used within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A visual shader node for use of vector operators. Operates on vector " +"[code]a[/code] and vector [code]b[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:15 +msgid "The operator to be used. See [enum Operator] for options." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:20 +msgid "Adds two vectors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:23 +msgid "Subtracts a vector from a vector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:26 +msgid "Multiplies two vectors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:29 +msgid "Divides vector by vector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:32 +msgid "Returns the remainder of the two vectors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Returns the value of the first parameter raised to the power of the second, " +"for each component of the vectors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:38 +msgid "Returns the greater of two values, for each component of the vectors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:41 +msgid "Returns the lesser of two values, for each component of the vectors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:44 +msgid "Calculates the cross product of two vectors." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:47 +msgid "Returns the arc-tangent of the parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Returns the vector that points in the direction of reflection. [code]a[/" +"code] is incident vector and [code]b[/code] is the normal vector." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:53 +msgid "" +"Vector step operator. Returns [code]0.0[/code] if [code]a[/code] is smaller " +"than [code]b[/code] and [code]1.0[/code] otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorRefract.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Returns the [Vector3] that points in the direction of refraction. For use " +"within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorRefract.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Translated to [code]refract(I, N, eta)[/code] in the shader language, where " +"[code]I[/code] is the incident vector, [code]N[/code] is the normal vector " +"and [code]eta[/code] is the ratio of the indices of the refraction." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorScalarMix.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Linearly interpolates between two vectors using a scalar. For use within the " +"visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorScalarMix.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Translates to [code]mix(a, b, weight)[/code] in the shader language, where " +"[code]a[/code] and [code]b[/code] are vectors and [code]weight[/code] is a " +"scalar." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorScalarSmoothStep.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Calculates a vector SmoothStep function using scalar within the visual " +"shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorScalarSmoothStep.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Translates to [code]smoothstep(edge0, edge1, x)[/code] in the shader " +"language, where [code]x[/code] is a scalar.\n" +"Returns [code]0.0[/code] if [code]x[/code] is smaller than [code]edge0[/" +"code] and [code]1.0[/code] if [code]x[/code] is larger than [code]edge1[/" +"code]. Otherwise the return value is interpolated between [code]0.0[/code] " +"and [code]1.0[/code] using Hermite polynomials." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorScalarStep.xml:4 +msgid "Calculates a vector Step function within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorScalarStep.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Translates to [code]step(edge, x)[/code] in the shader language.\n" +"Returns [code]0.0[/code] if [code]x[/code] is smaller than [code]edge[/code] " +"and [code]1.0[/code] otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorSmoothStep.xml:4 +msgid "Calculates a vector SmoothStep function within the visual shader graph." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorSmoothStep.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Translates to [code]smoothstep(edge0, edge1, x)[/code] in the shader " +"language, where [code]x[/code] is a vector.\n" +"Returns [code]0.0[/code] if [code]x[/code] is smaller than [code]edge0[/" +"code] and [code]1.0[/code] if [code]x[/code] is larger than [code]edge1[/" +"code]. Otherwise the return value is interpolated between [code]0.0[/code] " +"and [code]1.0[/code] using Hermite polynomials." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:4 +msgid "Vertical scroll bar." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Vertical version of [ScrollBar], which goes from top (min) to bottom (max)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Icon used as a button to scroll the [ScrollBar] up. Supports custom step " +"using the [member ScrollBar.custom_step] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Icon used as a button to scroll the [ScrollBar] down. Supports custom step " +"using the [member ScrollBar.custom_step] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VSeparator.xml:4 +msgid "Vertical version of [Separator]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VSeparator.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Vertical version of [Separator]. Even though it looks vertical, it is used " +"to separate objects horizontally." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VSeparator.xml:17 +msgid "" +"The width of the area covered by the separator. Effectively works like a " +"minimum width." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VSeparator.xml:20 +msgid "" +"The style for the separator line. Works best with [StyleBoxLine] (remember " +"to enable [member StyleBoxLine.vertical])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VSlider.xml:4 +msgid "Vertical slider." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VSlider.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Vertical slider. See [Slider]. This one goes from bottom (min) to top " +"(max).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The [signal Range.changed] and [signal Range.value_changed] " +"signals are part of the [Range] class which this class inherits from." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VSlider.xml:25 +msgid "The background of the area below the grabber." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VSlider.xml:36 +msgid "" +"The background for the whole slider. Determines the width of the " +"[code]grabber_area[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VSplitContainer.xml:4 +msgid "Vertical split container." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/VSplitContainer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Vertical split container. See [SplitContainer]. This goes from top to bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/WeakRef.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Holds an [Object], but does not contribute to the reference count if the " +"object is a reference." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/WeakRef.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A weakref can hold a [Reference], without contributing to the reference " +"counter. A weakref can be created from an [Object] using [method @GDScript." +"weakref]. If this object is not a reference, weakref still works, however, " +"it does not have any effect on the object. Weakrefs are useful in cases " +"where multiple classes have variables that refer to each other. Without " +"weakrefs, using these classes could lead to memory leaks, since both " +"references keep each other from being released. Making part of the variables " +"a weakref can prevent this cyclic dependency, and allows the references to " +"be released." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/WeakRef.xml:15 +msgid "Returns the [Object] this weakref is referring to." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:13 +msgid "Closes this data channel, notifying the other peer." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Returns the number of bytes currently queued to be sent over this channel." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Returns the id assigned to this channel during creation (or auto-assigned " +"during negotiation).\n" +"If the channel is not negotiated out-of-band the id will only be available " +"after the connection is established (will return [code]65535[/code] until " +"then)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:32 +msgid "Returns the label assigned to this channel during creation." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Returns the [code]maxPacketLifeTime[/code] value assigned to this channel " +"during creation.\n" +"Will be [code]65535[/code] if not specified." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Returns the [code]maxRetransmits[/code] value assigned to this channel " +"during creation.\n" +"Will be [code]65535[/code] if not specified." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Returns the sub-protocol assigned to this channel during creation. An empty " +"string if not specified." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:58 +msgid "Returns the current state of this channel, see [enum ChannelState]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this channel was created with out-of-band " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:70 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if this channel was created with ordering enabled " +"(default)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:76 +msgid "Reserved, but not used for now." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:82 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the last received packet was transferred as " +"text. See [member write_mode]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:88 +msgid "" +"The transfer mode to use when sending outgoing packet. Either text or binary." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:93 +msgid "" +"Tells the channel to send data over this channel as text. An external peer " +"(non-Godot) would receive this as a string." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Tells the channel to send data over this channel as binary. An external peer " +"(non-Godot) would receive this as array buffer or blob." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:99 +msgid "The channel was created, but it's still trying to connect." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:102 +msgid "The channel is currently open, and data can flow over it." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:105 +msgid "" +"The channel is being closed, no new messages will be accepted, but those " +"already in queue will be flushed." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:108 +msgid "The channel was closed, or connection failed." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCMultiplayer.xml:4 +msgid "" +"A simple interface to create a peer-to-peer mesh network composed of " +"[WebRTCPeerConnection] that is compatible with the [MultiplayerAPI]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCMultiplayer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This class constructs a full mesh of [WebRTCPeerConnection] (one connection " +"for each peer) that can be used as a [member MultiplayerAPI.network_peer].\n" +"You can add each [WebRTCPeerConnection] via [method add_peer] or remove them " +"via [method remove_peer]. Peers must be added in [constant " +"WebRTCPeerConnection.STATE_NEW] state to allow it to create the appropriate " +"channels. This class will not create offers nor set descriptions, it will " +"only poll them, and notify connections and disconnections.\n" +"[signal NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.connection_succeeded] and [signal " +"NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.server_disconnected] will not be emitted unless " +"[code]server_compatibility[/code] is [code]true[/code] in [method " +"initialize]. Beside that data transfer works like in a " +"[NetworkedMultiplayerPeer]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCMultiplayer.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Add a new peer to the mesh with the given [code]peer_id[/code]. The " +"[WebRTCPeerConnection] must be in state [constant WebRTCPeerConnection." +"STATE_NEW].\n" +"Three channels will be created for reliable, unreliable, and ordered " +"transport. The value of [code]unreliable_lifetime[/code] will be passed to " +"the [code]maxPacketLifetime[/code] option when creating unreliable and " +"ordered channels (see [method WebRTCPeerConnection.create_data_channel])." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCMultiplayer.xml:27 +msgid "Close all the add peer connections and channels, freeing all resources." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCMultiplayer.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Return a dictionary representation of the peer with given [code]peer_id[/" +"code] with three keys. [code]connection[/code] containing the " +"[WebRTCPeerConnection] to this peer, [code]channels[/code] an array of three " +"[WebRTCDataChannel], and [code]connected[/code] a boolean representing if " +"the peer connection is currently connected (all three channels are open)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCMultiplayer.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Returns a dictionary which keys are the peer ids and values the peer " +"representation as in [method get_peer]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCMultiplayer.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given [code]peer_id[/code] is in the peers " +"map (it might not be connected though)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCMultiplayer.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Initialize the multiplayer peer with the given [code]peer_id[/code] (must be " +"between 1 and 2147483647).\n" +"If [code]server_compatibilty[/code] is [code]false[/code] (default), the " +"multiplayer peer will be immediately in state [constant " +"NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.CONNECTION_CONNECTED] and [signal " +"NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.connection_succeeded] will not be emitted.\n" +"If [code]server_compatibilty[/code] is [code]true[/code] the peer will " +"suppress all [signal NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.peer_connected] signals until " +"a peer with id [constant NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.TARGET_PEER_SERVER] " +"connects and then emit [signal NetworkedMultiplayerPeer." +"connection_succeeded]. After that the signal [signal " +"NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.peer_connected] will be emitted for every already " +"connected peer, and any new peer that might connect. If the server peer " +"disconnects after that, signal [signal NetworkedMultiplayerPeer." +"server_disconnected] will be emitted and state will become [constant " +"NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.CONNECTION_CONNECTED]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCMultiplayer.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Remove the peer with given [code]peer_id[/code] from the mesh. If the peer " +"was connected, and [signal NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.peer_connected] was " +"emitted for it, then [signal NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.peer_disconnected] " +"will be emitted." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:4 +msgid "Interface to a WebRTC peer connection." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:7 +msgid "" +"A WebRTC connection between the local computer and a remote peer. Provides " +"an interface to connect, maintain and monitor the connection.\n" +"Setting up a WebRTC connection between two peers from now on) may not seem a " +"trivial task, but it can be broken down into 3 main steps:\n" +"- The peer that wants to initiate the connection ([code]A[/code] from now " +"on) creates an offer and send it to the other peer ([code]B[/code] from now " +"on).\n" +"- [code]B[/code] receives the offer, generate and answer, and sends it to " +"[code]A[/code]).\n" +"- [code]A[/code] and [code]B[/code] then generates and exchange ICE " +"candidates with each other.\n" +"After these steps, the connection should become connected. Keep on reading " +"or look into the tutorial for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Add an ice candidate generated by a remote peer (and received over the " +"signaling server). See [signal ice_candidate_created]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Close the peer connection and all data channels associated with it.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] You cannot reuse this object for a new connection unless you " +"call [method initialize]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Returns a new [WebRTCDataChannel] (or [code]null[/code] on failure) with " +"given [code]label[/code] and optionally configured via the [code]options[/" +"code] dictionary. This method can only be called when the connection is in " +"state [constant STATE_NEW].\n" +"There are two ways to create a working data channel: either call [method " +"create_data_channel] on only one of the peer and listen to [signal " +"data_channel_received] on the other, or call [method create_data_channel] on " +"both peers, with the same values, and the [code]negotiated[/code] option set " +"to [code]true[/code].\n" +"Valid [code]options[/code] are:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"{\n" +" \"negotiated\": true, # When set to true (default off), means the " +"channel is negotiated out of band. \"id\" must be set too. " +"\"data_channel_received\" will not be called.\n" +" \"id\": 1, # When \"negotiated\" is true this value must also be set to " +"the same value on both peer.\n" +"\n" +" # Only one of maxRetransmits and maxPacketLifeTime can be specified, not " +"both. They make the channel unreliable (but also better at real time).\n" +" \"maxRetransmits\": 1, # Specify the maximum number of attempt the peer " +"will make to retransmits packets if they are not acknowledged.\n" +" \"maxPacketLifeTime\": 100, # Specify the maximum amount of time before " +"giving up retransmitions of unacknowledged packets (in milliseconds).\n" +" \"ordered\": true, # When in unreliable mode (i.e. either " +"\"maxRetransmits\" or \"maxPacketLifetime\" is set), \"ordered\" (true by " +"default) specify if packet ordering is to be enforced.\n" +"\n" +" \"protocol\": \"my-custom-protocol\", # A custom sub-protocol string for " +"this channel.\n" +"}\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] You must keep a reference to channels created this way, or it " +"will be closed." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Creates a new SDP offer to start a WebRTC connection with a remote peer. At " +"least one [WebRTCDataChannel] must have been created before calling this " +"method.\n" +"If this functions returns [constant OK], [signal " +"session_description_created] will be called when the session is ready to be " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:68 +msgid "Returns the connection state. See [enum ConnectionState]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:76 +msgid "" +"Re-initialize this peer connection, closing any previously active " +"connection, and going back to state [constant STATE_NEW]. A dictionary of " +"[code]options[/code] can be passed to configure the peer connection.\n" +"Valid [code]options[/code] are:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"{\n" +" \"iceServers\": [\n" +" {\n" +" \"urls\": [ \"stun:stun.example.com:3478\" ], # One or more STUN " +"servers.\n" +" },\n" +" {\n" +" \"urls\": [ \"turn:turn.example.com:3478\" ], # One or more TURN " +"servers.\n" +" \"username\": \"a_username\", # Optional username for the TURN " +"server.\n" +" \"credential\": \"a_password\", # Optional password for the TURN " +"server.\n" +" }\n" +" ]\n" +"}\n" +"[/codeblock]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:97 +msgid "" +"Call this method frequently (e.g. in [method Node._process] or [method Node." +"_physics_process]) to properly receive signals." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:105 +msgid "" +"Sets the SDP description of the local peer. This should be called in " +"response to [signal session_description_created].\n" +"After calling this function the peer will start emitting [signal " +"ice_candidate_created] (unless an [enum Error] different from [constant OK] " +"is returned)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:114 +msgid "" +"Sets the SDP description of the remote peer. This should be called with the " +"values generated by a remote peer and received over the signaling server.\n" +"If [code]type[/code] is [code]offer[/code] the peer will emit [signal " +"session_description_created] with the appropriate answer.\n" +"If [code]type[/code] is [code]answer[/code] the peer will start emitting " +"[signal ice_candidate_created]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:124 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a new in-band channel is received, i.e. when the channel was " +"created with [code]negotiated: false[/code] (default).\n" +"The object will be an instance of [WebRTCDataChannel]. You must keep a " +"reference of it or it will be closed automatically. See [method " +"create_data_channel]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:133 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a new ICE candidate has been created. The three parameters are " +"meant to be passed to the remote peer over the signaling server." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:140 +msgid "" +"Emitted after a successful call to [method create_offer] or [method " +"set_remote_description] (when it generates an answer). The parameters are " +"meant to be passed to [method set_local_description] on this object, and " +"sent to the remote peer over the signaling server." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:146 +msgid "" +"The connection is new, data channels and an offer can be created in this " +"state." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:149 +msgid "" +"The peer is connecting, ICE is in progress, none of the transports has " +"failed." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:152 +msgid "The peer is connected, all ICE transports are connected." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:155 +msgid "At least one ICE transport is disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:158 +msgid "One or more of the ICE transports failed." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:161 +msgid "" +"The peer connection is closed (after calling [method close] for example)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:4 +msgid "A WebSocket client implementation." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This class implements a WebSocket client compatible with any RFC 6455-" +"compliant WebSocket server.\n" +"This client can be optionally used as a network peer for the " +"[MultiplayerAPI].\n" +"After starting the client ([method connect_to_url]), you will need to " +"[method NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.poll] it at regular intervals (e.g. inside " +"[method Node._process]).\n" +"You will receive appropriate signals when connecting, disconnecting, or when " +"new data is available." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:22 +msgid "" +"Connects to the given URL requesting one of the given [code]protocols[/code] " +"as sub-protocol. If the list empty (default), no sub-protocol will be " +"requested.\n" +"If [code]true[/code] is passed as [code]gd_mp_api[/code], the client will " +"behave like a network peer for the [MultiplayerAPI], connections to non-" +"Godot servers will not work, and [signal data_received] will not be " +"emitted.\n" +"If [code]false[/code] is passed instead (default), you must call " +"[PacketPeer] functions ([code]put_packet[/code], [code]get_packet[/code], " +"etc.) on the [WebSocketPeer] returned via [code]get_peer(1)[/code] and not " +"on this object directly (e.g. [code]get_peer(1).put_packet(data)[/code]).\n" +"You can optionally pass a list of [code]custom_headers[/code] to be added to " +"the handshake HTTP request.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] To avoid mixed content warnings or errors in HTML5, you may " +"have to use a [code]url[/code] that starts with [code]wss://[/code] (secure) " +"instead of [code]ws://[/code]. When doing so, make sure to use the fully " +"qualified domain name that matches the one defined in the server's SSL " +"certificate. Do not connect directly via the IP address for [code]wss://[/" +"code] connections, as it won't match with the SSL certificate.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Specifying [code]custom_headers[/code] is not supported in " +"HTML5 exports due to browsers restrictions." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Disconnects this client from the connected host. See [method WebSocketPeer." +"close] for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:41 +msgid "Return the IP address of the currently connected host." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:47 +msgid "Return the IP port of the currently connected host." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:53 +msgid "" +"If specified, this [X509Certificate] will be the only one accepted when " +"connecting to an SSL host. Any other certificate provided by the server will " +"be regarded as invalid.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Specifying a custom [code]trusted_ssl_certificate[/code] is not " +"supported in HTML5 exports due to browsers restrictions." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:57 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], SSL certificate verification is enabled.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] You must specify the certificates to be used in the Project " +"Settings for it to work when exported." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:65 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the connection to the server is closed. [code]was_clean_close[/" +"code] will be [code]true[/code] if the connection was shutdown cleanly." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:70 +msgid "Emitted when the connection to the server fails." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:76 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a connection with the server is established, [code]protocol[/" +"code] will contain the sub-protocol agreed with the server." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:81 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a WebSocket message is received.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This signal is [i]not[/i] emitted when used as high-level " +"multiplayer peer." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:89 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the server requests a clean close. You should keep polling " +"until you get a [signal connection_closed] signal to achieve the clean " +"close. See [method WebSocketPeer.close] for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketMultiplayerPeer.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for WebSocket server and client." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketMultiplayerPeer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Base class for WebSocket server and client, allowing them to be used as " +"network peer for the [MultiplayerAPI]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketMultiplayerPeer.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Returns the [WebSocketPeer] associated to the given [code]peer_id[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketMultiplayerPeer.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Configures the buffer sizes for this WebSocket peer. Default values can be " +"specified in the Project Settings under [code]network/limits[/code]. For " +"server, values are meant per connected peer.\n" +"The first two parameters define the size and queued packets limits of the " +"input buffer, the last two of the output buffer.\n" +"Buffer sizes are expressed in KiB, so [code]4 = 2^12 = 4096 bytes[/code]. " +"All parameters will be rounded up to the nearest power of two.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] HTML5 exports only use the input buffer since the output one is " +"managed by browsers." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketMultiplayerPeer.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a packet is received from a peer.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This signal is only emitted when the client or server is " +"configured to use Godot multiplayer API." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:4 +msgid "A class representing a specific WebSocket connection." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This class represents a specific WebSocket connection, allowing you to do " +"lower level operations with it.\n" +"You can choose to write to the socket in binary or text mode, and you can " +"recognize the mode used for writing by the other peer." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Closes this WebSocket connection. [code]code[/code] is the status code for " +"the closure (see RFC 6455 section 7.4 for a list of valid status codes). " +"[code]reason[/code] is the human readable reason for closing the connection " +"(can be any UTF-8 string that's smaller than 123 bytes).\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] To achieve a clean close, you will need to keep polling until " +"either [signal WebSocketClient.connection_closed] or [signal WebSocketServer." +"client_disconnected] is received.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] The HTML5 export might not support all status codes. Please " +"refer to browser-specific documentation for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Returns the IP address of the connected peer.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Not available in the HTML5 export." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Returns the remote port of the connected peer.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Not available in the HTML5 export." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Returns the current amount of data in the outbound websocket buffer. [b]Note:" +"[/b] HTML5 exports use WebSocket.bufferedAmount, while other platforms use " +"an internal buffer." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:46 +msgid "Gets the current selected write mode. See [enum WriteMode]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:52 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if this peer is currently connected." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Disable Nagle's algorithm on the underling TCP socket (default). See [method " +"StreamPeerTCP.set_no_delay] for more information.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Not available in the HTML5 export." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:67 +msgid "Sets the socket to use the given [enum WriteMode]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the last received packet was sent as a text " +"payload. See [enum WriteMode]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:79 +msgid "" +"Specifies that WebSockets messages should be transferred as text payload " +"(only valid UTF-8 is allowed)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:82 +msgid "" +"Specifies that WebSockets messages should be transferred as binary payload " +"(any byte combination is allowed)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:4 +msgid "A WebSocket server implementation." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This class implements a WebSocket server that can also support the high-" +"level multiplayer API.\n" +"After starting the server ([method listen]), you will need to [method " +"NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.poll] it at regular intervals (e.g. inside [method " +"Node._process]). When clients connect, disconnect, or send data, you will " +"receive the appropriate signal.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Not available in HTML5 exports." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:20 +msgid "" +"Disconnects the peer identified by [code]id[/code] from the server. See " +"[method WebSocketPeer.close] for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:41 +msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if a peer with the given ID is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Returns [code]true[/code] if the server is actively listening on a port." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Starts listening on the given port.\n" +"You can specify the desired subprotocols via the \"protocols\" array. If the " +"list empty (default), no sub-protocol will be requested.\n" +"If [code]true[/code] is passed as [code]gd_mp_api[/code], the server will " +"behave like a network peer for the [MultiplayerAPI], connections from non-" +"Godot clients will not work, and [signal data_received] will not be " +"emitted.\n" +"If [code]false[/code] is passed instead (default), you must call " +"[PacketPeer] functions ([code]put_packet[/code], [code]get_packet[/code], " +"etc.), on the [WebSocketPeer] returned via [code]get_peer(id)[/code] to " +"communicate with the peer with given [code]id[/code] (e.g. " +"[code]get_peer(id).get_available_packet_count[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:65 +msgid "Stops the server and clear its state." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:71 +msgid "" +"When not set to [code]*[/code] will restrict incoming connections to the " +"specified IP address. Setting [code]bind_ip[/code] to [code]127.0.0.1[/code] " +"will cause the server to listen only to the local host." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:74 +msgid "" +"When using SSL (see [member private_key] and [member ssl_certificate]), you " +"can set this to a valid [X509Certificate] to be provided as additional CA " +"chain information during the SSL handshake." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:77 +msgid "" +"The time in seconds before a pending client (i.e. a client that has not yet " +"finished the HTTP handshake) is considered stale and forcefully disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:80 +msgid "" +"When set to a valid [CryptoKey] (along with [member ssl_certificate]) will " +"cause the server to require SSL instead of regular TCP (i.e. the [code]wss://" +"[/code] protocol)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:83 +msgid "" +"When set to a valid [X509Certificate] (along with [member private_key]) will " +"cause the server to require SSL instead of regular TCP (i.e. the [code]wss://" +"[/code] protocol)." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:92 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a client requests a clean close. You should keep polling until " +"you get a [signal client_disconnected] signal with the same [code]id[/code] " +"to achieve the clean close. See [method WebSocketPeer.close] for more " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:99 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a new client connects. \"protocol\" will be the sub-protocol " +"agreed with the client." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:106 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a client disconnects. [code]was_clean_close[/code] will be " +"[code]true[/code] if the connection was shutdown cleanly." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:112 +msgid "" +"Emitted when a new message is received.\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] This signal is [i]not[/i] emitted when used as high-level " +"multiplayer peer." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:4 +msgid "AR/VR interface using WebXR." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:7 +msgid "" +"WebXR is an open standard that allows creating VR and AR applications that " +"run in the web browser.\n" +"As such, this interface is only available when running in an HTML5 export.\n" +"WebXR supports a wide range of devices, from the very capable (like Valve " +"Index, HTC Vive, Oculus Rift and Quest) down to the much less capable (like " +"Google Cardboard, Oculus Go, GearVR, or plain smartphones).\n" +"Since WebXR is based on Javascript, it makes extensive use of callbacks, " +"which means that [WebXRInterface] is forced to use signals, where other AR/" +"VR interfaces would instead use functions that return a result immediately. " +"This makes [WebXRInterface] quite a bit more complicated to initialize than " +"other AR/VR interfaces.\n" +"Here's the minimum code required to start an immersive VR session:\n" +"[codeblock]\n" +"extends Spatial\n" +"\n" +"var webxr_interface\n" +"var vr_supported = false\n" +"\n" +"func _ready():\n" +" # We assume this node has a button as a child.\n" +" # This button is for the user to consent to entering immersive VR mode.\n" +" $Button.connect(\"pressed\", self, \"_on_Button_pressed\")\n" +"\n" +" webxr_interface = ARVRServer.find_interface(\"WebXR\")\n" +" if webxr_interface:\n" +" # WebXR uses a lot of asynchronous callbacks, so we connect to " +"various\n" +" # signals in order to receive them.\n" +" webxr_interface.connect(\"session_supported\", self, " +"\"_webxr_session_supported\")\n" +" webxr_interface.connect(\"session_started\", self, " +"\"_webxr_session_started\")\n" +" webxr_interface.connect(\"session_ended\", self, " +"\"_webxr_session_ended\")\n" +" webxr_interface.connect(\"session_failed\", self, " +"\"_webxr_session_failed\")\n" +"\n" +" # This returns immediately - our _webxr_session_supported() method\n" +" # (which we connected to the \"session_supported\" signal above) " +"will\n" +" # be called sometime later to let us know if it's supported or not.\n" +" webxr_interface.is_session_supported(\"immersive-vr\")\n" +"\n" +"func _webxr_session_supported(session_mode, supported):\n" +" if session_mode == 'immersive-vr':\n" +" vr_supported = supported\n" +"\n" +"func _on_Button_pressed():\n" +" if not vr_supported:\n" +" OS.alert(\"Your browser doesn't support VR\")\n" +" return\n" +"\n" +" # We want an immersive VR session, as opposed to AR ('immersive-ar') or " +"a\n" +" # simple 3DoF viewer ('viewer').\n" +" webxr_interface.session_mode = 'immersive-vr'\n" +" # 'bounded-floor' is room scale, 'local-floor' is a standing or sitting\n" +" # experience (it puts you 1.6m above the ground if you have 3DoF " +"headset),\n" +" # whereas as 'local' puts you down at the ARVROrigin.\n" +" # This list means it'll first try to request 'bounded-floor', then\n" +" # fallback on 'local-floor' and ultimately 'local', if nothing else is\n" +" # supported.\n" +" webxr_interface.requested_reference_space_types = 'bounded-floor, local-" +"floor, local'\n" +" # In order to use 'local-floor' or 'bounded-floor' we must also\n" +" # mark the features as required or optional.\n" +" webxr_interface.required_features = 'local-floor'\n" +" webxr_interface.optional_features = 'bounded-floor'\n" +"\n" +" # This will return false if we're unable to even request the session,\n" +" # however, it can still fail asynchronously later in the process, so we\n" +" # only know if it's really succeeded or failed when our\n" +" # _webxr_session_started() or _webxr_session_failed() methods are " +"called.\n" +" if not webxr_interface.initialize():\n" +" OS.alert(\"Failed to initialize\")\n" +" return\n" +"\n" +"func _webxr_session_started():\n" +" $Button.visible = false\n" +" # This tells Godot to start rendering to the headset.\n" +" get_viewport().arvr = true\n" +" # This will be the reference space type you ultimately got, out of the\n" +" # types that you requested above. This is useful if you want the game " +"to\n" +" # work a little differently in 'bounded-floor' versus 'local-floor'.\n" +" print (\"Reference space type: \" + webxr_interface." +"reference_space_type)\n" +"\n" +"func _webxr_session_ended():\n" +" $Button.visible = true\n" +" # If the user exits immersive mode, then we tell Godot to render to the " +"web\n" +" # page again.\n" +" get_viewport().arvr = false\n" +"\n" +"func _webxr_session_failed(message):\n" +" OS.alert(\"Failed to initialize: \" + message)\n" +"[/codeblock]\n" +"There are several ways to handle \"controller\" input:\n" +"- Using [ARVRController] nodes and their [signal ARVRController." +"button_pressed] and [signal ARVRController.button_release] signals. This is " +"how controllers are typically handled in AR/VR apps in Godot, however, this " +"will only work with advanced VR controllers like the Oculus Touch or Index " +"controllers, for example. The buttons codes are defined by [url=https://" +"immersive-web.github.io/webxr-gamepads-module/#xr-standard-gamepad-" +"mapping]Section 3.3 of the WebXR Gamepads Module[/url].\n" +"- Using [method Node._unhandled_input] and [InputEventJoypadButton] or " +"[InputEventJoypadMotion]. This works the same as normal joypads, except the " +"[member InputEvent.device] starts at 100, so the left controller is 100 and " +"the right controller is 101, and the button codes are also defined by " +"[url=https://immersive-web.github.io/webxr-gamepads-module/#xr-standard-" +"gamepad-mapping]Section 3.3 of the WebXR Gamepads Module[/url].\n" +"- Using the [signal select], [signal squeeze] and related signals. This " +"method will work for both advanced VR controllers, and non-traditional " +"\"controllers\" like a tap on the screen, a spoken voice command or a button " +"press on the device itself. The [code]controller_id[/code] passed to these " +"signals is the same id as used in [member ARVRController.controller_id].\n" +"You can use one or all of these methods to allow your game or app to support " +"a wider or narrower set of devices and input methods, or to allow more " +"advanced interations with more advanced devices." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:94 +msgid "https://www.snopekgames.com/blog/2020/how-make-vr-game-webxr-godot" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:101 +msgid "" +"Gets an [ARVRPositionalTracker] for the given [code]controller_id[/code].\n" +"In the context of WebXR, a \"controller\" can be an advanced VR controller " +"like the Oculus Touch or Index controllers, or even a tap on the screen, a " +"spoken voice command or a button press on the device itself. When a non-" +"traditional controller is used, interpret the position and orientation of " +"the [ARVRPositionalTracker] as a ray pointing at the object the user wishes " +"to interact with.\n" +"Use this method to get information about the controller that triggered one " +"of these signals:\n" +"- [signal selectstart]\n" +"- [signal select]\n" +"- [signal selectend]\n" +"- [signal squeezestart]\n" +"- [signal squeeze]\n" +"- [signal squeezestart]" +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:116 +msgid "" +"Checks if the given [code]session_mode[/code] is supported by the user's " +"browser.\n" +"Possible values come from [url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/" +"API/XRSessionMode]WebXR's XRSessionMode[/url], including: [code]\"immersive-" +"vr\"[/code], [code]\"immersive-ar\"[/code], and [code]\"inline\"[/code].\n" +"This method returns nothing, instead it emits the [signal session_supported] " +"signal with the result." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:124 +msgid "" +"The vertices of a polygon which defines the boundaries of the user's play " +"area.\n" +"This will only be available if [member reference_space_type] is " +"[code]\"bounded-floor\"[/code] and only on certain browsers and devices that " +"support it.\n" +"The [signal reference_space_reset] signal may indicate when this changes." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:129 +msgid "" +"A comma-seperated list of optional features used by [method ARVRInterface." +"initialize] when setting up the WebXR session.\n" +"If a user's browser or device doesn't support one of the given features, " +"initialization will continue, but you won't be able to use the requested " +"feature.\n" +"This doesn't have any effect on the interface when already initialized.\n" +"Possible values come from [url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/" +"API/XRReferenceSpaceType]WebXR's XRReferenceSpaceType[/url]. If you want to " +"use a particular reference space type, it must be listed in either [member " +"required_features] or [member optional_features]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:135 +msgid "" +"The reference space type (from the list of requested types set in the " +"[member requested_reference_space_types] property), that was ultimately used " +"by [method ARVRInterface.initialize] when setting up the WebXR session.\n" +"Possible values come from [url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/" +"API/XRReferenceSpaceType]WebXR's XRReferenceSpaceType[/url]. If you want to " +"use a particular reference space type, it must be listed in either [member " +"required_features] or [member optional_features]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:139 +msgid "" +"A comma-seperated list of reference space types used by [method " +"ARVRInterface.initialize] when setting up the WebXR session.\n" +"The reference space types are requested in order, and the first on supported " +"by the users device or browser will be used. The [member " +"reference_space_type] property contains the reference space type that was " +"ultimately used.\n" +"This doesn't have any effect on the interface when already initialized.\n" +"Possible values come from [url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/" +"API/XRReferenceSpaceType]WebXR's XRReferenceSpaceType[/url]. If you want to " +"use a particular reference space type, it must be listed in either [member " +"required_features] or [member optional_features]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:145 +msgid "" +"A comma-seperated list of required features used by [method ARVRInterface." +"initialize] when setting up the WebXR session.\n" +"If a user's browser or device doesn't support one of the given features, " +"initialization will fail and [signal session_failed] will be emitted.\n" +"This doesn't have any effect on the interface when already initialized.\n" +"Possible values come from [url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/" +"API/XRReferenceSpaceType]WebXR's XRReferenceSpaceType[/url]. If you want to " +"use a particular reference space type, it must be listed in either [member " +"required_features] or [member optional_features]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:151 +msgid "" +"The session mode used by [method ARVRInterface.initialize] when setting up " +"the WebXR session.\n" +"This doesn't have any effect on the interface when already initialized.\n" +"Possible values come from [url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/" +"API/XRSessionMode]WebXR's XRSessionMode[/url], including: [code]\"immersive-" +"vr\"[/code], [code]\"immersive-ar\"[/code], and [code]\"inline\"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:156 +msgid "" +"Indicates if the WebXR session's imagery is visible to the user.\n" +"Possible values come from [url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/" +"API/XRVisibilityState]WebXR's XRVisibilityState[/url], including " +"[code]\"hidden\"[/code], [code]\"visible\"[/code], and [code]\"visible-" +"blurred\"[/code]." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:163 +msgid "" +"Emitted to indicate that the reference space has been reset or " +"reconfigured.\n" +"When (or whether) this is emitted depends on the user's browser or device, " +"but may include when the user has changed the dimensions of their play space " +"(which you may be able to access via [member bounds_geometry]) or pressed/" +"held a button to recenter their position.\n" +"See [url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/XRReferenceSpace/" +"reset_event]WebXR's XRReferenceSpace reset event[/url] for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:171 +msgid "" +"Emitted after one of the \"controllers\" has finished its \"primary action" +"\".\n" +"Use [method get_controller] to get more information about the controller." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:178 +msgid "" +"Emitted when one of the \"controllers\" has finished its \"primary action" +"\".\n" +"Use [method get_controller] to get more information about the controller." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:185 +msgid "" +"Emitted when one of the \"controllers\" has started its \"primary action\".\n" +"Use [method get_controller] to get more information about the controller." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:191 +msgid "" +"Emitted when the user ends the WebXR session (which can be done using UI " +"from the browser or device).\n" +"At this point, you should do [code]get_viewport().arvr = false[/code] to " +"instruct Godot to resume rendering to the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:198 +msgid "" +"Emitted by [method ARVRInterface.initialize] if the session fails to start.\n" +"[code]message[/code] may optionally contain an error message from WebXR, or " +"an empty string if no message is available." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:204 +msgid "" +"Emitted by [method ARVRInterface.initialize] if the session is successfully " +"started.\n" +"At this point, it's safe to do [code]get_viewport().arvr = true[/code] to " +"instruct Godot to start rendering to the AR/VR device." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:212 +msgid "" +"Emitted by [method is_session_supported] to indicate if the given " +"[code]session_mode[/code] is supported or not." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:218 +msgid "" +"Emitted after one of the \"controllers\" has finished its \"primary squeeze " +"action\".\n" +"Use [method get_controller] to get more information about the controller." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:225 +msgid "" +"Emitted when one of the \"controllers\" has finished its \"primary squeeze " +"action\".\n" +"Use [method get_controller] to get more information about the controller." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:232 +msgid "" +"Emitted when one of the \"controllers\" has started its \"primary squeeze " +"action\".\n" +"Use [method get_controller] to get more information about the controller." +msgstr "" + +#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:238 +msgid "Emitted when [member visibility_state] has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:4 +msgid "Base class for window dialogs." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Windowdialog is the base class for all window-based dialogs. It's a by-" +"default toplevel [Control] that draws a window decoration and allows motion " +"and resizing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:15 +msgid "" +"Returns the close [TextureButton].\n" +"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it " +"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their " +"[member CanvasItem.visible] property." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:22 +msgid "If [code]true[/code], the user can resize the window." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:25 +msgid "The text displayed in the window's title bar." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:32 +msgid "The icon for the close button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:35 +msgid "The horizontal offset of the close button." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The icon used for the close button when it's hovered with the mouse cursor." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:44 +msgid "" +"The style for both the content background of the [WindowDialog] and the " +"title bar. The title bar is created with a top border and an expand margin " +"using the [code]panel[/code] stylebox." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:47 +msgid "" +"The thickness of the border that can be dragged when scaling the window (if " +"[member resizable] is enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:50 +msgid "The color of the title text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:53 +msgid "The font used to draw the title." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:56 +msgid "The vertical offset of the title text." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/World.xml:4 +msgid "Class that has everything pertaining to a world." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/World.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Class that has everything pertaining to a world. A physics space, a visual " +"scenario and a sound space. Spatial nodes register their resources into the " +"current world." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/World.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Direct access to the world's physics 3D space state. Used for querying " +"current and potential collisions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/World.xml:19 +msgid "The World's [Environment]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/World.xml:22 +msgid "" +"The World's fallback_environment will be used if the World's [Environment] " +"fails or is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/World.xml:25 +msgid "The World's visual scenario." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/World.xml:28 +msgid "The World's physics space." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/World2D.xml:4 +msgid "Class that has everything pertaining to a 2D world." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/World2D.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Class that has everything pertaining to a 2D world. A physics space, a " +"visual scenario and a sound space. 2D nodes register their resources into " +"the current 2D world." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/World2D.xml:16 +msgid "" +"The [RID] of this world's canvas resource. Used by the [VisualServer] for 2D " +"drawing." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/World2D.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Direct access to the world's physics 2D space state. Used for querying " +"current and potential collisions. When using multi-threaded physics, access " +"is limited to [code]_physics_process(delta)[/code] in the main thread." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/World2D.xml:22 +msgid "" +"The [RID] of this world's physics space resource. Used by the " +"[Physics2DServer] for 2D physics, treating it as both a space and an area." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Default environment properties for the entire scene (post-processing " +"effects, lighting and background settings)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The [WorldEnvironment] node is used to configure the default [Environment] " +"for the scene.\n" +"The parameters defined in the [WorldEnvironment] can be overridden by an " +"[Environment] node set on the current [Camera]. Additionally, only one " +"[WorldEnvironment] may be instanced in a given scene at a time.\n" +"The [WorldEnvironment] allows the user to specify default lighting " +"parameters (e.g. ambient lighting), various post-processing effects (e.g. " +"SSAO, DOF, Tonemapping), and how to draw the background (e.g. solid color, " +"skybox). Usually, these are added in order to improve the realism/color " +"balance of the scene." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml:21 +msgid "" +"The [Environment] resource used by this [WorldEnvironment], defining the " +"default properties." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/X509Certificate.xml:4 +msgid "An X509 certificate (e.g. for SSL)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/X509Certificate.xml:7 +msgid "" +"The X509Certificate class represents an X509 certificate. Certificates can " +"be loaded and saved like any other [Resource].\n" +"They can be used as the server certificate in [method StreamPeerSSL." +"accept_stream] (along with the proper [CryptoKey]), and to specify the only " +"certificate that should be accepted when connecting to an SSL server via " +"[method StreamPeerSSL.connect_to_stream].\n" +"[b]Note:[/b] Not available in HTML5 exports." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/X509Certificate.xml:18 +msgid "Loads a certificate from [code]path[/code] (\"*.crt\" file)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/X509Certificate.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Saves a certificate to the given [code]path[/code] (should be a \"*.crt\" " +"file)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:4 +msgid "" +"Low-level class for creating parsers for [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"XML]XML[/url] files." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:7 +msgid "" +"This class can serve as base to make custom XML parsers. Since XML is a very " +"flexible standard, this interface is low-level so it can be applied to any " +"possible schema." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:15 +msgid "Gets the amount of attributes in the current element." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:22 +msgid "" +"Gets the name of the attribute specified by the index in [code]idx[/code] " +"argument." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Gets the value of the attribute specified by the index in [code]idx[/code] " +"argument." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:35 +msgid "Gets the current line in the parsed file (currently not implemented)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:42 +msgid "" +"Gets the value of a certain attribute of the current element by name. This " +"will raise an error if the element has no such attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Gets the value of a certain attribute of the current element by name. This " +"will return an empty [String] if the attribute is not found." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Gets the contents of a text node. This will raise an error in any other type " +"of node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:61 +msgid "" +"Gets the name of the current element node. This will raise an error if the " +"current node type is neither [constant NODE_ELEMENT] nor [constant " +"NODE_ELEMENT_END]." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Gets the byte offset of the current node since the beginning of the file or " +"buffer." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:73 +msgid "" +"Gets the type of the current node. Compare with [enum NodeType] constants." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:80 +msgid "Check whether the current element has a certain attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:86 +msgid "" +"Check whether the current element is empty (this only works for completely " +"empty tags, e.g. [code]<element \\>[/code])." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:93 +msgid "Opens an XML file for parsing. This returns an error code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:100 +msgid "Opens an XML raw buffer for parsing. This returns an error code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:106 +msgid "Reads the next node of the file. This returns an error code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:113 +msgid "" +"Moves the buffer cursor to a certain offset (since the beginning) and read " +"the next node there. This returns an error code." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:119 +msgid "" +"Skips the current section. If the node contains other elements, they will be " +"ignored and the cursor will go to the closing of the current element." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:125 +msgid "There's no node (no file or buffer opened)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:128 +msgid "Element (tag)." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:131 +msgid "End of element." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:134 +msgid "Text node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:137 +msgid "Comment node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:140 +msgid "CDATA content." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:143 +msgid "Unknown node." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/YSort.xml:4 +msgid "Sort all child nodes based on their Y positions." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/YSort.xml:7 +msgid "" +"Sort all child nodes based on their Y positions. The child node must inherit " +"from [CanvasItem] for it to be sorted. Nodes that have a higher Y position " +"will be drawn later, so they will appear on top of nodes that have a lower Y " +"position.\n" +"Nesting of YSort nodes is possible. Children YSort nodes will be sorted in " +"the same space as the parent YSort, allowing to better organize a scene or " +"divide it in multiple ones, yet keep the unique sorting." +msgstr "" + +#: doc/classes/YSort.xml:16 +msgid "" +"If [code]true[/code], child nodes are sorted, otherwise sorting is disabled." +msgstr "" |